Skip to main content

Full text of "Radio age research, manufacturing, communications, broadcasting, television"

See other formats


'J^.W!JW^l^M.M.^^!i,M\M\M'}M}yjiMM^^ 


i^  an  gag  Citp 
public  Hibrarp 


This  Volume  is  for 
REFERENCE  USE  ONLY 


I  ti  imimf2MmfmimiakTiiiiTsiiiTiiii^iirriiif»ii7-i 


*      «%    •  *     •' 


*•    *•     • 

•  •   •  *  *    * 


INDEX 

RADIO  AGE,  1941-1952 

(  Volumes  I  throngh  XI) 

ALPHABETICAL  INDEX 


A 

Article 
Number  Year 

1  Adventures  on   ths  Air  by   H.   B.   Summers 

[April]    1943 

2  Adventures  in  Marketing  by  Frank  M.  Folsom 

[January]    1948 

3  Advertisi)ig  in   the  Public  Interest  by   Niles 

Trammel!    [January]    1947 

4  A.  E.  C. — Facsimile  Equipment  at  Oak  Ridge 

[January]      1951 

5  Africa — Market  of  the  Future  by  B.  F.  Moore, 

Jr.    [July]    1950 

6  A.  I.  E.  E. — Address:  Radio  Station  Protec- 

tion  (Arthur  Van  Dyck)    [April]    1951 

7  Air  Conditioners  [January]    1952 

8  Air  Conditioners  and  Dehumidifiers  Marketed 

by  RCA  [April]   1952 

9  Alert  Receiver  [January]    1951 

10  Allocations,    World   Conference   on  Radio  by 

Philip  F.  Siling  [October]   1947 

11  Aviahl    and    the    Night    Visitors — First    TV 

Opera    [January]     1952 

12  America    Moves    Steadily     Toward    Goal    of 

Equal    Opportunity    for    All    (address    by 
Walter  A.  Buck  to  Urban  League)   [April]   1952 
12ei.  American  Inventory    [October]    1952 

13  Amplifier— liBC  Field  Pickup   [October] 1950 

14  An  Exciting  Era  Ahead  by  Thomas  F.  Joyce 

[October]     1944 

15  Anniversary  Dinner,  25th  [January]    1945 

16  Announcer  Training  by  Patrick  J.  Kelly  [Oc- 

tober]      1949 

17  Antenaplex  [January]    1950 

18  Antenaplex  on  Luxury  Liners  [April]   1950 

19  Antenaplex,  Pottsville,  Penn.  [July]   1951 

19a.  Antenaplex,  Laconic,  .V.  H.   [October]    1052 

20  Antenna,    Calculates  ...  Design    [October]...  1945 

21  Antenna,  Empire  State    [April]    1950 

22  Antenna,  Empire  State-WNBT  [July]   1951 

23  Antenna,  Neiv  Television  [October]    1945 

24  Antenna,  New  Television  [July]    1946 

25  Antenna,  Pylon  .  .  .  for  FM   (W.  W.  Watts 

address)    [October]    1946 

26  Antenna,     Reduces    Interference,     Television 

[April]      1949 

27  Antenna,     Tilted,     Increases     UHF    Signals 

[July]     1951 

28  Antennas,    Better    Television    (J.    B.    Elliott 

address)    [April]    1946 

29  Antennas,    Point    Ahead   by    Dr.    George    H. 

Brown    [April]     1944 

80     Army  Takes  the  Air  by  William  Burke  Miller 

(January) 1943 

31  Army-Navy    "E"    Is    Won    by    RCAM    Plant 

[October]     1942 

32  ASCAP:  Close  Harmony  [October]    1941 


Article 
Number  Tear 

33  Atomic  Display — Radio  Message  Circles  Globe 

[July]     1951 

34  Atom's    Challenge,    The,    by    David    Sarnoff 

[July]     1946 

35  Audience    Research:    Critics    by    Request    by 

Hugh  M.  Seville,  Jr.    [October]    1946 

36  Auditions  for  Servicemen  [October]    1945 

37  Aurora  Spells  Radio  Trouble   [October] 1941 

38  Australia:  Pacific  Link  [January]    1942 

38a."Autronic  Eye"    [October]    1952 

39  Aviation  SO  Years  Ago,  Radio  and,  by  George 

H.  Clark  [July]   1942 


B 

40  Batteries  with  Long-Life  [July]    1952 

41  Beat  the  Promise  by  Thomas  F.  Joyce  [Octo- 

ber]        1941 

42  "Berkshire."  Introducing  the   [October]    1947 

43  Beverage,  Signal  Corps  Honors,  RCAC  [July]   1944 

44  Bikini,  Electronics  at,  by  Dr.  Arthur  F.  Van 

Dvck   [October]    1946 

45  Bloomington:  RCA  to  Open  New  Plant  [July]   1949 

46  Blue  in  New  Offices  [July]    1942 

47  "Blue  Network  Company,  Inc."   [January]  .  .   1942 

48  Blue  Network:  Daytime  Programs  Change  by 

Edgar  Kobak    [July]    1943 

49  Blue  Netivork  Sale  Announced  by  RCA  [Octo- 

ber]         1943 

50  Blue,  New  Ideas  Come  Out  of  the,  by  Edgar 

Kobak   [October]    1942 

51  Blue,  New  Offices  for  [April]    1942 

52  Blue    Tries  New   Program   Ideas   by    Philips 

Carlin    [January]    1943 

53  Boca  Raton  Convention  [January]    1952 

54  Bond  Sales,  $10,303,600  in  [October]    1942 

55  Boston  Symphony  on  Blue  [January]    1943 

56  Bottling   Machine   Speeds   Handling    of  Milk 

Containers    [July]     1952 

57  Bound  Brook — Home  of  NBC  Shortwave  Sta- 

tion   [July]    1952 

58  Box-Offices,   NBC   Operates   One    of   World's 

Biggest,  by  Peter  M.  Tintle  [April]    19.52 

59  Brand  Names  Are  Trusted  by  Frank  M.  Fol- 

som   [April]    1948 

60  BrazU  TV  Station  [April]    1950 

61  British  Technical  Mission  Visits  RCA   (photo 

layout)    [January]    1944 

62  Broadcasting,  18  Years  in,  by  Niles  Trammell 

[October]     1944 

63  Broadcasting,  Plant,  by  David  J.  Finn  [April]   1944 

64  Broadcasting    Station,    Midget    (George    Mc- 

El rath  address)    [April]    1948 

65  Broadway  Play  Given  Try-Out  [January] . .   1943 


Ar*iett 

Sumber  Ymar 

S6    Buck     Sleczed     F'-^sxaenz     of     Sa&rmarinB 

[April:     194S 

6?     Buck.  W -titer  A.  ^Addrss  'tn  Urbaa  LeaguE) 

[Ajirr     1352 

58    Biuiding  SumiBi  Resota-ces  by  W.  B.  Dominick 

[JaiyI     1344 


59     Cakm  Elected  ECA  Dvndar,  John  T.  IJxtLfi 
70     Camdai:  Plant  Wins  "S"  WUh  Star  [Janu- 
ary!     ■_• 

7X    Canada  Sas  y^Tc  Raaio  Voics  [Jtdyl 

72  Canada  -'Operation  TV"  [JuIyT    

73  Canada  P-roduces  for  War,  BCA.  in    (pfartB 

lavtrar)     [JuIyT    

73a.  Canada.  Television  at,  by  F.  H.  Deakzos  [Octn- 

berT   

T4    Canada.-    ^"       ""' i — yarth    of   the  Border 

by  A.  L  -I   

75    Ct"-'—  .,:    ^..  elected  Seervtarg  of  RCA 


75 


78 
79 
30 

ai 

2S. 
33 
S4 


87 

S8 

39 

90 

91 

92 
93 

94 
9S 

96 

97 

98 
99 


100 
101 

102 


"L  .       _  .  :7'  "WCC"  by  George  Clarfc  [Octo- 

berj     

Chatham.  Mass„  Scenes  frrm  Radio   Tmns- 

■miiting  and  Receiving  Stations  WCC-WIM 

( phoro  layonr't    rJannaryl    

Chatham:  ^Tew  TmnsTnitter  BmLding  Erected 

frrr  Station  WCC  [JannaryT   

ChejKisrry  Aids  War  Work  hy  Oiffirrd  Edfi- 

son  [CcroberT  

Chess  by  Radio  [TairaaryT   

China.  RCA  T^-'msTnitiers  in  [Jannaryl 

C' ~    Txbe  P'.ant  [JuiyJ    

C  se  WzTting_  System  [QcluLecI . . . 

C  "sd  Radios  [Apiill    

'-]  :io  Plan    [TniyT    

( _  .  - -•   for    TV   iicenery   Designers  by 

Aibenr  W.  ProTzman  [OcKiberT   

Color  Television  ■  see  ander  TELEVISION"! 
Communications — Kay    ta    Victory   by   David. 

Samoff  [AarirT    

CommuTtications.   Jdoderrtized  .    .    .    Calls   far 

TmiTied  Perrsoimei  by  Eari  TTa^-fc-  [AbtiII. 
Communications   Secrecy    by    Ray   Hntcbeais 

[ArrcTT     

ComTnunicatiorns'   System   Speeds  Inventories 

r.TannaryT    

Communicatians  with  Wings  by  H.  M-  Hncke 

[ApruT     

C--,y'-s-'.  —  ;.yi      ~,.-.'"t/to     FTtliyl      

C  '.TV  'and  Radio  Plan  by 

_-     -       "-  „-^fw  fAprilT   

Conner,  eloanng  Broadcaster  [Anril!    

Course.  A  J,.-Foid  Refresher  by  E.'  A.  LaDort 

[Aarill     ! 7. . . 

Crystal  BotUeneck  Broken.  RaiBo,  by  TTarry 

EL  L€FZwy  rOctoberl 

Crystal  Police  the  Ether  by  E.  IL  WasMram 

[Aprill   

Cuba,  yew  TV  Station  in  ZAgriLJ 

Custom  Recording  by  James  P.  Davis  [Octn- 

berl 


1946 

1943 
1945 
ISSO 

1944 

1952 

1943 

1952 

1942 

1949 

19^ 

1943 
1948 
1945 
1951 
1951 
194T 
19<^ 

1952 

T349 

194S 

1943 

1950 

1945 
1952 

1952 
1952 

1946 

1943 

1950 

lasz 

1951 


Dakar  Cb '      -  -,   -  .  ^— •-    j942 

Dealers  ar  -2SS  to  VAHT)  A 

i.Jnsepnl    _—  —rj-J  1951 

Dehumidirierrs  Marketed  by  RCA,  Air  Candid 

turners  and   [AprilT    1952 


Article 
y^xmber  Year 

103  Distribution  Costs  Sought,  Lower,  by  E.  W. 

Brnier  [July]    1943 

104  Z?ts— -  -  -    Hadenu  by  Frank  ML   Folsom 

:  1947 

105  ZTti-T     Outlets,   Buffalo   amd  Rochester 

[Ocrooer]   1950 

106  Dominican  TV  Installation  [Jannaryl 1952 

107  Drive-In  Mjvi^s  [October]    1946 

108  Drive-In  Theatres  by  if.  F.  Bennett  [October]   1349 

109  Dumont  Patient  Litigation  Settled  [July] ....   1950 
HO     Duo-Cone  Speaker  by  Dr.    H.   F.   Olson  and 

J.  Preston  [Ocraber]  1946 

E 

111  Echoes  Made  to  Order  [October]    1946 

112  Ecuador:  yavr  Radio  Circuit  Opens  [July]. .   1343 

113  Education  by  Radio  bv  Sterling  W.   Fisher 

[April]   1949 

114  Education.  Radio  in.  bv  Tbomas  D,  Hisbworti 

[jTiIy]     .' 1942 

114a.  Election  yight.  Operation   [October]   1952 

115  Electron    Micro-Analyzer:    Device    Identifies 

Atoms   [Jannary]    1944 

116  Electron  Microscope  Advances   [Jaanary] . .  .   1943 

117  Electron  Microscope  Aids  Dentistry  [January]   1945 
US     Electron    Microscope    and    Cancer    Research 

[JannaryT    ....." 1950 

119  Electron   Microscope:    Deeper   inta    the    Un- 

knotvn    [Jannary]    1946 

120  Electron   Microscope:   Wood  Research    Aided 

[January]    1947 

"t'"'i     Electron    Microscope    Improved    (Dn    James 

ELIlier  address  I    [January]   194S 

122  Electrorn  Microscope  in  Industry  by  Panl  A. 

Greenmeyer    [April]     1949 

123  Electron  Microscope  in   yew   Fields  by   Dr. 

V.  SL  Zworykin  [.Jannary]   1942 

124  Electron  Microscope :  Penetrating  yew  Worlds 

[October]   1941 

125  Electron  Microscope:  Progress  by  Dr.  James 

Hillier  rADrilj    1948 

126  EHectron  Microscope  "Shadow"  Unit  [October]   1951 

127  Electron  Microscope  Table  Model  [JtiIv] 1950 

128  Electron  Microscove — Tissue  Research  [Octo- 

ber]    " 1950 

129  Electron  Microscove:    Two  yew  Microscopes 

by  Perry  C.  Snutb  [July]   1944 

130  Electron  Microscope,  20oih   [Jannary]    1947 

131  Electron  Microscopes  Abroad  (ifeade  Bmnet 

address)    [July]   1948 

132  Electronic    Bean-Sorters    by    M.    J.    Carroll 

[April]     1946 

133  Electramc  Cloak,  RCA  Laboratories  Develops 

[October]     1942 

134  Electronic  Computer  [January] 1951 

135  Electrons  Make  Patterns  by  Dr.  James  Hillier 

[Ocrofaer]     1945 

136  Empire  State.  Antenna  Changes  [April]  ....    1950 

137  Engineering    Advances.    Human,    by   Forrest 

H.  Kirkpatrick  [July]   1942 

138  Engineering  Virtues  by  Alfred  N".  Goldsmith 

[April]     1942 

139  Engsrirom — ^Address   to    Colmnbia   University 

[July]     1951 

140  Engstrom, — Address  to  Drexel  Instrtnte  [Jan- 

uary]         1952 

141  Engstrom, — Promotion  [October] 1951 

142  Engstrom:  Research  Director  [January]    . . .   1944 

143  European    Outlook  Brighter    (^Samoff   state- 

ments   [April]    1949 

144  Export  Radios,    Designing,    by   John   Vassoa 

[July]     1949 


=t  "iur  iy  i.  !>,'  Ers. 


f-- 


:S2   /a 


is&i 


234S 


I** 


■«■  Tneai.  m,  ly 


SJiSl 


aafi 


a3«fi 


J'- 


~  BC^  "'OsLBfter'      c*r: 


.->»    ^- 


'44 


■t,  J'Vwut  Sy  *- S. 


171     &' 
ITS 

I'iS 
1~4 


177     ^. 


G 

•  '?-'s.'  -- 

2*C!  222: 

■  -'  lies 

— .^ iMj- 

TJ-  I 

i»^ 

■-^airn'M  OiCf.nrrmt  2E 
:  r-i-5 

3w  ii  £'  :^ 


■?£-  s^.-'jr  -^'■7- 


'a»  £CI2. 


'litCS 


OME 


Article 
Number  Year 

224  "Liberty"  Ships  Reactivated  by  Radiomarine 

[July]     1951 

225  Lifeboat  Radio,  New,  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[April]   1945 

226  Lifeboat  Set  Saves  8U,  RCA  [July]  1943 

227  Listening  in  from  "Middle   of  Nowhere"  by 

Lt.  Robert  Sarnoff  [October]    1943 

228  Listening  Post  [October]   1941 

229  Loran,  Navigating  by,  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[July]     1946 


M 

230  "Macbeth  Sets  Video  Record"  [July]   1949 

231  MacLeish  Series  on  NBC  [April]    1944 

232  "Magic  Brain"   [October]    1941 

233  Magnetron,  The,  by  Dr.  J.  S.  Donal,  Jr.  [Octo- 

ber]         1947 

234  Making   People   Shockproof   by    Clarence    L. 

Menser   [April]    1942 

235  Man  and  Science  by  David  Sarnoff  [July]  . . .   1949 

236  Marconi  Anniversary  [January]    1952 

237  Marck— Great  Voices  Brought  To  Life  [April]   1951 

238  Marek — Nostalgia  and  Old  Records  [January]   1952 

239  McConnell — Address  to  North  Carolina  Bar 

Association    [July]    1952 

240  McConnell  —  Address      to      South      Carolina 

Broadcasters  Association  [October]    1950 

241  McConnell  Elected  RCA  Executive  Vice  Presi- 

dent, J.  H.  [July]    1949 

242  McConnell — Year-End  Statement  1951    [Jan- 

uary]       1952 

243  Messengers:   Fast,  Reliable,   Colorful    [Octo- 

ber]        1945 

244  Metal   Detector:    Hidden   Particles   Detected 

[April]     1946 

245  Metal  Detectors  in  Industry  by  W.  H.  Bohlke 

[October]     1947 

246  Metal  Detectors — Lost  Coins  [October]    1950 

247  Metal  Detectors— Utility  Series  [October]  .  . .    1951 

248  Metal  Kinescope,  Praises  16-Inch  (L.  W.  Tee- 

garden  statement)    [April]    1949 

249  Mexicana,  Victor  S.  A.  [October]    1949 

250  Mexican  TV  Station  Planned  [January]    1952 

251  Microphone  "Starmaker"  [October]    1950 

252  Microphones— 1920   to  19i8  by  T.   A.   Smith 

[July]     1948 

253  "Microstick"  TV  Ruler  [July]   1950 

254  Military  Preparedness  by  W.  W.  Watts   (Oc- 

tober)          1950 

255  Monroe:  Sings  at  300  Rallies  [January]    1943 

256  Monroe  Starts  New  Rally  Series,  Lucy  [Octo- 

ber)        1943 

257  Morgenthau,  Praise  from  [July]   1943 

258  Mossman,  Donald  P.,  Jr..  Cited  for  Contribu- 

tions to  Defense  [April]    1952 

258a.  "Mothball   Fleet",   Radio    Technicians    Go    to 

Work  on  the,  by  Forrest  H.  Flanders  [July]   1951 

259  Movies  As  You  Ride  [April]   1947 

260  Multiplex:  8  Messages— 1  Transmitter  [July]   1945 

261  Mtdtiplier  Phototube  (1P21)  Aids  Atomic  Re- 

search  [April]    1950 

262  Midtiplier    Phototube    Scintillation    Counter 

[January]    1950 

263  Music   America   Loves   Best,   RCA    Presents 

[April]      1944 

264  Music    Critics    Circle    in    Symphony    Award 

[July]     1944 

265  Music  in  Industry  [April]    1942 

266  Music  Is  a  War  Weapon  by  William  R.  Seth, 

Jr.   [July]    1945 

267  Music,  Mood  .  .  .  Selecting  for  TV  Programs 

[April]      1952 


Article  j^ 

Number  Year 

268  NARDA— Address  by  J.  B.  Elliott  [January]   1951 

269  N.C.A.C.  Formed:  Sell  Service   (Niles  Tram- 

mell  statement)    [January]    1942 

270  Navy  "E"  Won  by  RCAM  [April]    1942 

271  Navy  "Whips"  at  RCA  Victor  [April]   1943 

NBC: 

272  Adult  Educational  Series  [April]   1951 

273  Appointments — iVi7es  Trammell  and  Joseph 

H.  McConnell   [October]    1949 

274  Awards  6  Fellowships  by  Dr.  James  Row- 

land Angell   [July]    1944 

275  Barrymore  and  Shakespeare  [October]    .  . .   1950 

276  Boca  Raton  Convention  [January]    1952 

277  Boca  Raton  UHF  Demonstration  [January]   1952 

278  Box-Offices,  .  .  .  Operates  One  of  World's 

Biggest  by  Peter  M.  Tintle  [April]   1952 

279  Builds  Its  Audience  by  Jean  E.  Harstone 

[October]     1943 

280  "CHIMES"  Official  [April]    1950 

281  Design  for  TV  by  Sylvester  L.  Weaver,  Jr. 

[January]    1951 

282  Diary  of  a  TV  Set  Designer  by  Tom  Jewett 

[January]    1952 

283  Documentaries  Extended  [April]    1949 

284  Dramatizes  Home  Life  [January]   1945 

285  Election  Coverage — 1952    [January]    1952 

286  First  TV  Opera  [January]    1952 

287  "Great  Escape,   The"— TV  Production— hy 

Robert  J.  Wade  [July]    1951 

288  Heads    Visit    Fronts    by    Niles    Trammell 

[January]    1944 

289  in  Teaching  Project  [July]   1944 

290  Invasion  Reports  Win  Acclaim  by  William 

F.  Brooks  [July]   1944 

291  Makes  Changes  in  Executive  Staff   [Octo- 

ber]         1947 

292  Network  Policies  Revised  (Niles  Trammell 

statement)    [April]    1945 

293  New  Studios    [January]    1942 

293a.      Opera  Telecast  Announced  [October]    ....   1952 

294  Outlines  New  Policies   (William  F.  Brooks 

statement)    [July]    1945 

295  Prepares  for  Conventions  [April]   1948 

296  Production  Facilities  Department  by  Robert 

J.  Wade   [July]    1950 

297  Program  Quality  Citations  [July]   1950 

298  Recording    Studio    Produces    Army    Series 

[July]     1944 

299  Reporters  Cover  the   War  by   Clarence  L. 

Menser  [October]    1942 

300  San  Francisco:    Opens  New  Radio  City  by 

Sidney  N.  Strotz   [July]    1942 

301  Sets    Up   Planning    Group   by    William    S. 

Hedges   [January]     1946 

302  Silver  Jubilee  [July]     1951 

303  Statio7is    Lead    in    Listening    Habits    Poll 

[January]    1945 

304  Students  in  NBC  Competition  by  Dr.  James 

R.  Angell   [April]    1947 

305  Studio  S-H  Rebuilt  [January]    1951 

306  Studio  8-H  Rebuilt  by  NBC  [April]   1942 

307  Three    Universities   Plan  Radio   Institutes 

[April]     1944 

308  Tours,  25,000  Servicemen  Take  Free   [Oc- 

tober]        1942 

309  Trains  Employees  for  Careers  by  Ernest  de 

la  Ossa  [July]    1949 

310  TV  "Armed  Forces"  Program  [October]  . .   1949 

311  TV  Expansions  New  Studios  [October]  .    1950 

312  TV     Expansion     Plans  —  White     Sidphur 

Springs  Convention  [October]    1950 

313  TV  Network  Additions  [October]   1949 

314  TV  Network  Additions  [January]    1950 


Article 
Number  Year 

315  TV  Network  Additions  [October]   1950 

316  University  of  the  Air  Opens  by  Dr.  James 

R.  Angell  and  Sterling  Fisher  [July]  . . .    1942 

317  U.  N.  Project   [October]    19-19 

317a.      West  Coast  TV  Center  [October]   1952 

318  Year-End   Statement    (Joseph    H.    McCon- 

nell)    [January]    1950 

319  Netherlands  TEX  Inaugurated  [Ju\y]   1950 

320  New  Era  in  Radio  Comynunications  by  David 

Sarnoff  [January]     1945 

321  New   Role   Seen   for   Radio    (David    Sarnoff 

statement)    [July]    1943 

322  "Nipper"  Listens  In  by  J.  W.  Murray  [Octo- 

ber]        1944 

323  Nuclear  Radiation  Counter — Multiplier  Pho- 

totube [January]   1950 

324  Nitclear  Radiation^Tube  Type  IPSI   [April]  1950 

o 

325  Occupied  Nations  Hear  NBC  [October]  1943 

326  "One  World"  Honor  (David  Sarnoff)    [April]  1945 

327  Opera,  First  TV  [January]    1952 

327a.  Opera  Telecasts  Announced  [October]    1952 

828     Orchestras  of  the  Nation  [January]    1945 

329     Outlook  for  the  Radio  Industry  by  David  Sar- 
noff [July]     1947 

830  OWI  Uses  Recording  Units  [October]   1943 

P 

831  Pack  Transmitters  Grow  Smaller  [October] .   1948 

332  Pandora,  Training  for  by  J.  F.  Rigby  [Octo- 

ber]         1946 

333  Pandora  Plan,  The  by  Thompson  H.  Mitchell 

[July]     1946 

334  Paris:  Ceremonies  Open  New  Broadcast  Fa- 

cilities  [January]    1948 

335  Pasteurizing  Milk  by  Radio  [October]   1947 

336  Patent   Laio   Association    (address   by   E.    C. 

Anderson)    [April]    1951 

337  Peace  in  a  Changing  World  by  David  Sarnoff 

(Phi  Beta  Kappa)    [January]    1949 

338  Penicillin,  New  Systeyn  for  [January]   1945 

339  Penicillin  Production,  Aids  [July]    1944 

340  "Personal"  Receiver— Neiv  Portable  [July]  . .  1952 

341  Personnel  Aims  Outlined  by  Forrest  H.  Kirk- 

patrick    [October]    1943 

342  Phonograph  Comes  Back  by  Frank  B.  Walker 

[January]    1942 

342a.  Phonograph  Comes  of  Age  [April]   1950 

343  Phonograph  Records  Make  Strong  Comeback 

in  1951  by  L.  W.  Kanaga  [April]   1952 

344  Phonograph  with  three  speeds  [July]    1952 

345  Phosphors  Brighten  Radio  Picture  by  H.  W. 

Leverenz  [October]   1943 

346  Photometer:  Measures  Light  of  Faintest  Stars 

[October]     1947 

847     Photophone  at  Warhv  Barton  Kreuzcr  [April]   1944 

348  Pipe  Line  Project  by  H.  C.  Edgar  [January]   1952 

349  Plane-to-Shore    Message    Service    Opened 

[July]     1947 

350  Plastics,    Electronics    Expand    Horizon    for 

[January]    1944 

351  Plastics,  Radio  and  Television  Use  by  J.  A. 

Milling   [April]    1947 

352  Pocket  Ear,  The  [January]    1947 

353  Police  Radio,  Richmond,  Va.  Installs  2-Way 

[October]     1948 

354  Portugal:    RFE   Station    Transmitters   Sup- 

plied by  RCA   [July]    1952 

355  Pottsville,  Pa.  Installs  Community  Antenaplex 

System  for  TV  [July]    1951 

356  Production  Feat,  RCA  [April]   1943 

357  Production  Ideas,  50,000  [July]   1944 


A rtiele 
Number  Year 

358  Production,  Radio  Sets  in  by  Frank  M.  Folsom 

[October]     1945 

359  Production  Wins  3  Awards  [October]    1943 

359a.  P)-o(ii(c(s  and  People,  Moving,  by  Richard  C. 

Colton    [July]    1950 

360  Programs  by  Documentation  [April]    1948 

361  Programs    Possible",    "Finest     (NBC  —  15th 

Anniversary)    [January]    1012 

362  Purchase  Agreement,  Post-War  [April]    ....    1943 

Q 

362a.  Quality  Testing  Laboratory  at  Broivns  Mills, 

N.  J.  by  William  J.  Zaun  [October]   1952 

363  "Quick    And    The    Dead"  —  Recorded    Radio 

Drama    [April]    1951 

R 

364  Radar  in  Aviation  by  H.  M.  Hucke   (AJtim- 

eters-Loran)   [January]  1946 

365  Radar,  Map-Making  by   [July]    1947 

366  Radar,  Netv  .  .  .  Has  200-Milc  Range  [July]   1952 

367  Radar,  Praise  for  [July]   1918 

368  Radar,  School  for  [Octohcr']   1947 

369  Radar,  Ship  .  .  .  Tested  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[January]    1947 

370  Radar,  The  Story  of  by  Dr.  Irving  Wolff  [Oc- 

tober]         1945 

371  Radar,  Tugboat   [October]    1948 

372  Radar — Wartime  Miracle  of  Radio  [July]  .  . .    1943 

373  Radiation  Counter  Safeguards  Workers  [Jan- 

uary]       1950 

374  Radio  Across  the  Atlantic  by  George  H.  Clark 

[October]     1941 

375  Radio  at  Sea  [October] 1941 

376  Radio  at  the  Ready:  19il-i2  by  David  Sarnoff 

[January]    1942 

377  Radio    Communications    and    its    Import    in 

International  Relations   by   David   Sarnoff 
[October]     1946 

378  Radio  Communications  and  Weather  Analysis 

[April]     1950 

379  Radio  Executives  Club — Marconi  Anniversary 

[January]    1952 

380  Radio  Free  Europe  Station  at  Portugal  [July]   1952 

381  Radio  Heat  Seals  Plastics  by  Wiley  D.  Wenger 

[October]     1946 

382  Radio  in  19i5-i6   (David  Sarnoff  statement) 

[January]    1946 

383  Radio  in  19J,6-i7  by  David  Sarnoff  [January]   1947 

384  Radio  in  19J,8-Jf9  by  David  Sarnoff  [January]  1949 

385  Radio   Links   All   Nations   by   Thompson    H. 

Mitchell  [October]  1944 

386  Radio  on  the  High  Seas  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[October]     1944 

387  Radio  on  the  "Rack"  [July]   1943 

388  Radio,  New  Advances  in  .  .  .  Foreseen  (C.  B. 

Jolliffe  statement)    [April]    1945 

389  Radio  Relays  Surmount  Storms  [April]    1948 

390  Radio  Reports  the  War  by  William  F.  Brooks 

[October]     1943 

391  Radio  Revieto  and  a  19i8  Preview  by  David 

Sarnoff   [January]    1948 

392  Radio    'Round   the   Earth   by   Jay    D.    Cook 

[October]     1944 

393  Radio  "7  Miles  Up",  Testing  [July]   1943 

394  Radio,  Social  Aspects  of  bv  Frank  E.  Mullen 

[October]     ." 1944 

395  Radio  Vital  to  Victory  by  James  G.  Harbord 

[January]    1944 

396  Radio  Wins  High  Tribute  [April]   1943 

396a.  i?nrfio     Workshop     Begins     Tenth     Year    by 

Thomas  C.  McCray  [October]    ".    1952 

397  Radiomarine  Awarded  "M"  [April]    1943 


Article 
Number  Year 

224  "Liberty"  Skips  Reactivated  by  Radiomanne 

[July]     1951 

225  Lifeboat  Radio,  New,  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[April]    1945 

226  Lifeboat  Set  Saves  8i,  RCA  [July]  1943 

227  Listening  in  from  "Middle  of  Nowhere"  by 

Lt.  Robert  Sarnoff  [October]   1943 

228  Listening  Post  [October]    1941 

229  Loran,  Navigating  by,  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[July]     1946 


M 

230  "Macbeth  Sets  Video  Record"  [July]   1949 

231  MacLeish  Series  on  NBC  [April]    1944 

232  "Magic  Brain"  [October]    1941 

233  Magnetron,  The,  by  Dr.  J.  S.  Donal,  Jr.  [Octo- 

ber]        1947 

234  Making   People   Shockproof  by    Clarence   L. 

Menser   [April]    1942 

235  Man  and  Science  by  David  Sarnoff  [July]  . . .  1949 

236  Marconi  Anniversary  [January]    1952 

237  Marek— Great  Voices  Brought  To  Life  [April]   1951 

238  Marek — Nostalgia  and  Old  Records  [January]   1952 

239  McConnell — Address   to  North  Carolina  Bar 

Association   [July]    1952 

240  McConnell  —  Address      to      South      Carolina 

Broadcasters  Association  [October]    1950 

241  McConnell  Elected  RCA  Executive  Vice  Presi- 

dent, J.  H.  [July]    1949 

242  McConnell — Year-End  Statement  1951    [Jan- 

uary]         1952 

243  Messengers:  Fast,  Reliable,  Colorful    [Octo- 

ber]        1945 

244  Metal   Detector:   Hidden   Particles   Detected 

[April]     1946 

245  Metal  Detectors  in  Industry  by  W.  H.  Bohlke 

[October]     1947 

246  Metal  Detectors — Lost  Coins  [October]   1950 

247  Metal  Detectors— Utility  Series  [October]  . . .   1951 

248  Metal  Kinescope,  Praises  IG-Inch  (L.  W.  Tee- 

garden  statement)    [April]    1949 

249  Mexicana,  Victor  S.  A.  [October]    1949 

250  Mexican  TV  Station  Planned  [January] 1952 

251  Microphone  "Starmaker"  [October]    1950 

252  Microphones — 1920   to  191,8  by  T.   A.   Smith 

[July]     1948 

253  "Microstick"  TV  Ruler  [July]   1950 

254  Military  Preparedness  by  W.  W.  Watts  (Oc- 

tober)          1950 

255  Monroe:  Sings  at  300  Rallies  [January]    1943 

256  Mo7iroe  Starts  New  Rally  Series,  Lucy  [Octo- 

ber)         1943 

257  Morgenthau,  Praise  from  [July]   1943 

258  Mossman,  Donald  P.,  Jr.,  Cited  for  Contribu- 

tions to  Defense  [April]    1952 

25Sa.  "Mothball   Fleet",   Radio    Technicians    Go    to 

Work  on  the,  by  Forrest  H.  Flanders  [July]   1951 

259  Movies  As  You  Ride  [April]   1947 

260  Multiplex:  8  Messages — ;  Transmitter  [July]   1945 

261  Multiplier  Phototube  (1P21)  Aids  Atomic  Re- 

search  [April]    1950 

262  Multiplier    Phototube    Scintillation    Counter 

[January]    1950 

263  Music   America   Loves   Best,   RCA    Presents 

[April] 1944 

264  Music    Critics    Circle    in    Symphony    Award 

[July]     1944 

265  Music  in  Industry  [April]    1942 

266  Music  Is  a  War  Weapon  by  William  R.  Seth, 

Jr.   [July]    1945 

267  Music,  Mood  .  .  .  Selecting  for  TV  Programs 

[April]     1952 


Article  NT 

Number  Year 

268  NARDA— Address  by  J.  B.  Elliott  [January]   1951 

269  N.C.A.C.  Formed:  Sell  Service  (Niles  Tram- 

mell  statement)    [January]    1942 

270  Navy  "E"  Won  by  RCAM  [April]   1942 

271  Navy  "Whips"  at  RCA  Victor  [April]   1943 

NBC: 

272  Adult  Educational  Series  [April]   1951 

273  Appointments — Niles  Trammell  and  Joseph 

H.  McConnell  [October]    1949 

274  Awards  6  Fellowships  by  Dr.  James  Row- 

land Angell   [July]    1944 

275  Barrymore  and  Shakespeare  [October]    . . .   1950 

276  Boca  Raton  Convention  [January]    1952 

277  Boca  Raton  UHF  Demonstration  [January]   1952 

278  Box-Offices,  .  .  .  Operates  One  of  World's 

Biggest  by  Peter  M.  Tintle  [April]    1952 

279  Builds  Its  Audience  by  Jean  E.  Harstone 

[October]     1943 

280  "CHIMES"  Official  [April]    1950 

281  Design  for  TV  by  Sylvester  L.  Weaver,  Jr. 

[January]    1951 

282  Diary  of  a  TV  Set  Designer  by  Tom  Jewett 

[January]    1952 

283  Documentaries  Extended  [April]    1949 

284  Dramatizes  Home  Life  [January]   1945 

285  Election  Coverage — 1952    [January]    1952 

286  First  TV  Opera  [January]    1952 

287  "Great  Escape,   The"— TV  Production—by 

Robert  J.  Wade  [July]    1951 

288  Heads    Visit    Fronts    by    Niles    Trammell 

[January]    1944 

289  in  Teaching  Project  [July]   1944 

290  Invasion  Reports  Win  Acclaim  by  William 

F.  Brooks  [July]    1944 

291  Makes  Changes  in  Executive  Staff  [Octo- 

ber]        1947 

292  Network  Policies  Revised  (Niles  Trammell 

statement)    [April]    1945 

293  New  Studios    [January]    1942 

293a.      Opera  Telecast  Announced  [October]    ....  1952 

294  Outlines  Nexv  Policies   (William  F.  Brooks 

statement)    [July]   1945 

295  Prepares  for  Conventions  [April]   1948 

296  Production  Facilities  Department  by  Robert 

J.  Wade   [July]    1950 

297  Program  Quality_  Citations  [July]   1950 

298  Recording    Stttdio    Produces    Army    Series 

[July]     1944 

299  Reporters  Cover  the   War  by   Clarence  L. 

Menser  [October]    1942 

300  San  Francisco:    Opens  New  Radio  City  by 

Sidney  N.  Strotz   [July]    1942 

301  Sets    Up    Planning    Group   by    William    S. 

Hedges   [January]     1946 

302  Silver  Jubilee  [July]     1951 

303  Stations    Lead    in    Listening    Habits    Poll 

[January]    1945 

304  Students  in  NBC  Competition  by  Dr.  James 

R.  Angell   [April]    1947 

305  Studio  S-H  Rebuilt  [January]    1951 

306  Studio  8-H  Rebuilt  by  NBC  [April]   1942 

307  Three    Universities   Plan  Radio   Institutes 

[April]     1944 

308  Tours,  25,000  Servicemen  Take  Free   [Oc- 

tober]       1942 

309  Trains  Employees  for  Careers  by  Ernest  de 

la  Ossa  [July]   1949 

310  TV  "Armed  Forces"  Program  [October]  .  .   1949 

311  TV  Expansions  New  Studios  [October]  .    1950 

312  TV     Expansion     Plans — White     Sulphur 

Springs  Convention  [October]    1950 

313  TV  Network  Additions  [October]    1949 

314  TV  Network  Additions  [January]    1950 


Article 
Nujnber  Year 

315  TV  Nettvork  Additions  [October]   1950 

316  University  of  the  Air  Opens  by  Dr.  James 

R.  Angell  and  Sterling  Fisher  [July] . . .   1942 

317  U.  N.  Project  [October]    1949 

317a.      West  Coast  TV  Center  [October]    1952 

318  Year-End   Statement    (Joseph    H.    McCon- 

nell)    [January]    1950 

319  Netherlands  TEX  Inaugurated  [July]    1950 

320  Nf  11'  Era  in  Radio  Comminiications  by  David 

Sarnoff  [January]     1945 

321  New   Role   Seen   for   Radio    (David    Sarnoff 

statement)    [July]   1943 

322  "Nipper"  Listens  In  by  J.  W.  Murray  [Octo- 

ber]        1944 

323  Nuclear  Radiation  Counter — Multiplier  Pho- 

totube [January]   1950 

324  Nuclear  Radiation— Tube  Type  1P21   [April]  1950 

o 

325  Occupied  Nations  Hear  NBC  iOctoh^r'^   1943 

326  "One  World"  Honor  (David  Sarnoff)    [April]   1945 

327  Opera,  First  TV  [January]   1952 

327a.  Opera  Telecasts  Announced  [October]    1952 

828     Orchestras  of  the  Nation  [January]   1945 

329  Outlook  for  the  Radio  Industry  by  David  Sar- 

noff [July]    1947 

330  OWI  Uses  Recording  Units  [October]   1943 

P 

331  Pack  Transmitters  Grow  Smaller  [October] .   1948 

332  Pandora,  Training  for  by  J.  F.  Rigby  [Octo- 

ber]        1946 

833     Pandora  Plan,  The  by  Thompson  H.  Mitchell 

[July]     1946 

334  Paris:  Ceremonies  Open  New  Broadcast  Fa- 

cilities  [January]    1948 

335  Pasteurizing  Milk  by  Radio  [October]   1947 

336  Patent  Law   Association    (address  by   E.   C. 

Anderson)    [April]    1951 

337  Peace  in  a  Changing  World  by  David  Sarnoff 

(Phi  Beta  Kappa)    [January]    1949 

338  Penicillin,  New  System  for  [January]   1945 

339  Penicillin  Production,  Aids  [July]    1944 

340  "Personal"  Receiver — Netv  Portable  [July]  . .    1952 

341  Personnel  Aims  Outlined  by  Forrest  H.  Kirk- 

patrick   [October]    1943 

342  Phonograph  Comes  Back  by  Frank  B.  Walker 

[January]    1942 

342a.  Phonograph  Comes  of  Age  [April]   1950 

343  Phonograph  Records  Make  Strong  Comeback 

in  1951  by  L.  W.  Kanaga  [April]   1952 

344  Phonograph  with  three  speeds  [July]    1952 

345  Phosphors  Brighten  Radio  Picture  by  H.  W. 

Leverenz  [October]   1943 

346  Photometer :  Measures  Light  of  Faintest  Stars 

[October]     1947 

347  PAofop/ione  at  TFar  by  Barton  Kreuzcr  [April]   1944 

348  Pipe  Line  Project  by  H.  C.  Edgar  [January]  1952 

349  Plane-to-Shore    Message    Service    Opened 

[July]     1947 

350  Plastics,    Electronics    Expand    Horizon    for 

[January]    1944 

351  Plastics,  Radio  and  Television  Use  by  J.  A. 

Milling    [April]    1947 

352  Pocket  Ear,  The  [January]    1947 

353  Police  Radio,  Richmond,   Va.  Installs  2-Way 

[October]     1948 

354  Portugal:    RFE   Station    Transmitters   Sup- 

plied by  RCA   [July]    1952 

355  Pottsville,  Pa.  Installs  Community  Antenaplex 

System  for  TV  [Julv]    1951 

356  Production  Feat,  RCA  [April]   1943 

357  Production  Ideas,  50,000  [July]   1944 


Article 
Number  Year 

358  Production,  Radio  Sets  in  by  Frank  M.  Folsom 

[October]     1945 

359  Production  Wins  3  Awards  [October]    1943 

359a.  Products  and  People,  Moving,  by  Richard  C. 

Colton   [July]    1950 

360  Programs  by  Docximentation  [April]    1948 

361  Programs    Possible",    "Finest     (NBC  —  15th 

Anniversary)    [January]   1942 

362  Purchase  Agreement,  Post-War  [April]    1943 

Q 

362a.  Quality  Testing  Laboratory  at  Browns  Mills, 

N.  J.  by  William  J.  Zaun  [October]   1952 

363  "Quick    A7td    The    Dead"  —  Recorded    Radio 

Drama    [April]    1951 

R 

364  Radar  in  Aviation  by  H.  M.  Hucke   (Altira- 

eters-Loran)   [January]  1946 

365  Radar,  Map-Making  by   [July]    1947 

366  Radar,  New  .  .  .  Has  200-Mile  Range  [July]   1952 

367  Radar,  Praise  for  [July]   1918 

368  Radar,  School  for  [October]   1947 

369  Radar,  Ship  .  .  .  Tested  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[January]    1947 

370  Radar,  The  Story  of  by  Dr.  Irving  Wolff  [Oc- 

tober]        1945 

371  Radar,  Tugboat   [October]    1948 

372  Radar — Wartime  Miracle  of  Radio  [July]  . . .  1943 

373  Radiation  Counter  Safeguards  Workers  [Jan- 

uary]        1950 

374  Radio  Across  the  Atlantic  by  George  H.  Clark 

[October]     1941 

375  Radio  at  Sea  [October] 1941 

376  Radio  at  the  Ready:  19il-iS  by  David  Sarnoff 

[January]    1942 

377  Radio    Communications    and    its    Import    in 

International  Relations   by   David   Sarnoff 
[October]     1946 

378  Radio  Communications  and  Weather  Analysis 

[April]     1950 

379  Radio  Executives  Club — Marconi  Anniversary 

[January]    1952 

380  Radio  Free  Europe  Station  at  Portugal  [July]   1952 

381  Radio  Heat  Seals  Plastics  by  Wiley  D.  Wenger 

[October]     1946 

382  Radio  in  19i5-i6   (David  Sarnoff  statement) 

[January]    1946 

383  Radio  in  19i6-i7  by  David  Sarnoff  [January]  1947 

384  Radio  in  19J,8-J,9  by  David  Sarnoff  [January]   1949 

385  Radio   Links   All   Nations   by   Thompson    H. 

Mitchell  [October]  1944 

386  Radio  on  the  High  Seas  by  Charles  J.  Pannill 

[October]     1944 

387  Radio  on  the  "Rack"  [July]   1943 

388  Radio,  New  Advances  in  .  .  .  Foreseen  (C.  B. 

Jolliffe  statement)    [April]    1945 

389  Radio  Relays  Surmount  Storms  [April]    1948 

390  Radio  Reports  the  War  by  William  F.  Brooks 

[October]     1943 

391  Radio  Review  and  a  19i8  Preview  by  David 

Sarnoff   [Januarv]    1948 

392  Radio    'Round    the   Earth   by   Jay    D.    Cook 

[October]     1944 

393  Radio  "7  Miles  Up",  Testing  [July]   1943 

394  Radio,  Social  Aspects  of  bv  Frank  E.  Mullen 

[October]     1944 

395  Radio  Vital  to  Victory  by  James  G.  Harbord 

[Januarv]    1944 

396  Radio  Wins  High  Tribute  [April]   1943 

396a.  Radio     Workshop     Begins     Tenth     Year    by 

Thomas  C.  McCrav   [October]    1952 

397  Radiomarine  Awarded  "M"  [April]    1943 


Article 
Number  Year 

398  Radiomarine :  "INDEPENDENCE"  Equipped 

[April]      1951 

399  Radiomarine:  "LIBERTY"  Ships  Reactivated 

[July]     1951 

400  Radiomarine:    New   Luxury   Liner   is   RCA- 

Equipped    [April] 1948 

401  Radiomarine:     New    Marine    Radio    Devices 

[July]     1946 

402  Radiomarine  Orders  Rise  [April]    1942 

403  Radiomarine    Wins   Army-Navy   "£"'    [Janu- 

ary]         1943 

404  Radiophone,  River  Pilots  Laud  [April]    1948 

405  Radiophoto  in  Advertising   [January]    1945 

406  Radiophoto  Service  with  Stockholm  [April] .    1943 

407  Radiophoto  Standards  by  S.  H.  Simpson,  Jr., 

and  R.  E.  Hammond   [January]    1948 

408  Radiophoto  Use  Expands  by  S.   H.  Simpson, 

Jr.    [July]    1946 

409  Radiophotoed,  Music  .  .  .  from  Moscow  [April]   1945 

410  Radiophotos  from  Cairo   [July]    1942 

411  Radiophotos  from  Russia   [October]    1941 

412  Radio's  Great  Role  in  the  War  by  James  G. 

Harbord    [October]    1944 

413  Radio's   New   Services   by    E.    W.    Engstrom 

[October]     1944 

414  Radio's  War  Role  Praised  [July]    1942 

415  Radiotelegraph  Traffic  Doubled  by  Thompson 

H.  Mitchell   [January]    1947 

416  Radiotelephone,  New  6-Way  by  I.  F.  Byrnes 

[April]     1946 

417  Radiotelephony  on  Pleasure  Boat  [October]  .    1949 

418  Radiothermics  Speeds  Industry  by  I.  R.  Baker 

[January]    1943 

418a.  Railroad  Field,    Usefulness   of   Television   in 

[October]     1952 

RCA: 

419  Alert  Goes  to  Camden  [October]   1941 

420  aiid    the    war    (David    Sarnoff    statement) 

[July]     1942 

421  Cadettes  Learn  about  Radio  (photo  layout) 

[July]     1943 

422  Cadettes  on  Job  by  Dr.  C.  B.  JoIlifTe  [April]   1944 

423  Communications  Circriits  Aid  U.  S.  in  War 

by  William  A.  Winterbottom  [April] 1942 

424  Communications  —  Direct     circuits     opened 

with  Syria,  Thailand  &  Guam  [January]   1952 

425  Communications:  Initiates  Rate  Reductions 

[April]     1942 

426  Communicatio->is — TEX  Inaugurated  with 

Netherlands    [July]     1950 

427  Communications  Training  Operators  [July]   1942 

428  Communications — UN  Branch  [January]  .  .    1951 

429  Dividend  Declaration  [October^   ".  .  .  .    1951 

430  Earnings  Increased  in  19i5  [April]    1946 

431  Executives  Promoted  [January]    1946 

432  Exhibition  Hall   [July]    1947 

433  Exhibition  Hall,  Scenes  from    (photo  lay- 

out)   [July]    1947 

434  Exhibition  Hall,  The  [July]    1949 

435  Expands  Communications  [January]    1946 

436  Fellowships,   .   .   .   Awards   by    Forrest   H. 

Kirkpatrick   [January]     1948 

437  Financial   Res^llts   for   First  Half   of   1951 

[July]     1951 

438  Frequency  Bureau  by  Philip  F.  Siling  [Jan- 

uary]         1949 

439  Income  Increased  in  191,3  [April]    1944 

440  Income  Rose  in  19J,2,  Gross  [April]    1943 

441  In  Service  to  the  Nation   (map)    [July] ....    1949 

442  Institutes  Award  Scholarships  [July]    ....    1951 

443  Institutes  G7-aduafe   19S   [January]    1950 

444  Institutes.  History  of  ...  by  C.  E.  Tomson 

[October]     1951 

445  Institutes  Placement  Record  [January]  . . .   1952 


Article 
Nuynber  Year 

446  Institutes  TV  Home  Study  Course  [April]   1951 

447  Institutes,  1,500  Students  in  ...  by  George 

L.  Van  Deusen  [April]    1948 

448  Institutes  Holds  Graduation  (David  Sarnoff 

address)    [July]    1949 

449  Institutes:  600  Enroll  [October]    1941 

450  Institutes    Training    Navy,    Marine    Corps 

Men  [October]    1942 

451  Institutes,  Training  Technicians  at   (photo 

layout)    [October]    1948 

452  International  Division  Moves   [October]  .  . .    1950 

453  Laboratories  Cornerstone  Laid  [January].    1942 

454  Laboratories,  Dedicate  New   [October]....   1942 

455  Laboratories  Groups,  Names  [April]    1943 

456  Laboratories,  Scenes  froTn    (photo  layout) 

[April]    1945 

457  Laboratories — Visit  of  Shah  of  Iran  [Janu- 

ary]         1950 

458  Laboratories  Win  "E"  Award  [July]    1943 

459  Laboratories,  Work  Begins  at  Princeton  by 

Ralph  R.  Beal  [October]    1941 

460  Man  Back  from  Japan  by  J.  Francis  Harris 

[January]    1944 

461  Management,  Changes  in  [January]   1949 

462  Manufacturing  Employees  in  New  Victory 

Campaign   [January]    1942 

463  Manufacturing  Grows  by  Frank  M.  Folsom 

[October]     1944 

464  Manufacturing   Rally,   60,000  at  by   J.   M. 

Smith    [October]    1942 

465  Materials'  Conservation    (Folsom  letter   to 

manufacturers)   [April]   1951 

466  Men  Aid  Government  Groups  by  Dr.  C.  B. 

Jolliflfe   [January]    1942 

467  Men   Rove    War   Fronts    by    W.    L.    Jones 

[January]    1944 

468  Patent  Policy  [July]   1950 

470  Plants  and  Laboratories,  Scenes  in   (photo 

layout)    [April]    1947 

471  Review  Ends  2nd  Year  [April]    1948 

472  Royalty  Rates  Reduced   [July]    1950 

473  Salesmen   Attend    Training    Course   by    W. 

Boyce  Dominick   [July]    1945 

474  Service    Company:    New    RCA    Subsidiary 

[April]     1943 

474a.      Service     Company:      Ta-ctftil     Technicians 

[October]   1952 

475  Service    Company — Trainee   Course    [Octo- 

ber]         1950 

476  Servicing    Military    Equipment    by    P.    B. 

Reed  [January]    1951 

477  Sign  Blacked  Out  [January]    1942 

478  Standardi:ation    of    Prodticts    by     D.     F. 

Schmit    [October]    1949 

479  Stations     on    Long     Island,     Scenes    from. 

Transoceanic   (photo  layout)    [July] ....   1946 

480  Stockholders  Meet   (James  G.  Harbord  ad- 

dress)    [July]     1944 

481  Stockholders  Meet  (David  Sarnoff  address) 

[Julv]     1945 

482  Stockholders  Meet  May  5th   (April)    1942 

483  Stockholders   Meeting    (David    Sarnoff   ad- 

dress)   [July]    1946 

484  Stockholders   Meeting    (David    Sarnoff   ad- 

dress)   [July]    1947 

485  Stockholders   Meeting    (David    Sarnoff   ad- 

dress)    [July]     1948 

486  Stockholders   Report,    .   .   .   Makes   Annual 

(David    Sarnoff   and   James   G.   Harbord 
statement)    [April]    1947 

487  Stockholders  Meeting   [July]    1950 

488  Stockholders  Meeting   [July]    1951 

489  Stockholders  Meeting   [July]    1952 

490  Suppliers  by  Vincent  de  P.  Goubeau  [April]   1950 


A  rt icle 
Number  Year 

491  Victor— Cincinnati  Tube  Plant   [July] 1951 

492  Victor  Division  Plants  Expansion  [July]..    1950 

493  Victor  Division  Formed  [January]    1943 

494  Victor  Division  Plants  Win  "E"  Stars,  Two 

[April]      1943 

495  Victor   Home   Instruments,    Latest   Models 

(photo  layout)    [July]    1947 

496  Victor  Mexicana  S.A.  [October]    1949 

497  Victor  Traffic  Division   [July]    1950 

498  Workers,  Hero  Lauds  [April]    1943 

499  Workers  Launch  Ship  [October]    1943 

500  Reading  Aids,  Electronic   [January]    1949 

501  Reading  by  Sounds  [October]   1946 

502  Record    Majiufacture,    Pact    Ends    Year-Old 

Ban  on  (David  Sarnoff  and  James  Petrillo 
statements)    [January]    1949 

503  Record.  Nexv  Phonograph  and  (45-rpm)   [Jan- 

uary]         1949 

504  Record  Salesmen.  Radio's  [July]    1947 

505  Recording  Resumes,  Music  [January]    1945 

506  Recordings    Revived    by    George    R.     Marek 

[April] 1951 

507  Recordings    Revived    by    George    R.     Marek 

[January]    1952 

508  Records    and   Record   Players    Acclaimed    by 

Industry,    New    i5-rpm    by    J.    B.    Elliott 
[April]      1949 

509  Records   and   Record   Players.    Making    New 

i5-rpm    (photo   layout)    [April]    1949 

510  Records  are  Made.  How  by  W.  T.  Warrender 

(photo  layout)    [April]    1947 

511  Records.  Phonograph  .  .  .  Make  Strong  Come- 

back in  1951  by  L.  W.  Kanajra  [April] 1952 

512  Records — J,5-rpm  Sales  [October]    1949 

513  Records — Policy  on  (Frank  M.  Folsom)   [Jan- 

uary]         1950 

514  Records.  Unbreakable   [October]    1945 

515  "Red    Network"    Out    as    NBC    Designation 

[October]     1942 

516  Relaying  by  Radio  by  C.  W.  Hansell   [April]   1945 

517  Religion,  Radio  Adds  to  Story  of  by  Dr.  Max 

Jordan    [April]     1943 

518  "Rende:vous  tilth  Destiny"  (F.  D.  Roosevelt 

speeches)    [July]    1946 

519  Reporting  by  Radio  by  George  H.  Clark  [Jan- 

uary]         1943 

520  Research    Aims.   RCA    by    Otto    S.    Schairer 

[April]     1944 

521  Research  Opens  the  Way  by  Otto  S.  Schairer 

[October]     1944 

522  Research  Points  to  Future,  Radio  by   E.  W. 

Enestrom   [April]    1943 

523  Results  of  Pioneering  by  Meade  Brunei  [Oc- 

tober]       1944 

524  Retirement   Plan,   RCA    Inaugurates    [Janu- 

ary]         1945 

525  Rome   Station,   RCA    Communications   Opens 

[July]     1944 

526  Royal  Wedding  Films  on  Air  in  Record  Time 

[January]      1948 

527  Russia,  Engineers  Visit   [January]    1946 

s 

628     Safety  and  Health  by  E.  M.  Tuft  [October]  .  .    1948 

529  Sailors  Broadcast  in  1908  bv  George  H.  Clark 

[April]      1942 

530  Sarnoff:    Address    to    American    Society    of 

Naval   Engineers    [July]     1950 

631     Sarnoff:  Address  to  John  Carroll  University 

[July] 1950 

532  Sarnoff:    Address    to    Pennsylvania    Military 

School  [July]    1952 

533  Sarnoff:    Address    to    Veterans    of    Foreign 

Wars,  Chicago   [October]    1950 


Article 
Number  Year 

534  Sarnoff:  Anniversary  Address  [October]....    1951 

535  Sarnoff  Becomes  a  General  [January]   1945 

536  Sarnoff:  Boston  Jubilee  Award  [July]    1950 

537  Sarnoff,  France  Honors    (Legion   of   Honor) 

[October]     1947 

538  Sarnoff   Honored:    Peter   Cooper   Medal   and 

U.  N.  Scroll  [January]    1950 

539  Sarnoff   Lauds   Radio's   War  Role   by    David 

Sarnoff    [January]    1943 

540  Sa)-noff  Looks  Ahead  by  David  Sarnoff  [Jan- 

uary]         1944 

541  Saj-noff  Meets  RCA  Cadettes  in  Indiana  [Oc- 

tober]         1943 

542  Sarnoff:  Patent  S571S86  granted  [January]  .  .    1952 

543  Sarnoff.  President  Honors  (Medal  for  Merit) 

[April]     1946 

544  Sarnoff  Receives  Medal  of  Honor  from  RTMA 

[July]     1952 

545  Sarnoff  Receives  Top  TBA  Award  [January]   1945 

546  Sarnoff  Speaks  at  Eisenhower  Ceremony  [Oc- 

tober]          1948 

547  Sarnoff :  University  of  Louisville  Award  [Oc- 

tober]        1950 

548  Sarnoff  Urges  Charter  for  Business  [April].   1943 
548a.  Samo^.'  Weizmann  Institute  Address  in  Re- 

hovofh.  Israel   [October]    1952 

549  Sarnoff :  World  Brotherhood  Award  [ApTU^  .   1951 

550  Sarnoff:     Year-End    Statement     (for     1949) 

[January]      1950 

551  Sarnoff:     Year-End    Statement     (for     1950) 

[January]      1951 

552  Sarnoff:     Year-End    Statement     (for     1951) 

[January]    1952 

553  Scannina  Microscope    [July]    1942 

554  Scholarship  Plan  Extended  [July]    1952 

555  Science  at  New  Altitudes  by   David   Sarnoff 

[April]     1947 

556  Science  at  Netv  Crossroads  by  David  Sarnoff 

[April]    1948 

557  Science  in  Democracy  by  David  Sarnoff  [Oc- 

tober]       1945 

558  Science  Seen   in   New  Role    (Arthur   F.  Van 

Dyke  statement)    [July]    1942 

559  Science  Urged  as  Aid  to  Peace  (Ralph  R.  Beal 

address)    [October]    1944 

560  "Scientific  Method"  Can  Solve  Social  Problems 

bv  Dr.  C.  B.  Jolliffe  [Julv]    1947 

561  Scientists  HoJiored.  Three   [October]    1948 

562  Screen  for  TV  Backgrounds  [January]    1950 

563  Screen,  New  Theatre  [January]    1952 

564  Screens.  Making  Fine  Mesh  bv  Dr.  Harold  B. 

Law   [October]    1948 

565  Script.    St&n/    of   a   Radio    by    Richard    Mc- 

Donatrh    [July]     1945 

566  Sealing  Glass  to  Metal  [January]    1947 

567  Seeley,  I.R.E.  Award  to  [January]    1948 

568  Seidel,    Robert    A.— Address    to    NRDGA    on 

Color  TV  [January]   1951 

569  Service  is  the  Keynote  by  W.  L.  Jones  [Octo- 

ber]        1944 

570  "Sewing"  by  Radio  Shoum  [July]   1943 

571  Shared-Work  Plan  Succeeds  [July]    1945 

572  Shipboard,  New  .  .  .  Radio  Set  by  I.  F.  Byrnes 

[July]     1945 

573  Shoran  in  Korea  [April]    1951 

574  Short    Wave:    Dcstijtation:    Orient   by    Ray- 

mond Guy  [July]   1945 

575  Short  Wave:  Gateway  to  the  Hemisphere  by 

John  Elwood   [October]    1941 

576  Short  Wave:   "Invasion"  by  Radio   [.-^pril]  .  .    1945 

577  Shortu-ave  Station:  at  Bound  Brook  [July].  .    1952 

578  Short  Waves,  U.  S.  Leases  [January]    1943 

579  SicUy  Fight,  RCA  Sets  Aid  [October]   1943 


Article 
Number  Year 

580  Signals  Minimized  by  New  Transmitter  Sys- 

tem,  Fading   Radio   by    Grant   E.    Hansell 
[April]     1952 

581  Small     Businesses     Essential     to     Progress 

(Statement    by    Vincent    deP.     Goubeau) 
[July] 1952 

582  Sniperscope-Snooperscope:      Seeing      in     the 

Dark  (C.  B.  Jolliffe  statement)    [July] 1946 

683  Sonar:   U-Boat  Nemesis    [July]    1946 

684  Soiaid  Absorbers  ("Cones  of  Silence")  [Octo- 

ber]        1949 

585  Sound,  Anniversary  in  by  M.  C.  Batsel  [Oc- 

tober]         1946 

585a.  Sound:  Listening  Tastes  Tested   (Dr.  Harry 

F.  Olson  address)    [July]    1947 

586  So^aid  Speeds  the   War  Effort  by  George  R. 

Evvald   [October]    1942 

587  Sound,   Stjidies   in  by   Dr.    Harry   F.    Olson 

[April]     1945 

588  Sound,  The  Story  of  16mm.  by  W.  W.  Watts 

[July]     1947 

589  Sounds   of   Progress    by    Edward    C.    Cahill 

[October]     1944 

590  Speakers'  Bureau  [January] 1950 

591  Splitting    Light    Beams    by    R.    H.    Heacock 

[October]     1945 

591a.  Standard  Pressed  Steel:  Ttvo-Way  Radio  Sys- 
tem Sjieeds  Floiv  of  Materials  in  Steel  Plant 
[October]     1952 

592  Stations  Built  for  Allies  [July]   1943 

693    Stethoscope,  RCA  Develops  [July]   1943 

594  Storms,  Can  .  .  .  be  Controlled?    (Dr.  V.  K. 

Zworykin  address)    [April]    1947 

595  Stratosphere  Chamber  [October]   1951 

696    Styling  Sells  Sets  by  H.  M.  Rundle  [January]  1948 
597     Subminiaturization  in  Tubes  [July]    1952 

698  Sunspots:  Engineers  Predict  Radio  Weather 

by  Henry  E.  Hallborg  [October]   1943 

699  Sunspots:  Solar  Storms  Forecast  [July]    ...   1948 

600  Superheterodyne    Radio    Receiver,    Smallest 

[April]     1950 

601  Swarthout:   Concert  Artist  Makes  Oivn  Rec- 

ords for  Study  [October]    1947 

T 

602  Tangier    By-Passes    Magnetic    Storms,    New 

Station  at   [July]    1946 

603  Tape  Relay  System,  Approve  (Sidney  Sparks 

address)    [July]    1948 

604  Tapline  Project  [January]    1952 

604a.  Technicians,  Tactful   [October]    1952 

605  Teleran  Demonstrated   [July]    1947 

606  Teleran— -New  Air  Traffic  Aid  [October] 1946 

607  Teleran,  The  Story  of  by  Loren  F.  Jones  [Jan- 

uary]         1946 

Television: 

608  Advances  in  .  .  .  by  V.   K.  Zworykin  and 

G.  A.  Morton   [October]    1944 

609  Afloat  [January]   1949 

610  Airborne  .  .  .  Demonstrated  (David  Sarnoff 

statement)    [April]    1946 

610a.      American    Inventory:     Adult    Educational 

Series  [October]   1952 

611  American  .  .  .  Shown  tn  Italy  [July]   1947 

612  a7td   Human   Rights   by    Robert    P.    Myers 

[July]   1949 

613  and  the  Theatre  by  W.  W.  Watts  [July]  . . .   1948 

614  Animal  Surgery  [October]    1951 

615  Army  Station  on  Wheels  [October]    1951 

616  as  Dynamic  Sales  Force    (T.  F.  Joyce  ad- 

dress)   [April]    1944 

617  as  Tool  of  Industry,  Beat  Sees  .  .  .  (Ralph 

R.  Beal  address)    [July]    1944 

618  at  the  Conventions   [July]    1948 


Article 

Number  Year 

Television:   (cont'd) 

619  at  the  Fight  (Louis-Conn)   [July]   1946 

620  at  UN  Council  [April]   1946 

621  Audience  Survey  [July]   1951 

622  Billion  Dollar  Industry  (Frank  M.  Folsom) 

[January]    1950 

623  Bolsters    U.   S.   Economy   by   J.    K.    West 

[April]     1949 

624  Bridgeport,    Conn.    Experimental    Station 

[January]      1950 

625  Bridgeport,    Conn.    "Satellite"   Station   by 

Raymond  F.  Guy  [April]    1950 

626  Bullfight  Televised  [January]    1947 

G26a.      Canada  by  F.  R.  Deakins  [October]    1952 

627  Caravan   [July]    1947 

628  Casting  for  ...  by  Owen  Davis,  Jr.  [Janu- 

ary]        1949 

Color  Television: 

629  All-Electronic  [January]   1947 

629a.      Color  Book  by   Albert  W.   Protzman    [Oc- 
tober]      1952 

630  Color  Photometer  (Tristimulus)    [April]  1951 

631  Demonstration  at  Colonial  Theatre,  New 

York   [July]    1951 

632  Demonstration    of   Compatible,   All-Elec- 

tronic System   [January]    1951 

633  Demonstration  Plans  [October]    1950 

634  FCC  Hearings   [July]    1950 

635  FCC  Order — Injunction  Sought  [October]   1950 

636  First  Public  Demonstration  in  Washing- 

ton, D.  C.  [October]    1949 

637  First  Public  Demonstration  of  Electronic 

Color  Tube    [April]    1950 

638  For  Theatres  (Address  by  V.  K.  Zwory- 

kin)   [July]     1947 

639  New  York  Area  Tests  [July]   1951 

640  Status  of   (Statements  by  C.  B.  Jolliffe, 

R.  D.  Kell  and  G.  L.  Beers)   [January]  1947 

641  Symposium  on  RCA  Compatible  System 

[July]     1951 

642  Tricolor    Tube    Improvements    made    by 

Alfred  C.  Schroeder  [July]    1952 

643  Congress  Opening  Televised  [April]   1947 

644  Convention  Coverage,   TV  and  Radio  Plan 

by  Wm.  R.  McAndrew  [April]    1952 

645  Convention  Films  Televised  [July]    1944 

646  Coverage  Extended    (David  Sarnoff  state- 

ment)   [January]     1949 

647  Cutouts  Aid  TV  Station  Planners  by  Mar- 

vin Gaskill   [April]    1949 

648  Demonstrations    Abroad    by     Richard     H. 

Hooper    [April]    1951 

649  Dollars    and   Sense    by    Philip    Merryman 

[July]     1945 

650  Education,  A  Powerful  Tool  in  Modem  by 

William  H.  Knowles  [April]   1948 

051         Education  in  TV  by  Judith  Waller   [Octo- 
ber]         1950 

652  Expanding  Industry  [January]    1950 

653  Expansion  Foreseen  (Thomas  F.  Joyce  ad- 

dress)   [January]    1944 

654  Expansion,  Neiv  Explorations  to  Open  Way 

for  (C.  B.  Jolliffe  statement)    [July] 1948 

655  Film  Dramas  for  [October]    1948 

656  Films  and  the  Human  Eye  by  Dr.  Albert 

Rose    [January]     1947 

657  Films  for  .  .  .  by  Paul  Alley  [October] 1946 

658  Finds  its  Public  bv  Dan  Halpin  [January]   1948 

659  for  Harbor  Pi?ofs "[January]    1948 

660  for  St.  Louis  [April]    1947 

661  Goes  Afield  by  Henry  E.  Rhea  [July]   1944 

662  Goes  Commercial  by  Alfred  H.  Morton  [Oc- 

tober]       1941 

663  Goes  to  the  Fair  [October]   1946 


Article 
Number  Year 

Television:  (cont'd) 
6fi4        Harbor  Pilots  Boost  [July]  1949 

665  Heads   West    (Frank   M.   Folsom   address) 

[October]     1948 

666  Hollywood  and  ...  by  Sidney  N.   Strotz 

[January]    1944 

667  Hospital  .  .  .  [April]   1947 

668  in  Boston  by  Frank  M.  Folsom  [January].   1949 

669  Industrial  television  Expands   [April]    ...    1952 

670  Industrial  (Vidicon)  by  P.  B.  Reed  [April]    1950 

671  in  Industiy  (W.  W.  Watts  address)   [July]  1949 

672  in  Spain  [October]    1948 

673  t8   Ready   to    Go    (C.   B.   Jolliffe   address) 

[January]    1946 

674  Italy,  U.  S.  .  .  .  in  by  Richard  H.  Hooper 

[October]     1947 

675  Joins  Radio  in  Covering  Election  Returns 

by  William  F.  Brooks  [October]   1948 

676  Kinescopes,  How  RCA  .  .  .  are  made  [July]  1952 

677  Kinescope— New   16"    (Type  16GPi)    [Oc- 

tober]       1949 

678  Kinescope— New  21"  [October]   1951 

679  Kinescopes,  Metal  Shell  .  .  .  Forge  Ahead 

by  Larry  S.  Thees  [April]   1952 

680  Kinescope  Recordings  by  Carleton  D.  Smith 

[April]     1949 

681  Large-Screen    (press  demonstration  on  16- 

by  21-inch  screen)   [April]   1945 

682  Large-screen  ...  (R.  V.  Little,  Jr.  and  I.  G. 

MalofF   address — 18-  by   24-foot   screen) 
[January]    1948 

683  Large-Screen  ...  by  R.  V.  Little,  Jr.   (18- 

by  24-foot  screen)    [January]    1949 

684  Larger  .  .  .  Images  by  L  G.  MalofF  [Janu- 

ary]        1944 

685  Looking-In    on    the    Capital  by    A.    Burke 

Crottv  [April]    1946 

686  Measuring  TV  Tube  ("Microstick")   [July]   1950 

687  Milestones   [July]    1948 

688  Mood   Musie  Selecting   for   TV   Programs 

[April]   1952 

689  More  Channels  for  .  .  .  by  E.  W.  Engstrom 

[October]     1948 

690  Navy's  Use  of  .  .  .   (Sydney  H.  Eiges  ad- 

dress)   [January]     1948 

691  NBC  .  . .  Moves  to  New  Quarters  [January]  1946 

692  NBC  .  .  .  Plans  (Niles  Trammell  statement) 

[April]     1944 

693  Network  Video  Pact,  First  (Frank  E.  Mul- 

len statement)   [April]   1948 

694  Networks  Join  [January]    1949 

695  New  Markets  bv  Henry  G.  Baker  [October]   1949 

696  New  TV  Station  in  Cuba  [April]    1952 

697  Ncwsreel   Exchanges   by   Wm.    F.    Brooks 

[January]    1950 

698  Opening  New  Era  by  David  Sarnoff  [April]   1948 

699  Opera  by  Television  by  Dr.  Herbert  Graf 

[April]     1945 

700  "Operation    Classroom"   by    Gilbert    Chase 

[July]     1949 

701  Outlook   is   Bright    (David    Sarnoff   state- 

ment)   [July]    1949 

702  Outlook  of  Post-War  ...  is  Bright  (Ralph 

R.  Beal  address)    [July]    1943 

703  Plan  Post-War  [October]    1943 

704  Pottsrille.  Penn.    [July]    1951 

705  Presents  "Task  Force  TV"  by  Doug  Rodgers 

[October]     1948 

706  Programs,  Viewers  Rate  ...  by  Hugh  M. 

Beville,  Jr.  [July]    1949 

707  Progress  by  David  Sarnoff  [October]    1947 

708  Projection  Tubes   [July]    1945 

709  Projector,  New  Large-Screen  (6%-  by  9%- 

foot  screen)   [October]   1948 


Article 

Number  Year 

Television:  (cont'd) 

710  Promotion  by  Charlotte  Stern  [January]  . .   1947 

711  Radio  Relays  for  .  .  .  (Ralph  R.  Beal  state- 

ment)   [October]    1943 

712  Raid  Training  by  .  .  .  [April]   1942 

713  RCA    Demonstrates   Latest   .    .    .    Develop- 

ments [January]    1946 

714  RCA-NBC  Firsts  in  .  .  .  (Chronology  from 

li)23)    [January]    1946 

715  Receivers    in    Production    at    RCA    Victor 

Plant   (photo  layout)    [July]    1948 

716  Receivers,  New  .  .  .  [October]    1946 

717  Recording  by  Robert  M.  Eraser  [July] 1948 

718  Reports  Vote   [January]    1945 

719  Sales  Promotion  by  Henry  G.  Baker  [Janu- 

ary]        1950 

720  Scenery  Design  by  N.  Ray  Kelly  [July] 1945 

721  Servicemen  at  Work,  RCA  .  .  .  (photo  lay- 

out)  [October]   1948 

722  Serviceinen  and  Public  Relations   [July]  . .   1951 

723  Service  Problem  by  C.  M.  Odorizzi   [Octo- 

ber]        1950 

724  Social    Influence,    A    by    John    F.    Royal 

[April]   1946 

725  Station  for  Cuba  [January]   1951 

726  Statioyi  i?i  So2ith  America,  First . . .  (Monte- 

video)   [April]    1944 

727  Station  KNBC  and  KRON—San  Francisco 

[October]     1950 

728  Stations — Brazil,   Cuba,  Mexico  by  Meade 

Brunet   [October]    1950 

729  Status  of  .  .  .  ,  The  by  J.  G.  Wilson  [April]   1949 

730  Stockholders   "Tour"  Plant   Through   Eyes 

of  TV  Cameras   [April]    1952 

731  Store  Video,  25,000  See  [January]    1046 

732  Sttidio,  New  .  .  .  (NBC-8G)    [July]   1948 

733  Studios:  The  Play's  the  Thing   (photo  lay- 

out)   [October]    1945 

734  Submarine  ...  by  O.  B.  Hanson  [July] 1947 

735  Suppresses  TV  Interference   [April]    1949 

736  Surgeons  Watch  Operations  by  [October].    1947 

737  Theatre  TV  by  W.  W.  Watts  [October] . . .   1949 

738  Tuners  for  TV  Receivers  [July]    1950 

739  Two-Way  ...  by  David  Sarnoff  [July] . . .   1948 

740  er-Inch  Metal  Shell  Kinescope  [July]    1952 

741  UN  on  Theatre  TV  [January]   1950 

742  Uses  of  ...  hy  Noran  E.  Kersta  [July]  . . .   1947 

742a.      "Victory  at  Sea"  [October]   1952 

742b.      Visual  Effects  by  James  Glenn  [October]   .  .    1952 
742c.      West  Coast  Center  [October]    1952 

743  Thompson  Dies  in  Actioti  [January]    1945 

744  Three-Speed  Record  Player  [July]    1952 

745  Time  Control,  Builds  New  [January]    1943 

746  Toscanini  Returns  to  NBC  [October]   1942 

747  Toscanini,  Stokowsky,  Sign  [April]    1943 

748  Toscanini  Televised  [April]    1948 

749  Toscanini^lith  Season   [July]    1951 

750  Toscaniiii  Tour  [April]    1950 

751  Toscanini   Tour   [July]    1950 

752  Tozzi  ii  Ring  [January]   1952 

753  Trade,  Radio  Aids  World  by  J.  G.  MacKenty 

[July]     1945 

754  Trademark,  History  of  RCA  by  Abraham  S. 

Greenberg   [October]     1945 

755  Trademark  with  a  Heritage  by  Abraham  S. 

Greenberg    [April]     1946 

756  Trademarks,  The  Meaning  of  by  Abraham  S. 

Greenberg    [October]    1948 

757  Trademarks  Relinquished   [October]    1950 

758  Traffic  Control,  Radio  Aids  [July]    1942 

759  Trammell  Elected  to  Board  [April]    1945 

760  Transcribed",  "This  Program  is  [July]   1942 

760a.  Transistor,  Status   of   the   by   M.   E.   Kams 

[October]     1952 


Article 
Number  Year 

761  Transistors — Modem  Miracle    of  Electronics 

[April]      1952 

762  Transistors  Operate  on  225  Megacycles  [July]   1952 

763  Transmitter  500  KW  Triode  [April]    1950 

764  Transmitter   System,   Fading   Radio   Signals 

Mini7nized   by   New   by    Grant   E.    Hansell 
[April]    1952 

765  Tristimulus  Photometer  [April]    1951 

766  Tube  Detects  Leaks  in  Vacuums,  New    [Oc- 

tober]        1947 

767  Tube  Has  "Memory",  New  [April]    1947 

768  Tube  Has  "Memorxj",  New  [April]    1949 

769  Tube  Market,  Sees   Vast  New    (L.   W.    Tee- 

garden  address)    [January]    1945 

770  Tube  "Microstick"  Ruler  (TV)  [July]    1950 

771  Tube,  Millionth  TV  [July]   1949 

772  Tube — Neiv  Miniature  Relay  [October]    1949 

773  Tube-Painting,  Electronic  [October]    1947 

774  Tube — Pencil  Type  [January]    1952 

775  Tube,  Stiper  Power  Beam  Triode  [April]    .  .  .    1950 

776  Tube—Tri  Color-TV   [April]    1951 

777  Tube—Tri  Color-TV  (5  types)    [October]    .  .  .    1951 

778  Tube  Weighs  l/15th  Ounce  [July]    1946 

779  Tubes:  Aladdin's  Electronic  Lamp  by  L.  W. 

Teegarden    [October]    1944 

780  Tubes  are  Made,  How  Radio    (photo  layout) 

[July]     1945 

781  Tubes:   Electrons  at  Work  by  R.   S.   Burnap 

[July]    1942 

782  Tubes  for  Television,  Making   (photo  layout) 

[January]      1947 

783  Tubes  in  Miniature   [April]    1945 

784  Tubes  Key   to  Progress  by   B.   J.    Thompson 

[January]    1944 

785  Tubes  Made  New,  Old  by   L.  W.   Teegarden 

[April]    1943 

786  Tubes,  Miniature  Radio   [April]    1947 

787  Tubes,  New  Field  for  Electron  by  L.  W.  Tee- 

garden   [April]     1946 

788  Tubes  Rushed  [January]    1942 

789  Tubes:    Trend  is   to   "Miniatures"   by   L.   W. 

Teegarden   [January]    1948 

790  Turkey  Expands  Radio  System-  [April]   1947 

791  Turnpike.  New  Jersey  [January]    1952 

792  Tuttle    Elected    RCA    Treasurer,    Arthur    B. 

[July]     1946 

793  Tivcnty-Five   Years  of  Radio,  Foreword:  by 

David  Sarnoff  [October]    1944 

793a.  Two-Way  Radio  System  Speeds  Flow  of  Ma- 
terials iv  Steel  Plant  [October]    1952 

794  Tivo-Way  Radios  for  Taxis  [April]    1948 

795  "Typhoon"  Computer  Project  [January]   ....    1951 

u 

796  Ultrafax:    Million    Words    a    Minute    (David 

Sarnoff  address)    [October]    1948 

797  UHF  and  Tilted  Antenna   [July]    1951 

798  UHF  and  TV  by  Dr.  C.  B.  Jolliffe  [April] .  .  .    1951 

799  UHF    Baytd,    Complete    Chain    of    Television 

Equipment  Ready  for    [April]    1952 

800  UHF  Demonstration  at  Boca  Raton  [Januaryl   1952 
800a.  UHF:  First  Commercial  Station  on  Air  [Octo- 
ber]        1952 

801  U.N.  Branch  of  RCA  Communications  [Janu- 

ary]        1951 

802  Urges  Clergy   to   Guide   Mankind  in   Atomic 

Era  (David  Sarnoff  address)    [April] 1946 

803  Urges   Freedom   for  Radio    (Nilcs   Trammell 

statement)    [January]    1944 

804  ['.  S.  Navy  in  TV  Series  [April]    1951 

V 

805  "V"  in  Radio   [October]    1941 

806  Van  Dyck:  Heads  I.R.E.  [January]    1942 


Article 

Nwmber  Year 

807  Venezuela  Circuit  Opened   [April]    1951 

807a.  "Victory    at    Sea"  —  New    Historical    Series 

[October]     1952 

808  Vidicon  Back-Pack  Unit  [April]    1951 

809  Vidicon  Camera  Tube  by  P.  B.  Reed  [April]  .  1950 

810  Vidicon  Microscopy  (TV)   [January]    1951 

811  Viscometer:     New     Electronic     Development 

[July]     1952 

812  "Voice  of  America"  Equipment   [January]  . .  1951 

813  "Voice    of  America"    transmitted   to    foreign 

countries  by  NBC  shortwave  station  [July]  1952 

814  VT  Fuse:  Missiles  with  "Radio  Brains"  [Oc- 

tober]      1945 

w 

815  Walkie-Lookie  at  Political  Convention   [July]   1952 

816  Walkie-Lookie:     Vidicon     Back-Pack     Unit 

[April]      1951 

817  Walkie-Talkies,  Emergency  [April]    1944 

818  "W alkie-Talkie"  Equipment — New  Production 

[April]      1951 

819  War   Fronts,    Covering    the    by    William    F. 

Brooks    [April]     1945 

820  Warning  System — Civil  Defense   [October]  .  .    1951 

821  War  Production,   From  Peace   to  by   Robert 

Shannon    [April]    1942 

822  War  Production,  RCA   (photo  layout)    [July]   1943 

823  War  Work,  Ideas  Spur  by   Elmer  C.   Morse 

[January]    1943 

824  War  Workers  Linked  in  Yule  Party,  30,000 

[January]    1944 

825  Wartiyne  Achievements  in  Radio  [April] 1945 

826  WEAF  in  20th  Anniversary  [October]    1942 

827  Weather  Analysis  by  J.  H.  Nelson  [April]  . .  .    1951 

828  Welcome   Home   Auditions   by   C.    L.    Menser 

[January]    1945 

829  Werner,  Robert  L. — Promotion  [January]  . .  .  1952 

830  Western  Union  to  Use  RCA  Relay  [October]  1945 

831  "What's  New?"  is  Radio  Hit  [October]    1943 

832  "What's  New?",  RCA  to  Sponsor  Radio  Show 

[July]    1943 

833  Whiteman  Joins  Blue,  Paul  [April]    1943 

834  White    Sulphur   Springs    (NBC    Convention) 

[October]    1950 

835  Wintcrbottom   Marks   30th    Year   with    RCA 

[July]   1944 

836  Wire,  Recording  Sound  on  [January]   1948 

837  Wolff,  Navy  Hoiiors  Dr.  [July]   1949 

838  Wolff,  Dr.  Irving — Promotion  [January]   1952 

839  Women  in  Radio  [July]    1945 

840  Wo77ien  in  War  Jobs  bv  Forrest  H.  Kirkpatrick 

[April]      1943 

841  Women  Present  NBC  Series  [April]    1944 

842  WPB  Aivards,  6  RCAM  Employees  Win  High 

National  [October]    1942 

843  WPB  Honors  RCA  Workers  [April]    1943 

844  WPB  Merit  Awards,  3  in  RCA    Victor  Win 

[July]     1943 

845  Wynkoop  Elected  Head  of  Radiomarine,  Ad- 

miral [April]    1949 

Y 

846  Yacht,  Home-Built   .  .  .  Carries  RCA   Radio 

Equipm,ent   [April]    1952 

z 

847  Zworykin.  Dr.   V.   K.  Elected  Vice  President 

[April]    1947 

848  Zivorykin  Receives  Lamme  Medal  [July] 1949 

849  Zworykin    Receives    IRE    Medal    of    Honor 

[April]    1951 

850  Zivorykin  Receives  Poor  Richard  Club  Award, 

Dr.  [January]    1949 


RADIO  AGE 


Alley,  Paul,  657 

Anderson,  E.  C,  336 

Angell,  Dr.  James  R.,  162,  274,  304,  316 

B 

Baker,  Henry  G.,  695,  719 

Baker,  I.  R.,  418 

Barnard,  Anita  L.,  196 

Batsel,  M.  C,  585 

Beal,  Ralph  R.,  559,  617,  702,  711 

Beers,  G.  L.,  640 

Bennett,  M.  F.,  108 

Beville,  Hugh  M.,  Jr.,  35,  706 

Bohlke.  W.  H.,  245 

Bradbury.  H.  D.,  147 

Brooks,  William  F.,  290,  294,  390,  675, 

697,  819 
Brown,  Dr.  George  H.,  29 
Brunet,  Meade,  131,  220,  523,  728 
Buck,  Walter  A.,  67 
Burnap,  R.  S.,  781 
Butler,  E.  W.,  103 
Byrnes,  I.  F.,  416,  572 

C 

Cahill,  Edward  C.,  589 

Carlin,  Philips,  52 

Carroll,  M.  J.,  132 

Chase,  Gilbert,  700 

Clark.  George  H.,  39,  76,  374,  519,  529 

Colton,  Richard  C,  359a 

Cook,  Jav  D.,  392 

Crotty,  A.  Burke,  685 

D 

Davis,  James  P.,  99 
Davis,  Owen,  Jr.,  628 
Deakins,  F.  R.,  73a 
de  la  Ossa,  Ernest.  309 
Dominick.  W.  B.,  68,  473 
Donal,  Dr.  J.  S.,  Jr.,  233 


Eddison,  Clifford,  79,  169 

Edgar,  H.  C,  348 

Eiges,  Sydney  H.,  690 

Elliott,  J.  B.,  28,  101,  268,  508 

Elwood,  John,  575 

Engstrom,  Dr.  E.  W.,  139,  140,  193, 

413,  522,  689 
Ewald,  George  R.,  586 


Fazalbhoy,  M.  Akbar,  191 

Finn,  David  J.,  63 

Fisher,  Sterling  W..  113.  316 

Flanders,  Forrest  H.,  258a 

Folsom,  Frank  M.,  2,  59,  104,  160,  161, 

358,  463,  465.  513,  622,  665,  668 
Foster,  Admiral  Edwin  D.,  192 
Fraser,  Robert  M.,  717 


1941-1952 

(Volumes  I  through  XI) 

AUTHOR  INDEX 

(Numbers  refer  to  Alphabetical  Index) 


Gaskill,  Marvin  L.,  647 

Glenn,  James,  742b. 

Goldsmith,  Dr.  A.  N.,  138 

Goubeau,  Vincent  deP.,  490,  581 

Graf,  Dr.  Herbert,  699 

Greenberg,  Abraham  S.,  754,  755,  756 

Greenmcyer,  Paul  A.,  122 

Guy,  Raymond,  574,  625 


Hallborg,  Henry  E.,  598 

Halpin,  Dan.,  658 

Hammond,  R.  E.,  407 

Hansen,  C.  W.,  516 

Hansen,  Grant  E.,  580 

Hanson,  0.  B.,  734 

Harbord,  James  G.,  165,  178,  179,  395, 

412.  480,  486 
Harris,  J.  Francis,  460 
Harstone,  Jean  E.,  279 
Heacock,  R.  H.,  591 
Hedges,  William  S.,  301 
HiUier,  Dr.  James,  121,  125,  135 
Hooper,  Richard  H.,  171,  648,  674 
Hucke,  H.  M.,  91,  364 
Hutchens,  Ray,  89 

J 

Jewett,  Tom,  282 

JollifTe,  Dr.  C.  B.,  152,  156,  388,  422, 

466,  560,  582,  640,  654,  673,  798 
Jones,  Loren  F.,  607 
Jones,  W.  L..  467,  569 
Jordan,  Dr.  Max,  517 
Joyce,  Thomas  F.,  14,  41,  616,  653 

K 

Kanaga,  L.  W.,  343,  511 

Karns,  M.  E.,  760a 

Kell,  R.  D.,  640 

Kelly,  N.  Rav,  720 

Keny,  Patrick  J.,  16 

Kersta,  Noran  E.,  742 

Kirkpatrick.  Dr.  Forrest  H.,  137,  341, 

436,  840 
Knowles,  William  H..  650 
Kobak,  Edgar,  48,  50 
Kreuzer,  Barton,  347 


Laport,  E.  A.,  95 
Law,  Dr.  Harold  B.,  564 
Leroy,  Harry  E.,  96 
Leverenz,  H.  W.,  345 
Little,  R.  v.,  Jr.,  682,  683 

M 

MacKenty,  J.  G.,  753 

Maloff,  1.  G.,  682,  684 

Marek,  George  R.,  176,  506,  507 


Maslin,  R.  C,  195 
McAndrew,  WiUiam  R.,  93 
McConneH,  Joseph  H.,  239,  240,  242, 

318 
McCray,  Thomas  C,  396a 
McDonagh,  Richard,  565 
McElrath,  George,  64 
Menser,  Clarence  L.,  234,  299,  828 
Merryman,  Philip,  649 
Miller,  William  Burke,  30 
Milling,  J.  A.,  351 

MitcheU,  Thompson  H.,  333,  385,  415 
Moore,  B.  F.,  Jr.,  5 
Morse,  Elmer  C,  823 
Morton,  Alfred  H.,  662 
Morton,  Dr.  G.  A.,  608 
Mullen,  Frank  E.,  394,  693 
Murray,  J.  W.,  322 
Myers,  Robert  P.,  612 

N 
Nelson,  J.  H.,  827 
Nicoll,  Dr.  F.  H.,  173,  174 

O 

Odorizzi,  C.  M.,  723 

Olson,  Dr.  Harry  F.,  110,  585a,  587 


Pannill,  Charles  J.,  172,  225,  229,  369, 

386 
Petrillo,  James,  502 
Preston,  J.,  110 
Protzman,  Albert  W.,  85a 


Reed,  P.  B.,  476,  670,  809 
Rhea,  Henry  E.,  661 
Rigby,  J.  F.,  332 
Rishworth,  Thomas  D.,  114 
Rodgers,  Doug,  705 
Rose,  Dr.  Albert,  656 
Royal,  John  F.,  724 
Rundle,  H.  M.,  596 


Sarnoff,  David,  34,  87,  143,  164,  166, 
167,  170,  235,  320,  321,  329,  337, 
376,  377,  382,  383,  384,  391,  420, 
448,  481,  483,  484,  485,  486,  502, 
530,  531,  532.  533,  534.  .539.  540, 
546,  548a,  550,  551,  552,  555,  556, 
557,  610,  646,  698.  701,  707,  739, 
793,  796,  802 

Sarnoff,  Robert  W.,  227 

Schairer,  Otto  S.,  520,  521 

Schmit,  D.  F.,  478 

Seeley,  S.  W.,  155 

Seth,  William  R.,  Jr.,  266 

Shannon,  Robert,  213,  821 

suing,  Philip  F.,  10,  438 


Simpson,  S.  H.,  Jr.,  206,  407,  408 
Smith,  Carleton  D.,  680 
Smith,  J.  M.,  464 
Smith,  Perry  C,  129 
Smith,  T.  A.,  252 
Sparks,  Sidney,  603 
Stern,  Charlotte,  710 
Strotz,  Sidney  N.,  300,  666 
Summers,  H.  B.,  1 

T 

Teegarden,  L.  W.,  248,  769,  779    785 
787,  789  -         .         , 

Thees,  Larry  S.,  211 
Thompson,  B.  J.,  784 
Tintle,  Peter  M.,  58 


Tomson,  C.  E.,  444 

Trammel],  Niles,  3,  62,  152,  269    288 

292,  692,  803 
Tuft,  E.  M.,  528 

U 
Usher,  A.,  74 

V 
Van  Deusen,  George  L.,  447 
Van  Dyke,  Arthur  F.,  6,  44,  558 
Vassos,  John,  144 

W 

Wade,  Robert  J.,  287,  296 
Walker,  Frank  B.,  342 
Waller,  Judith,  651 


Warrender,  W.  T.,  510 

Washburn,  E.  M.,  97 

Watts,  W.  W.,  25,  254,  588,  613,  671, 

lot 

Weaver,  Sylvester  L.,  Jr.,  281 
Wenger,  Wiley  D.,  381 
West,  John  K.,  623 
Wilson,  J.  G.,  729 
Winterbottom,  William  A.,  423 
Wolff,  Dr.  Irving,  370 
Woods,  Mark,  181 

Z 

Zack,  Earl,  88 

Zaun,  William  J.,  362a 

Zworykin,  Dr.  V.  K.,  123,^9"4,  608,  638 


"EARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


^,t,r»f» 


^M= 


PUt>UC    V--  .^y.    M« 


Kat»saa 


m 


TOBER 


i 

'^^1/^ 

BHUr.y 

1 

CyM^fgg/M 

N 

r 

w 

a 

1 


H.  '■ 


The  "PETER  MORAN,"  a  212-ton  harhor  and  seagoing 
tug,  powered  by  a  1200  h.p.  GM  diesel-electric  engine, 
reaches  speeds  up  to  14  knots.  Measures  105'  long, 
25'  beam,13'6"  draft.  Equipped  with  Radiomarine 
Radar  and  a  Radiomarine  2-way  Radiotelephone. 


4'  '.-'47^ 


Captain  HERBERT  DICKMAN 

navigating  with  Radiomarine  Railar 
aboard  the  "Peter  Moran."  Says 
Skipper  Dickman:  "I  have  handled 
several  different  makes  of  radar  in 
my  seagoing  e.\perience.  None  of 
them  perform  as  well  as  this  new 
Radiomarine  Model  CR-103 
small  radar." 


RADIOMARINE  RADAR 


Aids  the  "Peter  Moran"  in  maintaining   schedules 


C^z^ 


TIME,  TIDE  AND  WEATHER  stay  no  man's  pleasure. 
But,  no  matter  what  the  time  (day  or  darkest 
night)  or  what  the  weather  (even  rain),  the  "Peter 
Moran"  is  able  to  navigate  safely  and  maintain  faster 
schedules — with  the  aid  of  Radiomarine  Radar. 

This  increased  efficiency  of  the  "Peter  Moran's" 
operation  pays  off  in  the  performance  of  both  regular 
and  emergency  tug  services  quickly  and  economically. 

In  crowded  New  York  Harbor,  docking  and  un- 
docking  the  largest  passenger  liners  or  towing  barges, 
car-floats,  lighters  and  other  floating  craft  is  routine 


work  for  the  "Peter  Moran."  Radiomarine  Radar 
results  in  the  saving  of  hours  under  way  and  gallons 
of  fuel,  in  spite  of  adverse  weather  conditions. 

The  Moran  Towing  &  Transportation  Co.,  Inc.  of 
New  York,  New  Orleans  and  San  Francisco — owners 
of  "the  world's  largest  tug  fleet"  and  pioneers  in 
harbor,  coastwise,  inland  waterway  and  deep  sea  serv- 
ice— are  also  pioneers   in   the  use  of  radar  on  tugs. 

For  greater  safety  ane/  greater  operating  economy  for  your 
tesse/s,  write Jor  i)ijormatioti oil  Radiomarine  Radar,  com- 
munications equipment  atiJ  electronic  aids  to  navigation. 


HADIOMARINE  CORPORATION  o/  AMERICA,  75  VarickSl..  New  York  13,  N.  Y.  Offices  and  dealem  in  prindpnl  ,,:>rts. 
/•'ni-ritfn    DiHtrihutinn    aitil    Serrice — HCA    Intej-national  Division,    30    Rockefeller   Plaza,    Xew    York    JO,    A'.    V'. 


RADKOMARIME  CORRORA  TiOM  of  AMERtCA 

A  SERVICE  OF  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 


RADIO  AGE 


RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


DVER 


;t 


rkinjr  more  than  1300 
a  b  o  V  e  N  e  \v  York 
ets,  a  rigger  climbs 
sI'.T's  temporary  an- 
na mast  during  the  erec- 
of  the  multi-antenna 
\-ision  tower  on  the  Em- 
State  Building. 


Services  of  RCA  are: 


!A  Laboratories  Division 


RCA  Victor  Division 


!A  Communications,  Inc. 
arine  Corporation  of  America 
Broadcasting  Company.  Inc. 
I  RCA  Institutes.  Inc 
RA  Service  Company.  Inc 


lA  International  Division 


VOLUME    10        NUMBER    I 


OCTOBER  1950 


CONTENTS 


Ec 


I'AC.E 

3 


4 

<; 
111 

12 


I.N.IINCTION    SOUGHT    HY    RCA-NBC    ON    FCC    COLOR    TELEVISION    ORDER     . 

MESSAGE   TO   RCA    VICTOR   DISTRIBUTORS 

RCA  TO  SHOW  LATEST  ADVANCES  IN  COLOR  TELEVISION  SYSTEM    . 

NBC  TO  EXPAND  PRESENT  LEAD  IN   TV 

AMERICA    IS   CHALLENGED 

FIVE    NEW    TV    STUDIOS    FOR    NBC 

BARRYMORE    AND    SHAKESPEARE 

TV-FM    UN    THE    WEST    COAST l-^ 

ELECTRONS    DETECT    STRAY    COINS .yi*        ^"^ 

TELEVISION    BELOW   THE  BORDER  \0^'^'^^ 

hii  Meade  Brnnet ^"k)^ ''' 

RCA    "MILLION-PROOF"    TELEVISION    RECEIVERS l*i 

THE  TV  SERVICE  PROBLEM- 

by  C.  M.  Odorizzi 13 

"STARMAKER"     MICROPHONE -I 


FOR    REMOTE    PROGRAM    PICKUPS 

RADIO   TO   CONTINUE    AS    A    VITAL   FORCE 


23 
24 


25 


TV  AND  RADIO   IN   EDUCATION 

/)!/  Judith    Waller 

RELATION  OF  SCIENTIFIC   RESEARCH    Tn   WAR   PREPAREDNESS 

/))/   W.    W.    Wntis 2S 

MOBILE   UNIT    ON    WAY    TO    KOREA -50 

SARNOFF  RECEIVES  DEGREE  FOR  LEADERSHIl'  IN  RADIO  AND  TELEVISION    .  30 


R.ADIO  CORrOR.ATION  OF  AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  N.   Y. 

David  Sabnoff.  Chairman  of  the  P,r.nr<f  Frank  M.  Folsom,  President 

Lewis  MacConnacH.  Secretary  Ernkst  B.  Cokin.   Trerimirer 

Radio   Age   i.s   published  quarterly   by   the   Department    of   Information, 
R;tH'n  Torporation  of  Amprir,i,  ?M  Rorkefcllor  Plaza.  N\\v  York  20.  X.  Y. 


NOTICE — When  re(iuesting  a  change  in  mailing  ad- 
dress please  include  the  code  letters  and  numbers  which 
appear   with   the  stencilled   address  on   the  envelopf 


y0^ 


>^=-~ 


'^ 


y^ 


/^ 


4; 


^f' 


ROBERT    MONTGOMERY   TURNS    HIS    ACTING   ANU    .H,..,    ,  r. , .     ,  '^■'T:^::^,:^^^!^::^!^^^^^ 
•'YOUR  LUCKY  STRIKE  THEATRE",  ONE  OF   NBC'S  OUTSTANDING  TELtVIMUN    PROGRAM    SERIES. 


Injunction  Sought  by  RCA-NBC 
on  FCC  Color  Television  Order 


Compla'mt  Declares  Irreparable  Injury  will  be  Caused  to  Public,  M 
Standardizing  on   Incompatible  System  —  FCC  Order  ('ailed   Illc 


ATKMPORARY  injunction  to 
restrain  the  Federal  Com- 
munications Commission  immedi- 
ately from  enforcing  its  order  for 
the  adoption  of  incompatible  color 
television  standards,  pending  a 
hearing  for  a  permanent  injunction, 
was  sought  in  Federal  Court  on 
October  17.  1050.  by  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration of  America.  National 
Broadcasting  Company  and  RCA 
Victor  Distributing  Corporation,  a 
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  RCA. 

In  a  complaint  filed  in  United 
States  District  Court  in  Chicago, 
RCA.  NBC  and  the  RCA  Victor 
Distributing  Corporation  declared 
that  the  FCC  order  of  October  10 
adopting  the  color  television  method 
promoted  by  the  Columbia  Broad- 
casting System  will  result  in  irrep- 
arable injury  and  damage  to  the 
public,  which  has  more  than  two 
billion  dollars  invested  in  television 
sets,  to  the  nation's  television 
broadcasters  with  their  huge  in- 
vestments, and  to  the  television 
manufacturing  and  distributing  in- 
dustry. 

The  complaint  charged  that  the 
Order  is  contrary  to  the  public 
interest,  is  arbitrary  and  capri- 
lious.  exceeds  the  legal  authority 
of  the  Commission  and  is  not  sup- 
ported by  the  evidence. 

"The  effect  of  the  Order,"  said 
the  complaint,  "is  to  authorize  the 
commercial  broadcasting  of  color 
programs  upon  CBS  standards  to 
the  exclusion  of  the  commercial 
broadcasting  of  color  programs  on 
any  other  color  television  standards. 
Thus,  commercial  broadcasting  in 
accordance  with  the  RCA  sy.«tem  is 
rohibited.  although  it.  unlike  the 
BS  system,  is  compatible  and  can 
be  received  on  existing  receivers 
.vithout  modification  and  without 
legradation  of  picture  (|uality.  and 
^vhich  can  be  broadcast  by  all  tele- 
vision broadcasters  without  dilution 
if  their  audience. 


"Although  the  Commission  has 
no  jurisdiction  over  television  set 
manufacturers,  the  Commission 
sought  to  require  that  such  manu- 
facturers agree  with  the  Commis- 
sion to  build  all  their  black-and- 
white  television  receivers  according 
to  specifications  laid  down  by  the 
Commission.  These  specifications 
required  extensive  alterations  in 
present  production  model  receivers. 
The  Commission  stated  to  the  tele- 
vision set  manufacturers  that  if 
they  did  not  agree  so  to  build  their 
sets  the  Commission  would  forth- 
with and  finally  adopt  the  CBS 
color  system. 

"The  Order  adopting  the  incom- 
patible CBS  color  system  impairs 
the  advantages  of  compatibility  now. 
possessed  by  the  RCA  system.  If 
the  Order  standardizing  upon  the 
CBS  color  system  remains  in  effect 
and  receivers  capable  of  operating 
on  those  standards  are  sold,  the  ex- 
istence of  those  receivers  in  the 
hands  of  the  public  will  operate  as 
a  deterrent  to  the  adoption  of  the 
RCA  system  by  the  Commission  at 
some  future  date." 

Injury  to  the  public,  broadcast- 
ers and  manufacturers,  as  a  result 
of  the  FCC  order,  was  emphasized 
in  the  complaint. 

"Ten  years  having  elapsed  since 
the  adoption  of  commercial  televi- 
sion standards  during  which  the 
public  has  invested  apiiroximately 
two  billion  dollars  in  television  re- 
ceivers," the  complaint  stated,  "the 
Commission  cannot  consistently 
with  its  obligation  to  protect  the 
public  interest  adopt  a  color  .system 
which  is  incompatible  with  the 
black-and-white  system  on  which 
more  than  30.000,000  of  the  public 
depend  for  their  television  service. 

"The  broadcasting  of  television 
programs  on  the  CBS  standards  will 
deprive  broadcasters  of  the  televi- 
sion audience  that  has  been  grad- 


anufacturers  and  Broadcasters  by 
gal.   Arbitrary   and   C'apriciaus. 

ually  built  up  over  a  period  of  four 
years,  to  the  irreparable  injury  of 
the  television  broadcast  service,  and 
will  deprive  the  existing  television 
audience  of  a  [)art  of  the  television 
liroadcast  service,  to  the  irreparable 
injury  of  the  public  interest." 

Declaring  that  the  Order  cannot 
be  sustained,  the  Court  was  in- 
formed that  the  Commission's  staff 
engineer,  who  took  the  most  active 
role  throughout  the  hearing  on  be- 
half of  the  Commission's  technical 
staff  and  who  is  in  charge  of  the 
Commission's  laboratory  which 
tested  the  various  color  systems, 
invented  a  device  usable  only  in 
the  CBS  system  and  applied  for  a 
patent  thereon. 

•"'  "On  disclosure  of  this  fact,"  the 
complaint  asserted,  "objection  by 
RCA  was  overruled  and  the  staff 
engineer  continued  in  the  proceed- 
ings as  theretofore. 

"On  information  and  belief  the 
Commission  relied  on  this  staff  en- 
gineer's advice  because  the  major- 
ity of  the  Commission  have  no  en- 
gineering training  and  the  decision 
of  the  Commission  is  stated  to  be 
based  entirely  upon  engineering 
considerations. 

"Although  the  engineer  fore- 
swore any  financial  interest  in  his 
device  he  did  have  professional 
prestige  and  reputation  at  stake 
which  could  be  furthered  only  if  the 
CBS  system  were  adopted.  On  in- 
formation and  belief  he  advised 
the  Commission  in  the  absence  of 
the  parties  and  participated  in  the 
formulation  and  preparation  of  its 
Reports  and  the  Order  herein  com- 
plained of." 

The  complaint  pointed  out  that 
RCA  and  NBC  have  a  present  in- 
vestment of  approximately  $100.- 
000.000  in  television.  It  was  not 
until  1941.  however,  that  the  Com- 
mission first  .set  standards  for  com- 
mercial    operation     of     black-and- 


[RAPIO    AGE    3] 


white  television  as  a  service  to  the 
public. 

"The  total  present  investment  of 
the  television  manufacturing  indus- 
try is  estimated  at  not  less  than 
$300,000,000,"  the  complaint  stated. 
"The  total  investment  of  the  tele- 
vision broadcasting  industry  is  es- 
timated at  $50,000,000. 

"The  adoption  of  the  incompat- 
ible CBS  color  television  system 
will  impede  the  future  growth  of 
the  television  industry  upon  which 
RCA  and  NBC,  with  all  other  tele- 
vision manufacturers  and  broad- 
casters, depend.  It  will  as  well 
imperil  the  employment  of  the  more 
than  30,000  people  RCA  and  NBC 
employ  in  television  manufacture, 
but  also  the  hundreds  of  thousands 
employed  throughout  the  television 
industry." 

The  complaint  reminded  the 
Court  that  the  Commission's  "First 
Report  on  Color  Television,"  issued 
on  September  1,  shows  that  the 
Commission  was  not  satisfied  with 
the  incompatible  CBS  system. 
There  are  many  instances,  it  pointed 
out,  in  which  the  Commission  stated 
that  it  desired  more  information 
with  respect  to  defects  of  the  in- 
compatible system  and  the  Com- 
mission's description  of  this  sys- 
tem is  in  terms  of  "adequacy" 
rather  than  in  terms  of  "high- 
quality  performance." 

"With  minor  exceptions,"  the 
complaint  continued,  "those  of  the 
television  manufacturing  industry 
who  submitted  comments  with  re- 
spect to  said  Second  Notice  stated 
that  to  change  their  production  of 
black-and-white  receivers  so  as  to 
accept  the  proposed  standards  was 
impractical,  unnecessarily  costly  to 
the  public,  and  could  not  be  done 
in  accordance  with  the  time  sched- 
ule set  forth  in  the  Second  Notice." 

RCA  comments  submitted  to  the 
FCC  pointed  out  the  fact  that  the 
Commission's  proposal  to  adopt  an 
incompatible  system  was  based  on 
scientifically  incorrect  conclusions, 
was  at  variance  with  the  evidence 
submitted  at  the  hearings,  and  was 
contrary  to  the  public  interest,  con- 
venience and  necessity,  the  com- 
plaint affirmed,  adding: 

"In  addition,  the  comments  di- 
rected the  Commission's  attention 
to  certain   readily   available   infor- 


mation of  controlling  significance 
which  the  Commission  failed  to 
consider  although  it  had  the  duty 
to  do  so  before  reaching  a  final 
decision.  This  is  particularly  true 
in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  Com- 
mission's Report  showed  that  it  did 
not  understand  various  aspects  of 
the  RCA  system." 

The  complaint  declared  the  FCC's 
Order  to  be  "illegal,  void  and  be- 
yond the  power,  authority  and  ju- 
risdiction of  the  Commission,"  for 
the  following  reasons : 

The  Order  is  contrary  to  the 
public  interest,  convenience  and 
necessity,  the  basic  statutory 
standard  contained  in  the  Com- 
munications Act  of  1934. 
The  Order  violates  Section  303 
ig)  of  the  Communications  Act 
of  1934  (Which  generally  encour- 


ages larger  and  more  effective 
use  of  radio  in  the  public  inter- 
est). 

The  Order  is  unsupported  by 
substantial  evidence,  is  arbitrary 
and  capricious,  and  is  an  abuse 
of  discretion. 

The  Order  was  adopted  before 
the  Commission  had  discharged 
its  statutory  duty  to  inform  it- 
self adequately  before  issuing  a 
final  order  in  a  rule-making  pro- 
ceeding. The  Commission  wrong- 
fully refu.sed  to  consider  addi- 
tional evidence  of  determinative 
significance  to  its  decision  and 
wrongfully  denied  the  RCA  Pe- 
tition. 

The  Order  is  based  upon  the 
rejection  by  the  television  indus- 
try of  the  two  illegal  conditions 
set    forth    in    the    First    Report 


MESSAGE  TO  RCA  VICTOR   DISTRIBUTORS 

Walter  A.  Buck,  Vice  President  and  General  Manager.  RCA  Victor 
Division,  sent  the  following  letter  regarding  color  television  to  all  RCA 
Victor  distributors  on  October  20: 

Regarding  the   color   television   situation,   here's   the   outlook: 

Black-and-white  television  will  remain  the  backbone  of  the  industry 
for  some  years  to  come,  with  continued  expansion  and  improvement  of 
black-and-white  program  service.  Regardless  of  outcome  of  current 
controversy  and  type  of  television  broadcasting  finally  adopted,  sub- 
stantial color  broadcasting  is  at  least  two  years  away  for  followini; 
reasons : 

First,  Public  will  be  hesitant  to  install  cumbersome,  gadgety  con- 
verters and  adapters  because  of  expense  involved,  limited  number 
programs  broadcast,  and  limited  size  and  degraded  quality  of  picture 
received.  Color  pictui'es  can  be  no  larger  than  12V4  inches  and  definition 
is  reduced  from  525  lines  to  405  lines.  Same  thing  applies  to  new  sets. 
Leading  manufacturers  have  indicated  reluctance  to  risk  resources, 
reputations,  by  rush  production  of  high-priced  receivers  for  questionable 
broadcasting  system  that  will  not  give  satisfaction  in  the  home  and 
will  probably  soon  be  obsolete. 

Second,  Sponsors  will  be  slow  to  incur  heavy  expense  of  color  broad 
casts  for  limited  audience. 

In  the  meantime,  RCA  is  working  intensively  toward  perfection  ol 
all-electronic  color  broadcasting  system  compatible  witli  present  sets. 
with   demonstrations   of  progress   scheduled   for  early    December. 

RCA  believes  incompatible  system  of  color  broadcasting  ordered  by 
FCC  is  scientifically  unsound  and  not  good  enough  for  American  public. 

It  all  adds  up  to  this.  Customers  can  buy  black-and-white  sets  today 
with  complete  confidence  that  they  will  get  years  of  satisfactory  service 
and  improved  entertainment  from  them;  that  perfection  of  all-electronic 
color  bi'oadcasting  system   will    not   make   their  sets  obsolete. 


[4   RADIO   AGE] 


(which,  in  effect,  compel  the  in- 
dustry to  include  bracket  stand- 
ards in  the  maiiufaclure  of  tele- 
vision sets  and  which  orders  this 
done  without  a  hearintr- 

The  Order  is  contrary  to  the 
terms  of  the  Commission's  Notice 
of  July  11.  19-19.  pursuant  to 
which  the  hearings  on  which  the 
Order  [)urports  to  be  based  were 
held. 

On  the  facts  disclosed,  the  staff 
engineer  should  not  have  been 
permitted  to  continue  in  the  pro- 
ceeding. 

The  Order  deprives  the  plaintiffs 
of  property  without  due  process 
of  law.  contrary  to  the  Fifth 
Amendment  to  the  Constitution 
of  the  United  States. 

Besides  its  move  to  restrain  en- 
forcement of  the  FCC  Order,  the 
complaint  asked  the  Court,  after 
final  hearing,  to  order  and  decree 
that  the  FCC  Order  adopting  the 
incompatible  color  system  "is.  and 
has  at  all  times  been,  beyond  the 
lawful  authority  of  the  Commission, 
in  violation  of  the  legal  rights  of 
plaintiffs,  and  is  wholly  void,  arbi- 
trary and  unreasonable,  and  that 
the  Order  be  perpetually  vacated. 
stt  :iside.  suspended  and  annulled, 
and  the  promulgation,  operation 
and  execution  thereof  perpetually 
restrained   and   eniorned." 


RCA  to  Show  Latest  Advances 
in  Color  Television  System 

Improvcinciif>   in    Receivers,   Picture    Tube   and   Cotiverten   to   be 
Revealed   in    Waihiugton.  D.C..   Beginning   December   5. 


PLANS  of  the  Radio  Corpora- 
tion of  America  to  show  the 
latest  improvements  in  its  com- 
patible all-electronic,  high-defini- 
tion color  television  system  in  a 
series  of  demonstrations  beginning 
December  5,  1950,  in  Washington. 
D.  C,  were  disclosed  October  17  in 
telegrams  sent  to  the  radio-televi- 
sion manufactui-ing  industry. 

The  telegrams,  signed  by  E.  (\ 
.Anderson.  X'ice  President  in  Charge 
of  the  Commercial  Department. 
RCA   Laboratories   Division,   read : 

"Reference  Color  Television  Sit- 
uation. The  last  demonstration  of 
our  color  television  system  was 
made  by  RCA  to  its  licensees  in 
Washington  on  March  30,  1950. 
Since  then,  we  have  made  substan- 
tial improvements  along  the  lines 
set  forth  in  our  progress  report  of 
July  31,  1950,  previously  mailed 
to  you. 

"We  are  preparing  to  give  our 
licensees  another  demonstration 
which  will  incorporate  the  improve- 
ments we  have  made  to  date  in  the 
set  and  tri-co!or  tube.   At  this  dem- 


onstration,   we    will    also    show    a 
color  converter  for  the  RCA  system. 

"We  expect  to  be  ready  to  give 
this  demonstration  in  Washington, 
D.  C,  on  December  5,  1950.  Details 
of  exact  time  and  place  will  follow. 
Hope  you  and  your  engineers  will 
he  present. 

"At  this  demonstration,  we  will 
supply  you  with  information  about 
our  latest  simplified  circuits,  the 
converter  and  the  tri-color  tube. 
We  shall  continue  to  give  you  fur- 
ther demonstrations  periodically  so 
that  you  may  see  the  successive 
steps  in  our  progress. 

"In  our  petition  of  October  4  to 
the  Federal  Communications  Com- 
mission, we  said : 

"  'By  June  30,  1951,  we  will  show 
that  the  laboratory  apparatus  which 
RCA  has  heretofore  demonstrated 
has  been  brought  to  fruition  in  a 
commercial,  fully-compatible,  all- 
electronic,  high-deliniti(i!i  system 
of  color  television  available  for  im- 
mediate adoption  of  final  stand- 
:.rds.'  '• 


NBC  to  Expand  Present  Lead  in  TV 


NBC's  commanding  lead  in  all 
facets  of  television  broadcast- 
ing will  be  vastly  expanded  in  the 
coming  year,  representatives  of  the 
network's  affiliated  television  sta- 
tions were  told  at  the  fourth  annual 
onvention  in  White  Sulphur 
Springs,  West  Virginia,  on  October 
9. 

When  present  construction  plans 
jre  completed,  Jo.seph  H.  McCon- 
lell.  President  of  the  National 
kroadcasting  Company,  revealed  to 
■he  meeting,  NBC's  plant  invest- 
ment in  television  will  be  between 
;:^5.000.ono  and  S40.000.000.  Plans 
re  in  the  making,  he  added,  for 
he  acquisition  of  still  more  top 
alent  and  for  expansion  into  morn- 


ing network  programming  as  soon 
as  the  current  afternoon  schedule 
is  sold. 

"In  our  general  sales  strategy." 
McConnell  said,  "we're  devoting 
paiticular  attention  to  advertisers 
who  are  spending  their  budgets  in 
visi.al  media.  We  have  in  television 
the  greatest  selling  medium  for  the 
eye,  and  we're  proving  to  the  visual 
advertiser  that  television  can  do 
more  for  him  than  the  printed 
media  he  is  using  and  do  it  more 
economically  when  you  take  .sales 
effectiveness  into  account.  We'll  sell 
television  to  these  advertisers  in 
place  of  the  magazines  and  supple- 
ments   they    are    buying,   and   we'll 


sell  them  radio  as  the  economical 
mass  medium  to  reach  the  people 
they  aren't  reaching  by  television." 
The  program  strategy  at  NBC 
television,  Sylvester  L.  Weaver,  vice 
president  in  charge  of  Television 
explained,  "is  to  attract  all  sets  to 
our  great  entertainment,  to  give 
the  all-set  circulation  exposure  to 
cultural  and  informational  currents 
in  which  the  people  have  only  slight 
interest,  and  stimulate  that  interest 
until  it  becomes  a  special  interest." 
The  result,  he  added,  "will  be  the 
most  important  single  influence  in 
the  American  scene  on  the  minds 
and  opinions  of  the  people,  and  our 
influence  will  be  positive." 

[RADIO    AGE    5] 


America  is  Challenged 

America  Is  Challenged  by  Greatest  Threat  Ever  Faced  by  Free  Men,  Head  of  RCA    Tells   Veterans 

of  Foreign   Wars  at  Chicago — He   Urges  National  Policies  and  Plans  to  Meet  Political,  Military  and 

Industrial  Requirements  of  Menacing  Situation  That  May  Compel  America  to  Wage  Global  War — 

Russian  and  Satellite  People  Must  Be   Told   The  Big   Truth   About   The  Big  Lie,  He  Declares. 


IN  a  scathing  denunciation  of  in- 
ternational Communist  tactics, 
Brig.  General  David  Sarnoflf,  Chair- 
man of  the  Board  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America,  declared 
that  this  country  must  take  steps 
in  time  to  meet  the  challenge  of 
present  Soviet  leaders  who,  he 
charged,  represent  "the  greatest 
threat  ever  faced  by  free  men". 

General  Sarnoff,  speaking  before 
Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars  of  the 
United  States  at  their  51st  En- 
campment in  Chicago  on  August 
28,  outlined  12  basic  points  of  ap- 
praisal and  suggested  action.  He 
told  the  men  who  had  served  in  one, 
or  both,  of  the  two  World  Wars 
that  "the  days  of  diplomatic  pussy- 
footing are  over,"  and  that  the  time 
for  "positive  action"  has  arrived. 

Points  outlined  by  General  Sarn- 
off follow: 

1.  Communism  is  spreading 
its  insidious  propaganda  relent- 
lessly over  many  parts  of  an  an.x- 
ious  world.  Red  Fascism  threat- 
ens destruction  to  life  and  liberty, 
and  an  end  to  human  progress. 
The  present  Soviet  leaders  rep- 
resent the  greatest  threat  ever 
faced  by  free  men. 

2.  We  must  formulate  sound 
national  policies  and  prepare 
practical  plans  to  meet  the  politi- 
cal, military  and  industrial  re- 
quirements of  a  menacing  situa- 
tion that  may  compel  us  to  wage 
war  on  a  global  scale. 

3.  We  must  concentrate  and 
not  scatter  our  military  and  ma- 
terial resources,  our  man-power 
and  our  strength.  This  is  precise- 
ly the  trap  that  Russia  has  set  for 
us  and  this  is  the  trap  we  should 
avoid. 

4  We  must  speed  up  our  pro- 
gram of  all-out  national  prepared- 
ness and  bring  to  bear  upon  this 
effort  the  full  weight  of  Ameri- 


BRIG.  GENERAL  DAVID  SARNOFF  RECEIVES  THE  GOLD  CITIZENSHIP  MEDAL  OF 
THE  VETERANS  OF  FOREIGN  WARS  FROM  COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF  CLYDE 
LEWIS.  THE  PRESENTATION  TOOK  PLACE  AT  THE  .51ST  NATIONAL  ENCAMP- 
MENT OF  THE  V.F.W.,  IN  CHICAGO.  SEATED  IN  LEFT  FOREGROUND  IS 
COMMANDER-ELECT   CHARLES   C.    RALLS. 


can  skill  and  ingenuity.  Ameri- 
can industry  and  labor  will  co- 
operate patriotically. 

5.  Declare  a  moratorium  on 
national  politics  and  thus  help  to 
close  the  ranks  against  the  com- 
mon enemy.  Accelerate  national 
unity  by  using  the  best  brains  in 
our  country  to  help  solve  the 
critical  problems  before  us  and 
the  world-wide  political  commit- 
ments we  have  assumed. 

(5.  Establish  immediately,  uni- 
versal military  training  in  the 
United  States. 

7.  Put  high  on  the  list  of  pri- 
orities, a  thorough  protection 
against  sabotage  —  which  could 
pro\e  worse  than  a  battle  lost. 


8.  Subject  to  suitable  controls 
and  practical  safeguards,  permit 
and  assist  Japan  and  West  Ger- 
many to  rearm,  to  the  extent  that 
these  two  countries  fit  into  the 
over-all  plan  of  resisting  Russian 
aggression. 

9.  Develop  a  comprehensive 
system  of  Civilian  Defense.  Pub- 
lic knowledge  that  such  protec- 
tion exists,  will  allay  fear  and 
keep  us  fit  to  do  our  job. 

10.  Communist  propaganda 
makes  false  promises  to  suffering 
masses  and  stirs  them  to  hatred 
and  revolt.  Once  under  their  con- 
trol they  rob  the  masses  of  their 
freedom  and  substitute  the  ter- 
rors of  the  police  state  for  de- 


6    RADIO    AGE] 


t-ency  ard  justit-e.  Throiijrh  radio 
and  televisitm.  through  the  mo- 
tion picture  and  the  printed  word, 
and  with  every  means  at  our 
commaiul,  it  is  our  duty  to  tell 
the  world  the  Big  Truth  about 
the  Bi^'  Lie.  We  must  expose 
the  lies  and  spike  the  false  prop- 
aganda that  come  from  behind 
the  Iron  Curtain. 

11.  Americans  want  to  know 
the  facts  and  are  not  afraid  to 
learn  the  truth.  Americans  ex- 
pect their  Government  to  lead 
the  Nation  and  the  world  in  this 
time  of  peril. 

12.  The  vast  resources  of  the 
United  States,  if  handled  wisely, 
should  be  capable  of  meeting  the 
Ru.-jsian  challenge.  Americans, 
now  as  always,  will  respond  to 
the  Nation's  call.  When  its  free- 
dom is  endangered,  America, 
springing  to  action,  is  unbeat- 
able. 

Scattered    Effort    Ineffective 

General  Sarnoff  reminded  the 
Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars  that  day 
by  day,  since  the  end  of  World  War 
II,  Americans  have  witnessed 
events  which,  in  their  bold  and 
devastating  aims,  have  made  it 
clear  that  the  time  has  come  for  the 
concerted  development  of  this  na- 
tion's resources  —  spiritual,  indus- 
trial and  military.  Scattered  and 
uni)lanned  effort  will  not  be  effec- 
tive enough  to  meet  the  challenge, 
he  declared,  and  added: 

"The  leaders  of  the  Kremlin  have 
left  no  doubt  that  they  intend  to 
impose  their  will  on  all  mankind: 
not  through  peaceful  persuasion. 
hut  by  lying,  intrigue,  infiltration, 
sabotage  and  force. 

"In  such  a  crisis,  it  is  foolish  to 
parry  the  thrusts  of  the  aggressor 
^\ith  our  fingers.  Thus  we  only  in- 
jure our  fingers  and  do  not  hurt  the 
enemy.  Should  it  later  become  nec- 
essary to  fight  with  our  fists,  the 
injured  fingers  would  make  our  fists 
impotent.  We  must  courageously 
formulate  and  pursue  bold  policies 
on  a  global  scale.  In  psychological, 
as  in  military  warfare,  defensive 
strategv  alone  rarelv  leads  to  vic- 
tory." " 

Tactics  of  the  Kremlin,  he  as- 
serted, are  clearly  based  on  the  old 
slogan,  "divide  and  conquer".  By 
diverting    our    forces    first    to    one 

,RADI  O    AGE    7 


pressure  point  and  then  to  another, 
they  hope  to  scatter  our  strength 
into  ineffectiveness,  he  charged, 
and  said: 

"The  major  question  is:  What 
next? 

"Some  seem  to  believe  the  answer 
can  come  only  from  the  Kremlin.  I 
do  not  believe  that.  We  have  picked 
up  the  challenge  in  Korea,  and 
while  you  and  I  deplore  the  loss  of 
life  and  the  general  destruction  that 
is  now  taking  place  in  that  unfor- 
tunate country,  we  may  thank 
Providence  for  a  timely  awakening 
to  the  imminent  danger.  The  stark 
realism  of  the  Communist  aggres- 
sion has  stirred  us  from  an  almost 
suicidal  complacency." 

Accusing  the  Communists  of 
smothering  the  truth  with  their 
falsehoods.  General  Sarnoff  pointed 
out  that  through  radio  and  televi- 
sion, the  motion  picture  and  the 
printed  word.  Americans  have  a 
great  opportunity  to  reveal  the 
truth  to  the  rest  of  the  world. 

"We  must  expose  the  lies  and 
spike  the  false  propaganda  that 
come  from  behind  the  Iron  Cur- 
tain," he  affirmed.  "We  have 
worked  out  a  new  formula  against 
the  Big  Lie  invented  by  Hitler, 
practiced  by  Goebbels,  and  now 
employed  by  Stalin  and  Malik.  Our 
formula  is  the  Big  Truth.  As  I 
said  the  other  day  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago  Round  Table  Con- 
ference, we  must  tell  the  Big  Truth 
about  the  Big  Lie. 


"If  truth  is  incapable  of  overtak- 
ing the  lie,  then  there  is  something 
seriously  wrong  with  our  whole 
structure  of  life.  But  we  can  re- 
assure ourselves:  the  truth  will  pre- 
vail. It  is  the  foundation  of  democ- 
racy, and  it  is  the  basis  of  our  be- 
lief." 

General  SarnofT  expressed  the 
opinion  that  America's  policies  and 
I)ians  must  be  made  and  remade  to 
fit  the  fluid  situation.  This  calls 
for  national  unity  at  home  if  we 
are  to  reflect  it  abroad,  he  asserted, 
declaring:  "Now  is  the  time  for  a 
moratorium  on  politics.  I  do  not 
mean  that  we  should  .stop  construc- 
tive criticism,  for  it  is  a  necessary 
element  in  any  free  society.  It  can 
aid  our  Government  and  our  leaders 
in  all  fields  of  endeavor.  It  can  aid 
the  whole  world. 

"What  we  need  is  a  closer  and  a 
stronger  link  between  the  Brains 
of  America  and  the  Brawn  of 
America.  The  best  brains  in  our 
country,  regardless  of  political 
afliliations,  are  needed  to  help  solve 
the  pressing  problems  in  this  time 
of  trouble  and  to  defeat  the  cun- 
ning of  the  enemy  in  a  'cold  war' 
or  a  'hot  war'.  Today,  as  you  are 
well  aware,  the  cold  war  is  rapidly 
warming  up. 

"Let  us  not  worry  at  this  crucial 
moment  about  the  dangers  of  a 
"Brain  Trust'.  A  democracy  can 
deal  with  it  when  necessary.  But 
it   cannot   cope   with   the  perils   to 


VETERANS  FROM   ALL  PARTS  OF  THE  .NATION   MEET  IN  THE  CHICAGO  ARENA 
FOR    THE    .51ST    ENCAMPMENT    OF    THE    VETERANS    OF    FOREIGN    WARS 


?       <^-% 


iaPliRWii 


ha 

D] 


V.P.W.  PARADE  ON  CHICAGO'S  MICHIGAN  BOULEVARD. 


the   Nation   that   i.:in   come   from   a 
'Brain  Rust",  or  a  'Brain  Bust'. 

In  an  apprai.sal  of  Soviet  re- 
sources, General  Sarnoff  said  that 
the  history  of  Russia  is  marked  by 
political,  agricultural  and  indus- 
trial ineptitude.  Until  lately,  the 
industrial  development  of  Russia 
was  almo.st  neKliKi'jle,  compared 
with  that  of  England,  France,  Ger- 
many and  the  United  States,  he 
opined,  asserting  that  most  of  the 
Soviet  Union's  major  industries 
have  been  built  up  largely  through 
the  help  of  exi)erb5  from  other  na- 

[8    RADIO   AGEl 


tions.  He  reminded  the  Veterans 
that  "the  world  knows  how  Russia 
obtained  the  secrets  of  the  atom 
l)omb!" 

Nevertheless,  it  would  be  hazard- 
ous to  underestimate  the  Soviet 
militaiy  potential.  General  Sarnoff 
continued,  adding' 

"It  is  believed  that  Russia  is 
presently  able  to  put  about  200  di- 
visions on  the  field  of  battle.  Since 
the  end  of  World  War  II,  her  ability 
to  equip  and  supply  these  divisions 
has  been  greatly  increased  by  con- 
trol of  the  satellite  industrial  na- 


tions of  Eastern  Europe.  Moreover, 
there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that 
Russia  is  producing  the  atom  bomb. 
"When  you  add  to  these  factors 
their  devilish  cunning  in  the  politi- 
cal arena,  their  disregard  for  In- 
ternational Law,  their  distortion 
and  disavowal  of  agreements,  and 
the  likelihood  of  striking  the  first 
blow  when  they  are  ready  to  do  so, 
the  present  Soviet  leaders  repre- 
sent the  greatest  threat  ever  faced 
by  free  men." 

Americans  Can  Take  Courage 

General  Sarnoff  said  that  Ameri- 
cans can  take  courage,  however, 
when  we  appraise  our  own  strength 
—both  as  a  great  agricultural  and 
industrial  power  and  as  a  people 
imbued  with  the  spirit  of  democ- 
racy and  individual  human  dignity. 
"The  vast  resources  of  the  United 
States,  if  handled  wisely,  should  be 
capable  of  meeting  the  challenge 
we  face,"  he  declared. 

His    appraisal    of    American    re- 
sources follows : 

The  agricultural  economy  of 
the  United  States  has  been  de- 
veloped to  a  point  where  we  can 
meet  the  requirements  of  our 
own  population  and  help  our 
friends  abroad.  From  this  agrar- 
ian activity  has  sprung  the  larg- 
est food  processing  industry  in 
the  world. 

The  country's  output  of  goods 
and  services  is  now  runnning  at 
the  staggering  rate  of  270  billion 
dollars  a  year— an  all-t  ime  record 
for  America's  industrial  suprem- 
acy. 

The  electrical  industry  has 
reached  a  generating  capacity  of 
68,000.000  kilowatts  —  nearly 
twice  the  total  we  had  only  ten 
years  ago. 

Our  steel  production  is  greater 
today  than  that  of  all  the  rest  of 
the  world  combined,  including 
Russia. 

In  the  automotive  field,  no  other 
country  approaches  our  capacity 
to  produce  nine  million  motor 
vehicles  a  year. 

Substantially  the  same  story 
can  be  told  about  radio,  aviation, 
rubber,  textiles,  chemicals  and 
other  major  components  of  our 
industrial  economy. 

.■\ligned  with  these  v;ust  enter- 
prises are  unmatched  systems  of 


triinsportatioii    and    iMimmiinica- 
fion. 

The  Ameritan  industrial  ma- 
chine, already  huge,  underwent 
enormous  expansion  during 
World  War  II.  Existing  plants 
were  enlarged  and  new  ones  built. 
To  such  war  implements  as  ships, 
airplanes,  tankf  ..nd  guns,  the 
United  States  applied  the  tech- 
niques of  mass  production.  Never 
before  were  such  tremendous 
quantities  of  equipment  manu- 
factured in  so  short  a  time.  We 
supplied  not  only  our  own  armed 
forces,  but  those  of  our  allies  as 
well. 

Industrial  Capacity  Expands 

In  the  tive  years  since  that 
war,  our  industrial  capacity  has 
continued  to  expand.  At  the  same 
time,  scientific  research  has  been 
widely  extended  and  new  labora- 
tory facilities  have  been  pro- 
vided. 

We  learned  during  World  War 
II  that  no  nation  can  remain 
strong  if  it  slackens  even  for  an 
instant  its  interest  in  science. 
Progress  in  this  field  has  put 
America  at  the  forefront  and  has 
tremendously  strengthened  nur 
national  defense. 

General  Sarnoff  said  the  elec- 
tronics industry  is  an  outstanding 
example  of  the  part  research  plays 
in  our  national  security.  He  recalled 
that  American  scientists  have  pio- 
neered in  this  field  for  more  than  30 
years,  and  told  his  listeners  that 
the  expansion  of  radio  and  elec- 
tronic activities  during  and  since 
the  war  has  been  phenomenal.  He 
disclosed  these  figures:  number  of 
manufacturers  in  this  industry  in 
1040,  42.5;  today,  1,200:  value  of 
the  industry's  peacetime  products 
was  a  half  billion  dollars  in  19.39: 
today's  rate,  two  and  one  half  bil- 
lion dollars.  This  is  an  increase  in 
production  of  500  r. 

Most  of  the  electronic  industry's 
postwar  expansion  has  occurred  un- 
der the  impetus  of  television's  re- 
markable growth,  he  said,  estimat- 
ing that  by  the  end  of  this  year, 
there  will  be  approximately  10,000,- 
000  television  receivers  in  as  many 
American  homes.  This  means  a  po- 
tential   daily    audience   of   between 

[RADIO   AGE   9] 


:i.=>.000.000  and  40,000,000  persons, 
"Most  of  these  people  live  in  the 
great  population  centers  of  the  na- 
tion," General  Sarnoff  stated. 
"Through  television,  they  form  a 
powerful  nucleus  for  concerted  ac- 
tion in  time  of  emergency;  for  tele- 
vision is  one  of  our  greatest  me- 
diums for  the  dissemination  of  in- 
formation, instruction  and  training. 

"If  we  had  international  televi- 
sion today  -and  1  believe  we  shall 
have  it  within  the  next  five  years— 
the  \'oice  of  America  would  be  the 
Voice  and  \'isi()ii  of  America.  What 
a  powerful  weapon  of  propaganda 
that  would  give  us!  For  then  the 
whole  world  would  see  what  millions 
of  American  televiewers  saw— the 
wonder  of  the  UN  sessions  at  Lake 
Success  -and  the  arrogant  filibustei- 
of  President  Malik  would  have  been 
its  own  most  eflTective  antidote  for 
the  Russian  propaganda." 

Should  war  come,  television  will 
be  a  vital  factor  in  communications 
on  land,  sea  and  in  the  air,  he  as- 
serted, adding:  "No  matter  where 
a  battle  is  waged,  it  can  be  under 
the  eyes  of  television  and  may  be 
viewed  by  the  military  strategists 
even  across  the  seas.  It  is  within 
the  range  of  possibility  that  the 
public  will  watch  the  action  on 
battlefields  while  sitting  at  home 
in  front  of  television  sets." 


General  Sarnoff  assured  his  audi- 
ence that  American  industry  of 
which  radio  and  electronics  are  a 
part— represents  a  great  force  fur 
peace  and  a  mighty  power  in  war. 

".At  this  moment  our  Nation  is 
being  alerted,"  he  continued. 
"Should  the  need  arise  for  full- 
scale  war  production,  you  may  b< 
sure  that  our  industries  know  how 
to  convert  their  products  into  the 
necessary  weapons  of  war.  Ameri- 
can industry  and  labor  will  respond 
in  the  future  as  they  have  in  the 
past— with  patriotism  and  skill. 

"The  story  I  have  been  telling 
you  is  a  part  of  the  Big  Truth 
about  Amjrica.  It  is  the  story  of 
unmatched  agricultural,  scientific 
and  industrial  achievement;  of  op- 
portunities for  individual  initiative 
that  develop  under  the  free  enter- 
prise system;  of  national  team- 
work ;  of  social  and  economic  prog- 
ress. 

"But  this  is  not  the  whole  story. 
The  spiritual  part  of  America  is 
even  more  important.  Our  free- 
doms to  worship  as  we  please,  to 
think  and  to  speak,  to  listen  and 
to  look,  to  work  and  to  live  where 
we  choose,  are  precious  privileges 
of  our  peaceful  way  of  life.  All 
these  now  are  threatened  by  the 
enemies  of  freedom." 


TELEVISION    ENABLES   MILLIONS  TO   VIKW    IN    SESSIONS   AT   LAKE  SUCCESS. 


RADIO  city's  famous  CENTER  THEATRE  DURING  CONVERSION  INTO  WORLD'S  LARGEST  TELEVISION  STUDIO. 


Five  New  TV  Studios  For  NBC 

In  a  Major  Expansion  Program,  the  Network  has  Converted  Two 
Large  Theatres  and  Three  Broadcast  Studios  for  TV  Use. 


THE  National  Broadcasting 
Company's  lavish  fall  line-up  of 
television  programs,  which  will  be 
produced  at  the  rate  of  100  a  week, 
necessitates  production  wizardry 
unequalled  in  the  legitimate  theatre. 
Moreover,  many  of  these  individual 
productions  require  facilities  com- 
parable in  scope  to  anything  ever 
attempted  on  Broadway.  To  make 
this  possible,  NBC,  during  the 
summer  months,  has  been  carrying 
on  a  gigantic  project  of  TV  studio 
expansion.  This  has  involved  con- 
verting three  large  radio  broadcast- 
ing studios  and  two  sizable  theatres 
into  television  studios. 

The  mammoth  task  included  the 
leasing  and  transforming  of  the 
world-famous  Center  Theatre,  re- 
building the  Hudson  Theatre,  re- 
vamping studios  3-A  and  3-B  in 
Radio  City,  and  reconstructing  the 
famous  8-H,  largest  broadcasting 
studio  in  the  world,  and  home  of  the 
NBC  Symphony.  The  accomplish- 
ment is  remarkable  less  for  the 
amount  of  materials  used  than  for 
the  difficulty  of  the  operation, 
which,  in  many  cases,  had  to  be 
carried  on  at  night,  under  adverse 
conditions.  Problems  were  posed 
by  the  necessity  of  maintaining 
quiet  for  normal  broadcasting  ac- 
tivities, and  by  the  structural  obsta- 
cles of  major  construction  in  build- 


ings already  completed. 

Conversion  of  the  Center  Theatre. 
the  world's  largest  legitimate 
theatre  with  a  seating  capacity  of 
3,000,  into  the  world's  largest  tele- 
vision studio  was  a  considerable 
feat.  The  stage  of  the  theatre, 
which  for  many  years  had  been 
used  for  ice  shows,  had  to  be  com- 
pletely rebuilt,  a  vast  network  of 
pipes  removed,  and  a  30-foot  ex- 
tension to  the  stage  replaced  with 
130  orchestra  seats.  A  ramp  for 
camera  dollies  and  two  side-stage 
extensions  were  added  in  front  of 
the  proscenium  to  accommodate 
musicians  on  one  side  and  com- 
mercial presentations  on  the  other. 

Nerv  Studio  Made  Fireproof 

To  comply  with  New  York  City 
fire  laws  all  material  in  front  of  the 
proscenium  had  to  be  made  fire- 
proof with  gypsum  plank  and  con- 
crete covering.  A  light  bridge  65 
feet  long  and  15  feet  wide  was  in- 
stalled over  the  forestage,  hung 
from  the  ceiling  and  operated  by  a 
motor.  Ordinai'y  theatre  spotlights 
are  not  strong  enough  to  light  a  TV 
show:  they  cause  shadows  which 
the  cameras  readily  pick  up.  For 
the  benefit  of  the  studio  audience 
eight  small  loudspeakers  were  in- 
stalled. To  have  used  one  large 
speaker  would  have  created  a  feed- 


back howl  in  the  broadcast  micro- 
phone. 

A  temporary  control  booth  now 
set  up  on  stage  right  will  eventually 
be  replaced  by  a  permanent  booth 
at  the  back  of  the  orchestra.  In 
addition,  NBC  has  reactivated  the 
famous  turntable  and  three-elevator 
stage  system  originally  built  into 
the  theatre,  but  which  was  inactive 
during  presentation  of  the  ice 
shows.  The  stage  system,  a  dupli- 
cate of  that  used  at  Radio  City 
Music  Hall,  will  allow  for  a  wide 
variety  of  effects  not  possible  in 
other  television  theatres. 

Conversion  of  the  mammoth  play- 
house has  given  NBC  an  additional 
4,200  square  feet  of  television  stage 
which  will  permit  the  network  to  do 
productions  comparable  to  the  most 
lavish  on  Broadway.  The  elaborate 
technical  stage  equipment,  as  well 
as  the  special  storage  and  dressing 
room  facilities,  make  the  NBC  Tele- 
vision Center  Theatre  the  best- 
equipped  auditorium  studio  in  the 
world. 

The  theater  opened  officially  on 
September  25,  with  a  simulcast  of 
"The  Voice  of  Firestone".  The  pro- 
gram was  chosen  for  the  honor  be- 
cause of  its  distinction  in  being  the 
oldest  coast-to-coast  musical  show 
on  NBC. 

Revamping  of  the  network's  fa- 
mous concert  studio  8-H  presented 
a  different  problem.  All  of  the 
structure  inside  the  studio  had  to  be 
removed  and  a  new  overhead  con- 
struction, using  over  30  tons  of 
steel,  was  erected.   The  difficulty  of 


[10    RADIO    AGE] 


IN     FiKV  \Ml'|.\(;     NBC  S    KAMlH  S    I  I1N(  KKT    SH  Uln    ^-H.    WORKMEN    REMOVK 
CEIMNc;    BEAMS    TO    MAKE    WAY    FOR    A    STEEL    OVERHEAD    rONSTRUCTION. 


biintring  32-foot-long,  16-inch  eye- 
l)e;ims  into  a  buildinjr  was  solved 
by  hoisting  the  beams  up  NBC 
freiKht-elevator  shafts  in  16-foot 
sections  and  splicing  them  together 
in  the  studio. 

The  balcony  of  the  studio  is  being 
rebuilt  as  control,  observation  and 
dressing  rooms.  The  studio,  which 
is  76  feet  wide.  130  feet  long,  and 
:54  feet  high,  will  provide  10.000 
s(|uare  feet  of  working  space. 


Rebuilding  of  studio  8-H  recalls 
many  of  the  radio  triumphs  which 
emanated  from  that  hall.  It  was 
there  that  Eddie  Cantor  broadcast 
his  great  variety  shows,  setting  new 
patterns  in  radio  entertainment. 
From  its  stage  Arturo  Toscanini 
first  conducted  the  newly-formed 
XBC  Symphony  Orchestra  in  1937. 

The  noise  and  confusion  of  demo- 
lition have  caused  XBC  engineers 
considerable  concern.  In  studio  3-A. 


RCA  Pledges  Full  Cooperation 
to  President  Truman 

A  pledge  of  fullest  cooperation  in  the  national  effort  by  the 
Radio    Corporation    of    America,    its    subsidiaries,    officers    and 
employees   at   home   and   abroad,   was   telegraphed   to   President 
Truman  at  the  White  House  by  General  Sarnoff  on  July  20. 
The  full  te.\t  of  General  SarnoflF's  telegram  follows: 

"Please  accept  my  congratulations  on  your  illuminating 
messages  to  the  Congress  and  the  people  of  the  United  States 
which  set  forth  frankly  and  clearly  the  seriousness  of  the 
situation  we  face  and  the  efforts .  of  our  Nation  to  resist 
aggression  and  help  preserve  world  peace. 

"Speaking  *'or  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  and  its 
subsidiaries  which  include  the  National  Broadcasting  Com- 
pany and  the  RCA  Communications,  Inc.,  and  for  our  officers 
and  employees  at  home  and  abroad  I  pledge  you  our  fullest 
cooperation  in  the  national  effort.    We  are  at  your  service." 


originally  designed  for  recording, 
the  whole  wall  and  ceiling  treatment 
I  with  acoustical  elements  adjust- 
able for  music  or  speech)  had  to  be 
rijiped  out.  Demolition  had  to  be 
I  lone  (|uietl.v,  so  as  not  to  interfere 
with  broadcasting  in  other  parts  of 
the  building.  Since  heavy  hammer- 
ing reverberations  can  be  carried 
along  the  steel  members  of  the 
liuilding  and  cause  audible  vibra- 
tions, noisy  work  was  done  after 
nii<lnight. 

Studios  3-A  and  3-B  have  been 
re-treated  acoustically  on  both  walls 
and  ceilings.  Control  booths  have 
been  rebuilt  so  that  they  can  be 
used  for  audio  operations,  video 
operations  —  separately  or  simul- 
taneously. In  each  studio,  NBC 
engineers  built  a  separate  lighting- 
control  booth,  with  switchboards 
and  dimmer  boards  controlling  all 
ceiling  lights. 

A  stupendous  job  was  done  on 
the  Hudson  Theatre.  More  than 
half  the  orchestra  was  floored  over 
at  stage  level,  leaving  174  orchestra 
seats  for  the  studio  audience.  The 
stage  extension  is  to  be  used  for 
bands,  equipment  for  TV  commer- 
cials, camera  dollies,  yet  the  audi- 
ence's view  of  the  stage  will  not  be 
blocked.  From  a  glass-partitioned 
box  behind  the  control  booth  the 
sponsor  can  watch  the  stage  and  ob- 
serve the  activities  of  the  direc- 
tor and  engineers  in  the  control 
booth  without  interfering  with  op- 
erations.    . 

:^;&^ 

New  Electron   Microscope 
Advances  Tissue  Research 

study  of  structural  details  of 
relatively  thick  specimens  of  bio- 
logical and  plant  tissues  will  be 
made  po.ssible  by  a  new  high-resolu- 
tion electron  microscope,  designed 
for  operation  at  50  to  100  kilovolts, 
which  was  described  b.v  RCA  engi- 
neers at  a  recent  meeting  of  the 
Klectron  Microscope  Society  of 
America  in  Detroit.  The  new  in- 
strument makes  possible  useful 
direct  magnifications  of  1,000  to 
20,000  diameters  and  is  greatly  sim- 
plified for  easier  operation  and 
maintenance,  according  to  Dr.  .John 
H.  Reisner.  of  RCA's  Scientific  In- 
struments  Engineering  Group. 

[RADIO   AGE   111 


Barrymore  and  Shakespeare 

A  Lucky  Discovery  Revealed  DUcarded  Recordings  of  Noted  Actor, 
which  Became  Nucleus  of  Widely  Acclaimed  NBC  Programs. 


IP  IGHT  years  after  his  death, 
]j  John  Barrymore's  magic  as  an 
inierpreter  of  Shakespeare  was 
brouKht  to  NBC's  nation-wide  audi- 
ence through  the  ingenuity  of  Pro- 
gram Director  James  Fleming  and 
staff  engineers,  who  transformed 
four  scratchy,  discarded  transcrip- 
tions into  clean,  clear  reproductions 
of  the  bard's  immortal  classics.  The 
series  of  programs  entitled  "John 
Barrymore  and  Shakespeare",  for 
v/hich  the  network  won  wide  ac- 
claim, consisted  of  Barrymore's  se- 
lected passages  from  "Hamlet". 
"Macbeth".  "Richard  III",  and 
"Twelfth  Night". 

If  Fleming,  editor  of  NBC's 
"Voices  and  Events"  program,  had 
not  decided  last  May  to  broadcast 
a  dramatic  flashback  to  the  week  of 
John  Barrymore's  death  in  1942. 
the  rare  transcriptions  probably 
would  have  lain  unused  in  the  XBC 
record  warehouse. 

The  transcriptions — old,  rough, 
dusty— were  made  during  a  series 
of  broadcasts  from  Hollywood  in 
1937  for  i-eference,  not  for  rebroad- 
cast.  Taken  off  the  NBC  network 
line  in  New  York,  they  were  marred 
by  countless  clicks,  ticks,  and  other 
surface  noises  engendered  by  tht 
3,000-mile  connection.  The  "Ham- 
let" transcription  was  particularly 
noisy  because  the  broadcast  had  oc- 
curred during  a  violent  electrical 
storm,  which  pejjpered  the  reception 
with  sharp  cracks  every  time  the 
lines  were  hit  by  lightning. 

Listeners  Acclaim  Program 

In  sjiite  of  the  poor  quality  of  the 
discs,  Fleming  decided  to  dramatize 
his  "Voices  and  Events"  program 
with  Barrymore's  version  of  Ham- 
let's speech  to  the  players.  The 
response  was  extraordinary.  Let- 
ters, telegrams  and  telephone  calls 
asking  for  more  Barrymore  jioured 
into  the  NBC  News  and  Special 
Events  Department  from  all  over 
the  United  States. 

Two  officials  of  the  Shakespeare 
Festival  at  Stratford-on-Avon,  Eng- 
land, learned  about  the  Barrymore 
transcriptions     and     suggested     to 


William  F.  Brooks,  NBC  vice-presi- 
dent in  charge  of  News  and  Inter- 
national Relations,  that  the  pro- 
grams be  rebroadcast  in  connection 
with  this  Summer's  festival. 

In  prei)aring  the  series  for  re- 
liroadcast  Fleming  marshalled  all 
the  mechanical  and  electronic  re- 
sources which  have  been  developed 
since  the  original  bi-oadcasts  thir- 
teen years  ago.  With  the  help  of 
N  B  C's  audio  -  engineering  and 
sound-effects  departments  he  was 
able  to  "clean  up"  the  old  transcrip- 
tions, making  them  clear,  audible, 
and  \ii'tually  like  new. 

A  major  problem  was  to  elimi- 
nate various  surface  noises.  In  re- 
recording  the  old  transcriptions  on 
tspe.  engineers  first  chose,  by  mi- 
croscopic examination,  the  cleanest 
copies  of  the  records.  Then  the 
sound  was  filtered,  electronically,  to 
eliminate  excessive  low  frequencies. 

One  purely  mechanical  method  of 
eliminating  undesirable  noise  was 
to  cut  out  that  portion  of  tape — 
usually  an  inch  or  two — which  rep- 
resented a  crackle  or  a  click,  and 
substitute  a  quiet  piece  of  tape  on 
which  were  recorded  only  normal 
background  i  or  room  i  noises.  This 
kind  of  manipulation  was  possible 
liecause  the  distui'bances  usually 
occurred  during  pauses  between 
words. 

Fleming  did.  however,  have  to 
cope  with  a  more  subtle  problem, 
caused  in  the  1937  broadcasts  by 
Barrymore's  tendency  to  creep  up 
on  the  micropl.one.  Realizing  that 
Barrymoi-e  had  done  very  little 
Shakespeare  on  the  air,  NBC  studio 
engineers  in  Hollywood  built  a 
small  fence,  or  corral,  .iround  his 
micro|)hone  to  keej)  him  at  the  de- 
sired distance.  At  times,  however, 
he  became  so  transported  by  emo- 
tion that  he  leaned  over  the  fence, 
bellowed  into  the  mike,  and  his 
words  came  over  the  air  in  a  mufHed 
roar. 

Fleming  had  to  choose  between 
clarifying  Bai-rymore's  words, 
thereby  distorting  his  voice  and 
raising  suiface  noises,  or  preserv- 
ing the   original,   muffled   version. 


EVKN  A  STURDY  GUARD-FENCE  COULD 
.NOT  ALWAYS  KEEP  JOHN  BARRYMORE 
AT  PROPER  DISTANCE  FROM  THE  MICRO- 
PHONE DURING  HIS  SHAKESPEAREAN 
DISCOURSES. 


He  Compromised  by  making  the 
words  somewhat  more  intelligible 
without   distorting  Bai'rymore. 

"I  knew  that  the  listener  was 
.going  to  have  to  work  hard  in  one 
or  two  places,"  Fleming  said,  "but 
I  iireferred  to  keep  Barrymore  as 
he  was." 

On  the  positive  side  of  the  ledger 
Fleming  added  musii'  and  sound 
iffects.  He  substituted  a  stark, 
peremptory  kettle  drum  for  the 
original  transition  music.  He  im- 
plemented the  cries  of  the  Ghost  of 
Hamlet's  father  (produced  by  a 
music(d  saw)  with  a  wild,  unearthly 
wind. 

During  the  tinal  tragedy  of  the 
duel  .scene  Fleming  added  a  note  of 
lealism  with  the  sound  of  clashing 
rapiers.  And  he  gave  perspective  to 
both  of  those  outdoor  scenes  by 
recording  the  oiiginal  disc  through 
an  echo  chamber.  In  1937  Barry- 
more spoke  into  a  microphone  in  a 
broadcasting  studio,  and  there  was 
no  impression  of  space  or  depth. 


[12    RADIO    AGE] 


>^ 


BS8    OSS 


sss 


gSS 


IKIKVlSUlN  TRANSMITTKR  OF  KRON-TV 
WHICH  COMBINKS  WITH  MODERN  AN- 
rKNNA  TO  RADIATE  I'K'TLRE  SIGNAL  TO 
VIEWERS    IN    BAY   CITIES. 


KNBC  S  OOU-KOOT  TOWER   IS  PINCHED  IN 

AT  BASE  AND  NEAR  TOP  TO  IMPROVE  THE 

RADIO    SIGNAL    RECEIVED    IN     HOMES    OK 

THE   SAN    FRANCISCO    AREA. 


TV-FM  on  the  West  Coast 

Latest    Derclopmcnta   in    Antennas   and    Transmitters    Provide 
Extended  Service   in  San   Francisco   Area. 


ON  the  marsh  flats  borderiiiK 
San  Francisco  bay  stands  an 
uiuisual  landmark,  a  90-ton,  550- 
foot  steel  tower  restinp  on  a  10-inch 
one,  giving  the  monument  a  soar- 
inj.'  and  spectacular  appearance, 
like  a  slim  pencil  balanced  delicately 
un  its  point. 

This  impressive  structure,  de- 
sipned  by  RCA,  serves  as  the  AM 
broadcasting  antenna  for  station 
KNBC.  San  Francisco.  In  opera- 
tion since  October  24,  1949.  the 
antenna,  which  embodies  features 
never  before  used  in  broadcasting, 
greatly  increases  KNBCs  effective 
radiated  power  and  adds  10.000 
quare  miles  to  the  station's  primary 
coverage  area. 

RCA  engineers  call  the  structure 
an  "articulated  joint"  vertical  radi- 
ator. The  "joints"  are  insulator 
cones  —  one  at  the  400-foot  level 
and  the  other  at  the  base.  The  ten- 
inch  lower  cone  supports  the  entire 
weight.   The  upper  cone  divides  the 


tower  into  two  insulated  segments. 
This  two-piece  antenna  augments 
the  horizontal  signal  ;.nd  decreases 
the  skywave  signal,  thus  reducing 
the  twilight  fading  ::one  to  a  mini- 
mum. 

Another  feature  never  before 
used  in  antenna  design  is  the  three- 
quarter-inch  copper  tubing  which 
extends  from  base  to  top  along  each 
corner  of  the  tower.  Also  to  in- 
crease conductivity,  120  narrow 
strips  of  copper,  each  500  feet  long, 
extend  outward  in  all  directions 
fr(»m  the  base  of  the  tower.  These 
"radials"  are  buried  seven  inches 
under  the  ground. 

Radiator   Has   Other   Advantages 

The  vertical  radiator  has  other 
advantages.  It  acts  as  tower  and 
antenna,  thereby  combining  econ- 
omy and  efficiency.  The  use  of  six 
guy  wires,  three  for  each  segment 
of  the  tower,  eliminates  the  neei: 
for  deep  concrete  foundations  and 


.(i 


i 


FILM  ROOM  OF  TELEVISION  STATUIN 
KRON-TV  SHOWING  PROJECTORS  FOR 
FILMS  (REAR),  OPAQUE  SLIDES  (LEFT) 
A.VD       TRANSPARENCIES        (CENTERI. 

r\MKr!\    I<    \T   KXTItKMI-  V.lr.r,! 


[RADIO    AGE    t^f 


heavy  steel  construction  used  in 
self-supporting  towers.  Founda- 
tions of  an  ordinary  tower  the  same 
height  would  be  many  times  larger 
than  the  12-foot  scjuare  concrete 
base  which  supports  the  90  tons  of 
steelwork. 

RCA  also  has  installed  a  new  FM 
antenna  for  KXBC  atop  San  Bruno 
Mountain,  highest  point  on  the  San 
Francisco  peninsula.  Taking  to  the 
air  last  October,  KNBC-FM's  new 
equipment  increases  the  station's 
effective  radiated  power  from  3.000 


watts  to  45,000  watts.  With  15 
times  more  power  and  enjoying  the 
highest  elevation  in  the  area,  KNBC 
has  gained  countless  thousands  of 
new  FM  listeners. 

The  FM  transmitter  is  housed  in 
an  all-concrete,  spacious  single- 
story  building  which  overlooks  the 
entire  bay  area.  KXBC-FM  shares 
the  structure  with  KRON-TV,  San 
Francisco's  third  television  outlet, 
and  also  RCA-equipped.  The  site 
of  the  KRON-KNBC  building  and 
the  TV  and  FM  towers  has  become 
known  as  TV  Peak. 


PYLON  ANTENNA  OF  KNBC'S  FM   STATION  ABOUT  TO  BE  LIFTED  INTO  POSI- 
TION  ATOP   SA.N    BRUNO   MOUNTAIN,   HIGHEST   POINT   ON    THE   PENINSULA. 


MASTER    CONTROL    ROOM    OF    TELEVISION    STATION    KRON-TV    WITH    VIDEO 
MONITORS    IN    REAR    AND    TRANSCRIPTION    TURNTABLES    IN    FOREGROUND. 


Electrons  Detect 
Stray  Coins 

Stray  coins  mailed  in  envelopes 
with  box-tops  and  soap  wrappers, 
during  contests  staged  by  adver- 
tisers, are  being  spotted  at  one 
contest  headquarters  through  the 
use  of 'RCA's  Electronic  Metal  De- 
tector. 

At  the  office  of  Associated  Activi- 
ties Inc.  of  Minneapolis  nationally- 
known  advertising  service  organ- 
ization, the  RCA  instrument  is 
used  to  screen  the  mountains  of 
mail  received  in  premium  promo- 
tions as  final  insurance  that  no 
coin  has  escaped  the  sorters.  This 
measure,  says  the  firm,  retrieves 
each  month  many  dollars  that  might 
otherwise  be  lost  to  the  advertiser, 
with  resultant  confusion  and  delay 
in  the  mailing  of  premiums  to  con- 
sumers. 

It  isn't  so  much  the  value  of  the 
lost  coins  that  concerns  the  contest 
promoters  as  the  much  greater  loss 
in  customer  goodwill  through  de- 
layed mailing  of  the  premiums. 
Coins  clipped  or  taped  to  a  bo.x-top 
or  wrapper  may  become  detached 
and  remain  in  the  envelope.  To 
guard  against  loss  of  such  coins, 
all  mail,  after  sorting,  is  passed 
through  an  aperture  in  the  metal 
detector  on  a  continuous  belt.  The 
entrance  of  a  coin  into  the  electro- 
magnetic field  generated  within  this 
aperture  causes  a  change  in  the 
field,  activating  a  mechanism  which 
diverts  the  coin-bearing  envelope 
into  a  separate  receptacle. 


Film  Operators  Attend 
Course  in  Theatre  TV 

Tliirty  motion-picture  projection- 
ists, employed  by  theatres  in  Man- 
hattan. l!rooklyn,  Albany,  Chicago, 
Los  Angeles,  Queens  ^'illage,  X.  Y., 
and  other  cities,  have  completed  a 
special  theatre  television  training 
course  conducted  by  the  RCA  Serv- 
ice Company  at  Camden,  X.  J.  The 
trainees  will  be  in  charge  of  the 
R(^A  theatre  TV  etiuipments  that 
are  to  be  installed  in  ten  cities  this 
fall. 


fI4    RADIO   AGE] 


MODKRN    EQUIPMENT    AND    TECHNIQUES    TYPIFY    THIS    TELEVISION    STUDIO 
OF   STATION    XHTV.   RECENTLY   OPENED    IN    MEXICO   CITY. 


Television  Below  the  Border 

Pioneer  Stations  in  Mexico,  Brazil  and  Cuba  Go  on  Air 
to  Accompaniment  of  Official  Fanfare. 


By  Meade  Brunei 

Vice   f'resideitl   o/   HCA    and 

Mnmigiiig    Dirrrtor, 
RCA    International   Division 


TO  the  accompaniment  of  official 
pomp  and  pageantry  carried 
out  to  a  degree  seldom,  if  ever, 
approached  at  similar  events  in  this 
country,  television  stations  in  Bra- 
zil and  Mexico  made  their  official 
debuts  in  August  and  September. 
Their  appearance  on  the  air  high- 
lighted once  again  the  rapid  march 
of  progress  of  our  neighbors  "be- 
low the  border".  In  addition,  two 
Cuban  TV  stations  plan  to  begin 
operations  in  October.  The  new 
stations  in  Sao  Paulo,  Mexico  City, 
Havana— all  of  which  are  RCA- 
equipped— will    bring    international 


television  much  closer  to  realiza- 
tion. 

The  transmitter  of  Brazil's  Radio 
Tupi  is  located  in  the  State  Bank 
Building,  Sao  Paulo's  highest  edi- 
fice, and  a  three-bay  super-turnstile 
antenna,  capable  of  radiating  20 
kilowatts  of  power,  crowns  the 
building,  .520  feet  above  the  street. 
Modern  television  studios  have  been 
built  in  Sumare,  a  Sao  Paulo  sub- 
urb. RCA  microwave  transmitting 
equipment  is  used  to  link  studio, 
outdoor  mobile  pickup  units  and  the 
main  transmitter. 

The  new  .station,  PRF3-TV.  which 
is  owned  and  operated  by  Brazil's 
largest  radio  network,  Emissoras 
A.ssociadas,  is  using  United  States 
television  standards  of  52.5  lines,  (50 
fields,  and  is  assigned  to  Channel  3. 

A  four-hour  television  demonstra- 
tion, which  served  as  a  preview  to 
Radio  Tupi's  official  opening,  was 
attended  by  President  Eurico 
Dutra,  U.  S.  Ambassador  Her.<chel 
.Johnson,  and  Nelson  D.  Rockefeller, 
in  addition  to  500  representatives 
of  government,  industry  and  so- 
ciety. The  demonstration,  conducted 
over  a  closed  circuit,  was  the  high- 
light of  the  official  inauguration  of 
the  Museum  of  Modern  Art  in  the 
Chauteaubriand    Building    at    Sao 


^ 


XHTVS     SIPKU-TIKNSTII.E     ANTENNA 
T0P3   MEXy^yyCITY'S   SKYLINE. 

-^Si^"^ 

Paulo.  Approximately  5,000  per- 
sons viewed  the  exhibition  on  RCA 
television  receivers  installed  in  the 
lobby  of  the  building. 

The  TV  preview,  which  was  re- 
ceived enthusiastically  by  Sao  Paulo 
residents,  created  an  urgent  de- 
mand for  receivers.  To  meet  it, 
RCA  moved  fast  to  supplement  its 
ocean-bound  shipments  with  a  plane 
load  of  instruments,  scheduled  to 
arrive  for  the  station's  official  open- 
ing. 

Arrangements  for  installation  of 
the  RCA  equipment  were  made  by 
Dr.  Assis  Chateaubriand.  Director 
General  of  Emissoras  Associadas, 
through  RCA  Victor  Radio,  S.  A.. 
RCA's  associated  company  in  Brazil. 

On  the  occasion  of  its  opening 
station  PRF.'?-TV  received  the  fol- 
lowing congratulatory  telegram 
from  Brig.  General  David  SarnofF. 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  Radio  Cor- 
poration of  America : 

"Please  accept  my  heartiest  con- 
gratulations on  the  opening  of  your 
great  new  television  station  at  Sao 
Paulo.  Its  lofty  tower  over  Brazil 
svmbolizes  unity  of  purpose  among 
the  Americas  in  extending  the  cul- 
tural arts  and  the  benefits  of  demo- 
cratic freedom  to  the  people  of  our 
lands.  This  is  indeed  a  memorable 
occasion,  not  only  for  Brazil,  but 
(Continued  on  page  18) 


[RADIO    AGE    15] 


yMS. 


RCA  """•//' 


U^r^- 


-*T*» 


i^L 


Thousands  wait  their  turn  to  enter  the  RCA  Exhibition  Hall  for  a  view  of  RCA's 

new  line  of  television  receivers  shown  in  part  on  this  page.  To  date,  more  than 

one  million  families  have  chosen  RCA  Victor  television. 


The    YORK 
19-inch  picture  tube. 


The  KINGSBURY 
16-inch   screen. 


The  RUTLAND 
16-inch  tube  with  radio 
and  3-speed  turntables. 


The    FAIRFIELD    has    o    16-inch    s 
cabinet  with  figured  doors  end 


The   SEDGWICK   with    its    19-inch 
tables  and  FM-AM  facilities  le 


i-proof  fe/e vision  receivers 


ed    in    a 
creen. 


The    MODERN    has    a    swivel    base    which    permits    its 
16-inch  screen  to  be  turned  for  the  best  viewing  angle. 


The  HlLLSOALi.   provides  a    19-inch   picture   in  a  com- 
pact cobinet  with  doors  that  cover  the  screen. 


ed   turn- 
/  line 


The  HIGHLAND  has  a    16-inch  tube  and   is  available 
in  cabinets  of  mahogany,  walnut  or  limed  oak  finish 


The  PROVINCIAL  has  full-length  doors  which  can   be 
closed  over  the   16-inch  tube  and  speaker  grill. 


Television  Below  the  Border 


(Continued  from  page  15) 


for  the  entire  Western  Hemisphere. 
You  are  deserving  of  highest  per- 
sonal compliments  for  leadership  in 
putting  station  PRF3-TV  on  the  air. 
All  success  to  you  and  your  country- 
men in  making  television  history. ' 

Mexico's  first  television  station, 
operating  on  Channel  4  with  the 
call  letters  XHTV,  was  officially  in- 
augurated in  Mexico  City  early  last 
month. 

The  inaugural  program  con- 
sisted of  a  remote  pickup  in  which 
President  Miguel  Aleman  delivered 
a  message  to  the  Mexican  people  at 
a  joint  session  of  the  Mexican 
Congress  in  the  historic  Chamber 
of  Deputies,  a  few  blocks  from  the 
presidential  palace.  Since  the  open- 
ing, regularly  scheduled  programs 
are  telecast  on  weekdays  from  5  to 
7  p.m.  On  Sundays,  the  time  is 
extended  from  4  to  7  p.m.,  in  order 
to  cover  the  bull  fights.  The  gov- 
ernment of  Mexico  plans  to  use 
television  receivers  in  schools  as 
part  of  its  educational  program. 


XHTV  is  located  in  the  20-story 
National  Lottery  Building,  highest 
structure  in  the  Mexican  capital, 
and  is  equipped  with  a  5.000-watt 
transmitter,  antenna,  and  associated 
studio  and  mobile  pickup  equipment 
supplied  by  RCA.  It  is  owned  by 
Television  de  Mexico,  S.  A.,  an  en- 
terprise of  Romulo  O'Farrill,  Sr., 
publisher  of  the  newspaper  Nove- 
dades. 

Facilities  of  XHTV  are  similar  to 
those  of  television  stations  in  the 
United  States.  Two  floors  of  the 
modern  building  house  the  studios, 
control  room,  sponsor's  booth,  re- 
hearsal room,  dressing  rooms,  prop- 
erty storage  section,  transmitter, 
service  shop  and  offices  of  the  new 
station.  In  addition,  provisions 
have  been  made  on  the  ground  floor 
for  a  large  auditorium  which  will 
be  used  for  televising  concerts  and 
stage  plays.  RCA  Victor  Mexicana, 
S.  A.,  RCA's  associate  company  in 
Mexico,  installed  the  equipment. 


BR.^ZIL'S   PIONEER  TELECASTER,  PRF3-TV,  IS  LOCATED  IN 

SAO    PAULO'S    HIGHEST    BUILDING    WITH    ITS    ANTENNA 

520  FEET  ABOVE  STREET. 


Staff  Studies   U.S.   Methods 

In  preparation  for  the  station's 
opening,  Mr.  O'Farrill  arranged  for 
members  of  the  staff  to  visit  the 
RCA  Victor  plant  at  Camden,  N.  J., 
for  a  study  of  manufacturing  opera- 
tions, and  the  National  Broad- 
casting Company  studios  in  New 
York  for  observation  of  program 
production  methods. 

Plans  are  in  progress  for  the 
opening  during  October  of  two 
television  stations  in  Havana,  Cuba. 
One  of  the  newcomers  is  CMQ  in 
Havana's  $2,000,000  Radio  Centro. 
This  station  under  the  operation, 
ownership  and  management  of 
Goar  Mestre  is  speeding  installa- 
tion of  an  RCA  5  KW  television 
transmitter  and  studio  apparatus 
— microwave  relay  equipment  and 
cameras  and  studio  facilities.  A 
mobile  TV  unit  for  CMQ  received  a 
send-off  at  Rockefeller  Plaza  last 
July  during  New  York  City's  cele- 
bration of  Television  Week. 

Installation  of  the  second  Cuban 
television  station,  owned  by  Union 
Radio,  is  practically  complete.  The 
station  equipment,  weighing  more 
than  22,000  pounds,  was  flo\vn  to 
Havana  by  two  National  Airlines 
C-46  Transports.  The  shipment  in- 
cluded a  5  KW  transmitter  and  com- 
plete mobile  equipment,  microwave 
relay  equipment,  television  cameras, 
film  projectors  and  other  studio 
facilities.  The  Union  Radio  trans- 
mitter and  studio  will  be  housed  in 
an  old  mansion  which  is  being  re- 
converted for  television  use. 

Special  reinforcement  is  being 
provided  for  the  200-foot  antennas 
of  these  Cuban  stations  because  of 
their  location  in  the  "hurricane 
belt". 

Both  stations  have  had  teams  of 
writers,  announcers,  commentators, 
directors  and  engineers  studying 
television  operations  in  the  United 
States.  The  distributor  for  engi- 
neering products  in  Havana.  Cuba 
is  Humara  y  Lastra,  who  have  been 
distributors  on  RCA  and  Victor 
products  for  more  than  40  years. 

These  three  Latin  American 
countries  Brazil,  Cuba  and  Mexi- 
co—are the  only  countries  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere  outside  of  the 
United  States,  where  it  is  known 
that  television  broadcasting  is 
available  to  the  public. 


[18    RADIO    AGE] 


ililON   SERVICE.  PROVIDED  BY   TRAlNKli  TK<  H  Mc  l\NS    I-    \    1\I!\M"1   NT  FACTOR 
IN  THE  RAPID  GROWTH   OF  THE  TV   INDl  STRY. 


The  TV  Service  Problem 

"Quality  of  Scrrice  Supplied  to  Set  Owners  Must  Advance  in  Step 

with  the  Growth  of  the  Video  Industry  or  that  Progress 

will  be  Retarded. 

been  added  since  then  up  to  the  first 
of  September.  The  indu.stry  fore- 
casts that  more  than  2  million  re- 
ceivers will  be  sold  during-  the  bal- 
ance of  the  year.  This  means  that 
dealers  throughout  the  country 
must  be  prepared  to  install  and 
service,  during  the  last  quarter  of 
the  year,  half  as  many  receivers  as 
were  sold  during  the  entire  4-year 
period  of  1946-1949. 

The  real  problem  of  the  industry 
this  fall  and  winter  will  be  the 
training  of  a  sufficient  number  of 
skilled  technicians  to  install  and 
service  the  receivers  which  manu- 
facturers plan  to  produce  and  sell. 

The  answer  as  to  whether  or  not 
a  dealer  should  perform  his  own 
service  depends  entirely  on  the  deal- 
er— -on  his  available  capital,  his  vol- 
ume, and  his  objectives.  Many  deal- 
ers operate  fine  service  departments 
and  take  great  pride  in  the  excel- 
lence of  their  service. 

Technicians  Properly  Trained 

These  men  have  been  willing  to 
invest  the  necessary  capital  to  pro- 
vide good  service  facilities,  space 
for  the  service  shop,  good  office  rec- 
ords, and  excellent  test  equipment. 


By  C.  M.   Odorizii 

Operating  Vice  President, 
RCA  Victor  Division 


THE  quality  of  television  serv'ice 
must  match  stride  with  the 
rrowth  of  the  television  industry 
)r  that  growth  will  be  retarded.  Xo 
>ther  industry  producing  such  a 
lighly-technical  product  as  televi- 
sion has  grown  so  rapidly  in  such  a 
short  time.  No  other  industry  has 
;ver  faced  the  problems  of  provid- 
ing technically  trained  manpower  in 
uich  quantities  as  television's  fan- 
:astic  growth  has  reiiuired. 

At  the  end  of  last  December  there 
ivere  4  million  television  receivers 
In  service — 3  million  more  sets  have 


(Jf  equal  importance,  they  have  seen 
to  it  that  they  have  properly 
trained  technicians  and  experienced 
supervisors.  They  have  a  sizable  in- 
vestment in  installation  materials 
and  in  repair  parts  to  take  care  of 
old  as  well  as  new  models.  The  suc- 
cessful servicing  dealer  keeps  ac- 
curate cost  records,  and  sells  and 
merchandises  his  service  in  the 
same  way  that  he  handles  his  prod- 
ucts. 

All  of  us  have  seen  examples  of 
small  dealers,  large  dealers,  and 
even  large  department  stores,  that 
have  rushed  into  the  servicing  busi- 
ness without  the  ingredients  which 
are  so  necessary  to  a  successful  op- 
eration, only  to  discard  the  program 
when  they  found  that  it  was  un- 
satisfactory and  unprofitable.  In 
like  manner,  television  service  con- 
tractors have  gone  bankrupt,  usu- 
ally because  they  lacked  good  busi- 
ness management.  Many  of  them 
did  not  provide  adequate  reserves, 
and.  in  an  effort  to  obtain  a  greater 
volume  of  business,  sold  their  serv- 
ices too  cheaply  to  provide  high- 
(luality  workmanship. 

I  believe  the  television  service 
contract  to  be  the  greatest  merchan- 
dising tool  that  has  ever  been  placed 
in  the  hands  of  dealers.  If  there  is 
one  pitfall  that  the  TV  industry 
must  avoid,  it  is  the  pitfall  of  the 
.50c  radio  service  calls  and  the  sharp 
radio  service  practices  which  we  all 
remember.  Consumers  are  perfectly 
willing  to  pa.v  reasonable  service 
charges  on  mechanical  and  electrical 
products. 

Efjecl  oj  Local  Conditions 

Unlike  radio  and  many  other  elec- 
trical and  mechanical  appliances, 
the  performance  of  a  television  re- 
ceiver does  not  depend  solely  on  the 
product.  Local  conditions — a  gas 
tank,  a  tall  building,  a  hill,  or  any 
other  obstruction  between  the  trans- 
mitter and  the  receiver — may  have 
a  greater  effect  on  its  performance 
than  its  built-in  selectivity  or  its 
general  quality.  It  has  been  our 
experience  that  the  performance  of 
two  identical  receivers  may  vary 
greatly,  not  only  within  the  same 
city  block,  but  within  an  apartment 
house,  or  even  within  a  single  apart- 
ment, and  from  one  side  of  the  room 
to  the  other. 

While  manufacturers  have  made 


[RADIO    AGE    19] 


amazing'  prugre-ss  in  chassis  simpli- 
fication, we  must  keei)  in  mind  that 
even  today's  television  receiver  of 
the  highest  quality  has  more  than 
20  tubes,  over  1,000  separate  com- 
ponents, and  several  thousand  con- 
nections, most  of  which  are  subject 
to  gradual  deterioration  and  failure 
through  usage.  While  great  strides 
have  been  made  in  receiver  design. 
any  assumption  that  today's  televi- 
sion receivers  do  not  require  occa- 
sional service  is  simply  not  realis- 
tic. No  dealer  can  afford  for  long 
to  perform  gratis  or  to  constantly 
argue  with  his  customers  the  merits 
of  service  charges  required  by  the 
limitations  of  local  reception. 

Too  many  dealers  take  the  easy 
way  out  and  sell  receivers  without 
adequate  provisions  for  installation 
and  service,  hoping  that  they  will 
squeeze  through  the  warranty  pe- 
riod without  burdensome  service 
costs.  Some  dealers,  in  single  sta- 
tion areas  where  recei)tion  prob- 
lems are  not  too  difficult,  are  al- 
ready adopting  the  old  radio  prac- 
tice of  giving  away  service  without 
charge,  not  realizing  that  this  prac- 
tice represents  a  serious  profit 
drain,  particularly  as  additional 
transmitters  go  on  the  air  and  re- 
ception difficulties   increase. 

Must  Maintain  Service  Quality 

While  progress  requires  constant 
product  improvement  and  simplifi- 
cation, any  manufacturer  who  per- 
mits his  quality  standards  to  deteri- 
orate ijlaces  a  heavy  burden  on  his 
dealer  organization.  Whether  or  not 
a  dealer  handles  his  own  service, 
neither  he  nor  his  service  contrac- 
tor can  afford  the  cost  of  servicing 
a  receiver  of  poor  quality. 

I  am  in-oud  to  be  associated  with 
a  company  which  not  only  was  an 
early  pioneer  in  the  television  in- 


dusti'y,  but  which  has  constantlx' 
held  leadership  in  television  design 
improvements.  For  example,  in  the 
new  RCA  Victor  TV  receiver  line, 
is  a  chassis  with  fewer  tubes,  al- 
most 30  per  cent  fewer  components 
and  connections,  and  with  50 'i  less 
power  consumption  than  its  prede- 
cessor. Despite  this  simplification, 
the  numerous  improvements  not 
only  have  resulted  in  a  more  power- 
ful chassis  with  better  picture  and 
sound  quality,  but  one  which  will 
be  easier  to  service. 

Field  Testing  Essential 

Every  important  engineering 
change  must  be  thoroughly  field- 
tested  before  it  is  finally  intro- 
duced into  the  product  for  sale  to 
the  consumer.  At  RCA,  we  think  of 
quality  as  something  real — some- 
thing that  can  be  seen  and  heard. 
It  begins  with  good  basic  engineei'- 
ing.  It  is  built  on  good  components 
and  materials.  It  is  created  by  good 
workmanship.  It  is  assured  and 
maintained  by  constant  day-to-day 
field  testing,  by  carefully  reviewing 
service  reports  from  the  field,  and 
by  rigid  inspection  on  the  produc- 
tion line. 

Manufacturers  and  distributors 
have  important  responsibilities  in 
helping  dealers  and  servicing  con- 
tractors in  the  task  of  improving 
the  standards  of  television  service. 
Each  television  market  varies  great- 
ly in  the  character  of  reception 
priiblems.  The  ))roblems  in  Easton. 
Penna..  for  exami)le,  are  entirely 
different  from  those  in  New  York. 
The  consumer  in  each  area  is  en- 
titled to  know  what  he  should  and 
should  not  expect  in  the  way  of  tele- 
vision reception,  installation,  and 
service. 

Since  the  beginning  of  television, 
one  of  the  greatest  problems  of  the 


iudustr\  has  been  to  jirovide  a  suf- 
ficient number  of  well-trained  tech- 
nicians to  keep  pace  with  the  in- 
dustry's growth.  Manufacturers 
and  distributors  can  be  helpful  to 
field  service  organizations  by  mak- 
ing their  service  notes  available  im- 
mediately after  a  new  line  is  intro- 
duced— particularly  on  new  models 
where  important  circuit  changes  are 
involved.  Servicemen  are  needless- 
ly handicapped  if  they  are  not  fully 
equipped  w-ith  schematics  and  other 
technical  details. 

An  example  of  this  cooperation  is 
the  Service  Clinic  Lectures  which 
have  been  sponsored  by  RCA  Victor 
distributors  for  their  dealers 
throughout  the  country.  So  far  this 
\  ear,  over  200  of  these  service  lec- 
tures have  been  held  in  the  .57  tele- 
vision markets  for  thousands  of 
servicemen  and  contractors  who 
service  TV  receivers  for  RCA  deal- 
ers. 

Lectures  for   Servicemen 

Coincident  with  the  introduction 
of  our  fall  television  line,  a  series  of 
80  service  lectures,  featuring  a  tech- 
nical sound  slide  film  and  practical 
discussions  on  installation  and  serv- 
icing, together  with  complete  serv- 
ice notes  and  technical  manuals 
were  furnished  to  more  than  10,000 
servicemen. 

Television  manufacturers  and  dis- 
tributors together  have  spent  liter- 
ally millions  of  dollars  in  similar 
efforts  to  train  field  technical  per- 
sonnel properly  and  to  raise  the 
general  standai-ds  of  television  serv- 
ice. This  is  an  endless  task  that 
will  never  be  fully  completed,  but, 
with  the  i)recautions  that  I  have 
outlined  and  with  constant  vigi- 
lance on  the  part  of  all  of  us  in  the 
industry,  I  am  confident  that  we 
shall  succeed. 


INf'OK.MAI  ION    FOR  THE  USE  OF  TELEVISION  SEKVICEMEN 

IS    (AREFII.LV    PREPARED    AND    WIDELY    DISTRIBUTED    IN 

BLI'KPKINTS     AND     TECHNICAL     PUBLICATIONS. 


THE  FINEST  SCIENTIFIC  TEST  INSTRUMENTS  ARE  AVAIL- 
ABLE  TO   THE   EXPERT   TECHNICIANS    AT    ALL   RCA    TELE- 
VISION   SERVICE    BRAN(  IIES. 


'i?t^ 


\   jl  PICKUP 


i-  ■\' 


.RIBBON 


-MAGNETS 


:    ^ 


.DAMPED 
LA8YBINTH 


-TRANSFORMER 


-PLUG 


ADVANCES     IN     ACOUSTICS     MADK     POSSIBLE     THE 

STREAMLINED    "STARMAKER"     MICROPHONE     NOW 

WIDELY  USED  IN  RADIO  AND  TELEVISION. 


"Starmaker"  Microphone 

Deft^ncd    Especially    for    Television,   New   Streamlined    Itiatruntent 
Also  Ideal  for  Broadcast  Studio  Use. 


1"^IRST  microphone  desiKH^d 
especially  for  television  but 
eciually  suitable  for  many  broadcast 
station  applications  has  been  placed 
on  the  market  by  RCA  under  the 
name  of  "Starmaker." 

One  of  the  slenderest  and  least 
obtrusive  broadcast  microphones 
yet  developed,  the  "Starmaker"  op- 
erates rn  the  i)ressui-e  ribbon  jirin- 
ciple  and  is  so  desi^'ned  that  it  will 
nut  hide  the  faces  of  sinpers.  speak- 
ers, or  others  usinp  it.  nor  is  it 
conspicuous  in  the  averajre  settinjr. 
The  streamlined  mike  is  rendered 
unobtrusive,  not  only  by  its  size 
and  shape,  but  also  by  a  special 
'TV'  pray"  finish  which  makes  it 
.ippear  to  fade  into  studio  back- 
grounds or  blend  with  the  clothinp 
of  entertainers.  It  is  suited  for 
sound  reinforcement  and  radio 
broadcast  pickup,  and  has  an  output 
comparable   to   larper   conventional 


studio  microphones.  It  is  non- 
directional  and  handles  equally  all 
tones  between  50  and  I.t.OOO  cycles. 

The  "Starmaker"  has  a  maximum 
diameter  of  only  an  inch  and  a 
<iuarter,  and  weighs  only  1.5  ounces. 
It  is  as  sensitive  as  the  finest  of 
current  broadcast inp  microphones 
and  may  be  sub.stituted  for  any 
hiph-iiuality  jirofessional  studio 
microphone. 

The  "Starmaker"  is  a  non-direc- 
tional, rubber-pressure  type  micro- 
phone with  a  slender  "s-inch  diam- 
eter horn  for  increasing  response  in 
the  hiph-frequency  regions.  Porta- 
ble and  free  from  wind  blast  and 
air  rumble,  the  new  microphone 
contains  no  vacuum  tubes,  no  con- 
tlensers.  and  no  special  amplifiers 
or  power  supplies.  It  can  be  lifted 
from  its  stand  and  carried  around 
in  the  hand.  It  is  virtually  im- 
pen'ious  to  mechanical  shock. 


RCA  Surrenders  Rights 
to  Four  Trade-Marks 

Three  of  television's  best  known 
trade-marks  and  a  famous  minia- 
ture tube  name  are  beinp  voluntar- 
ily surrendered  to  the  public  do- 
main by  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America,  Frank  M.  Folsom,  Presi- 
dent, announced  on  .August  17. 

.Mr.  Fnls(.ni  .said  tl.at  the  U.  S. 
I'atent  Otlice  has  been  requested  by 
RCA  to  cancel  its  registration  of 
these  repistered  trade  names: 
Iconoscope,  first  electronic  "eye"  of 
the  television  camera;  Kinescope, 
picture  tube  of  television  home  re- 
ceivers; Orthicon,  improved  tele- 
vision pick-up  tube;  and  Acorn, 
tiny  radio  tube  now  a  commonplace 
in  portable  sets. 

"Now  that  television  has  become 
established,"  Mr.  Folsom  declared, 
•RCA  finds  gratification  in  the  fact 
that  the  industry  uses  these  names 
in  a  generic  and  descriptive  man- 
ner. In  relinquishing  our  registra- 
tions for  the  benefit  of  the  industry, 
we  are  following  RCA'-  traditional 
policy  of  stimulating  progress  in 
the  radio  and  electronic  fields." 

The  three  television  trade-marks 
are  of  Greek  derivation.  Kinescope, 
registered  by  RCA  in  19.32,  stems 
from  "kineo,"  meaning  "to  move," 
and  "scope,"  signifying  "observa- 
tion"; Iconoscope,  registered  in 
193."),  incorporates  the  Greek 
"icon,"  meaning  "image";  Orthi- 
con. registered  in  1940,  employs 
the  prefix  "ortho."  meaning  "di- 
rect." 

Distributor  Acquired 

Physical  properties  of  Bickford 
Brothers  Company,  wholesale  dis- 
tributors in  the  Buffalo  and  Roch- 
ester areas,  have  been  accjuired  by 
RCA  Victor  Distributing  Corpora- 
tion. Paul  Wolk.  President  of  Bick- 
ford Brothers,  and  H.  M.  Winters, 
Director  of  RCA  Victor's  Distribu- 
tion Department,  made  the  joint 
announcement  on  .luly  28. 

Winters  also  disclosed  that  the 
KCA  Victor  Distributing  Corpora- 
tion, wholly-owned  RCA  subsidiary 
would  take  over  the  operation  of 
two  Bickford  branches. 

Bickford  Brothers  has  been  in 
operati<m  in  Buffalo  since  1939. 


[RADIO    AGE    211 


r^ 


MHb 


* 


l|> 


It 


,>#. 


f(V 


'•^v:^# 


S^S^H 

l^pi^^ii 

— — 1 

j^M,*)^^4^J 

^mtjJmmm^^ 

»=-.i-C^Pi 

u^rr^- 

^^^Hsf^i^i^^^  ^^^^^^B^^^^^^^ 

! 

• 

-^ 

_L_!_        .^    1 

..  -'^ 

— .  •'! 


^  V^ 


u.   R.    HANSON     (KK.IITI.    M;i     McK   I'KKSIDKNT   A  M  i   i   lllht     hNiUNKKR. 

WITNESSES     A     DEMONSTRATION      OF     THE      NEW      BKIEK-CASE      FIELD 

AMPLIFIER     BY     ITS     DEVELOPERS,     J.     L.     HATHAWAY      (LEFT)      AND 

R.  C.  KENNEDY. 


For  Remote  Program  Pickups 

i\' B('    Eii^iiiccr>    Dcrclop    i'.ompact    field    Amplifier    that    can    he 
Carried  to  Otit-of-Sttidio  Broadcasts  in  Ordinary  Brief-case. 

of  the  program,  the  "show"  may 
have  betriin  without  him.  With  the 
new  field  amplifier,  such  a  disturb- 
ing and  sometimes  eo-stly  situation 
is  not  likely  to  occur.  A  man  with 
a  brief-case  in  hand  does  not  attract 
special  attention  in  the  most  exclu- 
sive of  public  places. 

One  jrlance  at  the  contents  of  the 
carrying-case  demonstrates  the  in- 
genuity of  the  Hathaway-Kennedy 
team.  In  addition  to  the  amplifier 
itself,  which  includes  a  complete  set 


USING  the  latest  developments 
in  miniature  vacuum  tubes 
and  associated  components,  two 
N'lJC  engineers,  J.  L.  Hathaway  and 
K.  C.  Kennedy,  have  succeeded  in 
designing  a  practical,  ultra-com- 
pact, light-weight  field  amplifier 
which  not  only  embodies  all  the 
principal  features  of  much  larger 
standard  models  but  adds  some  in- 
novations of  its  own,  yet  can  be 
carried   in   an   ordinary   brief-case. 

For  many  years,  broadcast  engi- 
iirers  assigned  to  handle  programs 
originating  outside  the  studio  have 
been  pleading  for  relief  from  the 
large  and  cumbersome  field  ampli- 
fiers they  have  had  to  transport  to 
bamiuets,  sports  stadia  and  news 
events.  They  have  pointed  out  that 
a  man  loaded  down  with  such  an 
imposing  array  of  broadcast  ap- 
paratus frequently  had  difficulty 
talking  his  way  into  certain  types 
of  public  and  private  affairs  which 
had  been  scheduled  as  broadcast 
programs.  Ry  the  time  the  thwarted 
engineer  had  maneuvered  his  lug- 
gage from  the  front  entrance  to  the 
rear  and  up  a  stairway  to  the  scene 


of  batteries  sufficient  fo 


hours 


of  intermittent  operation,  there  is 
room  for  three  microphones  with 
their  cables,  and  space  for  spare 
cables,  batteries  and  tubes.  The 
amplifier  and  brief-case  weigh  only 
17V'2  pounds. 

Components  Carefully  Selected 

In  selecting  components  for  the 
amplifier,  performance  and  com- 
pactness were  e(|uall.v  essential.  For 
instance,  more  than  a  dozen  mini- 
ature and  sub-miniature  tubes  were 
subjected  to  rigid  tests  before  the 
most  suitable  type  was  found  for 
the  microphone  circuit.  In  the  same 


way,  a  critical  volume  control  was 
not  approved  until  it  had  been  me- 
chanically rotated  50,000  times 
without  showing  signs  of  wear. 

That  the  new  unit  is  as  versatile 
as  it  is  small  is  evidenced  during 
the  testing  and  balancing  of  tele- 
phone lines  leading  from  the  site  of 
the  program  to  the  main  control 
lioard  at  the  studio.  This  process, 
called  e(|ualizing,  is  essential  in 
order  to  insure  the  transmission  of 
sounds  free  of  distortion.  Fornier- 
1,\ .  e(|ualizing  was  accomplished 
with  the  aid  of  a  test  tone  trans- 
mitted over  an  extra  set  of  tele- 
phone wires  from  the  studio  to  the 
licld  ami)lifier.  The  new  instrument 
generates  its  own  tone  signal  there- 
by making  it  possible  to  reduce  the 
eipializing  time  from  1.5  minutes  to 
."50  seconds.  Where  the  time  avail- 
able before  the  start  of  a  program 
is  limited,  this  saving  in  time  could 
well  mean  the  difference  between  a 
program  of  maximum  tone  fidelity 
and  one  of  distinctly  inferior  (pial- 
ity,  plagued  by  hisses,  hum  and 
other  foreign  noises. 

Teste  of  the  brief-case  amplifier 
have  been  conducted  throughout  the 
country     with     gratifying     results. 


Fourteen  Stations  Join 
NBC  Television  Network 

Fourteen  television  stations,  at 
present  afl^liated  with  NBC  but  non- 
interconnected  have  become  inter- 
connected with  the  NBC  television 
network. 

As  of  Oct.  1  NBC  had  17  televi- 
sion stations  on  its  intei-connected 
network  and  16  on  its  non-intercon- 
nected network,  a  total  of  (58  out- 
lets. 

The  most  recent  additions  to  the 
interconnected  network  are:  WSAZ- 
TV,  Huntington,  W.  Va.;  WFMY- 
TV,  Greensboro,  N.  C;  WBTV. 
Charlotte,  N.  C;  WMBR-TV,  .Jack- 
sonville, Fla.:  WSB-TV,  Atlanta, 
Ga.:  WBRC-TV,  Birmingham,  Ala.; 
WAVE-TV,  Louisville,  Ky.;  WFBM- 
TV.  Indianapolis,  Ind.:  WOC-TV, 
Davenport,  Iowa;  WOI-TV.  Ames, 
Iowa;  KSTP-TV.  Minneapolis-St. 
Paul.  Minn.:  WOW-TV.  Omaha. 
Neb.;  WI)AF-TV.  Kansas  City, 
Mo.;  WS.M-TV,  Nashville,  Tenn., 
and  WTT\',  Bloomington,  Ind. 


!!r   TV  TOWER — 1.057   FEET — SUPPORTS  THE 
JTENNA  OF  WCON-TV  LOCATED  IN  THE  HEART 
\TLANTA.    r.EORf.IA.    TOPPING    THE    RCA    TV 
ANTE.NNA    IS    AN"    RCA    FM    PYLON. 


[RADIO    AGE   23] 


Radio  to  Continue  as  a  Vital  Force 


J.  H.  Ji^ 


CtL^fld-.:- 


V3C 


sC 


A 

;*  Oti-  :Bt  ^^-- 

fe. 

•    --mHrnfiKT^ 

IS  "^mr 

j&'--  - '  -  - 

-  —i- 

*(!!^ 

IT- 

n- 

llC^ 

■i:!-:--  -^        -   -......: 

».:      -^   r::iit 

S^h;-t..  SC  jh!  Jf-ii^  H 

■  - 

:-i 

SU-  -             .  . 

"^ 

auw  tnnt  ii»*n- 

JE  Tim  j:mni;;'M       . 

-   . 

lirmr.  -rMfnt  :iHT  titt   jmiifl^m   isrj»r:Sf 

ifiiwnfg^  ir  Tiiift  tbses  afrwHt.   '       - 

^nmnrnin    r-.n  nmmim  ^ar:irr.v    > 

-rj:^  ir  X  m.^ 

■ 

M^m  li'— ir  " 

in : 

lll^      _ti      '^^Xt 

-                         -        '  • 

a    net.    SB- 
■trTTf««rri    inrf 

.'.£  ii  3]ff!F^  r'igiirr' 

_^;„;»iiir  r--«»»i    js    -   T- 

-  -    uiiUHl 

■"TTafflEsr..  aaifiii'* 

"rfar    » 

3J 

•^ 

<ianix3nitai  inar 

iinr  -mwriiiTT.    -v  :  , ..     ... 

-      t:.       t_^l. 

prawn:  :ar-ui!iniiii-  -ae 

■Kii'-ai'    MTir 

■Si 

Jl£ 

"4^ 

r^ 

jy 

-'B.. 

It 

itt- 

!:;                          x-rT,B-,..j      -n-fl     i:jt»   ^b- 

iiU—                      t'^'TOillO    •^I&  ^ISm  WiTU^ 

intsT    i.                ,i^  3iiB^is  ^wSiiia: 

Tlu-                                 '- 

■^ 

Ut  Jlf 

^XT 

aa»  i  - 

_  -     .  liiih 

(WMftmy    a:: 

ju  a»  "v^. 

Vtattaflfe-  T?5»  i.  -    .,- 

:    -.■■^— ."lai; 

tn'  ii&  araaimunL  t  • 

:rfit 

It       - 

•w 

3!>- 

"itt 

f-il 

'IK 

anKr  atL  asaumt:  la..' 

.*7inmu-  -^& 

(DnmoaL  -wsr^ 

uiES  afiTT- 

'FllWTtW'^t      W"    _1 

^a. 


•iSt  I 


■KumHr 

■•■  iHtuasciiiir  -'- 


HDf  msBISfiSL. 


niiaffirriiir  ~  '  '  ■  ■  —■•—  —  •■  - : 

Ji   SSa  ~TTri- 

-3isEr.  -?- 

|HSu      sant      nnisa      lan: 
Tti'^^TnT  it  j&anariiEfc.  nf -_■  -;^    .1... 

nraseaE 
jnsL'unnaJL    laiitsc 

:aK  ihE 


liUWIUlli  -.^'<f- 
iK'  ■!  If il  iiiM  1^     In 
.  -«3t|s  iiiiiriiii  r  'td 

-  isscL  «a  he  itiM 

'  ^  -n-s.x  tir>  dsoAit  as  to  Ae  ^^ 

-      ii^Cdtno^  etgibMBWC..  and 


--i    T  J  -  ■'  ?     X  3E" 


T\   and  Radio  in  Education 


Ituerpreuni  the  Jmaics*  Wty  of  Life  ; 
Sstkm'i  Imprr  tmmmMv  Jwfodles. 


%fV      ..fXC 


Tk 


By  J^»l 


HE    a: 
of  r?^- 


>->r  .*•  r=E  W'.tpr  •:>.• 


THROUGH    TELEVISION    TODAY'S    CHILD    VIEWS    INAUGURATIONS    AND 
CONVENTIONS,  SEES  AND  HEIARS  CONGRESS  IN  ACTION. 


glad  they  could  read  at  all.  When 
popular  education  began,  the  pessi- 
mists were  certain  that  learning 
would  make  the  masses  dissatisfied 
and  so  upset  the  status  quo;  the 
optimists  were  pretty  sure  that  a 
status  quo  based  on  ignorance  prob- 
ably ought  to  be  upset.  When  the 
automobile  arrived,  the  pessimists 
predicted  that  people's  legs  would 
shrivel  up  and  cried  that  if  God 
had  meant  men  to  ride  on  wheels 
he'd  have  provided  built-in  roller 
skates;  the  optimists  were  glad 
they  could  get  around  easier. 

Yes,  I  am  an  optimist — I  always 
have  been.  In  particular,  I  am  an 
optimist  about  radio  and  television. 
And  I  have  five  excellent  reasons. 
I  base  my  optimism  on  the  affirma- 
tive case  for  the  media,  the  horse 
sense  of  the  American  parent,  the 
resilience  of  the  American  child, 
the  ingenuity  of  the  American 
teacher  and  the  enlightened  selfish- 
ness of  the  American  broadcaster. 
Let's  examine  each  of  these  char- 
acteristics and  then  you  may  deter- 
mine for  yourself  whether  my 
optimism  is  foolish  or  not. 

Radio  and  TV  Picture  Life 

The  affirmative  case  for  the 
media.  Both  radio  and  television 
serve  the  American  home  and  the 
American  school  in  interpreting  for 
them  a  way  of  life.  Because  of 
them,  today's  citizen  child  has  a 
greater  "freedom  to  grow".  He 
can  far  exceed  the  experiences  of 
children  in  all  previous  generations, 
for  the  world  today  is  brought  close 


together  by  these  powerful,  swift- 
moving  means  of  communication. 
He  can  see  and  hear  history  being 
made.  He  can  view  inaugurations, 
and  political  conventions;  he  can 
see  and  hear  the  President,  and  the 
cabinet  and  the  Congress  which  de- 
termines policy.  He  can  see  and 
hear  the  news  of  the  world — on  the 
day  it  happens.  The  list  of  attrac- 
tive, diverting  and  entertaining 
programs  for  children  is  too  long 
to  go  into  here — but  they  have  lured 
children — and  caused  comment,  as 
you  know. 

This  brings  me  to  my  second 
article  of  faith — my  belief  in  the 
horse-sense    of    American    parents. 

Attitude  of  Parents 

Of  the  several  attitudes  which 
parents  may  take  toward  radio  and 
television,  I  should  like  to  single 
out  two  which  seem  to  me  to  be 
misguided,  and  which  I  do  not  be- 
lieve the  great  body  of  sensible 
parents  will  adopt. 

The  first  is  held  by  those  parents 
who  shower  praise  on  the  new  me- 
dium because  it  keeps  the  young- 
sters quiet.  The  second  belongs  to 
those  parents  who  have  never  seen  a 
program,  yet  condemn  it  because 
they  have  heard  "how  awful  the 
programs  are". 

It  seems  to  me  it  is  time  we  all 
realized  that  the  child  parked  in 
front  of  a  television  screen  or  radio 
set  is  not  under  the  care  of  an 
electronic  baby  sitter.  He  is  truly 
engaged  in  what  is,  to  him,  an 
important  learning  process.  The  re- 


sponsible parent  should  experience 
this  learning  process  with  the  child, 
as  frequently  as  possible.  Every 
child  wants  to  share  new  sensations 
and  new  ideas.  Moreover,  he  wants 
them  interpreted  to  him.  He  wants 
to  find  out  how  they  relate  to  him, 
to  his  family,  and  his  friends. 

There  is  still  another  attitude 
which  I  do  not  believe  will  prevail 
over  the  inherent  good  sense  of 
American  parents.  It  is  the  notion 
that  a  simple  formula  can  be  de- 
veloped which  will  solve  all  prob- 
lems. 

It  is  surprising  how  many  people 
would  like  broadcasters  to  be  arbi- 
ters of  public  taste  and  morals.  The 
industry  is,  of  course,  responsible 
for  its  program  fare,  and  for  the 
exercise  of  fundamental  decency 
and  good  manners  in  its  presenta- 
tion. But  they,  the  broadcasters, 
cannot  make  taste  judgments  for 
you  or  your  neighbors  or  your 
children,  any  more  than  the  auto- 
mobile manufacturers  can  build 
automobiles  with  built-in  drivers. 

Most  Parents  Realize  Facts 

I  think  most  parents  realize  this 
fact.  I  think  too,  that  their  funda- 
mental good  sense  will  recommend 
to  them  the  practice  of  some 
sensible  measures  in  regard  to  the 
lively  arts.  They  will  help  their 
children  develop  habits  of  modera- 
tion in  listening  and  viewing.  They 
will  share  this  new  experience  with 
their  children  and  will  make  use  of 
their  opportunities  to  develop  dis- 
crimination. They  will  also  help 
their  children  plan  sensible  listen- 
ing schedules,  and  will  give  as  much 
time  and  thought  to  the  preparation 
of  these  schedules  as  they  give  to 
the  planning  of  the  rest  of  the 
educational    and    recreational    diet. 

This  brings  me  to  my  third  rea- 
son for  optimism;  my  faith  in  the 
resilience  of  the  American  child. 
I  believe  that  he  is  normally  a 
pretty  hardy  creature,  with  fairly 
healthy  instincts,  and  not  nearly  so 
fi  agile  as  some  of  his  protectors 
would  imiily.  Unless  we  insist  on 
rearing  him  in  a  hot  house  under 
forced  feeding  and  a  sterilized  en- 
vironment, he  will  develop  a  quite 
amazing  capacity  to  assimilate  an 
astounding  number  of  impressions, 
facts  and  ideas. 

(Continued  on   page  31) 


[26    RADIO    AGE] 


architect's  DRAWING  OF  217-  ^g*>- 
FOOT  MAST  BEING  ERECTED  ON  THE  E 
PIRE  STATE  BUILDING  TOWER  TO  SI 
PORT  ANTEN.NAS  OF  FIVE  TV  AND  THR 
FM  STATIONS. 


Relation  of  Scientific  Research 
to  War  Preparedness 

Since  Military  Preparedness  is  no  Longer  a  Matter  Merely  of  Men,  Materiel  and  Campaign  Planning, 
Science  en!  Industry   Must  Share  Partnership  with  the  Armed  Forces  in  any  Modern, 

Large-Scale  Conflict,  Says  W .  W.  Watts. 


I 


By  W.  W.  Watts, 

Yice  President  in  Charge  of 

Engineering   Products  Department, 

Radio  Corporation  of  America. 


MILITARY  preparedness  is  no 
longer  a  matter  merely  of 
men,  materiel,  and  the  planning  of 
a  campaign.  The  rapid  advance- 
ment of  human  knowledge,  notably 
in  the  past  50  years,  and  especially 
ill  the  period  between  the  two  world 
wars,  has  made  of  it  a  state  of 
dynamic  progress,  in  which  science 
and  industry  share  a  partnership 
with  the  military. 

During  our  lifetime,  the  very  na- 
ture of  warfare  has  changed.  The 
age  of  electronics,  and  now  of  nu- 
cleonics, makes  obsolete  a  tactic  or 
a  new  equipment  almost  as  soon  as 
it  is  used.  The  welfare  of  the  jieople 
behind  an  armed  force,  even  the 
subtleties  of  their  state  of  mind. 
are  as  strong  a  predisi)osing  factoi- 
to  national  security  as  the  resources 
which  can  be  brought  to  its  sup- 
port. Military  preparedness  thus 
has  come  to  mean  total  effort,  and. 
with  it,  total  responsibility  for  its 
success. 

Until  recently,  both  pure  and  ap- 
plied science  went  their  own  way, 
uncovering  new  fields  of  knowledge, 
finding  new  means  of  using  it. 
without  any  special  inspiration  by 
possible  military  objectives. 

In   a   sense,   the  scientist   had   to 


[28    RADI  O    AGE] 


be  a  salesman  to  get  the  armed 
forces  to  use  his  invention  or  ap- 
plication. Though  I  am  now  talking 
historically,  this  relationship  of  sci- 
ence and  the  military  manifested 
itself  too  recently  for  comfort  on 
certain  instances  we  all  recall. 

Certainly,  history  is  replete  with 
examples  of  inventors  who  carried 
their  work  to  rulers  and  attempted 
to  "sell"  it  on  the  basis  of  its  mili- 
tary value.  The  story  of  Robert 
Fulton  and  his  submarine  is  a 
classic  example,  all  the  more  so 
since  virtually  the  same  thing  hap- 
pened to  Samuel  Holland  with  his 
more  practical  development  of  the 
same  idea,  almost  a  hundred  years 
later. 

Human    Welfare    Advanced 

Yet  it  has  been  through  military 
acceptance  of  science's  new  develop- 
ments that  human  welfare  has  been 
advanced,  and  that  great  social 
changes  have  been  wrought.  The 
advancement  of  radio  science  in  the 
past  50  years  is  possibly  history's 
most  outstanding  example   of  how 


a  product  of  the  laboratory,  which 
leceived  its  initial  support  from  the 
military,  found  virtually  limitless 
non-military  applications. 

We  could  go  back  earlier  —  to 
the  development  of  gunpowder, 
which  blasted  the  way  for  Western 
European  civilization  —  to  the  sail- 
ing vessel,  which  displaced  the 
slave-driven  galley  and  opened  new- 
worlds  for  exploration  and  com- 
merce —  to  the  ironclad  warships, 
which  were  the  precursors  of  to- 
day's huge  naval  and  commercial 
vessels. 

We  could  also  recall  other  in- 
stances without  number,  but  they 
would  illustrate  one  great  fact  — 
the  scientist  was  not  in  times  past 
a  partner  in  the  military  effort. 
His  work  might  be  used,  he  might 
even  be  called  upon  as  a  consultant 
on  specific  problems,  but  it  was  not 
until  10  years  ago  that  scientific  re- 
search and  development  were  form- 
ally integrated  into  our  national 
security  potential. 

Earlier  beginnings  had  been  made 
-  in  our  own  country,  and  nations 


THIS  ELECTRONIC  COMPUTER,  DEVELOPED  DURING  WORLD  WAR  II  TO  MEAS- 
URE  WITH    HIGH    ACCURACY   THE   SPEED   OF   PROJECTILES,    IS   AN    EXAMPLE 
OF   THE   APPLICATION    OF    INDUSTRIAL   RESEARCH    TO    MILITARY    NEEDS. 


that  were  to  be  our  allies  in  con- 
llicts  of  the  half  century  —  in 
utilizinK  scientists'  contributions  in 
military  affairs.    Abraham  Lincoln 

ift  up  the  National  Academy  of 
Siienccs  during'  the  Civil  War. 
Wiioilrow  Wilson  liail  authorized  the 
National  Research  Council  durinjr 
the  tirsl  World  War.  Hut  it  was 
not  until  June.  1940,  that  a  scientific 

iiV'ani'/.ation  was  set  u])  with  ample 
funds  and  authority,  and  consti- 
tuted   a    partner    in    the    military 

■•fort.  The  organization  was  the 
National  Defense  Research  Com- 
mittee, which  later  became  the  Office 

)f  Scientific  Research  and  Develop- 
ment.    The   distinguished   scientist 

!)r.  Vannevar  Hush,  was  named  by 
President  Roosevelt  to  direct  this 
new   activity. 

Techttolog^y    Pattern    Dcrfiopcd 

Under  Dr.  Hush's  distinjruished 
leadershii).  the  i)attern  was  devel- 
oped for  the  battle  of  technology 
that  is  continiiinp  today,  to  keep 
ciur  military  preparedness  "a  jump 
ahead"  of  our  potential  enemies. 
Duiiii).'  the  war.  the  OSRD  spent 
about  $1. •{.").(  100.000  a  year.  It  as- 
sivrned  research  projects  and  non- 
profit development  contracts  to  some 
.'!00  university  and  industrial  lab- 
niatories.  putting  to  work  the  best 
brains  in  the  country  in  a  team 
effort  which  is  the  basis  of  our 
successful  scientific  ventures  today. 
The  O.SIJl)  contracted  for  more 
than  2,000  investiKations,  of  which 
•">•;  t  were  completed.  Over  200  de- 
vices were  produced  for  the  war 
etTort.  many  of  them  of  such  tran- 
srtndent  importance  that  we  may 
fully  ascribe  to  them  the  credit  for 
tilting  the  balance  of  the  conflict 
for  our  victory. 

The  development  of  micro-wave 
radai-  was  undoubtedly  the  leading- 
achievement  of  "our  side".  This 
was  one  of  the  major  fields  of  re- 
search and  development  by  the 
OSRD.  taking  the  biggest  slice. 
i^:?0.00().onO.  out  of  its  annual 
budget.  Submarine  warfare  came 
next  in  importance,  with  a  .?19.0()0.- 
000  budget.  Other  principal  fields 
of  OSRD  activities  are  indicated  by 
the  names  of  its  18  divisions, 
among  which  were  Radio.  Explo- 
sives. New  Missiles.  Special  Proj- 
ects, and  Fire  Control. 


All  along,  of  course,  the  Armed 
Forces  had  and  still  have  their  own 
research  and  development  establish- 
ments. These  include  the  labora- 
tories of  the  Air  Materiel  Command 
for  the  .Air  Forces,  the  Naval  Re- 
search and  the  Naval  Ordnance 
Laboratories,  the  Office  of  Naval 
Research  for  the  Navy,  the  Signal 
Corps  Laboratory,  the  Engineer 
Hoard,  the  .Armed  Forces  Hoard, 
among  many  others.  If  I  have 
omitted  mentioning  them,  it  is  for 
lack  of  time,  certainly  not  in  depi'e- 
.•iation  of  their  good  work. 

Science    Evolres     I  cii>n»i>rk 

As  a  result  of  our  wartime  ex- 
periences, and  the  continuing  ac- 
tivities in  the  field,  a  uniiiue  team- 
work has  evolved  in  our  scientific 
establishments.  Reseai'ch  for  the 
.Armed  Forces,  as  for  other  .scien- 
tific objectives,  falls  into  four 
categories.  These  four  types  of 
research  are  fundamental,  back- 
ground, ajiplied,  and  developmental. 
Prioi-  to  World  War  II.  only  a  small 
amount  of  government  money  was 
spent  on  any  of  these  tyjies  of  re- 
search, and  the  little  which  was 
done  was  of  a  developmental  nature 
through  contracts  with  industrial 
conceiiis.  During  and  since  the 
war.  however,  the  picture  has 
changed  considerably  in  several  re- 
spects. In  1947,  a  typical  post-war 
year,  (ur  government  spent  a  total 
of  .$.")00,000.000  on  all  types  of  re- 
seai'ch  for  the  Armed  Forces.  Of 
this  amount,  about  90  per  cent,  or 
S4<>.5.onn.000.  was  spent  on  applied 
research  and  development  studies. 
The  contracts  which  this  huge  sum 
represents  went,  not  to  just  a  few 
larger  universities  and  industrial 
concerns,  but  to  schools  and  com- 
panies of  all  sizes. 

The  imiiortance  of  these  figures 
lies  not  so  much  in  their  indication 
of  the  role  played  by  the  university 
in  technological  support  of  our  na- 
tional security,  as  in  the  system  by 
which  the  academic  researchists  and 
their  professional  colleagues  in  pri- 
vate industry  work  hand  in  hand 
for  a  common  objective.  In  essence, 
this  is  the  solid  inner  core  of  the 
strength  of  science  in  a  democracy. 

The  pattern  begun  by  the  NDRC 
(CnntiniteH  n»  pagr  .12) 


i;(  A      SCIKNIISTS      K.Xl'KIUMK.NT      WITH       A       llKlll 

MII.TACK     CK.VKRATOR.      USING     RADIOAITIVITV     AS 

ITS    SOIIRCK    OF    KNERGY. 

ASSEMBLING     ELECTRON      GUN      OK     CATHODE-RAY 

TfBKS.    WHICH    ARE   THE    HEART   OF   RADAR  UNITS 

WIDELY    I'SEI)  BY  AR.MED  FORCES. 


[RADIO    AGE    29; 


•tfJT-a. 


I 


THE    KOKEA.N-BOUND    RADIO    CARAVAN     PAUSES    IN    FRONT    OF    THE    FAMOUS 

LONG-WAVE  TOWERS  OF  RCA  CENTRAL  ON  LONG  ISLAND  BEFORE  STARTING  ITS 

LONG  JOURNEY  TO  THE  WAR-FRONT. 

Mobile  Unit  On  Way  to  Korea 

Designed   by   RCA,   Radio   Caravan   will   be   used   to   Lighten 
Army's  Burden  in  Handling  Certain  Types  of  Messages. 


A  COMPLETE  mobile  station 
for  handling  various  types  of 
radio  communications,  now  on  its 
way  to  the  Korean  fighting  front, 
is  expected  to  relieve  Army  facili- 
ties of  much  of  their  burden  of 
important  press,  government  and 
personal  messages  that  they  must 
currently  handle,  according  to  an 
announcement  by  Harry  C.  Ingles, 
President  of  RCA  Communications, 
Inc. 

The  RCA  unit,  assembled  at  the 


request  of  the  U.  S.  Armed  Services, 
includes  facilities  for  radiotele- 
phone, radiophoto  and  voice  pro- 
gram service,  as  well  as  regular 
telegraph  service.  The  station  will 
make  it  possible  for  men  in  front- 
line forces  to  communicate  with 
their  families  by  direct  radiotele- 
graph service,  Mr.  Ingles  added. 

The  mobile  unit  has  been  housed 
in  Army-type  trucks  and  trailers 
that  can  be  quickly  moved  to  meet 
Army  requirements.    Sixteen  radio 


operators  and  technicians  will  pro- 
vide continuous,  24  hour  service  for 
handling  radio  communications  di- 
rect with  San  Francisco,  and,  via 
this  route,  to  other  countries. 

Henry  A.  Mortara,  of  the  RCA 
San  Francisco  office,  is  to  direct  the 
group  in  Korea.  Mr.  Mortara  gained 
valuable  experience  in  this  type  of 
operation  during  World  War  II 
when  he  managed  RCA  mobile  radio 
stations  which  accompanied  the 
Allied  Armies  in  Europe.  He  will 
proceed  in  advance  of  the  staff  and 
equipment  to  establish  headquarters 
and  cooperate  with  the  Military 
Authorities  in  setting  up  RCA 
facilities. 

During  World  War  II,  RCA  Com- 
munications operated  three  radio- 
telegraph circuits  for  troops  in  the 
European  Theater.  Terminals  for 
these  circuits  were  housed  in  mobile 
vans  which  moved  forward  from 
Africa  to  Berlin  with  the  Army 
headquarters  to  which  they  were 
attached. 

RCA  operated  the  only  direct 
radiotelegraph  circuit  between  San 
Francisco  and  Seoul  from  1945  to 
1948.  In  November  1948,  the  Seoul 
facilities  were  turned  over  to  the 
Korean  Government  and  the  direct 
circuit  was  operated  jointly  by  RCA 
and  the  Korean  Telegraph  Adminis- 
tration. 


Sarnoff  Receives  Degree  for  Leadership  in  Radio  and  Television 


Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff, 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  Radio  Cor- 
poration of  America,  has  been 
awarded  the  honorary  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Humane  Letters  by  the 
University  of  Louisville  for  his 
leadership  in  the  fields  of  television 
and  radio.  In  ceremonies  held  at 
the  University  on  September  26,  he 
was  cited  by  Dr.  John  W.  Taylor, 
president  of  the  university,  for  his 
part  in  building  the  public  affairs 
and  education  activities  of  the 
National  Broadcasting  Company, 
"which  has  led  in  the  dissemination 
of  informed  and  enlightened  opinion 
in  all  fields  of  knowledge." 

Gen.  Sarnoff  fold  the  students  at 
the  year's  fii'st  student  convocation 
that  "there  is  no  more  challenging 
time  to  be  alive  than  today.  How- 
ever sweet  may  be  security,  it  is 
not  so  sweet  as  adventure,  the  ad- 
venture of  making   useful  the   in- 


struments of  radio  and  television." 
Following  is  the  citation  accom- 
panying the  degree  awarded  to  Gen. 
Sarnoff : 

"Brigadier  General  Sarnoff  illu- 
minates this  century  and  our  cul- 
ture. An  immigrant  from  overseas, 
he  rose  from  messenger  boy  to  the 
chairmanship  of  one  of  the  largest 
American  corporations;  a  technolo- 
gist of  vision,  he  predicted  the  de- 
velopment of  radio  broadcasting  in 
1915,  of  television  as  a  service  to 
the  public  in  1923.  For  his  vision 
of  television  as  a  social  force,  and 
for  the  steadfastness  of  his  leader- 
ship in  bringing  this  science  and 
art  to  perfection,  the  Television 
Broadcasters  Association  in  1944 
called  him  'The  Father  of  American 
Television.' 

"But  his  achievements  do  not 
stop  here.  In  1938,  he  presented  to 
President     Roosevelt    the    original 


concept  of  'The  Voice  of  America.' 
"A  man  with  a  sense  of  obliga- 
tion to  the  culture  of  the  nation  and 
of  the  world,  he  organized  the  NBC 
Symphony  Orchestra  and  persuaded 
Maestro  Toscanini  to  conduct  it. 
General  Sarnoff  made  it  possible  for 
people  everywhere  to  hear  the  great 
music  produced  by  the  Metropolitan 
Opera  Association.  He  has  spon- 
sored and  supported  the  department 
of  Public  Affairs  at  the  National 
Broadcasting  Company,  which  has 
led  in  the  dissemination  of  informed 
and  enlightened  opinion  in  all  fields 
of  knowledge,  and  which  has,  most 
recently,  introduced  a  national  plan 
for  college  education  by  radio.  Of 
this,  the  NBC  Theater  is  an  integral 
part.  The  University  of  Louisville 
recognizes  and  commends  his  sen- 
ices  to  the  culture  of  the  world  by 
conferring  upon  him  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Humane  Letters." 


[30    RADIO   AGEJ 


TV  and  Radio  in  Education 


(Conliiiiitd  from   imyi    JO) 


Now  take  the  matter  of  crime 
iro^Tams.  about  which  we  hear  so 
luich.  In  homes  where  children, 
ipparently,  have  no  rejrular  bed- 
ime,  and  where  no  adult  takes  the 
rouble  to  help  them  select  suitable 
iewiuK  or  listening  fare,  it  is  nuite 
)ossil)le  that  some  children  can  see 
tiore  crime  and  violence  than  is 
rood  for  them.  I  trust  you  will  not 
nisconstrue  what  I  am  about  to 
iay.  1  am  not.  I  assure  you,  recom- 
tiendinjr  that  all  children  should  be 
exposed  to  crime  pro^rrams.  In- 
leed.  I  am  persuaded,  personally, 
hat  oidy  an  apathetic  parent  wouki 
illow  an  oversensitive  child  to  in- 
.■lude  any  or  many  crime  programs 
n  his  diet,  or  a  normal  one  to  gorge 
limself  on  them.  I  do  say,  how- 
ver,  that  healthy  minded  children 
ire  not  likely  to  be  warped  or 
scarred  by  them.  I  think  most  of 
them  are  able  to  distinguish  be- 
tween the  world  of  fiction  and  the 
ivorld  of  fact,  and  that  they  are 
^uite  able  to  enjoy  a  vicarious 
adventure  without  adopting  the 
morality  of  the  principals. 

My  fourth  reason  for  optimism 
is  based  on  my  belief  in  the  in- 
genuity of  American  teachers.  I 
believe  they  will  help  their  students 
develop  discrimination:  will  find 
many  ways  of  turning  the  many 
educational  materials  prepared  by 
the  new  media  to  good  account  in 
their  classrooms;  will  find  a  place 
for  the  study  of  radio  and  tele- 
vision in  their  classrooms. 

An  Optimht  About  "Lirely  Arts" 

Finally,  I  am  an  optimist  about 
the  lively  arts  and  their  impact  on 
society  because  of  the  enlightened 
self-interest  of  the  broadcaster. 
You  know,  in  spite  of  all  you  may 
have  heard  or  read,  broadcasters 
are  people  too.  They  live  in  houses, 
and  have  children  who  watch  tele- 
vision, and  have  individual  con- 
sciences, and  belong  to  churches, 
and  serve  on  school  boards.  They 
worry  about  the  state  of  the  Union, 
and  the  high  cost  of  living,  and  the 
ominous  threat  of  "the  cold  war". 
They    feel    the    responsibilities    of 


their  profession  keenly.  They  real- 
ize they  are  entrusted  with  the  at- 
tentiveness  of  the  young  listener 
and  viewer  for  long  periods  of  time; 
realize  too  that  the  young  audience 
is  one  of  the  most  enthusiastic  and 
loyal  they  have. 


.And,  in  the  end,  the  lively  arts 
will  go  where  we  go.  They  will 
speak  in  our  accents — not  yours  or 
mine  alone,  but  in  a  comprehensive 
.American  tongue.  They  will  show 
us  our  own  faces  and  forms,  in  our 
many  gestures  and  attitudes.  They 
will  lead  where  we  will  follow.  1 
am  an  optimist  about  their  influence 
(in  our  children  primarily  because 
I  am  ail  optimist  about  Americans. 


Radio  to  Continue  as  Vital  Force 


(Continued  from  page  SA) 


will  actually  be  23  per  cent  larger 

than  the  numbei-  nf  i-adio  homes  in 
lilKi. 

Listening  and   Viening  Divided 

In  presenting  these  figures,  Mc- 
Connell  pointed  out  that  they  do 
not  take  into  account  indications 
of  a  trend  toward  more  radio  listen- 
ing in  television  homes.  With  mul- 
tiple sets  in  the  home,  some  mem- 
bers of  the  family  listen  to  their 
personal  radios  while  the  television 
set  is  on  in  the  living  room. 

Radio  today  is  the  most  massive 
and  comprehensive  medium  of  com- 
munication the  world  has  ever 
known.  McConnell  pointed  out.  In 
the  United  States  it  reaches  virtu- 
ally everybody,  hour  after  hour, 
day  after  day,  week  after  week,  he 
said.  Over  40,000,000  American 
families  in  this  country  have  radio 
sets  in  their  homes  and  they  com- 
prise 9,5  per  cent  of  the  population, 
thus  making  i-adio  bigger  than  all 
newsiiapers  combined  and  seven 
times  as  big  as  television,  he  ex- 
plained. People  listen  in  fabulous 
numbers,  he  continued,  with  an 
average  evening  audience  of  .'?.5,000,- 
000.  and  spend  more  time  with 
radio  than  with  any  other  recrea- 
tion. 

Radio  has  been  growing  faster 
than  the  .American  poinilation  and 
faster  than  any  other  medium.  Mc- 
Connell added.  In  the  past  four 
years  the  increase  in  the  number  of 
radio  families  has  been  twice  the 
circulation  increase  of  all  news- 
papers and  the  four  leading  weekly 


magazines  combined,  and  has  been 
twice  as  large  as  the  increase  in 
television  families,  he  pointed  out. 
"With  an  expanding  economy, 
with  radio  retaining  its  basic 
values,  with  opportunities  for  even 
greater  development  of  its  present 
resources  —  I  do  not  think  we  have 
to  fear  for  the  outlook  of  sound 
broadcasting,"  he  reassured  his 
audience.  "It  is  favorable  in  the 
extreme  and  some  of  the  greatest 
chapters  in  its  history  are  yet  to 
be  written." 


International  Division 
Moves  to  Radio  City 

New  York  headiiuarters  of  the 
RCA  International  Division,  Radio 
Corporation  of  .America,  were 
moved  from  7J5  Fifth  Avenue  to 
the  RCA  F.uilding  in  Radio  City, 
on  Septeml)er  18.  Executive  offices 
of  Meade  Hrunet,  a  Vice  President 
of  RCA  and  Managing  Director  of 
the  RCA  International  Division, 
are  located  on  the  12th  floor  of  the 
RCA  F.uilding.  Also  on  that  floor 
are  Office  Services,  Radio  and  Ap- 
pliance Sales.  Record  Sales  and  RCA 
Tube  Dei)artment  representatives. 
On  the  Uh  floor  of  the  RCA  Build- 
ing are  the  Personnel  Department. 
Market  .Analysis,  Kiigineering 
Products,  Theatre  and  Sound  Sales 
and  office  files. 

The  Division,  formed  in  1945, 
supervises  foreign  sales  and  other 
activities  of  RCA  and  its  subsidi- 
aries outside  of  the  United  States. 


[RADIO    AGE    31] 


Relation  of  Scientific  Research 
to  War  Preparedness 


and  continued  by 
OSRD,  with  its  tremendous  record 
of  success,  in  the  face  of  failures  in 
totalitarian  countries,  carries  a  pre- 
cept that  we  must  never  forget. 
This  is  the  need  for  non-partisan, 
unbiased  control  of  our  scientific 
activities. 

Our  wartime  program  was  ad- 
ministered by  civilians  and  had  a 
civilian  head,  who  reported  directly 
to  the  President.  A  good  many  of 
the  projects  were,  of  course,  re- 
quested by  the  military,  or  were 
directed  along  lines  of  military  ap- 
plication. 

But  military  leadership,  we  have 
found,  is  sometimes  resistant  to 
change,  to  innovations  in  materiel 
or  in  logistics.  In  the  OSRD,  for 
example,  there  were  scientists  who 
were  not  content  to  work  only  on 
projects  requested  by  the  Ai-med 
Forces,  whose  imaginations  ranged 
the  fields  of  global  warfare,  to  find 
occasionally  what  seemed  fantastic 
and  "hare-brained"  applications  to 
the  trained  and  orderly  military 
mind. 

Such  was  the  case,  if  I  might 
cite  an  example,  with  the  amphibi- 
ous "Duck"  vehicle,  which  was  de- 
veloped by  the  OSRD  against  the 
strong  opposition  of  some  members 
of  the  Armed  Foi'ces.  and  which 
later  played  an  important  part  in 
winning  the  war. 

Sound  Principle  Established 

And  so,  during  the  war,  a  vvise 
and  sound  principle  was  established, 
and  is  still  in  force  —  the  research 
people  must  be  given  a  free  hand 
to  decide  what  basic  research  work 
shall  or  shall  not  be  undertaken  at 
the  schools  and  universities  and  by 
industry.  Of  course,  the  Armed 
Forces  do  and  should  direct  specific 
activities  through  the  award  of  spe- 
cial research  contracts. 

Carrying  this  thought  a  little 
farther,  it  is  clear  in  my  mind  that 
research  and  development  woi'k 
must  be  competitive.  One  thing  we 
have  learned  from  the  defeat  of  the 
Nazis  and  the  .lajianese,  and  the 
failures    of   the    Russians,    is   that 

[32    RADIO    AG  El 


(Continued  from  page  29) 
its     successor     scientific  progress  cannot  be  legis- 


lated or  achieved  by  dictum,  nor 
can  it  follow  a  party  line. 

Between  the  two  World  Wars, 
though  we  had  a  tremendous  ac- 
cumulation of  knowledge,  this  con- 
cept of  the  relationship  between 
research  and  national  secur.ty  re- 
ceived almost  no  tangible  recogni- 
tion. Fortunately,  when  Hitler 
came  into  power,  he  went  our  apathy 
one  better.  Here  let  me  quote  Dr. 
Bush's  excellent  book,  "Modern 
Arms  and  Free  Men",  in  which  he 
says  of  Hitler: 

"He  proceeded  to  destroy  the 
great  structure  of  German  science. 
He  did  so  by  eliminating  those 
scientists  who  did  not  fit  into  his 
distoi-ted  racial  or  political  con- 
cepts and  by  regimenting  the  re- 
mainder. The  fundamental  scien- 
tist can  do  little  of  practical  nature 
alone,  but  he  is  an  essential  link  in 
a  chain,  and  this  fact  Hitler  did  not 
understand.  It  is  fortunate  for  the 
world  that  dictators  are  very  likely 
to  be  obtuse,  and  beyond  influence 
or  conversion,  when  it  comes  to  the 
subtle  ways  in  which  science,  engi- 
neering, and  industry  are  inter- 
linked to  produce  more  than  obvious 


progress  in  any  field,  and  especially 
in  the  art  of  war." 

That  strange  distortion  of  the 
human  ego  which  Dr.  Bush  talks 
about  may  account  for  some  of  the 
silly  things  we  have  been  hearing 
from  totalitarian  countries  in  the 
name  of  science  —  the  claims  of  the 
Russians,  for  example,  of  inventing 
almost  everything  we  have  today. 
the  distortions  of  an  established 
biologic  law  in  the  field  of  genetics 
to  prove  a  fallacious  party  line 
premise  that  environmental  fac- 
tors influence  heredity. 

In  conclusion,  I  merely  want  to 
make  the  observation  that  insofar 
as  adopting  the  right  attitudes 
about  Scientific  Research,  our  gov- 
ernment, our  schools  and  universi- 
ties, and  our  industrial  companies 
are  doing  their  bit  toward  insuring 
our  nation's  sincere  desire  for  last- 
ing world  peace.  It  seems  to  me  — 
again  from  the  limited  viewpoint 
of  scientific  research  --  that  for  the 
first  time  in  our  history  we  recog- 
nize the  fact  that  we  are  all  — 
government,  industry,  and  univer- 
sity —  in  the  same  boat,  and  even 
more  important  we  see  that  we  can 
buck  the  troubled  tides  only  by 
pulling  on  our  oars  with  teamwork 
coordination.  This  we  are  accom- 
plishing; this  I  feel  confident  we 
shall  continue  to  practice  with  ever- 
increasing  efficiency  and  effective- 
ness. 


DR.    ELMER  W.    ENGSTROM    (LEFT),   VICE   PRESIDENT   IN    CHARGE   OF  RESEARCH,   RCA 

LABORATORIES  DIVISION,  RECEIVES  THE  OUTSTANDING  ACHIEVEMENT  MEDAL  OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MINNESOTA  FROM  J.  L.  MORRILL,  UNIVERSITY  PRESIDENT. 


RADIO  AGE 


KuDiic  Uiurtiry 

Kansas  Citv.  M« 


JANUARY     1951         ^'^^'- 


oep^ 


11' 


RADIO  AGE 


RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


•  ER 


evements  in  1950  in- 
d  erection  of  the  200- 
multiple  TV-FM  an- 
i  atop  the  Empire 
Biiildinjr  in  New 
the  RCA  tri-color 
ision  tube;  the  all- 
ronic  compatible  RCA 
TV  system;  intensive 
otion  and  wide  public 
)tance  of  the  45-rpm 
ola  phonographs  and 
ds;  expansion  of  tele- 
n  programming  and 
sion  of  T\'  networks 
.cksonville  and  Omaha, 
development  of  the 
)gue  computer  by  RCA 
ratories  as  an  aid  in 
missile  research. 


Services  of  RCA  are : 

Zk  Laboratories  Division 

• 

RCA  Victor  Division 
::A  Communications.  Inc 
■arine  Corporation  of  America 
il  Broadcasting  Company.  Inc 
RCA  institutes  inc 
lA  Service  Company  Inc 
]A  International  Division 


VOLUME    10        NUMBER    2 


JANUARY  1951 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 
RADIO  AND  TELEVISION   IN    1950 

brj  David  Sarnoff '^ 

TELEVISION  —  AN    AUDIENCE   OF    FORTY    MILLION    AMERICANS 

by  Frank  M.  Folsoni O 

RCA    COLOR   TELEVISION    ACCLAIMED 8 

NEW  ELECTRONIC  COMPUTER  AIDS  U.  S.  AIR  DEFENSE K' 

URGES  PUBLIC  BE  GIVEN  CHANCE  TO  SELECT  COLOR  TV  SYSTEM    ....  1.3 

ERECTING  NEW  TV  ANTENNA  FOR  THE  NEW  YORK   ARE  \ 11 

FAST.    LONG-DISTANCE    FACSIMILE IG 

RADIO   STUDIO    ON    WHEELS 17 

ALERT  RECEIVER  GIVES  WARN  INC   WITH   THE  SPEED  OF  LIGHT      ....  18 

DESIGN  FOR  TELEVISION 

by  Sylvester  L.  Weaver,  Jr 20 

MANUFACTURING  THE  RCA  17-INCH   RECTANGULAR  TV  PICTURE  TUBE      .        .  22 

SERVICING   MILITARY   EQUIPMENT 

h,,  r.  B.  Reed 23 

FAMOUS  STUDIO  REBUILT  FOR  TV 25 

TV  E.\TENDS  MICROSCOPE'S  RANGE 26 


KADIO  CORroKATIOX  OF  AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  N.  Y. 

David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the  Board  Frank  M.  Folsom,  President 

Lrvvis  MacConnach,  Secretnry  Ernest  B.  Gorin,  Treasurer 

Radio   .\ge   is   pul)li.-;hcd   quartfrly   by   the    Department   of   Information, 
Iladio  Corporation  of  .America,  -W  Rockefeller  Plaza,  \'  w  York  l!ii.  \.  Y. 

NOTICE  -When  requesting  a  change  in  mailing  ad- 
dress please  include  the  code  letters  and  numbers  which 
appear  with  the  stencilled  address  on   the  envelope 


"^h, 


RADIO  AGE 


RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


VER 


li^iLji^'^ 


lievements  in  1950  in- 
led  erection  of  the  200- 

multipie  TV-FM  ;in- 
la  atop  the  Kmpire 
te  Building  in  New 
k;  the  RCA  tri-color 
vision  tube;  the  all- 
tronic  compatible  RCA 
r  TV  system;  intensive 
■notion  and  wide  public 
'ptance  of  the  45-rpm 
Tola  phonographs  and 
irds :  exjiansion  of  tele- 
:>n  programming  and 
nsion  of  TV  networks 
acksonville  and  Omaha. 

development  of  the 
logue  computer  by  RCA 
oratories  as  an  aid  in 
led  missile  research. 


Services  ol  RCA  are: 

:CA  Laboratories  Division 

• 

RCA  Victor  Division 
CA  Communications.  Inc 
inarine  Corporation  ol  America 
lal  Broadcasting  Company.  Inc 

,  RCA  Institutes  inc 

I 

CA  Service  Company  Inc 

CA  International  Division 


VOLUME    10        NUMBER    2 


JANUARY   195! 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 
RADIO  AND  TELEVISION  IN   19.50 

by  Darid  Sarnoff ?. 

TELEVISION  —  AN    AUDIENCE    OF    FORTY    MILLION    AMERICANS 

bu  Fra)ik  M.  Folsooi 6 

RCA    COLOR    TELEVISION    ACCLAIMED 8 

NEW  ELECTRONIC  COMPUTER  AIDS  U.  S.  AIR  DEFENSE 10 

URGES  PUBLIC  BE  GIVEN  CHANCE  TO  SELECT  COLOR  TV  SYSTEM    ....  13 

ERECTING  NEW  TV  ANTENNA  FOR  THE  NEW  YORK  AREA 1  ■! 

FAST,    LONG-DISTANCE    FACSIMILE I  f> 

RADIO   STIDIO    O.N    WHEELS 17 

ALERT  RECEIVER  GIVES  WARNING  WITH   THE  SPEED  OF  LIGHT      ....  18 
DESIGN  FOR  TELEVISION 

by  Sylrester  L.  Weaver.  Jr 20 

MANUFACTURING  THE  RCA    17-INCII    RECTANGULAR  TV   IMCTIRE  TUBE              .  22 

SERVICING   MILITARY   EQUIPMENT 

by  P.  B.  Reed 23 

FA.VIOUS   STUDIO   REBUILT    FOR   TV 25 

TV  EXTENDS   MICROSCOPE'S  RANGE 26 


KAIJIO  CORPORATION  OK  AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  N.  \'. 

David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  ol  the  Board  Frank  M.  Folsom,  President 

Lirvvis  MArCoNNACH,  Secret'im  Ernest  B.  Gorin,  Treasurer 

Radio   Age   is   publLshed   quarterly   by   the    Department   of   Information, 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  .30  Rockefeller  Plaza.  New  York  20,  N.  Y. 

NOTICE  -When  requesting  a  change  in  mailing  ad- 
dress please  include  the  code  letters  and  numbers  which 
appear  with   the  stencilled  address  on   the  envelope. 


RADIO  CITY'S  3,000-SEAT  CENTER  THEATRE  HAS  BEEN  ACQUIRED  BY  NBC  TO  KEEP  PACE  WITH  TELEVISION'S  GROWTH. 


Radio  and  Television  in  1950 

Chairman    of    R(.-l    Board   in    Year-End   SlaUnnnt    Declares    America    is    Fortunate    at    This    lime    of 

i\alional  tiner^enc\  to  hare  Telerision  Reaching  40  Million  Citizens,  Stippletnentin^  Radio's 

Vast  Audience  for  Purposes  of  Unity  —  He  Lists  Advances  of  Electronic  Fields  in 

1950  and  Describes  Year  as  Bii^f^est  in  RCA  History. 


Chairman  of  tlic   lioanl. 
Radio   Corporation   of  America 

''pHE  year  1950  was  the  biRgest 
M.  in  the  history  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America.  Gross  in- 
come, profits,  dividends  to  stock- 
holders were  larger  than  ever  before 
and  employment  increased  substan- 
tially. 

Television  in  performance  ami 
jfrowth  durinjr  1950  reached  pro- 
portions that  qualify  it  as  one  of 
.America's  most  promisinK  indus- 
tries. Years  of  research,  enjrineer- 
Ihk  and  planning  were  broujrht  to 
fruition.  As  a  result  the  sipnpost 
on  the  road  of  progress  is  marked 
TKLEVISION— in  both  black-and- 
white  and  color. 

There  are  about  10.000,000  tele- 
\  ision  sets  in  the  United  States  and 
107  television  stations.  No  new  in- 
dustry ever  jrrew  so  fast  in  so  short 
a  time.  While  there  are  still  vast 
areas  of  the  county  served  only  by 
sound  broadcastinp,  the  appeal  of 
television  is  so  powerful  that  those 
who  remain  out  of  its  range  eagerly 
await  its  arrival. 

The  sale  of  television  sets 
throughout  the  year  contributed  to 
industrial  progress  and  to  the  pleas- 
ures which  American  families  in 
ever  increasing  numbers  are  en- 
joying. 

The  rate  of  television's  growth, 
howe%-er,  has  been  slowed  by  a  na- 
tion-wide "freeze"  put  upon  the 
construction  of  additional  television 
stations.  In  the  public  interest  it 
is  hoped  that  the  "freeze"  will  be 
thawed  in  1951  so  that  television 
can  reach  every  city,  town,  farm 
and  school  and  satisfy  the  public 
demand  for  this  new  and  important 
service.  Hundreds  of  new  television 
stations  await  the  signal  to  go  on 
the  air. 

Television  accounted  for  appro.x- 
imately  75  per  cent  of  RCA's  total 
gross  income  in  1950.    Vision  and 


HAVID   SARXOFF 

planning,  plus  confidence  in  the 
service  that  television  could  render, 
enabled  RCA  to  maintain  leader- 
ship in  television.  Xo  other  organi- 
zation has  contributed  as  much  to 
the  creation  or  more  to  the  advance- 
ment of  the  new  science  and  art  as 
a  service  to  the  American  people 
and  an  important  tool  for  industry. 

Dividends  to  RCA  Stockholders 
At  the  December  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Directors  a  regular  divi- 
dend of  50  cents  per  share,  and  an 
extra  dividend  of  25  cents  per  share 
were  declared  on  the  outstanding 
shares  of  Common  Stock,  payable 
on  December  2(5,  1950  to  holders  of 
record  of  such  stock  at  the  close  of 
business  December  8,  1950. 

A  dividend  of  87^4  cents  per 
share  was  also  declared  on  the  RCA 
First  Preferred  Stock  for  the  pe- 
riod from  October  1  to  December 
.■?1,  1950,  payable  on  January  2. 
1951  to  holders  of  record  of  such 
stock  at  the  close  of  business  De- 
cember 21,  1950. 

Previous  payments  on  the  Com- 
mon Stock  during  1950  were  50 
cents  on  January  23,  1950  (which 
dividend  was  declared  on  December 


2,  1'.)-19),  and  an  extra  dividend  ol" 
25  cents  paid  on  May  29,  1950. 

With  payment  of  these  declara- 
tions the  total  of  dividends  dis- 
l)ursed  by  RCA  during  1950  will 
amount  to  $2:5,98S,S00,  consisting 
of  $3,152,800  on  the  Preferred 
Stock,  and  $20,786,000  on  the  Com- 
mon Stock. 

Color  Television 

Color  television  in  1950  was  a 
revelation  and  a  provocation.  As  a 
rainbow  arches  across  the  sky  after 
a  storm,  so  television  in  color  broke 
through  one  of  the  greatest  tem- 
I)ests  of  controversy  and  conflicting 
opinions. 

As  creator  and  leading  proponent 
of  a  compatible  all-electronic  color 
television  system,  RCA  fought  to 
assure  its  development  and  approval 
over  the  outmoded  incompatible 
mei-hanical  scanning  apparatus. 

The  Federal  Communications 
Commission  closed  its  public  hear- 
ings in  May,  and  in  October  adopted 
an  incompatible  system  as  the  stand- 
ard for  commercial  color  television 


".  .  .  THE  SIGNPOST  ON  THE  ROAD  OF 
PROGRESS  IS  MARKED  Television  —  IN 
ROTH     BLACK-ANn-WHITE    AND    COLOR." 


[RADIO    AGE    3] 


WHAT    THE     TKLEVISKIN     lAMKRA     SEES, 

ANTENNAS    ON    THE    SKYLINE    PICK    UP 

FOB  RECEPTION    IN   THE   HOME. 


despite  the  fact  that  eminent  sci- 
entists and  virtually  all  of  the  radio- 
television  industry  warned  against 
such  a  move.  The  Commission  set 
November  20  as  the  date  when  com- 
mercial operations   were  to  begin. 

Acting  in  the  public  interest, 
RCA  carried  the  case  to  Court  and 
on  November  16  the  United  States 
District  Court  in  Chicago  i.ssued  a 
temporary  restraining  order  which 
deferred  the  establishment  of  com- 
mercial color  television  until  fui'- 
ther  order  of  the  Court.  RCA  main- 
tained that  the  outlawing  of  its 
compatible  electronic  system  was 
indefensible  and  contrary  to  the 
public  interest.  It  pointed  out  that 
the  FCC  Order  was  "arbitrary  and 
capricious"  and  unsupported  by 
substantial  evidence;  that  it  would 
bring  irreparable  injury  to  the 
television  industry  and  to  the 
public. 

When  the  RCA  compatible  sys- 
tem is  used,  the  present  owner  of 
a  black-and-white  receiver  does  not 
need  an  adapter,  nor  any  change 
whatever,  in  his  present  set  to  re- 
ceive color  programs  in  black-and- 
white.  If  it  is  desired  to  see  the 
))rograms  in  color,  a  converter  can 
be  used. 

With  an  incompatible  color  sys- 
tem, present  set  owners  would  not 
see  any  picture  unless  they  installed 
adapters.  Even  if  an  adapter  for 
color  reception  is  installed,  the 
black-and-white  picture  is  degraded 


from  200,000  to  80,000  picture 
elements. 

It  would  cost  the  public  approx- 
imately $500,000,000  to  adapt  the 
10  million  existing  sets  to  an  in- 
compatible system.  With  the  RCA 
compatible  system  this  unnecessary 
tax  upon  the  public  is  avoided. 

RCA  is  a  staunch  advocate  of 
color  television,  realizing  its  great 
advantages  and  potentialities,  as 
well  as  its  psychological  effect.  That 
is  why  RCA  has  so  aggressively  pur- 
sued every  possible  phase  in  all- 
electronic  television  development. 
It  has  spent  millions  of  dollars  in 
research  and  engineering  in  back- 
ing its  faith  in  an  all-electronic 
system. 

Historically  significant  was  RCA's 
introduction  of  the  first  all-elec- 
tronic tri-color  tube.  Upon  the  face 
of  this  tube  appear  clear  television 
pictures  in  full  color  and  unlimited 
in  size.  It  eliminates  the  mechani- 
cal whirling  disk.  Demonstrated 
publicly  for  the  first  time  in  March, 
1950,  this  tri-color  tube  was  her- 
alded as  an  electronic  miracle  of 
the  age. 

RCA   hnprovcmcnl$  Acclaimed 

Eight  major  improvements  in  the 
development  of  the  RCA  compatible, 
all-electronic  color  television  system 
were  featured  in  a  series  of  prog- 
ress demonstrations  beginning  on 
December  5,  1950.  before  leaders  of 
the    radio-television    industry    and 


representatives  of  the  press  in 
Washington,  D.  C.  The  improve- 
ments were  widely  acclaimed. 

Further  revealing  the  effective- 
ness of  planning  and  confidence  in 
a  new  invention  is  the  "45"  Victrola- 
phonograph.  It  was  introduced  by 
RCA  in  the  Spring  of  1949  and,  as 
is  sometimes  the  case,  it  was  im- 
mediately confronted  with  opposi- 
tion from  those  who  would  cling  to 
the  old  rather  than  accept  the  new. 
But  the  "45",  one  of  the  finest 
musical  instruments  ever  developed 
and  a  revolutionary  change  in  the 
phonograph,  steadily  pi-oved  its 
worth.  Today  it  leads  the  field.  It 
has  greatly  extended  the  musical 
pleasures  of  millions  of  people  and 
has  met  all  tests  of  competition. 
Its  magnificent  quality  has  in  every 
respect  successfully  overcome  the 
early  opposition.  Now,  the  45-rpm 
records  are  widely  available.  Equip- 
ment which  will  play  the  45-rpm 
is  produced  by  75  different  com- 
panies. Music  lovers  are  api)lauding 
the  clear  tones  of  the  small  plastic 
disks  as  played  on  the  fastest,  sim- 
plest automatic  player  ever  de- 
veloped. 

Since  March,  1950,  RCA  Victor 
has  produced  and  sold  a  steadily 
increasing  volume  of  33'-i-rpm  long 
play  records  of  improved  quality 
and  tonal  fidelity.  These  records 
sujiplement  the  complete  line  of  re- 
coi'dings  on  45  and  TS-rjim  disks  in 
keeping  with  the  Company's  policy; 


[4    RADIO   AGE] 


to  make  available  to  the  public 
RCA  Victor's  unsurpassed  library 
of  music  in  the  three  phonograph 
speeds. 

Foundat'ioui  oj  Progress 

The  Radio  Corporatinn  of  Amer- 
ica, founded  upon  the  bedrock  of 
science  and  upon  service  to  the  Na- 
tion and  its  people,  continually  plans 
for  the  future.  In  all  of  its  opera- 
tions the  Corporation  is  mindful  of 
its  responsibility  to  stockholders 
and  employees,  to  the  public  and  to 
industry. 

RCA  Laboratories  at  Princeton, 
N.  J.,  is  one  of  the  world's  great 
centers  of  research  in  radio,  tele- 
vision and  electronics.  From  there 
have  come  many  of  the  major  ad- 
vances in  the  art,  including  the 
latest  triumph — the  tri-color  tele- 
vision tube.  Such  research  gives 
solidarity  to  RCA's  future  grow'th. 

Radio  and  television  broadcasters 
do  not  enjoy  the  freedom  of  other 
industries.  Before  they  broadcast 
on  the  air,  they  must  necessarily 
obtain  licenses  from  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission.  Ra- 
dio, in  its  advance,  has  passed 
through  many  trials  and  tribula- 
tions, and  now  television  is  passing 
through  similar  experiences.  Un- 
sound policies  and  actions,  whether 
by  a  Government  commission,  or  a 
commercial  company,  can  be  injuri- 
ous to  stockholders,  to  employees, 
to  the  industry  and  to  the  public 
generally.  The  adoption  of  incom- 
patible standards  and  the  contro- 
versy that  raged  throughout  1950 
in  regard  to  color  television  are  ex- 
amples of  the  dangers  that  can  arise 
from  unrealistic  governmental  de- 
cisions. 

Because  of  the  uncertainties  of 
the  international  situation  and  the 
great  importance  of  having  America 
fully  prepared  for  aiiv  emergency, 
the  radio  and  television  industry, 
like  other  industries,  is  faced  in 
1051  with  rc^trictions  on  normal 
expansion. 

The  Radio  Corporation  of  Ami'r- 
ica  has  pledged  to  the  President  of 
the  United  States  its  fullest  co- 
operation in  the  national  effort  tp 
resist  aggression  and  to  help  pre- 
serve world  peace.  RCA  is  "at  the 
ready"  with  all  of  its  resources, 
facilities  and   manpower   to  do   its 

[RADIO    AGE    5; 


part  in  helping  the  Nation  to  emerge 
from  the  crisis  into  a  new  era  of 
peace  and  prosperity. 

Major   Achievements   in    1950 

1.  Development  of  the  RCA  tri- 
color television  picture  tube,  an  es- 
sential element  of  any  practical 
color  television  system. 

2.  Improvement  and  simplification 
of  the  RCA  compatible  all-electronic 
color  television  system. 

;i.  Extension  of  television  network 
program  service  to  Florida  and 
westward  to  Nebraska. 

■I.  Development  by  RCA  Labora- 
tories of  the  electronic  analogue 
computer,  which  shows  great  prom- 
ise in  contributing  to  the  Nation's 
air  power  by  speeding  up  the  design 
of  guided  missiles  and  airplanes. 

.>.  The  enthusiastic  public  accept- 
ance of  the  RCA  Victor  "45"  Vic- 
trola  phonograph,  high-quality  vinyl 
plastic  disks,  and  the  iiuickest  rec- 
ord changer  ever  devised ;  also  ex- 
tension of  RCA  Victor's  record 
catalog  to  include  improved  long 
play  33':i-rpm  wide  tonal  range 
recordings. 

6.  Erection  of  20()-foot  multiple 
antenna  designed  by  RCA,  atop  the 
Empire  State  Building,  New  York, 
enabling  five  television  stations  to 
operate  simultaneously  from  one  lo- 
cation. It  simplifies  the  directive 
setting  of  home  antennas,  thereby 
improving  reception  in  the  metro- 
politan area. 


RCA  Opens  Branch  Office 
in  New  U.N.  Building 

Opening  of  a  branch  otlice  in  the 
new  United  Nations  building  on 
East  •42nd  Street,  New  York,  by 
RCA  Communications,  Inc.,  was 
announced  on  .January  9  by  H.  C. 
Ingles,  President. 

In  anticipation  of  the  message 
trallic  from  UN  government  repre- 
sentatives and  press  correspond- 
ents, the  RCA  branch  has  been 
equipped  with  modern  machines 
which  can  handle  as  many  as  58,- 
000  outbound  words  in  each  eight- 
hour  period  of  the  day.  Direct  lines 
connect  the  new  branch  with  RCA's 
Central  Radio  Oflice  in  lower  Man- 
hattan where  direct  telegraph  chan- 
nels speed  messages  to  and  from 
more  than  60  foreign  countries 
within  a  few  minutes. 

RCA  currently  maintains  branch- 
es for  the  UN  staff  at  Lake  Success 
and  Flushing  Jleadows,  where  on 
days  of  peak  activity  any  one  press 
association  may  send  out  as  many 
as  10,000  words  a  day.  Since  many 
of  the  UN  news  stories  are  written 
in  foreign  languages,  RCA  employs 
highly  skilled  operators  to  assure 
the  utmost  accuracy. 

Special  telegraph  facilities  in- 
augurated at  the  new  building  will 
serve  the  press  and  UN  officials  who 
have  moved  their  headquarters  into 
the  partially  comjileted  offices.  The 
third  floor  of  the  building  contains 
offices  for  part  of  the  UN  press  di- 
vision. 


THE  SALE  OF  TELEVISION  SETS  CONTRIBUTES  TO  THE  PLEASURES  WHICH 
AMERICAN    FAMILIES    IN    EVER    I.VCREIASINC    NUMBERS    ARE    ENJOYING. 


Television -An  Audience  of 
Forty  Million  Americans 


By  Frank  M.  Folsom, 

President, 

Radio  Corporation  of  America. 

TELEVISION'S  popularity  in 
1950  mounted  with  such  ex- 
panding vigor  that  by  year-end  this 
new  art  and  industry  had  outdis- 
tanced the  progress  of  all  of  its 
previous  years  combined.  As  1951 
bowed  in.  the  New  York  metro- 
politan area  alone  had  more  than 
2,000,000  sets  with  an  estimated 
viewing  audience  of  8,000.000  men, 
women  and  children. 

Within  two  years — from  January, 
1949,  to  this  January — television 
receiver  circulation  had  increased 
twelve  times.  This  means  that 
across  the  Nation  today,  television 
brings  its  magic  charm  into  10.- 
000,000  homes  to  entertain  and  in- 
form an  audience  of  approximately 
40,000,000  Americans. 

During  1950,  the  public  backed 
its  appreciation  of  this  new  broad- 
casting service  by  spending  a  billion 
and  a  half  dollars  for  sets — an 
amount  exceeding  by  more  than  100 
per  cent  its  purchases  in  1949,  tele- 
vision's third  and  best  postwar  year. 
To  meet  these  demands,  television 
manufacturers  expanded  facilities 
wherever  possible  and  stepped  up 
production  schedules  to  such  an 
extent  that  in  a  single  month  more 
sets  were  made  available  to  the 
public  than  during  the  entire  year 
of  1948. 

Theatre  television,  with  giant 
projections  of  special  events  on 
screens  of  motion  picture  houses, 
began  to  spread  across  the  country 
in  1950.  Installations  of  RCA  Vic- 
tor's new  system  were  made  in  a 
number  of  cities,  including  New 
York,  Boston,  Washington,  Chicago 
and  Los  Angeles.  This  was  believed 
to  form  the  pioneering  basis  for  an 
independent  theatre  television  net- 
work which  would  supplement  regu- 
lar film  fare  with  special  offerings 
to  attract  the  public.  By  year-end 
one  large  theatre  chain  was  plan- 
ning for  installations  in  71  theatres 

[6    RADIO   AGE] 


FRANK    M.  FOLSOM 

from  Yuma,  Arizona,  to  San  Fran- 
cisco. 

RCA  Victor's  1950  line  of  home 
television  receivers  led  the  market 
in  popularity.  Eighteen  models 
were  offered,  including  three  with 
121/2-inch  picture  tubes,  eleven  with 
16-inch  tubes  and  four  with  19-inch 
tubes.    During  the  year,  nearly  70 


per  cent  of  the  total  RCA  Victor 
production  was  devoted  to  sets  with 
16-inch  tubes,  the  overwhelming 
choice. 

Television  Operations  Expanded 

The  greatly  enlarged  television 
audience  spurred  broadcasters  to 
superlative  efforts  in  extending  net- 
works and  improving  programs. 
For  instance,  when  the  present  con- 
struction plans  of  the  National 
Broadcasting  Company  are  com- 
pleted, NBC's  investment  in  televi- 
.^ion  will  be  between  $35,000,000  and 
$40,000,000.  Plans  call  for  the  ac- 
quisition of  more  top  talent  and  the 
start  of  morning  network  program- 
ming as  the  number  of  sponsors 
increases. 

NBC's  commanding  lead  in  all 
phases  of  television  broadcasting  is 
expected  to  increase  as  1951  pro- 
gresses. The  plan  is  to  provide 
entertainment  of  such  quality  and 
variety  that  increasing  numbers  of 
set  owners  will  be  attracted  to  the 
NBC  network.  At  the  same  time, 
efforts  will  be  made  to  provide  the 
finest  cultural  and  informational 
progi-ams. 


A   TELEVISION   TRUCK    IS   SWUNG   ABOARD  A   FREIGHTER   DESTINED   FOR   SOUTH 

AMERICA    WHERE    THE    MOBILE    UNIT    WILL    AID    IN    EXTENDING    THE    APPEAL 

AND   VARIETY   OF  TELEVISION    PROGRAMS. 


AmoiiK'  the  mammoth  tasks  of 
expansion  completed  by  NBC  in 
1950  was  the  building  of  a  line-up 
of  talent  for  proKi"ams  that  could  be 
priiduci'd  at  the  rate  of  a  hundred 
a  week.  Other  tasks  included  the 
leasing  anil  transformin^'  of  the 
woriil-famous  ("enter  and  Hudson 
Theatres,  in  New  York,  and  con- 
version of  three  larjre  radio  broad- 
castinK  studios  into  suitable  locales 
for  the  production  of  the  >,'reat  new 
tele\isii)n  shows. 

Expi]iisu>n  of    rV   Otitiide   U.   S. 

Television's  success  in  the  United 
States  caused  proj^ressive  groups  in 
a  number  of  countries  to  begin  in 
1950  an  active  participation  in  the 
new  art.  During  the  year,  two  tele- 
vision stations  were  opened  in 
Havana.  Cuba,  one  each  in  Mexico 
City  and  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  and 
plans  for  a  Canadian  station  were 
being  studied.  A  third  Cuban  trans- 
mitter is  expected  to  go  on  the  air 
early  in  1951.  All  of  these  stations 
are  or  will  be  RCA-equipped 
throughout. 

Special  demonstrations  were  con- 
ducted during  the  latter  part  of  the 
year  by  E.  R.  Squibb  &  Sons,  in 
cooperation  with  RCA,  in  four  Latin 
American  countries  to  show  televi- 
sion's usefulness  in  surgical  and 
medical  training.  More  than  16,000 
members  of  medical  groups  in  Cuba, 
Peru,  Colombia,  and  the  Dominican 
Republic  witnessed  the  demonstra- 
tions. 

In  December,  presentation  of  the 
Nobel  awards  by  King  Gustaf  VI 
in  Stockholm,  Sweden,  was  televised 
for  the  overflow  audience  by  an 
RCA  Victor  television  crew  which 
flew  across  the  Atlantic  with  pickup 
equipment  and  receivers  at  the  in- 
vitation of  the  Nobel  Foundation. 
After  the  historic  telecast,  demon- 
strations of  American  television 
were  conducted  for  Swedish  doctors, 
scientists  and  government  officials. 

Expansion  of  television  outside 
•of  our  borders  is  of  tremendous 
significance,  for  it  brings  closer  the 
day  when  there  can  be  an  exchange 
of  jiroj^'rams,  t>f  ideas  and  culture, 
to  improve  understanding  between 
the  nations  of  this  hemisphere  and 
strengthen  relationships  on  which 
peace  and  progress  depend. 

Radio  broadcasting  continued 
throughout   1950  to   render  an    in- 


valuable service  to  the  public.  Dur- 
ing the  first  half  of  the  year,  radio 
averaged  35,000,000  listeners  every 
evening  of  the  week  in  America. 
Its  potential  audience  of  families 
having  sets  in  their  homes  com- 
prised 95  per  cent  of  the  population. 
The  year  1950  was  one  of  the 
most  productive  in  the  history  of 
the  record  industry,  and  the  out- 
look for  1951  is  highly  favorable. 
One  of  the  i)rinci|ial  factors  in  the 
remarkable  up-swing  of  record 
sales  is  RCA  \'ictor's  revolutionary 
■15-rpm  record  system  with  its 
small,  unbreakable  discs  and  the 
fastest  record  changer  ever  devised. 


rpni  discs,  provide  the  public  with 
an  unsurpassed  library  of  the 
world's  greatest  artists  and  music. 
RCA  Victor's  1950  line  of  home  in- 
struments included  console  combi- 
nation models  playing  records  of  all 
three  speeds. 

Outftatiding  Scientific  Achicvci^iplls 

.Scientists  and  engineers  at  RC«0/j 


"45"  Sets  New  Standard 
So  great  has  been  the  .American 
public's  acceptance  of  the  "45's" 
that  today  —  less  than  two  years 
after  introduction — this  system  has 
set  a  new  standard  of  musical  en- 
joyment in  the  phonograph  field. 
By  the  end  of  1950,  the  retail  sales 
of  the  industry  reached  an  an- 
nual going  rate  in  dollar  value  of 
$40,000,000. 

Paralleling  this  success,  RCA 
Victor's  new  and  improved,  non- 
breakable  long-playing  record  (33';; 
rpm  I  is  rapidly  becoming  the  favor- 
ite of  music  lovers  who  prefer  cer- 
tain classical  selections  played 
without  interruption.  These  rec- 
ords, together  with  "45's"  and  78- 


[..iiboratories  continued  in  1950  to 
extend  the  usefulness  of  the  radio- 
electronic  arts  for  the  benefit  of 
the  Nation  and  the  public.  .Among 
their  outstanding  scientific  achieve- 
ments was  development,  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  U.  S.  Navy,  of  the 
world's  largest  and  most  accurate 
analogue  computer,  an  electronic 
"brain"  to  evaluate  the  perform- 
ance of  guided  missiles,  ships,  air- 
Iilanes  and  submarines  for  better 
protection  of  American  cities.      ■   ' 

Designated  "Project  Typhoon," 
the  t'omputer  is  expected  to  save 
American  t;ixpayers  a  billion  dollars 
by  solving  problems  that  ordinarily 
would  require  the  expenditure  of 
valuable  instruments  and  apparatus. 

Another  scientific  achievement  in 
1950  was  development  by  RCA  en- 
gineers of  a  portable  model  of  the 
electron  microscope,  less  complex  to 
operate  and  only  30  inches  high. 
This  instrument,  capable  of  magni- 
fications far  greater  than  that  of 
(Continued  on  page  17) 


'-t?. 


^-*-* 


FASHION    SHOWS    ARE    A.V    IMPORTANT    CONTRIBUTION    TO    THE    GROWING    DE- 
MAND   FOR    DAYTIME    TELErASTS    DIRECTED    ESPECIALLY    TO    WOMEN    VIEWERS. 


RADIO    AGE    7]; 


RCA  Color  Television  Acclaimed 

Demonstrations  of  Compatible,  All-Electronic  Systern  in  Washington  Entliusiastically  Praised  by  Leaders 

of  Industry  and  Representatives  of  the  Press. 


SUCCESSFUL  demonstrations  of 
the  RCA  compatible,  all-elec- 
tronic color  television  system  held 
in  Washington,  D.C.,  during  the 
first  two  weeks  of  December  were 
viewed  and  enthusiastically  ac- 
claimed by  more  than  2500  leaders 
of  the  radio-television  industry  and 
representatives  of  the  press. 

The  consensus  among  the  indus- 
try leaders  was  that  major  strides 
had  been  made  in  the  RCA  color 
system,  bringing  its  quality  to  a 
level  of  general  public  acceptance. 
Performance  of  RCA's  new  tri- 
color picture  tube  won  high  praise. 
Thv3  television  industry  was  repre- 
sented by  manufacturers,  broad- 
casters, engineers,  distributors  and 
dealers.  Favorable  comment  on  the 
improvements  of  the  system  was 
also  made  by  several  members  of 
the  House  Interstate  and  Foreign 
Commerce  Committee  who  attended 
the  demoHstrations. 

Some  of  the  comments  from   in- 


dividuals    and      publications     are 
quoted  below: 

Convincing  proof  that  the  Feder- 
al Communications  Commission's 
October  decision  on  color  television 
ivas  premature  has  just  been  pro- 
vided by  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America.  —  WASHINGTON  evening 

STAR 

Last  tveek's  demonstration  of  the 
improved  color  system  of  the  RCA 
materially  changes  the  whole  out- 
look on  the  dispute  over  video  in 
natural  hues.  .  .  .  And  unless  all  ac- 
cepted criteria  have  suddeyily  he- 
come  faulty,  the  RCA  appears  to 
have  a  decided  advantage  over  the 

long  pull.  —  THE  NEW  YORK  TIMES 
RCA  showed  ayi  excellent  color 
picture,  striking  progrress.  . .  .  Thus, 
RCA  has  won  important  victory  in 
a  field  where  it  coujits  jiwst  —  color 
performance.  —  TELEVISION  DIGEST 
Last  yveek  RCA  demotutrated  the 
improvements  it  has  made  in  its 
compatible   all-electronic   television 


system  during  the  past  sLv  months. 
They  were,  we  think,  significant. — 

BROADCASTING    MAGAZINE 

As  1950  closed  .  .  .  compatible 
all-electronic  color-TV  met  and  van- 
quished every  indictment  which  thet 
FCC  had  earlier  charged  against  it. 

0.    H.    CALDWELL.   EDITOR   OK  TELE- 
TECH 

The  pictures  were  excellent.  I 
was  very  much  impressed  by  the 
enormous  improvement.  —  ROBERT 

SPRAGUE,    PRESIDENT,    RADIO-TELEVI- 
SION   MANUFACTURERS   ASSOCIATION. 

The  following  comments  of  com- 
petitors in  the  industry  were  pub- 
lished in  Television  Digest : 

This  is  a  big  improvement.  There: 
is  no  flicker,  the  brightness  is  satis-- 
factory,  and  the  color  is  better  than> 

CBS's. — DR.     ALLEN     DuMONT 

This  is  great.  The  important 
thing  is  that  we've  got  the  right 
system.  This  is  it. — DR.  W.  R.  G. 
BAKER,   GENERAL  ELECTRIC 

Every  teclinical  obstacle  /(n.s  been 
overcome. — DAVID  SMITH,  PHILCO 

This  is  fine.  There's  no  question 
about  having  compatibility  now. — 
ROSS  SIRAGUSA,  ADMIRAL 

Still  further  refinement  of  the 
system,  with  emphasis  on  the  de- 
velopment of  a  larger  tri-color  pic- 
ture tube,  will  be  pressed,  according 
to  Dr.  C.  B.  Jolliffe.  Executive  Vice 
President  in  Charge  of  RCA  Lab- 
oratories. 

"I  believe  we  have  successfully 
l)roved  our  recent  marked  progress 
in  color  televi.'^ion."  Dr.  .Jolliffe  said. 
"Even  more  important,  our  all- 
electronic  system  is  always  growing 
in  the  research  sense  and  even  fur- 
ther improvements  are  not  only 
possible  but  are  certain." 

Dr.  Jolliffe  pointed  out  that  the 
major  advances  demonstrated  were 
imiiroved  color  fidelity,  improved 
picture  texture,  simpler  receiver 
circuits     and      increased      picture 


LATEST   DEVELOPMENTAL   COLOR   TE^LEVI- 
SION-   RECEIVER    (LEFT)    COMPARED  WITH 
EARLIER    :M0DEL    COLOR    TV    SET    DEMON- 
STRATED   IN    OCTIIHER.    1949. 


[8    RADIO   AGE! 


..itrui  Amaa: 


RCA  COLOR  TELEVISION  CAMERA  FOCUSES  ON  A  MODEL 

AND     MANNEQUIN     IN     A     DEMONSTRATION     OF    THE 

VALUE  OF  COLOR  IN   TELEVISING   FASHIONS. 


IN    THIS   COIXIR   TV   CONTROL  ROOM    OF    NBC    STATION 

WNBW.  WASHINGTON,  D.  C,  OUTGOING  SIGNALS  ARE 

CONTROLLED  AND   MONITORED. 


COLOR  TV  RECEIVER,  EQUIPPED  WITH  THE 

NEW      RCA      TRI-COLOR      PICTURE      TUBE 

WHICH      HAS     APPROXIMATELY     600.000 

PHOSPHOR    DOTS   ON    ITS    "SCREEN". 

brightness.  New  red  and  blue  phos- 
phors were  used  on  the  tri-color 
tubes  and  higher  definition  of  color 
pictures  was  achieved  by  increasing 
the  number  of  color  dots  on  the  tri- 
color tube  from  8.51.000  to  approxi- 
mately 600.000. 

He  emphasized  that  at  no  time 
during  the  24  individual  20-minutf 
demonstrations  was  it  necesssary  to 
retune  the  receivers. 

Three    Color   Sets    Demonstrated 

The  demonstrations  showed  in 
operation  three  of  the  latest  RCA 
color  receivers  as  well  as  two  black- 
and-white  sets  experimentally  con- 
verted for  color  reception.  Standard 
black-and-white  sets  were  operated 
simultaneously  to  feature  the  sys- 
tem's compatibility,  that  is,  the 
ability  of  the  black-and-white  sets 
to  receive  color  signals  in  black- 
and-white  without  changes  in  the 
sets.  The  receivers  were  demon- 
strated in  the  National  Broadcast- 
ing Company  radio  studios  in  the 
Trans-Lux  Building  in  midtown 
Washington. 

The     color     program     for     each 


demonstration  originated  in  the 
XBC  television  studios  in  the 
Wardman  Park  Hotel,  two  miles 
away. 

The  color  transmitting  studio 
equipment  was  operated  from  8 
A.M.  to  .5  P.M.  by  the  regular  staff 
of  WNBW-XBC  television  engi- 
neers   during    the    demonstrations. 


The  same  equipment,  with  certain 
refinements,  has  been  in  operation 
since  January  9,  1950,  for  testing, 
demonstrations,  or  programs.  With 
the  conclusion  of  the  series  of  de- 
monstrations on  December  15,  the 
RCA  color  signal  had  been  on  the 
air  in  Washington  for  a  total  of 
1200  hours. 


[RADIO    AGE   9] 


A    PHYSICIST    AT    KCA    LABORATORIES    TIMES    THE    ACTION    OF    A    MODEL 

USED    TO     SIMULATE    THE    BEHAVIOUR    OF    A    GUIDED     MISSILE    UNDER 

FLIGHT    CONDITIONS    AS    DETERMINED    BY    THE    ANALOGUE    COMPUTER 

DEVELOPED   AT   THE    LABORATORIES. 


THE  largest  and  most  accurate 
electronic  analogue  computer 
ever  built  to  evaluate  the  perform- 
ance of  guided  missiles,  ships,  air- 
planes, submarines  and  aid  in  the 
air  protection  of  American  cities 
today  was  shown  in  operation  pub- 
licly for  the  f.rst  time  at  a  joint 
Navy  Special  Devices  Center-Radio 
Corporation  of  America  demonstra- 
tion at  Princeton,  N.  J.,  on  No- 
vember 21. 

"Designated  'Project  Typhoon', 
the  new  electronic  computer  is  ex- 
pected to  save  many  millions  of 
dollars  in  the  design  of  guided  mis- 
siles and  also  solve  many  riddles 
encountered  in  the  air  defense  of 
our  cities,"  said  Dr.  C.  B.  Jolliffe. 
Executive  Vice  President  in  Charge 
of  RCA  Laboratories  Division. 
"Complex  simulated  problems  of  a 
complete  guided  missile  system, 
which  other  computers  are  too  small 
or  too  inaccurate  to  handle  effec- 
tively, can  be  solved  by  Typhoon. 
This  will  enable  the  design  of  equip- 


New  Electronic  Computer  Aids 
U.  S.  Air  Defense 


Project  Typhoon"  Solra  the  Complex  Design   Problems  of 
Guided  Missiles  m  a  Few  Seconds. 


The  new  analogue  calculator  em- 
ploys approximately  4,000  electron 
tubes,  several  miles  of  intricatet 
vi'iring  and  a  new  set  of  super- 
accurate  components,  exact  to  betten 
than  one  part  in  25,000.  Underi 
contract  with  the  Special  Devices^ 
Center  of  the  Office  of  Naval  Re- 
search, engineers  of  RCA  Labora- 
tories designed  and  built  the  instru- 
ment for  use  by  the  Navy  Bureau 
of  Aeronautics.  Three  years  of 
research  and  development  work 
directed  by  Arthur  W.  Vance,  Ht'ad 
of  the  Electronic  Computer  Section 
of  RCA  Laboratories,  preceded  ac- 
tual construction  of  the  computer. 

Simulated  Problem  Solved 

Duiiug  the  demonstration,  th©; 
computed  was  shown  solving  a  sim- 
ulated air  defense  problem  wherein 
a  high-speed  bomber  was  success- 
fully attacked  by  a  radar-controlled, 
supersonic  rocket-propelled  guided 
missile.  The  missile  was  guided 
with  deadly  accuracy  to  the  target. 

All  information  necessary  to  solve 
the  problem  was  introduced  to  the 
machine  by  means  of  more  than 
100  dials  and  a  portion  of  6,000 
plug-in  switchboard  connections, 
mounted  on  the  tall  panel  sections 
of  the  computer.  Different  dial 
positions  and  plug  connections  rep- 
resented such  characteristics  as 
aerodynamics  of  the  missile,  loss  ofj 
weight  due  to  fuel  consumption,  andj 
radar  signals  which  follow  the  mis- 
sile and  target.  Other  adjustments' 
accounted  for  the  autopilot  or  gyro 
stabilizers  of  the  missile,  the  jiath 
and  velocity  of  the  target,  and  the; 
main  guidance  system  to  be  used 
for  directing  the  missile  toward  the 
target  in  the  most  effective  manner. 

An  instant  after  the  computer 
was  put  into  operation  by  the  throw- 
ing of  a  switch  at  the  main  control 
console,  electrical  impulses  flowed 
through  Typhoon's  thousands  of 
electron    tubes   and   wires.     Within 


ment  with  a  minimum  of  experi- 
ments that  would  require  expensive 
apparatus,  such  as  missiles,  air- 
planes and   ships." 

Dr.  Jolliffe  predicted  that  the 
RCA  electronic  analogue  computer 
will  play  a  significant  role  in  mili- 
tary science  of  the  future.  Very 
often  the  construction  of  an  ex- 
perimental guided  missile  may  cost 
more  than  $100,000,  he  pointed  out. 
and  unless  its  characteristics  are 
properly  checked  in  advance  by  ac- 
curate computing  techniques,  actual 
launchings  may  be  failures  resulting 
in  the  loss  of  instruments  and 
apparatus.  With  Typhoon,  he  added, 
any  missile  problem  can  be  solved 
over  and  over,  with  the  character- 
istics varied  each  time  until  the 
desired  results  are  obtained.  Thus, 
by  avoiding  costly  trial  and  error 
te.sts,  the  new  computer  can,  with 
a  high  degree  of  accuracy,  assure 
scientists  how  a  proposed  missile 
will  react  under  actual  flight  con- 
ditions. 


10    RADIO   AGE] 


de  device,  electrical  currents  aiui 
oltajres  bejjran  represent iriK  phys- 
•al  things  such  as  distance,  veloc- 
;y  and  force.  Circuits  started  func- 
i()nin^c  according  to  predetermined 
Ljuatiuns. 
While  the  instrument  was  en- 
aKcd  in  its  electronic  thinking 
rocess,  the  paths  of  both  the  high- 
peed  bomber  and  the  rocket-pro- 
elled  guided  missile  were  traced 
espectively  by  red  and  green  pens 
n  two  large  iilotting  boards.  From 
tiese  charts,  which  provided  a  per- 
lanent  record  of  the  test  flight, 
killed  technicians  were  able  to  de- 
ermine  the  e.xact  position  of  the 
lissile  at  any  given  time. 

Missile   and    I  arget  Simulated 

A  three-dimension  visual  repre- 
entation  of  the  "dog  fight"  as  it 
rogressed  was  provided  for  spec- 
ators  by  an  auxiliary  device,  called 
he  trajectory  model,  in  which  two 
uspended  fluorescent  balls  traveled 
he  identical  course  of  the  missile 
nd  target.  At  the  same  time,  a 
mall  scale  missile  model,  12  inches 
jng  and  3 '2  inches  in  diameter, 
loved  about  on  a  rotating  mech- 
nism  to  simulate  performance  of 
he  anti-aircraft  missile  under  test, 
ks  the  model  received  control  sig- 
als  or  instructions  from  the  com- 
uter  describing  how  best  to  hit 
he  target  without  wasting  too 
luch  time  or  fuel,  its  three  sets 
f  fins  were  deflected  as  the  cor- 
esponding  fins  of  a  missile  would 
€  deflected  in  actual  flight. 

While  the  solution  proceeded,  12 
ecorditig  voltmeters  drew  curves  on 
aper  rolls  indicating  the  positions 
f  the  fins,  acceleration,  velocity, 
nd  rate  of  spin  of  the  missile,  ivt; 
.■ell  as  the  remaining  distance  be- 
ween  missile  and  target.  Six  sets 
f  flashing  neon  lights  on  the  pan- 
Is  of  the  computer  displayed  num- 
lers  representing  the  rates  of  spin, 
ind  the  sidewise  and  forward  ve- 
ocities  of  the  missile. 

After  only  60  seconds  of  opera- 
ion,  the  computer  automatically 
topped  and  the  solution  was  ex- 
imined.  RCW  engineers  then  took 
he  complete  answers  and  explained 
vhat  factors  were  right  or  wrong. 

Solution  of  the  problem  involved 
!50    additions,    67    multiplications. 


'^^SS&MiQ 


BKHI.NU  THE  S.MALL  SIALE  .MODEL  OK  A   .MISSILE  AKE  SO.ME  OF  THE  .NL.MEKOUS 

PANELS    CONTAINING    THOUSANDS    OF    TUBES    REyUUtED    FOR    THE    OPERATION 

OF  THE  ANALOGUE  COMPUTER. 

IN    THE  CENTER   REAR   IS   THE    MAIN    CONTROL   DESK   OF   "PROJECT   TYPHOON" 

WITH    THE   TWO    PLOTTING   TABU;s.   ON    WHICH    THE    PATHS   OF    MISSILE  AND 

TARGET    ARE    TRACED,    I.\    THE    FOREGROUND. 


[RADIO    AGE    II] 


?■( 


A  CLOSE-UP  VIEW  OF  THE  CONSOr.E  KRd.M 

WHICH  THE  ENTIRE  OPERATIONS  OF  THE 

ELECTRONIC    ANALOGUE    COMPUTER    CAN 

BE  CONTROLLED. 

.'?0  intejn-ations,  and  20  aerodynamic 
functions,  all  carried  on  simultane- 
ously with  continuously  variable 
factors.    A  mathematician   and  an 


assistant  would  require  6  months 
to  compute  a  sinjrle  solution  for  the 
minimum  number  of  points  re- 
quired to  give  an  approximate  an- 
swer. Typhoon  gave  the  continuous 
solution,  for  an  infinite  number  of 
points,  in  less  than  60  seconds. 

It  was  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Vance 
that  Typhoon  is  an  e.xtremely  ver- 
satile instrument.  Shortly  before 
the  start  of  the  demonstration  a 
complex  problem  was  being  solved 
by  the  computer.  A  few  hours 
later,  all  necessary  adjustments  had 
been  completed  in  order  to  deter- 
mine the  solution  for  the  test  prob- 
lem. On  equally  short  notice,  Ty- 
phoon may  be  switched  from  one 
problem  to  another.  This  feature 
is  a  valuable  aid  to  design  engineers 
who  require  speedy  verification  of 
plans  before  going  ahead  with  con- 
struction work. 

The  heart  of  Typhoon  is  a  new- 
type  of  electronic  multiplier  which 
consists  of  a  hybrid  between  ana- 


logue and  digital  apparatus.  Basi- 
cally, an  analogue  device  may  be 
compared  to  the  operation  of  a  slide 
rule,  and  a  digital  one  is  similar  in 
function  to  an  adding  machine.  By 
blending  these  two  techniques  in 
more  complex  forms,  Typhoon 
achieves  a  combination  of  flexibil- 
ity and  accuracy  unobtainable  By 
either  of  the  systems  alone.  Each 
of  the  more  than  600  electric  re- 
lays in  the  computer's  multipliers 
operate  in  1/10,000  of  a  second. 

A  staff  of  nine  engineers  and 
mathematicians  as  well  as  six  tech- 
nical assistants  are  required  to  op- 
erate the  computer  when  it  is  solv- 
ing complex  guided  missile  prob- 
lems. To  keep  the  sensitive  instru- 
ment free  of  climatic  influences, 
Typhoon  is  housed  in  a  special  air- 
conditioned  room  at  RCA  Labora- 
tories which  has  a  constant  tem- 
perature of  75°  Fahrenheit  and  a 
relative  humidity  of  not  more  than 
50  per  cent. 


"Tex"  Service  Extended 
To  Customers  in  Denmark 

Denmark  has  become  the  third 
European  country  to  be  linked  with 
New  York  and  Washington,  D.  C, 
in  RCA's  overseas  customer-to- 
customer  radio  teleprinter  ex- 
change service.  Previous  TEX  cir- 
cuits opened  by  RCA  provide  direct 
teleprinter  connections  between 
customers  in  the  two  American 
cities  and  those  in  the  Netherlands 
and  Western  Germany. 

"Public  acceptance  of  the  TEX 
service  is  paving  the  way  for  a 
much  wider  application  of  this  im- 
portant means  of  direct  communi- 
cation," said  II.  C.  Ingles,  Presi- 
dent of  RCA  Communications,  Inc., 
which  developed  and  operates  the 
new  service.  "We  are  pleased  to 
extend  the  service  to  Denmark,  and 
we  expect  to  expand  it  to  other 
countries  in  the  near  future." 

The  two-way  RCA  teleprinter 
connections,  are  billed  on  a  time 
basis,  rather  than  the  usual  tele- 
graph word  rate  and  provide  great- 
er economies  than  transatlantic 
telephones,  with  the  added  advan- 
tage of  fully  recorded  messages. 


bkk;.  ceneral  daviu  sar.nokk.  chairman  of  the  boakh,  radid  cor- 
poration   OF   AMERICA,    AND  GENERAL  CEORGE   C.    MARSHALL,   RED   CROSS 
president,    DISCUSS    THE    1951     AMERICAN    RED    CROSS    FUND    CAMPAIGN 
WHICH    GENFJ5AL    SARNOFF    WILL    DIRECT    AS    CHAIRMAN. 


[12    RADIO   AGE] 


Urges  Public  be  Given  Chance 
to  Select  Color  TV  System 

RCA  Excciitirc  Asserts  FCC  Pecisiott  Puts  Cfilhii^  i>ii 
Scifiitific  Dcrclupinciit. 


1"^I1K  ripht  of  the  American  pub- 
lic- to  determine  "by  its  ballot 
in  the  marketpkice"  which  color 
television  system  it  prefers  was 
urRed  by  Robert  A.  Seidel,  Vice 
President  of  the  Radio  Corporation 
of  America,  in  an  address  before 
the  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  As- 
sociation in  New  York  on  January 
11. 

If  RCA  is  permitted  to  offer  its 
system  to  the  public,  NBC  will  be- 
>rin  broadcasting  good  color  tele- 
vision programs  in  good  commer- 
cial time,  "not  just  experimental 
broadcasts  at  odd  hours,"  he  told 
the  nation's  retailers. 

Declaring  that  the  right  of  the 
public  "to  pick  and  choose"  is  in- 
herent in  American  freedom,  Mr. 
Seidel  said  the  recent  FCC  decision 
favoring  a  s()iniiing-disk.  non-com- 
patible color  television  system  "is 
e.xactly  the  same"  as  if.  in  the  early 
days  of  the  automobile  industry, 
some  government  bureau  had  stand- 
ardized the  Stanley  Steamer  to  the 
exclusion  of  gasoline  motors. 

"In  effect,"  he  said,  "the  FCC 
order  tells  the  public:  "This  is  the 
type  of  color  television  WE  prefer, 
and  it's  the  only  type  you're  going 
to  be  given  an  opportunity  to  buy.' 
We  have  the  unprecedented  situa- 
tion of  a  Government  Agency  ac- 
tually placing  a  ceiling  on  scientific 
development." 

Public  Should  be  the  Judge 

.All  RCA  asks,  he  continued,  is 
that  the  public  be  given  a  chance 
to  judge  for  itself. 

"That's  how  everything  good  was 
developed  in  this  country-,"  Mr.  Sei- 
del declared.  "Everybody  who  had 
a  product  in  which  he  had  confi- 
dence could  bring  it  to  the  market- 
place. There  it  Was  placed  side-by- 
side  with  competing  products,  and 
the  people  voted  on  which  they 
thought  was  better.  They  voted 
with  their  dollars,  instead  of  bal- 
lots. The  product  they  liked  best 
was  the  one  they  bought.  The  others 
went  off  the  market. 


Asserting  that  KCA  is  ready  to 
stake  its  resources,  its  dollars,  and 
its  reputation,  "both  as  broad- 
casters and  as  set  manufacturers," 
on  its  compatible,  all-electronic  color 
system,  he  expressed  confidence  that 
the  public,  if  allowed  to  judge,  "will 
make  the  right  choice,  as  they  al- 
ways have". 

Faults  of  FCC-.4 pproved  System 

.Mr.  Seidel  pointed  out  that  the 
system  approved  by  the  FCC  pro- 
duces images  composed  of  only 
83,000  individual  picture  elements, 
as  compared  to  the  200.000  elements 
constituting,  present  black-and- 
white  images,  resulting  in  degraded 
picture  quality.  He  also  pointed 
out  that  present  set  owners  would 
not  be  able  to  receive  color  broad- 
casts even  in  black-and-white  with- 
out the  wholly  unnecessary  invest- 
ment of  large  amounts  in  adai)ters 
or  converters. 

Estimating  that  it  would  cost  the 
public  one  billion  dollars  to  convert 
the  10,000,000  television  receivers 
now  in  use  so  as  to  receive  programs 
broadcast  with  the  mechanical  color 
system,  he  said : 

"Compatibility  is  a  fundamental 
requirement  of  any  good  broadcast- 
ing system,  and  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  people  developing  the  sys- 
tem, and  not  of  the  people  who 
bought  black-and-white  sets  in  good 
faith. 

"Even  though  current  national 
developments  may  retard  or  com- 
pletely stop  its  progress,"  he  said, 
"color  television  will  ultimately 
have  an  important  bearing  on  the 
p.'omotional  activities  of  every  man- 
ufacturer and  every  retailer,  and 
its  effect  will  be  felt  in  every  htiuse- 
hold  in  America." 

Color  Will  Benefit  All 
Everybody  wants  color  television, 
including  manufacturers,  Mr.  Seidel 
declared,  because  good  color  tele- 
vision will  benefit  the  manufactur- 
ers and  distributors  of  television 
receiving  equipment,  as  well  as  the 


broadcasting  stations  and  the  Amer- 
ican public.  RCA  has  put  sound 
planning  and  intensive  effort  into 
the  perfection  of  color  television, 
he  said,  and  has  invested  several 
million  dollars  in  it. 

Mechauical  Method  Discarded 

More  than  twenty  years  ago,  he 
recalled,  RCA  started  experiment- 
ing with  a  system  similar  to  the  one 
recently  irjiproved  by  the  FCC,  but 
later  abandoned  it  because  of  its 
limitations.  Convinced  that  its  own 
interest  and  that  of  the  public  de- 
manded the  harder  course  of  devel- 
oping an  all-electronic  color  system, 
the  comi)any  undertook  research 
leading  to  the  single  tri-color  tube 
compatible  .system  demonstrated 
successfully  in  Washington  last 
month. 

When  the  receivers  seen  in  Wash- 
ington are  engineered  to  a  point 
where  they  can  be  put  on  a  produc- 
tion line,  Mr.  Seidel  promised,  "they 
will  produce  a  color  picture  adequate 
to  meet  the  demands  of  the  most 
exacting  customer." 

"Regardless  of  what  system  or 
.systems  are  finally  approved,"  he 
said,  "color  television  is  going  to 
assume  its  place  gradually  and 
naturally  over  a  period  of  years. 
For  a  long  time  to  come,  black-and- 
white  television  must  remain  the 
backbone  of  the  industry.  Sponsors 
of  television  programs  are  going  to 
stick  to  black-and-white  until  a  good 
audience  has  been  built  for  color. 
NBC  and  other  television  broadcast- 
ers are  improving  and  expanding 
their  black  -  and  -  white  television 
service  day  by  day,  and  they  will 
continue  to  do  so.  And  every  day, 
the  public  is  buying,  and  will  con- 
tinue to  buy,  more  and  more  black- 
and-white  receivers,  regardless  of 
all  the  talk  about  color." 

Third  TV  Station  for  Cuba 

rile  third  television  station  built 
by  the  Radio  Corporation  of  Amer- 
ica for  operation  in  Havana  has 
been  shipped  to  Cuba.  The  new  sta- 
tion will  be  operated  by  Telenews 
Company,  Alonso,  S.  A.  Its  Presi- 
dent is  Manuel  Alonso,  owner  of 
the  Cuban  firm,  Noticiario  Naci- 
onal,  producers  of  newsreels  and 
documentary  films.  Mr.  Alonso 
hopes  to  have  the  Telenews  station 
on  the  air  early  in  19.51. 


[RADIO   AGE    13] 


Erecting  New  TV  Anten 


Workmen  with  torch  and  sledge  prepare  to 

dismantle     the     old     antenna     mast     which 

supported   WNBT's  TV  radiator. 


Steelwork   for   the   217-foot   tower    is   raised 

from    ground    level    to   the   top   through    one 

of  the  building's  elevator  shafts. 


Flanked  on  either  si 
of  WNBT  and  WJZ- 
has  reached  the  13( 


Temporary  antenna  is  assembled  and  raised 
on  support  alongside  the  main  mast. 


for  the  New  York  Area 


orary  antennas 
■er,  in  this  view, 
^  80  feet  to  go. 


Looking  down  from  the  dizzy  height  of  the 

steel  lattice-work  which  will   support  five  TV 

and  three  FM  antennas. 


^ 
^ 


Working    on    a    norrow    staging     1300    feet 

above  the  street   riggers   prepare  to  set  up 

a  super-gain  TV  antenna. 


Intrepid  riggers  hail  the  completion  of  the 
lofty  structure  by  raising  a  flog  on  the 
tower's   peck,    1500   feet   above   the   street. 


Workmen  attach  transmission  cables  to  a 
temporary  antenna  which  WNBT  has  been 
using    while    the    new    tower    is    going    up 


RICHT:  PRINTED  MATERIAL  TRANSMITTED 
BY  RCA  FACSIMILE  EMERGES  FROM  THE 
RECEIVING  CONSOLE  AT  THE  RATE  OF  15 
LINEAR  INCHES  A  MINUTE.  BELOW:  COPY 
TO  BE  TRANSMITTED  BY  FACSIMILE  IS 
PLACED  ON  THE  "COPY  BED"  AND  AUTO- 
MATICALLY MOVED  FORWARD  LINE  BY  LINE 
UNDER     A     FLYING     SPdT     Si    \NNING     BEAM. 


\ 


.^^ 


r 


V 


^ 


.i 


A  TEST  model  of  a  new  high- 
.speed,  long-distance  facsimile 
system,  developed  by  RCA  Labora- 
tories, Princeton,  N.  J.,  under  con- 
tract with  the  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission, has  been  installed  at  the 
Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory  for 
providing  full  reference  library 
service  to  outlying  research  labora- 
tories. 

The  new  system  incorporates  sev- 
eral innovations  in  the  field  of  fac- 
simile reproduction.  The  reader- 
transmitter  will  scan  printed  copy 
or  drawings  on  flat  surfaces  such 
as  book  pages  and  will  make  direct 
enlargements  of  material  in  small 
type  by  any  ratio  up  to  4  to  1.  The 
copy  bed  can  handle  individual 
sheets  or  books  up  to  3  inches  thick. 
The  signal  is  transmitted  over  an 
ordinary  telephone  line  and  the  re- 
corder will  reproduce  clear,  highly 
legible  black-on-white  copy  at  a 
speed  of  L5  linear  inches  or  120 
square  inches  per  minute. 

Operational  tests  to  be  started 
at  Oak  Ridge  immediately  will  indi- 
cate to  what  extent  existing  library 
services  at  the  Laboratory  can  be 
expanded  without  greatly  increas- 
ing the  outlay  for  new  books  and 
particularly  scarce  and  expensive 
sets  of  bound  scientific  periodicals. 
The  system  will  also  prevent  possi- 
ble   contamination    of    books    and 


Fast,  Long-Distance  Facsimile 

Test  Model,  Installed  at  Oak  Ridge,  Speeds  Library  Service  for 
Research  Laboratories  at  Atomic  Energy  Plant. 


journals  in  laboratories  using  radio- 
active materials. 

At  the  present  time  at  Oak  Ridge 
more  than  a  score  of  separate  re- 
search and  production  facilities 
scattered  over  a  wide  area  require 
library  services.  If  the  new  facsim- 
ile service  proves  useful,  it  may  be 
possible  to  consolidate  many  of 
these  library  services  into  larger, 
more  adequate  units. 

The  transmitter  is  located  at  the 
central  library  at  the  X-10  site 
while  the  only  operating  recorder  is 
located  8  miles  away  at  the  ¥-12 
site.  On  the  initial  test  of  the  sys- 
tem a  research  chemist  at  Y-12  re- 
quested the  complete  text  of  a  2- 
page  article  to  w-hich  he  had  found 
a  reference  in  Chemical  Al>stracts. 
The  bound  periodical  was  located  in 
the  X-10  library  stacks,  placed  in 
the  transmitter,  and  a  facsimile 
copy  was  delivered  at  Y-12  within 
41/2  minutes  after  the  request  was 
made. 

Flying  Spot  Scans  Copy 

A  cathode  ray  flying-spot  scanner 
at  the  sending  unit  is  the  most  im- 
portant innovation.  The  five-inch 
cathode  ray  tube  directs  a  tiny  spot 
of  light  through  a  focusing  lens  to 
"read"  the  copy  in  a  thin  line  from 
left    to    right.    The    reflected    light 


from  the  copy  is  picked  up  by  a 
bank  of  four  photomultiplier  tubes 
which  convert  the  varying  light  im- 
pulses into  normal  electrical  facsim- 
ile signals. 

The  copy  bed  automatically  moves 
the  copy  forward  under  the  flying- 
spot  cathode  ray  tube.  The  length 
of  the  scanning  line  on  the  copy  can 
be  adjusted  from  2-1  16  to  SVo 
inches  by  simply  turning  a  knob. 
This  automatically  adjusts  the  lens 
to  maintain  the  proper  focus  and 
the  same  adjustment  changes  the 
speed  of  the  copy  bed  to  maintain 
the  correct  scale. 

The  receiver,  or  recorder,  also 
incorporates  several  new  mechanical 
and  chemical  features  to  simplify 
operation  and  to  supply  a  perma- 
nent print  of  the  transmitted  ma- 
terial. The  electrolytic  process  used 
in  recording  eliminates  photo  de- 
veloping and  printing  and  avoids 
the  mess,  clogging  and  corrosion  of 
previous  electrolytic  methods.  The 
paper  is  moistened  no  more  than  is 
absolutely  necessary,  and  as  it 
passes  out  of  the  machine  it  is  com- 
pletely dried.  Ultraviolet  light  fixes 
the  chemicals  so  that  neither  the 
printing  nor  the  background  will 
fade.  The  clogging  and  corrosive 
action  of  the  chemical  solution  is 
eliminated  by  keeping  separate  the 
(Continued  on  page  28) 


[16    RADIO   AGE] 


STATE    department's    NEW    STUDIO-ON-WHEELS    RECEIVES    OFKICIAL 

SEND-OFF   TNDER   FLAGS   OF  THE  UNITED    NATIONS    IN    ROCKEFELLER 

PLAZA,  NEW  YORK. 


Radio  Studio  on  Wheels 

\'aii  Built  h\  RC'.-l  for  I'oicc  of  America  Broadcasts,  Contains 
Complete  Shortnarc  Transmitter  and  Recording  Units. 


i  STREAMLINED  radio  studio- 
\  on-wheels.  built  by  the  Radio 
irporation  of  America  with  the 
;est  types  of  shortwave  transmit- 
ig  and  recordinjr  facilities,  has 
en  delivered  to  State  Department 
presentatives  for  use  on  roving 
signments  for  "Voice  of  Amer- 
i"  broadcasts. 

Delivery  was  made  by  the  RCA 
ternational  Division  at  a  cere- 
Dny  under  the  flags  of  the  na- 
jns  in  Rockefeller  Plaza,  Radio 
ty,  New  York.  Receiving  the  mo- 
le unit  on  behalf  of  the  "Voice  of 
merica,"    Foy    D.    Kohler,    Chief 

the  International  Broadcasting 
ivision  of  the  State  Department, 
iclared : 

"This  unit  is  a  tribute  to  Amer- 
an  industry  as  a  whole  and  to  the 
merican  radio  industry  in  particu- 
r.  With  it  the  Department  of 
ate  of  the  U.  S.  A.  can  better 
ke  to  the  road  for  its  material. 
"This  studio-on-wheels  will  bring 
ir  roving  microphones  to  the  very 
lots  that  best  tell  America's  story 

listeners  overseas:  its  homes, 
ictories,  fairs,  sports  events,  its 
(search  centers,  musical  groups, 
hools.  This  beautiful  motor  ve- 
icle,  so  typical  of  America  itself, 
ill  help  us  get  closer  to  America 


and  thus  the  better  to  tell  our 
story." 

In  response,  Meade  Brunet,  a 
Vice  President  of  RCA  and  Manag- 
ing Director  of  the  RCA  Interna- 
tional Division,  said:  "We  are  glad 
to  be  the  instrument  of  the  radio 
industry  which  has  helped  the 
'Voice  of  America'  in  its  great  task 
of  world  enlightenment." 

The  mobile  unit,  a  shapely,  en- 
closed blue  and  white  truck,  was 
designed  by  "Voice  of  America" 
engineers  and  is  RCA-equipped 
throughout.  It  contains  a  complete 
radio  studio,  transmitter,  control 
room,  recording  apparatus,  inter- 
communication system.  With  its 
own  power  supply,  the  unit  can 
broadcast  programs  directly  from 
outlying   locations. 

Commentaries,  interviews  and 
musical  programs  can  be  conducted 
from  a  sound-proof  studio;  a  con- 
trol room  in  the  center  of  the  mo- 
bile unit  contains  all  the  equipment 
necessary  for  broadcasting  and  re- 
ceiving programs.  Besides  two  disc- 
recording machines  and  two  mag- 
netic tape  recorders,  a  low-powered 
shortwave  transmitter  relays  pro- 
grams back  to  the  main  studios  of 
the  "Voice  of  America,"  whence 
they  are  re-transmitted  overseas. 


Television— An  Audience 
ot  Forty  Million  Americans 

(Continued  from  page  7) 
cunveiitional    light    niicrosco|>es,    is 
i-.\pected   lo  appeal   particularly   to 
colleges,    hospitals    and    industrial 
laboratories. 

A  new  and  highly  effective  tele- 
vision system  that  extends  human 
sight  far  beyond  normal  limits  for 
benefits  to  science,  industry  and 
education  was  disclosed  and  dem- 
onstrated in  1950  by  RCA.  The 
api)aratus,  portable  and  easy  to  op- 
erate, can  be  used  for  nonbroadcast 
industrial  televising.  The  system  is 
based  on  a  remarkably  sensitive 
pickup  tube,  known  as  the  vidicon, 
which  is  expected  to  be  the  fore- 
runner of  smaller  electronic  "eyes." 

A  test  model  of  a  new  high-speed, 
long-distance  facsimile  system,  de- 
veloped by  RCA  Laboratories,  under 
contract  with  the  Atomic  Energy 
Commission,  was  installed  at  the 
Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory  to 
provide  full  reference  library  serv- 
ice to  outlying  research  laboratories. 

In  the  field  of  international  com- 
munications, RCA  proceeded  with 
success  in  extending  use  of  its  au- 
tomatic tape  relay  method  of  trans- 
mission and  advanced  mechaniza- 
tion for  greater  speed  and  accuracy 
in  handling  overseas  radiotelegraph 
traffic.  During  the  year,  RCA  Com- 
munications introduced  a  new 
two-way,  customer-to-customer  tele- 
printer exchange  service,  known  as 
TEX,  and  extended  this  .service  for 
operations  from  New  York  and 
Washington  to  the  Netherlands  and 
Western  Germany. 

Radiomarine  Corporation  of 
America,  another  service  of  RCA. 
in  1950  produced  shipboard  radar, 
loran,  radiotelephones  and  other 
navigational  aids  and  communica- 
tions devices  in  quantities  exceed- 
ing those  of  1949. 

A  record  number — 957 — of  stu- 
dents were  graduated  from  RCA 
Institutes  in  1950.  Reflecting  the 
increasing  importance  of  the 
courses  in  radio,  electronics  and 
television  virtually  all  of  the  gradu- 
ates found  jobs  immediately  with 
industry.  Veterans  of  World  War 
II  accounted  for  60  per  cent  of  the 
1950  enrollment. 


[RADIO    AGE    17] 


Alert  Receiver  Gives  Warning 
With  the  Speed  of  Light 

Simple  Instrument,  Now   Proposed   for    Use   in    Nation's   Defense 
Plans,  Proved  Itself  in  1949  Test. 


DANGER  of  sudden  attack  on 
the  United  States  brings  to 
tlie  fore  the  iirtrent  need  for  ade- 
quate defense  not  only  to  ward  off 
the  attack  itself,  but  to  minimize 
loss  of  life  and  property.  Of  vital 
importance,  therefore,  is  a  system 
of  warning  that  can  cover  wide 
areas  with  the  greatest  possible 
speed  and  dependability. 

Radio  communications  provide 
the  basis  for  such  a  system.  As 
fleet  as  light,  radio  signals  travel 
at  186,000  miles  a  second;  they  can 
carry  virtually  any  type  of  infor- 
mation; they  can  be  reliable  to  a 
point  of  perfection.  The  problem 
is  to  establish  radio  signalling  net- 
works in  tactical  defense  areas — 
networks  that  can  link  civil  defense 
control  centers  directly  with  all 
forces  needed  for  immediate  action 
when  the  alarm  goes  out. 

General  requii'ements  of  a  suit- 
able warning  system  are  these:  (a.) 
that  it  communicate  almost  in- 
stantly over  distances  of  several 
hundred  miles  at  least;  (b)  that  it 
be  selective  in  reaching  any  one  of 
several  areas,  or  reach   simultane- 


ALERTING    APl'AKATUS    AT    TKANSMITTEK 
IS    COMPACT    AND    SIMPLE    TO    OPERATE. 

[18    RADIO    AGE] 


ously  all  areas  in  danger;  (c)  that 
it  be  selective  in  reaching  any  one 
group  in  an  area,  or  all  groups  in 
an  area ;  (d )  that  it  be  simple  and 
dependable;  (e)  that  it  be  low  in 
initial  cost  of  equipment  and  inex- 
pensive to  maintain;  (f)  that  it  be 
susceptible  to  national  standardiza- 
tion ;  ( g )  that  it  be  capable  of  easily 
coordinated  operation  in  civil  de- 
fense plans. 

When  notice  of  a  coming  air  raid 
reaches  a  Defense  Control  Center, 
it  is  essential  that  the  warning  be 
relayed  at  once  to  all  proper  au- 
thorities, as  well  as  to  all  key  de- 
fense personnel  within  the  danger 
zone.  These  groups  may  include  gov- 
ernors of  states,  mayors,  law  en- 
forcement and  fire  officials,  hospi- 
tal and  public  works  directors, 
transportation  supervisors  and  civil- 
ian defense  block  wardens.  The 
alert,  to  be  effective,  has  to  be 
complete. 

Alerting  Method  Developed 
Recognizing  the  need  for  a  satis- 
factory civilian  warning  method, 
the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 
began  research  in  this  direction  al- 
most a  year  before  the  Japanese 
surprise  assault  on  Pearl  Harbor  on 
December  7,   1941,  alerted  the  Na- 


tion to  the  danger  of  sneak  attacks 
from  distant  enemies. 

Research  had  progressed  to  such 
an  extent  that  by  mid-summer, 
1941,  RCA  staged  a  demonstration 
in  which  it  revealed  publicly  for  the 
first  time  the  ability  of  the  RCA 
Alert  Receiver  to  serve  as  a  means 
of  defense  wai-ning.  Participating 
as  National  Director  of  Civil  De- 
fense, the  late  Mayor  F.  H.  La- 
Guardia  of  New  York  described  the 
device  as  "of  the  greatest  possible 
value  to  our  national  defense." 

New  Instrument  Introduced 
Brigadier  General  David  Sarnoff, 
then  President  of  RCA,  briefly  in- 
troduced the  new  instrument  and 
discussed  its  usefulness  with  the 
Mayor,  while  a  nation-wide  audi- 
ence, tuned  into  a  network  of  the 
National  Broadcasting  Company, 
listened  to  the  description  of  this 
new  service  to  the  public  which  had 
come  out  of  RCA   Laboratories. 

The  initial  demonstration  took 
place  in  the  Administration  Build- 
ing at  LaGuardia  Airport.  It  con- 
sisted of  a  three-point  hookup. 
Word  that  "enemy  planes"  had  been 
sighted  was  relayed  by  telephone 
by  Army  officers  at  Mitchell  Field 
to  a  Civilian  Defense  Officer  in  an 
NBC  studio  at  Radio  City.  Imme- 
diately, this  officer  pressed  a  button  j 
that  sent  a  robot,  or  sub-audible, 
signal  riding  over  the  station's 
waves.  Within  a  second  or  two,  the 
impulses  turned  on  the  Mayor's 
RCA  Alert  Receiver  at  the  Airport. 
Lights  glowed  and  a  bell  on  the  re- 
ceiver rang  to  notify  him  that  the 


FOUR   EXPERIMENTAL    MODELS   OF   THE   RCA   ALERT   RECEIVER   ARE   SHOWN   BY 
ARTHUR    F.    VAN    DYCK     (RIGHT)    OF   RCA    LABORATORIES. 


THIS  DIAGRAM  SHOWS  HOW  EACH  DEFENSE  GROUP  CAN  BE  ALERTED  INDIVIDU- 
ALLY OR  ALL  GROUPS  IN  CONCERT  THROUGH  THE  USE  OF  BCA  ALERT  RECEIVERS 
INSTALLED   AT    STRATEGIC    LO<'ATIONS. 


etwork  was  ready  from  coast-to- 
iiast  to  broadcast  any  message  he 
lijrht  have  as  National  Director  of 
ivilian  Defense. 

With  the  end  of  the  global  con- 
ict,  interest  in  the  Alert  Receiver 
iibsided.  But  less  than  four  years 
iter  the  "cold  war"  had  made  the 
iternational  situation  so  critical 
hat.  once  again,  civilian  and  mili- 
ary forces  began  discussing  de- 
ense  plans,  and  the  receiver  made 
nother  appearance.  On  September 
5.  1949.  civil  defense  forces  par- 
icipating  in  "Operation  Lookout" 
.•ere  called  to  action  in  New  Eng- 
ind  by  this  ingenious  alert  method. 

As  more  than  a  hundred  Air  Na- 
ional  Guard  pilots  "raided"  the 
^ast  Coast  from  Maine  to  Dela- 
lare.  a  signal  was  sent  from  a 
nmmand  post  of  the  Continental 
Vir  Command  in  New  Hampshire 
o  station  WFEA,  Manchester. 
s'.  H.  There  it  was  transmitted  as 
.n  inaudible  tone  to  station  WBZ. 
Joston.  and  by  that  station  to  an 
tCA  Alert  Receiver  in  the  air  raid 
varning  center  of  Montpelier,  Vt. 
Phis  signal,  which  arrived  only  a 
ew  seconds  after  its  original  trans- 
nission.  warned  the  defense  staff 
hat  the  raid  was  in  progress. 

In  an  earlier  stage  of  Operation 


Lookout,  which  was  conducted  un- 
der the  Continental  Air  Command, 
the  warning  signal  originated  at  a 
command  post  on  Long  Island. 
Passing  over  private  wire  to  the 
transmitter  of  NBC's  station 
WNBC  at  Port  Washington,  Long 
Island,  the  signal  was  added  as  an 
inaudible  tone  to  the  station  pro- 
gram beams.  It  was  received  by  an 
RCA  Alert  Receiver  at  Station 
WGHl.  Scranton,  Pa.,  and  retrans- 
mitted to  civil  defense  headquart- 
ers in  that  city. 

Signal   Warns   Defense  Staff 

These  demonstrations  revealed 
the  ability  of  the  RCA  alert  system 
to  work  effectively  over  distances 
of  several  hundred  miles  and  to 
provide  defense  authorities  with 
the   specific   degree   of   emergency. 

The  RCA  Alert  Receiver  trans- 
forms existing  radio  broadcasting 
facilities  into  a  warning  system  of 
unsurpassed  speed  and  scope. 
Through  its  use,  entire  communi- 
ties, regions,  or  the  Nation  itself 
can  be  alerted  within  the  space  of 
a  few  seconds. 

The  instrument,  about  the  size  of 
a  portable  radio  set,  turns  on  auto- 
matically when  it  receives  a  special 
inaudible  signal  from  a  broadcast- 


ing station,  rings  a  bell,  turns  on  a 
red  or  yellow  light  according  to  the 
kind  of  alert  being  sent  out,  and  a 
white  light  when  the  all  clear  signal 
is  flashed. 

The  receiver  is  simply  construct- 
ed, and  its  tubes  require  such  neg- 
ligible power  that  it  can  be  oper- 
ated twenty-four  hours  a  day  over 
long  periods  of  time  at  low  cost. 
It  can  use  batteries  or  electric  cur- 
rent. 

The  device  may  bo  fixed-tuned 
til  any  one  broadcasting  station.  It 
is  then  receptive  to  the  inaudible 
signal  from  that  transmitter.  A 
self-contained  loudspeaker  remains 
silent  until  the  special  signal  is 
received. 

Signal  Operates  Relay 

When  this  signal  arrives,  it  en- 
ergizes an  electric  relay  which  clicks 
the  loudspeaker  into  the  circuit  to 
reproduce  the  transmissions  from 
the  broadcasting  station. 

Simultaneously,  the  bell  rings. 
This  is  to  insure  the  summoning  of 
the  listener  in  the  event  that  the 
alert  occurs  at  night.  The  bell,  if 
desired,  may  be  located  at  a  distance 
from  the  receiver,  so  that  the  lis- 
tener, although  in  a  different  part 
of  the  l)uikiing.  will  not  miss  the 
call. 

Lights  atop  the  instrument  can 
carry  the  color  signal  denoting  the 
type  of  alarm.  For  instance,  colors 
that  might  be  specified  are:  yellow, 
indicating  i)reliminary  warning  of 
possible  attack;  red,  indicating  at- 
tack imminent,  and  white,  announc- 
ing the  all-clear. 

At  the  transmitting  station,  the 
apparatus  is  very  simple.  It  con- 
sists merely  of  a  vacuum  tube 
oscillator  which  generates  the  in- 
audible sound  frequencies — one  for 
each  of  the  desired  actions  to  be 
performed. 

The  signal  generating  unit  is 
connected  to  the  broadcast  trans- 
mitter like  a  microphone.  In  fact 
the  control  room  operator  plugs  the 
oscillator  device  into  the  micro- 
phone circuit.  When  a  button  is 
pressed  it  releases  the  "On"  sub- 
audible  signal,  which  turns  on  all 
of  the  Alert  Receivers  equipped  to 
he  activated  by  it. 

Engineers  stress  the  fact  that 
(Continued  oti  page  28) 


[RADIO   AGE    19] 


TELEVISION   HAS  PRUVED  ITS  WORTH    IN   BRING- 
ING   FINE    MUSIC    AND    GREAT    SINGING    FROM 
THE   CONCERT    STAGE    TO    THE    HOME. 


THE  TELEVISION  SCREEN  EXPOSES  THE  VIEWER 
TO     WORLD     EVENTS     AND     THE     PEOPLE     RE- 
SPONSIBLE  FOR   THEM. 


Design  for  Television 

Illusion  is  an  Important  Part  of  the  New  Medium  but  Only  Through 
Realism  Can  TV  Achieve  Its  Proper  Role  in  Society. 


i^  N'EKYTHING  we  do  in  televi- 
[j  sion  is  an  influence  on  those 
who  are  watchinK  and  listening  to 
us.  For  that  reason  we  in  television 
are  all  public  relations  people.  Not 
only  do  we  recognize  the  social 
effect  of  what  we  will  be  sending 
into  the  home  but  we  rejoice  in  it. 

The  contribution  that  television 
can  make  in  communications  to  the 
understanding  of  the  various  facets 
of  life,  the  various  peoples  of  the 
world,  is  tremendous.  We  can  show 
what  they  do  and  what  their 
strengths  and  weaknesses  are,  their 
ambitions  and  aspirations.  The 
whole  mosaic  of  factors  surround- 
ing modern  life  can  be  made  under- 
standable when  known  to  people 
through  television.  Because  essen- 
tially television  is  a  medium  of 
reality. 

We  use  television,  of  course,  for 
illusion  and  we  use  it  greatly  for 
entertainment.  But  essentially  in 
revealing  people  as  they  really  are 
without  the  formalism  of  conven- 
tion and  manners,  in  revealing 
events  as  they  really  happen,  in 
making  one  present  at  history  as  it 
is  born,  in  all  the  myriad  phases  of 
television  and  the  peculiar  quality 
of  miracles  that  television  has,  the 
wonderful  spontaneity,  the  wonder- 
ful contemporaneity  of  television — 
all  means  that  this  medium  of  com- 
munication is  going  to  make  the 
people  of  this  world  understand 
each  other  better,  like  each  other 
more,  or  at  least  know  each  other 
well  enough  to  find  procedures  and 
means  of  getting  along  with  each 
other  without  open  warfare  and 
open  clash. 

The  general  impact  of  the  entire 
television  medium  will  serve  the 
people  even  without  much  thought 
or  care.  By  this  I  mean  that  all 
networks  and  all  stations  covering 
as  they  will  under  the  private  enter- 
prise system  all  jiossible  forms  of 
diversion  and  entertainment,  all 
possible  forms  of  si)ecial  group 
interests  and  their  satisfaction 
through  special  programs  will  in 
ireneral  offer  such  a  wealth  of  ex- 
posure to  so  many  different  things 


By  Sylvester  L.  Weaver,  Jr., 

Vice  President  in  Charge  of  Television, 
National  Broadcasting  Company 

that  the  overall  accumulative  effect 
will  be  to  broaden  the  cultural 
horizons  and  broaden  the  interests 
of  our  people,  broaden  their  under- 
standings, add  to  their  knowledge 
and  in  general  activate  many  of 
the  latent  traits  which  they  have 
within  them. 

Pattern    Will   be  Established 

It  is  not.  however,  NBC's  pur- 
pose merely  to  take  part  in  this 
gradual  amelioration  of  our  society 
through  the  basic  power  of  this 
great  communication  instrument  in 
the  living  room.  It  is  our  intention 
rather  to  base  an  approach  upon 
the  things  that  we  learned  from 
two  decades  or  more  of  showman- 
ship in  the  living  room  with  the 
radio  set.  It  is  our  intention  to  set 
up  a  pattern  that  will  accelerate 
all  of  the  good  things  that  televi- 
sion has  within  it. 

One  thing  that  we  certainly  do 
not  intend  to  do  is  to  take  televi- 
sion and  to  have  a  small,  lost  de- 
partment called  "Cultural  Events" 
or  "Educational  and  Public  Affaiis" 
or  something  of  that  sort,  and  try 
to  have  a  rearguard  retreating 
action  against  the  pressure  of  the 
small  but  articulate  cultural  groups 
of  t.  is  country.  Rather,  we  will 
conduct  our  social  responsibility 
from  the  highest  offices. 

What  we  can  do  in  public  affairs 
and  news  coverage  we  will  do.  \Miat 
we  can  do  in  the  general  use  of  our 
medium   through    high    circulation. 


[20    RADIO   AGE] 


Kh  voltage  programming,  by  in- 
iiding  in  relatively  short  doses 
ings  in  which  the  people  have  no 
irticular  interest  in  the  hopes  of 
•adually  creating  special  interest 

those  people,  will  be  done  on  a 
anned  level.  Let  me  be  specific. 
he  opera  will  on  occasions  get 
rge  audiences.  Nonetheless  it  is 
ore  likely  that  even  larger  audi- 
ices  will  result  from  such  happen- 
gs  as  the  Metropolitan  Opera 
ars,  Robert  Merrill  and  Mar- 
lerite  Piazza  performing  in  op- 
atic  vignettes  on  Your  Show  of 
lows  on  Saturday  nights.  When 
s  put  opera  on,  we  are  catering 

the  wishes  of  a  special  group 
latively  small  in  numbers.  But 
multaneously  and  more  important 
e  are  broadening  and  increasing 
e  size  of  that  group  by  presenting 
lera  attractively  in  vignette  form 

people  who  would  not  now  watch 

in  longer  form.  Some  of  them 
ill  become  opera  lovers. 
The  same  thing  can  be  said  for 
e  ballet  and  the  efforts  in  the 
•eat  entertainment  show-s  to  in- 
jde  ballet. 

Fine  music  and  great  singing 
om  the  concert  stage  can  be  han- 
ed  in  similar  style. 

'^BC  to  Join  in  Social  Advance 

NBC",  to  recapitulate  fust  in  a 
ineral  way,  will  be  part  and 
ircel  of  the  great  social  advances 
at  television  will  bring  about 
rough  the  exposure  through  tele- 
sion  to  the  world  and  all  the 
!ople  in  it  of  imiiortance,  a  knowl- 
Ige  of  our  times  and  exposure  to 
1  cultural  influences  by  all  famili- 
;s  witli  sets.  Secondly,  NBC 
irough  its  public  service  and  pub- 
:  events  coverage,  through  its 
:ws,  will  do  a  great  job  in  advanc- 
g  the  special  cause  of  news  in- 
rmation.  Then,  NBC  through 
gh  voltage,  high  circulation  at- 
actions  will  reach  the  all-set 
rculation  and  when  that  all-set 
rculation  is  available,  we  will 
,ve  the  audience  exposure  to  cul- 
iral  and  informational  experiences 
■  plan. 

And  finally,  we  wish  to  replace 
le  radio  experience  that  we  had 
ith  a  marginal  time  operation 
jpealing  to  special  interests  with 
new  device  which  I  am  unveiling 
iday  for  the  first  time. 


This  plan  has  the  working  title 
"Operation  Frontal  Lobes".  As  you 
can  see,  it  is  a  cultural  plan,  and 
it  is,  in  my  opinion,  the  most  in- 
triguing possibility  that  has  ever 
happened  in  the  communication 
field  as  far  as  marrying  the  practi- 
calities of  a  network  operation  and 
its  high  circulation  necessity  with 
the  need  to  do  a  great  job  for  all 
the   people. 

To  Create  Reporting  Style 

First,  the  shows  NBC  wants 
America  to  see:  the  operas  in  Eng- 
lish, the  NBC  Symphony,  the 
Masterpiece  Playhouse.  Certainly 
we  want  to  offer  Sadler's  Wells 
Ballet  next  year  in  peak  time.  Then 
in  addition  to  music  and  drama  of 
the  finest,  we  want  to  create  a  new- 
kind  of  reporting  for  the  American 
people.  We  want  to  present  the 
issues  of  our  times  to  the  people 
with  enough  showmanship  so  that 
most  of  the  people  will  watch  the 
shows. 

Americans  believe  in  self  ad- 
vancement. We  in  advertising 
know  how  to  get  visibility  for  ideas 
and  acceptance  for  ideas.  We  can 
get  visibility  and  acceptance  of  the 
idea  that  important  issues  and  peo- 
ple of  our  times  should  be  watched 
on  television.  We  can  build  shows 
and  an  acceptance  of  shows  for  the 
all-set  circulation,  even  though  the 
subject  matter  is  not  immediately 
appealing. 

For  instance,  the  issues  of  our 
times  certainly  include  the  great 
problem  of  the  individual  and  his 
rights  and  the  group  or  state  and 
its  rights.  Whether  we  have  Ber- 
trand  Russell  and  his  book  "Author- 
ity and  the  Individual",  or  whether 
we  dramatize  the  life  of  an  average 
man  to  show  the  large  limitations 
on  his  freedom  brought  about  by 
the  development  of  our  industrial 
society, — or  whether  we  create  a 
whole  new  approach  to  this  creative 
challenge, — we  have  an  opportunity 
and  an  inspiration  to  make  people 
understand  the  times  in  which  the.v 
live,  so  that  they  may  make  more 
intelligent  decisions  in  the  years 
of  decision  through  which  we  are 
passing.  We  could  get  Dartmouth 
College,  for  instance,  to  develop  a 
show  based  on  its  Great  Issues 
course.  Or  we  could  make  the  issue 
of    a    future    economic    sy.stem    of 

FRADIO    AGE    2i" 


private  enterprise  or  socialism, 
surely  one  of  the  greatest  ([uestions 
of  the  century.  We  could  present 
that  issue  by  debates  between  se- 
lected American  and  English  in- 
tellectual, business,  and  political 
leaders. 

We  could  do  a  show  on  the  chang- 
ing credo  of  the  American  nation, 
showing  what  we  as  a  people  be- 
lieved a  century  ago  and  today,  and 
why  those  beliefs  have  changed. 
We  could  face  up  to  and  report  on 
the  tide  of  nihilism  that  constitutes 
one  of  the  obvious  shaping  forces 
of  our  era.  p]  very  where  we  look  we 
can  find  subjects  that  should  be  ex- 
plored and  exposed  to  our  people, 
because  our  people,  you  and  I  and 
the  man  next  door,  are  going  to 
need  all  the  intelligence  and  knowl- 
edge po.ssible  to  solve  our  problems. 

Television  has  Impact 

America's  future  cannot  be  de- 
cided on  the  information  given  us 
at  Mother's  knee,  unless  Mother 
gave  us  information  open  to  proof, 
and  capable  of  demonstrating  its 
social  usefulness  in  today's  world. 
Of  all  the  forces  that  can  move  in 
on  lethai-gy  and  prejudice,  televi- 
sion has  the  impact,  the  power,  and 
the  fascination  to  make  adult  sub- 
jects worthy  of  mass  circulation. 
Obviously,  the  selection  of  subjects 
and  the  handling  of  subjects  must 
stem  from  the  central  core  of  ma- 
terial that  might  be  called  the  area 
of  agreement  among  most  American 
groups.  We  plan  to  explore  and 
expose — not   propagandise. 

These  great  shows  of  cultural  or 
(Continued  on  page  28) 


"EVERYTHINC;    WK    Do    IN    TELEVISION    IS    AN 
INFLUENCE    ON     THOSE    WHO    ARE    WATCHING 

ANI>    I.ISTFMNG    T"    IS." 


Manufacturing  the  RCA  17-inch 
Rectangular  TV  Picture  Tube 

at  the  RCA  Plant  in 
Lancaster,  Pa. 


■4>.< 


Tubes    move    slowly    on    this    travelling    belt 

I       while    the    fluorescent    powder    becomes    a 

flawless    surface    on    the    gloss    face-plate. 


An     elevated     conveyor    transports 

the   17-inch  rectangular  tubes  from 

one    process    to    another. 


Tubes  are  cleared  of  air  by  pui. 
which   create  the   vacuum    requLj 
for   television    kinescopes. 


After     air     is    removed,     tubes     ore 

passed    through    an    oven    to    expel 

gases  from  the  metal   shells. 


Workers  place  the  tubes  on  a  con- 
veyor    belt     leading     to    the     next 
process   in   mass   production. 


The  tubes  move  slowly  through  c| 

oven   where   the   fluorescent   scree' 

surface  is  baked. 


Servicing  Military  Equipment 

A  Techtticians  Help  Keep  Armed  Forces'  Electronic  Derices  in 
Order  on  Land,  in  Air  and  Aboard  Ships. 


VHEREVER  the  sun  shines— 
on  the  battlefields  of  Korea, 
an  Air  Force  base  on  Guam,  on 
attk'ship  in  the  South  Pacific — 
shines  on  an  RCA  Service  Com- 
ly  field  engineer,  a  specially- 
ined  civilian  technician  using 
know-how  to  help  keep  the 
(led  forces'  electronic  equipment 
top  working  order, 
rhese  men  are  the  backbone  of 
Company's  recently  established 
i-ernment  Service  Division, 
mbering  in  the  hundreds,  these 
hly  qualified  technicians  are  on 
y  today  with  U.  S.  Army,  Navy, 
1  Air  Force  units  the  world  over, 
17  different  foreign  countries, 
islands  in  the  Atlantic  and  the 
?ific,  and  at  military  bases 
oughout  the  United  States, 
rheir  basic  assignment  is  to  in- 
II,  maintain,  and  repair  elec- 
nic  equipment  of  all  types  and 
kes,  and  to  instruct  military 
sonnel  in  operation,  installation 
1  repair  procedures.  Such  equip- 
nt  runs  the  gamut  from  stand- 
I  te'etype,  radio,  and  aircraft 
iinuiiiication  systems  to  highly 
nple.x  radar,  sonar,  and  elec- 
nic  bombing  equipment.  Wher- 
ir  such  equipment  is  used  by  the 
litary,  RCA  Service  Company 
■sonnel  will  be  found,  doing  the 
I  that  has  to  be  done  to  keep  the 
lipment  on  the  beam, 
rhe  Government  Service  Divi- 
n  represents  a  pool  of  electronic 


^!I" 

By  P.  B.  Reed 

Vice  President  in  Charge  of 

Government  Service  Division, 

RCA  Service  Company 


specialists,  ready  and  waiting  to 
rush  on  short  order  to  any  part  of 
the  globe  where  the  servicing  of 
military  communications  equip- 
ment is  required,  whether  it  be  the 
army  post  nearest  the  Gloucester, 
N.J.,  headquarters  of  the  RCA 
Service  Company,  or  in  Pusan, 
Korea.  While  the  division  itself  is 
relatively  new,  it  is  the  outgrowth 
of  an  activity  that  dates  back  to 
World  War  II.  During  their  prep- 
aration for  the  war,  the  armed 
forces  discovered  that  they  had  in- 
sufficient trained  technicians  t6 
properly  install  and  maintain  the 
deluge  of  new  and  complex  elec- 
tronic equipment  pouring  from  the 
laboratories  and  production  lines 
of  American  industry.    In  response 


to  Government  requests  for  factory 
servicing,  the  RCA  Service  Com- 
pany, among  others,  provided  the 
pool  of  technicians  to  fill  the  gap. 
Today,  we  are  still  providing  this 
service.  Our  procedure  is  simple. 
We  respond  to  military  requests 
for  technicians,  no  matter  in  what 
part  of  the  world  they  originate, 
by  dispatching  the  required  tech- 
nicians via  plane  or  boat. 

Third    of   Staff   on    Overseas    Duty 

While  the  number  and  specific 
pin-point  locations  of  these  tech- 
nicians are  matters  of  military  se- 
curity, it  can  be  revealed  that  the 
RCA  Service  Company  today  has 
more  men  in  the  field  on  Govern- 
ment service  than  it  had  during 
the  peak  of  its  World  War  II  activi- 
ties. Actually,  one  out  of  every 
three  of  the  Government  Service 
Division's  hundreds  of  technicians 
is  now  on  duty  overseas. 

While  overseas  duty  is  assigned 
on  a  volunteer  basis,  there  is  no 
telling  in  advance  where  any  one 
technician  will  eventually  land. 
Some  are  lucky  and  draw  choice  as- 
signments in  large  European  cities 
or  at  well-established  military 
bases.  Others  wind  up  at  lonely  is- 
land  outposts. 

The  overseas  assignments  gen- 
erally call  for  one  year  of  duty, 
and  the  men  are  classified  as  civil- 
ian personnel  attached  to  military 
units.  They  serve  under  military 
regulations  and  pretty  much  share 
the  living  conditions  of  the  units 
with  which  they  are  associated. 
Our  men  provide  the  technical  ad- 
vice and  assistance.  The  military 
provides    the    equipment    and    the 


ONE  OF  RCA  S  BATTLEFRONT  TECH- 
NICIANS HOLDS  A  CARBINE  — ES- 
SENTIAL ITEM    FOR  KOREAN  DUTY. 


FIELD    ENGINEERS    BOARD   A    TROOP 
TRAIN  IN  KOREA  TO  SET  UP  OPERA- 
TIONS   AT    AN    ADVANCED   BASE. 


VETERAN     RCA     SERVICEMAN     SUR- 
VEYS    THE     PUSAN     SCENE     WITH 
PICTURESQUE  NATIVES. 


[RADIO    AGE    23 


necessary    replacement    parts    and 
tubes. 

With  the  outbreak  of  the  shoot- 
ing war  in  Korea,  we  were  called 
upon  to  provide  the  military  with  a 
vital  part  of  its  needs  within  a  few 
weeks — radar  and  communications 
experts  for  Air  Force  squadrons  to 
be  multiplied,  for  naval  ships  to  be 
recommissioned  or  held  in  commis- 
sion, and  for  new  or  expanding 
Army  units.  In  addition,  new  con- 
tinental air  defense  nets  and  over- 
seas military  aid  programs  needed 
high-grade  servicemen  and  instruc- 
tors right  away. 

Trained  Men  Ready  for  Duty 

We  were  ready:  we  had  a  pool 
of  topnotch  engineers  specializing 
in  the  required  subjects — radar, 
sonar  and  intercommunications — 
to  draw  on  for  the  start  of  the  new 
Government  Service  Division. 
From  experience,  these  fellows 
knew  the  exacting  nature  of  mili- 
tary needs  and  specifications. 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  Korean 
war,  the  men  were  portioned  off 
among  key  naval  shipyards 
throughout  the  U.  S.  (teaching  and 
servicing  radar,  sonar,  and  hom- 
ing beacon  equipment)  and  among 
most  of  the  bases  of  the  Airways 
&  Air  Communications  System 
(AACS). 

Now,  with  the  multibillion-dol- 
lar  defense  program  beginning  to 
hit  its  stride,  the  best  technicians 
available  still  are  being  recruited 
into  RCA  government  service.  The 
call  is  still  out,  with  the  company 
taking  want-ad  space  in  a  dozen 
trade  journals,  and  recruiting  of- 
ficers combing  the  country.  Our 
procurement  machinery  is  well  or- 
ganized, with  the  itinerary  of 
trained  interviewers  geared  to  a 
schedule  of  spot  newspaper  adver- 
tising in  major  cities  throughout 
the  United  States.  Applicants  are 
carefully  screened  and  tested.  Only 
one  in  ten  is  found  to  possess  the 
high  degree  of  training  and  skill 
required  to  qualify  for  these  posi- 
tions which  are  so  essential  to  the 
national  defense.  Selected  appli- 
cants are  brought  to  Gloucester, 
where,  with  technicians  and  engi- 
neer.s  who  have  transferred  from 
other  divisions  of  RCA,  they  re- 
ceive intensive  indoctrination  and 
refresher  training. 

[24   RADIO    AGE] 


The  United  States  is  very  much 
in  the  buildup  state  of  rearmament. 
Requirements  will  change  from 
week  to  week.  Shifts  in  tactical 
and  strategic  plans  of  the  armed 
forces  are  inevitable.  Service  con- 
tracts, already  keeping  us  busy, 
will  continue  to  rise — and  sharply, 
after  the  first  of  the  year. 

RCA  Service  Company  engineers 
began  working  side  by  side  with 
the  armed  forces  ten  years  ago, 
and  have  built  up  a  tradition  of 
distinguished  service  for  our  men 
to  live  up  to  today. 

Among  those  who  helped  estab- 
lish that  tradition  by  serving  their 
country  and  their  Company  with 
distinction  during  the  World  War 
II  were  Ed  Tracy,  now  of  Engi- 
neering Products,  who  was  handed 
a  War  Production  Board  Citation 
of  Merit  by  President  Roosevelt  for 
an  improvement  in  airborne  radar 
testing  and  Frank  Hartwick,  mo- 
bile communications,  Los  Angeles, 
who  received  a  commendation  for 
extraordinary  diligence  and  devo- 
tion to  duty  under  difficult  and 
hazardous  conditions  from  Navy 
Secretary   James    Forrestal. 

Engineers   Receive  Navy   A  ward s 

Also  from  the  Navy  came  Cer- 
tificates of  Merit  for  William  J. 
Zaun,  now  head  of  the  RCA  Serv- 
ice Company's  Quality  Division; 
and  Paul  Melroy,  Government  Di- 
vision Contract  Negotiations  man- 
ager. The  chief  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ships    wrote    Zaun:     "This   award 


is  made  for  your  outstanding  ac 
complishment  in  supervising  th 
electronic  field  engineers  of  th 
Service  Company."  Melroy  receive 
a  similar  citation  for  sonar  worl 

Navy  BuShips  expressed  apprt 
elation  for  the  field  engineers  a 
a  group,  working  under  ditficul 
circumstances  and  in  hazardous  k 
cations  in  their  stations  at  strate 
gic  points  in  a  far-flung  battk 
front,  pointing  out  that  it  was  no 
necessary  to  name  one  individua 
above  another.  Also  from  th 
bureau  came  special  recognition  fo 
the  men  who  conducted  the  instruc- 
tion courses  on  MAR-UHF  equii 
ment  for  trainees  at  Navy  Yard 
at  Pearl  Harbor  and  in  the  U.  S 

Hundreds  of  engineers  were  de 
ployed  over  the  world  under  con 
tracts  with  the  Navy,  Army,  Signa 
Corps,  Coast  Guard,  War  Shipjiin} 
Administration,  Red  Cross,  an( 
O.S.S.  In  France,  Italy,  and  a 
home,  our  engineers  instructei 
airmen  in  operation  and  mainte 
nance  of  radar,  tail  warning.  an( 
precision  shoran  equijiment.  Ii 
England,  they  modified  airborm 
altimeters  for  low-level   flying. 

In  France,  Belgium,  Italy,  the\ 
supervised  tape  facsimile  opera 
tions  in  tanks  and  armored  can 
for  liaison  and  casualty  reports 
Based  at  Casablanca.  Gil  raltar 
and  Oran,  RCA  engineers  installet- 
and  maintained  shipborne  radari 
gunfire  control,  battle  announce! 
radio,  and  sonar  equipment.  At 
(Co»ti)iuid  oil   page  2S) 


DR.  VLADIMIR  K.  ZWORYKIN,    (LEFT),  VICE  PRESIDENT  A.ND  TECIl.NK'AL  CONSULTANT 

RCA   LABORATORIES,   RECEIVES   THE   19.^0   PROGRESS    MEDAL,    HIGHEST    AWARD   OF   THB 

SOCIETY  OF  MOTION  PICTURE  AND  TELEVISION  ENGINEERS,  FROM   EARL  I.  SPONABLE 

PRESIDENT  OF  THE   SOCIETY. 


RTED   STUDIO   8-l[    I.N    RADKi    CITY    HAS   300.000    CUHK'    FEET    OF    SPACE   AND   IAN 
ACCOMMODATE  SIX  TELEVISION    CAMERAS   IN    OPERATION. 

Famous  Studio  Rebuilt  for  TV 

BC   has   Invested   orer   $1,000,000   in    Convening   8H    into   the 
World's  Most  Modern  and  Best  Equipped  Television  Studio. 


p  HK  National  Broadca-sting 
[  Company's  renowned  Radio 
ty  Studio  8-H,  caught  up  in  the 
eep  of  the  times,  has  had  its  face 
ted  for  television. 
Representing  an  investment  of 
er  $1,000,000,  8-H  has  been  re- 
iverted  into  the  most  modern. 
B  most  versatile  and  the  largest 
evision  studio  in  the  world. 
A  swarm  of  engineers,  produc- 
in  men,  technicians,  and  work- 
Mi  in  a  little  over  three  and  a  half 
)nths  have  descended  on  8-H, 
iped  it  apart  from  wall  to  wall 
d  converted  it  into  a  glistening 
f  studio  which  can  do  more  things 
an  any  other  studio  in  the 
•in  try. 

Studio  8-H  now  looks  out  on  the 
ixial  cables  with  a  spanking  new 
:ade.   including: 

1.  The  most  modern  and  most 
e.xtensive  lighting  system  in  the 
world,  incorporating  all  the  light- 
ing requirements  ever  needed  in 
any  other  studio; 

2.  A  platform  or  "island"  hang- 
ing from  the  ceiling  from  which 
lights  and  television  cameras  will 
operate ; 


3.  Six  television  cameras  op- 
erating on  the  floor; 

4.  Three  control  rooms  —  the 
most  modern  and  most  workable 
control  rooms  ever  built  for  a 
television   operation; 

.5.  A  completely-equipped  stage 
for  theatre-type  presentations, 
using  no  elevation ; 

6.  A  stage  which  can  be  com- 
pletely "struck"  in  an  hour  and 
a  half  to  make  the  whole  studio 
available  for  di-amatic  presenta- 
tions; 

7.  Fifteen  separate  dressing 
rooms ; 

8.  The  most  modern  make-up 
room  in  television ; 

9.  An  over-all  size  of  300,000 
cubic  feet,  making  it  the  largest 
single  unit  of  television  studio 
production  space  in  the  country; 

10.  A  series  of  new  special- 
effects,  especially  constructed  for 
this  studio; 

1 1 .  The  largest  rear  projection 
screen  ever  used  in  television. 
From  the  standpoint  of  lighting. 

no  studio  of  any  kind  has  ever  been 
so  completely  nor  so  extensively 
equipped  as  8-H.    The  lighting  sys- 


tem incorporates  everything  ever 
needed  in  any  television  studio, 
whether  for  a  stage  or  dramatic- 
type  presentation.  Each  lighting 
unit  can  be  adjusted  at  any  height 
from  five  to  27  feet. 

Riiiiiitc-Control  Li^lit   System 

The  ceiling  of  8-H  is  literally 
paved  with  lights.  More  than  1,000 
individual  lamps,  ranging  in  wat- 
tage from  100  to  5.000,  have  been 
installed  in  S-H  and  every  individ- 
ual light  is  remotely  controllable 
from  the  control  room.  Such  a  s\s- 
tem  has  never  been  used  before  in 
any  kind  of  studio. 

The  control  rooms,  the  most  mod- 
ern and  workable  in  television,  also 
are  located  on  the  ninth  lloor.  They 
comprise  a  lighting  control  room 
where  the  dimmers  and  circuits  are 
housed ;  a  video  control  room,  and 
the  audio  control  room.  The  latter 
two  are  separated  by  a  glass  cur- 
tain which  can  be  opened  or  closed, 
(lf])en(ling  upon  whether  the  two 
looms  are  to  be  connetted  or  sep- 
arated for  any  individual  show. 

To  afford  every  modern  conven- 
ience the  producer,  director  and 
technical  director  will  sit  in  the 
video  control  room,  suiiplied  with 
eight   viewing   monitors. 

The  directorial  staff  will  face  nine 
moniti)rs,  including  one  for  each  of 
the  six  cameras,  one  preview  moni- 
tor, one  on-the-air  monitor  and  a 
ninth  for  possible  outside  or  film 
transmissions. 

Most  Modern  TV  Control  Room 

The  audio  control  room  also  is 
the  most  modern  in  TV.  Located 
there  are  one  master  console  and 
three  sub-masters  for  intricate  con- 
trolling and  switching  of  micro- 
Iihone  booms,  microphones  and  other 
audio  effects.  Each  of  the  second- 
ary consoles  is  equipped  with  red, 
white  and  green  lights  to  indicate 
to  the  engineer  the  control  whicli 
has   been   switched   on. 

An  innovation  which  is  part  of 
8-H  is  the  placement  of  a  camera 
just  off  the  ceiling.  The  special 
platform  or  "island"  suspended 
from  the  studio's  ceiling  will  sup- 
port spotlights  and  special  lighting 
effects  for  stage-type  presentations. 
In  addition,  a  television  camera  will 
be  stationed  there  for  high  shots 
(Continued  ov  page  28) 


[RADIO   AGE   25] 


TV  Extends  Microscope's  Range 

Color-Scnsitizcd  TV  Camera  Tubes  Make  Possible  Study  of  Cell  Structures  Beyond  Scope  of  Hutnat 
Eye  —  Technique  Demonstrated  by  Scientists  of    Princeton    University   and    RCA    Laboratories. 


SIGNIFICANT  extension  of  the 
rang'e,  power  and  versatility  of 
the  light  microscope  by  use  of  spe- 
cial electronic  eyes  of  the  television 
camera,  instead  of  the  human  eye, 
was  demonstrated  by  scientists  of 
Princeton  University  and  the  RCA 
Laboratories  Division  in  Princeton, 
N.  J.,  on  January  9. 

The  new  techniciue  of  televised 
microscopy,  since  it  enables  the 
interchanging  of  television  camera 
tubes  made  sensitive  to  specific 
wave  lengths  of  light,  gives  con- 
siderably sharper  contrast  than 
heretofore  available,  according  to 
Dr.  A.  K.  Parpart,  chairman  of  the 
Princeton  Department  of  Biology. 
Dr.  Parpart  has  tested  the  experi- 
mental RCA  industrial  television 
equipment  in  biological  research 
since  last  April. 

The  television-microscope  com- 
bination. Dr.  Parpart  said,  also  has 
the  advantages  of  making  possible 
(1)  the  study  of  many  components 
of  living  cells  normally  visible  only 
after  killing  and  staining  and  (2) 
the  direct  observation  of  motion  of, 
and  within,  these  cells  at  high  mag- 
nifications. Even  without  the  speci- 
ally sensitized  tubes  a  high  degree 
of  contrast  enhancement  can  be  ob- 
tained by  means  of  the  variable 
light  level  controls  on  the  television 
receiver  screen. 

Used  in  Classroom  Demonstrations 

Though  the  RCA  televised  nii- 
cro.scopy  equipment  has  been  used 
primarily  for  research  at  Princeton, 
Dr.  Parpart  said  that  it  had  proved 
convenient  for  showing  specimens 
to  several  persons  simultaneously 
in  a  conference  group.  It  has  also 
been  used  successfully  in  large 
classroom  demonstrations  by  Dr. 
Harry  Fulbright,  former  Princeton 
physics  professor,  in  two  otherwise 
diflicult  microscopic  demonstrations 
—  the  IMillikan  oil  drop  experiment 
and  the  demonstration  of  Brownian 
motion  in  smoke  particles. 

Adaptation  of  the  RCA  industrial 
television    system    for    microscope 


DR.  A.   K.  PARPART    (LEFT)    AND  L.  E.   FLOKY  DEMONSTRATE  THE  TELEVISION-MICRO 
SCOPE   COMBINATION    WHICH    PERMITS   DIRECT    OBSERVATION    OF  LIVING   CELLS. 


work  was  done  by  L.  K.  Flory  and 
.1.  M.  Morgan,  of  the  RCA  Labora- 
tories research  staff.  The  equipment 
was  made  available  to  Princeton 
University  by  RCA  Laboratories. 
Dr.  V.  K.  Zworykin,  Vice  President 
and  Technical  "Considtant  of  RCA 
Laboratories,  directed  the  develop- 
ment of  the  RCA  industrial  tele- 
vision system. 

The  experimental  installation 
consists  of  a  laboratory  microscope 
mounted  beneath  an  RCA  industrial 
television  camera,  which  is  no 
larger  than  a  personal  16-mm  mo- 
tion picture  camera.  The  televised 
microscojjic  scene  is  transmitted  by 
cable  to  a  standard  receiver-moni- 
tor placed  nearby. 

At  the  heart  of  the  industrial 
television  camera  is  a  remarkably 
small  and  sensitive  pickup  tube  — 
the  ^'idicon.  For  microscopy,  the 
^■idicon  can  be  sensitized  with  ma- 
terials which  make  it  receptive  to 
a  particular  narrow  band  of  wave 
lengths.  For  the  model  used  by  Dr. 
Pariiart.  a  red-sensitive  tube  and  a 


violet-sensitive  tube  have  been  pro 
vided.  RCA  research  engineers  an 
developing  tubes  which  may  extern 
the  range  of  the  microscope's  visior 
into  the  infra-red  and  ultra-violet 
regions.  The  microscope  can  also  bl 
equipped  with  a  binocular  viewe- 
and  a  second  television  camera  & 
that  two  selective  tubes  scan  thi 
microscopic  scene  at  the  same  tim€ 

With  the  red  or  violet  tube.  Di) 
Parpart  explained,  it  is  possible  t 
select  a  narrow  wave  length  bam 
for  study  of  a  particular  cellula 
material  whose  light  absoriitio' 
characteristics  lie  in  that  band.  Th 
degree  of  contrast  between  variou 
chemical  components  within  the  eel 
he  said,  is  much  superior  to  tha 
previously  gained  by  the  tediou 
method  of  photographing  the  spec; 
men  through  color  filters.  In  fac 
he  added,  some  granules  in  livin 
cells  have  been  brought  out  this  wa 
for  the  first  time. 

Many  biological  specimens,  sue 
as  granules  of  certain  red  bloo 
cells,  can  at  present  be  studied  onl 


[26   RADIO   AGE] 


;r  they  have  been  stained,  he 
1.  With  televised  microscopy, 
appropriate  tube  will  make  the 
L'imen  stand  out  clearly  without 
ininjr,  he  said,  explaining  that 
iniiiK  often  either  kills  a  speei- 
1  or,  in  some  instances,  a  speci- 
1  must  be  killed  before  it  will 
orb  the  stain. 

)r,  Parpart  pointed  out  that  the 
!  technique  enabled  examination 
either  slow  or  rapid  motion  of 
terial  under  a  microscope  at 
rniticatioiis  which  formerly  coulii 
e  been  "watched"  only  by  mo- 
1  picture  photography.  This 
:hod  offered  no  effective  way  of 
nitoring  what  the  camera  was 
otinjr  and  required  such  an  in- 
se  lijrht  source  that  living  ma- 
ial  was  either  killed  or  injured, 
said.  With  the  low  light  levels 
ded  for  televising  the  micro- 
pic  scene,  living  material  can  be 
mined  for  many  hours  without 
nage. 

Large  Projections  Possible 

ilr.  Flory  said  that  enlargement 
the  image  up  to  15  to  20  times 
ough  the  television  system  made 

ease  of  viewing  and  made  the 
lipment     particularly     adaptable 

classroom    or    conference    use. 


Hven  larger  enlargements  are  feas- 
ible by  projection  of  the  image  onto 
a  screen,  he  said. 

Commenting  on  his  research  with 
the  RCA  equipment  in  a  recent  let- 
ter to  Dr.  Zworykin,  Dr.  Parpart 
stated:  "It  has  been  possible  to 
observe  certain  microscopic  parti- 
cles in  cells  in  active  Brownian  mo- 
tion that  have  not  been  observed  be- 
fore; it  has  been  possible  to  expose 
various  egg  cells,  red  cells  and  plant 
cells  to  light  of  different  wave 
lengths  anil  thus  be  able  to  study  at 
a  particular  wave  length,  details  of 
cellular  structure  that  are  not  clear 
or  not  observable  visually. 

"For  example,  in  eggs  of  the  sea 
ui'chin,  the  violet-sensitive  tube  will 
pick  out  the  echinochrome  granules 
and  exclude  yolk  and  protein  gran- 
ules. The  latter  granules  are  well 
defined  under  the  red-sensitive  tube 
while  the  echinochrome  granules 
are  apparently  absent.  This  ability 
to  see  details  by  selective  absorj)- 
tion  at  narrow  wave  lengths  is  a 
very  real  advantage." 

Dr.  Parpart  has  used  the  equip- 
ment primarily  in  studies  of  a  wide 
variety  of  marine  life  at  the  Marine 
Biological  Laboratory,  Woods  Hole, 
Mass.  Besides  its  value  in  other 
branches  of  biology,  the  technique 


should  be  of  importance  in  medi- 
cine, chemistry,  geology,  physics 
and  other  fields  of  research. 

The  Vidicon  tube  was  developed 
at  RCA  Laboratories  by  Dr.  Paul 
K.  Weimer,  Stanley  V.  Forgue  and 
Robert  R.  Goodrich,  under  the 
supervision  of  Dr.  Albert  Rose.  Re- 
search engineers  of  RCA  credited 
with  the  development  of  the  over- 
all industrial  television  system  are 
Richard  C.  Webb  and  J.  M.  Morgan. 
Special  tube  faces  used  in  the  Vidi- 
con for  the  new  technique  of  tele- 
vised microscopy  were  evolved  by 
A.  D.  Cope. 


OTOCRAPHS    OF    CELL    STRITTURE    AS    REVEALED    ON    SCREENS    OF    CATHODE    RAY 
BES     SHOWING     DEFINITION     OF    THE     MAGNIFIED    IMAGES    AFTER    EXPOSURE    TO 
IICON    CAMERA  Tl'BES   WHICH    HAVE   BEEN    MADE   SENSITIVE  TO   LIGHT   FROM   THE 
BLUE    (B)    AND  RED    (R)    PORTIONS  OF  THE  LIGHT  SPECTRUM. 


Dealers  Advised  to 
Prepare  for  Shortages 

A  warning  to  the  nation's  radio 
and  appliance  retailers  that  "busi- 
ness as  usual"  is  "out"  in  1951,  un- 
less conditions  change,  was  sounded 
by  .Joseph  H.  Elliott,  Vice  President 
in  charge  of  RCA  \'ictor  Consumer 
Products,  in  an  address  before  the 
National  Appliance  and  Radio  Deal- 
ers Association  at  the  Hotel  Stevens 
in  Chicago  on  January  15. 

Urging  retailers  to  prepare  for 
merchandise  shortages  in  the  near 
future,  Mr.  Klliott  declared: 

"There  is  no  prospect  of  business 
as  usual.  Manufacturers  can't  an- 
ticipate production  beyond  the  first 
quarter  of  the  year.  We  don't  know 
what  allotments  of  key  raw  mate- 
rials to  expect,  because  nobody 
knows  from  day  to  day  what  news 
the  next  few  hours  will  bring  from 
the  fighting  fronts." 

Mr.  Klliott  said  that  RCA  Victor 
will  make  every  effort  to  have  re- 
liiacemcnt  parts  available  for  serv- 
icing and  maintaining  television 
sets  now  in  use  in  homes. 

This  can  only  be  done,  he  pointed 
out,  by  diverting  a  portion  of  what- 
ever materials  and  components  are 
available  from  new  production  to 
the  production  of  rei)lacements 
liarts.  In  addition  to  fulfilling  his 
responsibility  for  keeping  present 
television  sets  in  operation  bacause 
of  their  vital  role  as  a  communica- 
tions medium,  he  declared,  a  manu- 
facturer of  an  established  brand- 
name  i)ro(luct  must  undertake  to  do 
this,  even  at  a  sacrifice  of  maximum 
production,  to  safeguard  brand- 
name  reputation  and  good  will. 


[RADIO    AGE   27] 


Studio  8-H  Rebuilt 

(Continued  from  page  25) 
and  other  trick  effects  which  direc- 
tors may  specify. 

When  the  standard  stage,  with 
a  specially-built  proscenium,  is  put 
in  place  it  has  a  depth  of  30  feet. 
It  has  no  elevation,  so  that  the 
cameras  are  not  restricted  to  plat- 
forms as  they  are  in  other  types 
of  theatre  studios.  Forty  feet  are 
allowed  for  the  camera  action,  and 
behind  this  will  be  seats  for  an 
audience. 

Among  the  new  additions  to  the 
studio  is  a  motor-driven  "transis- 
tor". This  is  a  device  to  provide 
transitional  effects,  such  as  dream 
sequences,  or  to  change  the  mood  of 
a  play.  Other  facilities  include  a 
combination  hand-  and  motor-driven 
crawl  for  titles  and  a  motor-driven 
revolving  display  table,  which  re- 
sembles a  "lazy-suzan"  in  appear- 
ance, with  different  sized  disks  on 
which  to  display  objects  of  varying 
sizes. 

The  studio  is  equipped  with  the 
largest  rear-projection  screen  ever 
used,  measuring  15  by  20  feet.  It 
also  can  use  the  smaller  rear-pro- 
jection screen  of  9  by  12  feet.  Both 
screens  employ  the  newly-developed 
blue-tint  for  optimum  results  in 
television  transmission. 


Design  for  Television 


I  Continued  from  paye  il  i 


Facsimile 


(Continued  frum  pagt:  IG) 
two  components  of  the  solution  until 
applied  to  the  paper. 

An  intercommunication  system 
set  up  with  the  facsimile  equipment 
enables  the  operators  of  the  trans- 
mitter and  recorder  to  discuss  the 
material  as  it  comes  over  the  wire. 

The  recorder  can  be  operated 
simply  by  an  on-off  switch.  Opera- 
tion of  the  sending  unit,  the  per- 
formance of  which  is  monitored  by 
an  oscilloscope  on  the  front  panel, 
is  also  simple  so  that  nontechnical 
operators  can  be  trained  in  less 
than  a  day. 

The  experimental  model  of  the 
new  facsimile  system  was  developed 
over  the  past  18  months  at  the  RCA 
Laboratories  Division  by  Maurice 
Artzt.  Roger  Olden,  R.  H.  Fisher 
and  K.  J.  Magnusson,  research  en- 
gineers under  the  direction  of  C. 
J.  Young,  section  head  in  radio  .sys- 
tems research. 


social  significance  would  be  sched- 
uled each  week  at  a  different  period, 
the  period  being  pre-empted  from 
the  advertiser.  The  advertiser 
would  lose  one  show  during  the  4  1 
week  contract,  but  would  still  sign 
for  44  weeks,  which  would  run  45 
weeks  on  the  calendar  because  of 
the  pre-empted  time. 

The  shows  would  fit  the  time 
given  to  them.  For  instance,  This 
Is  Your  Government,  might  be  a 
show  we  would  do  from  Washing- 
ton, with  all  the  remote  crews  in 
Washington  to  handle  pick-ups  from 
the  Supreme  Court,  the  Senate,  the 
White  House,  the  Fort  Kno.x  gold 
room,  et  cetera.  Such  a  show  could 
be  publicized  to  all  schools  and  civic 
groups,  and  would  be  shown  at  7  to 
8,  to  let  the  young  people  watch.  A 
more  straightforward  do-goodo;-, 
like  a  documentary  on  safety,  for 
instance,  would  be  done  from  5  to 
6,  for  the  juvenile  audience.  An 
adult  show  could  be  set  from  10 
to  11,  and  be  repeated  by  kinescope 


in  the  same  time  to  avoid  having 
children  see  it.  A  show  on  mental 
health  or  some  other  subject  which 
could  upset  youngsters  would  fit 
this  late  night  scheduling. 

The  shows  would  be  sponsored,  1 
hope.  This  plan  might  either  be 
offered  to  our  affiliates  on  a  sustain- 
ing basis,  or  we  might  get  present 
sponsors  to  pay  for  the  time  if  we 
allowed  some  commercial  time  be- 
fore and  after  the  performance. 
Or,  more  likely,  we  can  get  some 
major  organization  to  underwrite 
the  time  cost,  with  XBC  paying 
program  charges. 

By  the  fall  of  1951,  then,  I  would 
hope  that  NBC  could  offer  a  full 
network  weekly  hour  show — once 
a  month  musical,  once  a  month 
dramatic,  and  twice  a  month  of  a 
special  nature — a  new  kind  of  three 
dimensional  reporting  and  com- 
mtnting  on  our  life  and  times.  This 
would  be  the  major  final  step  in  the 
NBC  use  of  television  for  social 
good. 


Alert  Receiver 

(Continued  frtnn  paye  19) 

use  of  the  RCA  Alert  Receiver  is 
as  flexible  as  the  highly  developed 
transcontinental  broadcast  network 
systems,  which  permit  the  hook-up 
of  two  stations  or  hundreds  by 
means  of  intricate  switching  ar- 
rangements already  in  service. 
Furthermore,  the  Alert  does  not 
require  even  one  additional  radio 
frequency  allocation  for  its  full  use. 

Civilian  defense  organizations 
usually  have  many  different  groups 
which  must  be  warned,  such  as  hos- 
pitals, public  works  agencies,  police 
and  fire  departments.  It  is  often 
desirable  to  warn  some  of  these 
groups  and  not  others,  particularly 
in  the  preliminary  stages  of  an 
alarm  which  may  not  eventuate  in 
an  actual  attack.  An  outstanding 
feature  of  the  RCA  Alert  Receiver 
is  that  signalling  can  be  made  se- 
lective by  groups  in  any  way  de- 
sired. 

The  RCA  Alert  Receiver  was  de- 
veloped by  Arthur  F.  Van  Dyck, 
Stuart  W.  Seeley  and  H.  B.  Deal, 
engineers  of  RCA  Laboratories. 


Service  for  Armed  Forces 

(Continued  from  paye  J-',) 
Brazzaville  and  Leopoldville.  Afri- 
can headquarters  of  the  Free 
French  and  Free  Belgian  govern- 
ments, respectively,  and  in  Eng- 
land, they  oversaw  installation  of 
high-power  broadcast  transmitters. 
For  the  Brazilian  Xavy  at  Recife, 
they  put  in  electronic  equipment 
and  held  training  classes 

They  went  on  shakedown  cruises 
and  test  flights  in  the  Atlantic  and 
Pacific,  were  stationed  at  Beiniuda 
and  Guantanamo,  at  Guam  and 
.N'ew  Guinea,  and  aboard  carriers. 
Charlie  Hobbs,  now  of  the  RCA 
Service  Company's  technical  pub- 
lications group,  for  instance,  was 
on  the  Enterprixe  when  a  Kamik- 
aze knocked  her  out  of  action  off 
the  Japanese  island.  Kyushu.  He 
was  servicing  night  bombing 
equiiiment.  Merrill  Gander,  now 
the  Company's  chief  engineer,  was 
aboard  a  ferry  at  Pearl  Harbor 
when  the  base  was  attacked  on 
Dec.  7,  1941.  He  was  returning 
from  a  job  repairing  PRY  altim- 
eters. 


[28    R  ADI  O    AGE] 


RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


T^t:!) 


RIL 


.^Kr 


PORTA 


.ANSMITTER 


ND  CAMERA 


RCA   TELEVISION 

First  cliofce  of  ALL  the  Ameritas! 


RCA  is  proud  to  welcome  Mexico, 
Cuba,  and  Brazil— their  great  audi- 
ence, and  their  great  crcati\e  talents 
—  into  the  family  of  R(!A  Television. 
The  first  stations  to  bring  video  pro- 
grams to  Mexico,  C^uba,  and  Brazil 
are  completely  RCA  equipped. 

In  the  United  States  of  America, 
the  great  miijority  of  television  sta- 
tions have  installed  R(!A  transmit- 
ters and  associated  equipment.  RCA 
is  the  first  choice  of  <///the  Americas. 

Television,  the  new  teacher,  is 
helping  to  train  and  to  educate,  as 
well  as  to  entertain. 

Your  R(]A  Distributor  will  be 
glad  tt)  keep  you  fully  informed  on 


RCA  television  and  its  great  possi- 
bilities in  the  economy  and  the  cul- 
ture of  your  country. 

RCA  salutes  Latin  America's 
pioneers  in  television: 

BRAZIL 

PRF3TV  —  Emissoras  Associadas 
Sao  Paulo 

CUBA 

Union  Radio,  Havana 

CMQ—  Hovana 

Telenews  Co.,  Alonso,  S.A.,  Havana 

MEXICO 

XHTV  —  Television  de  Mexico,  S.A., 
Mexico,  D.F. 


/More  f/ion  a  million  RCA  TV  Receivers 
are  in  use  in  homes  in  the  U.S.A^ 

RCA  lelcvision  rcccivcr'i  inlicrit  ihc  manU' 
facturinj;  and  design  experience  poured  by 
RCA  into  the  more  than  1,000.000  RCA 
telt^ision  set^  now  in  use  in  the  U.S. A.  More 
ilian  20  years  of  experience  and  550,000,000 
in  video  research  have  made  RCA  c|iialiiy 
and  perforni.inte  the  finest  in  telfvisiun. 


*Under  conilruction 


KCA   INTtRNATIONAL   DIVISION 

RADIO  CORPORATION  of  AMERICA 

RCA    BUILDING 

30  ROCKlftLLtR  PLAZA,  NCW   YORK.   N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

World  Leader  in  Radio  .  .  .  First  in  Sound  .  .  .  First  in  Television 


RADIO  AGE 


lESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


g  only  5;?  pounds. 
.•  battery-operated 
k  television  camera 
nsmittinp  station, 
1  by  RCA,  permits 
spot"  pick-ups  of 
?vents.  and  remote 
of  industrial  proc- 
Story  on  page  20) 


<ices  of  RCA  are 
Laboratories  Division 


A  Victor  Division 


Communications,  Inc 


le  Corporation  of  America 
roadcasting  Company.  Inc 
)A  Institutes  Inc 
Service  Company  Inc 


International  Division 


VOLUME    10        NUMBER    3 


APRIL   1951 


CONTENTS 

PACE 

MACXKTIC  STORMS   KELATKn  TO   POSITIONS  OK   PLANETS ."? 

PLANNING   INDLSTRIAL    MOBILIZATION 

by  Admiral  Edilin  D.  Foster li 

GREAT  VOICES  BROUGHT  TO  LIKE 

by  George  R.  Marek 9 

NEW    WALKIE-TALKIE    PRODUCED    IN    RECORD   TIME       .  11 

MAJOR    TV    EXPANSION    KORESEEN 13 

TELEVISION  GOES  ABROAD 

by  Richard  C.  Hooper 14 

"THE  GREAT  ESCAPE" 

by  Robert  J.   Wade U\ 

ELECTRON    MICROSCOPE  OPENS   UNSEEN    WORLDS \S 

NEW  LUXURY  LINER  EQUIPPED  WITH    LATEST  RADIO  INSTRUMENTS    ...  19 

PORTABLE  TELEVISION  TRANSMITTER   AND  CAMERA 20 

CRITICAL  MATERIALS  SAVED 21 

MEASURES  COLOR   VALUES       22 

ENGINEERS  ASSURED  ENEMY  ACTION   WILL   NOT  SILENCE  RADIO  STATIONS     .  23 

SARNOFF    RECEIVES    WORLD    BROTHERHOOD    AWARD 2?. 

SCIENTIFIC   RESEARCH    AS   A    F.\CTOR   IN    AMERICAN   BUSINESS       ...  24 

HOME  STUDY  TELEVISION  COURSE  OKKERED  TO  INDUSTRY 2") 

"QUICK   AND  THE  DEAD"  RADIO  DRAMAS  RECORDED 2(; 

CUBAN  FIRM  ADOPTS  2-WAY  RADIO 27 

"SHORAN"   USED  IN    KOREA 2S 

TRI-COLOR    TUBE    DETAILS    REVEALED 29 


P.ADU)  CORPORATION  UF  AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  N.  Y. 

David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the  Board  Frank  M.  Folsom,  Prvvidcnt 

Lewis  MacConnach,  Secretary  Ernest  B.  Gorin,  Treasurer 

Radio   Age    is    published    nuaiterly    by    the    Department   of    Information. 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  .'iO  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York  20,  N.  Y. 

NOTICE:  When  requesting  a  change  in  mailing  ad- 
dress please  include  the  code  letters  and  numbers  which 
appear  with  the  stencilled   address   on   the  envelope. 


MODELS   OF  GUIDED    MISSILE  AND  "ENEMY"   BOMBER   ABOUT  TO  MEET  IN  A  DEMONSTRATION  OF  THE  ELECTRONIC 
ANALOGUE   COMPUTER  DEVELOPED  AT   RCA   LABORATORIES. 


m 


WHEN    PLANETS   IN    THEIR  TRAVELS   AROUND  THE   SUN"    ARRIVE    IN    THE   RELATIVE    POSI- 
TIONS SHOWN    HERE,   MAGNETIC  STORMS  APPEAR  ON   EARTH 

Magnetic  Storms  Directly  Related 
to  Positions  of  the  Planets 

Analyst  at  RCA  Communications,  Inc.,  Reveals  Findings  After  Five-Year  Study.    May  Lead  to 
Long-Term  Predictions  of  Radio  "Weather"  Changes. 


EVIDENCE  that  a  direct  rela- 
tionship exists  between  majr- 
nctif  storms  on  earth  and  the  posi- 
tion of  phmets  with  respect  to  each 
other  and  the  sun  was  disclosed 
recently  by  John  H.  Nelson,  radio- 
wave  analyst  of  RCA  Communica- 
tions, Inc. 

Findings  of  Mr.  Nelson  support- 
ing this  new  approach  to  the  cause 
of  forces  that  disturb  world  radio 
communications  appeared  for  the 
first  time  as  a  documented  report 
in  the  current  issue  of  the  RCA 
Revieir.  a  scientific  quarterly  of 
the  Radio  Corporation  of  America. 
Heretofore,  sunspots  and  allied  ac- 
tivity on  the  solar  surface  have  been 
considered  prime  causes  of  mag- 
netic storms  that  bombard  the 
earth. 

Mr.    Nelson's    report    suggested 


that  these  disruptive  forces  may 
be  forecast  months  or  even  years 
ahead  of  their  materialization,  thus 
permitting  ample  time  to  select  the 
best  radio  channels  to  avoid  cur- 
tailment of  traffic. 

Based  on  Mr.  Nelson's  predic- 
tions for  the  1951-'.52  winter  sea- 
son, selection  already  has  been  made 
by  RCA  for  the  best  working  radio 
routes  and  frequencies  of  its  world- 
wide radiotelegraph  circuits  to  be 
used  under  the  radio  weather  con- 
ditions forecast  for  that  period. 

The  conclusions  reached  in  Mr. 
Nelson's  report  were  the  result  of 
nearly  five  years  of  studying  radio- 
wave  behavior  in  relation  to  sun- 
spots  and  the  movement  of  the 
planets.  Using  a  si.\-inch  telescope 
atop      an      RCA      Communications 


building  in  the  heart  of  New  York's 
financial  district,  he  daily  plotted 
the  position  and  characteristics  of 
sunspots  on   the  solar  surface. 

It  was  during  the  observation  of 
sunspots  that  Mr.  Nelson  became 
convinced  that,  besides  their  ac- 
tivity, other  forces  acting  upon  the 
sun  also  affected  magnetic  weather 
conditions  upon  the  earth's  surface. 
This  conviction  led  him  into  re- 
search involving  the  e.xact  position 
of  planets  with  respect  to  the  sun. 
By  plotting  the  course  of  the  six 
inner  planets  of  the  solar  system 
on  a  daily  basis,  Mr.  Nelson  found 
that: 

1.  When  two  or  more  planets 
are  at  right  angles  to  each  other, 
or  in  line  on  the  same  side  of  the 
sun — or  in  line  with  the  sun  be- 
tween   them  —  magnetc    disturb- 

[RAPIO    AGE    3] 


m 

iiiiDi] 


JOHN  H.  NELSON,  RCA  RADIOWAVE  ANALYST,  TRAINS  HIS  TELESCOPE  ON 
THE  SUN  FROM  HIS  ROOFTOP  OBSERVATORY  AT  25  BEAVER  STREET, 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  WHERE  HE  DISCOVERED  EVIDENCE  OF  A  NEW  RELATION- 
SHIP   BETWEEN    THE    POSITIONS    OF    PLANETS    AND    MAGNETIC    STORMS. 

WHEN    PLANETS  AND  SUN   ARE   IN   THE   POSITIONS   SHOWN    IN   THIS 
DIAGRAM,   THE  RESULTING   BOMBARDMENT   OF  THE   EARTH    BY    MAG- 
NETIC STORMS  REACHES  ITS  MAXIMUM  INTENSITY. 


—  350' 


340* 


320"  ^ 


ances   occur  more   frequently   c 
the  earth's  surface.  "" 

2.  That  the  most  di.sturbed  1' 
months'  periods  will  be  those  pr' 
ceding  and  following  the  pes 
tioning  of  Saturn  and  Jupiter  : 
such  a  configuration  with  relatic 
to  the  sun. 

3.  That  the  most  severe  di 
turbances  occur  when  Mars,  V 
nus.  Mercury  and  the  Earth  ai 
in  critical  relationship  nes 
points  of  the  Saturn-Jupiter  coi 
figuration. 

4.  When  Saturn  and  Jupiti 
have  moved  away  from  the 
critical  relationship,  there  is 
corresponding  decline  in  the  s 
verity  of  magnetic  weather,  i 
though  storms  of  shorter  dur 
tion  result  from  the  critic 
combinations  of  smaller  planet 

5.  That  the  least  disturbi 
periods  occur  when  Saturn,  J 
piter  and  Mars  are  equally  spac( 
by   120°. 

By  means  of  his  planetary  r 
search,  Mr.  Nelson  has  been  at 
to  predict  for  two  years  in  advan 
the  approach  of  major  magnet 
disturbances  on  the  earth's  surfac 
Combining  his  planetary  observ 
tions  with  a  daily  telescopic  i 
spection  of  the  sun's  surface,  he  h 
obtained  an  accuracy  of  85  per  ce 
in  his  daily  forecasts  of  good  ai 
bad  radio  weather. 

Conclusions  presented  by  A 
Nelson  in  the  RCA  Review  le: 
support  to  other  investigate 
notably  Ellsworth  Huntington  a 
Henry  Helm  Clayton,  who  si 
pected  that  the  planets  had  an  : 
fluence  upon  sunspot  activity  a 
conducted  extensive  research  on  t 
subject. 

Planets  Affect  Solar  Surface 

Although  Mr.  Nelson's  reseai 
was  related  to  the  earth's  magne 
storms  in  relation  to  radio  co 
munications  rather  than  sunspc 
his  study  indicates  that  the  plan- 
inrtuence  the  surface  of  the  s 
and  the  solar  reactions  frequen 
associated   with  sunspots. 

In  developing  evidence  of  plai 
tary  influence,  Mr.  Nelson  prepai 
hundreds  of  charts  of  planet  pc 
tions,  radiotelegraph  circuit 
havior  and  sunspots,  and  then  cc 
pared  the  relationships  betwi 
them.  He  found  that  becau.se 
their  slow  motion  around  the  s 


[4    RADIO   AGE] 


gatmii  aiiil  Jupiter  may  stay  in  a 
critical  relation  to  each  other  for 
as  much  as  two  years,  in  whicli 
event  the  inner  planets,  as  they 
circle  the  sun  more  rapidly,  have 
an  opportunity  to  create  adilitiunal 
critical  relationships,  which  aiid  to 
the  effects  of  the  Saturn-Jupiter 
team. 

In  preparing  his  evidence,  Mr. 
Nelson  relied  heavily  on  the  hun- 
dreds of  tiaiiy  propagation  reports 
(fathered  for  him  by  RCA  techni- 
cians at  Riverhead.  L.  I.,  and  by 
overseas  technicians  associated 
with  Radio  France  and  the  Tele- 
graph Administration  in  Sweden. 
Assistance  also  was  rendered  by 
his  brother  Carl  W.  Nelson,  ati 
amateur  astronomer  and  meteor- 
olojrist  in  Massachusetts,  who  aided 
in  plottinjr  the  planetary  confijrura- 
tions  and  in  ascertaining  the  angles 
of  least  disturbance. 

Sunspot  Size  Not  Critical 
Prior  to  planetary  studies  that 
have  made  possible  his  long-ranjre 
predictions.  Mr.  Nelson  achieved 
considerable  success  in  forecasts 
based  solely  upon  his  observations 
3f  sunspots.  In  19-4.^.  he  and  his 
associates  caused  comment  in  as- 
tronomical circles  by  a  report  in 
kvhich  they  said  their  investigations 
showed  the  size  of  sunspots  to  be 
"a  meaningless  criterion"  in  pre- 
dicting disruption  caused  to  radio 
circuits.  The  type  of  the  sunspots. 
:heir  age  and  activity,  and  their 
josition  on  the  face  of  the  sun,  were 
leclared  to  be  the  determining  fac- 
;ors  of  disruptive  bombardment. 

Moreover.  Mr.  Nelson  and  his 
issociates  established  at  that  time 
;he  e.xistence  of  a  "critical  zone" 
)n  the  face  of  the  sun — an  area 
ibout  26°  in  radius  from  the  opti- 
;al  center  of  the  sun,  on  its  east- 
;rn  hemisphere.  It  was  discovered 
;hat  the  position  of  the  sunspots 
,n  relation  to  this  critical  zone  was 
)f  utmost  importance.  Damaging 
'ffects  were  noted  when  new  active 
(pots  were  within  this  zone. 

Subsequent  investigations  by  Mr. 
Melson  have  shown  this  critical 
!one  to  be  expanding  as  the  sunspot 
rycle  approaches  its  next  low  point 
)f  activity,  which  is  expected  to 
)ccur  at  approximately  the  end  of 
1954.  This  zone  remains  a  valuable 
isset  to  Mr.  Nelson  in  making  his 
iaily  forecasts  of  magnetic  weather. 


WITH    SLIDE-RULE    AND    GLOBE,    NELSON    TABULATES    I.NKORM ATKIN 
WHICH     PER.MITS    ENCINEEaJS    TO     PLAN     STATIC-FREE    COMMUNICA- 
TIONS   CIRCUITS    FAR    IN    ADVANCE    OF    THE    COS.MIC    DISTURBANCES 
THAT  HERETOFORE   HAVE  BAFFLED  EXPERTS. 

Assressive  Promotion  Will  Meet  TV  Sales 


•do 


Situation,  Says  H.  G.  Baker 


The  same  old-fashioned,  aggres- 
sive advertising  and  merchandis- 
ing efforts,  and  the  promotional  in- 
genuity which  the  industry  in  the 
past  has  demonstrated  that  it  com- 
mands, should  be  successful  in 
meeting  the  current  television  sales 
situation.  This  was  the  encourag- 
ing statement  issued  by  H.  G. 
Baker,  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager  of  the  RCA  Victor  Home 
Instrument  Department,  in  response 
to  queries  from  the  press  when  tele- 
vision set  sales  showed  a  slight  de- 
cline in  late  March. 

Admitting  that  the  situation  is  a 
"challenging"  one,  Mr.  Baker  said : 
"Television  business  begins  to  fall 
off  every  year  around  this  time. 
There  should  be  no  cause  for  con- 
cern in  a  situation  the  radio  and 
television  industry  has  experienced 
in  the  past.  From  our  own  stand- 
point^ RCA  Victor's  current  tele- 
vision sales  are  considerably  higher 
than  they  were  during  the  like 
period  last  year. 

"We  in  the  television  industry 
must  face  the  fact  that  we  cannot 
expect    forever   that    the   customer 


will  beat  a  path  to  the  teleinsion 
dealer's  door,"  he  added.  "There 
must  be  a  return  to  aggressive, 
competitive  retail  operation.  And 
if  that  time  has  already  arrived, 
then  certainly  this  industry,  by 
employing  its  established  talent  for 
sales  promotion,  can  go  a  long  way 
toward  taking  up  the  slack  in  the 
current  sales  decline,  without  fall- 
ing back  on  pricing  measures." 

Emphasizing  that  the  sales  ini- 
tiative is  in  the  hands  of  the  indus- 
try, Mr.  Baker  pointed  out  that 
RCA  Victor  is  currently  pushing 
the  greatest  concentration  of  tele- 
vision advertising  in  the  company's 
history,  built  around  full-page  and 
half-page  insertions  in  137  major 
newspapers  in  108  cities. 

"This  campaign  is  a  hard-hitting 
effort  to  carry  our  television  sales 
stor.v  to  every  major  television  mar- 
ket in  the  country,"  he  said.  "And 
it  represents  a  major  reason  why 
RCA  Victor  television  sales  today, 
despite  the  seasonal  decline,  are 
considerably  higher  than  they  were 
this  time  last  vear." 


[RADIO   AGE   5] 


Planning  Industrial  Mobilization 

Research,    Development    and    Adequate    Production  of  the  Millions  of  Items  Essential  for  National 
Defense  Represent  the  Challenge  which  Faces  American  Industry,  Foster  Says. 


INDUSTRIAL  Mobilization  Plan- 
ning can  be  defined  as  the  joint 
eflFort  of  industry  and  Government 
to  insure  the  best  utilization  of  our 
industrial  might.  It  is  indispen- 
sable for  the  assurance  of  adequate 
national  strength  to  preserve  our 
national  security.  Our  experience 
in  the  two  world  wars  has  proved 
the  vital  necessity  of  such  planning. 
On  each  occasion,  we  were  given 
two  years  of  grace  in  which  to  tool 
up  for  war  —  an  opportunity  we 
most  likely  will  never  again  be  per- 
mitted —  while  our  allies  took  the 
brunt  of  the  initial  attack.  Even 
then,  it  took  us  many  months  to 
develop  the  support  required  for  a 
successful  war  effort.  In  the  mean- 
time, the  enemy  made  sweeping  ad- 
vances over  territory  which  it  took 
us  years  to  regain  —  at  unconscion- 
able cost,  in  terms  both  of  resources 
and  lives.  It  is  just  as  important  to 
avoid  "too  little  too  late"  in  terms 
of  industrial  support  as  it  is  in 
terms  of  fighting  forces. 

Although  our  fighting  forces 
should  be  maintained  in  sufficient 
strength  to  preclude  any  sane 
thoughts  of  military  action  against 
us,  it  is  axiomatic  that  our  national 
economy  cannot  and  should  not  be 
expected,  in  peacetime,  to  support 
the  fighting  potential  required  in 
time  of  war.  It  is,  likewise,  axio- 
matic that  we  cannot  expect  indus- 
trial facilities,  geared  to  the  pro- 
duction of  goods  for  the  peacetime 
economy,  to  be  converted  overnight 
to  the  production  of  enormous  quan- 
tities of  munition  of  war.  Never- 
theless, if  costly  lessons  of  the  past 
are  to  be  heeded,  we  are  faced  with 
the  stark  necessity  of  curtailing  to 
the  irreducible  minimum  the  time 
required  for  such  conversion. 

Facilities  and  equipment  must  be 
available,  and  harnessed,  ready  to 
go,  to  produce  items  not  now  manu- 
factured at  all  or  in  insufficient 
quantities.  The  best  technical  know- 
how  must  be  developed,  in  the  most 
efficient  manner  and  in  the  mini- 
mum of  time,  to  produce  predeter- 


By  Admiral  Edwin  D.  Foster 

Director, 

Mobilization  Planning  Departtnent, 

RCA  Victor  Division. 


mined  quantities  of  these  muni- 
tions. And  specific  plants  must  be 
assigned  the  responsibility  for 
specific  wartime  production,  and 
equipped  with  precise  knowledge  of 
conversion  requirements.  These  are 
the  prime  military  objectives  of  In- 
dustrial Mobilization  Planning. 

Must   Support   Civilian   Economy 

At  the  same  time,  provision  must 
be  made  for  the  continued  support 
of  our  civilian  economy,  since  with- 
out this  support,  no  military  effort 
can  be  sustained.  It  is  the  job  and 
the  duty  of  both  Government  and 
industry  to  work  together  to  pre- 
serve an  optimum  balance  between 
these  dual  objectives. 

Basic  to  all  of  this  effort  is  deter- 
mination of  requirements.  Require- 
ments can  be  determined  only  if  we 
have  a  plan  of  operations.  Our  de- 
fense plans,  of  course,  are  made  by 
our  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  the  interna- 
tional situation,  as  evaluated  by 
the  National  Security  Council. 


The  character  of  this  whole  pro- 
gram— including  the  basic  and  sup- 
porting plans,  and  the  requirements 
that  stem  from  these — is  one  of 
constant  change  and  adjustment. 
On  the  one  hand,  the  basic  opera- 
tional plan  must  be  geared  to 
changes  in  the  international  situa- 
tion. On  the  other  hand,  techno- 
logical progress  has  added  and  is 
still  adding  further  complexity  to 
the  solution  of  our  logistical  prob- 
lems. It  was  not  so  many  years 
ago  that  armies  subsisted  on  their 
bellies;  that  navies  could  replen- 
ish their  supplies  at  almost  any 
port  of  call,  if  necessary  by  plun- 
der; and  that  air  forces  were  un- 
heard of.  Technological  evolution 
has  changed  all  of  this.  Our  fight- 
ing machine  has  now  become  a  me- 
chanical and  electronics  colossus 
with  a  seemingly  insatiable  appe- 
tite, requiring  a  constant  stream  of 
an  unbelievable  number  of  supplies, 
flowing  from  all  parts  of  our  coun- 
try, and  in  many  instances  from 
remote  parts  of  the  world. 

Millions  of  Items  Involved 

The  magnitude  of  the  problem  is 
indicated  by  the  number  of  items 
required.  The  Navy  alone  requires 
almost  three  million  items.  The 
Army  and  Air  Force  require  other 
items  peculiar  to  their  needs,  which 
likely  add  a  couple  of  million  more. 
It  is  not  enough  that  most  of  these 
items  be  ready  for  use  when  and 
where  required.  It  is  mandatory 
that  all  of  them  be  available.  Con- 
sider the  helplessness  of  the  most 
modern  fleet,  completely  manned 
with  the  finest  and  best  trained  per- 
sonnel and  thoroughly  equipped  in 
every  respect,  except  that  the  ships 
have  no  rudder  mechanisms — or 
that  of  an  Air  Force  lacking  spark 

plugs. 

The  development  of  our  fighting 
machine  into  an  infinitely  complex 
structure  has  been  paralleled  by  the 
rise  in  importance  of  speed  in  put- 
ting our  fighting  machine  into  op- 
eration.   The  pace  has  been  accel- 


[6    RADIO   AGE] 


erated  in  every  way.  The  measure 
of  distances,  for  example,  has  been 
progressively  reduced,  because  of 
these  technological  and  scientific 
advances,  from  years,  to  months, 
to  days,  to  hours,  and  in  some  cases 
even  to  minutes.  Areas  formerly 
considered  impregnable  because  of 
their  geographical  isolation  have 
now  become  vulnerable. 

To  meet  the  challenge  of  Mobili- 
zation Planning  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, the  full  impact  of  what 
so  often  has  been  termed  our  secret 
weapon  —  research,  development, 
and  quality  and  quantity  produc- 
tion— must  he  utilized  to  the  maxi- 
mum, and  that  requires  hard-headed 
planning. 

The  Department  of  Defense  in- 
dustrial mobilization  program  is  a 
broad  structure  of  many  parts.  One 
that  is  of  special  interest  to  us  here 
is  Mobilization  Planning  for  War 
Procurement,  particularly  as  it  ap- 
plies in  these  days  of  "creeping" 
mobilization. 

All-out  Effort  Predictable 
By  comparison,  all-out  mobiliza- 
tion planning  is  less  complex.  The 
conditions  which  we  must  face  in 
an  all-out  effort  are  fairly  predicta- 
ble. We  know  then  that  we  will 
make  the  maximum  effort  logisti- 
cally  to  support  the  military — con- 
sistent with  what  is  required  for 
essential  needs  of  the  civilian  econ- 
omy. The  emphasis  may  change 
operationally,  as  it  did  in  World 
War  II.  from  one  theatre  to  another 
(Europe  to  Asial  or  from  one  type 
of  weapon  to  another  (tank  to 
landing  craft  i,  but  the  industrial 
effort  is  pretty  well  defined,  both 
in  scope  and  character.  In  the  event 
of  an  all-out  effort,  many  mobiliza- 
tion plans  of  the  Department  of 
Defense  would  go  into  active  oper- 
ation. These  plans  include  pro- 
grams for  reserve  plants  and  tools 
and  the  production  allocation  pro- 
gram, under  which  plants  selected 
by  the  various  defense  agencies 
have  tentatively  agreed  to  accept 
orders  immediately  following  M 
Day  for  the  production  of  certain 
basic  equipments  in  specified  quan- 
tities. ^^'hile  these  very  extensive 
plans  are  far  from  having  been 
fully  perfected,  a  great  deal  has 
been  accomplished  to  the  end  of  cut- 
ting down  the  time  needed  to  reach 
full   scale  operations   in   an   all-out 


war.  In  an  all-out  war,  we  can  de- 
pend upon  full  controls  being  im- 
posed and  accepted  by  industry,  by 
labor,  by  Congress  and  by  the  gen- 
eral public. 

The  situation  today  is  entirely 
different.  Conditions  which  must 
be  faced  in  times  of  "creeping" 
mobilization  are  far  less  predict- 
able. We  just  don't  know  the  ex- 
tent or  kind  of  war,  limited  or 
otherwise,  that  we  may  be  called 
upon  to  support.  We  cannot  look 
to  the  Services  for  the  i)ositive 
guidance  during  "creeping"  mobili- 
zation which  they  can  give  us  for 
all-out  mobilization.  Accordingly, 
industry  now  must  initiate  its  own 
plans  for  meeting  the  innumerable 
unpredictable  contingencies  of 
"creejjing"    mobilization. 

Facton  to  be  Evaluated 

This  Involves  maintenance  of  that 
fineness  of  balance  between  military 
and  civilian  production  which  will 
afford  the  military  the  support  it 
requires,  and  still  not  weaken  the 
c'vilian  economy  to  a  point  where 
it  cannot  continuously  sustain  ef- 
fective support  of  the  military.  Fol- 
lowing are  the  more  important  fac- 
tors we  in  industry  must  analyze 
and  evaluate  if  we  are  to  make  the 
decisions  which  will  attain  this  ob- 
jective : 

Availability  of  Materials:  What 
will  be  the  effect  of  restrictions  im- 
posed by  the  Government,  either 
voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  upon 
the  importation  of  basic  materials? 
What  will  be  the  effect  of  the  price 
and  wage  controls,  of  manpower 
controls,  of  restrictions  upon  inven- 
tories, of  the  use  in  production  of 
basic  materials,  and  of  allocations 
and  priorities?  What  changes  are 
likely  to  be  made  in  these  controls, 
and  what  would  be  the  effect  of 
such  changes? 

Civilian     Consumer     Demand: 

Civilian  consumer  demand  for  one's 
product  must  be  considered  in  the 
evaluation  of  almost  any  commer- 
cial or  industrial  problem.  At  this 
time,  it  must  be  considered  in  the 
light  of  various  abnormal  factors 
and  conditions.  For  example,  what 
will  be  the  effect  upon  consumer 
product  demand  of  the  increases  in 
taxes  that  have  been  imposed  ;  what 
additional  taxes  may  we  anticipate; 
when  will  they  be  made  effective; 


and  what  will  be  their  effect  upon 
demand  for  our  products?  Our  liv- 
ing costs  continue  to  rise  and  how 
will  they  affect  the  consumer 
market,  particularly  the  marginal 
buyer,  and  what  will  be  the  psycho- 
logical effect  of  substitution  of  ma- 
terials in  the  manufacture  of  prod- 
ucts, particularly  if  the  potential 
customer  assumes,  even  wrongly, 
that  such  substitution  will  adversely 
affect  quality  of  the  product?  What 
will  be  the  customer's  reaction  to 
any  potential  product  shortages  he 
may  assume  will  exist?  Will  re- 
sulting buying  cause  peaks  and  val- 
leys in  demand?  What  war  scares 
will  develop  and  what  will  be  their 
effect  on  consumer  demand?  What 
additional  credit  controls  will  be 
imposed  and  what  will  be  their 
effect? 

Military  Requirements:  Essential 
to  determination  of  probable  avail- 
ability of  materials  for  production 
are,  of  course,  reliable  estimates  of 
what  will  be  the  character,  scope, 
and  magnitude  of  the  abnormal 
military  requirements.  The  uncer- 
tainty of  operational  needs,  due  to 
changes  in  strategic  factors  and 
technological  advances,  make  im- 
possible an  exact  determination  of 
military  requirements.  The  nature 
of  equipment  needs  depends  in 
large  measure  on  the  kind  of  action 
on  which  plans  are  concentrated  — 
for  example,  whether  on  land,  on 
the  sea.  or  in  the  air. 

Congressional       Appropriations: 

How  much  the  armed  services  buy 
is  limited  by  the  amount  of  money 
Congress  appropriates  for  defense. 
We  know  that  the  attitude  of  Con- 
gress or  of  the  Administration,  or 
of  both,  has  changed  from  one  of  a 
comparative  "free-rein"  to  one  of 
"let's  have  a  good  look-see." 

Effect  on   Defense  Funds 

What  effect  will  this  have  upon 
next  year's  defense  appropriations? 
Will  Congress  repeat  its  practice 
of  the  last  two  .vears  in  deferring 
action  for  two  months  after  expira- 
tion of  the  fiscal  year? 

Contrary  to  what  many  business 
men  have  assumed,  "creeping" 
mobilization  does  not  call  for  Gov- 
ernment procurement  of  the  type 
or  magnitude  of  that  of  World  War 
II.  Whereas  the  maximum  peak 
spending  rate  at  the  end  of  the  war 


[RADI  O    A  GE    7] 


SYMBOLIC   POSTERS    IN    RCA   VICTOR   MANUFACTURING    PLANTS    EMPHASIZE 
THE    COMPANY'S    PROGRAM     TO    CONSERVE     MATERIALS     AND     MANPOWER. 


was  almost  90  billion  dollars,  which 
in  dollars  of  today  would  mean  about 
145  billion,  the  spending  rate  is 
now  only  20  billion  dollai-s,  and  it 
is  estimated  that  it  will  be  increased 
only  to  SO  billion  dollars  by  July  1 
of  this  year.  Even  if  the  total  1951 
defense  appropriations  were  spent 
in  one  year,  the  spending  rate,  al- 
lowing for  the  change  in  dollar 
value,  would  be  less  than  30%  of 
the  maximum  spending  rate  in 
World  War  11. 

Only  60%  for  Procurement 

Another  significant  fact  is  that 
only  about  60%  of  the  41.8  billions 
appropriated  thus  far  this  year 
will  go  for  procurement,  the  re- 
mainder being  required  for  routine 
services  essential  to  maintenance 
of  the  military  establishment — for 
example,  pay  of  military  and  civil- 
ian personnel.  This  means  that  only 
about  25  billion  dollars  is  available 
for  procurement  —  and  we  have 
been  told  that  almost  20  billion  of 
these  25  billion  dollars  have  already 
been  obligated  —  that  is,  covered 
by  contract  or  letter  of  intent. 

Time  Lap:  Another  most  impor- 
tant factor  for  our  evaluation  is 
the  time  lag  between  the  time  funds 


are  appropriated  and  the  time  they 
are  expended  for  the  products 
manufactured.  Two  phases  of  this 
lag  require  consideration.  The  first 
is  the  long  period  it  takes  to  pre- 
pare specifications,  and  the  second 
is  the  time  involved  in  reducing  the 
overall  specifications  to  blueprint 
forms  and  in  tooling  up  for  pro- 
duction. Remember  that  most  of 
these  items  are  new,  or  at  least  im- 
proved versions  of  what  has  been 
used  heretofore.  This  is  both  logical 
and  mandatory.  We  cannot  freeze 
design  in  the  military  field  for  a 
protracted  period.  If  we  do.  we 
will  suffer  defeat  through  a  "Magi- 
not  Line"  philosophy  of  defense. 
And  it  does  take  time  to  engineer 
new  designs. 

In  any  event,  these  essential  time 
lags  must  be  anticipated  —  by  all 
concerned.  Otherwise,  there  is  dan- 
ger of  a  serious  i)roduction  vacuum 
between  the  time  normal  commer- 
cial production  is  cut  back  and  mili- 
tary production  picks  up.  The  effects 
of  such  a  vacuum  are  all  too  well 
known  in  terms  of  unemployment, 
recessions  and  depressions.  Of 
special  concern,  too,  is  the  risk  of 
dissipating  technical  know-how  at 
the   verv    time   when    it    should    be 


developed  and  increased.  This  we 
find  particularly  true  in  the  elec- 
tronics industry,  where  a  much 
greater  than  average  increase  in 
productive  effort  will  soon  be  de- 
manded because  of  the  tremendous 
increase  in  military  electronics  re- 
quirements. 

Covernnient  Prornrement  Pro- 
cedures: Because  the  necessary 
conversion  of  facilities  is  costly, 
care  must  be  taken  to  see  that  the 
interest  of  both  the  Government 
and  industry  are  protected  in  ne- 
gotiation, redetermination,  and  re- 
negotiation. This  calls  for  special 
attention  to  changes  in  current 
procurement.  Since  the  beginning 
of  the  Korean  effort,  negotiation 
has  been  used  more  and  more  in 
the  award  of  Government  contracts. 
When,  last  December,  the  Presi- 
dent declared  a  National  Emer- 
gency, the  awarding  of  military 
contracts  by  negotiation  rather 
than  after  formal  advertised  bid 
requests  was  greatly  facilitated. 
Army,  Navy  and  Air  Force  pro- 
curement offices  were  authorized  to 
dispense  with  formal  bidding  pro- 
cedures to  the  degree  necessary  to 
prevent  production  delay.  The  exer- 
cise of  this  authority  has  improved 
the  coordination  of  current  pro- 
curement with  all-out  mobilization 
plans  under  the  production  alloca- 
tion program. 

Tooling-up  Problems 

How,  for  example,  can  industry 
satisfactorily  meet  requests  as  one 
recently  posed  by  the  Services : 
namely,  tooling  up  for  all-out  mo- 
bilization for  a  specific  item  on  the 
basis  of  a  firm  order  for  a  small 
quantity  only  and  with  no  guarantee 
of  later  orders  for  large  quantities. 

Rut  if  we  do  our  mobilization 
planning  fairly  and  realistically, 
and  if  we  all  put  our  shoulders  to 
the  wheel,  the  decision  we  make  in 
the  interest  of  our  individual  com- 
panies will,  in  most  cases,  serve 
the  interests  of  the  nation  as  well, 
and  our  company's  interests  will 
be  best  served  if  we  do  this  plan- 
ning now.  Otherwise,  the  time  lag 
may  result  in  a  gap  between  the 
time  commercial  production  may  be 
curtailed  and  the  time  we  get  war 
production  under  way.  This  might 
well  cause  a  lot  of  red  ink  in  our 
(Cotitiiuied  on  page  3il) 


[8    RADIO   AGE] 


Great  Voices  Brought  to  Life 

Priceless  Recordings  by  the  World's  Outstanding  Musical  Artists  have  been  Taken  front 
RCA   Victor  Vaults.  Skillfully  Restored,  and  Made  Arailablc  to  the  Publu. 


ONE  OF  opera's  most  famovs  quintets  as  it  listened  to  its  own 

RECORDING  OF  VERDl'S  "THE  QI'INTET".     STANDING,  LEFT  TO  RIGHT:    LEON 

ROTHIER,    ANDRES    DE    SEGUROLA.    AND    ENRICO    CARUSO;    SEATED:     FRIEDA 

HEMPEL  AND  MARIA  DICHENE. 

SELECTIONS    FROM    THE    NEW    "TREASURY"    SERIES    ARE    PRESENTED    TO 
DR.    LUTHER    II.    EVANS.    LIBRARIAN    OF    CONGRESS.    BY    ROSA    PONSELLE 

HKNTKRK   MKS.  KVHIl'n  r  \I!rS(>    IIKFT).    WD   MI!S.   .mUN    MCCOR.MACK. 


By  George  R.  Marek 

Director  o/  Artists  and  Repertoire, 
Record  Department, 
RCA  Victor  Division. 


PRICELESS  master  phonograph 
recordiiiKs.  many  of  them  stored 
for  decades  in  KCA  Victor's  vaults 
at  Camden.  N.  J.,  have  once  again 
been  removed  from  their  felt-lined 
envelopes  and  used  to  reproduce 
the  music  and  voices  of  the  world's 
greatest  artists  in  a  new  twelve- 
album  collection  of  historic  records, 
titled  "Treasury  of  Immortal  Per- 
formances." Spanning  the  period 
from  lOOJ  to  1937,  the  Red  Seal  al- 
bums consist  of  120  performances 
by  54  vocal  and  instrumental  per- 
sonalities including  Caruso,  McCor- 
mack.  Schumann-Heink.  Farrar. 
Hori.  Garden.  Chaliapin,  Ponselle, 
Rachmaninoff  and   Paderewski. 

Six  additional  albums  of  the  new 
series  are  devoted  to  a  historic  col- 
lection of  popular  records,  each 
representing  a  phase  in  the  develop- 
ment of  jazz,  swing,  blues  and  folk 
music  in  this  country.  Also  avail- 
able in  both  45-  and  .33-1/3-rpm 
records,  they  contain  favorites  by 
Russ  Columbo,  Hal  Kemp,  Glenn 
.Miller.  Ted  Weems,  Tommy  Dorsey, 
IJenny  Goodman,  Bing  Crosby, 
I-'rank  Sinatra,  Fats  Waller  and 
Louis  Armstrong. 

To  commemorate  the   release  of 


[RADIO    AGE   9] 


this  series  of  albums  and  the  50th 
anniversary  of  phonograph  record- 
ing by  RCA  Victor,  a  special  pres- 
entation of  the  "Treasury"  collec- 
tion was  made  to  the  Library  of 
Congress  on  February  20. 

In  accepting  the  albums  for  the 
national  archives  from  Rosa  Pon- 
selle,  operatic  soprano,  Dr.  Luther 
H.  Evans,  Librarian  of  Congress, 
noted  that,  "It  was  gifts  from  the 
Victor  Company  in  the  mid-1920's 
which  started  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress record  collection."  He  went 
on  to  say,  "Over  the  years,  without 
interruption — under  the  old  name 
and  under  the  present  name  of 
Radio  Corporation  of  America — 
the  company  has  continued  to  be 
very  generous  in  giving  to  the 
Library  recordings  by  its  outstand- 
ing artists."  Among  the  celebrities 
attending  the  presentation  cere- 
mony were  Mrs.  Enrico  Caruso  and 
Mrs.  John  McCormack,  widows  of 
the  two  artists  whose  legendary 
performances  have  been  recaptured. 

Music  Critics  Selected  Records 

The  "Treasury"  is  the  result  of 
months  of  intensive  research  by 
RCA  Victor's  Record  Department 
at  Camden  where  more  than  7,500 
old  copper  master  records  are  care- 
fully preserved  in  specially  ventil- 
ated vaults.  Several  competent  musi- 
cal authorities  listened  to  more  than 
700  master  discs  and  then  chose  by 
vote  the  records  which  they  con- 
sidered most  representative  of  a 
particular  vocalist  or  musician. 
After  the  artistic  decisions  for  the 
repertoire  had  been  arrived  at,  RCA 
Victor  technicians  made  the  ulti- 
mate decision  as  to  the  suitability 
of  each  record  for  modern  repro- 
duction. The  earliest  selection  in 
the  album  series  is  from  a  1904 
acoustical  recording  of  the  "Death 
of  Otello"  by  Francesco  Tamagno 
and  the  inost  recent  was  taken 
from  Paderewski's  1937  electrical 
recording  of  his  own  "Minuet  in 
G"  and  the  first  movement  of 
Beethoven's  "Moonlight  Sonata." 

In  transferring  such  memorable 
performances  from  original  masters 
to  the  45-  and  33-1/3-rpm  records, 
each  of  the  discs  was  subjected  to 
meticulous  technical  scrutiny  and 
rehabilitation.    During  the   fall  of 

[10    RADIO   AGE] 


1950,  six  men  under  the  direction 
of  Albert  Pulley,  Chief  Recording 
Engineer  of  the  RCA  Victor  Record 
Department  in  New  York  City,  went 
to  work  on  this  formidable  task. 

Many  of  the  old  copper  masters 
"showed  their  age."  By  laboring 
over  each  record  groove  with  mi- 
croscope and  engraving  tools,  RCA 
technicians  skillfully  restored  the 
original  waves  and  whorls  of  the 
spii-al  tracks.  Some  of  these  men 
are  so  skillful  in  this  specialized 
field  that  they  are  able  to  read 
music  by  observing  fluctuations  of 
the  record  grooves. 

Transferred  to  Magnetic   Tapes 

All  the  "Treasury"  performances 
were  then  transferred  from  the  re- 
stored masters  onto  magnetic  tape 
recordings,  which  permit  retakes, 
editing,  cutting  and  the  removal  of 
excess  noise.  Without  affecting  the 
music,  the  scratches  and  flaws 
in  the  primitive  tone  tracks  were 
detected  and  erased  by  sensitive  in- 


struments. In  some  instances,  sev- 
eral masters  of  the  same  recording 
were  available,  making  it  possible 
to  use  one  to  fill  in  certain  portions 
where  another  had  blanked  out.  As 
the  result  of  such  engineering  tech- 
niques, these  matchless  musical  per- 
formances have  been  brought  back 
to  life  on  the  new  vinyl  plastic 
records  with  remarkable  fidelity. 

Among  the  selections  by  Caruso 
are  some  which  were  "revitalized" 
a  decade  or  more  after  the  tenor's 
death  in  1921.  This  accomplish- 
ment was  made  possible  by  re- 
recording  his  voice  against  an 
improved  orchestral  background. 
These  electrical  reissues,  which 
created  a  sensation  at  the  time, 
have  retained  the  magnificent  tonal 
quality  of  Caruso's  voice  in  roles 
from  "Rigoletto"  and  Bizet's  "Pearl 
Fishers,"  and  others. 

In  1952.  RCA  Victor  plans  to 
issue  a  second  "Treasury"  series 
compiled  from  its  musical  gems  of 
bygone  years. 


VAULT  OF  PRICELESS  MASTER  RECORDINGS  IN  CAMDEN,  N.  J.,  FROM  WHICH 

OUTSTANDING      PERFORMANCES     OF      54      WORLD-FAMOUS      ARTISTS      WFJIE 

DIOSEN    FOR    THE    "TREASURY"    SERIES. 


New  Walkie-Talkie  Produced  by 
RCA  in  Record  Time 


Production  Schedule  Beaten  by  60  Days  as  First  Unit  of  Smaller,  More  Powerful  Radio  is 
Presented  to  Maj.  General  Akin,  Chief  Signal  Officer. 

AN'EW  walkie-talkie  for  the 
armed  forces  with  twice  the 
aiiKe  of  its  World  War  II  counter- 
)art,  but  having  only  half  the 
k-eijrht  and  bulk  of  its  predecessor, 
las  been  developed  by  the  Radio 
i'orporation  of  America  and  turned 
iver  to  the  U.S.  Army  Sipnal  Corps, 
vhich  provided  the  specifications, 
rhe  first  production  model  was  pre- 
ented  to  JMaj.  General  Spencer  B. 
Vkin.  Chief  Signal  Officer,  U.S. 
Vrmy,  by  Walter  A.  Buck,  Vice 
'resident  and  General  Manager, 
iCA  \'ictor  Division,  in  ceremonies 
leld  at  Camden  on  March  8. 

An  outstanding  example  of  the 
dvance  in  the  design  of  sub-minia- 
ure  components,  the  new  walkie- 
alkie  is  the  smallest  tunable  radio 
ransmitter-receiver  of  its  type 
ver  produced.  Through  the  ingenu- 
ty  of  engineers,  many  of  the  part.* 
lave  been  compressed  to  fit  into 
netal  cylinders  no  larger  than  a 
niniature  electron  tube.  The  com- 
lete  two-way  communication  unit 
ontains  16  tubes,  yet  is  only  9V2 
fiches  high,  10^2  inches  wide  and 
inches  deep.  Including  batteries, 
ntennas  and  handset,  it  weighs 
nly  29  pounds.  It  can  be  used 
.•hile  strapped  to  the  back  of  the 
perator,  mounted  in  a  vehicle,  or 
et  up  as  a  semi-permanent  ground 
tation.  With  an  output  of  appro.x- 
mately  1  watt,  the  walkie-talkie 
as  a  range  of  about  5  miles. 

Design    Problems    Outlined 

Some  of  the  major  problems  met 
nd  solved  by  RCA  engineers  in 
ooperation  with  the  Signal  Corps 
rere  outlined  by  T.  A.  Smith,  As- 
istant  General  Manager.  Engineer- 
ng  Products  Department,  during 
he  presentation  ceremonies  in 
'amden. 

"The  story,"  he  said,  "begins  of- 
cially  shortly  after  the  war.  Un- 
fficially,  it  began  even  earlier — 
icfore  the  end  of  the  war.   It  might 


.MAJ.    GENER.AL    SPE.N'CER    AKIN,    CHIEF    SIGNAL    OFFICER,    U.    S.    ARMY, 
DIRECTS    MANEUVERS    OF    ARMY    PLANE    IN    FIRST    PUBLIC    DEMONSTRA- 
TION   OF   NEW    RCA   WALKIE-TALKIE   UNIT    AT   CAMDEN,    N.    J. 


be  said  to  have  begun  with  the  prob- 
lems of  GI's  struggling  with  vital 
communications  gear,  made  as  light 
and  portable  as  anyone  could  de- 
sign it,  but  still  heavy  and  cumber- 
some to  carry. 

"World  War  II  'walkie-talkies' 
had  added  a  new  concept  of  com- 
munications to  field  warfare.  But 
along  with  great  advantages  they 
brought  certain  difficulties  in  the 
way  of  reduction  of  maneuvera- 
bility, maintenance  problems  and 
transportation  requirements.  Bulki- 
ness  and  weight,  however,  were  the 
two  main  disadvantages  of  the  old 
equipment.  In  fact,  in  some  sectors 
they  were  referred  to — not  too  lov- 
ingly— as  'backie-breakies'. 

"Engineers  of  the  Signal  Corps 
were,  of  course,  well  aware  of  this. 


Even  before  the  war  ended  they 
were  making  plans  for  a  new  equip- 
ment. They  started  putting  their 
ideas  down  on  paper  based  upon 
their  experiences  during  World  War 
II  and  soon  drew  up  a  list  of  specifi- 
cations for  the  set  they  wanted. 
These  requirements  seemed  impos- 
sible of  achievement  by  techniques 
known  at  the  time. 

"Signal  Corps  engineers,  how- 
ever, believed  that  by  utilizing  the 
newly-developed  art  of  sub-minia- 
turization to  the  fullest  extent  it 
would  be  possible,  over  a  reasonable 
period  of  time,  to  develop  the  set 
they  wanted. 

"The  problem  of  sub-miniaturi- 
zation, or  making  things  much 
smaller,  is  not  simple  because  all 
of  the  many  parts — and  there  are 


[RADIO    AGE    II] 


MANY       WALKIKTALKIE       COM 
NENTS  ARE  SO  SMALL  THAT  TH 
MUST  BE  ASSEMBLED  UNDER  M 
NIFYING   LENSES. 


hundreds  in  the  new  walkie-talkie 
— must  be  reduced  in  size.  This 
means  that  the  ordinary  transform- 
ers, condensers,  resistors,  tubes, 
nuts  and  bolts  and  even  wires  used 
by  the  designer  had  to  be  rede- 
signed. In  most  cases  in  the  design 
of  a  new  piece  of  electronic  gear, 
standard,  easily  available  compo- 
nents could  be  employed.  Here, 
nearly  every  component  had  to  be 
redone  and  a  model  built  to  test 
its  etticiency  and  performance.  New 
circuits  had  to  be  devised  to  pro- 
vide added  flexibility  and  efficiency. 


"Signal  Corps  representatives 
talked  the  project  over  with  RCA 
engineers,  who  agreed  that  it  w'as 
possible — though  very  difficult.  Ac- 
cordingly, in  June  1946,  the  Signal 
Corps  placed  a  contract  with  RCA 
which  called  for  the  development  of 
a  new,  much  smaller,  much  lighter 
walkie-talkie  that  would  meet  a 
long  list  of  exacting  requirements. 

"During  the  following  period, 
RCA  engineers  working  with  Sig- 
nal Corps  engineers  built,  tested, 
rebuilt,  retested  and  rebuilt  again 
until  they  had  completed  engineer- 


CHECKING    ONE    OF    THE    WALKIE-TALKIE    SUB-UNITS     FOR     MECHANICAL 
PERFECTION   AT  THE  RCA   VICTOR   PLANT   IN   CAMDEN. 


ing  models  of  a  new  unit  which  me 
all  of  the  requirements  originall 
laid  down.  These  models  were  e> 
haustively  field-tested  and  finallj 
in  spring  of  1950,  declared  read 
for  production." 

When  RCA  was  first  asked  to  bi 
on  the  instrument,  it  was  estimate' 
that  55  weeks  must  elapse  befor 
the  completed  units  could  begin  roll 
ing  off  production  lines.  Howevei 
the  Signal  Corps  needed  the  equip 
ments  and  urged  company  engi 
iieers  to  use  every  facility  ti 
shorten  the  schedule.  Anxious  t< 
deliver  the  goods,  RCA  put  into  mo 
tion  all  tricks  known  to  the  trad« 
and  as  a  result  production  was 
promised  in  44  weeks. 

Every  Department  Alerted 

To    accomplish    a    feat    that,    to 
many,    seemed    impossible,    it    was 
necessary  that  every  department  be 
alerted    and    primed    for    the    task 
ahead.  Soon.  Engineering,  Purchas- 
ing, Inventory  Control.  Fabricating 
and    ^laterial    Inspection    knew   al- 
most to  an  hour  when  its  contribu 
tion   would   be  needed   if  the  tight 
schedule    were    to    be    maintained. 
How  well  this  integration  worked 
out   was  acknowledged  by  General 
Akin    when    he    accepted    the    first 
walkie-talkie.     The    instrument,    he 
said,  "represents  a  major  engineer- 
ing   and    iiroduction    achievement. 
The  speeding  up  of  this  production. 
60  days  ahead  of  schedule  tells  its 
own  story  of  efficiency  on  the  part: 
of    management — and    cooperationi 
and  energy  on  the  part  of  the  skilled! 
workers  who  built  this  e(|uipment. . 
It  did  not  just  grow.   It  was  created 
through  a  combination  of  scientific 
advance,    industrial   know-how   and 
military  experience. 

"And  as  these  sets  come  off  your 
assembly  line,  we — the  military — 
will  take  over.  Our  supply  system 
will  deliver  these  sets  where  they 
are  needed.  We  will  send  the  re- 
placement parts  required  to  main- 
tain them.  Our  schools  will  train 
the  communications  specialists, 
who  will  use  them  as  a  weapon  in 
national    defense." 

Large-scale  production  of  the  new 
walkie-talkie,  it  was  announced, 
will  start  as  soon  as  the  Signal 
Corjis  has  completed  its  field  tests. 


[12    RADIO   AGE] 


Major  TV  Expansion  Foreseen 


'.  JoUiffc  Tclh  Princeton  Studt 
RCA-SBC  Tats  with 

M  ORE  than  a  year  of  field  test- 
'  J.  iiiK  by  the  Radio  Corporation 
America  and  the  National  Broad- 
stinjr   Company    has   shown    that 

niajt>r  expansion  of  tele%'ision 
:>adc-astintr  is  practical  and  pos- 
ile  at  ultra-high  frequencies.  Dr. 

B.  JollifFe.  Executive  Vice  Presi- 
[it  in  Charge  of  RCA  Labora- 
•ies.  declared  in  a  lecture  at  the 
hool  of  Engineering.  Princeton 
liversity.  on  April  17. 
"Our  engineers  have  determined 
it  practical  L'HF  television  re- 
vers  can  be  built  and  that  pres- 
t  television  sets  can  be  readily 
apted  for  use  at  ultra-high  fre- 
encies."  Dr.  Jolliffe  said.  "This 
lans  that  sets  now  in  use  and 
jse  being  manufactured  will  not 

made  obsolete  by  the  new  devel- 
meiit.  Receivers  and  adapters 
11  be  available  when  UHF  tele- 
;ion  transmissions  are  authorized. 

ultra-high  frequencies  are  used, 
iny  communities  can  have  satis- 
.'tory  television  that  could  not 
ve  had  any  television  service 
thout  this  expansion  in  UHF, 
d  existing  service  at  very-high 
jquencies  also  can  be  extended." 
Dr.  .Jolliffe's  remarks  concerning 
i  success  of  RCA  and  NBC  in 
)neering  investigations  of  the 
iF  were  made  to  emphasize  the 
portance   of    industrial    research 

the  progress  of  television  and 
ler     American     industries,     the 


«/.<  tltat  Public  Will  Benefit  from 
UHF  at  Bridgeport. 

theme  of  his  Cyrus  Fogg  Brackett 
Lecture  before  the  Princeton  engi- 
neering students. 

He  recalled  that  at  the  time  of 
the  "freeze"  in  1948,  when  the  Fed- 
eral Communications  Commission 
halted  action  on  applications  for 
new  television  stations,  use  of  the 
UHF  was  proposed  for  the  expan- 
sion of  television.    He  added: 

"There  was  little  information 
available  at  that  time  concerning 
the  usefulness  of  these  frequencies 
for  television  broadcasting,  al- 
though some  propagation  tests  had 
been  made.  To  determine  the  prob- 
lem of  television  broadcast  trans- 
mission and  reception  in  the  UHF, 
RCA  inaugurated  a  full-scale  field 
test. 

"A  transmitter  was  built  and  in- 
stalled at  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  and 
test  receivers  were  installed  in  a 
number  of  homes  in  and  near  that 
city.  The  station.  KC2XAK.  which 
is  operated  by  NBC,  began  trans- 
missions in  December.  1949. 

"The  regular  schedule  of  pro- 
grams of  NBC's  New  York  station 
WNBT  has  since  that  time  been  re- 
layed by  microwave  from  New  York 
to  Bridgeport.  This  was  the  first 
UHF  station  in  the  United  States 
to  operate  on  a  regular  schedule. 
The  Bridgeport  area  has  been  used 
as  a  testing  ground  for  UHF  re- 
ceivers by  RCA  and  others." 

Recalling  that   the   FCC  has   re- 


FROM    THIS   TOWER    NEAR    BRIDGEPORT,    CONN.,    RCA-NBC    HAVE    BEEN    CON- 
DUCTING EXTENSI\'E   FIELD  TESTS  OF  TELEVISION    PROGRAMS   TRANSMITTED 
ON    l"LTRA-HIGH    FREQUENCIES.     BELOW:    CONTROL    CONSOLE    AND    TRANS- 
.MITTER   SWITCHBOARD  AT    BRIIXJEPORT    STATION. 


cently  announced  a  proposed  alloca- 
tion which  involves  the  use  of  UHF, 
Dr.  Jolliffe  said  the  Commission's 
proposed  channel  assignments  pro- 
\ide  for  nearly  '2,000  UHF  and 
VHF  television  stations  in  more 
than  1,200  communities.  He  pointed 
out  that  certain  procedure  steps  by 
the  FCC  are  necessary  before  the 
"freeze"  can  be  lifted,  but  added 
that  if  production  facilities  are 
available  for  television  at  the  con- 
clusion of  this  procedure,  television 
broadcasting  will  expand  rapidly 
and  television  broadcasting  service 
can  become  a  "really  nation-wide 
service." 


UHF  Converter  for  TV 
Proved  Best  by  Test 

Large-scale  experiments  in  the 
transmission  and  reception  of  ultra- 
high-freiiuency  television  signals, 
carried  out  by  RCA,  show  that  a 
converter  is  the  best  means  of  en- 
abling present  TV  sets  to  receive 
stations  that  may  operate  in  the 
higher  frequency  channels  recently 
proposed  by  the  Federal  Communi- 
cations Commission.  A  bulletin  con- 
taining this  information  has  been 
sent  to  distributors  of  RCA  tele- 
vision receivers  by  W.  A.  Buck,  Vice 
(Continued  on  page  29) 


£  V 


r 


Television  Goes  Abroad 

Crews  of  RCA  Technicians,  Transporting  Special  Equipment,  have  Demonstrated 
American  Television  in  Ten  Foreign  Countries. 


WHILE  television  has  become 
a  household  word  to  Ameri- 
cans, it  still  symbolizes  mystery  to 
millions  outside  the  United  States 
who  read  about  its  wonders,  but 
cannot  enjoy  them  regularly.  How- 
ever, through  the  activities  of  the 
RCA  Victor  Shows  and  Exhibits 
Division,  more  than  9,000,000  peo- 
ple in  10  foreign  countries  have 
actually  viewed  telecasts  for  the 
first  time.  To  carry  on  this  mis- 
sionary work,  teams  of  technicians, 
acting  as  emissaries  rather  than 
salesmen,  have  traveled  more  than 
500,000  miles  to  date,  introducing 
the  new  medium  abroad  through 
on-the-spot  demonstrations. 

On  the  average  of  once  a  week, 
a  Service  Company  demonstration 
crew  is  somewhere  "on  location," 
in  this  country  or  abroad,  telecast- 
ing a  parade,  ship  launching,  re- 
ligious ceremony,  sports  event,  pub- 
lic affair,  or  surgical  operation. 
Attired  one  day  in  hip  boots  and 
the  ne.xt  in  tails  and  cummerbund, 
these  nomadic  technicians  who 
transport  RCA  equipment  to  South 
America,  Sweden,  Italy  and  other 
far  places  stand  apart  from  their 
desk-bound  fellow  workers. 

The  recent  introduction  of  tele- 
vision  in   Sweden,   at   the   interna- 


By  Richard  C.  Hooper 

Manager, 

Shoivs  and  Exhibits  Department, 

RCA  Victor  Division. 


tionally  famous  Nobel  Prize  Award 
ceremony,  was  a  typical  overseas 
assignment.  The  crew  took  off  for 
Stockholm  on  extremely  short  no- 
tice, with  6,800  pounds  of  broad- 
cast equipment  and  56  pieces  of 
I)ersonal  luggage.  Two  TV  field 
cameras ;  two  "life-size"  projectors, 
which  give  6-  by  9-foot  pictures; 
and  an  array  of  16-  and  19-inch 
receivers  were  used  to  set  up  oper- 
ations in  Stockholm's  Concert 
House. 

When  King  Gustav  VI  presented 
the  coveted  awards  to  the  world's 
leading  physicists,  chemists,  medi- 


ili 


ope 
|i 

itio 
bit 
iec 

IM 

«ii 
cal  scientists,  and  writers,  3,50'  .fti 
spectators  witnessed  the  event,  ap  nr 
proximately  half  of  them  on  RCi  iif 
television  sets  installed  outside  th 
auditorium.  In  order  to  give  com  it 
plete  coverage  to  the  2V2-hour  cen 
mony,  one  camera  was  set  up  in 
box  on  the  right  side  of  the  stagi 
to  obtain  a  picture  of  the  presenta 
tions  as  seen  by  the  audience, 
second  camera  was  mounted  on 
balcony  at  the  rear  of  the  stage  ti 
cover  the  entire  audience. 

To  enable  the  King,  his  roya* 
family,  and  others  seated  in  thf 
orchestra  to  observe  the  techniea 
perfection  with  which  the  cere-'l 
monies  were  reproduced  on  televi- 
sion, a  16-inch  receiver  was  in- 
stalled at  the  base  of  the  speaker's 
rostrum,  facing  the  audience.  Other 
direct-view  receivers  and  two  pro- 
jection models  were  installed  out- 
side the  main  hall  to  accommodate 
the  overflow  crowd.  Additional 
eciuipment  was  placed  in  Stock' 
holm's  Cinema  Royal,  which  was 
filled  to  its  1,000-seat  capacity. 

As  is  often  the  case  with  foreigni 
assignments,  the  crew  faced  a  tecb 
nical  problem  before  it  could  prO' 
ceed  with  the  actual  telecast.  Swe- 
den uses  50-cycle  electric  power,, 
while  RCA  equipment  is  designed 


: 


RCA   TELEVISION   CAMERAS  AND  RECEIVERS,    INSTALLED   IN  STOCKHOLM'S  CONCERT  HOUSE,  BROUGHT  A  CLOSE-UP 
VIEW    OF    THE    FAMOUS     NOBEL    PRIZE    AWARD    CEREMONY  TO   THOUSANDS   OF   EAGER  SPECTATORS   INSIDE   AND 

OUTSIDE  THE  AUDITORIUM. 


# 


i 

ijpl' 

r- 

1  r 

1- 

ill 

i^^y  1 

%' 


.»=» 


\u_ 


#  ^  ■il^5^.""•■ 


jperate  on  the  GO-cycle  power 
i  in  the  United  States.  As  a 
tion  to  this  situation,  the  tech- 
iins  provided  their  own  source 
lectricity  by  bt)rro\vinfr  two  pas- 
e-driven  generators  from  the 
disli   Navy. 

ithouirh  telecasting  the  Nobel 
irds  ceremony  was  the  group's 
f  task   on   this   assignment,    it 

not  the  only  one.  The  engineers 
i  King  Gustav  a  private  show 
lis  palace;  put  on  a  demonstra- 

for  the  Riksdag  Uegislaturei  ; 
i-ised  a  heart  operation  at  the 
batsberg  Hospital,  and  an  ab- 
inal     surgery     at     Stockholm's 

olinska  Hospital. 

Crew   Worked  Lotii;   Hours 

'ith  only  four  hours  of  daylight 

was  winter  in  Stockholm — thv 
nicians  went  to  bed  and  got  up 
he  dark,  working  nearly  around 
clock,  scarcely  knowing  that  the 

shone,  when  it  did.  At  the  re- 
st of  government  officials,  the 
V  group  produced  several  spe- 
programs,  one  of  which  covered 
operation  of  recently-developed 
pons.  Another  demonstrated  the 
of  T\'  in  the  classroom  as  an  aid 
he  teaching  of  physics,  science, 
tronics  and  home  economics.  Be- 
!  the  crew  embarked  for  home 
lad  shown  American  television 
approximately  25,000  residents 
Stockholm. 

i'hile  this  RCA  group  was  at 
k  in  "the  land  of  the  midnight 
"  another  crew — almost  halfway 
jnd  the  world — was  demonstrat- 

television  to  several  thousand 
ernment  leaders,  doctors  and 
ses  gathered   in   Havana's  Gen- 

Cali.xto  Garcia   Hospital, 
he    Cuban    demonstration    was 

in  a  series  of  four  conducted 
RCA  in  Latin  America,  in  co- 
ration  with  F:.  R.  Squibb  &  Com- 
y.  A  total  of  149  pieces  of 
ipment.  weighing  8.500  pounds, 

transported  from  Peru  i  the 
:  stop  I  to  Colombia,  to  the  Do- 
ican  Republic,  and  finally  to 
la  to  stage  the  dramatic  surgical 
casts. 

1  each  demonstration,  which 
ed  approximately  two  hours, 
procedure  was  much  the  same. 
;amera  was  suspended  directly 
r  the  operating  table  to  pick  up 

operating  field  and  the  hands 
:he  surgeon  and  his  assistants. 


RCA   TELEVISION    EXPERTS   BOARD  A    PLANE   FOR   SWEDEN    TO   INTRODUCE 
THE    NEW    MEDIUM    IN   THAT   COUNTRY. 


A  second  camera,  on  a  level  with 
the  doctors,  gave  an  over-all  picture 
of  the  action.  Adjacent  to  the  sur- 
gery, the  crew  set  up  a  small  studio 
in  which  doctors  held  discussions 
on  surgical  methods,  patients' 
symptoms  and  case  histories.  Cam- 
era No.  2  was  wheeled  into  position 
to  cover  the  studio,  and  back  to  the 
surgery  for  the  actual  operation. 

In  Lima,  the  cameras,  which 
were  set  up  in  the  modern  Hospital 
Obrero,  covered  14  operations  pre- 
sented under  sponsorship  of  the 
Seventh  Inter-American  Surgical 
Congress.  Physicians  from  all  parts 
of  South  America  were  among  the 
audience  of  approximately  7,500 
persons. 

Surgery  Televised  in  Bogota 

The  Bogota  operations  were  tele- 
vised in  the  Hospital  of  San  Jose, 
and  receivers  were  made  available 
in  a  nearby  medical  school  for  ap- 
proximately G.OOO  spectators. 

At  Ciudad  Trujillo,  about  3,000 
persons  watched  similar  demonstra- 
tions conducted  in  the  Professor 
Marion  Military  Hospital. 

Surgery  is  frequentl.v  selected  as 
the  subject  for  such  demonstrations 
because  it  dramatically  illustrates 
that  television  is  not  merely  an  en- 
tertainment medium.  People  every- 
where have  heard  of  American  com- 
edy, drama  and  juvenile  shows,  but 


few  are  aware  of  television's  poten- 
tial as  an  instrument  of  education 
and  public  service. 

When  TV  made  its  Canadian 
debut  in  1949,  technicians  set  up 
RCA  cameras  and  receivers  in  the 
Saskatoon  General  Hospital,  in  Sas- 
katchewan for  the  Medical  Associa- 
tion's annual  convention.  This  dem- 
onstration impressed  its  Canadian 
spectators  to  such  a  degree  that 
RCA  crews  were  called  back  on 
subsequent  occasions  to  televise 
non-medical  conventions  in  Toronto 
and  Montreal. 

These  travelling  members  of  the 
RCA  Service  Company  are  as  adept 
at  maneuvering  a  T\'  camera  in  a 
"corrida  de  toros",  or  bullring,  as 
they  are  in  an  operating  room.  In 
fact,  one  of  the  Division's  first  for- 
eign assignments  was  a  junket  to 
Jlexico  City,  in  1946,  to  telecast  a 
series  of  bullfights  from  the  60.000- 
seat  Plaza  Jlexico.  On  this  occasion 
the  program  was  transmitted  by 
microwave  radio  relay  to  the  Hotel 
del  Prada.  six  miles  away,  where 
an  additional  7,500  spectators 
viewed  the  event  on  RCA  receivers. 

In  the  summer  of  1948  RCA  tele- 
vision cameras  were  focused  on 
similar  bullfights  in  Madrid,  during 
a  series  of  demonstrations  conduct- 
ed by  RCA  to  acquaint  the  Spanish 
people  with  American  television. 
(Continued  on  page  26) 


[RADIO   AGE    15] 


artist's  original  sketch   from  which  the  stage  sets  for  "the  great  escape"  were  designed. 

'The  Great  Escape" 

Staging  Specialists  at  NBC  Adapt  a   Thrillttig   Wartime  Episode  for  Telerision  Presentation 
Providing  Viewers  with  One  of  TV's  Outstanding  Dramas. 


By  Robert  J.  Wade 

M  imager, 

Staging  Services  Division, 

National  Broadcasting  Company. 


C^  REATING  scenery  for  the  "av- 
^  erage"  television  drama,  no 
matter  how  spectacular  or  gigantic 
the  presentation  may  be,  normally 
presents  no  great  problem  for 
NBC's  experienced  production  staff. 
But  occasionally  designers  of  the 
network's  stage  settings  are  con- 
fronted with  a  script  which  chal- 
lenges even  the  most  imaginative 
mind  and  the  most  extensive  TV 
facilities. 

Such  was  the  case  with  NBC's 
production  of  "The  Great  E.scape", 
one  of  the  most  thrilling  adventure 
stories  to  come  out  of  World  War 


II.  In  this  escapade,  which  took 
place  in  1944,  76  British  and  Amer- 
ican airmen,  overcoming  seemingly 
insurmountable  obstacles,  tunneled 
their  way  to  freedom  from  the 
German  prison  camp  called  Stalag 
Luft  II.  Their  achievement  was  no 
less  amazing  than  its  transition  to 
the  television  screen. 

How  is  it  possible  to  simulate  a 
tunnel  300  feet  long  and  30  feet 
underground? 

Why  is  barbed  wire  hard  to  get 
nowadays? 

How  can  four  tons  of  dirt  be 
made  to  weigh  just  one-quarter  of 
that  amount? 

What  happens  to  the  paper  holes 
cut  from  loose-leaf  notebooks? 

These  were  only  a  few  of  the 
questions  to  be  answered  by  the 
staging  specialists  who  prepared 
the  scenery  and  props  for  "The 
Great  Escape".  Scenic  designer 
Otis  Riggs,  who  has  created  set- 
tings for  more  than  200  television 
productions,  found  this  to  be  his 
most  difficult  assignment. 

In  order  to  create  the  illusion  of 
underground  activity  for  the  key 
scenes  in  the  drama,  Riggs  had  to 
create  a  set  which  was  substantially 
above  the  ground.  He  constructed 
the  barracks  room   (where  the  un- 


derground  trap-door   was   located 
10   feet   above   the   studio   floor   ir 
NBC's  studio  8-G,  with  the  room'.' 
rafters  resting  just  below  the   17- 
foot-high  studio  ceiling. 

A  six-foot  vertical  shaft  was  con- 
structed leading  from  the  barracks 
room  to  the  horizontal  tunnel  be- 
low. This  vertical  opening  was  a 
facsimile  of  one  dug  to  a  depth  of 
30  feet  by  the  Allied  PWs  in  Silesia. 
The  second  studio  tunnel,  20  feet 
long  and  two  feet  wide,  represented 
the  original  escape  medium  which 
ran  underground  for  300  feet  to 
the  outside  of  the  German  camp  ini 
the  actual  escape. 

Tunnel  Built   Above   Floor 

The  main  escape  tunnel  had  to 
be  raised  four  feet  off  the  studio ' 
floor  so  that  all  action  would  be  ■ 
on  a  level  with  normal  camera 
height.  To  support  the  weight  of 
this  off-the-floor  construction,  as 
well  as  the  players  and  props,  elab- 
orate and  sturdy  platforms  were 
erected — the  largest  ever  demanded 
by  an  NBC  show. 

The  winter  setting  of  the  drama 
caused  NBC's  Staging  Services  De- 
partment to  reach  for  another  su- 
perlative. Six  hundred  square  feet 
of  playing  space,  representing  the 


[16    RADIO   AGE] 


\ITH0R  (LEFT)  ANn  AKT  IIIRFXTdK 
il.WELL  USE  A  MOCK-ll'  MODEL  (IF  THE 
SET    TO    STUDY    SCENERY    AND    STAGLNG. 


PW  yard  and  the  final  escape  hole 
)utside  the  compound,  had  to  be 
.•overed  with  snow.  This  required 
1.200  cubic  feet  of  snow — which 
'xplains  where  the  paper  holes  of 
oose-leaf  notebooks  ko-  The  round 
ind  irrejrular  shaped  paper  bits 
lave  a  peculiar  floating  ijuaiitx 
.vhich  makes  them  ideal  in  snowfall 
scenes.  In  addition  to  the  paper, 
mow  was  represented  by  bleached 
•orn  flakes  and  commercial  con- 
fetti, tojrether  with  mica,  which 
jlitters  like  ice.  Dampened  sail 
umulated  snow  spots  on  the  men's 
iniforms. 

"The  Great  Escape"  also  re- 
luired  more  earth  and  sand  than 
iny  other  network  production.  The 
ludience  would  hardly  have  ac- 
cepted a  tunneling  scene  without 
lirt  and  sand,  particularly  when 
he  earth  itself  was  a  greater  enemy 
)f  the  escape-minded  prisoners 
:han  the  German  guards  and  their 
iloodhounds. 

Tons  of  Earth  Required 
Four  tons  of  earth  initially  were 
\stimated  for  the  show,  but  since 
his  tonnage  presented  an  enormous 
iroblem  to  staging  men  who  had  to 
;ransport  the  load  up  eight  floors 
o  the  studio,  the  weight  was  re- 
iuced  one-quarter  by  mi.xing  tan- 
)ark   and   cork   with   gravel. 

Designer  Riggs,  who  became  fa- 
niliar  with  German  prisoner-of- 
var  camps  when  he  was  in  Army 
service,  discovered  that  barbed  wire 
vas  scarce  in  New  York.  He  solved 
:his  problem,  however,  by  writing 


m 

h% 

E 

1 

P 

REALISTIC    COMPLETED    SETTINGS    FOR    THE    PRISON    CAMP    YARD     (ABOVE) 

AND    ESCAPE    TUNNEL     (BELOW)     CREATED    THE    AT.MOSPHERE    DEMANDED 

BY  THE  TENSE  PLOT  OF  THE  DRAMA. 


to  a  mail-order  house  which  special- 
izes in  farm  equipment. 

From  the  blueprint  and  script 
stages  through  to  the  final  curtain, 
actors  and  technicians  alike  were 
imbued  with  the  spirit  of  this  mov- 
ing drama.  The  cast  of  40  actors, 
headed  b.v  Everett  Sloan.  Leslie 
Linden  and  Oliver  Thorndike,  re- 
hearsed in  the  Paladium  Ballroom, 
using  night-club  tables  and  chairs 
as  crude  props  to  create  the  effect 
of  a  tunnel.  In  the  studio  itself, 
skilled    technicians,    under    the   di- 


rection of  Mr.  Riggs  and  Robert 
Garthwaite,  staging  coordinator, 
spent  one  entire  night  setting  up 
the  complicated  scenery  and  props. 
During  the  actual  telecast  a  total 
of  70  people  occupied  the  studio's 
somewhat  limited  space.  Camera- 
men, dollymen,  actors  and  stage- 
hands worked  in  perfect  coordina- 
tion with  Producer  Fred  Coe  and 
Director  Gordon  Duff,  the  final  re- 
sult bringing  wide  acclaim  from  the 
network's  T\'  audience  and  the 
press. 


RADIO    AGE    17] 


:% 


These  t-wo  models  of 
RCA  electron  micro- 
scopes are  invaluable 
aids  in  industrial  and 
medical    research. 


the 

Electron  Microscope 

opens 

Unseen  Worlds 


Medical    research    has   been    stimu- 
lated   by    enlargements    of    minute 
organisms  such  as  this  one,  showing 
a   type   of   colon   bacillus. 


A    relation    between    rodlike    parti- 
cles and  influenza  virus  is  indicated 
to     bacteriologists     in     this     micro- 
graph,   magnified    35,000    times. 


Ropey  structure  of  lime  soap  grease 

was  unsuspected   until  the  electron 

microscope     brought     the     unusual 

formation   to   visible   size. 


The    wavy    threads    in    this    micro- 
graph of  a  bacterium  are  less  than 
a  millionth  of  an  inch  wide,  visible 
only   in   on   electron   microscope. 


A  crystal  of  zinc  oxide  smoke  is  a 

pattern   of   perfect  symmetry  under 

the    powerful    lens   of    the    electron 

microscope. 


Red    blood    cells    surround    a    white 

blood   cell    in   this   ultra-thin   section 

of    human    tissue    photographed    at 

RCA   Laboratories. 


[18    RADIO    AGE] 


TIIK    NKW    RtA-KliL'Ifl'KI)   l.UXl'RY    I.INER 

SS    INDKPENDKNCE    RECEIVES    A    TYPICAL 

MARINE     SAI.l'TE     AS     IT     ENTERS     NEW 

VdKK    llAltliiiR   FOR  THE  FIRST  TIME. 


K»fe 


AN  OFFICER  TAKES  THE  SHIP'S  BEARING 

WITH    THE  LATEST    MODEL  RADIOMARINE 

DIRECTION   FINDKl: 


^. 


New  Luxury  Liner  Is  Equipped 
with  Latest  Radio  Instruments 

■111    Nari^alioii    and   Communication    Apparatus    on    Independence 
Supplied  by  Radiomarinc. 


I  \  J  UK'S  America's  newest  lux- 
VV  "'■>  ''"^•■'  the  26,000-ton 
American  Export  Line's  Independ- 
ence, sailed  on  her  maiden  voyage 
n  February,  she  was  virtually  a 
showcase  of  Radiomariiie  communi- 
cations and  navigation  apparatus. 
As  adjuncts  to  the  safety  and  con- 
venience of  the  ship's  1,000  passen- 
gers were  the  following  equipments, 
ill  manufactured  by  RCA:  long 
•ange  radar;  direct-reading  loran; 
jinnacle-type  direction  finder:  two 
radiotelephone  transmitters:  a  ra- 
liotelegraph  station  and  an  internal 
■ommunication  system  which  per- 
mits passengers  to  send  and  receive 
radiograms,  ship-to-shore,  direct 
from  staterooms  and  cabins. 

RCA's  new  high-power  shipboard 
console  consists  of  a  .500-watt  main 
transmitter  with  eight  channels,  a 
500-watt  high-frequency  transmit- 
ter with  10  channels,  a  40-watt 
emergency  transmitter  with  five 
channels,  and  three  receivers  with 
a  combined  frequency  range  of 
from  15  to  6.50  kilocycles  and  from 
l.ii  to  25  megacycles. 

The  radar,  with  its  12-inch  view- 
ing scope,  is  an  improved  version 
of   the   type   now   installed   aboard 

[RADIO    AGE    19 


such  ships  as  the  Holland-American 
Line's  SS  Nieutv  Amsterdam,  the 
Swedish-American  Line's  SS  Stock- 
holm, the  United  States  Line's  SS 
Washbtiittni  and  many  other  large, 
transoceanic  liners.  The  unit  oper- 
ates on  a  wave  length  of  ;?.2  centi- 
meters, with  a  range  from  75  yards 
to  40  miles. 

In  the  ship's  Chart  Room,  the 
direct-reading  loran  indicator  dis- 
plays time  differences  directly  on  a 
simple  dial,  making  interpolation 
unnecessary. 

After    his    ship's    recent    ocean 


trials  had  been  completed.  Captain 
Hugh  L.  Switzer,  master  of  the 
Independence  (the  American  Ex- 
fwrt  Line's  speedy  llagship),  said: 
"Our  communications  and  naviga- 
tion eciuiimieiit  performed  admi- 
rably, as  expected.  Radiomarine 
can  well  be  proud  of  the  accuracy, 
durability  and  dependability  of 
their  products." 

A  duplicate  of  the  Independence 
installation  is  being  made  aboard 
her  sister  ship,  the  Ciinj<titiitinn, 
now  nearing  completion  at  the 
Quincy  Mass.,  shipyard. 


SCENE    ON    BRIDC.E    OF    THE    INDEPENDENCE    SHOWING,    AT    LEJT.    THE    fttA 
RADAR  UNIT  WHICH   CAN   DETECT  OBJECTS  WIBVKIK- A  40-MILE  RANGE. 


Portable  Television  Transmitter 

And  Camera 

Using  Pencil-Sized  Tubes  and  Miniature  Components,  RCA  Develops  Back-pack  Unit 
Weighing  Only  53  Pounds  and  having  Range  of  One  Mile. 


1 


ANEW  portable  television  cam- 
era and  transmitting  station, 
designed  to  operate  in  the  field  as  a 
one-man  back-pack  unit,  was  dem- 
onstrated by  L.  E.  Flory,  of  the 
RCA  Laboratories,  at  a  meeting  of 
the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers 
on  March  21. 

Weighing  only  53  pounds,  the 
back-pack  station  is  planned  to 
function  with  its  own  battery-power 
supply.  It  has  a  range  of  approxi- 
mately one  mile.  Because  of  its 
easy  portability,  numerous  appli- 
cations for  the  new  equipment  are 
foreseen  by  RCA  research  engi- 
neers. Among  these  are  news  cov- 
erage, with  television-equipped  re- 
porters flashing  pictures  and  com- 
mentary directly  to  editorial  rooms, 
and  remote  industrial  viewing  and 
control. 

The  new  transmitter  operates  in 
conjunction  with  a  control  station 
which  may  be  located  as  far  as  a 
mile  from  the  camera.  Signals  cor- 
responding to  the  scene  being  tele- 
vised are  transmitted  to  the  control 
point  on  an  ultra-high  frequency 
with  a  power  of  two  watts.  In  addi- 
tion to  acting  as  a  monitor  for  the 


televised  picture,  the  control  point 
performs  two  other  functions.  It 
sends  out  a  stream  of  pulses  which 
stabilize  the  camera  and  can  be 
used  also  to  issue  vocal  instructions 
to  the  cameraman. 

Recent  developments  in  the  de- 
sign of  pencil-sized  tubes  and  other 
sub  -  miniature  component  parts 
made  possible  the  impressive  re- 
duction in  bulk  and  weight  of  the 
equipment. 

Equifnnent  Carried  as  Back-Pack 

The  back-pack  is  carried  in  knap- 
sack fashion,  suspended  from  the 
narrator's  shoulders  by  flexible 
straps.  Two  small  antennas  extend 
from  the  top  of  the  pack  and  are 
used  respectively  to  transmit  the 
picture  signal  to  a  base  station  and 
to  receive  voice  and  control  signals 
from  that  same  point. 

The  camera  is  an  adaptation  of 
the  RCA  industrial  TV  camera 
using  the  Vidicon  tube.  As  an 
added  feature,  the  camera  includes 
a  miniature  kinescope  picture  tube 
which  serves  as  a  view-finder  for 
the  cameraman.  Through  it  he  is 
able  to  see  an  exact  reproduction  of 


the  scene  on  which  the  camera  lens 
is  focused. 

The  equipment  contains  42  tubes 
which,  with  their  associated  cir- 
cuits, pi-ovide  all  synchronizing  fre- 
quencies for  a  standard  52o-Iine, 
30-frame  interlaced  television  pic- 
ture. Included  in  the  unit  are  the 
battery-operated  power  supply,  de- 
flecting circuits,  amplifiers,  and  a 
radio  receiver  for  receiving  instruc- 
tion and  other  essential  information 
from  the  control  point.  A  single 
battery  operates  the  portable  sta- 
tion for  about  1^2  hours. 

The  narrator-cameraman's  voice 
is  picked  up  and  transmitted 
through  the  combination  of  a  small 
microphone  built  into  the  camera 
case  and  an  ingenious  electronic 
circuit  which  adds  the  voice  signals 
to  the  picture  signals  as  they  are 
radiated  to  the  control  point. 

Research  and  development  of  the 
portable  television  equipment  were 
carried  out  by  Mr.  Florv,  W.  S. 
Pike,  Jr.,  J.  E.  Dilley,  and  J.  M. 
Morgan,  of  the  RCA  Laboratories, 
under  the  direction  of  Dr.  V.  K. 
Zworykin.  Vice  President  and  Tech- 
nical Consultant. 


CO.NTROL  PANEL  OK  PORTABLE  TV  SYSTEM.  I.NCLUDING  MONITOR 
SCREEN  AND  TWO-WAY  RADIOTELEPHONE  FACILITIES. 

SIDE     VIEW      OF     PORTABLE     TELEVISION     CAMERA,     SHOWI.NC; 
VIDKO.V   TUBE    (UPPER  RIGHT)    AND  CO.NTROL  UNITS. 


SUBSTANTIAL   SAVINGS   IN   COBALT,   STEEL  AND   OTHER   CRITICAL    MATE- 
RIALS   HAVE    BE3:N    ATTAINED    IN    THE    NEW    RCA    TELEVISION    CHASSIS 
(RIGHT)    WITHOUT   AFFECTING  RECEIVER   OPERATION. 

Critical  Materials  Saved 

Technical  Developments  in   Picture  Tubes  and   Loudspeakers 
Alone  Reduce  Cobalt  Usage  by  90  Percent. 


JEW  technical  developments, 
which  will  enable  the  radio 
d  television  industry  to  effect 
pe  savinjrs  in  defense-strategic 
iterials  and  still  maintain  present 
jh-(iiiality  standards,  have  been 
idosed  by  the  Radio  Corporation 
America. 

They  include  an  electrostatic  pic- 
re  tube  and  redesigned  loud- 
eakers,  which  alone  reduce  the 
lount  of  critical  cobalt  in  the  av- 
ige  television  receiver  by  90  per- 
it. 

"When  these  conservation  steps 
e  applied  by  the  industry,"  Frank 
,  Folsom,  President  of  RCA,  de- 
ired.  "they  will  save  millions  of 
unds  of  cobalt,  copper,  nickel, 
iminum.  brass,  steel,  and  other 
itical  metals." 

The  new  engineering  develop- 
?nts,  which  extend  over  the  whole 
nge  of  radio  and  television  pro- 
ction,  are  the  direct  result,  Mr. 
)lsom  said,  of  the  Corporation's 
mprehensive  conservation  pro- 
am  which  was  stepped  up  with 
e  outbreak  of  the  Korean  War. 


RCA  already  has  turned  over  to 
radio,  television,  and  tube  manu- 
facturers throughout  the  industry 
developments  resulting  from  its  8- 
months  emergency  -  intensified  re- 
search work,  he  said.  The  manu- 
facturers were  also  assured  that 
additional  engineering  advances 
will  be  passed  on  to  them. 

Product    Quality    Maintained 

RCA  approached  the  problem  of 
material  conservation,  it  was 
pointed  out,  with  the  idea  of  main- 
taining product  quality  and  per- 
formance by  taking  full  advantage 
wherever  possible  of  new  non-criti- 
cal materials. 

In  his  letter  to  the  manufac- 
turers, Mr.  Folsom  declared: 

"I  know  you  will  join  with  us  in 
earnestly  pursuing  this  conserva- 
tion program,  not  only  for  the  re- 
sulting substantial  savings  in  vital 
metals,  but  also  to  demonstrate  to 
our  Government  officials  the  indus- 
try's resourcefulness  in  this  time 
of  emergency."   He  added : 


"Only  by  doing  everything  pos- 
sible to  help  itself  can  the  industry 
feel  morally  justified  in  asking  the 
help  of  Government  agencies  in 
supplying  sufficient  critical  mate- 
rials to  permit  continued  production 
of  peacetime  products  which,  in 
turn,  enable  us  to  hold  together  our 
technical  skills  and  our  trained 
workers  until  they  are  needed  to 
produce  electronic  equipment  for 
the  military  services." 

By  finding  new  ways  to  use  scarce 
materials,  Mr.  Folsom  explained, 
the  iiitlustry  has  been  able  to  main- 
tain a  substantial  level  of  produc- 
tion which  has  meant  continued 
employment  for  thousands  of  skilled 
workers  in  the  plants  of  both  man- 
ufacturers and  suppliers. 

Mobilization  Determines  Production 

How  long  the  present  production 
rate  can  be  maintained  will  depend, 
he  added,  on  material  restrictions 
imposed  by  expanding  requirements 
of  the  mobilization  program,  as  well 
as  on  the  continued  ingenuity  of  the 
industry  in  finding  ways  to  further 
conserve  strategic  materials. 

Mr.  Folsom  listed  these  material 
savings  for  every  million  average 
17-inch  television  sets  produced  by 
the  industry:  Alnico  V  (an  alloy 
containing  24  percent  cobalt,  and 
other  scarce  materials),  732,800 
pounds;  steel,  784,000  pounds;  cop- 
per, .510,700  pounds;  aluminum. 
224,000  pounds;  brass,  146,400 
pounds;  and  nickel,  46,000  pounds. 

The  conservation  program  also 
has  been  extended  by  the  RCA 
Service  Company  to  installation  of 
television  sets  in  the  home.  By  re- 
designing the  antenna,  aluminum 
has  been  cut  50  percent,  an  annual 
saving  of  2,000,000  pounds  per  mil- 
lion installations  if  applied  on  an 
industry-wide  basis.  The  use  of 
copper  in  transmission  lines  also 
has  been  drastically  reduced  with 
the  possibility  of  still  further  sav- 
ings. 

The  new  electrostatic  picture 
tube  eliminates  the  need  for  a  large 
external  focusing  magnet,  biggest 
cobalt  user  of  any  television  part, 
and  is  fully  comparable  in  perform- 
ance to  picture  tubes  now  in  use. 
The  redesigned  loudspeakers  also 
permit  substantial  savings  of  this 
scarce  metal  through  the  use  of  a 
new  magnet  structure. 


[RADIO    AGE    21] 


Measures  Color  Values 

Electronic  Device,  Called  a  Tristtmulus  Photometer,  Gives  Accurate 
Analysis  of  Spectrum  Components  in  Light  Source. 


COLOR  from  a  direct  light 
source  can  be  measured 
quickly  and  accurately  through  the 
use  of  a  new  instrument  developed 
bv  RCA  Laboratories,  Princeton. 
N.  J. 

Called  a  "tristimulus  photom- 
eter," the  new  instrument  uses 
only  five  electron  tubes  and  is  no 
larger  than  a  shoe-box.  It  simulta- 
neously determines  the  relative 
strength  of  the  three  basic  color 
components  in  a  light  source  under 
study  and  gives  an  instantaneous 
reading.  Previous  methods  of  color 
specification  require  roughly  one- 
half  hour  of  measurement  with  a 
spectrometer  followed  by  several 
hours  of  computation. 

Though  the  spectrophotometric 
method  gives  a  higher  degree  of 
accuracy,  the  tristimulus  photom- 
eter can  give  values  of  the  three- 
color  components  sufficiently  pre- 
cise for  every-day  engineering  work 
and  can  readily  distinguish  between 
two  different  color  samples  which 
are  close  enough  together  in  value 
so  they  would  appear  identical  to 
the  eye. 

The  instrument  was  designed 
specifically  to  provide  a  laboratory 
and  studio  check  on  the  faithfulness 
of  color  reproduction  in  color  tele- 
vision. However,  since  it  can  deter- 
mine the  values  of  a  reflected  light 


source  as  well  as  a  direct  one,  the 
device  may  also  have  valuable  ap- 
plication in  the  textile,  paint  and 
other  industries  where  color  match- 
ing is  critical.  A  direct-reading 
electronic  instrument  has  been  de- 
signed by  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  of  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Commerce,  which  can  define  the 
components  of  reflected  light,  but 
cannot  handle  a  direct  light  source 
such  as  that  of  a  television  screen. 

Apparatus  has  "Eye"  and  "Brain" 
The  new  instrument  consists  es- 
sentially of  an  "eye"  and  a  "brain." 
The  "eye"  is  made  up  of  a  lens 
which  focuses  the  light  under  study 
onto  a  mirror  assembly  designed  to 
split  the  beam  into  three  parts  of 
equal  intensity.  The  three  beams 
then  pass  through  three  filters,  each 
sensitive  to  a  range  of  wavelengths 
corresponding  to  the  basic  color 
components. 

The  "brain"  of  the  instrument 
starts  with  three  photocells,  one  for 
each  filter.  The  photocells  convert 
the  light  energy  to  electrical  energy 
which  passes  through  circuits,  each 
of  a  diff'erent  design,  to  compensate 
for  the  mathematical  dissimilarities 
between  the  three  color  components. 
Finally,  a  corrected  value  for  each 
component  is  read  on  microam- 
meters. 


GEORGE    C.    SZIKLAI,    OF    RCA    LABORATORIES.    DEMONSTRATES    THE    TRI- 
STIMULUS   PHOTOMETER,    WHICH    PERMITS   RAPID    ANALYSIS    OF   COLORS. 


Proposes  "Pool  of  Ideasltj 
For  Television  Service 


Confidence     that     the     televisi 
service  industry  could,   by  pooli 
its  ingenuity,  effect  measures  nec( 
sary  to  see  it  through  the  critic! 
months   ahead   in   the   face   of   t^ 
twin    problems    of    availability    '■ 
qualified    service    technicians,     ij 
stallation    materials,    and    replac* 
ment  parts  and  tubes  has  been  e : 
pressed  by  E.  C.  Cahill,  Presider 
of  the  RCA  Service  Company. 

As  a  contribution  to  the  "pool  i 
ideas",  the  Service  Company  wi 
soon  make  available  to  the  servicin 
industry  a  comprehensive  conserv; 
tion  and  alternate  materials  pre 
gram  related  wholly  to  installatio 
and  servicing  of  television  receiv 
ers,  Mr.  Cahill  disclosed. 

This  report  will  expand  and  sup 
plement  the  over-all  materials  con 
servation  report  which  the  Radi( 
Corporation  of  America  has  alreadj 
turned  over  to  television,  radio,  anc 
tube  manufacturers.  The  RC^ 
materials  conservation  report  has 
also  been  sent  to  the  servicing  in-; 
dustry,  he  said. 

The  supplementary  report  will 
contain  a  compilation  of  the  most 
commonly  used  parts  and  tubes  in 
installing  and  servicing  television 
sets.  A  comprehensive  cross  index 
indicates  the  many  alternate  parts 
and  tubes  which  can  be  used  when 
so-called  standard  components  not 
readily  available. 

"While  the  industry  has  long 
been  aware  of  the  wealth  of  alter- 
nate components  available,  we  have 
all  more  or  less  concentrated  on 
specific  parts  and  tubes,"  Mr.  Cahill 
pointed  out.  "Today,  there  is  a 
great  need  for  a  compilation  which 
can  keep  the  technician  and  service 
agency  fully  informed  on  alternate 
components  which  perform  as  effec- 
tively  as  a  given  part  or  tube  which 
may  be  in  scarce  supply." 

Mr.  Cahill  declared  that  the  RCA 
Service  Company  will  continue  to 
make  available  the  one-year  Fac- 
tory Service  Contract  as  well  as 
the  lower-cost  limited  contract.  It 
will  also  provide  service  on  a  time- 
and-materials  basis  to  those  RCA 
Victor  television  set  owners  who 
l)refer  this  type  of  service. 


22    RADIO    AGE] 


igineers  Assured  Enemy  Action 
Vill  Not  Silence  Radio  Stations 

RCA   Laboratories  Staff  Mcwhcr  Sa\s   Protcctirc   Measures 
Will  Be  Effectire  in  Hmerae tides. 


iROTECTIVE  measures  already 

in  force  at  American  radio  sta- 
is  are  sufficient  to  outwit  enemy 
jmpts  to  silence  all  broadcastinjr 
bombinjr  and  sabotage.  Arthur 
1  Dyck,  staff  assistant  at  RCA 
joratories,  assured   members   of 

American  Institute  of  Electrical 
pincers  in  session  at  the  Hotel 
itler.  New  York,  on  January  23. 
n  densely  populated  areas  such 
New  York,  he  pointed  out.  radio 
tions  are  distributed  over  a  wide 
!a  and  even  though  one  or  more 
i-e  silenced  by  enemy  action  the 
naining  transmitters  would  con- 
ue  to  be  available  for  distribut- 
r  vital  information  and  instruc- 
ns  to  the  populace. 
The  problem  of  transmitter  pro- 
;tion.  he  said,  is  not  a  serious  one 

this  country. 

"If  our  system  were  like  that  of 
)st  other  countries,"  he  said, 
,-ith  but  one  station  serving  each 
ea  the  problem  would  be  more 
Ricult.  To  interrupt  broadcast 
rvice  from  the  26  stations  in  the 
ew  York  area,  it  would  be  neces- 
,ry  for  an  enemy  to  silence  not 
le  or  two  stations,  but  at  least  the 
"teen  which  give  good  signals 
irouphout  the  metropolitan  area." 

The  damaging  of  any  lesser  num- 
;r,  he  continued,  would  not  stop 
roadcast  service,  provided  that 
ibstitution  and  alternate  use  of 
;ations   had   been   arranged.   Only 

minor  degree  of  organized  plan- 
ing is  necessary  to  accomplish  this, 
nd  it  is  being  carried  out. 

In  peacetime,  Mr.  Van  Dyck  ex- 
lained.  major  stations  have  de- 
ised  means  for  staying  "on  the 
ir"  when  confronted  by  abnormal 
onditions.  and  their  staffs  are  fully 
xperienced  in  the  requirements  for 
ontinuous  operation  even  under 
hese  difficulties.  Emergency  trans- 
nitters  are  available  for  immediate 
ise  in  many  stations,  and  some 
lave  emergency  antennas. 

"While  it  is  probably  impossible 
:o  prevent  an  expert  and  deter- 
mined  saboteur  from  putting  any 


single  station  out  of  operation,  at 
least  temporarily,"  Mr.  Van  Dyck 
conceded,  "the  protection  is  com- 
plete enough  to  discourage  all  but 
the  most  determined  and  well- 
equipped  efforts." 

Even  the  loss  of  the  large  towers 
of  broadcasting  stations  would  not 
be  a  crippling  blow,  he  said.  Emer- 
gency service  could  be  established 
quickly  through  the  erection  of 
hundred-foot  poles,  or  balloon-sup- 
ported wires.  Futhermore.  he  told 
the  engineers.  World  War  II  ex- 
perience proved  that  it  is  extremely 
difficult  to  put  a  radio  station  out  of 
commission  by  air  bombing,  unless 
by  a  direct  hit. 

Care  in  setting  up  special  protec- 
tive measures  would  prevent  the 
unauthorized  use  of  broadcasting 
facilities  by  subersive  action,  he 
pointed  out. 


.Mr.  \an  Dyck  also  expressed  a 
doubt  that  broadcasting  would  be 
shut  down  in  the  event  of  an  enemy 
attack,  as  was  the  custom  at  times 
in  World  War  II.  The  silencing 
then,  he  said,  was  carried  out  to 
deny  to  enemy  planes  the  use  of 
radio  signals  for  navigational  pur- 
poses. 

"No  modern  aircraft  navigator," 
he  explained,  "would  need  to  use 
broadcast  station  emissions  to  lo- 
cate anv  city  in  the  United  States. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,"  he  added, 
"there  is  more  danger  from  special 
stations  installed  by  enemy  agents 
and  operated  when  needed,  than 
from  use  of  our  radio  stations. 

"In  the  event  of  an  air  attack," 
he  explained,  "many  hundreds  of 
points  need  to  be  alerted  and  sig- 
nalling to  them  within  a  few  sec- 
onds is  vital.  This  can  be  done  only 
by  widespread  high-power  radio 
stations,  and  means  are  available 
whereby  it  can  be  accomplished  on 
standard  broadcast  stations  without 
interfering  in  any  way  with  the 
normal  operations  of  the  stations." 


Sarnoff  Receives  World  Brotherhood  Award 


Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff, 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  Radio  Cor- 
poration of  America,  received  one 
of  the  first  World  Brotherhood 
Awards  of  the  Jewish  Theological 
Seminary  of  America  at  ceremonies 
held  at  the  Waldorf-Astoria  Hotel 
on  March  18.  The  award,  which  was 
presented  by  Dr.  Louis  Finklestein, 
president  of  the  seminary,  cited 
General  Sarnoff  for  "his  scientific 
contributions  that  have  brought 
men  ever\-where  closer  in  mind  and 
spirit." 

In  accepting  the  award.  RCA's 
Board  Chairman  pointed  out  that 
if  men  are  to  become  masters 
rather  than  slaves  of  science,  "we 
mu.-^t  learn  to  use  its  powers  with 
good  purpose:  and  that  purpose 
must  be  the  well-being  of  our  fel- 
low men." 

"What  is  needed,"  he  said,  "is 
for  all  of  us — you  and  I  and  our 
fellow  men  everywhere — to  recog- 
nize and  give  practical  application 
to  the  ideal  of  brotherhood.  .  .  .  We 
have    no    choice.     Either    all    men 


learn  to  live  and  work  together,  or 
all  men  will  peri.sh  together." 

General  Sarnoff  recalled  that  he 
had  recommended  plans  for  an  in- 
ternational broadcasting  service 
which  materialized  as  "The  Voice 
of  America."  and  subsequently  also 
as  "The  Voice  of  the  United  Na- 
tions." 

"Today."  he  said,  "both  of  these 
broadcast  services  are  striking  ex- 
amples of  the  power  of  radio  to 
reach  afar  in  an  effort  to  cultivate 
greater  understanding  among  the 
free  peoples  of  the  world."  He  ex- 
pressed the  hope  that  "the  range 
of  these  broadcasts  will  be  extended 
and  that  people  everywhere — even 
those  behind  the  Iron  Curtain— will 
be  permitted  by  their  governments 
to  listen  to  them. 

"Television  has  not  yet  spanned 
the  ocean."  he  said,  "but  I  am  sure 
it  will.  And  when  it  does,  we  shall 
have  a  iirogram  that  may  be  called 
•The  Voice  and  Vision  of  the 
U.S.A."  This  can  be  a  strong  and 
powerful  force  for  peace." 

[RADIO    AGE    23] 


Scientific  Research  as  a  Factor 
in  American  Business 

In  Address  to  Patent  Law  Experts,  E.  C.  Anderson  Cites 

Contributions  of  RCA  to  Radio,  Television  and 

Other  Technical  Industries. 


«l 


MOKE  than  $50,000,000  has 
been  invested  by  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America  in  televi- 
sion research  and  development, 
E.  C.  Anderson,  Vice  President  in 
Charge  of  the  Commercial  Depart- 
ment of  RCA  Laboratories,  said  in 
an  address  before  the  Patent  Law 
Association  of  San  Francisco  on 
February  28. 

"Most  of  this  outlay,"  Mr.  Ander- 
son added,  "was  made  before  a 
single  dollar  returned  to  anybody, 
including  RCA." 

Scientific  research,  he  declared, 
has  become  the  major  factor  in  the 
progress  of  all  American  business. 
Out  of  pioneering  research  efforts, 
such  as  RCA  made  in  television, 
have  come  the  new  inventions  and 
techniques  which  have  brought 
prosperity  to  entire  industries,  he 
said. 

With  both  black-and-white  and 
color  television,  RCA's  research 
costs  were  borne  in  the  belief  that 
television  would  become  a  "great 
new  American  art  and  industry," 
according  to  Mr.  Anderson.  RCA 
had  faith  that  its  money  and  re- 
search would  eventually  pay  off  in 
good  will  and  in  service  to  the  pub- 
lic and  the  industry,  he  added. 

Illustrating  RCA's  contribution 
to  the  television  industry,  Mr.  An- 
derson told  how,  after  World  War 
II,  various  competitors  were  in- 
vited by  Frank  M.  Folsom,  Presi- 
dent of  RCA,  to  inspect  the  facili- 
ties of  RCA's  Camden,  N.  J.,  plant. 

"At  Camden."  declared  Mr.  An- 
derson, "we  handed  our  guests  the 
blueprints  for  the  manufacturing 
of  our  television  receivers,  com- 
plete with  a  bill  of  material,  and 
we  told  them  they  were  free  to  use 
them  any  way  they  desired.  Then 
we  took  the  entire  party  through 
our  television  plant  and  let  them 
see  what  we  were  doing.  We  told 
them  it  was  a  job  for  an  entire  in- 
dustry— not  just  one  company. 

"We  got  competition,  all  right. 
Several  of  the  companies  have  told 


us  since  that  they  never  would 
have  gone  into  television  if  they 
had  not  been  so  thoroughly  sold  at 
that  first  post-war  meeting.  Let 
us  see  what  this  good-will  gesture 
did  for  the  industry.  Here  are  a 
few  figures  that  tell  the  exciting 
story : 

"On  January  1.  1947,  sets  in  use 
by  the  public  numbered  16,476.  By 
January,  1948,  the  total  reached 
189,000.  On  January  1,  1949.  it 
was  1,000,000.  January  1,  1950,  it 
was  3,950,000.  On  January  1,  1951, 
the  total  was  over  10.000,000!" 

Results  Available  to  Industry 

Mr.  Anderson  said  that,  of  course, 
RCA  had  benefited  from  this, 
through  the  sale  of  large  quantities 
of  television  sets  and  by  supplying 
a  mounting  quantity  of  tubes  and 
parts  to  competitors  in  the  radio- 
electronics  field. 

"In  addition,"  he  said,  "we  have 


the  satisfaction  of  knowing 
the  results  of  our  twenty  years  )fj 
research  in  television  have  bei 
made  available  to  American  indit 
try  and  to  the  American  public  I 
an  exceedingly  modest  price." 

Mr.  Anderson  recalled  that  wh  i 
he  entered  the  radio  industry,  sori 
29  years  ago,  the  confusion  and  u  • 
certainties,  particularly  with  r' 
gard  to  patents  and  invention 
represented  a  far  cry  from  today 
flourishing  vigor  of  radio,  telev 
sion  and  electronics. 

"The  blight  on  the  budding  rad 
industry,"  he  declared,  "steniim 
largely  from  confusion  over  th 
ownership  of  inventions.  Some  ( 
these  inventions  dated  back  to  189 
when  radio's  first  dots  and  dashe 
emanated  from  Marconi's  experi 
ments. 

"Others  were  the  result  of  Amer 
ican  and  British  initiative  before 
and  during  World  War  I.  Charac 
teristic  of  the  situation,  as  thi 
United  States  Navy  learned,  wa; 
the  refusal  of  many  patent  owner: 
to  exchange  their  inventions  wit! 
others.  By  1919  the  uncertaint> 
over  rights  had  created  almost  a 
complete  stalemate  in  radio  prog- 
ress. 

"It  was  that  year,  at  the  sugges- 
( Continued  on  page  31) 


1947 


1948 


1949 


1950 


1951 


I.N    FOIR    YKAKS    THE    TELEVISION- 
ANNUAL  OUTPUT   M 


SET    INDUSTRY    HAS    INCREASED    ITS 
ORE  THAN   35  TIMES. 


[24    RADIO    AGE] 


Home  Study  Television  Course 
Offered  to  Industry 

RCA  Inslilutcs  Makes  Texts  Arailahle  to  Meet 
Gronhij^  Sluirta^e  of  Teclinieians. 


N  a  major  move  to  circumvent 
the  rapidly  developing  short- 
re  of  trained  television  service- 
en,  RCA  Institutes,  Inc.,  one  of 
e  nation's  oldest  electronics  train- 
g  schools,  has  announced  that  it 
\l  open  to  the  industry  a  highly- 
ecialized,  field-tested  Television 
ome  Study  Course  for  training 
levision  servicing  technicians. 
le  course  will  be  limited  to  work- 
g  members  of  the  radio  and  tele- 
sion  industry,  but  previous  serv- 
?  experience  is  not  required. 
If-employed  independent  radio 
d  television  servicemen  are  also 
gible.  Enrollments  are  now  being 
cepted. 

Developed  jointly  by  the  RCA 
rvice  Company  and  KCA  Insti- 
tes.  Inc.,  for  use  in  training 
impany  technicians,  the  course 
suited  from  14  months'  study  in 
e  field,  according  to  General 
lorge  L.  Van  Deusen.  President 
RCA  Institutes.  Inc.  Revised 
d  amplified,  it  is  now  being  made 
ailable  to  the  entire  radio  and 
«'\  i<ion  industry. 


Representing  a  combination  of 
practical  "how  it  works"  informa- 
tion with  pre-tested  "how  to  do  it" 
techniques,  the  course  is  planned 
to  extend  the  work  potential  of  the 
existing  manpower  pool  by  supple- 
menting the  knowledge  and  improv- 
ing the  techniiiues  of  servicemen 
now  on  the  job.  Gen.  \'aii  Deusen 
said. 

Mceti  Special  Need  of  Industry 

"Designed  to  meet  the  special 
needs  of  the  servicing  industry, 
this  Television  Home  Study  Course 
emphasizes  practical,  pre-tested  in- 
stallation and  servicing  functions, 
and  presupposes  that  the  student 
is  actually  working  in  the  indus- 
try," he  said.  "Its  purpose  is  not 
only  to  make  servicemen,  but  to 
make  better  ones." 

In  addition.  General  \'an  Deusen 
added,  the  course  makes  possible 
the  rapid  conversion  of  installation 
men  into  service  technicians,  and 
represents  supplementary  training 
which  makes  jiracticable  the  hiring 
of  inexperienced  trainees. 


CORPS    OF   DRAFTSME.V    WORKED    FOR    MO.NTHS    I.\    LAYING    OUT    DIA- 
GRAMS   AND    II.LISTRATIONS    FOR    THE    HOME    STUDY    COl'RSE. 


GENERAL  G.  L.  VAN  DEUSEN  (LEFT),  PRESIDENT 
OF  RCA  INSTITUTES,  INC.,  RECEIVES  HOME 
STUDY  LESSON  .NO.  1  IN  TELEVISIO.N  FROM 
BER.NARD  GROB,  WHO  DIRECTED  PREPARATION 
OF  THE   TEXTS. 

Approved  by  the  New  York  State 
Department  of  Education,  the 
Study  Course  consists  of  10  lesson 
units,  the  first  of  w-hich  is  mailed 
to  the  student  upon  enrollment. 
Each  unit  contains  a  home  assign- 
ment which  covers  the  material 
presented.  Completed  by  the  stu- 
dent and  returned  to  the  RCA  In- 
stitutes, Inc..  the  assignment  is  re- 
viewed and  graded  by  a  qualified  in- 
structor. The  assignment  is  then 
returned  to  the  student  with  ap- 
lirojiriate  comments  and  advice,  and 
the  next  unit  is  furnished  to  the 
student. 

The  first  lesson  was  made  avail- 
able to  the  RCA  Service  Company, 
for  incorporation  in  its  technician 
training  program,  in  October.  1949. 
Today,  thousands  of  RCA  techni- 
cians take  the  Course. 

-A  detailed  course  outline,  to- 
gether with  further  infoimation 
regarding  tuition  rates  and  enroll- 
ment forms  are  available  on  re- 
quest from  the  Home  Study  Divi- 
sion, Room  .300,  RCA  Institutes, 
Inc.,  3.50  \V.  4th  St.,  New  York  14, 
.\'ew  York. 


[RADIO    AGE    25; 


A    BATTERY    OF    SOUND    EFFECTS    RECORDS    WAS    REQUIRED    TO    RE-CREATE 

THE     FIRST    ATOMIC     BOMB    BLAST     FOR    THE    "QUICK    AND    THE    DEAD" 

PROGRAMS,  NOW  AVAILABLE  ON  RECORDS. 

"Quick  and  the  Dead"  Radio 
Dramas  Recorded 


"The  Quick  and  the  Dead,"  NBC's 
dramatic  documentary  radio  series 
on  the  atomic  and  hydrogen  bombs, 
has  been  recorded  by  RCA  Victor  in 
all  three  speeds— 33-1/3,  45  and  78 
revolutions  a  minute. 

"The  Quicl<  and  the  Dead"  stars 
Bob  Hope  in  the  role  of  an  Ameri- 
can ta.xpayer  eager  to  learn  about 
nuclear  fission  when  he  discovers 
that  he  is  contributing  substantially 
to  the  support  of  the  atomic  energy 
program.  His  questions  are  an- 
swered, in  layman's  language  and 
through  the  use  of  dramatic  flash- 
backs, by  William  L.  Laurence, 
New  York  Times  science  reporter 
and  two-time  Pulitzer  Prize  win- 
ner who  explained  the  atom  to  the 
public  in  1945. 

Other  stars  appearing  in  "The 
Quick  and  the  Dead,"  which  won 
great  critical  and  popular  acclaim, 
include  Helen  Hayes  in  the  role  of 
Lise  Meitner,  the  German  woman 
scientist  w-ho  first  split  the  atom, 
and  Paul  Lukas  as  Professor  Albert 
Einstein.  Many  of  the  other  voices 
are  those  of  the  scientists  and  mili- 
tary men  who  took  part  in  creating 
the  bombs. 


Highlights  of  "The  Quick  and 
the  Dead"  include  the  re-enact- 
ment of  the  explosion  of  the  first 
atomic  bomb  in  the  New  Mexico 
desert.  Special  sound  effects  in 
NBC's  largest  braodcasting  studio 
resulted  in  an  accurate  re-creation 
of  the  explosion. 

The  building  of  the  first  atomic 
chain  reaction  at  Stagg  Field,  Chi- 
cago, is  also  featured  in  "The  Quick 
and  the  Dead,"  as  is  the  story  of 
the  bombing  of  Hiroshima. 

The  momentous  events  which  pre- 
ceded President  Truman's  insfruc- 
tion  to  the  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission to  build  a  hydrogen  bomb 
are  also  described  in  the  documen- 
tary. 

"The  Quick  and  the  Dead"  con- 
cludes with  a  description  of  the 
peacetime  uses  of  atomic  energy 
for  mankind's  benefit. 

"The  Quick  and  the  Dead"  was 
written  and  directed  by  Fred 
Friendly  and  produced  by  NBC's 
News  and  Special  Events  Depart- 
ment under  the  supervision  of  Wil- 
liam F.  Brooks,  vice  president  in 
charge  of  luiblic  relations. 


Television  Goes  Abroad 

(Continued  from  page  15) 
For  this  six-week  sojourn,  the  techi 
nicians  used  two  mobile  TV  unit 
to  cover  such  colorful  spectacles  a; 
the  dances  of  Sevilla  and  Aragon' 
reviews  of  the  Moorish  Guards,  am, 
the  Spanish  ballet.  In  addition.  ; 
special  demonstration  was  given  ii 
the  palace  of  Generalissimo  Fran 
Cisco  Franco. 

Demonstrations  conducted  ii 
Bermuda  and  London  also  havt 
tieen  included  in  the  itinerary  ol 
these  peripatetic  crews,  who  have 
found  that  junketing  from  country 
to  country  with  several  tons  oi 
video  equipment,  and  producing 
programs  in  strange  locations,  is 
not  an  easy  task. 

Describing  the  function  of  an 
image  orthicon  tube  to  bewildered 
and  somewhat  suspicious  customs 
officials;  installing  transformers  to 
compensate  for  undejjendable  power 
supplies;  outlining  problems  to  lo- 
cal electricians,  whose  willingness 
to  help  is  sorely  handicapped  by 
their  inability  to  speak  English; 
explaining  to  eager  newsmen  in  a 
few  "simple"  sentences  just  how 
television  works  —  these  are  some 
of  the  minor  problems  confronting 
these  travelling  crews.  Although 
the  men  regularly  encounter  hard 
work  and  minor  crises,  the  comple- 
tion of  a  successful  assignment 
brings  a  degree  of  satisfaction  i 
which  more  than  compensates  for 
the  strenuous  life  they  lead. 

Bolivar  Statue  Unveiled 
By  Electronic  Device 

An  electronic  device,  especially 
constructed  for  the  occasion  by 
RCA  Communications,  Inc.,  was 
used  to  unveil,  by  remote  control, 
the  refurbished  statue  of  Simon 
Bolivar  at  ceremonies  in  New 
York's   Central   Park  on   April   19. 

Following  his  scheduled  address 
to  be  transmitted  here  over  an 
RCA  shortwave  radio  circuit.  Presi- 
dent German  Suarez-'Flamerich,  of 
Venezuela,  sent  signals  from  his 
desk  in  Miraflores,  the  Presidential 
Palace,  in  Caracas.  His  push-but- 
ton signals  caused  the  electronic 
apparatus  to  light  up  and  to  un- 
loosen the  shroud  covering  the 
statue  at  its  new  location  facing 
the  Avenue  of  the  Americas. 


[26   RADIO   AGE] 


I 


EHBAPQ'.  •. 


TrajiQo\g 

EXPRESO  Y  CAR6A  A  TODUMtPUBLIC* 


gqu'ifadocoHmiOA 


USING    RCA    .MdBlLE-RADIOTELEPHONE 
VNITS,   INSTALLED   IN    EICHT  TRLlKS 

OF  clba's   largest   express   firm. 

DRIVERS    CAN     RECEIVE    INSTANT    IN- 
STRUCTIONS   FROM    HEADQUARTERS. 


ONE    DISPATCHER    CAN     DIRECT 
MOVEMENTS      OF      ALL      RADIO- 
EQUIPPED  TRUCKS. 


Cuban  Firm  Adopts  2 -Way  Radio 


EXPRESS  trucks  equipped  with 
RCA  mobile  radio  units  are 
Tiakinjr  their  first  appearance  in 
Latin  America.  Installed  in  eight 
.rehicles  of  Cuba's  larg-est  express 
;ruckinp  firm.  Trafico  y  Transporte, 
5.A.,  the  RCA  Fleetfone  units 
jroved  successful  in  their  initial 
;ests. 

Before  the  installations  were 
made,  valuable  time  was  lost  by 
irivers  who  had  to  stop  frequently 
to  telephone  the  main  office  for 
further  instructions.  With  the  RCA 
radiotelephone  units,  however,  an 
expressman  can,  in  a  matter  of  sec- 
onds, pive  his  location  and  receive 
his  next  assignment  without  mov- 
ing from  the  driver's  seat.  This 
new  method  of  operation  has  made 
it    possible    for    Trafico    to    serve 


many  more  customers  in  a  quicker 
and  more  efficient  manner. 

Humara  y  Lastra,  RCA  distribu- 
tors in  Cuba,  planned  the  mobile 
radio  network  that  eventually  may 
connect  the  firm's  Havana  office  with 
Trafico  trucks  in  every  part  of 
Cuba.  The  installation  consists  of 
a  Fleetfone  250-watt  fixed  station 
transmitter,  located  in  the  Com- 
pany's headquarters:  a  nondirec- 
tional  VHP  antenna,  erected  atop 
a  100-foot  mast  on  the  main  office 
building,  and  Fleetfone  units  for 
the  vehicles  themselves. 

The  initial  installations  have 
proved  so  beneficial  to  the  Company 
and  its  customers  that  plans  are  in 
progress  to  equip  many  more  of  the 
fleet  of  125  trucks  in  a  similar 
manner. 


NBC  to  Present  History 
of  Navy  in  TV  Series 

A  television  history  of  the  U.  S. 
Navy  from  the  period  immediately 
preceding  World  War  II  and  lead- 
ing up  to  the  present  —  the  first 
of  its  kind  -  is  to  be  produced 
by  the  National  Broadcasting  Com- 
pany, in  cooperation  with  the  De- 
partment of  the  Xavy,  beginning 
later  this  year. 

The  series,  according  to  Sylvester 
L.  Weaver,  Jr.,  NBC  vice  president 
in  charge  of  television,  represents 
NBC's  first  major  effort  to  estab- 
lish a  pioneering  pattern  for  pre- 
senting history  by  television.  In 
commenting  on  the  project.  Un- 
der Secretary  of  the  Navy  Dan  A. 
Kimball  said:  "Navy  and  NBC 
technicians  are  preparing  to  screen 
literally  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
feet  of  official  Navy  film  to  pick 
out  the  very  best  for  presentation 
to  the  American  public.  Much  of 
this  film,  for  security  reasons,  has 
never  before  been  exhibited.  NBC's 
television  techniques  plus  the  tech- 
nical skill  of  the  Navy  Photographic 
Center  should  be  able  to  combine 
to   produce   a   memorable   series." 

In  his  announcement  of  the  se- 
ries, Weaver  said  :  "This  new  proj- 
ect represents  the  first  major  at- 
tempt by  television  to  tackle  the 
problem  of  presenting  contem- 
porary history  on  a  comprehensible, 
dramatic  basis." 

Based  primarily  on  Captain  Sam- 
uel Eliot  Morison's  "History  of 
U.  S.  Naval  Operations,  World  War 
II,"  commissioned  by  President 
Franklin  D.  Roosevelt,  the  series 
will  utilize  films  made  by  the  U.  S. 
Navy  in  all  its  activities,  including 
sea,  air.  Marines,  submarine,  am- 
phibious sea  and  land  operations 
and  related  operations  with  other 
services. 

Weaver  announced  that  the  net- 
work would  set  up  a  special  unit  to 
coordinate  and  produce  the  new 
project  and  that  Henry  Salomon, 
Jr.,  (Lt.  Comdr.,  USNR)  who  as- 
sisted Capt.  Morison  in  the  six- 
year  preparation,  production  and 
writing  of  the  "History,"  would  be 
in  over-all  supervision  of  the  con- 
tent. Salomon,  as  Capt.  Morison's 
first  assistant,  participated  in  many 
of  the  major  naval  operations  as  a 
historical  observer. 


[RADIO     AGE    27] 


''Shoran"  Used  in  Korea 

Highly  Accurate  Electronic  Bombing   Aid  of   World   War  II 
Now  Pin-Pointing  Enemy  Objectives  in  Far  East. 


SHORAX,  the  bomber  pilot's  dis- 
tance-measuring- "yardstick", 
which  won  distinction  in  the  closing 
months  of  World  War  II  as  one  of 
the  most  dramatic  contributions  of 
electronics  to  America's  military 
strength,  is  being  used  in  Korea, 
according  to  press  dispatches  from 
Fifth  Air  Force  Headquarters. 

Invented  by  Stuart  W.  Seeley, 
director  of  the  Industry  Service 
Laboratory  of  RCA  Laboratories 
Division,  and  developed  by  scien- 
tists and  engineers  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America  as  an  out- 
growth of  the  study  of  television 
"ghosts",  shoran  makes  it  unneces- 
sary for  airmen  to  see  the  target 
in  order  to  make  a  pin-point  strike. 
The  system  was  used  with  devas- 
tating effect  in  "blind"  bombing 
over  European  battlefields,  where 
it  was  credited  with  uncanny  ac- 
curacy in  spotting  targets  at  dis- 
tances up  to  250  miles,  and  under 
any  condition  of  visibility,  night 
or  day. 

Shoran.   like   radar,   employs   the 


echo-timing  principle  in  which  dis- 
tance is  measured  by  the  elapsed 
time  between  transmission  of  a 
radio-wave  pulse  and  the  i-eceipt 
of  its  reflection.  In  the  military  ap- 
plication of  shoran,  the  bomber 
transmits  individual  signals  to  two 
widely  separated  ground  stations 
whose  locations  in  friendly  terri- 
tory are  known  with  great  accuracy. 
When  the  signals  reach  the  ground 
stations,  the  pulses  are  retransmit- 
ted to  the  plane  where  special  re- 
ceivers and  apparatus  automatically 
compute  the  distance  of  the  plane 
from  each  ground  station.  This  in- 
formation, together  with  the  known 
distance  between  ground  stations, 
determines  the  plane's  location  with 
respect  to  the  target. 

A   Secret  for  Eight   Years 

Although  RCA  began  work  on 
the  shoran  project  in  1938,  it  was 
not  adapted  to  military  use  until 
late  in  World  War  II,  when  develop- 
ment for  the  Army  Signal  Corps 
was  completed.    Shoran  remained  a 


AMPRU,  ,^  oJl'^l"'  '^''«^""''  ^■HAIR.MAN-  OF  THE  BOARD.  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF 
A^^pr^K■  o  '^"E^E^™  WITH  A  CITATKIN  FOR  DISTINCIISHED  SERVICE  TO  THE 
rENFRAf  r^nn.r^'v  ^^  ""■  ""''r"  HARRIMAN.  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  RED  CROSS,  AS 
A^ ?f,F  ^'am.  „p;i^.^f  "^''''  (CENTER),  WHO  RECEIVED  A  CERTIFICATE  OF  M^IT 
BFEV  SFRt^Nr  A«  v.^r^'"'"-''  '^^^""^•ES.  LOOKS  ON.  GENERAL  SARNOFF  H.^S 
BEEN    .SERMNG   AS   NATIONAL   CHAIRMAN    OF   THE    1951    RED   CROSS    FUND   CAMPAIGN 


closely  guarded  military  secret  un- 
til 1946.  First  proof  of  its  effective- 
ness in  the  last  war  came  when 
shoran-aimed  bombs  demolished  a 
30-foot  enemy  bridge  in  Northern 
Italy  which  several  runs  by  visual 
bombers  had  failed  to  destroy. 
Thereafter,  it  was  widely  used  and 
with  phenomenal  results.  Toward 
the  end  of  the  war  in  Europe,  the 
amount  of  tactical  bombing  done  in 
any  area  depended  largely  on  the 
availability  of  shoran  equipment. 

Shoran  bombing  was  employed 
not  only  against  military  targets, 
but  with  devastating  effect  against 
enemy  personnel.  On  many  occa- 
sions, rolling  barrages  of  fragmen- 
tation bombs  were  laid  down  only 
a  few  hundred  feet  ahead  of  ad- 
vancing Allied  troops.  Such  bar- 
rages, delivered  by  planes  com- 
pletely hidden  from  the  ground,  had 
a  tremendously  demoralizing  effect 
on  opposing  ground  forces.  Shoran 
is  also  well-suited  for  air  support 
of  landing  operations,  since  planes 
equipped  with  the  device  can  lay  a 
barrage  of  aerial  bombs  precisely 
along  a  definite  line,  enabling  air 
crews  to  release  bombs  at  correct 
points  for  ma.ximum  impact  along 
such  a  line. 

Accuracy  Shonn  in  Field  Tests 
During  World  War  II,  field  tests 
made  of  shoran-equipped  planes 
during  photographic  reconnaissance 
flights  showed  that  the  probable 
error  often  was  not  more  than  50 
feet,  independent  of  altitude  dis- 
tance, and  without  the  necessity  of 
establishing  control  points  (known 
absolute  positions)  in  the  area  to 
be  photographed. 

Shoran  equipment.  including 
ground  stations,  can  be  readily 
transported  by  air  and  set  up  in  a 
few  hours.  Equipment  in  the  plane 
requires  only  one  operator,  who 
may  be  an  existing  crew-member 
such  as  navigator  or  bombardier. 
Each  ground  station  also  can  be 
oijerated  by  one  man,  and  two 
ground  stations  can  furnish  shoran 
service  to  a  number  of  equipped 
planes  within  range. 

Other  possible  military  uses  of 
the  system  include  shoran  naviga- 
tion of  remotely  controlled  planes, 
and  shoran  position-indication  for 
precise  dropping  of  air-borne 
troops,   weapons  and  supplies. 


[28    RAD!  O    AGE] 


UHF   Converter    for  TV 


{Continiud  from  page  1J> 
President  and  General  Mananer  of 
the  RCA  Victor  Division. 

In  the  statement,  Mr.  Buck  al^so 
assured  owners  of  two  million  RCA 
Victor  television  sets  that,  while 
such  service  from  UHF  stations  is 
not  expected  before  late  1952  or 
early  19a.S,  a  simple,  high-quality 
converter  will  be  made  available  so 
that  telecasts  can  be  received  on 
ultra-hijrh-freiiuency  channels  with 
quality  comparable  to  those  received 
from  the  very-hijrh-frequency  bands 
now  in  use. 

Pointing  out  that  every  current 
television  set,  regardless  of  make, 
will  require  some  modification  to 
receive  a  UHF  signal,  Mr.  Buck 
added : 

"Our  experiments  at  Bridgeport 
and  in  the  laboratory  have  conclu- 
sively proved  to  us  that  the  best 
way  of  accomplishing  UHF  recep- 
tion on  existing  receivers,  when 
UHF  arrives,  is  by  means  of  a  con- 
verter. 

"No  receiver  currently  manufac- 
tured has  provision  for  conversion 
to  UHF  without  additional  cost  for 
e<iuipment  and  installation,  nor- 
mally including  the  addition  of  a 
special  outdoor  antenna." 

Other  points  made  by  the  RCA 
\ictor  executive  were: 

Final  approval  of  the  new  UHF 
channels  as  yet  has  not  been  given 
by  the  FCC. 

.\ssignments  of  the  new  channels 
lu  stations  cannot  be  made  until 
such  final  approval  has  been  given 
by  the  FCC. 

Aside  from  delays  which  may 
be  caused  by  shortages  of  critical 
materials,  the  time  cycle  required 
for  construction  and  installation 
of  transmitting  equipment,  and 
erection  of  transmitting  antennas, 
is  such  that  large-scale  telecasts  of 
UHF  will  not  commence  before  late 
10.52  or  early  1953. 

When  UHF  broadcasts  commence, 
.  RCA  Victor,  and,  it  is  assumed, 
other  manufacturers,  will  have 
available  an  adequate  supply  of 
high-quality  converters  for  present 
VHF  receivers  assuring  full-band 
reception  of  all  the  UHF  channels 
without  sacrificing  any  of  the  pres- 
ent VHF  channels. 


Dr.  Zworykin  Receives 
I.R.E.  Medal  of  Honor 


Dr.  Vladimir  K.  Zworykin,  Vice 
President  and  Technical  Consultant 
of  RCA  Laboratories,  Princeton. 
N.  .1..  received  the  1951  Medal  of 
Honor,  highest  award  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  Radio  Engineers,  at  the 
organization's  annual  banquet  at 
the  Waldorf-Astoria  Hotel,  in  New- 
York  City  on  March  21.  He  was 
cited  "for  his  outstanding  contri- 
butions to  the  concept  and  develop- 
ment of  electronic  ai)paratus  basic 
to  modern  television,  and  his  sci- 
entific   achievements    that    led    to 


fundamental  advances  in  the  appli 
cation  of  electronics  to  communica- 
tions, to  industry,  and  to  national 
security." 

In  accepting  the  award,  Dr. 
Zworykin  urged  his  fellow  radio 
scientists  to  make  electronics  serve 
mankind  through  medicine.  "The 
range  of  problems  in  medicine  to 
which  electronic  methods  could  be 
api)lied,"  he  said,  "is  remarkably 
broad,  embracing  both  diagnosis 
and  therapy.  Increased  emphasis 
on  this  objective  would  enhance  the 
service  of  our  profession  to  man- 
kind and  broaden  the  base  of  the 
electronics  industry." 


Tri-Color  Tube  Details  Revealed 


C"^OMPLET^:  information  on  the 
^  procedure  to  follow  in  building 
the  tri-color  television  picture  tube 
developed  by  the  Radio  Corporation 
of  America  for  the  reception  of  all- 
electronic,  compatible  color  televi- 
sion, has  been  made  available  by 
RCA  to  other  television  receiving 
tube  manufacturers. 

This  tube,  acclaimed  a  "miracle 
of  science"  and  recognized  as  vital 
for  the  complete  development  of  a 
practical,  all-electronic  color  tele- 
vision receiver,  was  first  demon- 
strated publicly  on  March  29,  19-50. 
A  week  later  it  was  shown  officially 
to  members  of  the  Federal  Com- 
munications Commission. 

Details  disclosing  for  the  first 
time  the  full  technical  characteris- 
tics and  construction  of  the  tri- 
color tube  were  contained  in  a 
bulletin  prepared  and  issued  by  the 
Industry  Service  Laboratory  of  the 
RCA  Laboratories  Division. 

This  bulletin  was  the  fourth  i.s- 
sued  by  RCA  making  known  to 
other  manufacturers  its  progress 
and  methods  in  developing  an  all- 
electronic,  compatible  color  televi- 
sion system.  Previous  bulletins 
contained  circuit  details  of  RCA 
color  television  sets,  demonstrated 
for  the  press  and  television  indus- 
try in  December  at  Washington, 
D."  C. 

The  latest  bulletin  illu.strated  and 
described  steps  that  may  be  taken 
to  build  engineering  models,  simi- 
lar to  the  RCA  experimental  three- 
gun    color   picture   tube   of   direct- 


view   type   used  during  the  Wash- 
ington demonstrations. 

It  pointed  out  that  a  single-gun 
tube  (one  having  but  one  emission 
source  of  electrons)    may  be  built 
on  the  specifications  provided,  with 
relatively    few    modifications,    and 
that   many  of  the  techniques  u.sed 
in  making  present  black-and-white 
picture  tubes  also  may  be  employed. 
One  of  the  steps  de.scribed  in  to- 
day's bulletin  lifted  the  veil  on  an 
achievement  which  has  caused  wide 
speculation   in   the   industry.    This 
was  how  RCA  engineers  succeeded 
in  placing  600,000  phosphor  dots  of 
the  primary  colors,  green,  red  and 
blue,  in  the  screen  assembly. 

These  diminutive  dots  are  ar- 
ranged in  groups  of  three  and  so 
positioned  that  the  electrons  from 
each  of  the  three  electron  guns  in 
the  base  of  the  tube  always  strike 
the  dots  of  its  own  color.  The 
phosphor  dot  groups  are  so  small 
and  so  close  together  that  when 
illuminated  by  the  electron  streams 
they  present  a  continuous,  smooth, 
full-color  picture. 

Manufacture  of  the  tri-color  tube, 
the  bulletin  pointed  out,  is  divided 
into  two  parts :  1 1 »  fabrication  of 
a  screen  assembly  which  includes 
an  aperture  mask  and  a  phosphor- 
dot  plate,  and  (2)  the  building  of 
this  assembly  together  with  elec- 
tron guns  into  a  metal  envelope  to 
form  the  finished  tube. 

The  tri-color  tube  may  be  built 
in  sizes  comparable  to  those  of  pres- 
ent black-and-white  television  re- 
ceiving tubes. 

[RADIO    AGE    29] 


Planning  Industrial  Mobilization 


(Continued  from  page  8) 
Profit  and  Loss  statements.  Fur- 
thermore, good  planning  obviates 
heavy  post-war  conversion  costs 
which  might  involve  so  much  eco- 
nomic disruption  impairment  of 
our  national  strength  that  any  war 
we  might  win  would  entail  a  real- 
istic losing  of  the  peace.  Inciden- 
tally, industry  cannot  recover  the 
post-war  reconversion  costs  from 
the  Government. 

We  must  also  recognize,  as  part 
of  our  industrial  mobilization  plan- 
ning, the  problems  of  small  busi- 
ness and  conservation. 

Small  Business:  Small  business 
is  an  integral  part  of  our  economic 
life.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  big 
business  to  recognize  this  and  take 
the  lead  in  seeing  that  small  busi- 
ness is  provided  its  full  share  of 
Government  orders.  One  means  of 
accomplishing  this  is  by  subcon- 
tracting, thereby  making  available 
to  small  business  the  engineering 
know-how  it  may  not  have  and  can- 
not normally  afford.  Using  the  Gov- 
ei'nment  definition  of  small  business 
as  those  firms  which  employ  fewer 
than  .500  persons,  the  RCA  Victor 
Division  has  found  that  of  the  4800 
suppliers  in  41  States  with  whom 
it  did  business  in  1949,  a  total  of 
3771,  or  79%  are  small  business 
concerns.  These  suppliers  received 
approximately  45%  of  our  total 
dollar  purchases.  As  examples  of 
the  importance  of  small  business  in 
supplying  RCA  Victor  with  some 
of  its  major  commodities,  it  should 
be  noted  that  90%  of  our  lumber 
and  log  purchases  are  from  small 
companies,  as  well  as  40%  of  our 
wire  purchases.  Over  ^6,000,000  is 
spent  annually  with  small  business 
for  cabinets. 

These  statistics  cover  our  overall 
purchases  —  both  commercial  and 
Government.  To  determine  the  par- 
ticipation of  small  business  in  our 
Government  orders,  we  analyzed 
one  contract,  and  found  that  of  the 
119  subcontractoi-s,  73'',  were  small 
business,  and  that  they  received 
45%  of  the  total  volume  of  pur- 
chases. The  fact  that  the  percent- 
ages in  this  sampling  were  con- 
sistent with  our  overall  figures 
may  indicate  that  we  are  running 


at  about  the  same  rate  in  our  pur- 
chases against  Government  con- 
tracts as  we  are  in  our  overall  pur- 
chases. 

Conservation:  It's  perfectly  ob- 
vious that  any  saving  of  critical 
materials  redounds  not  only  to  the 
benefit  of  the  company  making 
the  saving,  but  also  to  that  of  in- 
dustry and  of  the  nation.  RCA  is 
making  a  noteworthy  contribution 
to  this  cause,  both  by  substitution 
of  other  materials  for  those  in 
critical  supply,  and  through  the 
campaign  currently  underway  to 
eliminate  waste  throughout  our 
plants.  There  are  doubtless  many 
more  pioneers  in  this  field.  Con- 
servation is  truly  "everybody's 
business." 

Overall  industrial  mobilization 
planning  presents  many  vital  prob- 
lems, and  their  satisfactory  solu- 
tion will  take  all  the  ingenuity  we 
can  jointly  bring  to  bear  on  them. 
It  is  an  all-hands  job  —  both  for 
those  in  Government  and  those  in 
industry.  Each  of  us  should  ana- 
lyze and  evaluate  the  factors  in- 
volved, determine  their  application 


to  our  individual  activities,  and  ad- 
just our  plans  and  operations  to 
the  common  cause. 

If  each  of  us  promptly  and  real- 
istically plans  to  do  what  he  be- 
lieves will  best  serve  his  company's  i 
interests,  in  90  per  cent  of  the 
cases,  the  nation's  interests  will 
also  best  be  served.  This  means 
equitable  participation,  with  no 
over-extending  of  individual  com- 
panies, either  financially  or  other- 
wise. Fineness  of  balance — support 
to  the  mobilization  effort  with  si- 
multaneous strengthening  of  our 
economy,  and  hence,  our  national 
strength  —  is  an  objective  for 
which  each  of  us  must  strive.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  unless  in- 
dustries are  operated  for  pi-ofit  and 
kept  in  a  healthy  economic  condi- 
tion, there  will  be  no  one  to  pay 
the  bill  for  the  defense  program. 
We  cannot  retain  military  strength 
without  maintenance  of  economic 
strength.  Only  through  the  proper 
balancing  of  the  two  can  we  attain 
our  real  goal,  which  is  the  national 
strength  to  withstand  any  attack, 
be  it  military,  political,  or  economic. 


DR.  E.  W.  ENGSTROM,  (LEFT)  VICE  PRESmENT  IN  CHARGE  OF  RESEARCH,  RCA 
LABORATORIES,  AND  SIDNEY  SPARKS,  VICE  PRESIDENT  IN  CH.\RGE  OF  COMMERCIAL 
ACTIVITIES,  RCA  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.,  RECEIVING  CERTIFICATES  OF  COOPERATION 
FOR  THEIR  RESPECTIVE  SUBSIDIARIES  FROM  MAYOR  MACKAY  STURGES  OF  PRINCE- 
TON, N.  J.,  REPRESENTING  THE  U.S.  ECONOMIC  COOPERATION  ADMINISTRATION.  THE 
CBXTIFICATES  WERE  IN  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  OF  TECHNICAL  ASSISTANCE  FUR.MSHED 
"TO  THE  PEOPLES  OF  THE  MARSHALL  PLAN  COUNTRIES  TO  AID  THEM  IN  MAIN- 
TAINING INDIVIDUAL  LIBERTY,  FREE  INSTITUTIONS  AND  PEACE." 


[30    RADIO    AGE] 


►  Scientific  Research  as  a  Factor  in 
American  Business 


(Coiitinntil  fiiiiii  inii/i  Ji) 
tion  of  the  Navy,  that  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America  was  formed, 
not  only  to  provide  America  with 
an  independent  international  sys- 
tem of  communications  but  to  make 
radio  inventions  available  to  indus- 
try. The  founders  of  KCA  created 
with  it  the  first  comprehensive 
availability  of  patents. 

"During  the  next  seven  years, 
most  of  the  uncertainty  and  con- 
fusion over  patent  rights  were  elim- 
inated, and  in  1927  a  patent  licens- 
ing policy  was  inaugurated  whereby 
the  principal  inventions  of  radio 
became  readily  available  to  other 
manufacturers." 

Mr.  Anderson  said  that  through 
RCA's  policy  it  is  possible  and  prac- 
ticable for  any  manufacturer  to 
obtain  quickly,  conveniently  and 
economically  most  of  the  patent 
rights  necessary  for  the  production 
of  virtually  all  kinds  of  radio  and 
electronic  equipment,  and  to  do  so 
on  a  fully  competitive  basis  at  an 
extremely  nominal  royalty  rate. 

Valuable  Rights,   of  Licensee 

He  ex|)iaine(l  that  under  an  RCA 
patent  license  a  manufacturer  ob- 
tains for  a  single  rate  these  four 
distinct  and  highly  valuable  rights: 

1.  Rights  to  all  patents  owned 
by  RCA  at  the  time  of  the  agree- 
ment. 

2.  Rights  to  all  inventions 
made  by  RCA  itself  during  the 
entire  term  of  the  agreement. 

3.  Rights  to  patents  not  owned 
by  RCA.  but  under  which  it  has 
a  non-e.\clusive  license  and  a  non- 
exclusive right  to  grant  licenses 
to  others. 

4.  Rights  to  all  inventions  for 
which,  during  the  entire  term  of 
the  agreement,  RCA  may  obtain 
a  non-exclusive  license  that  in- 
cludes non-exclusive  sub-licensing 
rights. 

Mr.  Anderson  declared  that  it  has 
been  deemed  necessary  for  the  radio 
industry  to  have  a  liberal  patent 
licensing  policy  which,  as  far  as  he 
knew,  might  not  be  adaptable  to 
other  industries. 

"With  this  in  mind,"  he  asserted, 


"I  Would  like  to  point  out  that 
licenses  issued  by  RCA  do  not  re- 
strict or  limit  competition.  They 
contain  no  price  fixing  provisions, 
nor  do  they  limit  the  licensee's  pro- 
duction, sales  or  territory. 

"There  is  no  minimum  royalty 
fee.  Moreover,  no  licensee  is  re- 
quired, as  a  condition  of  obtaining 
a  license,  to  grant  a  license  under 
his  own  patents  to  RCA  or  to  any- 
one else;  nor  is  a  licensee  required 
to  release  any  alleged  claim  or 
right  against  RCA  or  anyone  else. 

"Our  patent  licenses  stimulate 
competition.  They  render  impos- 
sible monopoly  and  restraint  of  any 
branch  of  the  radio  business  by 
RCA  or  others.  They  make  it  im- 
possible for  RCA  or  any  of  its 
licensees  'to  put  on  the  shelf  any 
radio  invention  and  thus  keep  it 
from  the  public. 

"If  one  manufacturer  should  fail 
to  use  a  valuable  invention,  others 
almost  certainly  would  use  it  in 
order  to  obtain  an  advantage  over 
the  non-user.  That  these  licenses 
are  in  the  interest  of  the  public, 
and  that  the  public  receives  great 
benefit  from  them  is  beyond  rea- 
sonable doubt." 

Mr.  Anderson  declared  that  the 
broad  objectives  of  RCA's  practical 
and  basic  research  have  created  a 
business  which  is  not  only  a  busi- 
ness in  itself  but  which  supports 
many  others.    He  concluded: 

"That  business  is  research — re- 
search and  invention,  made  avail- 
able to  any  responsible  company  in 
America.  RCA  has  made  a  business 
of  research  and  of  making  avail- 
able the  product  of  that  research. 

"As  many  of  you  know,  we  have 
publicly  declared  in  the  Patent 
Gazette  of  the  Department  of  Com- 
merce that  all  our  patents  on  file 
are  available  on  uniform  and  stand- 
ard terms.  It  provides  additional 
evidence  of  RCA's  sincerity  and 
willingness  to  make  its  discoveries 
available  to  industry  and  to  the 
public.  It  also  is  good  business  and 
an  important  factor  in  keeping 
America  in  the  forefront  of  prog- 
ress." 


Adult  Educational  Series 
Planned  tor  Radio  Network 

Television's  first  major  network 
experiment  designed  for  adult  edu- 
cation was  announced  on  March  G 
by  the  Alfred  I'.  Sloan  Foundation, 
Inc.,  and  the  National  IJroadcasting 
Company.  At  that  time,  it  was  re- 
vealed that  Teleprograms,  Inc.,  a 
non-profit  corporation,  had  been  set 
up  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  the 
adult  education  series  to  the  Amer- 
ican   public. 

In  announcing  the  formation 
of  Teleprograms,  Dr.  Arnold  J. 
Zurcher,  executive  director  of  the 
Sloan  Foundation,  and  Frederick 
W.  Wile,  Jr.,  vice  president  in 
charge  of  Television  Production  for 
NBC,  stated  that  William  H<Kiapp. 
formerly  script  editor  and  i)roducer 
of  WAVE,  Ivouisville,  Ky.,  would 
act  as  executive  director  of  Tele- 
programs, and  producer  of  the  new- 
series,  26  programs  of  which  will 
be  presented  during  19.51. 

Serving  on  the  board  of  directors 
of  Teleprograms,  Inc.,  are,  in  addi- 
tion to  Wile  and  Dr.  Zurcher,  who 
will  be  president,  Theodore  S.  Rep- 
plier,  president  of  the  Advertising 
Council  of  Washington,  D.C.,  and 
William  J.  Dri.scoll,  assistant  vice 
president  of  the  Chemical  Bank  and 
Trust  Company  of  New  York.  This 
group  will  serve  as  advisors  in  the 
production  and  presentation  of  the 
series. 

Concentrating  iirimarily  in  the 
field  of  economics,  the  Sloan  Foun- 
dation-NBC project  will  be  devoted 
also  to  public  issues  involving  both 
social  sciences  and  natural  sciences. 
Davidson  Taylor,  general  produc- 
tion executive  of  NBC  television, 
will  supervise  the  entire  project  for 
the  network. 

New  Radio  Circuit  Opened 

A  direct  radiotelegraph  circuit 
was  opened  on  April  18  between 
New  York  and  Maracaibo,  Vene- 
zuela's second  largest  city,  H.  C. 
Ingles,  President  of  RCA  Commu- 
nications, Inc.,  has  announced.  This 
new  circuit  will  supplement  the  ex- 
isting New  York-to-Caracas  chan- 
nel. 

The  channels  are  operated  jointly 
by  RCA  and  the  Venezuelan  Minis- 
trv  of  Communications. 


[RADIO    AGE    31 


RADKOMARtHB  stands  watch 


Jr'or  a  quarter  of  a  century  Radiomarine  has  been  designing, 
manufacturing  and  servicing  radio  communications  equipment 
and  electronic  navigational  aids.  Radiomarine's  leadership  in 
the  development  of  radio-electronic  equipment  for  the  marine 
field  is  world  known.  Its  products  are  recognized  as  outstanding 
for  durability,  dependability  and  performance. 

It  is  the  mission  of  Radiomarine  to  advance  the  art  of  radio 
and  electronics  on  vessels  of  all  kinds — on  the  high  seas,  in 
harbors  and  on  inland  waterways  ...  to  co-operate  with  the 
military  services  of  the  United  States  for  National  Defense. 

The  entire  facilities  of  Radiomarine  (Corporation  of  America: 
personnel,  technical  knowledge,  research  and  production  capac- 
ity are  "standing  watch"  ready  to  serve  America's  maritime 
and  military  needs. 

For  information  on  how  Radiomarine  can  be  of  service  to 
you,  write  to:  Radiomarine  (Corporation  of  America,  Depart- 
ment ,  75  Varick  St.,  New  York  13,  N.  Y. 


Radiomarine  Products  and  Services 

Communications  Equipment—  R.ulioltliphone 
and  K.idioitle,i;r.iph  rr.itisnlitlcrs  .ind  Re- 
ceivers, Litcbu.ii  Emergency  liquipnicnt. 
Automatic  Alarms. 

Navigational  Aids — Radar,  Loran,  Radio  Direc- 

liim  1  iiuicrs. 

Special  Equipment — Custom-desipned  and  matl- 
ul.iLturcd  tor  all  Government  a>;enties. 

Shore  Service  Stations  — Speedy,  reliable  in- 
spection and  maintenance  on  all  types  of 
r.ulio-electronic  equipment.  29  service 
depots  in  principal  L'.  S.  ports.  \\  orld-w  idc 
service  facilities  through  foreijin  associates. 

Coastal  Radio  Stations— 1?  coastal  stations  pro- 
vide r.ulio  Lommiinication  system  Cor  con- 
tact Willi  vessels  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 

Training   School — Theoretical  and   operational 

instruction  in  radio  aids  to  navigation. 


RADIOMARINE  CORPORATION  0/  AMERICA,    75  Varhk  St.,  Setr  York  13,  N.  Y. 
OJjices,  Coitiiiinniciitioni  and  Service  Slatiom  in  principal  ports, 

RADKOMARINE   CORPORA  TtOM  of  AMERICA 

A  SERVICE  OF  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 


RADIO  AGE 

RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


^^KV 


XHtf^ 


RJii^iaMJiRiME 


Helps  Lengthen  Life  and  Operating  Efficiency 
of  Radio-Electronic  Equipment 


UuRiNG  the  present  national  emergency  replacement  equip- 
ment may  be  in  short  supply.  It  is,  therefore,  important  to 
get  the  most  out  of  every  piece  of  radio-electronic  equipment 
now  aboard  ship. 

By  protecting  your  present  equipment  with  a  Radiomarine 
Service  Contract  you  a\ert  sudden  brealcdowns  .  .  .  prevent 
costly  repair  bills  .  . .  are  assured  of  top  performance. 

Remember,  preventive  maintenance  is  more  economical 
than  emergency  repairs.  Scheduled  service  inspections  help 
keep  ships  sailing  by  eliminating  the  causes  of  equipment 
breakdowns. 

Radiomarine-trained  electronic  service  technicians  located 
in  29  major  United  States  ports  stand  ready  to  render  special- 
ized service  on  shipboard  radio  and  electronic  equipment. 
Dependable  service  is  also  available  in  principal  seaports  the 
world  over,  through  foreign  associates  and  distributors  of 
RCA  International  Division. 


^%it^  i 


0^ 


^ao- 


Radiomarine  Service  covers 

the  installation,  service  and 
repair  of  al!  makes  and  types 
of  radio  and  electronic  equip- 
ment used  aboard  ships  .  .  . 
free  consultation  on  FCC  reg- 
ulatory claims  .  .  .  survey  of 
damage  claims. 


For  full  information  on 
Radiomarine  Service  write  for 
copy  of  our  service  booklet 
'The  Radio  Surgeon."  Write 
to:  Radiomarine  Corporation 
of  America.  Dept.  B  ,  75 
Varick  Street.  New  York  13. 
NY. 


RADIOMARTNF  CORPORATION  of  AMERICA,  73  Varick  St,.  New  York  1 5.  X.  Y.  Offices  artti  Service  Statiotn  hi  principal  ports* 
loriign  Sen  ice— RCA  International  Division,  iO  Rockejeller  Plaza.  Seiv  York  20.  N.  Y. 


RA DtOMARtME  CORPORA  TIOM  of  A MERtCA 

A  SERVICE  OF  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 


ladio 


VOLUME  10     NUMBER  4 


MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS 
ROADCASTING' TELEVISION 


ULY  1951 


;  0  V  E  R 

xperimental  RCA  color  tele- 
ision  receiver  with  21 -inch  pic- 
»re  tube  which  was  operated 
uring  recent  New  York  field 
•sts  of  the  RCA  compatible 
I     color   television    system. 


1  OT  I  C  E 

t^hen  requesting  a  change  in  moiling 
iddrest  please  include  the  code  letters 
ind  numbers  which  appear  with  the 
tencilled    address    on    the    envelope. 

Rodio  Age  is  pubfished  quorferf/  b/ 
the  Oepor\mer\^  of  tnformofion,  Hadio 
Corporation  of  America,  20  Rocke- 
feller Plaza.  New  York   20,  N    Y. 

Printed  in  U.S.A. 


CONTENTS 

Page 

RCA  Color  Television  Field  Tests  Begin  in  New  York  Area    ....  3 

American  Industry  and    National   Defense 9 

RCA   Color    TV   Symposium '• 

RCA  Business  Increases  4V2  Times  in  Ten  Years 12 

TV  Comes  to  a  Pennsylvania  Town 16 

New  RCA  Tube  Plant  Dedicated  in  Cincinnati 18 

Tilted  Antenna  Increases  Range  of  UHF  Signals 20 

Human    Factors    in    Industrial    Research 21 

NBC  Celebrates  Silver  Jubilee 22 

TV     Servicemen    Must     Be    Technicians,     Diplomats,     Peace-makers, 

Benefactors 24 

Radio  Message  Circles  Globe  to  Open  Atomic  Display 26 

WNBT  Begins  Transmissions  from  New  Television  Antenna    ....  27 

Who  Watches  Television  .  .  .  How  Much  .  .  .  When! 28 

Radio  Technicians  Go  to  Work  on  the  "Mothball  Fleet" 30 

by  ForresI  H.  Flanders 


RADIO     CORPORATION     OF    AMERICA 

RCA  Building.  New  Yorl<  20,  N.Y. 


DAVID  SARNOFF,  Chairman  of  fhe  Board 
LEWIS  MacCONNACH,  Secretary 


FRANK  M.  FOLSOM,  Presidenf 
ERNEST  B.  GORIN,  Treosorer 


Services  of  RCA  ore: 
RCA  Victor  Division  •  RCA  Service  Company,  Inc.  •  RCA  International  Division 
Notional  Broadcasting  Company,  Inc.  •  Rodiomorine  Corporation  of  America 
RCA  Communications,  inc.  •  RCA  Laboratories  Division  •  RCA  Institutes,  Inc. 


I 

i 


Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom,  Vice  President  in  Charge  of  Research,  RCA  Laboratories,  holds  a  model  of  the 
16-inch  tri-color  picture  tube,  with   RCA's   21 -inch   tri-color  tube   in   the   foreground. 


RCA  COLOR  TELEVISION  FIELD  TESTS 
BEGIN  IN  THE  NEW  YORK  AREA 

Coinfhitihli\  .{//-Ii/ii/roiiii  Color  I I'lnisioii  System   Wins  Pitiisi' 

/roni  Aiiilic'ihi-  in  RCA  Exhihilimi  Hii//  ii/ul  /  roiii  Pnhlu 

\  h'jijji'^  Siiuu-  Color  Pio<>riiiiis  in  BLnk  it  ml   \\  hiti'  on   I  Ivir  llonif  Stis 


JL  iti.D  tests  for  the  RCA  tomp.uible.  all-elcctroniL 
color  television  system,  showing  the  new  21 -inch  tri- 
color picture  tube  and  other  advances,  were  held  in 
New  York  during  the  week  of  July  9  by  tiie  Radio 
Corporation  of  America. 

Tlie  programs,  consisting  of  a  variety  show  present- 
ing talent  from  the  theatrical,  music  and  fashion  worlds, 
and  an  outdoor  pickup  by  a  mobile  unit  were  enthusias- 
tically praised  by  the  press  and  representatives  of  the 
radio-television  manufacturing  industry.  Guests  wit- 
nessed the  tests  in  the  RCA  Exhibition  Hall  in  Radio 
City. 

In  addition,  owners  of  2,400,000  receivers  in  the 
metropolitan  area  responded  favorably  and  in  impressive 
volume  to  the  request  for  comments  on  the  reception 
of  the  programs  in  black-and-white.  This  feature  of 
compatibility  is  one  of  the  advantages  of  the  RCA  Color 
Television  System. 

From  the  Broadway  stage,  Nanette  Fabray,  star  of 
"Make  A  Wish",  made  her  debut  before  the  color 
cameras  in  a  series  of  fifteen-minute  programs.  Miss 
Fabray  acted  as  mistress  of  ceremonies,  introducing  each 
act  and  performer. 

Yma  Sumac,  the  South  American  songstress  whose 
voice  races  from  octave  to  octave,  was  also  featured  on 
the  colorcasts,  originating  from  the  National  Broadcast- 
ing Company's  studios  in  Radio  City.  Ray  Malone,  the 
whirlwind  dancing  star  of  "Broadway  Open  House"  and 
other  television  shows,  gave  the  color  cameras  a  supreme 
test  in  the  field  of  action. 

Other  performers  in  these  realistic  tests  of  com- 
patible color  were  Bob  Smith  with  "Howdy  Doody". 
and  George  Burton  and  his  birds.  Ben  Grauer,  veteran 
NBC  announcer,  ojjened  the  color  programs. 

A  group  of  Conover  models  presented  an  informal 
fashion  show  before  the  color  cameras.  They  were 
draped  in  clothing  of  rich  and  varied  hues  to  illustrate 
the  fidelity  and  range  of  the  RCA  compatible  system  in 
color  reproduction. 

As  a  surprise  feature  of  the  programs,  outdoor  scenes 


and  action  in  natural  color  were  picked  up  and  trans- 
mitted from  Palisades  Amusement  Park,  across  the 
Hudson  River  from  Manhattan.  There,  beside  the 
world's  largest  salt  water  swimming  pool,  a  mobile  RCA 
color  camera  captured  the  performance  of  Buster  Crabbe 
and  his  aquatic  ballet  in  garb  and  movements  that  dis- 
played various  hues  of  the  spectrum. 

Purpose  of  the  Tests 

The  field  test  pickup  from  Palisades  Amusement  Park 
was  arranged  for  a  number  of  purposes.  Among  these 
were: 

1.  To  test  remote  operation  of  the  RCA  color  tele- 
vision system. 

2.  To  test  pickups  under  outdoor  lighting  condi- 
tions. 

3.  To  test  the  flexibility  of  the  RCA  color  camera 
in  covering  scenes  of  varied  action. 

Scenes  picked  up  at  the  Palisades  pool  were  trans- 
mitted by  microwave  radio  relay  (6,962.5  megacycles) 
to  a  receiving  antenna  atop  the  RCA  Building  in  Radio 
City,  and  thence  by  coaxial  cable  to  NBC  to  be  fed  to 
its  transmitter  on  the  Empire  State  Building. 

The  outdoor  pickup  was  announced  as  the  fore- 
runner of  future  transmissions  that  are  to  be  made  as 
the  field  tests  of  the  RCA  system  are  conducted  in  the 
New  York  area. 

The  colorcasts  were  held  three  times  daily,  starting 
at  10  a.m.,  2:15  p.m.,  and  4  p.m.  A  regular  schedule  of 
field  tests,  open  to  the  public,  will  be  announced  at  a 
later  date. 

The  tests  were  conducted  under  experimental  license 
issued  by  the  Federal  Communications  Commission. 
Previously,  RCA  conducted  experimental  color  broad- 
casts in  Washington.  Its  last  series  of  tests  began  De- 
cember 5,  1950,  from  the  NBC  studio  in  the  nation's 
Capital. 

Color  equipment  was  installed  in  the  NBC  studios, 
and  when  the  experimental  tests  were  on  the  air,  the 

RADIO  AGE  3 


i' 


Color  felevision  cameras  focus  on  close-up  of  model  in  NBC  color  studio  in  Radio  City. 


regular  black-and-white  television  transmitter  of  sta- 
tion WNBT.  atop  the  Empire  State  Building,  operating 
under  experimental  call  letters  of  KE2XJV,  was  used 
to  telecast  the  color  programs  on  Channel  4. 

As  an  added  attraction,  the  RCA  Exhibition  Hall 
devoted  part  of  its  window  display  to  color  television. 
Visitors  were  able  to  inspect  the  components  of  a  color 
set,  and  the  spectacular  tri-color  tube,  which  plays  an 
important  role  in  RCA's  color  system.  The  tri-color  tube 
has  been  hailed  as  a  "miracle  of  the  electronic  age". 

Frank  M.  Folsom,  President  of  RCA,  in  opening  the 
tests,  stressed  the  advantages  of  the  type  of  system 
which  RCA  has  developed.    He  declared: 

"In  addition  to  testing  equipment,  these  field  tests 
will  prove  to  the  manufacturer,  broadcaster,  advertiser, 
and  the  public  that  color  can  be  introduced  as  a  tele- 
vision service  logically,  economically,  and  soundly. 

"We  were  never  more  certain  than  we  are  now  that 
a  compatible,  all-electronic  color  television  system  is  in 
the  public  interest.  These  field  tests  will  prove  how  such 
a  system  will  allow  the  public  to  continue  to  enjoy  their 
favorite  black-and-white  programs  and  to  see  color  pro- 
grams in  black-and-white  without  any  change  whatever 
in  their  present  sets  and  without  buying  extra  contrap- 
tions. 

"Compatible  color  can  be  logically  introduced  into 
television  broadcasting  with  advantage  to  everyone  and 
loss  to  none.  Proper  introduction  will  assure  a  fertile 
base  for  a  healthy  growth  of  the  entire  television  in- 
dustry. 

"During  the  coming  months,  the  public  will  have  an 
opportunity  to  see  the  RCA  color  system  and  judge  its 


many  advantages  through  our  field  tests.  We  also  plan 
to  send  the  color  programs  to  other  cities  in  network 
operation,  linked  with  New  York  via  radio-relay  sta- 
tions or  the  coaxial  cable. 

"These  developments  in  color  television,  important 
as  they  are,  should  not  be  considered  as  displacing  exist- 
ing television  service,"  said  Mr.  Folsom.  "For  years  to 
come,  black-and-white  television  will  continue  to  be  the 
backbone  of  the  industry." 

Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom.  Vice  President  in  Charge  of 
Research  of  RCA  Laboratories,  reported  that  since  the 
showing  of  the  RCA  color  television  in  Washington 
last  December,  a  number  of  iinprovements  have  been 
achieved.   He  declared: 

We  have  refined  and  put  into  pilot-plant  production 
our  tri-color  kinescope,  details  of  which  were  turned 
over  to  the  radio-television  industry  three  weeks  ago. 
We  have  improved  the  circuitry  of  studio  equipment 
and  receivers.  And  we  have  also  improved  the  operation 
of  our  system. 

"The  improvements  liave  showed  up  well  in  our 
laboratory  tests  and  also  have  performed  well  in  our 
preliminary  operation  in  New  York.  We  propose  to 
proceed  with  careful  and  extensive  field  tests  on  these 
and  other  improvements." 

Dr.  Engstrom  said  that  during  the  course  of  the  field 
tests,  programs  originating  in  New  York,  will  be  checked 
over  network  facilities,  radio  relay  and  coaxial  cable.  He 
disclosed  that  RCA  proposes  to  make  field-test  signals 
and  field-test  experience  available  to  RCA  licensees  and 
to  members  of  the  panels  of  the  National  Television 
System  Committee. 


4  RADIO  AGE 


"Schedules  for  some  of  this  arc  already  being  set," 
Dr.  Engstrom  declared.  "Later  during  the  summer  when 
our  transmissions  become  more  regular  we  will  keep  the 
appropriate  NTSC  panel  advised  as  to  the  times  and 
conditions  of  transmissions.  We  have  already  provided 
specifications  on  the  signals  we  are  currently  using.  It  is 
our  plan  to  participate  in  the  work  of  the  NTSC  in  ar- 
riving at  industry  standards.  This,  of  course,  is  for  the 
purpose  of  seeking  approval  for  the  establishment  of  a 
compatible  color  television  system." 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  program,  O.  B.  Hanson, 
Vice  President  and  Chief  Engineer  of  NBC,  explained 
the  broadcasting  procedure  employed  in  the  tests.  He 
pointed  out  that  while  the  Washington  test  last  year 
employed  research  apparatus,  equipment  in  the  present 
test  was  produced  by  RCA  Victor  Division. 

"RCA  Victor  engineers,  together  with  engineers  of 
the  NBC  staff,  installed  the  present  apparatus  and  put  it 
into  action,"  explained  Mr.  Hanson.  "The  operating  en- 
gineers and  the  program  statf  of  NBC  produced  the 
broadcast.  Thus,  it  shows  that  the  RCA  system  is 
capable  of  being  operated  by  a  broadcasting  organization 
with  the  usual  engineering  staff." 

Owners  of  Srandard  TV  Sets  are  Asked 
ro  Commcnr  on  Color  Prosrams 


I 


.\  AN  advertisement  in  New  York  daily  newspapers  on 
July  8  and  9,  and  also  by  appeals  broadcast  during  the 
5-day  colorcasts,  RCA  asked  sec  owners  in  the  New 
York  metropolitan  area  to  give  their  reaction  to  the 
field  tests  of  color  broadcasts  when  received  in  black- 
and-white  on  their  present  sets.  Before  the  tests  had 
ended  more  than  5,000  postcards  and  letters,  expressing 
enthusiastic  approval  of  the  picture  quality  were  re- 
ceived.   Since  then  thousands  of  additional  replies  have 

Nanette  Fabroy  and   Rene  Paul,  stars  of  the  Broadway 

stage,   in  one  of  the  scenes  which  were  a   part  of  the 

field-test  programs  of  RCA's  color  television  system. 


!^4r^. 


-T**" 


ll 


been  recorded. 

Under  the  caption  "You  Can  Help  Test  RCA  Color 
Television  .  .  .  Now!"  the  ad  explained  that  one  of  the 
principal  features  of  the  RCA  system  is  its  "compatibil- 
ity." This  means  that  when  a  color  picture  is  broadcast, 
it  can  be  received  in  black-and-white  on  all  present  sets 
without  any  change. 

"At  10  o'clock  each  morning  for  five  days  beginning 
July  9,  we  will  televise  over  Channel  4  in  New  York 
a   variety  program   in   full   color,"   the  ad  explained. 

"These  programs  will  be  viewed  by  members  of  the 
press  and  the  radio-television  industry  on  experimental 
RCA  color  receivers.  .  .  .  Later,  RCA  plans  to  place 
color  sets  where  the  performance  of  this  all-electronic 
system  can  be  seen  by  the  public  ...  so  that  you  can 
give  us  your  reactions. 

"It  will  be  helpful  to  us,  in  our  efforts  to  bring  good 
color  television  to  the  American  public,  if  we  can  find 
out  how  these  color  broadcasts  appear  in  black-and- 
white  on  existing  television  sets  in  the  different  sections 
of  the  metropolitan  area." 

The  reason  for  this  request,  RCA  explained  in  the 
advertisement,  was  that  compatibility,  by  common  agree- 
ment, was  preferable  with  a  color  system.  With  an 
incompatible  system — one  that  cannot  receive  color 
broadcasts  in  black-and-white  on  existing  sets — nearly 
a  billion  dollars  in  additional  cost  would  be  saddled  on 
present  set  owners  so  that  a  black-and-white  picture 
could  be  restored  to  their  sets  during  color  broadcasts, 
according  to  the  RCA  ad. 

"Then  drop  us  a  card,"  the  ad  continued,  "giving 
your  address,  the  age  of  your  set.  the  size  of  its  screen 
and  type  of  antenna,  which  day  you  saw  the  program 
and  telling  us  how  these  pictures  compare  with  the 
black-and-white  pictures  you  normally  receive  from 
NBC's  regular  black-and-white  television  programs." 

Ymo   Sumac,    South    American    songstress  with    a    multi- 
octave  voice,  was  one  of  the  features  of  the  color  tele- 
vision   programs    broadcast    from    station    KE2XJV. 


U   t 


Public  Responds  wirh  Comments 
on  RCA  Color  Television  System 

\J  PONTANF.OUS  reaction  from  television  viewers  taxed 
teleplione  switchboards  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  and  the  National  Broadcasting  Company  in 
Radio  City  and  the  RCA  Service  Company  at  ]44  East 
Twenty-fourth  Street,  following  the  morning  telecasts 
of  RCA's  compatible,  all-electronic  color  television  in 
the  New  York  metropolitan  area. 

The  enthusiastic  response  came  from  hundreds  of 
viewers  of  black-and-white  television  sets  who  wanted 
RCA  to  know  that  the  color  transmission  had  been  re- 
ceived exceptionally  well  in  black-and-white  without 
any  change  whatever  in  their  sets.  They  reported  that 
all  they  did  was  tune  in  on  Channel  4,  which  carried 
the  test  colorcast  from  NBC's  experimental  station 
KE2XJV. 

Most  of  the  calls  were  in  response  to  an  invitation 
extended  by  RCA  to  all  viewers  in  this  area  to  assist 
in  the  current  color  tests  by  reporting  how  the  trans- 
missions compared  with  their  regular  black-and-white 
reception,  thus  testing  the  compatibility  featute  of  the 
RCA  color  system. 

Typical  of  the  responses  were  those  from: 

Mrs.  Edward  Schneitzer,  93-06  209th  Street,  Queens 
Village,  N.  Y.:  "The  reception  of  the  RCA  color  pro- 
gram was  wonderful  on  my  set.   It  was  the  finest  picture 

O.  B.  Hanson,  NBC  Vice  President  and  Chief  Engineer, 
studies  some  of  the  thousands  of  letters  and  cards 
received  from  television  set  owners  after  viewing  the 
field-test   programs  on   their   black-and-white   receivers. 


Photograph  taken  from  black-and-white  picture  tube  of 
two  of  the  "artists"  who  appeared  on  the  variety  pro- 
gram broadcast  during  field  tests  of  the  RCA  compatible 
color  television  system. 


I  have  received,  and  I  would  be  happy  to  have  it  like 
this  for  the  rest  of  my  life.  The  best  part  was  that  I 
saw  the  picture  without  having  to  buy  any  gadgets  for 
my  set." 

Cabell  Halsey,  400  East  57th  Street,  New  York, 
N.  Y.:  "Reception  was  perfect.  I  never  saw  better  black- 
and-white  pictures.  I  live  in  a  19-story  apartment  and 
my  set  has  no  outdoor  antenna.  In  my  opinion,  on  the 
basis  of  my  reception  of  these  RCA  color  tests,  this  is 
the  color  system  we  should  have.  I  paid  S675  for  our 
set  and  we  didn't  feel  very  good  about  having  it  obsoleted 
by  incompatible  color." 

Lucius  Nobbe,  17  Wellington  Road.  Garden  City, 
L.  1.:  "The  picture  we  received  was  excellent.  I  propose 
to  get  together  with  my  neighbors  and  have  a  petition 
signed  urging  the  Federal  Communications  Commission 
to  give  RCA's  compatible  color  television  system  a 
chance.  The  Commission  should  realize  that  the  public 
wants  good  reception  without  investing  additional 
money.  It's  a  pity  when  something  good  like  this  is 
ignored." 

Mrs.  Howard  Charles,  1115  Fifth  Avenue,  New 
York,  N.  Y.:  "The  reception  was  beautiful.  It  seemed 
better  than  we  usually  receive." 

Miss  Anna  M.  Cotter,  5  Stuyvesant  Oval,  New  York, 
N.  Y.:  "The  black-and-white  reception  of  the  color 
broadcast  was  far  superior  to  our  ordinary  reception. 
The  program  was  very  entertaining  and  RCA  is  to  be 
congratulated  on  making  this  possible." 

Mrs.  J.  J.  Donnelly,  5  Maple  Avenue,  Floral  Park, 
N.  Y.:  "I  want  RCA  to  know  that  I  am  very  happy 
over  the  reception  of  the  color  test  on  my  receiver.  The 
pictures  appeared  to  be  exceptionally  sharp,  and  I  am 

6  RADIO  AGE 


RCA   all-electronic   compofible   color    system    proved    its 
versatility  by  an  outdoor  pickup  of  the  acquatic  ballet 

and  comedy  acts  from  Palisades  Park,  N.J. 

"Howdy    Doody",    one   of    the    fovorite    performers    on 

children's  television   programs,   had  a   part  in  the  field 

tests  of  RCA's  color  television  system. 


thankful  that  I  could  see  the  broadcast  without  buying 
anything  to  change  my  set.   RCA  has  my  blessings." 

M.  Klumas,  766  Myrtle  Street,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.: 
"Pictures  received  during  your  tests  were  much  clearer 
than  the  regular  black-and-white  transmissions.  I  want 
to  congratulate  RCA  on  the  great  achievement." 

G.  Carmelitano,  1103  Washington  Street,  Hoboken, 
N.  J.:  "Reception  of  the  RCA  color  tests  was  very  good 
on  my  black-and-white  set." 

Mrs.  Gladys  Brehm,  600  Irsing  Place,  Long  Branch, 
N.  J.,  sent  the  following  wire:  "Color  TV  in  black  and 
white  coming  in  perfectly  over  my  set." 

Here  are  more  comments  from  set  owners  in 
many  different  localities: 

Bronxville.  N.  Y.:  "Excellent!  If  I  hadn't  read 
about  it  in  the  papers,  I  wouldn't  have  known  the 
difference  between  your  color  broadcast  and  the  others. 
Ver)'  clear.  I  will  never  go  through  the  ad.ipter,  con- 
verter, etc.,  expense.  Keep  up  the  good  work  because 
I  am  sure  millions  are  with  you." 

Brotiklyn,  N.  Y.:  "I  watched  your  color  test  and 
found  it  most  wonderful.  The  black-and-white  pictures 
were  clear  and  beautiful.   Good  luck." 

North  Arlington,  N.  J.:  "I  received  the  pictures  in 
black  and  white  and  they  were  clear,  bright  and  per- 
fect. There  is  no  doubt  that  the  RCA  color  system  is 
in  the  best  interest  of  the  public. " 

New  Brunswick,  N.  J.:    "First,  may  I  congratulate 


you  on  your  first  successful  color  test  which  I  received 
in  black  and  white.  1  hope  ycu  will  be  deluged  with 
thank-you  cards  and  letters,  for  certainly  you  are  proving 
beyond  a  doubt  that  we  can  have  a  'compatible'  system." 

Flushing,  L.  I.,  N.  Y.:  '"We  were  amazed  at  the 
brighter  and  clearer  pictures  in  black  and  white.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  they  are  better  than  any  time  since  we've 
had  our  set.  Thank  you  for  the  wonderful  job  you  are 
doing  to  make  this  a  better  place  to  live." 

Clifton,  N.  J.:  "We  received  your  color  program 
just  as  clear  as  if  it  was  a  regular  black-and-white  broad- 
cast." 

Mount  Vernon,  N.  Y.;  "Your  test  program  came  in 
perfectly  on  my  black-and-white  set.  I  think  you're 
doing  a  fine  thing  in  tr^^ng  to  give  present  television 
owners  a  fair  deal.    More  power  to  you!" 

Long  Branch,  N.  J.:  "I  found  that  the  RCA  color 
television  test  improved  very  much  the  black-and-white 
picture,  and  that  to  me  is  more  important  than  color. 
I  alerted  my  neighbors  and  friends  to  look  in  and  send 
word  to  you  which  I  hope  they  will.  I  wish  you  great 
success,  and  I  am  standing  by  you  along,  I  believe,  with 
millions  of  others." 

Nor\^'alk,  Conn.:  The  reception  of  your  color  tele- 
vision tests  is  perfect  and  clear-cut  —  and  we  are  sup- 
posedly in  a  fringe  area.  The  programs  have  been  as 
good,  if  not  better,  than  any  black-and-white  received. 
We  hope  your  compatible'  method  will  lead  the  way." 

Garden  City,  L.  L,  N.  Y.:    "Have  watched  your  tele- 


RADIO  AGE  7 


vision  tests  and  would  say  it  was  so  near  to  being  equal 
to  our  reception  of  the  normal  broadcasts  that  it  would 
be  almost  impossible  to  distinguish  between  them.  Like 
a  great  majority  of  set  owners,  we  look  forward  to  the 
completion  of  your  tests  and  the  acceptance  of  your 
system." 

Mamaroneck,  N.  Y.:  "Pictures  came  through  beauti- 
fully. Keep  up  the  good  work." 

Union  City,  N.  J.:  "I  watched  your  test  program  and 
it  was  perfection  in  black  and  white.  Our  entire  family 
is  grateful  to  RCA." 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.:  "I  had  the  pleasure  of  watching 
your  experimental  color  telecasting,  and  I  must  say  it 
was  quite  gratifying.  Your  system  has  my  vote  in  your 
favor,  as  I  know  that  1  will  not  have  to  get  a  new 
set  or  resort  to  an  expensive  adapter  to  receive  pro- 
grams telecast  in  color." 

Executives  of  the  radio  and  television  industry  ex- 
pressed enthusiasm  and  praise  on  the  quality  of  the 
color  TY  tests. 

Commenting  on  the  color  TV  tests: 

Dr.  Allen  B.  DuMont,  President,  Allen  B.  DuMont 
Laboratories,  Inc.;  "It  was  a  lot  better  color  television 
picture  than  RCA  showed  us  in  Washington  last  De- 
cember. The  picture  was  good  enough,  in  fact,  to  start 
commercial  operations  immediately." 


William  Balderston,  President,  Philco  Corporation; 
"We  feel  that  there  has  been  a  marked  improvement  in 
RCA's  color  TV  system.  We  were  particularly  impressed 
with  the  color  fidelity  and  the  remote  pickup.  The  pro- 
duction of  the  color  picture  in  black  and  white  was  even 
better  than  the  black-and-white  pictures  being  received 
on  existing  sets." 

Dr.  W.  R.  G.  Baker,  Vice  President  in  Charge  of 
Electronics,  General  Electric  Company;  "It  was  a  most 
excellent  picture.  It  was  outstanding.  I  thought  the 
color  was  really  beautiful  and  the  black  and  white  was 
outstanding.  All  we've  got  to  do  now  is  to  get  com- 
patible standards  adopted." 

Jack  Binns,  President,  Hazeltine  Corporation:  "This 
is  a  great  step  forward.  The  black-and-white  reproduc- 
tion on  black-and-white  sets  is  improved  because  of  the 
transmission  in  color.  The  color  is  very  good  particularly 
in  rapid  motion  and  there  is  no  color  break-up  at  all. 
The  compatible  color  system  has  got  to  win  for  it  is 
in  the  public  interest." 

R.  W.  Durst,  Executive  Vice  President,  Hallicrafters, 
Inc.;  "We  thought  it  was  particularly  good,  especially 
the  high  fidelity  during  rapid  movement.  Compatibility, 
however,  is  the  thing  that  impresses  us  most  and  which 
we  think  is  particularly  desirable." 


Left:  One  of  the  development-model  RCA  television 
receivers  with  16-inch  tri-color  picture  tubes  used  during 
the   recent  field   tests  of   RCA's   color   television   system. 

Below:  An  RCA  tri-color  television  picture  tube  is  shown 

disassembled   in  one  of  the  show  windows  of  the  RCA 

Exhibition    Hall,    Radio    City,    New    York. 


8  RADIO   AGE 


American  Industry 
and  National  Defense 


Folsoni,  in  AiLlrcss  lo  Tui^dl  Stiulcnts,  Snys 

r  j    r^'        Niiluni  \  Lxjhunlctl  lihlnslritil  dilhiiity 

^  j  f^       Can  iMct't  iMililiiry  aihl  Ciriliiin  Nauls 


A 


merican  industn-,  with  a  60  per  cent  greater  pro- 
ductive capacity  than  in  1940,  can  meet  the  nation's 
defense  needs  and  still  produce  enough  for  the  civilian 
economy,  Frank  M.  Folsom,  president  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America,  said  in  a  recent  address  before 
the  Student  Legal  Forum  of  the  University  of  Virginia. 
The  public  interest  demands  that  we  continue, 
insofar  as  possible,  production  of  those  things  that  make 
life  good, "  he  declared. 

At  the  same  time,  Mr.  Folsom  emphasized  that  the 
public  interest  must  come  before  any  private  interest 
and  that  the  job  of  defending  America  was  industry's 
first  responsibility.  He  did  not  contend  that  all  short- 
ages of  civilian  goods  could  be  averted,  but  he  said  that 
American  business,  by  working  in  close  cooperation, 
could  reduce  shortages  to  a  minimum. 

Mr.  Folsom  indicated,  however,  that  the  dual  goal  of 
ample  defense  and  civilian  production  could  only  be 
reached  if  America's  great  industries  were  left  free  to 
do  the  job.  He  warned  that  attacks  on  big  business, 
either  from  government  or  private  sources,  would  play 
into  Communist  hands. 

Tm  not  pretending  that  big  business  can  do  the 
job  alone,"  Mr.  Folsom  added.  "Big  business  has  never 
been  able  to  do  any  job  alone.  And  this  particular  job 
calls  for  a  high  degree  of  teamwork  among  all  business- 
men." 

But  big  business,  he  said,  had  a  particularly  vital 
role  because  "the  job  we  are  faced  with  is  a  big  job, 
and  it  calls  for  men  and  companies  that  are  used  to 
doing  things  in  a  big  way. 

"So  always  keep  this  thought  in  mind:  if  you  want 
planes,  and  tanks,  and  guns,  you  have  to  have  pro- 
duction lines.   And  production  lines  mean  big  business. 

"Regardless  of  your  attitude  on  big  business,"  Mr. 
Folsom  continued,  "you  can't  hide  one  fact:  Com- 
munism  wants   to   see   big   business   destroyed.    Com- 


munists are  delighted  by  attacks  on  our  great  corporate 
enterprises." 

The  RCA  official  also  warned  that  America,  while 
building  a  mighty  military  machine  as  a  safeguard 
against  totalitarian  aggression,  must  guard  against  the 
adoption  of  totalitarian  methods. 

It  would  be  all  too  easy,  he  explained,  to  use  the 
defense  job  as  an  excuse  to  "stop  all  civilian  production, 
take  away  all  individual  liberties,  and  draft  everybody 
for  military  production  or  service  in  our  armed  forces." 
Bur,  he  said,  it  would  certainly  be  ironical  if.  in  our 
efforts  to  defend  oursehes  we  adopted  the  very  system 
that  the  enemies  of  our  way  of  life  would  like  to  force 
us  to  adopt. 

Called  for  Intensified  Research 

Surveying  the  nations  facilities,  Mr.  Folsom  called 
for  intensified  research  activity  by  American  industry. 

"Scientific  research  has  given  this  country  leadership 
in  practically  every  phase  of  industrial  activity.  .  .  .  We 
have  learned  to  cultivate  science  as  we  do  our  crops. 
And  we  have  rich  harvests  as  a  result,"  he  said. 

Mr.  Folsom  pointed  out  that  through  constant  re- 
search, his  own  company,  for  example,  has  been  able  to 
effect  tremendous  savings  in  such  critical  materials  as 
copper  and  aluminum  in  the  production  of  television 
sets. 

Mr.  Folsom  warned  that  companies  could  not  ex- 
pect to  reap  harvests  immediately  from  long-range 
research  projects,  however.  "Our  own  company,  for  in- 
stance, invested  50  million  dollars  in  the  development 
of  television  before  we  ever  got  a  dollar  back." 

The  RCA  official  said  that  "the  period  ahead  is 
going  to  call  for  many  sacrifices  but  if  we  approach  this 
task,  not  with  the  thought,  'what  can  I  get  out  of  this 
defense  effort,'  but  rather  'what  can  I  contribute  to  it", 
I  am  confident  we  can  be  strong  and  free." 


RADIO  AGE  9 


More    than    200    radio-television    manufacturers    attended    RCA's   two-day  technical   symposium   at   The   Woldorf-Astoi 

RCA  Reveals  Derails  of  Tri-Color  Picture  Tube 
and  Color  Tele\'ision  Circuirs 


E.   C.    Anderson,    Vice    President    in 

Charge  of  Commercial  Department, 

RCA  Laboratories,  presided. 


Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom,  Vice  President 
in   Charge   of   Research,    RCA   Lab- 
oratories,   summarized   the   talks. 


Dr.  D.  W.  Epstein,  of  RCA  U 

tories  research   stafF,  discusse 

"Optics    of    Color    TelevisU 


V\/.  P.  Maginnis,  RCA  Victor  Tube 
Department,  outlined  "Deflection 
Components  of  the  Tri-Color  Tube". 


H.  R.  Seelen,  RCA  Victor  Tube  De 
partment,  Lancaster,  Pa.,  discussed 
the     "Three-Gun     Tri-Color     Tube". 


Stuart    W.    Seeley,    Manager 

Industry    Service    Laboratory, 

lyzed    "Receiver    Circuitrj 


10   RADIO   AGE 


RCA  Color  TV  Symposium 


A 


J 1 -inch  tri-color  ttlcviMun  picture  tube,  proving 
that  there  are  no  external  limiting  factors  to  picture 
size  in  the  RCA  compatible  all-electronic  color  television 
system,  was  shown  at  a  technical  symposium  conducted 
by  the  R.ulio  Corporation  of  America  at  The  Waldorf- 
Astoria  Hotel  on  June  19  and  20.  Representatives  of 
more  than  200  radio-television  manufacturers  attended 
the  meetings. 

Immediately  available  free  of  cost  for  the  manu- 
facturers' use  in  their  laboratory  work  on  color  tubes 
and  receivers,  RCA  announced,  are  samples  of  the  16- 
inch  basic  developmental  model  of  the  tri-color  tube 
and  kits  of  associated  circuit  components  and  parts. 
During  the  two-day  symposium,  RCA  supplied  tech- 
nical information  to  assist  manufacturers  in  their  pro- 
duction of  tri-color  tubes  and  associated  circuits  for 
color  receivers. 

"One  of  the  advantages  of  RCA  color  is  the  fact 
that  there  are  no  external  limiting  factors  to  the  size 
of  the  kinescope  (picture  tube),"  E.  C.  Anderson,  Vice 
President  in  Charge  of  the  Commercial  Department, 
RCA  Laboratories,  informed  the  group.  "As  evidence 
of  this,  we  are  now  to  show  you  for  the  first  time  our 
larger,  21-inch  tri-color  tube.  This  kinescope  should 
prove  beyond  doubt  that  the  RCA  system  allows  the 
public  a  choice  of  color-picture  sizes  in  the  same  ranges 
that  are  available  in  black-and-white  tubes." 

Public  Wants  Compatible  Systern 

In  opening  the  symposium,  Mr.  Anderson  said: 

"I  find  it  hard  to  tell  you,  just  how  strongly  we  at 
RCA  believe  in  an  all-electronic,  fully  compatible  color 
television  system. 

"We  feel  that  a  compatible  system  is  what  the  pub- 
lic, the  broadcaster  and  the  advertiser  are  entitled  to  in 
order  to  avoid  economic  waste  and  the  outmoding  of 
the  12' 2  million  sets  now  in  use,  plus  perhaps  millions 
more. 

The  development  of  the  RCA  tri-color  kinescope 
is  an  outstanding  example  of  accomplishments  of  mod- 
ern science  and  engineering.  Its  advance  to  reality  in 
this  short  period  of  time  is  truly  one  of  the  engineer- 
ing miracles  of  this  electronic  age." 

In  a  statement  to  the  manufaaurers,  all  of  whom 
are  licensed  to  use  RCA  inventions,  it  was  pointed  out 
that  developmental  samples  of  the  RCA  three-gun  tri- 
color kinescope  and  associated  circuit  components  are 


available  in  limited  quantities.  To  each  licensed  manu- 
facturer. RCA  annt)unced  it  would  provide  free  of  cost 
one  tri-color  kinescope,  one  kit  of  assorted  circuit  com- 
ponents, and  one  unit  assortment  of  tri-color  tube  parts. 
In  the  near  future,  it  was  said,  RCA  expects  to  handle 
orders  for  additional  sample  quantities. 

hijorniiitioii   Given  to   Manujacturers 

In  addition,  tiic  manufacturers  were  supplied  a  list 
of  the  various  operations  and  the  ec]uipment  RCA  uses 
in  making  the  tube.  This  equipment,  it  was  pointed 
out,  is  developmental  and  is  reproduced  only  to  order. 

Although  the  differences  in  producing  tri-color  tubes 
require  additional  engineering  and  manufacturing  tech- 
niques, the  RCA  engineers  said,  they  are  of  such  a 
nature  that  if  adequate  manufacturing  care  and  diligence 
are  pursued,  production  of  the  tri-color  kinescope  will 
impose  no  more  serious  problems  than  those  which  were 
experienced  in  the  early  days  of  black-and-white  kine- 
scope production. 

Topics  covered  during  the  symposium  included 
technical  features  of  the  tri-color  tube  and  new  tube 
developments,  operating  characteristics  of  the  tube  and 
its  associated  components,  circuits  involved  in  supplying 
color  signals  to  the  tube,  and  manufacturing  processes, 
equipment,  and  machinery,  and  test  equipment. 

Technical  presentations  were  made  by  Dr.  D.  W. 
Epstein,  H.  R.  Seelen,  S.  W.  Seeley,  and  W.  P.  Maginnis, 
all  of  whom  are  RCA  engineers.  Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom, 
Vice  President  in  Charge  of  Research,  RCA  Laboratories, 
gave  f.ictual  summaries  of  the  information. 

The  tri-color  television  picture  rube,  recognized  by 
engineers  as  vital  to  the  complete  development  of  a 
practical,  simplified,  all-elearonic  color  television  re- 
ceiver, w,is  demonstrated  by  RCA  for  the  first  time  on 
March  29,  1950.  It  was  hailed  at  that  time  as  a  "miracle 
of  science"  and  proof  of  the  superiority  of  electronics 
over  the  outmoded  and  limited  mechanical  rotating  de- 
vices as  a  means  of  producing  color  television  pictures. 
In  the  tri-color  tube,  television  pictures  are  produced 
electronically  in  full  color  on  the  face  of  the  tube  just  as 
they  are  in  black-and-white  television. 

On  March  30,  1950,  RCA  informed  the  industry 
that  as  soon  as  the  tri-color  tube  had  been  perfected  to 
a  point  that  specific  usable  information  was  available, 
it  would  be  given  to  RCA  licensees.  The  symposiums, 
it  was  pointed  out,  were  in  keeping  with  that  statement. 


RADIO  AGE  J I 


RCA  Business  Increase 


Gain  in  Volume  of  Business  from  SI2S,0()0M(J0  lo  S5S6,0U0,U00 
ill  Lcjst  Deault'  is  Reported  at  32nil  Meeting  of  Stoekhohlers 


N. 


et  earnings  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 
for  the  first  quarter  of  this  year  amounted  to  $11,901,- 
542,  representing  the  best  first  quarter  that  RCA  has 
ever  had,  Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the 
Board,  announced  at  the  32nd  annual  meeting  of  RCA 
stockholders  held  in  a  studio  of  the  National  Broad- 
casting Company  in  Radio  City,  New  York,  on  May  1. 

General  Sarnoff  said  that  volume  of  RCA  business 
has  increased  to  more  tiian  four  and  one-half  times 
what  it  was  ten  years  ago — from  a  level  of  $128,000,000 
in  1940  to  $586,000,000  in  1950.  He  reported  that 
during  the  past  ten  years,  dividends  paid  to  RCA  stock- 
holders amounted  to  $80,184,000.  a  sum  which  he  de- 
clared to  be  larger  than  that  paid  in  this  period  by  any 
other  company  in  the  world  principally  engaged  in  the 
radio  business. 

He  credited  television,  which  RCA  pioneered, 
planned  and  engineered,  as  the  spearhead  in  establishing 
the  new  sales  records. 

First  Quarter  Results 

The  net  earnings  of  $1 1,901,542  for  the  first  quarter 
of  1951  represented  an  increase  of  $665,311,  or  6% 
over  the  same  period  a  year  ago. 

After  providing  for  preferred  dividends,  earnings 
per  common  share  for  the  first  quarter  of  1951  amounted 
to  80  cents,  compared  with  75  cents  per  share  for  the 
first  quarter  of  1950. 

Consolidated  gross  income  of  RCA  for  the  first 
quarter  of  1951  amounted  to  $185,590,755,  or  an  in- 
crease of  A6%,  as  compared  with  that  of  1950. 

A  dividend  of  50  cents  per  share  on  the  common 
stock  of  RCA  was  declared  by  the  Board  of  Directors 
on  April  5,  1951,  payable  on  May  28,  1951,  to  holders 
of  record  of  such  stock  at  the  close  of  business  on 
April  20,  1951. 

"It  is  the  intention  of  the  Board  of  Directors  to 
place  the  common  stock  on  a  semi-annual  dividend  basis 
and  to  declare  such  dividends  payable  in  May  and 
November  of  each  year,  provided  the  future  earnings 
of  the  Corporation  justify  such  action,  and  we  hope 
that  they  will,"  said  General  Sarnoff. 

In  1950,  RCA  paid  $58,205,000  in  taxes  to  Federal, 


State,  and  local  Governments.  These  payments,  which 
included  $7,162,000  in  Federal  excess  profits  taxes,  and 
$3,870,000  in  social  security  taxes,  were  the  highest  on 
record,  and  amounted  to  nearly  three  times  the  total  for 
the  preceding  year.  These  taxes  are  equal  to  $4.19  on 
each  share  of  the  outstanding  common  stock. 

In  addition,  excise  taxes  paid  by  the  Corporation  in 
1950  amounted  to  $13,948,000,  bringing  the  total  taxes 
for  the  year  to  $72,153,000. 

A  total  of  $15,842,000  has  been  estimated  and  pro- 
vided for  Federal  taxes  on  income  in  the  first  quarter 
of  1951.  Approximately  2  million  dollars  of  this  total 
are  for  excess  profits  taxes.  No  excess  profits  taxes 
were  in  existence  during  the  first  and  second  quarters 
of  last  year. 

Working  Capital 

General  Sarnofi:'  reported  that  approximately  A6% 
of  RCA's  net  profits,  earned  during  the  past  ten  years, 
had  been  paid  to  stockholders,  $31,685,000  going  to 
preferred  stockholders  and  $48,499,000  to  holders  of 
common  stock.  The  balance  of  the  profits  earned  during 
the  last  decade  has  been  reinvested  in  the  business,  he 
asserted,  adding: 

"Ten  years  ago,  the  net  working  capital  of  the  Cor- 
poration was  $26,695,000.  Now  it  is  $130,902,000. 
The  net  figure  on  our  balance  sheet  for  plant  and 
equipment,  ten  years  ago,  was  $28,943,000.  Now  it  is 
$87,392,000.  Stockholders'  equity  in  the  Corporation, 
ten  years  ago,  was  $71,717,000.  Now  it  is  $172,790,000. 
Stated  percentagewise,  these  figures  show  the  following 
increases  over  the  ten-year  period:  Net  working  capital 
390%.  Plant  and  equipment  202%.  Stockholders' 
equity  141%." 

On  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  General  Sarnoff 
congratulated  RCA's  more  than  50,000  employees  on 
their  "creative  efforts  and  craftsmanship  in  achieving 
the  splendid  results  which  our  reports  reveal."  He 
pointed  out  that  in  addition  to  its  own  employees,  it  is 
estimated  that  the  Corporation  helps  provide  employ- 
ment to  an  additional  50.000  workers  in  other  compa- 
nies which  last  year  supplied  materials  and  services 
amounting  to  nearly  $300,000,000.    RCA  'Victor's  sup- 


12  RADIO  AGE 


/2  Times  in  Ten  Years 


pliers,  he  ilistloscii,  now  number  approximately  5,000, 
located  in  -12  Jiffcrem  states,  rurther,  it  helps  "little 
business"  to  prosper  and  to  serve  as  vital  suppliers  in 
peace  and  in  war. 

Goveruinent  Orders 

General  Sarnoff  announced  that  since  June,  1950. 
RCA  has  received  an  increasing  volume  of  Government 
orders  for  the  design,  development  and  manufacture  ot 
radio-electronic  equipment  for  the  Armed  Forces. 

"Government  orders  recently  reached  a  volume  that 
required  conversion  of  some  of  our  commercial  produc- 
tion facilities  to  the  manufacture  of  equipment  for 
national  defense,"  he  said.  "A  variety  of  military  proj- 
ects that  had  been  progressing  through  developmental 
stages  began  to  reach  the  production  stage.  An  example 
is  the  new  compact,  light-weight,  walkie-talkie  devel- 
oped by  RCA  for  the  U.  S.  Army  Signal  Corps. 

"Since  many  of  the  Government  orders  involve  long- 
range  .ictivity  and  extensive  development  work,  it  is 
anticipated  that  for  the  next  two  or  three  years  sub- 
stantial portions  of  our  facilities  will  be  devoted  to  the 
production  of  electronic  apparatus  for  all  branches  of 
the  Armed  Forces.  We  shall  pursue  our  tasks  and  meet 
our  responsibilities  in  this  national  emergency  as  we 
have  done  in  the  past." 

RCA's  efforts  toward  making  America  strong,  he 
continued,  place  new  demands  upon   the  Laboratories. 

"As  an  illustration  of  our  activities  in  scientific  re- 
search, RCA  Laboratories,  in  1950,  completed  the 
development  and  construction  of  the  largest  and  most 
.Kcurate  electronic  analogue  computer  ever  built  to 
evaluate  the  performance  of  guided  missiles,  airplanes, 


ships  and  submarines,  he  reported.  "This  new  com- 
puter is  expected  to  save  the  Government  many  millions 
of  dollars  in  the  design  of  advance  types  of  weapons  and 
solve  many  problems  in  the  air  protection  of  American 
cities.  The  instrument,  developed  under  contract  with 
the  OfTice  of  Naval  Research  for  use  by  tiie  Navy 
Bureau  of  Aeronautics,  eliminates  trial-and-error  tests 
in  which  costly  materials  are  expended. 

"That  is  only  one  of  our  developments.  Time  and 
security  regulations  will  not  permit  me  to  cover  other 
developments  on  the  broad  front  of  our  military  re- 
search activities.  I  can  report,  however,  that  we  have 
made  important  strides  in  the  development  of  new 
electron  tubes,  radar,  guided  missiles  and  other  projects 
essential  to  national  defense." 

General  SarnofT  stated  that  RCA,  in  response  to  the 
Government's  needs,  has  succeeded  since  the  first  of 
this  year  in  saving  hundreds  of  thousands  of  pounds  of 
strategic  materials  through  technical  developments, 
without  diminishing  the  quality  of  merchandise.  In 
February,  he  said,  RCA  made  available  to  radio,  tele- 
vision and  tube  manufacturers  throughout  the  country 
the  means  and  tlic  results  of  its  conservation  efforts. 

Status  of  Television 

Commenting  on  the  fact  that  current  sales  of  tele- 
vision receivers  are  below  levels  est.iblished  earlier  in 
the  year.  General  SarnofT  declared  that  among  factors 
contributing  to  the  decline  were  Regulation  W,  which 
places  a  limitation  on  consumer  credit,  and  the  "freeze" 
which  temporarily  prevents  erection  of  additional  tele- 
vision stations. 

"The  growth  of  television  continued   in   1950  at  a 


Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the  Board,  addressing  32nd  annual  meeting  of  RCA  stockholders. 


^fl 

^^^^^^^K£        ?.^^^^^^^^^^^E_1!^                                                                                      '  ' 

s^^^m 

^^^■k^H^^^^^^R^                                    J^Hi^^^^^^ft' 

^^^1 

^^^^^^^^^^^I^^^^^^^^^^^JJ^HHB-' 

■ 

W^     fW^^W^  1•.'AT»755?^%^^'?'*^^  :. 

'W,^^^ 

.'"->t»-  ^^'rf  ■mmKamKKKttmmtk 

Some  of  the  RCA  Victor  television  receivers  which  have 

been     meeting    the    demand    for    sets    having     16-inch 

picture  tubes  or   larger. 


■t  « 


An    RCA    Laboratories    physicist    operates    the    control 

console  of  the  4000-tube  analogue  computer,  designed 

to  evaluate  the  performance  of  guided  missiles. 


phenomenal  rate,  with  more  than  7,000,000  receivers 
being  produced  by  the  industry  as  a  whole,"  he  said. 
"The  trend  in  public  preference  for  larger  size  tele- 
vision pictures  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  93 9^  of  the 
RCA  Victor  television  sets  produced  in  the  first  quarter 
of   1951   employed   16-inch  tubes  or  larger.   .   .   . 

"While  television  has  been  advancing,  radio  set 
sales  have  continued  to  increase.  Last  year,  14,500,000 
radio  receivers  were  sold  by  the  industry  as  a  whole, 
compared  with   11,000,000  in  the  previous  year." 

Already  television  has  justified  "our  great  faith  in 
its  power  for  entertainment,  news  and  education,"  he 
affirmed,  continuing: 

"It  is  a  gre.it  spiritual  and  social  force  among  our 
people.  Politically,  it  has  tremendous  potentialities  for 
creating  an  informed  public  opinion  on  the  vital  ques- 
tions of  the  day. 

"In  the  advance  of  television,  no  other  organizations 
have  contributed  as  much  in  pioneering,  engineering 
development  and  programming  as  RCA  and  NBC.  The 
scientists  and  engineers  in  RCA  Laboratories,  through 
their  patient  rese.irch  and  inventive  genius,  continually 
open  new  gateways  to  progress.  The  engineers  of  the 
RCA  Victor  Division  design  the  finest  transmitting 
equipment,  receiving  sets  and  electron  tubes,  and  the 
engineers  of  the  National  Broadcasting  Company  de- 
velop the  tecliniques  for  broadcasting  and  telecasting 
programs  to  the  home." 

Developments  In  UHF 

General  SarnofT  reported  that  RCA  had  expended 
more  than  52,500,000  in  exploring  the  ultra-high  fre- 
quencies,  known   as  UHF,   for  television   broadcasting. 

"Our  engineers,  taking  the  initiative  in  pioneering 
the  upper  frequencies,  have  determined  that  a  major 
expansion  is  practical  and  possible  at  ultra-high  fre- 
quencies (UHF),'  he  stated.  "By  adding  a  simple  and 
inexpensive  converter,  owners  of  present  television  sets 
can  enjoy  high  quality  reception  from  UHF  as  well  as 
the  very  high  frequencies  (VHP). 


"Practical  experience  and  engineering  facts  needed 
to  design  the  best  transmitting  and  receiving  equip- 
ment in  tliis  new  field  were  obtained  through  large- 
scale  field  tests  conducted  by  RCA.  In  December,  1949. 
we  installed  at  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  the  first  UHF  tele- 
vision transmitter  that  operated  on  a  regular  schedule. 
From  this  transmitter,  not  only  RCA  but  other  manu- 
facturers as  well  were  able  to  conduct  receiving  tests  in 
the  field. 

Recorded  Music 

Faith  and  confidence  of  RCA  when  it  introduced  its 
45-rpm  Victrola-phonograph  and  small  unbreakable 
records  two  years  ago  have  been  well  founded.  General 
Sarnoff  reported,  asserting  that  largely  as  a  result  of 
the  new  "45"  system,  the  phonograph  business  has  been 
revitalized  and  sales  continue  to  increase. 

"Today,  the  popular  45-speed  vinyl  plastic  disks  are 
being  offered  under  55  competitive  labels,  including  all 
major  record  manufacturers,"  he  reported.  "In  1950. 
more  than  a  third  of  phonograph  record  sales  by  RCA 
Victor  were  45-rpm. 

"The  RCA  Victor  long-play  33L-'{-rpm  records, 
which  were  introduced  a  little  more  than  a  year  ago, 
also  have  won  widespread  acceptance  for  their  tech- 
nical antl  artistic  quality.  Sales  of  these  long-play  rec- 
ords have  shown  a  marked  increase." 

Broadcasting  and  Telecasting 

General  Sarnoff  said  that  the  National  Broadcasting 
Company  is  aggressively  developing  the  art  of  television 
programming  as  a  new  .service  supplementing  tlie  vast 
coverage  of  radio  broadcasting. 

"To  keep  pace  with  television's  growth,  NBC  in 
1950  began  the  greatest  expansion  program  in  its  his- 
tory," he  continued.  "NBC  begins  its  second  quarter 
of  a  century  as  the  No.  1  network  in  America.  The 
NBC  radio  network  now  totals  181  stations,  6  of  which 
are  owned  and  operated  by  the  Company.  The  tele- 
vision network  comprises  63  stations,  5  of  which  are 
owned  and  operated  by  the  company. 


M  RAD\0  AGE 


"Generally,  we  are  likely  to  think  of  television  only 
as  a  means  of  broadcasting  programs,"  he  continued. 
'But  there  are  numeri)us  opportunities  for  its  applica- 
tion in  other  fields.  SwIuh)1s,  colleges,  hospitals,  depart- 
ment stores,  manufacturing  plants  and  business  otfices 
can  use  television  to  great  advantage.  Further  develop- 
ments in  industrial  television  will  enlarge  the  scope 
.md  opportunities  for  the  entire  industry." 

lit. I  I'olicies  and  Ubjtcthes 

In  conclusion.  General  SarnofF  outlined  the  policies 
that  govern  the  operations  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  —  from  research  through  manufacturing,  sales, 
servicing,  broadcasting  and  world-wide  communications. 

"All  of  us  are  naturally  interested  in  the  prospects 
for  the  future,"  he  said.  "But.  in  the  present  state  of 
international  tensions  and  uncertainties,  it  is  imprac- 
tical to  predict  results  for  the  remainder  of  the  year. 
The  existing  national  emergency  and  the  niles  and 
regulations  which  govern  allotments  of  critical  materials, 
as  well  as  the  controls  of  consumer  prices  and  financial 
credits,  are  factors  now  confronting  all  business. 

"You  may  be  certain,  however,  that  the  Board  of 
Directors  and  the  management  of  RCA  are  alert  to 
the:e  problems  and  uncertainties.  Our  organization  and 
our  planning  are  such  as  to  enable  us  to  adjust  our 
operations  to  conditions  as  they  arise. 

"The  results  reported  to  you  for  last  year  and  the 
first  quaner  of  this  year,  perhaps  provide  the  best  proof 
that  our  policies  have  been  sound.  This  is  confirmed 
not  only  by  the  satisfactory  financial  results  and  by  the 
solid  position  RCA  occ-upies  in  the  industry,  but  also 
by  the  good  will  of  satisfied  customers,  the  good  rela- 


tions the  Corporation  has  with  its  employees  and  its 
stockholders,  and  by  the  high  standing  it  has  with  the 
public. 

"Pioneering  and  diversification  comprise  our  life- 
blood.  We  are  interested  in  yesterday  and  today  for  the 
experience  and  new  knowledge  gained.  But  our  minds 
are  focused  on  Tomorrow,  and  progress  is  our  watch- 
word." 

Financial  Results  for 
First  Half  of  1931 

Sales  of  products  and  services  of  the  Radio  Corpo- 
ration of  America  and  subsidiaries  attained  an  all-time 
record  volume  of  $302,3.V^,000  during  the  first  six 
months  of  1951,  exceeding  the  previous  peak  set  last 
year  by  21  per  cent,  Frank  M.  Folsom,  President  of  RCA, 
announced.  Corresponding  sales  in  the  first  six  months 
of  1950  amounted  to  $248,784,000. 

Earnings  before  Federal  income  taxes  were  $32,- 
311,000,  compared  with  $35,102,000  in  the  first  half 
of  1950.  a  decrease  of  $2,791,000,  or  approximately  8 
per  cent. 

Reflecting  an  increase  of  17  per  cent  in  the  provi- 
sion required  for  Federal  taxes  on  income,  RCA  net 
earnings  of  $15,703,000  for  the  first  six  months  of  1951 
were  25  per  cent  below  the  $20,962,000  net  for  the 
corresponding  period  in  1950. 

After  payment  of  Preferred  dividends,  net  earnings 
applicable  to  tiie  Common  stock  for  the  first  six  months 
of  1951  were  $1.02  per  share,  compared  with  $1.40  per 
share  in  the  first  half  of  1950. 


scientists  discuss  technical  fea- 
s  of  an  early  model  of  the  RCA 
ect-view  tri-color  picture  tube. 


Living  cells  can  be  observed  through 
this  combination  of   industrial   tele- 
vision and  a  light  microscope. 


Television   has  tremendous   potenti- 
alities   for    creating     on     informed 
public   opinion. 


RADIO  AGE    15 


comes  to  a 


Pennsylvania  Town 


-Lottsville,  Pennsylvania,  a  mountain-ringed  mining 
and  manufacturing  town,  75  miles  northwest  of  Phila- 
delphia, has  been  rescued  from  the  group  of  American 
communities  which,  because  of  their  geographical  lo- 
cations, are  deprived  of  dependable  television  program 
service. 

This  overnight  "miracle"  was  brought  about  by  the 
skill  of  RCA  engineers  who  recently  completed  in- 
stallation of  a  Community  Antenaplex  system,  one  of 
the  first  in  the  country.   Today,  for  the  first  time  since 


the  beginning  of  commercial  television,  Pottsville's  25,- 
000  residents  are  able  to  tap  the  flow  of  television  signals 
which  heretofore  have  passed  them  by,  high  in  the  sky. 
Families  in  the  town  now  obtain  pictures  from  Phila- 
delphia stations  which  compare  favorably  with  those 
enjoyed  by  set  owners  living  much  closer  to  the  trans- 
mitters. Before  RCA  engineers  stepped  in,  reception 
in  PottsviUe  was  rated  extremely  poor  even  with  an 
elaborate  rooftop  antenna  that  sometimes  cost  more 
than  the  TV  receiver  itself. 


This    master    antenna    assembly,    erected    on    Pottsville's         Utility  poles  support  the  coaxial  cable  strung  from  the 
Sharp  Mountain,  extends  TV  coverage  up  to  130  miles.  antenna  site  to  the  town's  residential  areas. 


One  section  of  Poftsville,  whose  homes  ore  getting    television    programs  through    on    RCA    Community 

Antenoplex  system. 


Providing  T\^  signal  pickup  and  distribution  serv- 
ice sufficient  for  the  entire  community,  the  new  system 
consists  of  a  master  antenna  assembly,  mounted  on  a 
tall  mast  on  Sharp  Mountain,  the  highest  nearby  eleva- 
tion; a  network  of  coaxial  cable,  strung  over  utility 
poles  from  the  antenna  site  throughout  the  areas  to  be 
served;  amplifiers,  mounted  on  poles  at  fixed  intervals 
to  maintain  the  strength  of  signals;  and  lead-off  lines, 
terminating  in  wall  or  baseboard  outlets  in  the  homes. 
On  the  antenna  mast  are  separate  antenna  elements 
tuned  for  each  channel  on  which  programs  are  avail- 
able. The  new  system  makes  roof-top  antennas  un- 
necessary. The  network  will  be  operated  by  Trans- 
Video  Corporation. 

The  program  service  is  supplied  for  a  fixed  installa- 
tion fee,  plus  a  monthly  service  charge.  Pottsville  resi- 
dents using  the  system  pay  a  $135  initial  fee,  and  $3.75 
monthly.    Already  more  than  275  families  are  connected 


to  the  community  antenna. 

By  using  tall  master-antenna  towers  which  would 
be  impractical  for  use  by  individuals  because  of  size, 
weight,  and  cost,  and  by  mounting  these  towers  on 
geographical  vantage  points,  RCA  engineers  pointed 
out  that  it  is  possible  to  extend  the  radius  of  TV  station 
coverage  from  an  average  of  45  miles  to  as  much  as 
130  miles  in  some  cases. 

The  community  system,  which  is  manufactured  by 
the  RCA  Engineering  Products  Department,  is  an  ex- 
panded version  of  the  RCA  "Antenaplex"  system  now 
in  use  in  leading  hotels,  apartment  houses,  hospitals, 
and  other  multiple-unit  buildings  throughout  TV  areas. 

The  Pottsville  layout  was  installed  by  technicians 
from  the  company's  branch  office  at  Reading,  Pa.,  under 
supen'ision  of  the  RCA  Service  Company  home  office. 

Trans-Video  Corp.  was  organized  by  a  group  of 
Pottsville  business  men,  headed  by  M.  F.  Malarkey,  Jr 


Toscanini  ro  Begin  Fourrccnch  Season  As  Conductor  of  NBC  Symphony 


Arturo  Toscanini,  Guido  Cantelli,  Fritz  Reiner  and 
Charles  Munch  will  conduct  the  NBC  Symphony  Or- 
chestra during  the  1951-52  Winter  season,  Samuel 
Chotzinoff,  NBC  general  music  director,  has  announced. 
The  fifteenth  season  of  the  NBC  Symphony  Orchestra 
will  open  on  S.iturday,  Nov.  3  at  Carnegie  Hall,  w-ith 
Toscanini  directing. 

This  will  mark  Toscanini's  fourteenth  season  as 
NBC  Symphony  director.  Last  year  Toscanini  was 
unable  to  direct  all  of  his  scheduled  concerts  because 
of  a  knee  injury.   In  the  forthcoming  season   he  will 


conduct  12  concerts  in  three  series  of  four  each. 

Guido  Cantelli  will  return  to  the  NBC  podium  for 
his  fourth  consecutive  season.  He  will  direct  the  or- 
chestra in  eight  concerts. 

Fritz  Reiner  and  Charles  Munch  each  will  direct 
one  concert,  the  latter  making  his  first  appearance  with 
the  orchestra.  Reiner  has  been  a  frequent  guest  con- 
ductor of  the  NBC  Symphony  Orchestra.  Munch 's  ap- 
pearance with  the  NBC  Symphony  Orchestra  was  ar- 
ranged in  cooperation  with  the  trustees  of  the  Boston 
Symphony  Orchestra,  of  which  he  is  regular  director. 


RADIO  AGE   17 


The  new  Cincinnati  plant  provides  more  than   135,000  square  feet  of  floor  space  for  the  manufacture 

of  miniature  and  sub-miniature  electron  tubes. 


New  RCA  Tube  Plant  Dedicated  in  Cincinnati 


R, 


-CA's  new  electron  tube  manufacturing  plant  in 
Cincinnati  was  formally  opened  on  June  11.  Local 
officials,  together  with  executives  of  the  Radio  Cor- 
poration of  America,  the  RCA  Victor  Division,  and  the 
National  Broadcasting  Company,  participated  in  the 
dedication  of  the  large  plant  to  the  memory  of  the  late 
John  G.  Wilson,  former  Executive  Vice  President  in 
Charge  of  the  RCA  Victor  Division.  Frank  M.  Folsom, 
President  of  RCA,  made  the  dedication  address. 

The  new  plant,  formerly  occupied  by  the  Rich 
Ladder  and  Manufacturing  Company,  has  been  com- 
pletely modernized  and  converted  for  the  exclusive 
manufacture  of  miniature  and  sub-miniature  electron 
tubes.  This  expansion  was  necessary  to  meet  the  in- 
creasing demands  of  the  national  defense  program  and 
of  the  radio,  television,  and  communications  industries. 

The  Cincinnati  plant  occupies  approximately  17 
acres  and  has  more  than  135,000  square  feet  of  floor 
space.  It  is  RCA's  third  plant  for  the  manufacture  of 
receiving  tubes.  Others  are  located  in  Harrison,  N.  J., 
and  Indianapolis,  Indiana.  It  was  pointed  out  that  the 
new  plant  is  strategically  located  to  serve  large  numbers 
of  manufacturers  of  electronic  equipment.  Harolil  A. 
DeMooy  is  plant  manager. 

18  RADIO  AGE 


The  RCA  contingent  to  the  dedication  included,  in 
addition  to  Mr.  Folsom:  W.  A.  Buck,  Vice  President 
and  General  Manager  of  the  RCA  Victor  Division; 
Joseph  H.  McConnell,  President  of  the  National  Broad- 
casting Company;  L.  W.  Teegarden,  Vice  President  in 
Charge  of  RCA  Technical  Products;  J.  B.  Elliott,  Vice 
President  in  Charge  of  RCA  Victor  Consumer  Products; 
Charles  M.  Odorizzi,  Operating  Vice  President  of  the 
RCA  Victor  Division;  Richard  T.  Orth,  Vice  President 

Frank  M.    Folsom,   President  of    RCA,   unveils   a    plaque 

which  formally  dedicated  the  new  plant  to  the  memory 

of    the    late    John    G.    Wilson,    former    Executive    Vice 

President  in  Charge  of  the  RCA  Victor  Division. 


Mr.    Folsom    watches    the    operation    of    an    automoti 

machine    that    seals    the    glass    envelopes    of    miniatur 

tubes  in  the  Cincinnati  plant. 


in  Charge  of  the  RCA  Tube  Department;  V.  deP. 
Ciuubcau,  Vice  President  and  Director  of  Materials, 
RCA  Victor  Division;  Orrin  E.  Dunlap,  Jr.,  Vice  Presi- 
dent in  Charge  of  Advertising  and  Publicity,  Radio 
(  orporation  of  America;  Edward  D.  Madden,  Vice 
President  of  the  National  Broadcasting  Company  in 
Charge  of  Television  Operations  and  Sales,  and  Jack 
Herbert,  Vice  President  of  NBC  in  Charge  of  Radio 
.Network  Sales. 

W.  R.  Kellogg,  City  Manager;  Albert  D.  Cash, 
M.iyor  of  Cincinnati,  and  R.  Edward  Tepe,  Mayor  of 
.Norwood,  .IS  well  as  other  prominent  local  civic  and 
industrial  figures,  also  participated. 

New  Plant  CO  Make  Tubes 
For  Defense  and  InJuicry 

Excerpts  from  address  by  Frank  Af.  Folsom. 
RCA  President,  at  dedication  of  new  Cin- 
cinnati plant. 

"All  of  us  at  RCA  are  mighty  proud  of  this  new 
plant.  In  its  I.i6,000  square  feet  of  floor  space,  many 
hundreds  of  men  and  women  will  build  quality  products. 
Prom  this  plant  will  come  tubes  for  countless  industrial 
and  scientific  uses,  for  radio  and  television,  and  most 
imponant  of  all,  for  our  Government's  armed  forces  in 
their  defense  of  the  free  world.  Our  pride  in  a  fine 
product,  backed  by  the  pride  in  skilled  craftsmanship 
traditional  to  the  people  of  Cincinnati,  will  be  reflected 
in  the  tubes  m.idc  here.  We  kno%v  they  will  be  worthy 
of  the  RCA  and  RCA  Victor  trademarks. 

"This  plant  is  going  to  make  a  great  contribution  to 
the  operations  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America. 
We  are  sure  it  is  destined  to  fill  an  important  position 
in  the  National  Defense  Program  and  in  a  vigorous  and 
expanding  electronics  industry,  and  we  hope  it  will 
make  a  real  contribution  to  the  life  of  your  community. 

"We  think  of  the  RCA  family  as  including  not  only 
our  employees,  but  also  all  the  other  people  who  enable 
us  to  produce  the  quality  products  that  bear  our  trade- 
mark and  put  them  in  the  hands  of  consumers.  I  speak 
of  RCA  Victor's  4,700  suppliers,  including  many  with 
whom  we  do  business  here  in  Cincinnati.  I  speak  of 
our  very  fine  distributor  and  dealer  organizations.  We 
are  proud  of  our  various  distributors  here,  who  include 
Ohio  Appliances.  Herriinger  Distributing  Company, 
Steinberg's,  United  Radio,  Gustav-Hirsch,  Midwest 
Theatre  Supply  Co..  and  Cavalier  Pictures,  Inc.  I  also 
include  NBC's  great  midwest  affiliate,  WLW.  and  other 


radio  stations  whicli  li.ue  favored  us  with  their  equip- 
ment business. 

"We  hope  you  will  find  us  to  be  the  kind  of  people 
and  tlic  kind  of  company  that  ycu  will  be  proud  to  have 
in  your  home  and  in  your  city.  In  short,  we  want  the 
people  of  Cincinnati  to  like  us  and  to  be  glad  we  are 
here.  All  we  ask  is  that  you  judge  us  by  our  perform- 
ance." 

RCA  Awards  Three  Sehulaibhips 

Three  high  school  seniors  from  New  York  and  New 
Jersey  have  been  awarded  scholarships,  valued  at  S  1,500 
each,  for  advanced  radio  technology  courses  at  RCA 
Institutes,  Inc.,  one  of  the  oldest  radio  technical  train- 
ing schools  in  America.  The  winners,  announced  by 
General  George  L.  Van  Deusen.  President,  were: 
William  Delaney,  Bergenfield,  N.  J.;  R.  A.  Wallner, 
Waldwick,  N.  J.,  and  S.  A.  Rosenkranz,  Elmont,  N.  Y. 

The  students  were  chosen  on  the  basis  of  competi- 
tive examinations  taken  by  37  contestants  representing 
public  and  private  high  schools  in  the  metropolitan 
New  York  area.  Final  selection  was  made  by  a  com- 
mittee consisting  of  Professor  Walter  A.  Curry  of 
Columbia  University,  Professor  Charles  E.  Skinner  of 
New  York  University  and  General  Van  Deusen. 

Scholarship  winners  will  be  eligible  to  enroll  for 
free  instruction  in  the  two-year  advanced  technology 
course  at  the  New  York  resident  school  of  RCA  Insti- 
tutes. 350  West  Fourth  Street.  The  course,  accredited 
by  the  Engineers  Council  for  Professional  Development, 
prepares  students  for  entrance  into  the  various  branches 
of  electrical  communications. 


RAD/O  AGE  19 


Tilted  Antenna 

Increases  Range 
of  UHF  Signal 


The  tilted  antenna   (arrow),   erected   on  tower  of  RCA- 
NBC's  experimental  television  station  KC2XAK,  was  de- 
signed   for   a   study   of   the   transmission    and    reception 
characteristics  of  ultra-high-frequency  signals. 


Te, 


-elevision  signals  in  the  program  service  area  of  an 
ultra-high-frequency  station  can  be  doubled  in  strength 
by  a  slight  tilting  of  the  transmitting  antenna.  Dr.  C.  B. 
Jollifle,  Executive  Vice  President  in  Charge  of  RCA 
Laboratories  Division,  lias  revealed.  The  tests  were  con- 
ducted at  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  using  the  facilities  of  RCA- 
NBC's  experimental  station  KC2XAK  which  has  been 
in  regular  operation  since   1949. 

The  antenna  built  for  the  tests  was  erected  on  one 
side  of  the  Bridgeport  transmitting  tower.   By  means  of 


a  motor-driven  arrangement,  the  antenna  was  rocked 
back  and  forth  in  an  arc  of  approximately  12  degrees 
to  permit  engineers  to  record  the  resulting  variations  in 
signal  strength.  Field  tests  were  made  at  several  loca- 
tions in  the  primary  service  area  of  KC2XAK  and  also 
at  Princeton,  N.  J.,  90  miles  away.  Results  in  every 
instance  showed  that  the  received  signal  was  at  its 
maximum  when  the  antenna  was  tilted  approximately 
2.5  degrees  up  or  down. 

This  gain  in  signal  strength,  achieved  without  in- 
creasing the  power  of  the  transmitter.  Dr.  Jolliffe 
pointed  out,  would  be  particularly  valuable  in  the  pres- 
ent state  of  development  of  the  UHF  art.  Unlike  the 
very-high-frequency  stations  now  providing  program 
service  to  the  public,  UHF  stations  are  limited  in  their 
power  by  the  types  of  electron  tubes  available  for  trans- 
mitters. By  making  use  of  the  additional  signal  strength 
which  the  tilted  antenna  delivers,  the  effect  on  the 
quality  of  the  television  picture  would  correspond  to 
that  which  would  be  produced  if  the  power  of  the 
transmitter  were  to  be  multiplied  several  times.  Fur- 
thermore, he  added,  this  gain  would  bring  about  a 
noticeable  improvement  in  picture  quality  on  UHF 
television  receivers  installed  in  the  outer,  or  "fringe", 
areas  of  program  service. 

Because  of  the  occasional  propagation  of  waves  well 
beyond  the  normal  coverage  of  a  station,  Dr.  Jolliffe 
said,  RCA  will  conduct  further  tests  to  determine 
whether  the  gain  in  signal  strength  produced  by  the 
tilted  antenna  is  likely  to  increase  interference  with 
distant  stations  operating  on  the  same  or  adjacent 
channels. 

RCA  Laboratories,  Dr.  Jolliffe  stated,  also  plans  to 
conduct  research  on  tilted  antennas  in  the  VHF  field. 
If  corresponding  gains  are  obtained  on  these  channels 
now  used  by  commercial  television  stations,  their  pro- 
gram service  areas  would  be  similarly  extended.  The 
pictures  then  obtainable  at  points  35  to  50  miles  from 
transmitters  would  compare  more  favorably  in  quality 
with  those  now  being  enjoyed  at  locations  much  closer 
to  the  stations. 

Jess  Epstein  and  D.  W.  Peterson,  of  the  research 
staff  of  RCA  Laboratories,  designed  the  tilted  antenna 
and  supervised  field  tests  of  the  transmitted  signals. 


20  RADIO  AGE 


«••• 


r;'-{r;  OOOOOgpO 


Human  Factors  m  Industrial  Research 


C. 


/reativeness,  scientific  training  and  good  character 
rate  as  the  most  important  prerequisites  for  industrial 
research  workers,  according  to  Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom, 
Vice  President  in  Charge  of  Research  of  RCA  Labora- 
tories. Speaking  before  representatives  of  industrial  and 
government  laboratories  attending  the  Second  Annual 
Conference  on  Industrial  Research  at  Columbia  Uni- 
versity on  June  11,  Dr.  Engstrom  revealed  that,  while 
the  evidence  is  by  no  means  conclusive,  there  are  indi- 
cations and  experiences  to  show  that  the  most  revolu- 
tionary creative  thoughts  have  come  to  few  research 
workers  during  their  first  decade  of  work.  For  the  aver- 
age research  worker,  he  said,  it  seems  that  his  best 
original  and  creative  work  comes  before  the  close  of  the 
second  decade  of  activity  in  the  liboratory. 

"Members  of  research  staffs  are  not  equally  creative." 
Dr.  Engstrom  told  the  group.  "In  fact,  a  staff  of  all 
highly  creative  members  would  be  unmanageable.  An 
effective  staff  is  one  where  all  members  respond  to 
originality,  where  all  members  have  some  degree  of 
originality  and  where  a  portion  are  highly  creative." 

Turning  to  the  subject  of  scientific  training.  Dr. 
Engstrom  stressed  that  training  is  not  a  substitute  for 
creative  ability.  He  declared  that  if  the  research  worker's 


creation  is  to  mature  into  useful  form,  however,  creative 
ability  must  be  backed  by  fundamental  knowledge  and 
specific  skills.  A  research  worker  does  not  graduate 
from  the  educational  scene  until  he  retires  from  the 
research  scene,  he  added. 

"Perhaps  research  administrators  themselves  have 
not  adequately  evaluated  the  imponance  of  character," 
Dr.  Engstrom  suggested.  "Integrity  of  purpose  in  re- 
search is  vital.  Nature  is  a  cruel  and  exacting  task- 
master when  it  comes  to  technical  or  scientific  accuracy 
and  honesty."  He  went  on  to  say  that  "reliability  in 
prosecuting  a  work  program  is  rarer  than  one  might 
think  and  is  richly  rewarded." 

Dr.  Engstrom  mentioned  other  qualifications  which 
a  research  scientist  should  possess,  including  persever- 
ance when  the  going  becomes  difficult  and  determina- 
tion to  overcome  obstacles  along  the  way.  Commenting 
on  the  need  for  scientific  inquisitiveness,  he  said  that 
progress  seems  to  be  made  in  an  atmosphere  of  dis- 
content with  the  current  order  of  things,  accompanied 
by  a  drive  toward  improvement  and  enhancement. 

"Research,"  Dr.  Engstrom  stated,  "thrives  on  fresh- 
ness of  viewpoint  and  differences  of  approach  to  the 
solution  of  problems." 


RADIO  AGE  2 J 


NBC  CELEBRATE 


N, 


EC's  six-month  celebration  of  its  25th  anniversary 
was  launched  on  June  1.  Between  then  and  November 
15,  the  date  on  which  the  first  NBC  network  went  into 
operation  in  1926,  the  anniversary  will  be  brought  to 
the  attention  of  radio  and  television  set  owners  by 
special  broadcasts,  presentations  and  public  events. 
Throughout  the  six  months,  emphasis  is  to  be  placed 
on  the  slogan,  "It's  the  Silver  Jubilee  on  NBC!"  Two 
anniversary  songs  written  for  the  occasion  by  Meredith 
Willson  and  Harry  Sosnik,  respective  music  directors  of 
"The  Big  Show"  and  "The  Jack  Carter  Show-",  will  be 
used  as  musical  themes. 

The  network  will  honor  its  25-year  affiliated  sta- 
tions with  plaques.  Original  employees  of  the  network 
still  on  their  jobs  will  be  inducted  as  charter  members 
of  the  NBC  25-Year  Club  at  the  Company's  annual 
outing  on  August  18. 


Performers  in  this  early  radio  adaptation   of  "Rip  Von 
Winkle"  worked  hard  to  create  their  own  sound  effects. 


NBC's  first  radio  program  was  put  on  the  air  November 
15,  1926,  from  this  main  control  room  in  the  A.  T.  &  T. 
Building,  New  York  City.  O.  B.  Hanson,  then  NBC  Chief 
Engineer,  now  Vice  President  and  Chief  Engineer,  stands 
in  the  rear. 


Affiliated  stations  are  planning  local  celebrations  ty- 
ing-in  with  the  NBC  Silver  Jubilee,  and  the  British 
Broadcasting  Company  and  Canadian  Broadcasting  Cor- 
poration will  salute  NBC  with  special  broadcasts. 

The  original  NBC  network  —  America's  first  —  was 
launched  over  a  25-station  hook-up  (21  charter  affiliates 
and  four  specially-added  outlets)  with  a  special  four- 
and-a-half  hour  broadcast  from  the  old  Waldorf- 
Astoria  Hotel,  New  York.  NBC  stations  from  the 
Atlantic  seaboard  to  Kansas  City  carried  the  array  of 
talent  that  included  'Will  Rogers,  Weber  and  Fields, 
Mary  Garden.  Dr.  Walter  Damrosch  and  the  New  York 
Philharmonic,  the  dance  bands  of  Ben  Bernie,  'Vincent 
Lopez  and  George  Olsen,  and  many  other  choice  offer- 
ings. Some  of  the  stars  were  picked-up  "by  remote 
control"  —  a  newly-coined  phrase  of  the  day  —  from 
other  cities. 

Today,  the  NBC  radio  network  totals  ISO  stations 
and  the  NBC-TV  network  has  6.3  outlets. 

William  F.  Brooks,  NBC  "Vice  President  in  Charge 
of  Public  Relations,  is  Chairman  of  the  NBC  25th  Anni- 
versary Committee  named  to  plan  and  administrate  the 
anniversary  campaign.  Members  include  Jacob  A. 
Evans.  NBC  Manager  of  Radio  Advertising  and  Promo- 
tion; James  Nelson,  Manager  of  TV  Advertising  and 
Promotion;  Victor  Schiff,  of  Carl  Byoir  and  Associates; 
Ezra  Mcintosh,  of  the  J.  Walter  Thompson  Company, 
and  Sydney  H.  Eiges,  NBC  Vice  President  in  Charge  of 
Press. 


22  RADIO  AGE 


LVER  JUBILEE 


]mmm 


in  the  early  Thirties,  live  audiences 
led  the  antics  of  Ed  Wynn,  the  "Texaco 
Zhief",  in   NBC's  Times  Square  Studio. 


Dual  antennas  for  stations  WJZ-WJY  were 
erected  on  the  roof  of  Aeolian  Hall  in  New 
York  City. 


ginal  transmitter  for  station  WJZ  was 
I  in  a  small  room  in  a  Newark,  New 
Jersey,   factory. 


Joseph  H.  McConnell, 
President,  National 
Broadcasting  Company. 


NBC's  first  mobile  broadcast  unit,  which 
went  into  operation  in  1929,  was  considered 
one  of  the  engineering  marvels  of  the  age. 


first    back-pack    trans- 
was    used    in    1931    to 
r    a    golf    tournament. 


Early-model      portable      field 
equipment,     including     horn- 
type  loudspeaker. 


NBC  newsmen  tuned  fo  world 

events     at     this     short-wave 

listening    post. 


Short-wave  transmitters,  such 
as  this,  were  used  to  broad- 
cast news  from  remote  points. 


RADIO  AGE  23 


TV  Servicemen  must  be 
Technicians,  Diplomats, 
Peace-Makers,  Benefactors 


Records  Belie  Old  Idea  that  a 

Serviceman  Must  be  Only  an 

Authority  on  Meters  and  Tubes. 


A„ 


,.n  RCA  serviceman  rapped  smartly  on  the  door  of 
the  Smith  home  in  Forest  Hills.  It  was  the  first  call  of  the 
week  and  he  felt  unusually  chipper.  "Oh,  I'm  so  glad 
you're  here",  cried  Mrs.  S.,  "you  can  watch  the  children 
while  I  go  to  the  store!"  Before  the  amazed  technician 
could  protest,  mother  had  disappeared,  leaving  him 
with  three  screaming  little  "darlings"  aged  4  years,  2 
years,  and  8  months.  The  week  was  off  to  a  bad  start, 
but  RCA's  TV  "surgeon"  heroically  inspected  the  chassis, 
located  the  trouble  and  corrected  it,  while  his  temporary- 
wards  hid  his  tools,  rode  on  his  back  and  tried  to  hide 
in  the  empty  cabinet.  Mother  finally  returned  one  hour 
later  and  released  the  baby-sitter  for  his  next  assignment. 

Hundreds  of  similar  situations  confront  the  easy- 
going technicians  in  RCA  Service  Company  branches 
all  over  the  country.  They  regard  such  breaks  in  routine 
as  "all  in  a  day's  work"  —  24  hours  in  which  the 
customer  is  always  right. 

The  RCA  experts,  skilled  at  curing  TV's  mechanical 
ailments,  must  be  equally  adept  as  public  relations  men. 


"A  CUSTOMER" 

"A  Customer  is  the  most  important  person  ever 
in  this  office  —  in  person,  on  the  telephone,  or 
by  mail.  A  Customer  is  not  dependent  on  us  — 
we  are  dependent  on  him.  A  Customer  is  not  an 
interruption  of  our  work  —  he  is  the  purpose  of 
it.  We  are  not  doing  him  a  favor  by  serving  him 
—  he  is  doing  us  a  favor  by  giving  us  the  op- 
portunity to  do  so.  A  Customer  is  not  an  out- 
sider in  our  business  —  he  is  part  of  it.  A  Cus- 
tomer is  not  someone  to  argue  or  match  wits 
with.    Nobody    ever    won    an    argument    with    a 

Customer."  — Paul   T.   Babson 

from    Sales    Management 


When  a  Norwalk,  Conn.,  woman  phoned  the  service 
branch,  demanding:  "Where  do  I  send  the  bill?  While 
backing  my  car  out  of  our  drive  into  the  street,  I 
smashed  into  one  of  your  trucks  and  put  a  gouge  in 
my  fender!  ",  the  manager  calmly  advised:  "Just  be 
brave,  madam,  and  tell  your  husband." 

One  customer,  detecting  strange  burning  odors  in 
his  receiver,  gazed  in  astonishment  as  RCA's  "extermi- 
nators "  removed  several  electrocuted  mice  from  his 
highly-polished  cabinet.  '"They  must  have  come  inside 
the  set  from  tiie  factory;  ue  don"t  have  mice!"  was  the 
reply. 

One  service  manager  succeeded  in  reuniting  a 
Rockaway,  N.  Y.,  couple  whom  television  had 
estranged.  The  day  after  their  set  was  installed  it  needed 
adjustment,  at  which  point  Mr.  X  upbraided  his  spouse 
for  spending  all  that  money  for  nothing.  Blows  were 
exchanged,  neighbors  called  in  police,  and  wife  went 
home  to  mother  as  the  first  step  in  divorce  proceedings. 
With  the  best  of  intentions,  the  RCA  manager  talked 
to  both  parties  and  arranged  to  have  a  new  receiver 
delivered  two  days  later.  The  manager  was  duly  cha- 


24  RADIO  AGE 


grmcd  when  Mr.  X  stormed  into  his  office  with  these 
words;  "I've  been  trying  to  ^et  rid  of  that  old  b.ittle- 
axe  for  10  years,  and  now  when  I  have  a  perfect  ex- 
cuse you  have  to  go  and  ruin  it!" 

Although  medieval  armor  is  not  in  vogue  these 
days,  many  a  bruised  TV  mechanic  would  welcome  its 
protection.  Such  was  the  case  of  the  eager  young  tech- 
nician who,  having  erected  a  difficult  rooftop  antenna, 
stepped  back  to  admire  his  work.  When  he  landed  on 
the  hard  ground,  the  mistress  of  the  house  asked  if  he 


had  knocked  any  slate  from  the  roof.  "Lady,  I  came 
down  too  fast  to  count  them!"  was  his  bewildered  reply. 

A  similar  incident  occurred  on  Long  Island  during 
the  blizzard  of  1947.  While  mounting  an  antenna,  the 
sers'iceman  slipped  off  the  icy  rooftop,  landed  in  a 
snowdrift  and,  somewhat  disheveled,  rang  the  doorbell. 
After  reviving  the  astonished  housewife,  who  fainted 
at  the  sight  of  him,  the  technician  completed  the  in- 
stallation. 

If  a  homeowner  wants  to  know  how  solidly  his 
house  is  constructed,  serviceman  Clark  can  tell  him. 
He  tests  all  ceilings  and  beams  these  days,  before  start- 
ing work.  While  rigging  an  antenna  in  the  unfinished 
attic  of  a  Bronx  dwelling,  Clark  lost  his  footing,  slipped 
between  two  beams,  crashed  through  the  ceiling,  and 
landed  on  a  card  table  surrounded  by  a  ladies  bridge  club. 

The  Sers-ice  Company's  unusual  case  histories  are 
not  without  their  share  of  international  flavor.  A  penni- 
less oriental  prince,  posing  as  a  bona  fide  UN  delegate, 
stormed  into  headquarters  demanding  immediate  and 
very  special  TV  sers'ice.  Investigation  revealed  that  he 
lived  over  a  cheap  52nd  Street  nightclub,  but  through 
some  scheme  received  his  mail  and  phone  calls  at  Lake 
Success. 

Two  RCA  technicians  have  the  distinction  of  be- 
ing invited  into  a  Russian  inner  sanctum.  The  dubious 


duo  set  out  for  the  Russian  Embassy,  housed  on  the 
Morgan  Estate  at  Glen  Cove,  Long  Island.  They  were 
"welcomed"  at  the  gate  by  heavily-armed  uniformed 
guards  who  escorted  them  to  the  mansion.  Inside  two 
other  guards,  this  time  with  mere  revolvers,  scrutinized 
the  entire  procedure.  When  the  technicians  ran  the 
TV  feed  line  down  from  the  attic,  their  Soviet  '"helpers" 
tried  to  stop  them  on  the  grounds  that  this  would  make 
the  pictures  come  in  upside  down.  After  completing 
the  installation,  our  heroes  were  upbraided  because  the 
receiver  "would  not  tune  in  Russia,  where  television 
was  invented". 

In  direct  contrast  was  the  temporary  TV  installation 
made  for  the  President  of  a  South  American  republic 
during  his  New  York  visit.  In  an  effort  to  cement  Latin- 
American  relations  RCA's  technician  tried  to  give  im- 
mediate service,  but  was  asked  to  come  back  at  5  p.m., 
as  the  President  was  taking  his  siesta.  When  he  re- 
turned at  the  appointed  hour,  the  serviceman  had  to 
wait  in  the  hotel  lobby  until  the  dignitary,  properly 
garbed  in  his  dinner  clothes,  could  receive  him. 

A  simple  address  on  the  day's  schedule  often  turns 
out  to  be  a  virtual  obstacle  course  for  the  dauntless 
serviceman.  One  call  —  a  confectionery  store  in  Gar- 
field, N.  J.  —  was  in  reality  a  "horse  parlor."  The  RCA 
technician  rang  the  bell  and  knocked  loudly,  but  re- 
ceived no  answer.  A  bystander  gave  him  a  second  ad- 


dress which  proved  to  be  a  Social  Club.  Here  he  was 
referred  to  a  third  address  where  he  finally  found  a 
man  with  a  key  to  the  confectionery  store  in  which  the 
TV  set  was  located. 

Whether  they  have  to  climb  a  steep  slope  to  a  hill- 
billy's shack,  or  row  out  to  a  house  built  on  stilts,  service 
crews  generally  accomplish  their  missions.  Unless,  as 
happened  in  Paterson,  N.  J.,  the  technicians  try  to  in- 
stall a  TV  receiver  in  a  Turkish  Bath  on  "Ladies  Day". 
(Continued  on  page  32) 


RADIO   AGE   25 


Radio  Message  Circles  Globe 
to  Open  Atomic  Display 


A 


radio  message  sent  around  the  world  returned 
to  its  originating  point  in  New  York,  via  Tangier, 
Manila  and  San  Francisco,  and  activated  a  uranium  pile 
which,  in  turn,  exploded  a  magnesium  charge  that 
officially  opened  the  Armed  Forces  Week  Exhibition  at 
the  Seventh  Regiment  Armory  on  May  14.  The  message, 
addressed  to  the  Armed  Forces,  was  tapped  out  by 
Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the  Board, 
Radio  Corporation  of  America. 

General  Sarnofl's  message,  which  traveled  over  the 
RCA  Communications'  worldwide  system,  said: 

"May  this  globe-encircling  radio  message,  opening 
the  Armed  Forces  Week  'Atoms  for  Peace'  Exhibition 
at  the  7th  Regiment  Armory  in  New  York,  spread  the 
seed  of  hope  around  the  world  that  the  electron  and  the 
atom  will  be  harnessed  for  peace,  security  and  freedom 
for  all  mankind. " 

The  sample  of  uranium  employed  in  the  startling 
demonstration  was  supplied  by  Dr.  John  R.  Dunning, 
Dean  of  the  School  of  Engineering,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. By  prearrangemenr.  Dr.  Dunning's  fission  de- 
vice, containing  U-235  uranium  atoms,  was  connected 
at  the  Armory  terminal  point  to  the  RCA  circuit.  The 
final  impulse  from  the  radio  message  caused  the  ura- 
nium to  activate.  Flashes  from  the  splitting  atoms  were 
visible  on  a  20-inch  oscilloscope. 

The  Exhibition  featured  weapons  and  special  de- 
vices of  the  Army,  Navy  and  Air  Force,  as  well  as 
products  and  services  of  RCA,  which  sponsored  the 
Oak  Ridge  exhibit  as  an  education  service. 

The  atomic  energy  display  comprised  a  series  of 
vivid  portrayals  showing  how  the  atom  works  and  its 
use  in  medicine,  agriculture  and  industry.  Through 
animated  devices  and  panoramic  illustrations,  visitors 
were  able  to  follow  the  advancement  of  atomic  energy 
through  the  years  and  beyond  to  an  outlook  of  what 
the  future  holds  for  the  atom. 

Among  the  exhibits  with  special  popular  appeal 
were  the  working  model  of  a  "Van  de  GrafT  Electrostatic 
Generator,  and  the  Dime  Irradiator.  In  demonstrating 
the  Generator,  a  subject  standing  on  an  insulated  plat- 
form laid  one  hand  on  the  terminal  of  a  high- voltage 


Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff  tapped  out  the  "round-the- 
world"    message    which    set    ofF    a    radioactive    charge, 
thereby  ofFicioily  opening  the  Armed   Forces  Week  Ex- 
hibition  in   New  York  City. 

device.  The  electrostatic  charge,  passing  into  the  sub- 
ject's body,  caused  his  hair  literally  to  "stand  on  end". 
An  attendant  explained  that  the  electric  repulsion  cor- 
responded to  the  force  which  propels  subatomic  parti- 
cles used  for  bombarding  atoms  in  nuclear  experiments. 

The  Dime  Irradiator,  in  the  form  of  a  miniature 
atomic  pile,  illustrated  the  production  of  radio  i.sotopes. 
When  dimes  were  inserted  and  bombarded  by  neutrons 
from  a  sample  of  polonium-beryllium,  the  silver  pieces 
became  sufficiently  radioactive  to  activate  a  Geiger- 
MuUer  counter. 

The  RCA  displays  included  a  new  lightweight 
walkie-talkie  produced  for  the  Armed  Forces,  the  latest 
model  electron  microscope,  an  electronic  counter  which 
can  measure  time-periods  in  millionths  of  a  second,  and 
two-way  radiotelephone  units  which  have  been  widely 
accepted  by  police  and  fire  departments  and  industrial 
companies  for  installation  on  their  fleets  of  trucks. 


26  RADIO   AGE 


WNBT  begins  Transmissions  from 
New  Television  Antenna 


A. 


ftcr  1 1  months  of  work  atop  the  Empire  State 
Building,  durini;  which  progress  was  often  delayed  by 
weather  conditions  which  made  it  impossible  for  even 
iron-nerved  riggers  to  fabricate  the  steelwork.  NBC's 
new  permanent  antenna  for  station  WNBT  went  into 
regular  operation  on  June  II.  NBC  was  the  first  to 
transmit  telecasts  from  the  215-foot  mast  which  crowns 
the  building  tower  a  quarter  of  a  mile  above  the  street. 

Four  other  television  stations — WJZ-TV.  WABD, 
WPIX  and  WCBS-TV'— which  are  to  share  the  spire 
with  WNBT.  are  expected  to  start  transmissions  from 
their  respective  antennas  during  coming  months. 

"The  Stan  of  operations."  said  O.  B.  Hanson.  NBC 
Vice  President  and  Chief  Engineer."  marks  the  begin- 
ning of  a  new  era  in  television  transmission.  Rising 
high  above  New  York  City,  the  antenna  is  an  example 
of  the  fine  cooperation  rendered  the  project  by  the 
broadcasting  companies  in  their  effort  to  provide  better 
service  to  the  viewing  public." 

The  super-turnstile  RCA  antenna  of  WNBT.  from 
its  position  on  top  of  the  tower  structure  1.465  feet 
above  street  level,  is  expected  to  assure  high-quality 
program  ser\-ice  for  New  York  City  and  the  metropoli- 
tan area.  Engineers  contend  that  television  reception 
will  now  be  improved  in  the  fringe  areas  thereby  mak- 
ing programs  available  to  a  larger  audience. 

Development  of  the  electronic  phases  of  the  Empire 
State  television  antennas  was  conducted  by  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America,  under  the  guidance  of  a  com- 
mittee consisting  of  Hanson  and  Dr.  Frank  G.  Kear.  of 
the  consulting  engineering  firm  of  Kear  and  Kennedy, 
Washington,  D.C..  the  latter  representing  Empire  State, 
Inc..  owners  of  the  building. 

The  actual  installation  of  the  tower  and  antennas  is 
considered  a  remarkable  technical  achievement  with- 
out precedent  in  electronic  communications.  It  was  ac- 
complished under  difficult  working  conditions  and  pre- 
sented many  unforeseen  problems.  Weather  w.is  the 
biggest  enemy  of  the  project.  Strong  winds,  storms, 
rain,  cold  and  ice  delayed  activity  sometimes  for  weeks 
at  a  time.  The  steel  workers  who  climbed  the  pre- 
carious tower  to  install  and  adjust  the  antennas  could 
work  only  under  the  most  favorable  weather  conditions. 
Frequently,  only  one  or  two  hours  of  work  was  possible 
in  a  full  day.  Ironically,  there  were  numerous  days  when 


Station  WNBT   recently   began   regular  transmissions 

from    the    new    215-foot    television    most    atop    the 

Empire  State  Building. 


the  weather  on  the  ground  was  fair,  the  sun  shining 
and  the  temperature  mild,  while  high  on  the  tower  the 
wind  blew  in  near-gale  force. 

The  Empire  State  Building  is  the  site  from  which 
NBC  engineers  pioneered  the  development  of  video 
transmission.  It  is  recognized  as  the  cradle  of  modern 
television. 

The  new  super-turnstile  is  the  sixth  antenna  to  be 
placed  in  operation  by  NBC  in  the  20  years  it  has  been 
transmitting  from  the  Empire  State.  The  single  antenna 
will  serve  a  three-fold  purpose.  It  will  transmit  the  TV 
picture,  the  T\'  sound  and  the  station's  FM  programs 
by  a  device  known  as  triplexing. 


RADIO  AGE  27 


Who  watches  Television  .  .  ! 
how  much  .  .  !  when 


X 


.  oday's  average  television  program  produces  a  payoff 
of  36,000  extra  customers  in  the  New  York  metro- 
politan area  alone  for  each  brand  it  advertises,  and  de- 
livers 15.6  extra  customers  per  month  for  each  dollar 
invested  in  television  advertising —  less  than  seven  cents 
per  extra  customer. 

This  and  other  startling  and  significant  facts  con- 
cerning the  unparalleled  sales  effectiveness  of  television 
are  revealed  in  "Television  Today,  Its  Impact  on  People 
and  Products",  prepared  from  a  new  survey  conducted 
for  NBC. 

Under  the  overall  supervision  of  Edward  D.  Madden, 
NBC  Vice  President  in  Charge  of  Television  Operations 
and  Sales,  field  work  for  the  survey  was  undertaken  by 
the  Psychological  Workshop  of  Hofstra  College,  under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  Matthew  N.  Chappell.  The  sample 
design  for  the  study  was  developed  by  Willard  Simmons, 
outstanding  authority  in  the  field.  Development  of  the 
entire  study  and  the  analysis  of  its  findings  were  handled 
by  a  special  NBC  research  staff  headed  by  Dr.  Thomas 
E.  Coffin. 

Of  prime  importance  in  the  findings  of  the  new 
survey  were  results  which  show  that: 

1.  Adult  owners  of  television  sets  spend  21 4  hours 
a  day  watching  television.  They  devote  more 
time,  every  day,  to  television  than  to  radio, 
newspapers  and  magazines  combined. 

2.  Time  spent  by  all  family  heads,  whether  or  not 
they  are  owners  of  television  sets,  shows  radio 
winning  IVi  hours  a  day  from  the  average  family 
head.  Television,  with  73  minutes  a  day  as  an 
average  among  set-owners  and  non-owners  to- 
gether, wins  more  time  than  newspapers  and 
magazines  combined.  Newspapers  command  a 
little  more  than  three-quarters  of  an  hour  a  day, 
while  magazines  garner  only   13  minutes  a  day. 

3.  A  comparison  of  similar  types  of  products  ad- 
vertised during  the  day  and  in  the  evening  re- 
veals that  daytime  TV  delivers  18.7  extra  cus- 
tomers per  dollar;  evening,  18.6.  The  similarity 
of  the  results  is  eloquent  in  itself. 

4.  Multiple-brand  shows  (where  several  brands  are 
advertised  on  one  program),  the  survey  reveals, 


produce  better  than  the  average  number  of  extra 
customers  per  dollar  for  each  brand,  whether 
they  are  high-budget  or  low-budget  shows.  This 
includes  multiple-brand  shows  sponsored  by  a 
single  advertiser,  such  as  the  "Colgate  Comedy 
Hour",  and  participation  programs  like  the 
"Kate  Smith  Show"  and  "Your  Show  of  Shows". 
The  two  last-mentioned  programs  deliver,  re- 
spectively, 38.8  and  36.8  extra  customers  per 
dollar.  Each  of  these  programs,  which  represent 
new  sales  concepts  pioneered  by  NBC,  is  de- 
livering twice  as  many  customers  per  dollar  as 
the  average  television  show. 

Based  on  5,067  completed  interviews  with  male  and 
female  heads  of  households  in  the  16  counties  of  the 
New  York  metropolitan  area  (51*^  set  saturation)  in 
a  two-month  period  ending  Jan.  23,  1951,  the  survey 
findings  cover  four  main  areas  of  inquiry: 

1.  The  television  audience  as  a  market. 

2.  Television   sales  effectiveness   for   both   package 
goods  and  durables. 

3.  The  payoff  in  terms  of  extra  customers  per  TV 
advertising  dollar. 

4.  The   relative   effectiveness   of   various   television 
techniques. 

The  questionnaire  utilized  in  the  survey  covered  the 
viewing  of   111    television  programs  on  the  air  at  tiie 


TIME    SPENT   ON    MAJOR    MEDIA    BY    TV   OWNERS 


MAGAZINES    .  r~T»^J^3J- 


NEWSPAPERS. 


more  time  on 


TELEVISION 


than  all  others  combined 


28  RADIO  AGE 


DAY   or    NIGHT    television? 


extra  customers  per  dollar 


daytime 


{^ii     '•"""'' 


18.7 


time;  a  total  of  102  hours  of  programming  a  week, 
covering  all  networks  and  representing  approximately 
75^c  of  all  network  programs  available  to  viewers. 
There  were  187  different  brands  of  packaged  goods  and 
durables  advertised  on  these  programs. 

In  establishing  the  TV  audience  as  a  market  with 
its  own  panicular  characteristics,  the  study  found  that 
there  are  more  people  in  television  homes  than  in  non- 
television  homes,  62  more  per  100  families.  Television 
families  have  a  higher  income  than  non-television 
families,  an  average  of  $644  more  a  year,  or  $50  a 
month  per  family.  This  difference,  when  projected  to 
the  entire  market,  grows  to  a  billion  and  a  half  dollars 
more  annual  income  for  New  York  television  families. 
As  concrete  evidence  of  the  purchasing  power  of  the 
television  audience,  the  survey  points  out  that  73.2% 
of  all  new  cars  sold  in  the  New  York  area  in  the  past 
six  months  were  bought  by  television  families. 

In  the  light  of  today's  higher  television  costs,  in- 
creased set  ownership  and  the  heightened  competitive 
situation,  the  current  survey  points  up  the  fact  that  the 
1949  NBC-Hofstra  report  showed  that  television  de- 
livered a  payoff  of  11.6  extra  customers  per  dollar  in- 
vested in  television  advertising  for  the  15  brands  studied. 
Today's  comparable  figure  for  these  brands  is  11.8. 
Speaking  conservatively  TV  today  is  delivering  as  many 
new  customers  for  the  advertiser's  dollar  as  it  did  two 
years  ago.  The  report  poses  the  question:  In  how 
many  other  fields  does  the  dollar  buy  as  much  today  as 
it  did  rwo  years  ago? 

In  considering  the  relative  effectiveness  of  television 
techniques,  the  survey's  primary  consideration  was  to 
point  out  to  the  users  of  the  medium  how  to  use  TV 
most  effectively.  It  notes  that  the  findings  are  not  rules, 
bur  guides,  based  on  results  obtained  by  advertisers  al- 
ready using  television. 


Findings  indicate  that  there  is  a  defmite  cumulative 
ctfect  in  television  advertising.  Some  of  the  brands 
checked  had  been  on  TV  for  less  than  13  weeks.  For 
the.se  neophytes,  TV  created  9.9  extra  customers  per 
month  for  each  dollar  invested.  There  is  a  steady  in- 
crease of  extra  customers  that  parallels  the  length  of 
time  of  TV  advertising.  Brands  using  the  medium  over 
15  months  had  built  up  to  a  level  of  20.0  extra  cus- 
tomers—  a  cost  of  only  five  cents  a  customer. 

The  most  efficient  commercials,  the  survey  shows, 
are  those  which  are  well-liked.  Sales  messages  which 
irritate  the  viewer  bring  only  half  as  many  extra  cus- 
tomers to  the  product  for  the  TV  dollar.  Findings  in- 
dicate that  6l.5Cr  of  viewers  like  the  average  com- 
mercial with  dislike  evidenced  by  only  6.4Tf . 

High-budget  shows,  those  with  weekly  program 
costs  above  $17,000  per  production  hour,  deliver  about 
one-quarter  more  extra  customers  per  dollar  than  the 
average  program,  the  survey  shows.  High-rated  shows, 
those  with  a  rating  of  20  or  more  in  the  New  York 
area,  produce  approximately  50'^c  more  extra  customers 
per  dollar  than  the  average. 

The  New  York  market,  the  study  points  out,  had 
51%  TV  set  saturation  at  the  beginning  of  1951.  By 
October  of  this  year,  25  of  the  top  markets  in  the 
United  States  will  have  at  least  51%  set  saturation.  At 
that  time  there  will  be  some  14,000,000  television 
homes  in  the  country. 


SALES  RESULTS:  143  TV  PROGRAMS 


TV   OWNERS 


PACKAGt 
GOODS 


more  customers 
among  viewers 


In  conclusion,  the  survey  notes  that  NBC  is  first  in 
coverage  of  the  television  audience  with  an  average  of 
42  stations  per  program,  first  in  programs  with  seven 
of  the  10  top-rated  shows,  first  in  audience  with  2,- 
294,000  homes  reached  per  sponsored  program,  and 
first  among  advertisers  with  4914  total  weekly  spon- 
sored hours. 


RADIO  AGE  29 


Radio  Technicians  go  to  work  on 

the  ^^Mothball  Fleet 


ifr^ 


X 


By  Forrest  H.  Flanders 

Chie^  Service  Technician 

Radiomarine  Corp.  of  America 

Baltifnore,  Maryland 


J-  leecs  of  \var-f;imous  "Liberty"  ships  which,  for  nearly 
six  years,  have  been  swinging  idly  at  anchor  in  Ameri- 
can backwaters,  are  now  being  reactivated  in  busthng 
repair  shipyards  ail  over  the  country.  Among  the  crews 
of  skilled  workmen  who  refit,  overhaul  and  refurbish 
these  cargo  vessels  are  crack  technicians  of  the  Radio- 
marine  Corporation  of  America.  It  is  their  job  to  bring 
to  life  the  radio  pulsations  which  serve  as  eyes,  ears, 
and  voice  for  every  type  of  seagoing  craft. 

Mass-produced  during  World  War  II  to  be  the 
sturdy  workhorses  of  the  Merchant  Marine,  the  un- 
lovely Liberties  fell  into  disregard  at  the  war's  end. 
Some  were  converted  hurriedly  into  makeshift  trans- 
ports to  speed  our  soldiers  home,  others  were  examined 
by  friendly  foreign  interests  and  purchased  to  replenish 
their  decimated  merchant  fleets.  A  few  that  were  en- 
tirely worn  out  had  to  be  scrapped  for  valuable  steel 
they  contained. 

Not  considered  worthy  of  the  elaborate  and  costly 
lay-up  procedure  accorded  our  Navy  vessels,  the  Liberties 
were  given  a  minimum  of  treatment  before  going  out 
of  service.  Fittings  and  spare  parts  were  inventoried 
and  stored  in  cargo  spaces  below  the  decks.  To  serve 
as  armor  against  the  inevitable  onslaught  of  rust  in  years 
to  come,  each  vessel  was  made  weathertight  with  a 
special  red  preparation,  oily  in  texture,  which  was 
sprayed  on  all  machinery  and  steel  fittings,  as  well  as 
on  the  outside  surfaces  of  hull  and  cabins. 

Once  the  Liberty  ships  had  been  laid  up  in  sheltered 
waterways,  it  was  doubtful  that  they  would  ever  be 
used  again.  Maritime  planners  considered  the  vessels 
"too  slow"  to  be  of  future  use.    But  before  larger  and 


A  Radiomarine  technician  makes  a  thorough  inspection 
of  equipment  in  the  ship's  radio  room. 


faster  ships  had  passed  the  blueprint  stage,  a  new  global 
menace  became  a  reality.  Again  it  was  necessary  to 
transport  cargoes  to  friendly  nations  and  supplies  to 
American  soldiers  abroad.  It  is  for  this  purpose  that 
Liberty  ships  are  to  be  sent  back  to  sea. 

As  rapidly  as  possible,  the  Liberties  are  being  towed 
to  repair  yards  and  eased  into  drydock  where  scores  of 
workmen  stand  ready  to  begin  their  special  tasks.  In- 
spectors look  over  that  portion  of  the  hull  normally 
below  waterline,  while  other  workmen  wrap  the  hull 
with  a  web  of  staging  from  which  a  crew,  armed  with 
chemicals  and  brushes,  can  wash  away  the  protective 
oil  coating.  Inside  the  vessel,  government  ofiicials  check 
inventoried  equipment  stored  on  board,  and  white- 
coveralled  engineers,  deep  in  the  engine  room,  shout 
orders  in  booming  voices  necessitated  by  the  din  of  ma- 
chinery. 

Less  publicized  but  equally  important,  nevertheless, 
is  the  part  played  by  Radiomarine  technicians.  No  in- 
tricate staging  need  be  erected  for  the  overhauling  of 
the  ship's  complicated  radio  and  electronic  equipment. 
Shortly  after  the  arrival  of  each  vessel  in  drydock,  one  or 
two  Radiomarine  inspectors  laden  with  tool  boxes  and 
test  equipment,  pick  their  way  across  the  cluttered  decks 
to  the  radio  room. 

Despite  all  lay-up  precautions,  much  must  be  done 


30  RADIO  AGE 


to  rehabilitate  the  radio  equipment  tor  the  corrosive 
salt  air  has  had  many  hours  in  which  to  penetrate  man's 
protective  efforts.  The  hugh  gray  steel  unit  containing 
Radiomarine  transmitters,  receivers  and  automatic  dis- 
tress alarm  was  coated  with  the  oily  rust  preventative, 
even  though,  the  copper-clad  steel  which  Radiomarine 
uses  in  its  equipment  is  no  easy  victim  to  rust. 

VC'ith  the  outside  of  the  unit  shining  clean,  the  real 
work  is  yet  to  begin.  Switches  must  be  lubricated  and 
sensitive  relays  burnished  to  a  jewel  brightness.  When 
power  is  available  from  the  engine  room,  the  units  are 
put  into  actual  operation  for  the  test.  Little  trouble  is 
e.xperienced  as  the  equipment  is  rugged  and  designed 
for  all  climatic  conditions.  The  rare  failure  of  a  com- 
ponent is  quickly  localized  and  the  faulty  part  replaced 
by  the  technicians. 

Hea\7  storage  batteries,  used  to  supply  power  to 
fMirtions  of  the  radio  equipment  in  event  of  failure  of 
the  ship's  main  generators,  must  be  replaced.  Years  of 
lay-up  with  no  attention  extracts  a  penalty  that  lead- 
acid  batteries  cannot  survive. 

A  variety  of  antennas,  each  having  a  specific  func- 
tion, must  be  erected  between  the  masts.  Usually  new- 
wire  and  insulators  must  be  provided  to  replace  the  old 
which  have  a  way  of  becoming  broken  or  lost  during 
the  long  lay-up  period. 

The  radio  direction-finder,  usually  located  in  the 
chart  room  near  the  wheelhouse,  requires  its  share  of 
attention.  Its  panel  is  scrubbed  and  scoured  and  com- 
ponents cleaned  and  tested  until  the  technician  is  con- 
fident that  performance  will  be  unfailing  when  called 
upon. 


After  a  short  stay  in  dry-dock,  this  sturdy  Liberty  ship 
once  again  will   look   like  new. 


Broadcast  receivers,  together  with  a  network  of 
loudspeakers,  placed  on  board  by  the  government  dur- 
ing the  war  to  entertain  ollicers  and  crew,  are  checked 
and  repaired  if  necessary.  These  receivers  were  fur- 
nished to  repl.ice  personal  broadcast  sets  which  men- 
aced [he  ship's  safety.  Inexpensive  radios  often  act  as 
miniature  transmitters  and  emit  a  squeal  that  could  be 
picked  up  miles  away  by  sensitive  equipment  of  enemy 
submarines.  The  Government-furnished  sets  did  not 
iiavc  this  drawback.  Personal  radios  are  no  longer  pro- 
hibited but  habit  dies  hard  and  the  ship's  entertainment 
receiver  is  a  convenience  that  has  grown  to  a  necessity 
.ind  must  therefore  be  accorded  technical  attention. 

During  this  brief  shipyard  visit  some  Liberty  vessels 
are  being  equipped  with  the  latest  type  of  Radiomarine 
radar.  This  involves  close  cooperation  with  other  ship- 
yard craftsmen  who  are  called  upon  to  erect  a  sturdy 
mast  to  support  the  revolving  radar  scanner.  'Vast  prog- 
ress has  been  made  in  the  design  of  radar  since  the 
Liberty  was  first  built  and  Radiomarine,  always  acutely 
aware  of  marine  requirements,  has  engineered  one  of 
the  finest  and  most  sensitive  units. 

VC'ith  gleaming  new  antenna  wire  strung  between 
the  masts  and  renovated  equipment  in  place  below,  the 
Liberty  is  ready  for  her  final  inspection  by  Federal  au- 
thorities. This  inspection  determines  her  fitness  for  the 
awards  of  certificates  attesting  that  she  meets  all  legal 
requirements  and  constitutes  a  seaworthy  addition  to 
our  merchant  fleet. 

Radiomarine  still  has  a  task  to  perform.  The  ac- 
curacy of  the  direction  finder  must  be  checked  at  the 
nearest  lighthouse  having  a  radio  beacon.  This  takes 
place  usually  only  a  few  miles  from  the  port  of  depar- 
ture. Upon  arrival  in  this  vicinity,  the  vessel's  speed  is 
slackened  and  the  pilot  orders  that  the  ship  be  steered 
to  travel  in  a  huge  circle.  Radio  bearings  are  taken  at 
frequent  intervals  while  simultaneous  sight  observations 
are  recorded  by  one  of  the  deck  officers.  Comparison 
between  the  radio  and  sight  bearings  discloses  the 
amount  of  error  introduced  into  the  direction  finder  by 
adjacent  steel  masts,  guy  wires  and  other  structures. 
These  errors  always  prevail  but,  with  the  knowledge  of 
their  value,  the  Radiomarine  direction  finder  can  be 
compensated  to  eliminate  the  mental  calculation  other- 
wise necessary  to  obtain  an  accurate  bearing. 

Adjustments  completed,  the  technician,  after  a  hand- 
shake with  the  captain,  climbs  down  a  rope  ladder  into 
the  launch  below.  A  parting  salute  from  the  horn  of 
the  launch  as  it  heads  for  shore  is  answered  by  the  deep 
whistle-blast  of  the  larger  vessel  as  she  picks  up  speed. 
There  is  an  exhilarating  tone  to  that  whistle,  bestowed 
by  a  realization  that  another  Liberty  has  been  reborn 
and  is  ready  to  serve  her  country  again. 

fi/4D/0  f<Gi  31 


TV  Servicemen 

(Continued  from  page  25) 

On  occasion  the  impossible  rears  its  defiant  head 
to  stump  the  most  experienced  serviceman.  Witness 
the  time  one  tried  to  locate  the  source  of  heavy  inter- 
ference on  a  Bronx  set  located  in  a  good  reception  area. 
The  enterprising  RCA  man  finally  gained  entrance  to 
an  unfinished  attic  which  had  been  closed  off  for  over 
10  years.  Here  he  found  lighted  an  old,  chattering  car- 
bon bulb,  apparently  installed  by  the  workers  who 
had  run  the  original  electric  line  up  to  the  attic.  Once 
this  obstacle  was  removed,  reception  was  perfect. 

Another  baffled  family  had  to  choose  between  video 
and  heat,  until  a  technician  solved  the  mystery.  When 
the  new  TV  set  was  tuned  in,  the  oil  burner  quietly 
ended  operations.  RCA's  sleuth  discovered  that  a  re- 
ceiver should  never  be  located  under  a  thermostat  — 
especially  in  winter  weather. 

The  famous  case  of  Brooklyn's  "Bessie"  is  familiar 
to  RCA  "V.I.P.'s  and  servicemen  alike.  She  has  called 
them  all.  Bessie  purchased  an  expensive  projection- 
type  receiver,  and  then  complained  bitterly  and  fre- 
quently that  the  picture  got  fuzzy  every  night  at  9 
o"clock.  After  countless  check-ups,  which  revealed  no 
trouble,  the  branch  manager  went  to  her  home  each 
night  for  a  week  to  see  this  phenomenon  for  himself. 
It  turned  out  that  Bessie  was  not  exactly  a  teetotaler, 
and,  as  might  be  expected,  the  picture  to  her  eyes  some- 
times got  fuzzy.  Since  it  isn't  wise  to  tell  a  customer 
that  she  may  be  seeing  things,  the  manager  made  mo- 
tions of  adjusting  several  knobs  behind  the  set,  whereby 
the  complainant  was  temporarily  happy. 

One  distinguished  serviceman  can  testify  to  the 
fact  that  appearances  are  indeed  deceiving.  His  was 
the  task  of  installing  a  receiver  in  the  Brooklyn  State 
Hospital.  He  had  no  problem  gaining  entrance  to  the 
institution,  but  leaving  was  another  story.  Guards  de- 
tained him  for  nearly  an  hour,  confident  that  he  was 
one  of  their  mental  patients,  ma,squerading  as  a  televi- 
sion engineer. 

A  few  months  later  the  same  man  was  "locked  up" 
again,  this  time  by  a  conniving  housewife  who  refused 
to  let  him  leave  until  he  had  put  in  all  the  screens  in 
her  six-room  house. 

When  the  telephone  rings  in  a  Service  Company 
branch  office,  the  staff  members  are  prepared  for  any- 
thing. One  woman  demanded  that  they  put  a  shade  on 
the  screen  of  her  set  so  the  TV  performers  couldn't 
spy  on  her;  another  requested  them  to  "pull  up  the 
shade  in  front  of  the  orchestra"  on  her  receiver,  which 
was  actually  showing  a  test  pattern  with  canned  music. 


A  retired  schoolteacher  was  convmced  that  television 
was  making  her  radioactive,  while  an  expectant  mother 
asked  if  metal-cone  tubes  really  gave  off  a  harmful  ray. 
Dozens  of  calls  have  come  in  requesting  servicemen  to 
install  films  in  the  TV  instruments. 

Back  in  1947,  when  receiver  sales  were  skyrocketing 
faster  than  the  Service  Company  could  expand  its  staff, 
things  were  really  hectic.  Installation  orders  had  reached 
a  three-week  backlog  and  people  offered  all  kinds  of 
gifts  in  return  for  immediate  installations.  Service  trucks 
returned  cases  of  whiskey,  suits,  jewelry,  pens,  and 
numerous  gadgets  which  hopeful  customers  sent  in  with 
cards  attached.  Hundreds  of  written  requests  were  re- 
ceived from  doctors  who  claimed  they  wouldn't  be 
responsible  for  their  patients  if  the  latter  had  to  look 
any  longer  at  unopened  cartons  containing  their  long- 
awaited  television  sets. 

In  those  trying  days,  the  serviceman  was  king. 
One  particular  technician  named  Sweeney  was  assigned 
to  the  Park  Avenue  trade  because  of  his  engaging  per- 
sonality. Monday  through  Friday,  Sweeney  never  bought 
a  meal.  He  had  breakfast  with  the  maid,  lunch  with  the 
woman  of  the  house  or  her  daughter,  and  dinner  with 
the  whole  family.  Judges,  bankers,  and  vice  presidents 
called  for  him  by  name  when  they  wanted  service. 

At  the  peak  of  the  early  demand  for  TV  sets, 
eager  owners  were  willing  to  make  almost  any  sacrifice 
for  a  clearer  glimpse  of  Uncle  Miltie  or  a  championship 
fight.  Some  even  insisted  on  having  full-size  antenn.is 
erected  indoors  in  any  spot  where  reception  was  best. 
One  family  had  such  an  antenna  in  the  bathtub,  an- 
other, under  the  bed,  and  several  had  masts  mounted 
on  the  bedposts.  A  swank  Forest  Hills  apartment  owner 
agreed  to  put  his  antenna  on  the  dining  room  table. 
The  family  dined  between  dipoles. 

Which  only  goes  to  prove  that  the  customer  may 
not  always  be  right  —  but  he  wants  what  he  wants 
where  he  wants  it.    Any  serviceman  will  agree  to  that! 


32  RADIO  AGE 


t 


RADIO  AGE 

RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


TOBER 
951 


h.  K 


m 


ladio 


VOLUME  11     NUMBER  1 


•  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS 
IROAOCASTING*  TELEVISION 


ICTOBER  1951 


OVER 

stochments  of  U.  S.  Marines 
id  Merchant  Marine  cadets 
spear  before  color  television 
imeras  of  the  U.  S.  Mer- 
ont  Marine  Academy,  Kings 
lint,  N.  Y.,  OS  a  feature  of 
e  progroms  presented  dur- 
g  recent  field  tests  of  RCA's 
l-electronic  compatible  color 
levision  system. 


I  0  T  I  C  E 

Vhcn  requesting  a  chonge  in  moiling 
iddrcti  please  include  the  code  letters 
md  numbers  which  oppeor  with  the 
lencilled    address    on    the    envelope. 

todio  Age  is  pub/ished  quarterly  b/ 
he  Deportment  of  Information,  Radio 
Corporation  of  America,  30  Rocke- 
etter  Plaza.  New  yorfc  20,  N.   Y. 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Color  Television   on   Theatre   Size   Screen 3 

Sarnoff  Challenges   Scientists 5 

Five  Types  of  Tri-Color   Kinescopes 8 

JollifFe  and  Engstrom  Promoted  to  New  Posts 10 

Germans  View  American  Television 11 

by  Richard  C.  Hooper 

Good  Times  Ahead  for  TV 14 

by  J.  B.  EllloU 

History  of  RCA  Institutes 15 

by  C.  E.   Tomson 

"Firsts"  in  Transcontinental    Communications 16 

If  the  Sound  is  Audible  —  RCA  Can  Record  It 18 

by  James  P.  Davis 

For  the  Defense  of  Cities 20 

RCA  Victor  Introduces  New  Television  Receivers 22 

Radio  is  Here  to  Stay 23 

by  William  S.  Hedges 

Mrs.  Horton  Succeeds  Arthur  E.  Broun  on  RCA  Board 24 

Speeds  Preparation  of  Specimens  for  Electron  Microscope  Analysis  24 

Weather  Mode   to   Order 25 

Electronic   "Detective"  Spots  Foreign   Metal   Particles 26 

Television  Used  to  Demonstrate  Techniques  in  Animal  Surgery     .     .  27 

'TV  Station  on  Wheels"  for  Army 28 

21 -Inch  Kinescope  Uses  Full  Screen  Area 29 


RADIO     CORPORATION     OF    AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  NY. 


DAVID  SARNOFF.  Chorrmon  ol  ihe  Board 
LEWIS  MocCONNACH,  Secretory 


FRANK  M.  FOLSOM,  Prej.denf 
ERNEST  B.  GORIN,  Treasurer 


Services  of  RCA  ore; 
RCA  Victor  Division  •  RCA  Service  Compony,  Inc.  •  RCA  internotionol  Division 
Notional  Broadcasting  Compony,  Inc.  •  Rodiomorine  Corporation  of  America 
RCA  Communications,  Inc.  •  RCA  Loborotories  Division  •  RCA  Institutes,  Inc. 


Printed  in  U.S.A. 


ti® 


^ 


DAVID  SARNOFF 


COMMEMORATING  THE  EORTY-FIFTH  ANNIVERSARY 
OF  DAVID  SARNOFF'S  ENTRY  INTO  THE  FIELD  OF  RADIO 
ON  SEPTEMBER  30,  1906,  THIS  PLAQUE  IS  DEDICATED  BY  HIS 
ASSOCIATES  IN  THE  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 
AS  A  SYMBOL  OF  THEIR  ESTEExM  AND  ADMIRATION. 

AS  A  PIONEER  OF  WIRELESS,  HE  HAS  CONTRIBUTED 
IMMEASURABLY  TO  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  RADIO, 
TELEVISION  AND  ELECTRONICS  AS  NEW  SERVICES  TO  THE 
NATION  AND  TO  THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE. 

A  CREATIVE  CRUSADER  OF  PROGRESS  ENDOWED  WITH 
A  PENETRATING  VISION,  DAVID  SARNOFF  HAS  CONTINUALLY 
LED  THE  WAY  ACROSS  NEW  FRONTIERS  IN  SCIENCE,  ART 
AND  INDUSTRY  TO  MAKE  THE  UNIVERSE  VIBRANT  WITH 
INTERNATIONAL  COMMUNICATIONS. 

THESE  LABORATORIES,  THE  RCA  VICTOR  PLANTS,  THE 
RCA  WORLD-WIDE  RADIO  CIRCUITS  AND  THE  NBC  RADIO- 
TELEVISION  NEl WORKS,  SYMBOLIZE  HIS  FAITH  IN  SCIENCE,  HIS 
CONSTRUCTIVE  PLANNING  AND  ENDIIRING  ACHIEVEMENTS. 

DAVID  SARNOFF'S  WORK,  LEADERSHIP  AND  GENIUS 
COMPRISE  RADIOS  PREEMINENT  RECORD  OF  THE  PAST, 
TELEVISION'S  BRILLIANT  PERFORMANCE  OF  THE  PRESENT, 
AND  A  RICH  LEGACY  IN  COMMUNICATIONS  FOR  THE  FUTURE. 


THIS  LABORAIORY  OF  RCA   IS   NAMED 
THE  DAVID  SARNOFF  RESEARCH  CENTER 


6 


SEPTEMBER  30,  1951 


This  bronze  plaque,  commemorating  General  SarnofF's  45  years  in  the  field  of  radio,  has  been 
placed  in  the  entrance  foyer  of  the  David  Sarnoff  Research  Center  at  Princeton,   N.J. 


Color  Tclcx'ision  on  Theatre  Size  Screen 

A, 


-s  AN  impressive  climax  to  its  most  recent  field 
tests  of  all-electronic  compatible  color  television,  which 
were  held  in  New  York  and  VCasiiington  from  October 
9  to  19,  RCA  brought  the  series  to  a  close  with  a  four- 
day  demonstration  of  theatre-size  color  TV  at  the 
Colonial  Theatre  in  New  York.  In  addition  to  the  thou- 
sands who  viewed  the  programs  on  direct  view  receivers 
installed  in  Radio  City  and  in  an  NBC  Studio  in  Wash- 
ington, an  even  greater  number  were  admitted  to  see 
the  large-screen  images.  Representatives  of  the  press, 
radio  and  theatre  industries,  and  the  public  were  unani- 
mous in  praise  of  the  lifelike  color,  clarity  and  brightness 
of  the  pictures.  At  the  same  time,  untold  thousands  were 
able  to  witness  the  programs  in  bl.uk-and-white  on  their 
home  receivers,  an  accomplishment  made  po-ssibie  by 
the  compatible  feature  of  the  RCA  system. 

The  color  programs  were  transmitted  over  WNBT 
New  York,  and  WNDW  in  >X'ashington.  Furthermore, 
to  demonstrate  the  adaptability  of  the  system  to  existing 
network  f.icilities,  the  signals  were  sent  to  Washington 
over  both  co.ixial  cable  and  microwave  relay.  There  the 
pictures  were  observed  by  the  Washington  press,  mem- 
bers of  the  Cabinet,  of  Congress,  tiie  Federal  Communi- 
cations (Commission  and  other  interested  groups. 

In  New  York,  capacity  audiences  watched  the  tests 
on  experimental  direct  view  color  television  receivers  in 
the  lounge  of  the  Center  Theatre.  Radio  City.  As  an  aid 
to  a  surs'ey  of  public  reaction  to  the  RCA  tests,  viewers 
were  asked  to  note  their  comments  on  printed  question- 
naires supplied  by  the  Opinion  Research  Corporation  of 
Princeton,  N.  J. 

The  morning  programs  at  10  o'clock  were  transmit- 
ted on  Channel  4  in  Washington  and  in  New  York  by 
the  same  transmitters  that  normally  send  out  mono- 
chrome television  programs.  Afternoon  programs,  at 
2:15  and  -1:00,  were  transmitted  by  closed  circuits  from 
the  studio  to  the  viewing  points  in  the  two  cities. 

Throughout  the  duration  of  the  tests,  three  programs 
were  st.iged  daily  in  NBC's  studio  3H,  supplemented  by 
outdoor  pickups.  Starring  in  the  presentations  was 
Nanette  Fabray,  Broadway  songstress  who  acted  as  mis- 
tress of  ceremonies.  Others  who  appeared  were  Dorothy 
Keller  and  Earl  Barton,  novelty  dancers:  Gail  Manners 
and  Arthur  Maxwell,  vocalists,  supported  by  a  waltz 
team  in  a  'Viennese  number:  George  Burton's  lovebirds 
and  a  select  group  of  fashion  models.  Ben  Grauer  .icted 
.as  commentator. 

As  an  added  feature  to  test  progress  in  color  tele- 
vision pickups  out  of  doors,  an  RCA-NBC  mobile  color 
television  unit  transmitted  scenes  from  Palis.ide  Amuse- 

RADIO  AGE  3 


ment  Park,  New  Jersey.  Microwaves  carried  the  outdoor 
scenes  to  WNBT. 

In  a  completely  unscheduled  exposure  to  the  ele- 
ments, the  mobile  camera  unit  proved  its  ability  to 
operate  under  conditions  far  from  ideal  for  outdoor 
pickups.  While  one  of  the  programs  was  under  way 
from  Palisade  Park,  the  skies  darkened  and  a  heavy 
shower  of  rain  fell  on  the  participants.  Instead  of 
adversely  affecting  the  screen  images,  the  diffused  light- 
ing produced  excellent  color  textures.  The  only  pre- 
caution taken  by  the  mobile  crew  was  to  throw  weather- 
proof covers  over  the  color  cameras. 

To  show  the  large  screen  images  at  the  Colonial 
Theatre,  use  was  made  of  apparatus  consisting  primarily 
of  the  RCA  tri-color  receiver-projector  developed  under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  David  W.  Epstein  of  tiie  David 
SarnofT  Research  Center  of  RCA.  The  receiver-projector 
was  described  as  a  painstakingly  achieved  refinement  of 
one  demonstrated  by  RCA  in  1947  at  The  Franklin  In- 
stitute in  Philadelphia." 

Although  the  unit  at  the  Colonial  was  mounted  in 
the  audience  section  for  the  demonstration,  it  was  stated 
that  subsequent  models  will  be  designed  for  a  longer 
projection,  permitting  installation  on  theatre  balconies. 
It  was  further  explained  that  there  is  no  reason  why  the 

Dr.  David  Epstein  of  the  David  SarnofT  Research  Center 

at   the   controls   of   the    RCA   tri-color    receiver-projector 

v/hich  provided  theatre  size  screen  images  during  recent 

field  tests  in  New  York. 


RCA  receiver-projector  cannot  be  made  to  project  pic- 
tures on  full  sized  theatre  screens  up  to  18  by  24  feet. 

It  was  also  pointed  out  that  the  projection  apparatus 
utilizes  the  same  type  of  optical  system  employed  in 
RCA's  black-and-white  theatre  television  projectors,  now 
installed  in  theatres  in  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Wash- 
ington, Chicago,  Los  Angeles  and  other  American  cities. 
It  was  recaUed  that  RCA  conducted  its  first  public  dem- 
onstration of  big-screen  black-and-white  television  pic- 
tures, using  a  projection  optical  system  installed  in  the 
New  Yorker  Theatre  ten  years  ago. 

The  improved  receiver-projector  employs  three  pow- 
erful five-inch  projection  kinescopes,  or  picture  tubes, 
each  coated  with  a  phosphor  which  glows  in  one  of  three 
primary  colors — red,  green,  and  blue.  Powerful  and  ac- 
curate projection  lenses  take  the  images  from  these 
three  picture  tubes,  each  much  smaller  than  those  used 
in  present  home  television  sets,  and  project  these  images 
for  perfect  registration  to  blend  into  a  brilliant  full-color 
picture  on  the  big  screen. 

Special  projection  kinescopes  achieve  their  bright- 
ness and  effectiveness,  in  large  part,  through  advances 
made  by  RCA  since  development  of  the  original  kine- 
scope by  Dr.  V.  K.  Zworykin,  Vice  President  and  Tech- 
nical Consultant  of  the  RCA  Laboratories  Division. 
Some  of  these  advances,  such  as  the  design  of  electron 
guns  to  operate  at  higher  voltages,  and  the  development 
of  efficient  phosphors  with  a  wider  range  of  color,  have 


been  under  continuous  research  for  many  years. 

Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the  Board 
of  RCA,  in  praising  the  engineers  for  their  achievement, 
pointed  out  the  three-fold  piu-pose  of  the  demonstration 
at  the  Colonial  Theatre:  (1)  To  reveal  how  motion 
picture  theatres  of  the  future  may  receive  and  project 
color  television  programs  on  theatre-size  screens;  (2) 
To  show  a  new  dimension  of  the  compatibility  of  the 
RCA  color  system  with  black-and-white  television  stand- 
ards; (3)  To  prove  that  color  television  transmissions 
can  reach  theatres  satisfactorily  by  radio  relay,  coaxial 
cable  or  on-the-air  broadcasts. 

"This  is  another  effective  test  of  the  flexibility  of 
RCA's  compatible,  all-electronic  color  television  system, 
and  the  variety  of  valuable  uses  to  which  it  can  be  put, 
not  only  in  homes,  but  in  theatres  across  the  nation," 
said  General  Sarnoff. 

The  brightness  and  clarity  of  the  large-screen  color 
television  pictures.  General  Sarnoff  noted,  were  achieved 
within  present  black-and-white  broadcast  standards.  He 
pointed  out  that  because  of  this  compatibility  it  was 
possible  with  the  RCA  color  theatre  television  equipment 
to  receive  and  project  transmissions  in  either  color  or 
black-and-white,  without  changing  the  apparatus.  He 
also  declared  that  such  transmissions  can  be  taken  from 
on-the-air  broadcasts  of  local  stations,  or  over  coaxial 
cable  or  radio  relay. 

(Continued  on  Page  31) 


One  of  the  viewing  rooms  in  the  Center  Theatre,  New 

York,  where  the  public  viewed  programs  transmitted  by 

the  RCA  compatible  color  television  system. 


Artist's  interpretation  of  the  large-screen  color  television 

apparatus  installed  in  the  Colonial  Theatre,  New  York, 

for  the  October  field  tests. 


4  RADIO  AGE 


Sarnoff  Challenges  Scientists  of  RCA 
to  Make  Three  Important  Inventions 


B, 


►  rii;.  Gt-ner.il  David  S.irnoff.  Chairman  of  the  Board 
ot  Radio  Corporacion  of  America,  speaking  at  a 
ceremony  in  Princeton,  N.  J.,  on  September  27,  com- 
memoratini;  his  •i5th  anniversarj'  in  the  field  of  radio. 
told  RCA  research  scientists  that  there  are  three  impor- 
tant inventions  he  would  like  to  have  them  make 
before  he  reaches  his  50th  radio  anniversary  in  1956- 
Citing  contributions  RCA  scientists  already  have 
made  to  the  advance  of  science  and  industf)'.  General 
Sarnoff  asked  them  to  invent  an  electronic  amplifier  of 
light  for  television,  a  television  picture  recorder,  and 
an  electronic  air-conditioner  for  the  home. 

The  occasion  of  the  triple  challenge  to  RCA  scientists 
was  the  dedication  of  RCA's  Princeton  laboratories  as 
the  "David  Sarnoff  Research  Center,"  in  appreciation  of 
General  Sarnoff's  "faith  in  science,  penetrating  vision, 
constructive  planning  and  enduring  achievements  in  the 
fields  of  radio,  television  and  electronics." 

"I  realize  the  challenge  to  your  ingenuity  in  these 
three  new  inventions  I  am  asking  for,"  General  Sarnoff 
said,  "but  I  know  that  you  can  solve  the  problems 
because  you  have  an  enviable  record  of  accomplishment 
in  science." 

The  specifications  for  the  three  inventions  are  as 
follows: 

First,  an  electronic  amplifier  of  light  that  would 
provide  brighter  pictures  for  television  which  could  be 
projected  in  the  home  or  theatre  on  a  screen  of  any 
desired  size.  An  amplifier  of  sound  gave  radio  a  "loud- 
speaker" and  an  amplifier  of  light  would  give  television 
a  "big-looker."    He  named  it  a  "Magnalux." 

"A  true  photo-amplifier  that  could  produce  bigger 
and  brighter  pictures  in  fine  detail  would  greatly  advance 
television  in  the  home."  said  General  Sarnoff.  "It  is 
also  needed  for  theatres  and  industrial  purposes.  The 
presently  known  optical  systems  cannot  accomplish  it. 
We  can,  of  course,  enlarge  pictures  optically,  but  in  the 
process  light  is  lost  and  the  pictures  become  dimmer 
instead  of  brighter.  What  is  needed  is  a  true  amplifier 
of  light  itself." 

Second,  a  television  picture  recorder  that  would 
record  the  video  signals  of  television  on  an  inexpensive 
tape,  just  as  music  and  speech  are  now  recorded  on  a 
phonograph    disk    or    tape.     Such    recorded    television 


BRIG.  GENERAL  DAVID  SARNOFF 

"/  would  like  to  ask  you  now  .  .  .  for  three 
presents  that  I  wish  you  would  give  me  some 
time  between  now  and  my  50th  Anniversary 
in  radio." 


pictures  could  be  reproduced  in  the  home,  or  theatre,  or 
elsewhere,  at  any  time.  He  called  it  a  "Videograph." 

"The  television  art  needs  an  electronic  recorder  of 
television  picture  signals,"  said  General  Sarnoff.  "Today 
when  a  television  program  is  recorded,  the  pictures  pass 
from  the  camera  through  the  major  portion  of  the 
television  system  and  first  reproduce  ihe  picture  on  the 
face  of  a  kinescope.  Another  and  special  camera  placed 
in  front  of  the  kinescope,  photographs  the  program  on 
motion  picture  film.  But  that  technique  is  costly,  time- 
consuming  and  limited.  The  pictures  pass  through  all 
the  possible  hazards  of  the  television  system,  and  then 
through  all  the  photographic  process  with   its  possible 

RAD/O  AGE  5 


'LliWH'.  .1  II  l<  HI 


degradations.    As  a  result,  the  recorded  picture  suffers 
in  quality. 

"In  contrast  with  present  kinescope  recordings  on 
film,  the  instantaneous  recording  of  the  actual  television 
picture  signals  on  tape  would  be  more  economical, 
would  save  time  in  processing,  and  would  simplify  cer- 
tain problems  of  distribution.  AlsO;  it  would  solve  the 
national  time-zone  problem  in  telecasting.  Any  number 
of  copies  of  such  tapes  could  be  made  instantaneously, 
and  copies  could  be  preserved  for  historic  reference  or 
other  use.  The  Videograph  would  be  a  new  instrument 
that  could  reproduce  television  progrums  from  tape  at 
any  time,  in  the  home  or  elsewhere,  in  much  the  same 
way  as  the  present  phonograph  reproduces  the  music 
you  want  when  you  want  it. 

Third,  an  electronic  air-conditioner  for  the  home 
that  would  operate  with  tubes,  or  possibly  through  the 
action  of  electrons  in  solids,  and  without  moving  parts. 
It  should  be  small,  noiseless  and  inexpensive  and  should 
fit  into  any  size  room.    He  named  it  "Electronair." 

General  Sarnoff  called  attention  of  the  scientists  to 
the  discovery  and  recent  applications  of  electrons  work- 
ing in  cold  solids  instead  of  heated  vacuum  tubes. 

"Electrons  in  solids  offer  tremendous  possibilities," 
said  General  Sarnoff,  "and  I  bid  you  to  harness  them  to 
work  in  'solid  comfort,'  instead  of  subjecting  them  to 
red-hot  heat.  Indeed,  cold  electrons  are  a  great  challenge, 
the  promise  of  which  is  already  manifested  in  tiny 
transistors,  now  being  developed  for  use  as  detectors 
and  amplifiers  in  radio,  wire  and  cable  communications. 
You  have  succeeded  in  throwing  away  the  spinning 
wheels  in  television,  and  1  am  sure  vou  will  also  succeed 


in  discarding  the  wheels  and  noise  in  air-conditioners. 

"These  are  essential  inventions  for  which  there  is  a 
basic  public  need.  They  would  expand  existing  industries 
and  create  new  ones, "  said  General  Sarnoff.  "I  hope  you 
will  have  them  ready  for  service  by  the  time  I  celebrate 
my  50th  radio  anniversary  in  1956." 

While  some  work  has  been  done  along  the  lines 
indicated.  General  Sarnoff  said,  much  work  remains  to 
be  done  before  practical  solutions  are  found  to  the  prob- 
lems involved  in  these  new  developments 

"Naturally,  I  look  to  the  scientists  and  engineers  of 
RCA  to  be  first  in  solving  these  problems,"  he  continued. 
"But  it  is  in  the  American  spirit  of  competition  under 
the  private  enterprise  system  that  I  call  attention,  pub- 
licly, to  the  need  for  these  inventions.  Whether  it  be 
the  lone  inventor  in  the  attic,  or  the  scientists  in  com- 
peting industrial  laboratories  who  will  produce  these 
inventions,  the  results  will  spell  new  opportunities  for 
service  and  progress  for  all. 

"1  realize  the  challenge  to  your  ingenuity,  but  1 
know  that  you  can  solve  the  problems  because  you  have 
an  enviable  record  of  accomplishment  in  science  and 
invention. 

"RCA  scientists  and  engineers  have  made  marvelous 
contributions  to  the  advance  of  science  and  industry, 
especially  in  the  realms  of  radio,  radar,  television  and 
electronics. 

"World-wide  communications,  radio  broadcasting, 
talking  pictures,  microphones,  phonographs  and  records, 
public  address  systems  and  industrial  devices  have  been 
developed  and  advanced  by  RCA  research  and  engi- 
neering. 


DR.  C.  B.  JOLLIFFE 


GEORGE  DE  SOUSA 


''We  are  all  tery  happy  to  have  you  recognize 
General  Sarnofs  interest  in  technical  matters. 
It  is  a  pleasure  for  us  to  work  with  him  .  .  ." 


"General  Samoa's  outstanding  achievements  in 
the  service  of  RCA  have  justly  earned  for  him 
our  highest  admiration  and  devotion.'' 


have  only  turned  its  page  one,  in  Chapter  I  of  the 
Electronic  Age.  So  I  bid  you  study  well  the  past  and 
to  achieve  in  the  present  by  creating  for  the  future. 


^ 


t 


DR.  GANO  DUNN 
".  .  .  David  Sarnoff's  life  has  been  an  inspiration 
for  me  and  I  deeply  feel  the  honor  of  being 
asked  to  take  part  in  this  ce<emony." 

"From  RCA  Laboratories  have  come  the  kinescope 
—  now  the  universally  used  television  picture  tube  — 
and  the  famous  image  orthicon  television  camera  tube. 
The  electron  microscope  —  the  basic  inventions  in  the 
microwave  radio  relay  —  ultrafax  —  are  the  products  of 
your  genius. 

"Your  research  and  inventive  skills  have  produced 
the  present  system  of  all-electronic  black-and-white  tele- 
vision and  the  compatible  color  television  system. 

"The  tri-color  tube,  which  I  consider  to  be  a  scientific 
marvel  of  this  age,  has  been  created  and  developed  by 
the  RCA. 

"Through  your  explorations  in  space  you  have  ex- 
tended the  radio  spectrum  for  more  and  more  useful 
purposes.  Through  pioneering  research  in  our  labora- 
tories and  by  experimentation  at  our  Bridgeport  station, 
you  have  pioneered  and  opened  up  the  ultra-high  fre- 
quencies to  practical  use.  These  achievements  will  ex- 
tend the  service  of  television  to  all  parts  of  the  Nation. 

"Television  in  itself,"  said  General  SarnofT.  "is  like 
a  new  book,  and  on  each  new  page  you  turn  you  will 
find  new  ide.is  and  challenges  just  as  all  inventors  have 
done  in  turning  the  pages  of  radio 

"The  wireless  1  knew  45  years' ago  is  not  the  radio 
of  today.  The  television  you  know  now  as  pioneers 
will    not   be    the    television    of   tomorrow.    Indeed,   we 


Project    "Typhoon" 

"As  busy  as  you  arc  in  research,  you  may  not  have 
had  time  to  realize  what  your  inventive  skills  mean  to 
our  country  and  to  the  world.  For  example,  consider  the 
project  in  our  Laboratories  known  as  'Typhoon.'  In 
ilif  p.isi  tlie  design  of  guided  missiles  has  necessitated 
,ui  expensive  trial  and  error  process.  There  was  no 
guarantee  that  a  new  missile  would  perform  as  ex- 
pected. Now,  through  a  super-brain  known  as  an  elec- 
tronic computer  equipped  with  4,000  electron  tubes, 
designed  and  built  by  RCA  Laboratories  in  cooperation 
with  the  Bureau  of  Aeronautics,  U.  S.  Navy  Depart- 
ment, missile  design  has  been  greatly  simplified  and 
speeded  with  mathematical  accuracy. 

"Within  the  past  ten  months  nearly  1,000  test  runs 
of  proposed  guided  missiles  iiave  been  made  before  the 
missiles  were  actually  built  and  llowii  This  has  saved 
our  government   5250,000,000. 

"This  latest  computer  has  contributed  so  effectively 
to  the  guided  missile  research  program  of  the  United 
States  that  years  of  valuable  time  as  well  as  hundreds 
of  millions  of  dollars  are  being  saved  in  the  develop- 
ment of  these  important  weapons. 

"You  who  work  directly  in  the  research  fields  of 
radio  and  television  may  find  new  ideas  and  challenges 
in  the  fact  that  your  brother  scientists  working  in 
nuclear  physics  in  our  Laboratories  have  successfully  de- 
rived electrical  voltages  from  radioactive  materials.  This 
achievement- — still  in  its  initial  stages  —  holds  tre- 
mendous promise  for  the  future." 

A  bronze  plaque,  (see  frontispiece)  unveiled  at  the 
luncheon  in  General  Sarnoff's  honor,  was  presented  by 
Gano  Dunn,  President  of  The  J.  G.  White  Engineering 
Corporation,  and  Director  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America.  Included  in  the  many  congratulatory  messages 
received  by  General  Sarnoff  and  read  at  the  luncheon 
were  telegrams  from  President  Truman  and  Governor 
Dewey.   Said  the  President: 

"Congratulations  on  your  forty-live  years  of  great 
achievements  in  the  field  of  radio,  television  and  elec- 
tronics. Through  your  leadership  in  American  indus- 
trial life  and  in  science,  you  have  contributed  immensely 
to  the  growth  of  America  and  its  preeminence  in  com- 
munication. It  is  most  fitting  therefore  that  RCA  Labo- 
ratories at  Princeton  be  named  the  'David  Sarnoff  Re- 

I  Continued  on  Page  31) 


RADIO  AGE  7 


BHHl^ 


Five  Types  of  Tri-Color  Kinescopes 


Vast  Scope  of  Research  and  Engineering  in  Developing  Electronic 
Picture  Tubes  jor  Color  lelerisiun  Diselosul  by  RCA 


D, 


im;losing  the  vast  scope  of  its  research  and 
engineering  in  developing  electronic  picture  tubes 
for  color  television,  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 
announced  on  October  23  that  it  has  built  at  least  five 
types  of  tri-color  tubes,  each  one  capable  of  operation 
on  all  known  television  systems,  including  the  RCA 
compatible  all-electronic  system,  as  well  as  the  field 
sequential  method  and  standard  black-and-white. 

The  announcement  coincided  with  publication  of 
eleven  technical  papers  by  RCA  scientists  and  engineers, 
making  public  their  work  on  various  aspects  of  color 
television  tube  design,  in  the  October  issue  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers. 

The  five  types  of  color  television  tubes  illustrate 
basic  designs  covering  a  wide  range  of  principles,  ac- 
cording to  Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom,  Vice  President  of  the 
RCA  Laboratories  Division.  He  said  that  RCA  research 
scientists  have  studied  and  investigated  many  ideas  and 
concepts  of  color  picture  tubes,  including  some  later 
shown  by  persons  outside  of  RCA. 

Dr.  Engstrom  pointed  out  that  the  five  prototypes 
of  tubes  developed  by  RCA  include  those  employing 
viewing  screens  formed  of  color  phosphors  arranged  in 
patterns  of  dots,  lines  and  checkerboard.  Although  the 
dot  structure  has  been  adopted  for  the  tri-color  tube 
now  used  experimentally  in  the  RCA  compatible  color 
television  system,  other  designs,  he  said,  can  incorporate 
any  one  of  the  several  screen  textures  or  a  variation  of 
them,  without  affecting  the  system. 

In  commenting  on  the  information,  which  the  tech- 
nical papers  make  available  to  the  industrv,  Dr.  Engstrom 
said: 

"Tiie  development  of  the  tri-color  picture  tube  is 
one  of  the  outstanding  scientific  achievements  to  come 
out  of  the  electronic  industry  since  the  end  of  the  war. 
The  selection  by  RCA  of  one  particular  tube  as  a  pro- 
duction model  does  not  mean  that  the  other  tubes  are 
not  promising.  Practical  reasons  made  it  desirable,  at 
this  time,  to  narrow  the  choice  to  one  tube  for  pilot- 
plant  production.  By  initially  concentrating  the  major 
part  of  our  work  on  five  tubes  instead  of  one,  we  had  a 
five-fold  better  chance  of  coming  up  with  one  which 
would  be  best  suited  to  our  present  needs." 


Tiie  scope  of  the  effort  in\olved  in  the  development 
of  the  tri-color  tubes  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  several 
hundred  people,  recruited  from  many  different  Divisions 
of  the  Corporation,  were  involved  in  the  project. 

Engineering  details  for  the  tri-color  tube  RCA  is 
using  in  current  field  tests  were  turned  over  to  the 
television  industr)'  in  July,  1951,  together  with  actual 
working  models. 

"As  an  objective  for  a  good  color  reproducer,"  Dr. 
Engstrom  continued,  "we  aimed  at  a  tube  which  would 
give  us  good  color,  would  perform  on  any  known  color 
system,  and  would  also  reproduce  pictures  in  black-and- 
white  from  present  television  broadcasts. 

"The  RCA  tri-color  tube  now  being  used  meets  all 
these  requirements.  It  is  a  high  performance  tube.  It 
provides  high-qualit)'  color  pictures  and  it  operates  with 
all  known  television  systems.  It  does  not  impose  external 
limiting  factors  on  picture  size." 

Dr.  Engstrom  also  said  that  "RCA's  wide  engineering 
and  manufacturing  experience  in  electron  tubes  enabled 
us  to  take  both  cost  and  performance  factors  into  account 
in  choosing  the  tube. 

"A  tri-color  tube,"  he  continued,  "is  the  keystone  to 
a  successful  color  television  receiver.  But  no  color  rube 
by  itself  affects  compatibility  —  that  is,  the  ability  of  a 
standard  black-and-white  receiver  to  get  color  broadcasts 
in  black-and-white.  This  is  a  qualit)'  which  must  be 
inherent  in  the  color  television  system  itself. 

"The  RCA  color  television  system,"  he  emphasized, 
"is  completely  compatible." 

Metliods  Tried 

In  a  general  discussion  of  the  basic  requirements  for 
a  good  color  television  picture  tube,  E.  W.  Herold,  a 
member  of  the  staff  at  the  David  Sarnoff'  Research 
Center  of  RCA  at  Princeton,  N.  J.,  tells  of  methods 
suitable  for  reproducing  color  television  pictures. 

The  tri-color  tube  now  in  pilot-plant  production  at 
the  RCA  tube  plant  in  Lancaster,  Pa,  is  described  in 
detail  in  an  article  by  H.  B.  Law,  of  the  Research  Center 
This  is  a  three-gun  tube  for  either  simultaneous  presen- 
tation  of   the    three   primary   colors  —  green,    red    and 


8  RADIO  AGE 


Four  scientists  of  RCA  examine  five  of  the  tri-color  television  picture  tubes  developed  at  the  company's  laboratories 
ot  Princeton,  N.J.,  and  Lancaster,  Pa.  They  are:  (left  to  right)  E.  W.  Harold;  Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom,  Vice  President  in 
Chorge  of  RCA  Laboratories  Division;  H.  B.  Law,  and  Dr.  V.    K.    Zworykin,   Vice   President    and   Technical    Consultant 

of  the  Division. 


blue  —  as  in  the  RCA  system,  or  sequential  presentation 
of  the  same  colors. 

This  tube  comprises  a  glass  plate  and  a  metal  shadow 
mask.  On  the  plate  are  600,000  small,  closely-spaced 
phosphor  dots,  each  .014  inch  in  diameter,  arranged  in 
triangular  groups.  Each  group  consists  of  three  dots 
which  glow  in  the  three  primary  colors,  —  red,  green, 
blue  —  when  hit  by  the  scanning  electron  beam. 

Behind  the  phosphor  dot  plate  is  the  shadow  mask. 
This  is  a  thin  metal  sheet  perforated  with  200,000  tiny 
holes,  and  acts  as  a  mask  so  that  each  electron  beam  as 
it  scans  can  "see"  only  one  dot  of  each  color  group.  In 
the  neck  of  the  picture  tube  are  three  electron  guns. 
These  generate  the  beams  of  electrons  which  "paint"  the 
color  pictures  on  the  phosphor  plate. 

The  other  four  tri-color  picture  tubes  described  in 
the  papers  are  basically  similar  in  that  the  color  is  created 
by  the  action  of  electron  beams  on  color  phosphors. 

Tube  uith  One  Electron  Gun 
One  of  these  four  tubes,  described  by  R.  R.  Law,  of 
the  Research  Center,  is  similar  to  the  three-gun  produc- 
tion model,  except  for  the  use  of  one  gun  instead  of 
three.  This  nibe  and  the  three-gun  model  were  shown 
publicly  in  Washington,  D.  C,  in  March,  1950.  The 
other  tubes,  however,  are  disclosed  for  the  first  time 
publicly  in  the  Proceedings. 


Another  tube,  called  a  "line-screen  color  kinescope' 
is  described  in  an  article  by  D.  S.  Bond.  F.  H.  Nicoll,  and 
D.  G.  Moore.  In  this  tube,  narrow  parallel  strips  of  color 
phosphors  are  used  in  place  of  dots.  The  single  electron 
gun  scans  the  phosphor  strips  in  an  unorthodox  manner, 
the  beam  being  deflected  up  and  down  in  stairstep 
fashion  in  such  a  way  as  to  scan  each  color  in  syn- 
chronism with  the  received  color  signal  during  each 
journey  from  one  side  of  the  screen  to  the  other. 

An  entirely  different  tube  is  described  by  P.  K. 
Weimer  and  N.  Rynn.  In  this,  the  axis  of  the  electron 
gun  is  placed  at  a  45 -degree  angle  to  the  phosphor 
screen.  The  scanning  electron  beam  passes  through  slits 
in  the  phosphor  screen  and  is  then  reflected  back  onto 
the  phospiior.  The  emitted  color  is  controlled  by  the 
deflection  of  the  electron  beam  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  phosphor  screen.  This  makes  the  color  control 
entirely  independent  of  the  scanning  process. 

Grid  Control  Tube 
Still  another  type  of  tube,  b.ised  on  principles  analo- 
gous to  the  layers  of  emulsion  in  Kodachrome  film,  was 
developed  by  S.  V.  Forgue.  In  this  tube,  the  layers  of 
red,  blue,  and  green  phosphors  are  placed  on  three 
closely-placed  screens.  By  controlling  the  voltage  changes 
on  two  inters-ening  grids,  the  color  is  controlled.  Success- 
(Continued  on  page  31) 


RADIO  AGE  9 


Dr.    C.    B.   JollifFe 


Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom 


Jolliffe  and  Engstrom  Promoted  to  New  Posts 


D 


R.  Charles  B.  Jolliffe  was  elected  to  the  newly 
cre.ited  position  of  Vice  President  and  Technical  Direc- 
tor of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  and  Dr.  E.  W. 
Engstrom  was  elected  Vice  President  in  Charge  of  RCA 
Laboratories  Division  by  the  RCA  Bo.ird  of  Directors 
on  September  7. 

Dr.  Jolliffe  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President 
in  Charge  of  the  RCA  Laboratories  Division  since  De- 
cember 7,  1945,  and  Dr.  Engstrom  has  been  Vice  Presi- 
dent in  Charge  of  Research  of  the  RCA  Laboratories 
Division  since  that  date. 

Dr.  Jolliffe,  in  his  new  position,  will  be  responsible 
for  the  development  of  long-range  plans  for  the  Cor- 
poration and  generally  will  supervise  the  execution  of 
such  plans  by  the  divisions  and  subsidiary  companies 
of  RCA. 

In  addition.  Dr.  Jolliffe  will  ciH)rdinate  bro.id  en-, 
^ineering  policies  of  RCA  and  will  direct  the  representa- 
tion of  the  Corporation  in  technical  matters  before 
public  and  governmental  bodies. 

Dr.  Jolliffe  joined  RCA  in  1935  as  Engineer-in- 
Charge  of  the  RCA  Frequency  Bureau.  He  was  ap- 
pointed Chief  Engineer  of  RCA  Laboratories  in  1941, 
and  early  in  1942  he  was  made  Assistant  to  the  President 
of  RCA.  In  September,  1942,  he  became  Vice  President 
and  Chief  Engineer  of  the  RCA  Victor  Division,  and 
three  and  one-half  years  later  he  was  elected  Vice  Presi- 
dent in  Charge  of  the  RCA  Laboratories  Division. 

Dr.  Jolliffe,  a  native  of  Mannington,  W.  Va.,  was 
graduated  from  West  Virginia  University  with  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  in  1915  and  received  a  Master  of 
Science  degree  in  1920.  He  was  awarded  a  Ph.D.  in 
1922   at  Cornell  University,  and  West  Virginia  Uni- 


versity conferred  upon  him  an  honorary  LL.D.  degree 
in  1942. 

Prior  to  his  election  in  1945  as  a  Vice  President, 
Dr.  Engstrom  served  for  two  years  as  Director  of  Re- 
search of  RCA  Laboratories,  supervising  research  and 
engineering  which  resulted  in  wartime  advances  in 
radar,  television,  radio  and  other  electronic  developments. 
He  had  previously  served  for  13  years  in  various  RCA 
research  positions.  He  is  a  graduate  of  the  University 
of  Minnesota  and  a  Fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Radio 
Engineers.  In  June,  1949,  he  received  an  honorary 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Science  from  New  York  University 
for  his  contributions  as  a  research  engineer. 


Dividends  Declared 

A  dividend  of  50  cents  per  share  on  the  Common 
Stock  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America,  payable 
November  26.  1951,  to  holders  of  record  at  the  close 
of  business  October  19,  1951,  was  declared  by  the  RCA 
Board  of  Directors  on  October  5. 

This  payment  brings  the  total  dividend  on  Common 
Stock  for  the  year  to  $1.00  per  share,  and  follows  the 
announcement  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  April  3. 
1951,  placing  the  Common  Stock  on  a  semi-annual  divi- 
dend basis,  provided  earnings  of  the  Corporation  justify 
such  action. 

At  the  same  meeting  a  dividend  of  871/2  cents  per 
share  was  declared  on  the  First  Preferred  Stock  for  the 
period  October  1,  1951,  to  December  31,  1951,  payable 
January  2,  1952,  to  the  holders  of  record  of  such  stock 
at  the  close  of  business  December  17,  1951. 


10  RADIO  AGE 


This     bat-wing     transmitting     antenna     erected     atop 

West  Berlin's  City  Hall  gave  German  residents  their 

first  glimpse  of  American  television. 


One  of  the  two  microwave  relay  units  used  in  the 
Berlin  telecasts  was  mounted  on  the  side  of  the  City 
Hall    tower,   one  of   the    highest   points    in   the   area. 


GermansViewAmencanTelevision 

SpccialK   Trained  Crews  of  RCA  Technicians  Set  Record  in  Assembling 
Complete  Video  System  for  West  Berliners 


By  Richard  C.  Hooper 

Manager,  Shows  and  Exhibits 
RCA  Victor  Division 


T 


.HROLGH  the  ingenuity,  skill  and  round-the-clock 
i.ibor  of  29  technicians,  directors  and  administrators  spe- 
cially trained  for  the  project,  more  than  a  million  West 
Berliners  had  their  first  view  of  American  television 
during  demonstrations  held  in  the  German  city  from 
August  13  to  26.  Thousands  of  others,  mostly  youths 
from  the  Communist  Youth  Festival  in  East  Berlin, 
eluded  border  guards  to  enjoy  the  spectacle  which  they 
had  never  been  able  to  witness  on  their  side  of  the  Iron 
Curtain. 

The  program  presented  in  Berlin  was,  by  a  wide  mar- 
gin, the  most  comprehensive  and  ambitious  television 
exhibition  ever  staged   in   Europe,  or  ever  undenaken 


by  RCA.  The  equipment  for  the  demonstration,  valued 
at  5335,000,  was  packed  in  401  cases  weighing  a  total 
of  35  tons.  Included  were  a  complete  broadcast  station 
and  transmitting  antenna,  110  home-type  receivers,  and 
two  theater  TV  systems  with  15-  by  20-foot  screens. 

Highlight  of  the  Berlin  achievement  was  the  con- 
struction of  a  complete  television  station  in  the  heart 
of  the  city,  broadcasting  on  Channel  4,  its  500-watr 
signal  blanketing  the  city.  The  TV  transmitter  was 
shipped  from  the  RCA  Victor  plant  in  Camden,  N.  J. 

Under  the  most  favorable  circumstances,  the  task 
undertaken  was  one  that  required  great  ingenuity  and 
technical  skill.  However,  the  circumstances  encountered 
by  the  television  crew  were  anything  but  favorable.  A 
wide  assortment  of  problems,  none  nf  which  could  h.ive 
been  anticipated,  faced  the  men  from  the  start. 

The  crew  left  by  plane  in  two  groups  on  August  1 
and  2.   The  equipment,  which  had  been  shipped  ahead, 

RADIO   AGE   n 


tr^rmrmnFirrvr 


was  unloaded  in  Rotterdam  and  transported  by  tram 
through  France  and  Germany  to  West  Berlin. 

When  the  RCA  representatives  arrived  in  Berlin, 
they  learned  that,  due  to  the  Communist  Youth  Festival 
the  western  sectors  of  the  city  were  on  an  "alert,"  and 
consequently,  all  trucks  needed  to  transport  the  equip- 
ment, and  all  passenger  cars  scheduled  for  use  by  the 
staff,  were  confined  to  a  motor  pool  where  they  would 
be  handy  to  cope  with  any  emergency. 

Only  ten  days  stood  between  the  crew  and  the  open- 
ing date  of  August  1 3,  yet  for  sf ven  of  those  days  they 
had  to  sit  around  waiting  for  transportation  to  become 
available.  When  the  trucks  and  cars  finally  appeared, 
the  men  had  85  hours  to  build  a  complete  system. 

Transmitters  and  Studios 

Probably  never  before  in  the  history  of  the  industry 
did  a  technical  crew  face  a  comparable  problem. 

The  35  tons  of  delicate  electronic  equipment  had 
undergone  an  eight  day  trip  over  water,  had  been  slung 
on  and  off  ship,  trucked  through  a  couple  of  cities,  car- 
ried many  miles  on  a  German  military  train,  and  finally 
loaded  and  unloaded  three  times  in  Berlin.  As  might 
be  expected,  it  suffered  considerable  damage.  One  trans- 
former had  to  be  rebuilt,  and  two  micro-wave  relays 
and  one  television  camera  required  complete  overhauling. 

The  five-story  Schoenberg  Rathaus  (City  Hall),  one 
of  the  highest  points  in  the  city,  was  selected  as  the  site 
of  the  transmitter  and  a  bat-wing  antenna.  After  a 
thorough  study  of  facilities  it  was  decided  to  locate  an 
outdoor  studio  in  Schoenberg-Stadt  Park  about  a  block 
from  the  City  Hall,  and  an  indoor  studio  in  the  Titania 
Palace,  West  Berlin's  biggest  theatre. 

The  outdoor  stage,  from  which  the  programs  were 
to  originate,  had  to  be  built  before  the  demonstration 


could  begin.  But  nature  refused  to  cooperate.  During 
the  first  week  the  crew  spent  in  Berlin,  a  constant,  driv- 
ing rain  stopped  all  work.  Finally,  with  clearing  skies 
on  August  11,  the  men  began  setting  up  equipment. 
The  stage  was  completed  shortly  before  time  for  the 
opening  program.  In  fact,  while  the  floor  manager  was 
giving  the  alert  sign  to  the  performers  on  the  first  "live" 
program,  the  German  carpenters  were  gathering  up  their 
tools,  before  departing. 

By  American  standards,  the  Park  studio  was  anything 
but  elaborate.  It  consisted  of  a  stage  about  40  feet  by 
75  feet  with  a  canvas  roof  and  drapes  on  three  sides. 
Control  equipment  occupied  a  curtained-off  room  at  one 
side.  Both  live  and  film  programs  originated  from  this 
site,  the  signals  traveling  to  the  transmitter  over  cable. 

At  the  indoor  studio,  one  camera  was  stationed  in 
the  balcony,  another  on  the  stage.  The  control  room  was 
set  up  in  a  wing  of  the  balcony,  and  signals  reached  the 
transmitter  by  micro-wave  relay. 

Russians  Throw  a  "Party" 

Although  construction  of  the  studios  and  transmittet 
constituted  the  biggest  part  of  the  job,  the  installation  of 
the  receivers  was  no  small  undertaking.  The  110  home- 
type  sets  were  distributed  throughout  West  Berlin,  in 
the  windows  of  large  and  small  stores,  and  in  meeting 
halls,  parks,  squares,  and  other  public  places,  some  of 
them  10  miles  from  the  transmitter. 

Many  of  the  buildings  where  the  receivers  were  lo- 
cated were  war-damaged  six  and  eight-story  structures 
of  which  only  the  first  or  second  floors  had  been  repaired. 

During  the  first  telecast,  the  crowd  around  the  out- 
door studio  numbered  about  25.000.  The  16  home-type 
receivers  operating  at  the  park  were  nowhere  near  ade- 


Curious  crowds  gathered  to  watch  RCA  technicians  erect 

a    15-   by  20-foot  theatre  television   screen   in  the  ruins 

of  Potsdomer  Strasse. 


RCA  home-type  television  receivers,  set  up  in  Schoene- 
berg  Stadt  Park,  attracted   up  to  25,000  German   resi- 
dents   nightly    during    the   demonstrations. 


qu.i[e,  so  a  projeccioa  receiver  was  added,  providing  a 
picture  the  size  of  the  average  movie  screen. 

The  second  large-screen  receiver  was  set  up  in  tlie 
Potsdamer  Platz,  only  200  yards  from  the  main  crossing 
point  into  the  Russian  zone.  Whether  by  design  or  acci- 
dent, the  Russians  held  a  celebration  just  across  the 
border  from  this  installation,  the  liigh  spot  of  which  was 
a  gigantic  display  of  fireworks,  including  magnesium 
flares,  Roman  candles,  and  showers  of  rockets  with  myriad 
sparks. 

Because  the  operation  of  a  projection  receiver  re- 
quires semi-darkness  for  good  results,  the  fireworks  oc- 
casionally blacked  out  the  television  picture.  Although 
many  of  the  spectators  at  this  location  were  people  from 
East  Berlin,  they  protested  the  interruption,  loudly  and 
emphatically.  If  the  Russian  fireworks  represented  a 
deliberate  attempt  to  discourage  interest  in  American 
television,  it  sadly  backfired. 

Standing  Room   Only 

RCA  transmitted  programs  every  evening  during  the 
two-week  period,  starting  at  7:30  and  continuing  with- 
out interruption  until  sign-off  at  11:30.  The  schedule 
showed  surprising  diversity,  thanks  in  a  large  measure 
to  the  assistance  of  RIAS  (Radio  In  the  American  Sec- 
tor), which  supplied  film  and  lined  up  talent. 

A  typical  program  would  lead  off  with  a  fifteen-min- 
ute film,  followed  by  variety  acts,  including  gymnasts 
jugglers,  vocalists,  orchestral  groups,  and  comedians, 
from  the  studio  in  the  Park.  Origination  would  then 
shift  to  the  Titania  for  a  short  play,  drama  or  comedy, 
a  symphony  orchestra  or  a  fashion  show,  and  then  back 
to  the  Park  studio  for  another  film,  a  dance  act,  and  more 
music.  The  symbol  for  signing  on  and  signing  off  was 
a  reproduction  of  West  lierlin's  Freedom  Bell,  with  a 
Marshall  Plan  sign  superimposed. 

Reception  in  all  areas  was  excellent  and,  there  was 
no  doubt  about  it:  the  Berliners  loved  television.  Ac- 
cording to  police  estimates,  the  crowd  that  gathered 
nightly  around  the  studio  and  receivers  in  the  park 
averaged  between  12.000  and  15,000.  Unlike  a  similar 
gathering  in  America,  these  people  did  not  watch  for 
awhile,  and  then  drift  on.  Instead,  the  crowd  began  to 
gather  several  hours  before  show  time,  and  stayed,  stand- 
ing and  applauding,  throughout  the  four-hour  schedule. 

The  receivers  spotted  around  the  city  were  watched 
by  crowds  that  resulted  in  serious  traffic  jams.  At  two 
places,  the  German  police  asked  the  TV  crew  to  remove 
the  sets  because  viewers  blocked  the  movement  of  ve- 
hicles. 

The  Germans  not  only  enjoyed  watching  television, 
but  many  of  them  wanted  to  be  part  of  it.  To  the  T\' 
crew,  it  seemed  that  every  other  person  in  the  city  con- 


More    than    100    television    receivers    v/ere    installed    in 

store  windows,  meeting  halls,  porks,  squares  and  other 

public   places  throughout  West   Berlin. 

sidered  himself  a  television  producer,  even  to  the  extent 
of  climbing  onto  the  stage,  giving  cues,  instructing  an- 
nouncers and  MC's,  and  rearranging  acts. 

In  addition  to  the  amateur  producers,  friends  and 
relatives  of  the  talent  often  clambered  on  stage.  At  times, 
the  studio  became  so  crowded  with  unidentified  people 
that  the  technical  director  in  the  control  room  and  the 
camera  men  and  floor  manager  were  unable  to  see  each 
other. 

The  unexpected  visitors  from  the  east  were  made  as 
welcome  as  local  residents  by  RCA  and  the  sponsors  of 
the  demonstration,  the  Economic  Cooperation  Adminis- 
tration and  the  U.  S.  High  Commission  in  Germany. 
Later,  the  American  occupation  officials  expressed  the 
conviction  that  the  Youth  Festival  delegates  who  had 
made  their  way  into  the  American  Sector  had  found  the 
television  programs  a  convincing  example  of  western 
democracy's  technical  advancement  and  scientific  skill. 

In  the  words  of  Howard  P.  Jones,  Director  of  the 
Berlin  Element  of  the  High  Commission: 

"This  technical  achievement  of  the  free  world  will, 
I'm  sure,  be  remembered  for  a  long  time  by  the  thou- 
sands of  visitors  from  the  east  who  witnessed  the  tele- 
vision exhibition." 

Major  General  Lemuel  Mathewsen,  U.  S.  Commander 
in  Berlin,  described  the  demonstration  as  a  major  suc- 
cess and  expressed  a  "deep  sense  of  indebtedness  to  the 
men  responsible  for  its  successful  presentation". 


RADIO  AGE  13 


Good  Times  Ahead  for  TV! 


M 

i 


By  J.   B.   Elliott 

Vice  President  in  Charge  of  Consumer  Products 

RCA  Victor  Division 


T„ 


.  HERE  are  good,  commonsense  reasons  for  believing 
that  the  television  industry  will  enjoy  a  thriving,  profit- 
able fall  season,  and  beyond  that,  years  and  years  of 
solid  and  substantial  growth  and  development,  making 
an  immense  social  and  economic  contribution  to  our 
country. 

Production  for  this  year  will  not  reach  1950's  lecord 
of  almost  seven  and  a  half  million  units,  but  by  the 
end  of  1951  we  should  pass  the  five  million  mark.  At  a 
reasonably  con.servative  estimate,  the  industry's  unit  pro- 
duction, as  of  right  now,  is  3,850,000.  Between  now  and 
January  1st,  I  believe  it  is  safe  to  say  that  the  industry 
will  turn  out  another  million  and  a  half  receivers — 
which  will  bring  the  1951  total  to  about  5,300,000. 
And  I  am  confident  we  will  sell  these  and  could  sell 
more  without  any  difficulty. 

The  sales  picture  in  television  has  improved 
markedly  during  recent  weeks.  Reports  from  dealers 
indicate  a  resurgence  of  optimism  and  confidence  in  the 
fall  and  winter  season. 

There  are  several  factors  contributing  to  the  assump- 
tion that  the  current  improvement  in  sales  is  only  the 
beginning  of  a  profitable  season. 

One  of  them,  certainly,  is  the  relaxation  of  credit 
restrictions. 

Another  is  the  recent  power  increase  granted  mosi 
television  stations  by  the  FCC.  The  extension  of  effective 
transmitting  power  will  bring  untold  thousands  of  addi- 
tional American  homes  into  TV  range. 

The  development  and  convincing  field  tests  of  an 
all-electronic  compatible  system  of  color  television  'lave 
done  much  to  lay  the  bogey  of  obsolescence  that  has 
haunted  prospective  buyers  ever  since  the  FCC's  endorse- 
ment of  the  CBS  color  system. 

Another  factor  is  new,  better,  and  more  diversified 
programs. 


And.  lastly,  there  is  the  extension  of  network  facili- 
ties to  the  Pacific  Coast. 

Slowly  but  surely  the  industry's  attitude  toward 
broadcasting  in  the  ultra-high-frequency  band  is  chang- 
ing. Station  applicants  who  were  inclined  to  resist  the 
move  "upstairs"  are  beginning  to  change  their  minds. 

One  of  the  reasons  for  this  is  Wayne  Coy,  FCC 
chairman,  who  several  weeks  ago,  on  the  occasion  of 
RCA's  UHF  seminar  at  Bridgeport,  Connecticut,  deliv- 
ered a  strong  affirmation  of  the  advantages  of  telecasting 
in  the  upper  reaches  of  the  spectrum. 

Mr.  Coy  pointed  out  that  UHF  is  relatively  free 
from  some  types  of  interference,  and  that  the  primary 
service  area  for  UHF  stations  is  expected  to  be  as  great 
as  that  for  VHF,  possibly  greater. 

Mr.  Coy's  remarks,  plus  the  actual  demonstration  of 
UHF  reception,  did  much  to  convince  many  heretofore 
dubious  engineers  that  a  bright  future  awaits  telecasters 
in  the  upper  areas. 

We  have  heard  talk  of  shortages  of  metals  and  com- 
ponents for  more  than  a  year,  and  because  the  shortages 
failed  to  materialize,  at  least  sufficiently  to  airtail  pro- 
duction, many  elements  of  our  business  have  decided 
that  they  never  will. 

"Just  another  case  of  crj'ing  'wolf',"  they  say. 

Material  Shortages  Are  Real 

For  the  benefit  of  the  people  who  don't  take  shortages' 
seriously,  I  have  some  news.  Shortages  are  real,  they  are 
here  now,  and  they  are  going  to  continue  to  plague  us 
for  some  time  to  come. 

Our  production  will  be  hit  hard  during  the  b.ilance 
of  1951,  and  harder  during  the  first  six  months  of  1952. 
Were  beginning  to  bump  our  heads  against  metal  short- 
ages right  now.  A  sharp  drop  in  factory  output  is  inevi- 
table. I  consider  it  a  very  real  possibility  that  quality  TV 
receivers  will  be  in  short  supply  as  early  as  December  15. 

Our  first  shortage  problem  is  metals — copper,  steeU 
aluminum,  and  nickel. 

The  copper  situation  is  pretty  well  understood.  The 
recent  strike  put  a  huge  nick  in  the  U.  S.  output.  Im- 
ports have  fallen  off  and  the  scrap  copper  industry  is  all 
but  shut  down.  Copper  production  is  considerably  imder 
government  expectations,  and  it  is  doubtful  if  the  TV 
set  makers  can  obtain  even  their  original  allotment. 

The  cutback  on  steel  is  almost  equally  serious.  The 
military  is  requiring  more  of  this  metal  than  planned. 
In  addition  to  the  normal  uses  of  steel,  it  will  have  to 
serve   television   in   some   instances  as  a   substitute   for 

(Continued  on  Page  32) 


U  RADIO  AGE 


History  of  RCA  Insnrures 


Indusrrv's  Oldcsr  Tcchiiicdi  School  1  l.i^  K^ 


kc  wirn 


Growth  of  Radio  Coimiuinicarions  Since  Ics 
Establiihiiiciu  in  1909 


T 


By  C.  E.  Tomson 
RCA  hutitutes.  Inc. 


•  IIL  international  acclaim  that  followed  Marconi's 
reception  on  the  Newfoundland  shore  of  a  faint  code 
signal  sent  out  from  Cornwall,  England  in  1901,  had 
scarcely  subsided  before  tall  wireless  towers  began  to 
appear  at  strategic  points  along  the  Atlantic  shorelines. 
Slowly  at  first,  and  then  more  rapidly,  progressive  ship- 
owners installed  wireless  aboard  their  craft.  This  activity 
atloat  and  ashore  created  a  demand  for  trained  personnel 
to  operate  the  equipment.  Out  of  this  urgency  came 
the  RCA  Institutes,  present-day  outgrowth  of  the  first 
training  school  founded  by  the  United  Wireless  Tele- 
graph Company  in  1S)09. 

The  need  for  men  skilled  in  Morse  code  and  capable 
of  operating  transmitting  and  receiving  apparatus  be- 
came acute  a  year  later  with  the  passing  of  the  Radio 
Act  of  1910.  This  law  specified  that  ships  of  a  certain 
classification  must  carry  wireless  equipment  and  "a  per- 
son skilled  in  its  use." 

FortuBately,  radio,  like  life  itself  in  those  years, 
had  not  yet  become  complicated.  There  was  only  one 
way  to  connect  the  parts  of  a  radio  set,  a  method  that 
could  be  easily  chalked  up  on  a  blackboard.  The  pioneer 
school  was  a  15-  by  30-foot  classroom  atop  a  penthouse 
at  42  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

A  considerable  portion  of  the  early  student's  time 
was  devoted  to  learning  the  functions  of  motot 
generators,  condensers,  tuning  coils  and  helix,  as  well 
as  the  crystal  detector.  Lectures  were  concerned  primarily 
with  such  topics  as  the  necessity  for  keeping  the  spark 
gap  chamber  free  of  moisture,  checking  banks  of  I.eyden 
jars  (devices  used  for  storing  quantities  of  static  elec- 
tricity), cleaning  and  adjusting  critical  parts  of 
generators.  Because  so  little  was  generally  known  about 
wireless,  a  course  covering  both  theory  and  practice 
could  be  completed  in  two  weeks. 

During  1912,  the  United  Wireless  Telegraph  Com- 
pany was  acquired  by  the  Marconi  Wireless  Telegraph 

RAD/O   AGE    15 


Company  of  America.  In  the  same  year,  the  Radio  Act 
of  1910  was  amended  to  require  two  licensed  radio 
operators  and  an  auxiliary  source  of  power  on  each  and 
every  passenger  ship.  To  take  care  of  the  increased  de- 
iConlhiHC'd  on  page  .iOt 


Radio    class    of    New    York  s    Police    Department    under- 
goes a  code  examination  at  the  old  Marconi   Institute. 


Students  at  present-day  RCA  Institute'.,  study  circuit  de- 
sign in  the  school's  modern  television  receiver  laboratory. 


in  Transcontim 


aJJ/  


\" 


^ 


W\ 


x\\ 


toillllllll° 


KEY  TO  MAP 
First  Transconthieutal  Tele^ 

-  First  Cross-Countij  Telepho  i 
^^^—  First  Natiou-Wide  Radio  h 
>^^^^>-^*^  First  Coast-to-Coast  Televisi  « 


Communication 


If  the  Sound  is  Audible  — 

RCA  Can  Record  It! 

Birds.  Beetles.  Bells  and  Babies  are  on  the 
Long  List  of  Custom  Record  Performers. 


w, 


By  James  P.   Davis,  Manager 

Custom  Record  Sales  Division 

RCA   Victor  Record  Department 


HKTHER  it  be  a  recording  of  the  voice  of  the 
historic  Liberty  Bell  or  the  gentle  sound  of  a  fly  walk- 
ing across  the  ceiling.  General  MacArthur's  impressive 
address  to  Congress  or  the  mating  call  of  the  Canadian 
moose  that  is  needed,  the  RCA  Victor  Custom  Record 
Division  can  till  the  order. 

These  are  only  a  few  of  the  thousand-odd  assign- 
ments that  are  completed  each  year  in  RCA's  studios  in 
New  York,  Chicago  and  Hollywood.  During  1950,  the 
Custom  Record  Division  alone  made  nearly  10  million 
transcriptions  and  recordings  to  meet  the  unusual  re- 
quirements of  phonograph  and  transcription  producers, 
individuals,  manufacturers,  radio  stations  and  promo- 
tional campaigns.  Virtually  every  sound  capable  of  be- 
ing recorded  has  been  put  on  di.scs  of  varying  .speeds, 
ranging  in  size  from  a  6V^-inch  "Spinner"  to  a  16-inch 
transcription. 

For  education  and  for  fim,  in  sales  campaigns  and 
medical  research,  custom-made  records  have  become  in- 


creasingly important.  They  can  help  your  canary  sing, 
aniiounce  the  birth  of  your  baby,  or  tell  the  world  about 
your  better  mouse  trap.  There  is  no  known  instance  of  a 
bashful  swain  proposing  by  disc,  but  if  any  such  reluc- 
tant Romeo  does  get  the  idea.  Custom  Sales  will  send 
him  away  happy,  though  not  with  any  guarantee  of 
success. 

One  man  in  Connecticut  was  annoved  bv  a  flock  of 


starlings  that  developed  a  fondness  for  the  area  under 
the  eaves  of  his  house.  All  else  failing,  the  harassed 
homeowner  hit  on  the  idea  of  recording  the  hostile  hoots 
of  an  owl.  Presto!  the  birds  took  off  for  parts  unknown. 
Now,  whenever  a  new  family  of  starlings  stakes  out  a 
claim  under  the  eaves,  out  comes  the  RCA  record.  It 
ne\er  fails  to  send  the  intruders  packing. 

Out  in  Hollywood,  where  the  bizarre  is  common- 
place, a  famous  cinema  star  had  RCA  record  a  dog 
barking  furiously.  Whenever  she  hears  a  Beverly  Hills 
tomcat  meandering  on  her  estate,  she  plays  the  record 
and  "Tom"  heads  for  a  quieter  and  safer  haven. 


:\ 


mnh 

'  f I 


Animal  sounds  are  reproduced  for  a  wide  variety 
of  reasons.  Duck  calls  were  once  very  popular  with 
hunters,  but  a  recent  regulation  bans  their  use.  Owners 
of  reluctant  canaries  have  found  that  their  pets  are  put 
in  a  singing  mood  when  they  hear  recordings  of  their 
feathered  friends  trilling  happily. 

The  Chicago  studio  filled  one  unusual  order,  evi- 
dently from  a  retired  fox  hunter,  for  the  baying  of 
hounds  to  harp  accompaniment.  On  the  reverse  side  of 
the  same  disc  were  the  frenzied  sounds  of  the  hounds 
chasing  and  cornering  the  fox. 

A  wide  range  of  .ictivity  in  the  audio-visual  educa- 
tion field  is  covered  by  RCA's  custom-made  transcrip- 
tions. Practically  every  subject  and  hobby  from  music, 
language-study  and  stenogr.iphy,  to  hygiene  records  for 
school  health  programs,  has  been  put  on  discs. 

The  wife  of  an  internationally-known  opera  stat 
was  virtually  cured  of  an  almost  total  deafness  in  one 


78  rad;o  age 


A  telephone  booth  provides  the  minimum  atmospheric 

noise    for    recording    the   delicate    sounds   of    beetles 

chewing   leaves. 

ar  by  the  use  of  recorded  warble  frequencies,  rangini; 
rem  the  growl  of  50  c\-cles  to  the  shrill  whine  of  10,000 
ycles.  The  Veteran's  Administration  also  has  been  very 
uccessful  with  these  discs,  using  them  to  correct  hear- 
ng  deficiencies  which  may  occur  at  different  points  of 
he  audible  spectrum. 

A  group  of  doctors  recently  ordered  a  series  of  rec- 
(rds  featuring  the  sounds  of  various  normal  and  ab- 
lormal  heartbeats.  The  recordings  were  made  for  the 
>eneht  of  general  practitioners  in  outlying  sections  to 
lelp  them  diagnose  heart  ailments.  Similar  discs  have 
>een  used  by  the  American  Hean  Association,  and  in 
chool  health  programs. 

Custom  records  have  become  valuable  aids  in  the 
nstruction  and  entenainment  of  the  blind.  The  Library 
)f  Congress  maintains  a  circulating  library  of  records 
m  which  complete  stories  have  been  recorded  for  blind 
)ersons.  The  New  York  Guild  for  the  Jewish  Blind 
lad  a  series  of  albums  made,  accompanied  by  braille 
lirections,  which  aided  sightless  people  in  learning  to 
)lay  simple  musical  instruments. 

RCA  recordings  of  the  languages  and  musical  cul- 
ure  of  the  Eskimos,  Mayan  and  American  Indians, 
\frican  natives,  and  many  other  colorful  foreign  p>eo- 
)les  are  in  constant  use  by  lecturers,  schools  and  mu- 
eums.  The  Library  of  Congress  maintains  a  special 
«ction  of  such  unusual  and  valuable  recorded  material. 

Tlie  resounding  tones  of  the  world's  most  famous 
:arillons  and  church  bells  have  been  recorded  for  pos- 
erity,  just  as  such  imponant  contemporar)-  events  as  the 
;peech  to  Congress  by  General  of  the  Army  Douglas 
MacArthur.  Disc  reproductions  of  the  bells  of  St. 
Peter's  in  Rome,  the  carillon  at  Copenhagen,  the  famous 
:himes  of  Big  Ben  and  of  French  cathedrals  have  been 


purchased  by  numerous  churches  for  playback  through 
their  own  belfr)'  public  address  systems.  These  records 
.ire  also  used  as  sound  effects  by  broadcasting  stations. 

Several  branches  of  the  armed  forces  employ  RCA 
records  as  an  integral  part  of  indoctrination  and  train- 
ing programs.  The  LI.  S.  Air  Force  ordered  reproduc- 
tions of  aircraft  sounds  for  use  in  identifying  the  many 
types  of  combat  and  transport  planes,  and  for  the  scien- 
tific study  of  motors  and  plane  vibrations. 

Similar  work  has  been  done  for  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment, including  a  series  of  records  entitled  "Sounds  of 
Battle "  for  indoctrination  of  personnel.  Another  group 
of  technical  transcriptions  had  to  be  recorded  under 
water  and  in  submarines.  These  discs  were  cued  to  tell 
what  each  sound  was.  For  example:  "This  is  a  heavy 
cruiser  passing  overhead  from  500-foot  depth",  or  "This 
is  three  PT  boats  at  vector  270  travelling  at  40  knots." 

The  Chicago  studio  filled  one  unusual  order  for  a 
cusiomer  with  an  enterprising  commercial  scheme.  'Wall 
plaques  were  made  from  plain  records  moulded  into 
the  shape  of  a  scalloped  dish,  the  center  of  which  was 
decorated  with  leaves,  fruit,  etc. 

Most  intriguing  of  all  the  unique  "stars"  of  RCA 
custom  records  were  the  Japanese  beetles  that  oblig- 
ingly nibbled  on  leaves  while  the  microphone  caught 
every  faint  crunch.  This  order  came  from  the  DuPont 
Company's  advertising  depanment  for  use  in  an  en- 
tomolog}'  lecture.  Another  RCA  client  in  Chicago  had 
records  made  on  "Teaching  Par.ikeets  to  Talk. "  Only 
slightly  less  bizarre  was  the  assignment  to  record  the 
sound  of  flies  walking  across  a  wall.  This  was  accom- 
plished by  putting  the  insects  into  a  cardboard  box 
located  on  top  of  a  microphone. 

Aside  from  the  spectacular  and  unique  orders  filled 
each  year,  a  sizable  portion  of  RCAs  custom-record 
business  is  comprised  of  electrical  transcriptions  for 
radio  stations,  program  producers  and  advertising  agen- 
cies, as  well  as  sound  tracks  for  slide  films.  In  addition, 
commercial  phonograph  discs  are  produced  for  over 
100  small,  independent  companies  which  don't  have 
their  own  recording  facilities. 


RADIO  ACE   19 


For  the  Defense  of  Cities 


T 


HE  need  for  a  dependable  communications  sys- 
tem, which  could  be  used  to  warn  inhabitants  of  cities 
in  the  event  of  air-raids  or  atom  bomb  attacks,  has  led 
to  the  development  by  RCA  of  a  Civil  Defense  Warning 
System  of  wide  flexibility.  The  system  has  been  ap- 
proved by  tlie  Federal  Civil  Defense  Administration  and 
already  has  been  installed  in  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  RCA  System  consists  of  a  network  of  electroni- 
cally operated  air-raid  alarm  stations  all  remotely  con- 
trolled by  radio  from  one  command  center.  At  this 
central  location,  a  VHF  radio  transmitter  emits  coded 
pulses  to  strategically  located  decoding  receivers.  These 
automatically  activate  high-powered  amplifier  systems 
which  broadcast  siren  alarms  or  verbal  instructions  over 
giant  loudspeakers  tliroughout  the  community. 

In  the  event  of  an  alarm,  the  pressing  of  two  buttons 
at  Master  Control  instantaneously  sets  off  the  entire  net- 
work of  sirens  and  alerts  the  entire  populace.  The  system 
also  permits  the  broadcasting  of  important  instructions 
by  radio  to  facilitate  rescue  operation,  direct  fire  control, 
and  supplement  tiie  police,  fire,  and  public  utilities  radio 
systems  during  an  emergency. 

The  use  of  two-way  radio  as  the  heart  of  the  system 
makes  it  especially  flexible.  Any  community  now  oper- 
ating a  two-way  radio  system  can  incorporate  the  RCA 
electronically  controlled  alarm  stations  with  a  minimum 
of  change.  When  the  national  emergency  no  longer 
exists,  the  system  can  continue  its  important  function  of 


warning  and  communications  during  fires,  floods  and 
other  civic  disasters. 

The  use  of  radio  makes  the  Warning  System  com- 
pletely independent  of  land  lines  which  are  highly  vulner- 
able to  air  attack.  This  also  means  that  alarm  stations 
can  be  increased  at  will  with  no  need  to  tax  land  lines 
further  for  civil  defense  purposes.  Furthermore,  large 
office  buildings  and  factories  could  easily  tie  into  the 
radio  net  by  installing  one  of  the  radio  controlled  alarm 
stations  which  would  soimd  automatically  with  the  rest 
of  the  system. 

The  radio  transmitter  at  Command  Center  can  contact 
all  the  neighboring  communities  which  are  included  in 
the  mutual  aid  plan  to  be  alerted  and  where  necessary 
ask  for  vital  assistance. 

The  System  has  other  desirable  features.  The  electronic 
sirens  can,  for  example,  generate  any  tone  signal  or  com- 
bination of  tone  signals  to  meet  ciianges  in  future  civil 
defense  plans.  The  system  operates  under  all  tj'pes  of 
weather  conditions  and  when  supplied  with  its  own  gen- 
erator, can  operate  even  when  the  city's  power  is  tempo- 
rarily out  of  operation. 

Complete  control  of  the  entire  Civil  Defense  radio 
system  originates  at  the  Command  Center  where  the 
master  control  console  is  located.  At  this  nerve  center 
of  operations,  all  warning  signals  from  the  Air  Force  and 
from  other  sources  are  correlated  and  information  and 
orders  disseminated.    Coordination  with  all  the  control 


Centrally-locafed    giant   loudspeakers   can   broadcast  civil   defense  siren   alarms  or  verbal 
instructions   throughout    the    Washington,    D.    C.    area. 


centers  is  maintained  by  the  station  transmitter.  The 
warning  system  operates  automatically  and  requires  a 
minimum  of  technical  knowledge  on  the  part  of  the 
control  operator  at  master  control. 

To  originate  a  yellow-alert,  the  operator  simply  presses 
two  push-buttons  momentarily:  one  sends  out  the  prop- 
erly coded  pulses  to  activate  the  alarm  stations;  the  second 
automatically  places  in  operation  i:n  electronic  timing 
device  which  operates  the  system  sirens  according  to  pre- 
determined setting.  Signal  lights  indicate  the  t)'pe  of 
alarm  set  off  and  the  sirens  are  heard  on  the  monitor 
speaker.  The  equipment  can  be  left  in  "on"  position  or 
automatically  returned  to  standby  readiness. 

When  it  is  desired  to  give  verbal  instructions  over  the 
loudspeaker  system,  the  control  operator  talks  mto  the 
desk-type  microphone  in  the  same  way  that  the  dispatcher 
in  any  two-way  radio  system  goes  "on  air"'. 

Facilities  are  provided  to  interrupt  any  alarm  during 
any  phase  of  its  transmission.  Manual  keying  of  an  alarm 
is  also  possible  should  that  become  necessarj'  for  any 
reason. 

The  signals  from  the  Nfaster  Control  console  we  fed 
to  the  main  station  transmitter,  tlie  power  of  which  is 
determined  primarily  by  the  radiui  of  coverage  desired, 
both  for  the  alarm  system  and  for  two-way  radio  needs. 
A  250-watt  transmitter  is  recommended  for  two  reasons: 
to  make  possible  a  greater  degree  of  system  expansion; 
and  to  provide  a  safety  factor  for  radio  transmission. 

In  smaller  communities,  60-  or  70-watt  transmitters, 
depending  on  the  frequency,  can  provide  adequate  signal 
coverage.  A  station  receiver,  built  into  the  transmitter 
rack,  permits  two-way  radio  communications  when  de- 
sired. 

From  the  Master  Control  Console  at  the  Command 
Center,  the  Civil  Defense  Director  can  coordinate  all  the 
communication  activities  of  an  entire  civil  defense  or- 
ganization. He  can  announce  an  alert  to  all  the  Control 
Centers  and  adjacent  communities  by  VHF  radio  without 
revealing  it  to  the  public.  He  can  aaivate  all  the  sirens 
to  alert  the  populace,  broadcast  instructions  to  the  public 
and  civil  defense  workers  throughout  the  city.  From  this 
focal  point,  the  Civil  Defen.se  Director  can  tie  together 
the  entire  organization  within  the  city,  and  mutual-aid 
groups  in  neighboring  communities,  into  one  well- 
integrated  system  with  the  best  communications  network 
yet  developed. 

Alarm  reproducing  units  are  located  throughout  the 
city.  Each  reproducing  station  consists  of  a  VHF  receiver, 
a  decoding  unit,  power  amplifiers  and  four  huge  horn- 
type  loudspeakers.  For  emergency  use,  each  reproducing 
unit  can  be  equipped  with  its  own  gas-driven  generator 
power. 

The  four  loudspeakers,  making  up  one  cluster  at  each 


7/;.\      ini    l\l   K.IS   <)l     K(A    n    iKS- 
l\C,  .i\l)  lOMMlMC.il  lO.S  S'iSll.M 

1.  The  system  is  all  electronic  and  works  inde- 
pendently of  land  lines,  which  are  highly 
vulnerable. 

2.  An  unliniited  number  of  signals  can  be 
generated  to  cover  all  future  emeigencies 
such  as  gas  and  "BW  '. 

3.  The  system  being  all  electronic  contains  no 
mechanical  rotating  parts  ami  is  more  de- 
pendable. 

4.  Siren  tones  are  immediately  recognizable 
and  are  distinct  from  police  and  fire  alarm 
sirens. 

5.  The  system  can  be  used  during  floods,  fires, 
and  other  emergencies,  especially  when 
lines  are  down. 

6.  All  units  of  the  system  are  mechanically 
and  electrically  interchangeable  for  fast 
service. 

7.  The  system  is  capable  of  continuous  opera- 
tion and  is  designed  to  operate  in  all  types 
of  weather. 

8.  No  warm-up  time  necessary — the  sirens 
sound  instantly  and  cut  olT  immediately. 
There  is  no  delay. 

9.  The  system  is  controlled  from  one  point. 
Alarm  sirens  operate  automatically  —  no 
human  element  involved. 

10.  Combination  of  radio,  loud.-.peakers  and 
sirens  makes  the  system  the  most  versatile 
one  yet  developed. 


alarm  station,  are  installed  in  the  four  directions  of  the 
compass.  Should  the  situation  require  it,  it  would  be  just 
as  simple  to  place  all  speakers  in  one  direction  to  achieve 
concentrated  directivity  and  sound  volume. 

The  loudspeaker  method  of  reproducing  siren  tones 
has  many  advantages  over  mechanical  and  wind  driven 
sirens.  The  loudspeakers  are  weather-proofed  to  operate 
under  all  conditions  of  weather  and  require  no  warm-up 
time.  There  is  no  lingering  effect  of  siren  soimds.  Imme- 
diate cut-off  takes  place  instantly  with  cut-off  of  elec- 
tronic siren  generator  at  the  Command  Center.  Not  only 
can  loudspeakers  reproduce  siren  tones  of  any  type  and 
duration  required,  but  they  operate  automatically  and 
have  the  unmatched  quality  of  being  able  to  reproduce 
verbal  instructions  from  qualified  leaders  in  the  com- 
munity at  a  time  wiien  instructions  are  most  urgently 
needed  to  quell  panic  and  save  life  and  property. 


RADIO  AGE  21 


RCA  VICTOR 

introdtices 

Netv  Television 
Receivers 


The  "Kendall",  new  TV  console 
in  mahogany,  walnut  or  limed 
oak,  has  a   17-inch  picture  tube. 


The  "Preston"  provides  a  17-inch  tele- 
vision   picture    ond    has    two    different 
matching   bases. 


The     Donley  ',  functional  modern  tele- 
vision   console    with    full-length    doors, 
offers    a    21-inch    picture   tube. 


The    "Haywood"    open-faced    TV    ' 
sole  has  a  17-inch  picture  tube  or' 
12-inch   supersensitive   speaker 


^^NV. 


Radio  is  Here  to  Stay 


V  . 


By  William  S.  Hedges 

Viit   President  in  Charge  of  liitegrMed  Services 

S.ition.il  Brit.iilc.itiiiit;  Cnmpjny 


R 


\[)lO  broadcasting  has  a  permanent  place  in  the 
social  and  economic  structure  of  the  nation  because  it 
fulfills  a  purpose  which  can  be  served  by  no  other  me- 
dium of  mass  communication. 

It  is  the  one  medium  which  is  always  available — in 
the  bathrcmm,  in  the  kitchen,  on  the  beach,  in  your  car, 
in  the  woods,  on  remote  mountain  tops,  or  in  the  privacy 
of  your  own  room.  No  other  medium  can  simultaneously 
reach  more  than  950'  of  the  people  of  America.  As  such 
it  is  the  most  comprehensive  advertising  medium  in  the 
nation — greater  in  circulation  thin  all  the  newspapers 
combined. 

These  radio  set  owners  possess  96,000,000  radio  re- 
ceivers, which  represent  an  investment  of  more  than  five 
billion  dollars,  not  counting  the  obsolete  and  discarded 
models.  The  very  presence  of  this  big  stake  in  radio  is 
a  large  reason  why  radio  has  a  continuing  place  in  the 
sun.  The  American  public  is  quite  unlikely  to  waste  its 
investment  in  radio,  and  on  the  other  hand  tliere  will  be 
broadcasters  ready  to  make  the  continuing  use  of  radio 
well  wonh  while. 

There  is  only  one  reason  why  anyone  should  raise  the 
question  "Has  Radio  a  Future?"  That  reason  is,  of  course, 
television.  Although  it  has  penetrated  into  only  sixty- 
seven  markets,  television  is  diverting  public  attention  and 
many  advertising  dollars  not  only  away  from  radio  but 
from  other  media  .as  well.  While  I  am  sute  that  televi- 
sion, when  it  reaches  its  full  stature,  will  be  the  most 
effective  sales  force  this  country  h.as  ever  known,  its 
attainment  of  preeminence  in  the  advertising  world 
should  not  and  will  not  obscure  the  future  ot  radii)  broad- 
casting. However,  there  will  be  miny  changes  made  and 
the  brightness  of  radio's  future  is  dependent  upon  the 
adaptability  as  well  .is  the  ingenuity  of  those  who  are 
interested  in  the  survival  of  broadcasting. 

In  our  appraisal  of  radio  it  is  important  to  remember 
that  all  of  those  who  are  looking  at  television  are  not 
subtraaed  from  the  radio  audience.  The  combined  radio 
and  television  audience  is  considenblv  hicher  than  the 


radio  audience  was  in  1948,  running  from  5  to  30^0  in 
certain  months  in  various  cities.  It  must  be  acknowl- 
edged, however,  that  radio  listening  is  less  now  than  in 
1948  in  the  TV  markets.  On  the  other  hand,  it  must 
likewise  be  noted  that  most  TV  viewers  are  radio  listeners 
at  some  time  of  almost  ever)'  day. 

Actually,  television  and  radio  supplement  each  other 
to  a  much  greater  degree  than  they  compete.  While  radio 
blankets  all  markets,  urban  and  rural,  and  all  income 
groups,  television  at  this  stage  of  its  development  is  con- 
centrated very  heavily  in  urban  areas  and  gives  better 
coverage  of  the  upper  income  group  than  in  the  lower 
levels.  Furthermore,  there  are  many  geographical  sections 
of  the  country  which  have  not  yet  been  reached  by  tele- 
vision. For  these  reasons,  radio  cannot  be  .iband(ined  by 
advertisers  whose  sales  are  truly  nationwide.  But  if  both 
radio  and  television  are  used,  the  .advertiser  is  virtually 
assured  of  saturating  all  possible  markets. 

Radio  Must  Become  Adaptable 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  broadcasting  is  undergoing 
a  revolution  at  this  particular  tune  Signincant  changes 
in  the  economic  conditions  affecting  radio  are  taking 
place.  If  those  changes  are  not  reckoned  with  they  can 
prove  fatal.  Radio  must  learn  to  roll  with  the  punches 
and  to  become  flexible  and  adaptable  if  it  is  to  have  a 
prosperous  future. 

One  of  the  basic  foundations  ol  American  broadcast- 
ing is  the  program  service  furnished  by  nerworks — pro- 
grams of  a  scope  and  flexibility  that  individual  stations 
could  not  develop  themselves — programs  featuring  the 
greatest  entenainment  personalities  of  the  times,  world 
wide  news  services,  and  informational  programs  present- 
ing the  leaders  of  American  opinion.  Such  a  program 
service  attracts  audiences  to  affiliated  stations,  builds 
their  position  in  their  communities  and  enhances  the 
value  of  the  time  they  have  for  local  and  national  spot 
sales. 

The  network  program  ser\ice  is  an  expensive  one. 
The  revenues  supporting  it  must  come  from  network 
advertisers.  Now  at  this  point,  lets  pause  and  look  at 
some  of  the  economic  trends  affecring  network  r..dio.  In 
the  period  of  its  major  growth — during  the  40's — the 
main  economic  basis  for  the  network  medium  was  the 
multi-million-dollar  advertiser  who  bought  one  or  more 
evening  hours  or  half  hours  or  daytime  strips.  The  cost 
structure  and  sales  policies  of  the  medium  were  such  that 
the  smaller  budgeted  advertiser  was  priced  out  of  it.  He 
(Continued  on  Page  32 1 


RADIO  ACE  23 


MrsTTi^rri^n  SikwwU  Aiiluii'  I-  Rr.um  on  \\C\  \\\\\\\ 


R. 


Mrs.    Doucjias    Norton 


i-BSIGN  A  HON  i>t  Anluir  li.  l>i.uii>  mu\  clc-iiioii  ot 
Mrs,  l>nij;li>s  lU>rnin  to  svictettl  Mr,  Hriiiin  on  ilic  Hoarvl 
of  Diffctors  ot  the  R.ulio  ("orpor.uion  ot  AiiUTua  wtTC 
tumoiuKcvl  by  Kri^n,  Ckmu-mI  IXivivl  S.irnoti,  Chiiirinan 
of  the  Htwn.1,  follo\vii\u  a  ni«-iin,«  in  K.i^lio  I  icy.  New 
York  on  (VtobtT  ^.  Mrs.  HiMion,  wlio  .is  Miklrt\l 
McAfee  lominiUuievi  (lie  W.W'IS  in  WorUl  W.u  11, 
is  the  first  woman  clecteil  to  the  KV.t\  Boanl  of  Directors, 

Mr.  Hr.uin,  .1  member  of  it>e  R(  .V  Uo.inl  since  U>>1, 
\ud  servexl  since  U^Ui  on  ilie  Ho.irJ  ot  Pirectors  of  the 
National  Broadcast in,c  CoiTipany,  tiom  which  his  resig- 
nation also  is  effective.   He  is  Ch.urman  of  the  .ViK  isory 


Committee  ot  the  Mellon  N.mon.il  B.mk  N:  Trust  Co. 
of  Pittsburjjh,  Pa. 

Last  Otvember,  Mis.  llonon  became  the  first  woman 
elected  to  the  Hoard  of  Directors  of  NHC.  She  is  Vice 
President  of  tlie  Federal  Council  of  the  Churches  of 
Christ  in  America  and  is  a  former  President  of  Wcllesley 
Collei;e.  She  had  the  distinction  of  beini;  the  lirst 
wvimaii  ever  to  be  i.ommissional  by  the  llnitetl  States 
Navy.  She  w.is  placai  on  active  duty  in  Auijust,  \^M2. 
as  Lt.  Comm.mder  upoti  bt\omin_i;  Dirtvtor  of  the 
\\'oit\en's  Reserve,  I'SN.  known  .is  the  W'.Wl^S.  She 
resijined  from  the  Navy  in  February,  19io,  with  the 
rank  of  Captain  and  was  a\vaaic\l  the  DistiiiiJiiishex.! 
Service  Medal, 

Pollowinj;  nine  years  as  a  teacher  and  extvutive  in 
several  colleiies.  Mrs,  Horton  was  named  President  ot 
Welle.sley  Colleije  in  10.^6,  She  resi};i\e<.l  etfective  June, 
19-J9,  to  join  her  husband.  Dr.  lXiuj;las  Horton,  Min- 
ister and  Secretary,  General  Council  of  Conj;res;ational 
Christian  Churches.  New  \'ork. 

Ciraduatini:  trom  N'.iss.ir  College  in  U^JO,  Mrs. 
Horton  received  her  M..\.  deijree  from  the  University 
of  Chicai;o  in  h)2S.  She  holds  I"  honorarv  decrees 
tiom  universities  and  colleges. 

Mrs     Hv>rton    is    a    n.itive   of   P.irkville,    Mo 


SlVccl.s    PlcP.U.UUMl    ot    .^[WllUcllS    Un     ILclUM)    M  ICl  tlSc\^[  V    .\lKll\.MS 


A 


w    vm 

^   ^^H 

W 

..#<'<:k^y^ 

"^^M^^^IV 

li 

-^3' 

*.^ 

Ill 

1^^ 

«^1 

NJiW,  low-cast  shadow ini;  unit  to  speevl  prepar.t- 
tion  of  ".shadow-c-ast"  .spivimens  for  the  eUvtron  micro- 
scope has  been  develo|H\l  by  RC.\. 

The  new  apparatus  perniits  laboratory  personnel  to 
ilepivsit  a  thin  cwuing  of  tungsten,  nwlybdenum,  or 
vMher  suitable  material  by  evapciration  on  as  many  as 
six  glass  micrwcope  slides  at  one  Kxiding  in  the  all-metal 
vacuum  chamber.  The  .sjnximen  contrast  is  enhanct\l 
and  the  third  dimension  usually  made  evivient. 

Tlie  imit  consists  of  a  small,  steel  vactuim  chamber 
which  can  be  evacuatevl  at  high  spct\l.  Pliminating  the 
liandling  of  heavy,  fragile  bell  jars,  the  t\iuipment  ptvv 
vules  ease  of  .specimen  insertion.  Specimen  slide  holders 
provide  a  wide  range  of  shadowing  angles  without  fila- 
ment adjustment. 


With  this  newly-developed  "shadow<OBt"  unit,  lab- 
oratory personnel  are  able  to  prepare  electron 
microscope  specimens  more  quickly  and  economically. 

24  RAD/O  AGE 


A  standards  engineer  prepares  electronic  equipment  for  test  in  RCA's  new  "stratosphere 
chamber",   which   can   simulate  any  climatic  or   atmospheric  condition. 

Weather  Made  to  Order 


A. 


.II.  the  world's  weather  is  now  .iv.iiiable  in  a 
single  room  14  feet  square  and  10  feet  high  in  the  test- 
ing laboratory  of  the  RCA  Engineering  Products  De- 
panment  in  Camden,  N.  J. 

With  this  50-ton  chamber,  recently  installed  for  the 
testing  of  all  kinds  of  electronic  equipment  under  condi- 
tions to  which  it  may  be  exposed  in  use,  laboratory 
personnel  can  simulate  all  temperatures,  humidity  levels, 
and  other  climatic  and  atmospheric  conditions  found  on 
or  above  the  earth,  to  an  altitude  of  70,000  feet  above 
sea  level. 

Here,  every  device  made  by  RCA  for  military  or 
civilian  use  in  far-away  places,  from  airplane  trans- 
mitters to  walkie-talkies,  can  be  proved  under  condi- 
tions prevailing  in  the  Sahara  or  Siberia,  in  the  jungles 
of  the  South  Pacific  or  atop  the  Himalayas. 

Known  as  a  "stratosphere  chamber",  it  can  reduce 
atmospheric  pressure  to  the  level  encountered  at  an 
altitude  of  70,000  feet,  which  is  higher  than  the  accepted 
altitude  record  for  heavier-than-air  craft  and  almost  as 
high  as  man  has  ascended  in  a  balloon.  The  partial 
vacuum  produced  is  sufficient  to  reduce  a  29-inch  column 
of  mercury  to  one  inch. 

Heating  and  refrigeration  equipment  within  the 
chamber  can  create  temperatures  from  185'  F.  —  more 
than  50  degrees  higher  than  the  highest  natural  tempera- 


ture ever  recorded  on  the  earth's  surface  —  to  minus  85° 
F.  —  within  a  few  degrees  of  the  lowest  natural  tem- 
perature earth-bound  instruments  have  recorded.  To 
provide  refrigeration  for  the  unit  requires  180  horse- 
power, enough  to  run  720  average  size  domestic  re- 
frigerators simultaneously. 

Humidity  within  the  chamber  can  range  from  a 
heavy  fog  to  almost  complete  lack  of  moisture. 

Because  of  its  size  and  weight,  the  chamber,  which 
cost  S150,000,  posed  a  number  of  installation  problems. 
It  was  built  in  three  sections  and  transported  from 
Newark,  N.  J.  to  Camden  by  trailer-truck.  Because  the 
chamber  overhung  the  trailer  three  feet  on  each  side, 
creating  a  traflic  hazard,  special  approval  from  the  State 
Highway  Department  was  necessary,  and  the  trip  was 
made  in  the  early  hours  of  the  morning,  when  traffic  was 
light.  The  three  sections  weighed  11,  17,  and  21  tons, 
respectively.  In  order  to  get  them  into  the  laboratory,  a 
wall  area  measuring  18  by  20  feet  had  to  be  removed 
from  the  building. 

The  door  of  the  chamber  weighs  about  two  tons, 
and  is  moved  into  place  on  rollers  fixed  at  the  top  of 
the  chamber.  To  obtain  a  perfect  seal,  an  air  cylinder 
is  fixed  on  each  corner  of  the  door  to  exert  the  required 
pressure.  An  inner  wall  of  9-inch-thick  insulation  is 
used  to  maintain  temperatures. 

RADIO  AGE  25 


BWfwm^wiwm 


Electronic  "Detective"  Spots 
Foreign  Metal  Particles 


N. 


n\V  metal  detection  equipment  for  more  efficient 
and  speedier  location  of  the  most  minute  metallic  parti- 
cles contaminating  non-metallic  products,  was  intro- 
duced recently  h\'  tlic  RCA  lini^inccrini;  Products  De- 
partment. 

Product  luits  ill  which  ihc  equipment  will  iiave 
applications  include  meat,  bakery  products,  candy,  plas- 
tics, paper,  rubber,  tobacco,  textiles,  and  explosives. 

The  new  metal  detectors,  called  the  "Utility 
Series",  feature  four  types  of  small-aperture  inspection 
heads,  which  will  indicate  the  presence  of  tiny  particles 
of  metals  or  alloys,  whether  mai;netic  or  non-maj;netic, 
regardless  of  their  dcpih  in  ihe  material.  Tiie  products 
pass  through  an  inspection  aperture  on  an  endless  con- 
veyor belt,  or  through  a  chute  at  rates  of  10  feet  to  1000 
feet  per  minute. 

The  detectors  can  be  used  to  light  a  warning  lamp, 
ring  a  bell,  stop  a  continuous  process,  mark  the  con- 
taminated object,  or  deflect  it  into  a  special  channel  or 
receptacle  for  rejects.  The  new  equipment  is  the  Com- 
pany's latest  industrial  tool  for  quality  control.  It  is  also 
inv.iluable  as  a  means  of  preventing  macliincry  damage, 
eliminating  fires  and  explosions  resulting  from  tramp 
metal,  and  reducing  lost  production  time  in  industrial 
processing. 

The  "Utility"  detectors  consist  of  two  units.  The 
control  Linir,  which  weighs  20  pounds,  .ind  is  the 
same  for  all  models  and  applications,  has  an  overall 
measurement  of  81/4  inches  high,  6^4  inches  wide,  and 
10  inches  deep.  The  second  unit,  the  inspection  he.id,  is 
provided  in  four  diflerent  styles  to  meet  specialized  in- 
stallation requirements.  Two  of  the  box-type  heads 
have  rectangular  apertures  —  one  measuring  2' i  x  7?/^ 
inches;  the  other,  4x5  inches  —  and  are  designed  for 
detecting  metal  in  candy,  chewing  gum.  pharmaceutical 
products,  and  other  items  that  can  be  carried  on  a  small 
conveyor  belt  during  processing.  The  others  have  smal- 
ler, box-shaped  heads  with  round  apertures  —  one  meas- 
uring Us  inches  in  diameter:  the  other,  2  inches  in 
diameter  —  and  are  suitable  for  ground  meat,  liquids 
carried  in  glass  tubes,  cigarettes,  and  similar  items  that 
can  pass  through  the  small  head  in  a  nonmetallic  tube 
or  trough. 

Materials  passing   through    the    inspection    aperture 

26  RADIO  ACE 


are  screened  by  a  high-frequency  electromagnetic  held, 
generated  by  scientifically-designed  coils  embedded  in  a 
water-proof  material.  High-frequency  power  is  fed  to 
the  coils  from  a  self-contained  electronic  oscillator,  and 
the  reaction  caused  when  metal  is  present  in  the  ma- 
terial being  screened  operates  a  relay  which  triggers 
either  a  signaling  device  (lamp  or  bell  i  or  an  automatic 
marking  or  ejecting  mechanism. 

The  equipment  is  practically  miiiiune  from  build- 
ing and  conveyor  vibration,  while  electronic  voltage 
regulation  assures  freedom  from  effects  of  line  voltage 
fluctuations.  The  units  are  not  afiected  by  norinal  humid- 
ity and  temperature  changes,  and  are  sealed  against  dirt, 
lint,  and  dust. 

Pieces    of    candy    passing    through    the    portals    of    this 

electronic  detector  are  rejected  automatically  if  metallic 

particles  of  any  size  are  present 


I 


Television    demonslroles    its    efFectiveness    as    on    oid    in 
leeching  the  latest  methods  in  veterinary  practice. 


TV   cameras   brought   close-ups   of   this   operation    on    o 
cov/  to  a  convention  audience  of  more  than  2,000. 


Tclc\  ision  Used  to  Dcmonstrat 


Tccl 


L, 


miqucs 


'  FADING  veterinarians  were  featured  actors  in  special 
television  programs  staged  at  the  HSth  annual  conven- 
tion of  the  American  Veterinar)'  Medical  Association 
held  recently  in  Milwaukee.  During  the  convention, 
specialists  in  animal  surgery',  working  in  front  of  RCA 
cameras,  demonstrated  their  techniques  before  veteri- 
n.irians  from  the  United  States,  Canada  and  15  foreign 
countries. 

Through  the  medium  of  television,  an  audience  of 
more  than  2,000  watched  delicate  operations  on  the 
screens  of  RCA  Victor  television  receivers  installed  in 
Milwaukee's  city  auditorium.  The  telecasts,  spons<jred 
by  Allied  Laboratories,  Inc.,  manufacturers  of  pharma- 
ceutical and  biological  products,  were  transmitted  from 
the  operating  theatre  over  coaxial  cable. 

The  demonstrations  included  new  methods  of 
anesthetizing  pets  and  farm  animals,  of  diagnosing 
poultry  diseases  and  the  performance  of  caesarean  sec- 
tioning. 

After  witnessing  the  programs,  first  of  the  kind  in 
America,  Dr.  J.  G.  Hardenberg,  Executive  Secretary  of 
the  AVMA,  expressed  his  belief  that  television  will 
prove  a  useful  aid  in  teaching  animal  surgery.  "The 
care,  skill  and  surgical  techniques  of  today's  veterinar- 

RADIO   AGE  27 


■tMI.J.M.Il'l    J   1> 


in  Animal  S 


Lirgcry 


ians,"  he  said,  "equal  those  used  in  hospitals  for  human 
patients.  We  are  confident  that  with  television  we  can 
still  further  the  knowledge  and  improve  the  practice 
of  animal  surgery." 

Television  equipment   used   at   the  convention   was 
installed  and  operated   by  the  RCA   Service  Company. 

Transmitting  and  monitoring  equipment,  installed  in 
Milwaukee's  auditorium   for   the  veterinarians'  meeting. 


Four  huge  vans  comprise  the  modern  "TV   station  on  wheels"   developed    by   RCA   for 

the  U.  S.  Army  Signal  Corps. 


"TV  Station  on  Wheels"  for  Arm 


y 


.  HE  most  complete  television  station  ever  mounted 
on  wheels  has  been  constructed  for  the  U.  S.  Army  Sig- 
nal Corps  by  engineers  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America,  and  delivered  recently  to  the  Signal  Corps' 
Fort  Monmouth,  N.  J.,  Laboratories. 

The  mobile  television  caravan,  which  was  built  in 
close  cooperation  with  Signal  Corps  engineers,  consists 
of  four  special  10-ton  trucks,  each  31  feet  long.  Two  of 
the  trucks  are  fitted  with  a  complete  line  of  TV  trans- 
mitting and  monitoring  equipment,  three  TV  field 
cameras,  ten  receivers,  a  large-screen  TV  projector  which 
will  show  life-size  pictures,  and  a  radio  intercommunica- 
tion system.  The  other  two  trucks  contain  power  supply 
generators. 

The  caravan  will  be  used  to  explore  the  feasibility 
of  television  for  field  instruction,  and  to  develop  in- 
structional techniques  via  TV.  The  equipment  may 
prove  extremely  valuable  in  televising  intricate  field 
exercises  and  "piping"  the  picture  to  expert  observers, 
maneuver  umpires,  or  to  classrooms. 

Programs  picked  up  in  the  field,  will  be  "piped"  to 
military  classrooms,  or  to  a  broadcasting  station,  by 
microwave  radio  link  or  coaxial  cable.  If  they  go  to  a 
broadcast  station,  the  programs  will  then  be  transmitted 
in  the  usual  manner;  if  they  are  conveyed  to  class- 
rooms, the  programs  will  be  carried  to  a  mobile  display 


unit  equipped  with  both  direct-view  and  projection-type 
television  receivers. 

The  first  vehicle  in  the  television  fieet  is  equipped 
with  three  complete  TV  field  camera  chains,  a  micro- 
wave transmitter  for  video  signals,  and  a  46-watt  FM 
transmitter  for  transmitting  sound  signals.  Associated 
monitoring  and  switching  control  equipment  is  utilized 
in  accordance  with  standard  TV  broadcast  practice. 
Four  microphone  inputs,  and  tape  and  disc  recording 
equipment  —  all  with  latest  amplifying  units  —  are 
among  the  audio  facilities.  The  unit  also  houses  a  sepa- 
rate monitor-announce  position,  and  an  order-wire  radio 
communication  system,  utilizing  an  RCA  15-watt  Car- 
fone  two-way  mobile  installation. 

The  custom-built  body  of  the  vehicle  houses  a  com- 
plete transmitting  studio,  which  is  equipped  with  a 
specially-constructed  operating  desk  for  portable  moni- 
toring, control  and  power  supply  units  used  with  the 
TV  field  cameras.  All  equipment  is  shock-mounted  to 
guard  against  damage,  including  lockers  provided  for 
transporting  the  cameras,  tripods,  cables,  and  transmit- 
ting units.  The  operating  desk  is  mounted  in  the  rear 
of  the  unit,  facing  large  shatterproof  glass  windows 
which  give  a  clear  view  of  pick-up  activities  outside. 

The  roof  of  the  truck  is  reinforced  to  support  the 
weight    of   both   equipment   and   operators   when   they 


28  RADIO  AGE 


wisli  to  use  It  as  a  vantage  point  for  cameras  or  the  re- 
lay transmitter.  A  ladder  with  hand  railing  is  provided 
for  access  to  the  roof  through  a  self-locking  waterproof 
hatch.  Provision  has  been  made  for  roof-mounting  the 
four-foot  parabolic  antenna  of  the  relay  transmitter  as 
well  as  whip  antennas  for  the  FM  audio  transmitter  and 
intercom  radio  system. 

The  second  mobile  unit  contains  the  transmitter 
power  supply  equipment,  which  consists  of  two  power- 
ful gas  driven  generating  units.  One  of  the  generators 
is  designated  for  standby  use,  or  to  supply  power  to 
special  lighting  equipment  for  illuminating  the  scene 
to  be  televised.  By  means  of  a  special  switch,  the  truck 
batteries  are  able  to  supply  power  to  the  two-way  radio 
communication  system  when  the  caravan  is  in  motion 
and  the  generators  are  not  in  use. 

A  receiver-display  unit  forms  the  third  coach  in  the 
caravan.   In  addition  to  housing  tlie  FM  and  microwave 


receiving  equipment,  it  contains  ten  16-inch  picture 
monitors,  a  I6mm  TV  projector  and  film  camera,  slide 
projector,  a  large-screen  television  projector,  and  a  video 
switching  panel  for  selecting  any  of  several  TV  signal 
sources. 

The  self-contained  power  supply  for  the  receiver- 
display  coach  is  housed  in  the  fourth  truck.  It  is  similar 
to  the  transmitting  power  supply  unit,  except  that  it 
contains  only  one  generator. 

The  entire  caravan  has  been  carefully  built  and  styled 
to  Signal  Corps  specifications.  Every  vehicle  is  equipped 
with  necessary  test  equipment  and  spare  parts.  E.ich  of 
the  coaches  bears  the  Signal  Corps  insignia  and  is 
painted  in  traditional  Army  olive  drab,  with  attractive 
aluminum  strip.  The  units  are  completely  weather- 
proofed,  with  cooling  and  heating  units  to  condition  the 
interior  for  all-weather  operation. 


21-inch  Kinescope  Uses  Full  Screen  Area 


Th 


HE  television  industry's  largest  metal,  rectangular 
picture  tube,  a  21 -inch  kinescope,  has  been  announced 
by  the  RCA  Tube  Depanment.  The  new  kinescope  em- 
ploys the  metal-shell  construction,  first  introduced  by 
RCA  over  two  years  ago  as  a  major  innovation  in  the 
1 6- inch  round  metal  tube. 

The  new  kinescope  utilizes  the  full  screen  area, 
producing  a  picture  18-^8  inches  wide  by  13-15/16 
inches  high,  with  slightly  curi'ed  sides  and  rounded 
corners.  Providing  pictures  with  high  brightness  and 
good  uniformity  of  focus  over  the  entire  picture  area, 
the  tube  has  a  white  fluorescent  screen  on  a  relatively 
flat  face  made  of  frosted  Filterglass,  which  minimizes 
reflection  of  bright  objects  in  the  room  and  increases 
picture  contrast. 

Conforming  to  proportions  of  the  transmitted  pic- 
ture, the  tube's  rectangular  shape  avoids  waste  of  screen 
area.  This  permits  the  use  of  a  cabinet  having  about 
20  per  cent  less  height  than  is  required  for  a  round-face 
tube  providing  pictures  of  the  same  width.  In  addition, 
the  chassis  need  not  be  depressed  or  cut  out  under  the 
face  of  the  tube,  and  controls  can  be  located  as  desired 
beneath  the  tube. 

Employing  magnetic  focus  and  magnetic  deflection, 
the  new  kinescope  is  designed  with  a  funnel-to-neck 
seaion  which  facilitates  centering  of  the  yoke  on  the 
neck.  This  feature,  in  combination  with  improved  cen- 

RADtO   AGE  29 


tering  of  the  beam  inside  the  neck,  contributes  to  the 
tube's  good  uniformity  of  focus. 

Other  features  incorporated  in  the  new  21-inch  pic- 
ture tube  are  short  over-all  length,  substantially  lower 
weight  than  that  of  a  similar  all-glass  tube,  a  higher- 
quality  faceplate  than  is  commonly  used  in  all-glass 
rubes,  and  an  ion-trap  gun  requiring  only  a  single-field, 
external  magnet. 

This  21-inch  kinescope,  developed  by  the  RCA  Tube 
Department,    is   the    industry's    largest    metal    rectan- 
gular picture  tube. 


History  of  RCA  Institutes 


{Continued  frofit  Page  15) 

mand  for  qualified  operators,  the  school  was  reorgan- 
ized as  the  Marconi  School  of  Instruction  and  moved 
to  larger  quarters  at  29  Cliff  Street. 

During  the  following  years,  the  school  was  moved 
to  several  different  locations  within  New  York  City 
as  the  swelling  demand  for  operators  called  for  more 
extensive  classroom  facilities.  In  1915.  the  institution 
became  known  as  the  Marconi  Institute  and,  for  the 
first  time,  inaugurated  evening  courses  in  the  Edison 
Building  at  Duane  and  Elm  Streets. 

With  the  formation  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  in  1919,  the  Marconi  Institute  became  a  part 
of  the  Corporation  under  the  new  name  of  the  Radio 
Institute  of  America.  Shortly  thereafter,  the  school  was 
moved  to  326  Broadway.  In  1922,  following  the  intro- 
duction of  radio  broadcasting,  courses  were  formulated 
for  training  radio  receiver  servicemen.  Because  of  public 
interest,  the  school  prepared  catalogs  and  advertisements 
for  magazines  and  newspapers. 

Institutes  hicorfioiated  in   1929 

Progressive  expansion  of  the  Radio  Corporation 
of  America  made  it  necessary  to  form  a  separate  or- 
ganization devoted  exclusively  to  technical  training. 
Therefore,  in  August  1929,  RCA  Institutes.  Inc.,  was 
incorporated  as  a  wholly-owned  subsidiar)-  of  RCA. 
Three  years  later  the  Institutes  then  located  at  75 
Varick  Street,  established  courses  in  radio  broadcasting, 
radio  servicing,  sound  technique  and  commercial  radio 
operating.  A  "General  Course"  of  a  higher  technical 
level  than  had  been  previously  offered  was  added  to 
the  Institutes'  curriculum  in  19.36.  This  was  done  to 
keep  pace  with  the  growing  need  for  technicians  quali- 
fied to  design  radio  equipment.  The  course  included 
such  subjects  as  electrical  physics,  transmitter  tech- 
nology, sound  reproducing  and  recording  systems,  radio 
receiver  instruction  and  frequency  modulation  design. 

Anticipating  the  need  for  trained  television  tech- 
nicians, RCA  Institutes  in  1938  added  the  servicing  of 
television  receivers  to  the  Servicing  Course,  and  in- 
tegrated the  operation,  maintenance  and  development 
of  television  circuits  in  the  General  Course.  The  latter 
course,  now  called  the  Advanced  Technology  Course, 
requires  full  time  attendance  for  two  and  one-quarter 
years  (2610  hours)  and  offers  instruction  in  the  opera- 
tion, maintenance  and  development  of  all  types  of  radio 
circuits.  Graduates  of  this  course  are  qualified   for  all 


types  of  radio  technician  employment,  particularly  de- 
velopment and  laboratory  work.  So  thorough  is  the 
course  that  those  who  complete  it  are  often  granted 
appreciably  advanced  standing  when  applying  for  admis- 
sion to  engineering  colleges  and  universities. 

In  April  1948,  the  school  was  moved  to  larger  and 
more  suitable  quarters  at  350  West  Fourth  Street 
where  it  now  occupies  40,000  square  feet  on  the  second 
and  third  floors.  A  large  number  of  visual  aids  are  used 
here  to  supplement  instruction  in  all  courses.  The  In- 
stitutes has  sound  motion  picture  projectors,  disc  and 
tape  recorders,  and  a  large  library  of  sound  and  silent 
films,  film  strips  and  slides.  Reference  material  and  the 
latest  textbooks  are  accessible  to  all  students  in  the 
school's  well-stocked  librar)'. 

Inspection  Trips  for  Students 

Supplementing  regular  academic  instruction,  students 
of  certain  courses  are  taken  on  inspection  trips  to  im- 
portant broadcasting  and  industrial  centers  located  in 
or  near  New  York  City.  In  addition,  representatives  of 
industry  and  government  address  senior  classes  on  tlie 
various  phases  of  radio,  television  and   electronics. 

In  common  with  other  schools,  most  of  the  stu- 
dents at  RCA  Institutes  come  from  nearby  areas.  How- 
ever, as  time  goes  on,  students  from  abroad  are  apply- 
ing in  greater  number  for  admission  to  study  here. 
During  the  past  decade,  students  have  matriculated 
from  Argentina,  Bermuda,  Brazil,  Canada,  Chile,  Cuba, 
Ecuador,  Iceland,  India,  Iran,  Iraq,  Israel,  Liberia. 
Mexico,  Pakistan,  Panama,  Peru,  British  Malaya,  Thai- 
land, Turkey  and  many  other  countries. 

To  assist  students  in  obtaining  satisfactory  positions 
RCA  Institutes  maintains  a  placement  service.  A  re- 
cent survey,  made  two  months  after  the  end  of  the 
school  year,  shows  that  of  a  total  of  569  graduates 
during  the  year,  471  or  82.8  per  cent  were  employed. 
These  graduates  became  associated  with  developmnt 
laboratories  of  leading  electronic  companies  and  broad- 
casting stations  in  43  different  states  Puerto  Rico, 
Hawaii  and  Alaska. 

Through  the  years,  RCA  Institutes  has  kept  abreast 
of  the  major  changes  in  radio  and  television,  and  has 
sought  to  maintain  a  high  level  of  instruction  in  the 
technical  institute  area  of  education.  Today,  the  school 
not  only  ranks  as  one  of  the  leading  technical  institu- 
tions of  the  nation,  but  is  also  recognized  by  the  elec- 
tronics industry  as  a  valuable  source  of  qualified  men. 


30  RADIO  AGE 


Sarnoff  Challenges  Scicnrisrs 

( Continued  from  Page  7) 

search  Center.'  anJ  I  extend  to  you  and  your  staff  of 
scientists  my  warm  good  wishfs  for  continued  progress. 

Harry  S.  Truman." 

The  messai;e  from  New  York's  chief  executive  said: 
1  have  just  learned  that  on  Thursday  you  will  celebrate 
the  Forty-Fifth  Anniversary  of  your  entrance  into  the 
radio  industry-.  My  heartiest  congratulations  to  you. 
Throughout  your  years  of  service,  you  have  been  a  vital 
and  imaginative  force  in  the  development  and  expan- 
sion of  radio.  Under  your  leadership  and  genius,  radio 
has  grown  from  a  verj'  small  beginning  until  today  it 
serves  as  an  integral  part  of  our  daily  lives,  bringing 
to  all  of  us  the  best  in  entertainment,  public  service 
and  the  tremendous  news  events  of  these  times.  May 
your  anniversary  be  a  ver\'  h.-ippy  one  indeed  and  may 
you  continue  to  guide  RCA  for  many  years  to  come. 

Thomas  E.  Dewey." 


Fi\'c  Tii-Color  Kincs 


.'SCOpCJ 


{Continued  from  page  9) 

ful  experiments  were  conducted  with  one  and  with 
three  electron  guns. 

The  five  remaining  papers  in  the  series  discuss 
specific  technical  developments  which  are  needed  for 
the  successful  engineering  of  almost  anv  tri-color  tube. 

The  process  used  in  applying  the  color  phosphors  to 
glass  plates,  used  in  four  of  the  tubes,  is  described  by 
N.  S.  Freedman  and  K.  M.  McLaughlin,  of  the  RCA 
Victor  Tube  Department.  This  process,  which  was 
developed  out  of  silk-screen  printing  methods,  is  used 
for  applying  dots  and  lines,  as  well  as  any  other  pattern. 

Miss  H.  C.  Moodey  (the  only  distaff  representative 
on  the  tri-color  engineering  team ) .  and  D.  D.  Van 
Ormer,  also  of  the  Tube  Department,  describe  a  number 
of  practical  designs  for  the  three-beam  electron  gun. 

Two  other  papers  take  up  the  mechanical  assembly 
of  aperture  mask  tubes. 

These  tubes  use  metal  masks,  placed  just  behind  the 
phosphor  plates,  which  are  essential  in  keeping  the 
electron  beams  from  striking  the  wrong  color  dots.  If 
this  were  not  prevented,  colors  would  "bleed"  or  run  in 
the  reproduced  pictures.  The  papers  by  B.  E.  Barnes 
and  R.  D.  Faulkner,  also  of  the  Tube  Department, 
describe  the  design  for  the  aperture  masks,  and  show 
how  the  mask  and  phosphor  plate  are  kept  in  alignment 
during  the  operation  that  seals  the  tube  together. 


D.  D.  Van  Ormcr  and  D.  C.  Ballard  describe  the 
effects  of  screen  tolerances  on  operating  characteristics 
of  the  aperture-mask  type  tri-color  tube. 

In  the  final  paper,  A.  W.  Friend  tells  how  it  is 
possible  to  bend  the  electron  beams  without  interfering 
with  the  correct  registry'  of  the  color  images.  This  is 
done  by  well-designed  electron  deflection  systems. 

These  systems  bend  the  electron  beams  without 
distortion  in  the  manner  that  a  good  optical  lens  bends 
light  rays  without  distortion. 

The  eleven  papers,  which  are  expected  to  become  of 
major  importance  as  a  basis  for  future  developments  in 
color  television,  are  being  reprinted  as  a  separate  section 
of  the  Fall  issue  of  RCA  Review,  technical  publication 
of  RCA  Laboratories. 

Thcciric  Si/e  Color  Tclc\ision 

(Continued  from  Page  4) 

Several  research  groups  at  the  David  Sarnoff  Re- 
search Center,  at  Princeton,  and  engineers  of  the  RCA 
Victor  Division,  cooperated  with  Dr.  Epstein  and  his 
associates  in  the  Cathode-Ray  and  Optics  Section  of  the 
Center,  in  developing  the  equipment  used  in  this  initial 
New  York  showing  of  the  RCA  theatre  color  television 
system.  Special  credit  also  was  accorded  R.  D.  Kell, 
Head  of  the  Television  Section  of  the  Center,  and  his 
associates;  to  Saul  Lasof,  of  Dr.  Epstein's  staff,  and  to 
Roy  Wilcox,  RCA  Victor  engineer. 

RCA  ro  Enrcr  Air  Condirionino  Field 

o 

The  RCA  Victor  Division  of  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  plans  to  enter  the  home  air-conditioning  field. 
The  announcement  was  made  by  Frank  M.  Folsom, 
President  of  RCA,  on  October  1.  The  first  room  air 
conditioners  to  be  sold  under  the  RCA  Victor  name  and 
trademark  will  be  placed  on  the  market  in  Januar)',  1952. 

In  a  letter  to  its  distributors,  RCA  Victor  revealed 
that  the  air  conditioners  will  be  distributed  through  its 
present  nation-wide  organization  of  independent  home 
instrument  distributors  and  retail  dealers. 

Present  plans  call  for  the  introduction  of  three 
models — a  one-third,  a  one-half,  and  a  three-quarter 
horsepower  unit,  the  Company  told  its  distributors. 
New  designs  and  specifications  for  these  units  have 
been  completed  by  RCA  Victor  design  engineers  and 
the  units  will  be  manufactured  under  arrangements  with 
the  Fedders-Quigan  Corporation  of  Buffalo,  New-  York. 
Fedders-Quigan  is  one  of  the  leading  air  conditioner 
manufacrurtr'i  in  the  country. 


RADIO   AGE  31 


Radio  is  Here  to  Stay 


{Continued  from  Page  23) 
could  not  aflford  to  spend  almost  1  million  dollars — the 
cost  of  network  time  and  talent  for  an  evening  half  hour 
on  an  annual  basis — in  a  single  advertising  venture. 

In  1949,  27  of  the  28  advertisers  spending  $5,000,000 
and  over  were  in  network  radio.  In  1950,  29  out  of  the 
33  advenisers  in  this  group  used  the  medium.  However, 
network  radio  was  not  used  in  1950  by  half  of  the  adver- 
tisers spending  between  Sl.000,000  and  S3.000,000,  nor 
by  80%  of  those  spending  between  $500,000  and 
$1,000,000,  nor  by  90%  of  the  advertisers  spending  be- 
tween $250,000  and  $500,000.  These  figures  demon- 
strate the  great  potential  of  customers  available  for  radio. 
Taking  them  all  together,  there  are  549  advenisers 
spending  between  one-half  million  and  five  million  dol- 
lars a  year.  Only  158  of  them  ("or  29%)  are  using 
network  radio.  This  leaves  391  (or  71%)  of  advertisers 
spending  one-quarter  million  doll.trs  or  more  who  are 
potential  customers  for  the  radio  networks,  but  some  of 
them  cannot  be  sold  in  accordance  with  the  old  formulas. 

Attractive  to  Small  Advertisers 

With  the  development  of  network  television,  the 
interest  of  many  multi-million-dollar  advertisers  has  been 
diverted  to  it  and  away  from  network  radio.  They  can 
be  brought  back  into  the  medium  if  it  makes  itself  more 
flexible  to  meet  their  advertising  requirements  under  the 
changed  conditions  of  the  market.  At  the  same  time,  the 
network  medium  can  adapt  itself  so  that  it  can  be  used 
by  smaller  budgeted  advertisers  wlio  offer  a  tremendous 
new  revenue  potential.  By  these  means,  network  radio 
can  regain  the  revenues  needed  to  support  its  program 
structure  and  can  continue  to  provide  a  strong  service 
to  the  public,  the  advertisers,  and  the  affiliated  stations. 

In  changing  times  such  as  these,  network  radio  cannot 
be  frozen  to  old  patterns  of  operations  which  were  devel- 
oped in  a  difTerent  advertising  era.  It  must  gear  itself  to 
new  types  of  opportunities  not  only  for  its  own  preserva- 
tion but  for  the  preservation  of  other  forms  of  broad- 
casting which  are  dependent  on  it. 

These  are  not  ordinary  times.  The  changes  taking 
place  in  radio  come  at  a  time  when  the  nation  faces  a 
more  serious  threat  than  we  have  ever  known  before. 
We  must  be  prepared  to  meet  a  potential  enemy  whose 
resources  of  materials,  manpower  and  sheer  fanaticism 
exceed  anything  that  we  have  ever  confronted  in  the 
history  of  our  nation.  If  we  should  ever  get  into  the 
conflict  and  should  lose,  we  lose  not  merely  a  battle,  not 
merely  a  war.  but  the  precious  heiirage  wiiich  mankind 
has  struggled  for  centuries  to  attain. 


Broadcasters  can  do  many  things  to  prevent  such  a 
tragedy.  They  can  help  to  keep  the  American  public 
awakened  to  these  dangers;  they  can  help  to  build  a  unity 
of  national  purpose.  They  must  protect  the  medium 
against  sabotage  from  within;  they  must  be  sure  of  the 
integrity  and  loyalt)'  of  those  whose  job  it  is  to  serve  the 
public  interest. 

Yes,  radio  has  a  future,  limited  only  by  the  scope  of 
the  imagination  of  those  responsible  for  irs  destiny. 


7 


Good  Times  Ahead  for  T\ 

(Continued  from  Page  14 1 
aluminum,  because  aluminum  is  rationed  to  us  at  48  per 
cent  of  the  rate  for  the  first  half  of  1950. 

The  nickel  crisis  is  a  very  real  crisis.  This  metal  is 
in  such  short  supply  that  the  tube  industry  will  be  liv- 
ing hereafter  on  a  hand-to-mouth  basis.  Even  with  the 
development  and  application  of  conser\'ation  techniques, 
tube  production  is  going  to  hit  the  skids.  Glen  McDaniel. 
President  of  the  Radio  and  Television  Manufacturers 
Association,  has  forecast  that  manufacturers  will  have  to 
start  cutting  tube  production  this  month  unless  special 
relief  is  allowed.  By  December  15,  he  predicts  that  the 
production  rate  will  be  down  to  half  the  present  rate. 

And  after  taking  a  body  blow  from  metals  shortages, 
the  industry  seems  fated  to  run  head-on  into  a  parts 
shortage  some  time  in  the  first  quarter  of  1952,  with 
transformers  and  coils,  as  well  as  tubes,  among  the  hard- 
est-to-get  items. 

Taking  all  of  these  things  into  account,  the  RCA 
Victor  Market  Research  Department  has  estimated  that 
the  industry  can  turn  out  1.8  million  TV  receivers  during 
the  first  six  months  of  next  year.  During  tlie  second 
half,  with  many  shortage  problems  at  least  partially 
solved,  the  production  capacity  will  increase,  and  from 
July  to  Januar}^  we  anticipate  an  industry'  output  of  3 
million  units,  giving  us  a  total  for  1952  of  just  under  5 
million  units.  I  predict  this  will  not  be  enough  to  satisfy 
the  demand. 

At  RCA,  we  consider  the  television  and  radio  busi- 
ness as  the  most  exciting  business  in  the  world.  We 
occupy  a  position  of  leadership  in  this  business,  and  we 
intend  to  keep  it.  When  other  TV  factories  were  shut- 
ting down  during  the  dark  days  of  last  spring,  we  con- 
tinued to  produce,  warehousing  our  products  against  the 
time  when  the  market  would  harden.  As  long  as  broad- 
casting endures,  we  shall  continue  to  produce  the  finest 
television  and  radio  receivers  we  know  how  to  build, 
and  broadcasting  will  endure  as  long  as  organized  societv' 
endures. 


32  RADIO  AGE 


n 


i^J^^^ 


RADIO  AGE 

RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


NUARY 

952 


/)oC^<k^  MSkaa^  • 


manmm^*^'^^^ 


It's  the  1000-mile  Trans-Arabian  Pipeline's 
desert  marvel,  TAPLINE  •  •  •  RCA  radio  equipped 


From  Porsian  Gulf  to  Mediterranean 
Sea  .  .  .  across  more  than  a  thousand 
miles  of  shifting  sands  and  rugged  desert 
.  .  .  runs  TAPLINE,  one  of  the  world's 
greatest  oil-carrying  systems,  built  by 
'I'rans-Arabian  Pipeline  Company. 

Tribute  to  the  engineering  resource- 
fulness of  many  organizations,  tapi.ink 
takes  its  place  as  a  marvel  of  modern 
vision  and  commercial  achievement. 
WCA  engineers  were  among  the  first  in 
the  field,  in  1917  .  .  .  to  provide  radio 


communication  as  the  oil  line  was  built. 

The  great  sy.stem,  now  in  complete 
operation,  is  RCA  radio  equipped. 
Oesert  vehicles  receive  ;ind  transmit 
with  mobile  radio  units  of  new  design. 
.■Aviation  radio  directs  air  traffic  serving 
lAi'i.iNK.  Marine  radio  aids  tankers 
off  shore.  Fixed  control  and  relay  sta- 
tions, that  operate  in  all  the  weather  of 
1000  de.sert  miles,  keep  up  the  flow  of 
radio  communication  that  is  vital  to 
the  flow  of  oil. 


RCA's  experience  in  radio  is  world- 
wide. Its  equipment  is  recognized  as 
the  standard  for  highest  performance. 
The  international  facilities  of  \iV .\  are 
ready  to  help  industry  or  government 
in  all  fields  of  radio.  Consult  your  KCA 
distributor  or  RCA  International 
IJivision. 

The  interesting  booltlet  "Sand,  Oil  and 
Radio,"    the    storv    of 
TA1M,INE,  ma.v  tielp 
you.  It  is  free.  Simply 
write  for  it. 


KCA   INTtRNATIONAl   DIVISION 


RADIO  CORPORATION  of  AMERICA 

HCA    BUILDING 

30  KOCKinillR  PLAZA.   NtW   YOKK.    N.Y..   U.S.A. 


ladio 


VOLUME  11     NUMBER  2 


MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS 
ROADCASTING*  TELEVISION 


ANUARY  1952 


OVER 

dramatic  scene  from  the 
emiere  of  "Amah!  and  the 
ight  Visitors",  an  opera 
jmposed  by  Gian-Carlo 
,enotti  and  telecast  by  NBC 
T  Christmas  eve.  (Story  on 
age  9.) 


NOTICE 

When  requesting  o  change  in  mailmg 
address  pleose  include  the  code  tetters 
and  numbers  which  appear  with  the 
stencilled    oddrcss    on    the    envelope. 

RocJio  Age  *i  pub/ijhed  quorferfy  by 
fhe  Deportment  of  /nformofion,  Rodr'o 
Corporation  of  Americo,  2Q  Roclce- 
i^Wer  Plaza,  New  York   20,  N.   /. 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Television  to  Play  Big  Role  in   1952  Presidential  Campaign     ...        3 
by  Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff 

Outlook    for    Radio-TV    Industry 

by  Frank  M.  Folsom 

First  TV   Opera   Widely  Acclaimed 

Radio  Speeds  Work  on  World's  Largest  Pipe  Line 10 

by  H.  C.  Edgar 

13 
Radio    and    Electronics 

by  Dr.  E.  W.  Engslrom 

Television     in     1955 

by  Joseph  H.  McConnell 

Microwaves  Protect  Motorists  on  New  Jersey's  New  Turnpike      ...      16 

1 8 
Diary  of   a   TV   Set   Designer 

by  Tom  Jeweff 

on 
Werner,  Gorin  and  Wolff  Promoted 

Nostalgia    and    Old    Records 

by  George  R.  Marek 

Realism   Enhanced   by   New   Theatre   Screen 

Patent  Describes  Early  Warning   Relay   System 23 

Tozzi's  4r  Ring  Brings  Him  National  Recognition 24 

UHF  Television   Demonstrated   at   NBC   Convention 27 

Radio  Executives  Pay  Tribute  to  Marconi 27 

Network  Affiliates  Hear  NBC  Officials  Outline  Plans  for  Radio  and  TV  28 

NBC  Announces  Plans  for  Two   Political   Conventions 30 

Major  Radio-TV  Achievements  in  1951 


RADIO     CORPORATION     OF    AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  N.Y. 


DAVID  SARNOFF,  Chairman  of  /he  Board 
LEWIS  MocCONNACH,  Secretary 


FRANK  M.  FOLSOM,  Pres.denf 
ERNEST  B.  GORIN,  Trcosurer 


Services  of  RCA  ore.- 
RCA  Victor  Division  •  RCA  Service  Company,  Inc.  •  RCA  Inlernotionol  Division 
National  Broadcasting  Company,  Inc.  •  Radiomorine  Corporation  of  America 
RCA  Communications,  Inc.  •  RCA  Loborotories  Division  •  RCA  Institutes,  Inc. 


Printed  in  USA 


Dave  Garroway  (right)  as  "communicator"  of  "Today,"  NBC's  new  morning  television  program,  will  reach  throughout  the 
world  for  news  items  for  his  broadcasts  from  o  special  studio    in  the  RCA  Exhibition  Hall,  Radio  City. 


J 


Television  to  Play  Big  Role 
In  1932  Presidential  Campaign 


By  Brig.  Genera/  David  Sornoff, 

Chairman  of  Ihe  Board, 
Radio   Corporation    of   Americo 


D, 


I  KING  the  past  year,  television  established  itself  as 
such  a  vital  force  in  the  life  of  America  that  in  1952 
it  promises  to  be  a  decisive  factor  in  the  nomination 
and  election  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  Brig. 
General  David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  declared  in  a  year-end 
statement. 

"By  eleaion  day,"  General  Sarnoff  said,  "there  will 
be  approximately  18  million  television  .sets  in  the 
United  States,  with  a  potential  audience  of  more  than 
60  million  persons  —  exceeding  the  total  population  of 
the  United  States  when  Grover  Cleveland  campaigned 
for  the  presidency  in  1884.  For  the  first  time  co.ist-to- 
coast  network  facilities  will  be  available  for  the  national 
campaigns. 

"No  other  force,  in  so  short  a  time,  has  ever  exerted 
such  a  widespread  impact  on  the  home,  on  entertain- 
ment, education,  politics,  advertising,  news  and  sports." 

Describing  television  as  the  most  effective  means  of 
mass  communication  known  to  man,  he  said  that  "there- 
in lies  its  great  destiny,"  and  added: 


Chairman  of  RCA  Bojrd.  in  Year-End  Statement, 
Declares  Telerisioti  Promises  to  be  a  Decisive  Factor 
III  Selection  of  Next  Presideiii  of  the  United  Stales. 

"The  power  of  such  a  medium  for  mouldmg  public 
opinion  is  unprecedented.  It  provides  an  open  forum 
in  which  every  home  has  a  front-row  seat  in  the  dis- 
cussion of  national  and  international  problems.  The 
leaders,  as  they  speak,  become  living  personalities  whose 
emotions  and  appearance  are  viewed  directly  by  millions 
of  people.  This  new  art  brings  sincerity  or  insincerity 
into  focus  and  has  an  intimate  w.-iy  of  portraying  the 
distinguishing  characteristics  of  a  natural  leader. 

'Television  of  today,  however,  is  only  the  prelude 
to  the  television  of  tomorrow.  It  will  change  its  format 
from  time  to  time  to  keep  pace  with  new  program 
trends  and  new  inventions.  It  is  a  live  and  flexible 
medium.  In  the  process  of  its  evolution  it  will  develop 
its  own  art  form,  distinct  from  radio,  motion  pictures, 
stage  and  press.  It  will  create  and  develop  new  enter- 
tainers and  new  personalities  for  the  television  screen. 
"Already  television  has  revealed  its  tremendous  im- 
pact as  an  advertising  medium.  Based  on  the  financial 
results  of  the  first  ten  months,  the  1951  time  billings  of 
four  TV  networks  and  109  stations  should  re.ich  at  least 
250  million  dollars.  This  year,  for  the  first  time,  tele- 
vision surpassed  network  radio  in  revenue.  Today  there 
are  15  million  television  sets  in  the  United  States.  About 
forty  theatres  are  television-equipped." 

General  Sarnoff  declared  that  television  in  1951  re- 
vealed a  number  of  significant  advances  that  portend  » 
great  future.    He  listed  these,  as  follows: 

Television  stations  have  proved  their  ability  to 
operate  successfully  in  the  economic  foundation  of 
the  American  system  of  broadcasting. 

The  television  manufacturing  industry  has  sur- 
vived its  early  economic  "hills  and  valleys."  Sales  of 
receivers  are  on  the  upswing  and  there  now  is  a  sell- 
out of  TV  time  on  the  air. 

The  truth  about  color  television  became  evident 
in  1951.  The  public  learned  the  basic  meaning  of 
compatibility  during  field  tests  and  public  viewings 
of  the  RCA  compatible,  all-electronic  system,  which 
makes  it  possible  for  owners  of  present  television  sets 


RADIO  AGE  3 


Artist's  version  of  large-screen  color  television  as  dem- 
onstratecJ  by  RCA  in  a  Broadway  theatre. 


Development  of  Vidicon  tube  (in  girl's  right  hand)  made 
possible  the  back-pack  TV  transmitter  shown   at  right. 


to  receive  color  programs  in  black-and-white  without 
adding  any  contraptions. 

There  is  unanimity  in  almost  the  entire  radio  and 
television  industry  on  what  constitutes  desirable  and 
practical  standards  for  color  television  —  and  these 
standards  call  for  compatibility.  RCA  plans  to  ask 
the  FCC  to  see  and  consider  the  improved  compatible 
system  before  mass  production  of  color  television  sets 
is  permitted  by  the  Defense  Mobilizer  at  some  future 
date. 

Color  pictures  also  were  produced  successfully  by 
the  RCA  compatible  system  on  a  9  x  12-foot  screen 
at  a  Broadway  theatre. 

Television  programming  in  1951  demonstrated 
that  the  new  art  has  a  keen  appetite  for  talent  and 
ideas.  TV,  in  a  year,  presents  more  new  programs 
than  all  other  media  of  public  contact  combined. 

Coast-to-coast  TV  network  programs,  made  pos- 
sible by  cross-country  microwave  radio  relays,  and 
co.ixial  cable  extensions,  demonstrated  that  the  day  is 
not  far  distant  when  every  corner  of  the  country  will 
have  a  reserved  seat  in  the  amphitheatre  of  television. 

Extension  of  religious  programs  and  the  use  of 
television  in  education  during  1951  revealed  the 
marked  effectiveness  of  such  telecasts  in  vast  new 
fields  of  sers'ice  to  church,  school  and  home. 


Television's  expansion  in  the  UHF  (ultra-high- 
frequency  )  portion  of  the  broadcasting  spectrum  was 
proven  in  1951  to  be  both  possible  and  practical  by 
RCA-NBC  scientists  and  engineers  by  their  experi- 
mental station  near  Bridgeport,  Conn.  The  UHF  can 
accommodate  70  new  TV  channels,  providing  for  per- 
haps more  than  2,000  UHF  stations. 

Development  of  the  RCA  Vidicon  tube,  or  small 
electronic  "eye, "  has  made  possible  portable  television 
cameras  and  transmitters,  even  of  back-pack  size. 

Achievement  of  co-ist-to-co.tst  service  during  tlie 
year   gave    eloquent    promise    that    television    would 
eventually  become  internation.il  in  scope. 
General  SarnofT  pointed  out  that  while  television  has 
thus  advanced,  radio  also  has  continued  to  move  for- 
ward.  He  declared: 

"Today  there  are  2,400  AM  and  680  FM  stations  in 
the  United  States.  Daily  broadcasts  cover  95  per  cent 
of  the  country.  Approximately  12  million  new  radio  sets 
were  sold  by  the  industry  in  1951,  lifting  the  total  in 
this  country  close  to  the  100  million  mark,  including 
about  24  million  automobile  radios.  There  are  43 
million  radio  equipped  homes. " 

During  1951  the  phonograpli  record  business  took  a 
new  upswing,  with  an  industry-wide  dollar  volume  about 
15  per  cent  over  1950,  he  revealed. 


4  RADIO  AGE 


"Measured  from  the  dace  of  Marconi's  first  trans- 
atlantic wireless  signal  in  1901,  radio  in  1951  celebrated 
a  Golden  Anniversar>',"  he  recalled.  "Throughout  its 
half  centur)-  of  progress  as  a  science,  art  and  industry, 
it  has  met  the  tests  of  ups  and  downs  in  business.  The 
constant  invigoration  of  science  has  given  radio  a 
perennial  vitality  and  versatility.  Its  Golden  Age  is  still 
ahead." 

General  Samoff  said  tb^t  the  radio  industry'  looks 
forward  with  confidence  to  each  new  year  as  one  of 
increasing  promise  and  progress.   He  continued: 

"The  year  1952  will  be  no  exception;  for  the  field 
of  electronics  —  of  which  radio  and  television  are  a 
vital  part  —  is  on  the  threshold  of  many  new  develop- 
ments. These  include  the  iiarnessing  of  electrons  in 
solids  for  useful  work,  instead  of  subjecting  them  to 
incandescent  heat  inside  a  vacuum  tube. 

"Tiny  devices,  known  as  transistors,  have  been  devel- 
oped for  use  as  detectors,  amplifiers  and  oscillators  for 
nidio.  wire  and  cable  communications.  These  use  ger- 
manium crystals  as  small  as  a  match  head.  They  will 
play  an  important  role  in  the  future  of  many  forms  of 
communications. 

"Today,  communication  is  only  one  facet  of  the 
future  of  electronics,  the  roots  of  which  are  imbedded  in 
radio  and  television.  There  are  limitless  possibilities  also 


Tower  of  RCA-NBC  experimental  UHF  television  station 
at  Bridgeport,  Conn. 


for  electronic  inventions  in  new  and  broader  fields,  espe- 
cially in  the  field  of  home  appliances. 

"On  the  threshold  of  1952,  it  is  difficult  to  imagine  a 
world  without  radio,  or  homes  without  broadcast  re- 
ceivers and  television  sets.  This  record  of  accomplish- 
ment and  public  service  is  the  result  of  the  freedom 
we  enjoy  in  America  to  research,  invent,  develop  and 
progress  under  a  democratic  system  of  competitive  pri- 
vate enterprise  that  surpasses  in  achievement  any  other 
system  in  the  world." 

Seven  Radiomarine  Employees 
Join  Quarter  Century  Club 

Seven  employees  of  the  Radiomarine  Corporation  of 
America,  a  service  of  RCA.  have  become  new  members 
of  the  Radiomarine  Quarter  Century  Club,  it  was  an- 
nounced by  Thomas  P.  Wvnkoop,  President  of  Radio- 
marine.  In  recognition  of  their  25  years  of  service, 
completed  with  the  Corporation  in  1951,  the  veteran 
employees  received  gold  watches  and  honor  scrolls.  The 
Radiomarine  Quarter  Centur)'  Club,  organized  in  1948, 
now  h,is  a  membership  of  50. 

The  new  members  are:  Miss  Dorothy  R.  Boiler, 
Secretary  to  the  Vice  President  and  Treasurer;  George 
P.  Shandy,  Great  Lakes  Regional  Sales  Manager;  William 
M.  Uhler.  Philadelphia  Sales  and  Service  Manager;  Ed- 
mund B.  Burgess,  Coast  Station  Manager  of  WOE,  Lake 
Worth,  Fla.;  Frank  Geisel,  Coast  Station  Manager  of 
KPH,  Point  Reyes.  Calif.;  Robert  C.  Steadman,  Radio 
Operator  at  WCC-WIM,  Chatham,  Mass.;  and  A.  Arthur 
Karas,  Personnel  Manager.  Miss  Boiler  is  the  first  woman 
to  become  a  member  of  the  Quaner  Century  Club. 


'^ 


One  of  the  viewing  rooms,  installed  at  Center  Theatre, 

New  York,  where  thousands  watched  public  showings  of 

RCA's  compatible  color  television  system. 


Outlook  for  Radio  -TV  Industry 

President   of  RCA    Reports  Fcicilitics  AvjiLibJc   to  Meet  Increasing  Mtlitjry  jnd 
Cn'ilun  Demands— Foresees  Continuing  High  Level  of  Radio  and  TV  Sales 


By  Frank  M.  Folsom 

President, 
Radio  Corporation   of   America 


A. 


L.S  THE  radio-television  industry  enters  1952,  it  has 
an  all-time  peak  production  capacity  available  for  the 
Nation's  rapidly  increasing  demands  for  military,  as  well 
as  domestic  production  and  service,  Frank  M.  Folsom, 
President  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America,  an- 
nounced in  a  year-end  statement. 

Mr.  Folsom  said  that  to  meet  this  dual  production 
requirement  of  the  national  emergency,  RCA  —  as  one 
of  the  industry's  major  producers  —  continued  during 
1951  a  multi-million  dollar  plant  expansion  program. 
He  reported  that  new  manufacturing  facilities,  plus 
those  established  in  earlier  postwar  years  under  the  im- 
petus of  television,  give  RCA  the  greatest  production 
potential  of  its  32-year  history. 

"Throughout  1951,"  he  declared,  "RCA  accepted  a 
rapidly  increasing  number  of  Government  contracts  for 
scientific  research,  engineering  development,  and  produc- 
tion of  military  equipment  in  the  radio-electronics  field. 
This  volume  of  work,  substantial  in  1951,  is  expected  to 
be  three  to  four  times  greater  in  1952,  and  will  reach 
record  levels  during  1953.    Next  year's  military  output 

6  RADIO  AGE 


will  probably  equal  in  dollar  volume  the  1942  rate,  when 
RCA  plants  were  devoted  100  per  cent  to  war  produc- 
tion. 

"Military  equipment  produced  by  RCA  in  1951  in- 
cluded various  types  of  radio  communication  instru- 
ments, 'walkie-talkies,'  radar  and  sonar  equipment, 
range-finding  and  navigational  instruments,  audio  and 
radio  devices  for  airplanes,  and  numerous  types  of  elec- 
tron tubes.  Radio-electronic  instruments  currently  re- 
quired by  the  Nation's  military  forces  are  far  more 
complex  than  those  used  in  World  War  II.  For  this 
reason  a  large  and  increasing  number  of  RCA  engineers 
is  engaged  in  research  and  engineering  development 
work  on  Government  projects." 

Mr.  Folsom  revealed  that  one  of  RCA's  outstanding 
engineering  contributions  is  the  "miniaturization"  of 
equipment,  an  excellent  example  being  the  Signal  Corps' 
new  "walkie-talkie"  which  is  half  the  size  but  twice  as 
powerful  as  the  one  used  in  the  last  war.  Similarly,  it 
is  now  possible  to  get  far  more  electronic  control  equip- 
ment into  airplanes  than  ever  before. 

In  addition  to  RCA's  military  development  and  pro- 
duction projects,  he  said  more  than  600  engineers  and 


Simple    converter    designed    by    RCA    Victor    to    enable 
owners  of  standard  television  sets  to  receive  UHF  stations. 


techniciajii  ot  die  RCA  Service  Company  arc  working 
with  the  U.  S.  armed  forces  in  20  different  countries, 
assisting  in  the  training  of  milit.ir>-  personnel,  as  well 
as  servicing  radio-electronic  equipment. 

He  noted  that  in  response  to  military  demands, 
activities  in  connection  with  RCA's  "Premium"  electron 
tubes  —  designed  and  manufactured  to  meet  stringent 
military  requirements  —  were  intensified,  with  twice 
as  many  new  types  of  "Premiums"  planned  for  produc- 
tion during  1952,  as  compared  with  the  past  year. 

High  Production  Levels  Maintained 

Mr.  Folsom  rcponed  that  in  the  domestic  field,  RCA 
and  other  leading  manufacturers  in  the  industry  main- 
tained relatively  high  levels  of  production  of  television 
and  radio  sets,  as  well  as  phonograph  records  during 
1951.  Purchases  of  TV  receivers  by  the  American 
public  during  the  year  reached  approximately  5,000,000, 
bringing  the  total  in  use  throughout  the  Nation  to  more 
than  15,000,000  sets,  he  reported.  He  declared  that 
these  sales,  plus  new  installation  and  servicing,  added 
more  than  $1,500,000,000  to  the  national  income. 

Increases  in  transmitting  power  and  improvement  in 
TV  receiver  design  were  cited  as  contributing  to  the 
widening  receiver  distribution  potentials  in  areas  pres- 
ently served  by  television. 

"Numerous  sections  of  large  cities,  as  well  as  rural 
communities,  where  reception  has  been  either  impossible 
or  of  marginal  value,  are  now  gening  excellent  television 
pictures  for  the  first  time,"  said  Mr.  Folsom. 

"As  a  contribution  to  this  development,  RCA  Victor 
introduced,  in  the  fall  of  1951,  a  line  of  'super-powered' 
television  receivers  with  two  to  three  times  greater 
selectivir)',  picture  stability,  and  freedom  from  noise 
interference  in  sound  reception.  Among  numerous  com- 
munities   to   benefit    from    receivers    of    this    type    are 


Two   types   of   experimental    UHF    antennas   created    by 
RCA   for   field   tests  of    UHF   programs. 


This      .•  J  -   _         -  -        !•  .-loped  for  the  Signal  Corps  is 
one  of  RCA's  contributions  to  the  Nation's  defense. 


Television  engine....  .--u  a  portable  antenna  to  check 

the  strength  of  UHF  signals  transmitted  by  the  RCA-NBC 

station  at  Bridgeport,  Conn. 


RADIO  AGE  7 


Trenton,  N.  J.,  cenain  areas  in  Eastern  and  South  Eastern 
Pennsylvania,  and  several  towns  within  a  100-mile  radius 
of  Atlanta,  Ga." 

In  the  important  field  of  ultra-high-frequency 
(UHF)  television,  hailed  as  the  means  of  supplement- 
ing the  present  ver)'-high-frequency  (VHP)  television 
to  bring  about  a  truly  nationwide  television  service,  the 
various  divisions  and  departments  of  RCA  showed 
marked  progress  during  the  past  year  in  adding  to  their 
pioneering  work,  he  continued. 

"New  developments  in  rubes,  receivers,  converters, 
antennas  and  transmitters  contributed  to  a  high  order  of 
quality  and  reliability  in  recent  demonstrations  of  UHF 
television,"  he  reported.  "These  demonstrations  centered 
about  the  RCA-NBC  UHF  television  transmitter  near 
Bridgeport,  Conn.,  the  first  and  only  experimental  UHF 
transmitter  operating  on  a  regular  schedule.  Receivers 
installed  in  the  surrounding  homes  by  the  RCA  Service 
Company  provided  'listening  posts'  from  which  much 
valuable  data  were  obtained." 

Radio-Phonograph  Business  in  Healthy  State 

Mr.  Folsom,  pointing  out  that  "the  glamour  of  tele- 
vision sometimes  overshadows  the  fact  that  the  radio 
and  phonograph  businesses  also  are  in  a  very  healthy 
condition,"  revealed  that  the  production  of  radio  re- 
ceivers and  radio-phonograph  combinations  during  1951 
was  approximately  12,000,000  units  —  more  than  double 
the  number  of  TV  set  sales.  This  raised  the  number  of 
radio  sets  in  use  throughout  the  country  to  more  than 
100,000,000,  or  an  average  of  more  than  two  sets  per 
family,  he  said. 

Plans  of  RCA  Victor  to  enter  the  room  air  condi- 
tioning field  in  the  coming  year  were  reported  to  have 
been  completed. 

Sales  of  recorded  music  rose  sharply  in  1951,  estab- 
lishing a  trend  that  Mr.  Folsom  said  is  expeaed  to  con- 
tinue throughout  the  next  year,  with  the  increasing 
popularity  of  both  the  RCA  Victor  45  and  33  Vi  systems. 


Discussing  the  future  production  outlook,  Mr.  Folsom 
declared: 

"With  a  sharp  increase  in  military  deliveries 
scheduled,  domestic  production  in  1952  is  expected  to 
be  somewhat  lower  than  in  1951.  It  is  probable,  how- 
ever, that  the  industry  as  a  whole  will  produce  between 
4  and  AVz  million  television  receivers  and  9  to  10 
million  radio  sets  and  radio-phonograph  combinations. 

Limiting  Factors  in  Production 

"The  limiting  factor  in  domestic  production  will  be, 
of  course,  the  availability  of  raw  materials  and  com- 
ponent pans.  Curtailment  of  supplies  for  non-military 
production  is  expected  to  be  felt  most  during  the  first 
half  of  1952.  This  condition  may  improve  to  some  ex- 
tent in  the  second  half,  as  the  expanded  production  of 
suppliers  begins  to  reach  manufacturers." 

RCA  achieved  high  levels  of  production  and  service 
in  1951  through  the  outstanding  teamwork  and  co- 
operation of  its  employees  and  the  thousands  of  in- 
dependently-owned companies  that  supplied  raw  ma- 
terials, component  pans,  and  various  types  of  special 
ser^'ices,  said  Mr.  Folsom,  adding: 

"As  one  dramatic  example  of  this  teamwork  and 
cooperation,  RCA  was  able  to  begin  deliveries  of  the 
new  'walkie-talkie'  it  developed  for  the  U.  S.  Signal 
Corps  sixty  days  ahead  of  a  super-rush  deadline. 

"Another  example  of  the  importance  of  RCA  sup- 
pliers is  seen  in  the  cooperation  of  560  different  com- 
panies on  just  three  of  the  Corporation's  Air  Force  pro- 
duction contracts. 

"These  are  but  two  instances  of  American  team-play 
operating  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Nation.  They  are 
clear  proof,  however,  that  the  products  and  services  of 
modern  American  industry  come  from  no  single  self- 
sufficient  source,  but  from  a  wide  range  of  interests 
welded  together  by  a  common  purpose  —  the  national 
welfare. " 


More  than  15,000,000  American  homes  now  enjoy  television  program  service. 


First  TV  opera  Widely  Acclaimed 

Mcnocri's   ■Amahl  mk\  rhc  NiL^hr  X'lsitors."  Composed  for 
Television.  W^ins  Enrhusiasric  Praise  from  Press  and  Public 


Gian-Carlo    Menotti,    composer    of 

the    television    opera    "Amahl    and 

the  Night  Visitors." 


M< 


-ORE  than  two  years  ago,  Samuel  Chotzinoff.  NBC's 
General  Music  Director,  acting  on  behalf  of  the  com- 
pany, commissioned  Gian-Carlo  Menotti  to  write  an 
opera  especially  for  television  production.  The  NBC 
television  opera  project  was  in  its  first  year  and  already 
had  indicated  from  several  productions  that  it  was  capa- 
ble of  taking  on  the  presentation  of  an  entirely  new 
work. 

NBC  had  confidence  that  Menotti  would  produce  an 
opera  which  would  be  good  television  and  a  fine  work  of 
art  at  the  same  time.  Its  confidence  was  based  upon  its 
own  previous  experience  with  Menotti,  who  had  been 
commissioned  to  write  the  first  radio  opera  in  America 
in  1937.  This  opera.  "The  Old  Maid  and  the  Thief." 
made  a  signal  success  on  radio  and  has  since  been  per- 
formed in  opera  houses  throughout  the  world.  Menotti 
has  won  great  acclaim  in  opera  and  on  the  Broadway 
stage  with  his  "The  Medium."  "Amelia  Goes  to  the 
Ball"  and  most  recently  "The  Consul."  To  insure  the 
success  of  this  television  presentation,  NBC  also  arranged 
to  have  Menotti  stage  his  own  opera. 

At  the  time  Menotti  was  commissioned,  he  was  given 
cane  blanche  as  to  subject  matter  and  all  other  details 
of  the  of)era.  After  rwo  years,  Menotti  submitted  the 
opening  pages  of  the  music  and  the  libretto  for  "Amahl 
and  the  Night  Visitors."  NBC  agreed  to  put  the  opera 
into  production  for  Christmas  Eve  presentation. 

Scheduling  an  opera  before  the  score  and  libretto  had 


been  completed  might  have  seemed  a  foolhardy  thing 
to  do,  but  Chotzinoff's  experience  with  Menotti  had 
indicated  that  Menotti  would  come  through  with  colors 
flying,  which  he  did.  The  triumphant  reception  that  the 
opera  has  had  from  press  and  public  alike  has  been 
virtually  unequaled  in  music  or  in  television. 

In  the  New  York  Times.  Olin  Downes  wrote:  "Mr. 
Menotti,  with  rare  art,  has  produced  a  work  that  few 
indeed  could  have  seen  and  heard  last  night  save  through 
blurred  eyes  and  with  emotions  that  were  not  easy  to 
conceal.  It  might  be  said  at  once  that  if  nothing  else 
had  been  accomplished  by  this  work,  television,  oper- 
atically  speaking,  has  come  of  age. 

John  Crosby  in  his  syndicated  column  said:  "Men- 
otti's  music,  so  powerful  in  The  Consul,'  was  marked 
here,  I  thought,  by  a  rare  melodic  sweetness  completely 
in  harmony  with  the  breathless  sweetness  of  the  tale  he 
unfolded.  Besides  the  boy  (Chet  Allen),  a  low  bow  is 
due  also  to  Rosemary  Kuhlmann  for  her  performance 
and  singing  as  the  mother,  to  Samuel  Chotzinoff  who 
produced  it,  to  NBC  who  commissioned  it  and  who,  I 
hope,  will  revive  it  many  times." 

These  sentiments  were  repeated  by  newspapers,  mag- 
azines, syndicated  columns  and  wire  services  all  over 
the  country.  Not  only  was  Menotti  singled  out  for 
praise,  and  NBC  for  commissioning  the  opera,  but  all 
of  the  singers  and  particularly  the  12-year-old  boy,  Chet 
(Continued  on  page  31 ) 


Samuel    ChotzinofF,    General    Music 

Director  of  NBC,  who  has  directed 

the   network's  opera    project. 


RADIO  AGE  9 


Left:  Section  of  Tapline  conduit  which 
carries  daily  flow  of  300,000  barrels  of 
oil  over    1,000  mile   route  shown   below. 


Radio  Speeds  Work  on  World's 

Largest  Pipe  Line 


By  H.  C.  Edgar, 

Merchandising  Director, 
RCA  International  Division 

V^  ONSTRUCTION  and  operation  of  the  world's  largest 
oil  pipe  line  across  more  than  a  thousand  miles  of  desert 
wasteland  from  the  Persian  Gulf  to  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  represents  a  modern  wonder  achieved  by  a  combina- 
tion of  radio  and  petroleum  engineering.  Successful 
24-hour  operation  of  the  mighty  oil  highway,  which 
traverses  four  countries  —  Saudi  Arabia,  Jordan,  Syria 
and  Lebanon  —  depends  upon  instantaneous,  reliable 
radio  communications.  RCA  was  entrusted  to  design  and 
install  a  radio  system  between  terminal  points  and  the 
six  pumping  stations  that  control  tlie  daily  flow  of 
M)0,000  barrels  of  oil. 

Tapline,  the  abbreviated  name  commonly  used  to 
identify  this  project,  was  built  by  the  Trans-Arabian 
Pipe  Line  Company  and  the  Arabian  American  Oil 
Company.  It  cost  more  than  200  million  dollars  to  build 
and  required  more  than  265,000  tons  of  steel  pipe. 
Completion  of  the  project  involved  three  years  of  work 
and  more  than  five  billion  ton-miles  of  freight  shipments. 
Most  of  all  it  involved  vision. 

Actually,  the  history  of  Tapline  starts  with  the  dis- 


covery of  oil  in  commercial  quantities  in  Saudi  Arabia. 
The  oil  there  is  close  to  the  Persian  Gulf,  but  by  tanker 
route  it  would  have  to  be  carried  3,500  miles  to  the 
Mediterranean,  by  way  of  the  Indian  Ocean,  the  Red  Sea 
and  through  the  Suez  Canal.  Looking  at  their  maps, 
oilmen  saw  that  tremendous  savings  in  time  and  money 
could  be  made  by  piping  the  oil  across  the  sands  and 
gravelly  plains  of  the  Arabian  Peninsula.  After  extensive 
planning  and  study,  construction  on  the  pipe  line  was 
begun  in  the  summer  of  1947. 

Communications  engineers  of  the  RCA  International 
Division  were  among  the  first  to  go  into  the  field.  These 
engineers  were  organized  into  two  groups  for  the  Tap- 
line  project.  The  field  team  was  composed  originally 
of  eight  engineers  but  later  was  expanded  to  20.  The 
other  group,  at  the  New  York  home  office,  was  made 
up  of  from  three  to  eight  draftsmen  and  engineers. 
While  the  field  force  was  erecting  temporary  radio  fa- 
cilities, the  New  York  group  was  busy  on  blueprints  of 
the  permanent  system  of  communications. 

The  initial  step  in  designing  an  integrated  radio 
system  for  Tapline  was  to  investigate  the  best  method 
to  use  under  the  prevailing  geographic  and  physical 
conditions.  RCA  technicians  made  detailed  ionospheric 
propagation    studies    and    then    developed    a    frequency 


10  RADIO   AGE 


ailucation  plan  tor  the  many  strnict-s  that  would  be 
rcqiiircJ.  The  problems  ot  obtaining  radio  station  licenses 
and  frequency  assignments  from  the  four  countries  were 
finally  solved.  Preliminary  studies  revealed  that  special 
antennas  would  have  to  be  designed  in  order  to  reduce 
static  interference  from  desert  sandstorms  which  had 
previously  obliterated  radio  reception. 

Radio  Circuit  Coniftleteil  in  Month 

Installation  of  a  radio  circuit  between  Tapline's  main 
olfice  in  Beirut  on  the  Mediterranean  and  Ras  el  Mishaab 
on  the  Persian  Gulf  was  the  first  major  task.  In  one 
month,  this  circuit  was  completed  and  was  carrying 
executive  telephone  and  teletype  traffic.  To  insure  eflS- 
cient  handling  of  messages  over  the  circuit,  two  expert 
operators  were  furnished  by  RCA  Communications,  Inc. 
When  the  temporary  stations  at  Beirut  and  Ras  el 
Mishaab  were  replaced  by  permanent  stations,  the 
changeover  was  accomplished  without  loss  of  operating 
time.  The  direct  circuit  between  these  terminals  has 
been  in  continuous  op)eration,  day  and  night,  since  service 
was  inaugurated. 

As  work  progressed  along  the  pipe  line,  RCA  engi- 
neers provided  communications  for  field  construction 
units,  camps,  motor  caravans,  supervisors  and  survey 
parties.  At  all  times,  field  [>ersonnel  was  in  constant 
radio  contact  with  either  Ras  el  Mishaab  or  Beirut. 

As  radio  engineers  and  pipe  line  construction  crews 
advanced  from  opposite  ends  of  the  1,000-mile  course, 
they  encountered  one  of  the  world's  most  barren  areas. 
A  tree  is  a  rarity  in  this  land  where  the  average  rain- 
fall is  only  three  inches  a  year.  The  summer  tempera- 
ture rises  to  130  degrees  Fahrenheit,  with  a  humidity 
below  seven  per  cent.   In  such  a  climate  a  man  requires 


iwo  gallons  ot  w.itcr  a  day.  Mc-ial  surfaces,  such  as  the 
sections  of  steel  radio  antennas,  were  too  hot  to  touch. 

Oose  teamwork  between  the  RCA  International  Di- 
vision at  home  and  abroad  eliminated  delays  in  the  con- 
struction work.  In  New  ^'ork,  shipments  of  equipment 
and  supplies  were  coordinated  according  to  schedules 
set  up  by  field  engineers.  There  was  a  constant  exchange 
of  information  between  Ar.ibia  and  New  York  on  en- 
gineering details  of  the  entire  system. 

Before  oil  began  to  flow  in  the  pipe  line  in  No- 
vember 1950,  the  communications  system  installed  by 
RCA  had  carried  more  than  500,000  telegrams  and  more 
than  750,000  telephone  messages. 

The  completed  system,  as  operated  today,  has  the 
following  specialized  functions:  ( 1 )  dispatching  pump- 
ing operations,  (  2 )  airway  and  vehicular  communica- 
tions and  ( .1 )  dispatching  movements  of  oil  tankers. 

\'oice  Communications  Can  Be  Coded 

Communications  for  pumping  operations  consist 
of  parallel  telephone  and  teletype  circuits.  Signals  from 
the  various  pumping  stations  are  received  by  an  auto- 
matic repeater  station  at  Rafha,  midway  on  the  pipe  line, 
and  retransmitted  from  there  to  other  points.  Through 
the  use  of  automatic  repeater  operation  and  frequency 
diversity,  nearly  100  per  cent  reliable  telephone  service 
is  available  between  the  pumping  stations  and  the  term- 
inals at  Beirut  and  R.is  el  Mishaab.  For  security  pur- 
poses, a  method  was  developed  whereby  all  voice  com- 
munications may  be  encoded  into  more  than  a  hundred 
ditferent  combinations. 

Since  Tapline's  pumping  stations  are  separated  by  as 
much  as  175  miles,  air  transportation  is  vital  for  the 
speedy  shipment  of  materials,  equipment,  medical  and 
food  supplies,  and  personnel.   Each  station  has  its  own 


Plodding  dromedaries  form  an  old  world  foreground   against   a   backdrop   of  Tapline's  radio  towers. 


I 


"^^^l 


^'' 


Radio  antennas  designed   by  RCA  and  erected  at  one 
of  the  oil   pumping   stations  in  Saudi  Arabia. 


airstrip  for  company  airplanes.  Communications  with 
both  vehicles  and  airplanes  are  coordinated  with  par- 
ticular airports  and  stations  by  the  operators  at  the  vari- 
ous radio  stations.  Calls  from  an  automobile  or  plane 
en  route  across  the  desert  are  received  on  a  telephone 
switchboard  like  any  ordinary  call.  If  desired,  communi- 
cations may  be  conducted  between  a  vehicle  and  an  air- 
craft in  flight. 

All  six  airports  are  equipped  with  RCA  air  naviga- 
tional beacons  for  the  safe  guidance  of  transport  planes. 
Shortly  after  the  beacon  system  went  into  operation, 
some  of  the  commercial  airlines  changed  their  routes  in 
order  to  take  advantage  of  these  navigational  facilities. 

Old  and  New  Worlds  in  Contrast 

Oil  from  Saudi  Arabia  reaches  the  end  of  its  journey 
through  Tapline  at  Sidon,  on  the  Mediterranean,  where 
tankers  are  loaded.  Radio  antennas  towering  above  the 
orange  and  fig  trees  of  this  ancient  city  offer  an  unusual 
contrast  between  Old  and  New  Worlds.  Actual  dis- 
patching of  tankers  is  controlled  from  the  main  office 
at  Beirut  by  means  of  the  radio  station  at  Sidon.  This 
station  also  supplies  vital  weather  information  to  the 
tankers  being  loaded. 

To  accomplish  the  various  specialized  functions,  the 
RCA-designed  communications  system  utilizes  fre- 
quencies from  250  to  88,000  kilocycles.  Frequencies  in 
the  VHF  range  are  employed  for  the  radio  link  (instead 
of  wire  lines)  between  Sidon  and  Beirut.  This  link  is 
engineered  to  carry  eight  voice  channels,  two  teletype 
channels  and  two  control  channels  for  simultaneous 
communications  in  each  direction. 

A  majority  of  the  apparatus  for  the  Tapline  radio 


system  was  standard  RCA  equipment,  specilicaUy  in- 
tended for  this  type  of  service.  However,  custom-made 
components  were  needed  in  several  cases  to  meet  unusual 
conditions  and  requirements. 

All  transmirting  and  receiving  antennas  for  the 
project  were  custom-made  to  provide  interference-free 
communications.  Antenna  towers  were  designed  to 
withstand  the  combined  forces  of  the  violent  sandstorms 
and  high  winds  that  sweep  the  desert. 

Saudi  Arabs  Trained  for  Radio  Work 

Aside  from  the  actual  installation  of  the  radio  sys- 
tem, the  RCA  International  Division  performed  many 
technical  and  non-technical  services  which  are  important 
for  successful  operations.  One  contribution  was  the 
training  of  Saudi  Arabs  for  radio  operating  and  service 
work. 

The  two  main  difficulties  encountered  in  this  train- 
ing were  language  and  inexperience.  Few  Arabs  were 
able  to  speak  even  a  few  words  of  English  and  only  a 
handful  of  Americans  were  acquainted  with  Arabic. 
But  gradually  words  were  exchanged  and  slowly  a  new 
language  came  into  being  along  the  pipe  line.  It  wasn't 
Arabic  or  English  but  a  workable  combination  through 
which  both  groups  could  converse  without  too  much 
difficulty. 

Before  the  construction  crews  arrived,  most  of  the 
Arabs  had  never  seen  such  simple  tools  as  a  screwdriver 
or  monkey  wrench,  yet  in  time  they  learned  many 
skilled  trades.  After  being  carefully  tested  and  selected 
for  aptitude,  Saudi  Arab  employees  were  given  instruc- 
tion in  telephone,  radio  and  instrument  maintenance  by 
RCA  field  engineers. 

To  minimize  inventory  problems,  RCA  developed 
a  standardization  program  for  spare-part  equipment  and 
techniques.  The  fewest  possible  types  of  tubes,  equip- 
ment and  antennas  were  utilized  wherever  specialized 
functions  permitted.  As  a  result,  a  technician  familiar 
with  one  station  can  be  transferred  to  another  and  find 
himself    acquainted    with    equipment    and    procedures. 

After  the  radio  system  was  completely  installed, 
many  of  RCA's  engineers  remained  as  permanent  Tap- 
line  employees.  This  is  not  difficult  to  understand.  At 
each  pump-station  settlement  are  air  conditioning  and 
refrigeration  plants  as  well  as  recreation  halls  and  in- 
firmaries. In  addition,  the  stations  have  comfortable 
dwellings,  dining  halls  and  athletic  fields. 

By  overcoming  such  obstacles  as  climate,  language 
barriers  and  technical  problems,  petroleum  and  com- 
munications engineers  have  made  a  tremendous  con- 
tribution to  the  world's  oil  economy.  Tapline  is  striking 
proof  of  America's  ability  to  cope  with  difficult  commu- 
nications problems  abroad  and  to  solve  them  successfully. 


72  RAO/G  AGE 


RADIO  AND  ELECTRONICS 

Their  Srarus  and  Promise 


By  Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom 

Vice  President  in  Charge, 
RCA  Laborotoriei  Division 


An  address  deliiered  M  the  60th  Anniversary 
Convocation  of  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology  in 
Philadelphia  on  October  i/.  795/ 


I 


T  IS  particularly  appropriate  on  this  occasion  to  speak 
.ibout  radio  and  electrcinics  as  a  science  and  as  an  indus- 
try. It  is  appropriate  because  radio,  followed  by  elec- 
tronics, had  its  beginning  at  about  the  same  time  this 
In.stitute  was  founded.  We  may  but  think  of  Hertz's 
experiments  in  electromagnetic  radiation.  We  may  con- 
sider Branly  and  his  coherer  for  detecting  radio  fre- 
quencies in  the  early  1890"s.  Again  we  may  think  of 
Marconi  and  his  experiments  of  the  1890's,  culminating 
in  his  historic  transmission  of  the  letter  "S"  across  the 
Atlantic  in  1901.  These  were  the  beginnings  and  I 
have  called  attention  to  but  a  few  of  tiie  pioneers.  They 
were  followed  by  a  host  of  others  until  today  the  technical 
workers  are  counted  by  the  tens  of  thousands  and  those 
who  serve  in  the  industry,  by  the  hundreds  of  thousands 
or  millions. 

In  the  years  that  followed  the  first  practical  radio 
transmissions,  the  service  grew  rapidly  in  both  its  conti- 
nent-to-continent and  ship-to-shore  branches.  During 
those  early  years  the  use  of  radio  was  confined  to  code 
communications.  While  some  experimental  work  on 
radio  telephones  was  done,  the  idea  of  broadcasting  h.ad 
not  yet  been  proposed.  The  period  of  World  War  I 
and  the  years  just  following  saw  the  development  and 
initial  use  of  the  "vacuum  tube."  It  is  this  electronic 
tube  which  today  is  at  the  base  of  the  huge  radio- 
electronics  industry.   I  shall  say  more  about  this  later. 

While  radio  communications  grew  rapidly,  it  even 
now  is  small  in  terms  of  plant  and  equipment  and  in 
operating  revenue  when  compared  to  the  services  to 
which  it  and  the  electron  tube  gave  birth.  I  refer,  of 
course,  to  radio  broadcasting — sound  and  television  — 
and  to  the  many  applications  of  electronics.  Before 
leaving  the  subject  of  radio  telegraph  communications, 
it  may  be  of  interest  to  note  that  during  the  past  several 
years  the  radio  message  traffic  handled  by  private  com- 


The    author    points    to    one    type    of    tri-color    television 
picture  tubes  developed  by  RCA. 

panics  in  the  United  States  has  run  from  one-half  to 
three-quarters  of  a  billion  words  each  year. 

With  the  advent  of  radio  broadcasting  in  the  1920"s, 
radio  really  began  reaching  its  seven  league  stride.  This 
new  service,  the  outgrowth  of  radio  communication, 
soon  outdistanced  its  parent.  As  an  example  of  the 
magnitude  of  this  now  mature  service,  12  million  sound 
receivers  were  produced  last  year  in  the  United  States. 
These  had  a  retail  value  of  650  million  dollars.  In  that 
same  year  some  380  million  electron  tubes  were  pro- 
duced at  a  value  of  approximately  500  million  dollars. 
Radio  billings  for  network  broadcasting  totaled  some 
200  million  dollars.    As  of  the  start  of  this  year.  96 


RADIO  AGE  13 


million  radio  receivers  were  in  use  in  45  million  homes 
of  our  country  —  or  95  percent  of  the  population. 

This,  then,  is  the  measure  of  the  service  which  has 
extended  man's  power  to  hear  —  to  listen  at  a  distance. 
For  as  long  as  man  has  had  the  concept  and  the  vision 
to  do  so,  he  has  likewise  dreamed  of  sight  at  a  distance. 
It  is  significant  that  as  the  pioneers  were  first  experi- 
menting with  and  conceiving  uses  for  radio  transmission, 
other  pioneers  were  cars'ing  out  the  beginnings  of  tele- 
vision. Here,  however,  real  progress  in  the  art  had  to 
await  the  development  of  refined  instrumentalities  of 
electronics. 

Television  of  a  practical  and  commercial  nature 
began  as  World  War  II  developed.  Once  started,  the 
service  marked  time  until  the  cessation  of  hostilities. 
Since  then,  the  growth  has  been  phenomenal  —  beyond 
the  estimates  of  the  most  optimistic.  Last  year  in  this 
country  some  71/2  million  television  receivers  were  pro- 
duced, representing  a  retail  value  of  approximately  2 
billion  dollars.  Today,  more  than  14  million  television 
receivers  are  in  operation. 

109  television  broadcasting  stations  serve  more  than 
60  important  areas  representing  roughly  60  percent  of 
the  nation's  population.  The  number  of  stations  would 
be  much  larger  except  for  the  "freeze"  on  new  stations 
which  has  been  in  effect  since  1948.  The  majority  of 
the  109  stations  are  now  served  by  network  programs. 
This  network  facility  has  just  recently  become  trans- 
continental. Currently,  billings  for  television  network 
broadcasting  are  approximately  the  same  as  that  of 
sound  broadcasting.  Soon  it  is  expected  that  new  station 
authorizations  will  be  given,  both  through  the  lifting 
of  the  freeze  and  the  establishment  of  service  in  the 
ultra-high  radio  frequencies. 

What  Electronics  has  Accomplished 

We  have  examined  three  of  the  stepping  stone.s 
leading  to  the  present.  There  are  others.  Electronics 
gave  the  silent  films  a  voice.  Electronics  gave  the 
speaker,  the  singer,  and  the  performer  an  enlarged 
voice  for  large  audiences.  Radio  and  electronics  gave 
the  public,  industry,  and  individuals  means  to  com- 
municate and  means  to  control  at  a  distance.  Electronics 
means  control  and  safety  on  land  on  sea,  and  in  the  air. 
Now  industrial  forms  of  television  permit  sight  at  a 
distance  in  places  where  it  is  difficult  or  dangerous  for 
man  to  view.  Other  forms  of  industrial  television  per- 
mit teaching  in  new  and  improved  ways.  Electronics 
abounds  in  control  processes  for  machincr)'  in  factories. 
Now  electronics  is  doing  our  counting,  our  computing 
at  lightning  speed.  There  are  facets  so  numerous  that 
I  can  but  mention  these  few  examples. 


Radio  provided  its  first  major  test  as  a  military  tool 
during  World  War  I.  By  World  War  II,  radio  and  elec- 
tronics were  integral  parts  of  the  military  machine. 
Superiority  in  radio,  radar,  and  electronics  had  much  to 
do  with  the  outcome  of  the  conflict.  One  used  to  sav 
that  an  army  marched  on  its  stomach.  Now  one  may 
say  that  military  might  on  land,  on  sea,  and  in  the  air. 
lives,  mo\es,  siioots,  and  conquers  on  its  electronics. 
Radio  and  electronics  are  the  "brains"  on  which  all 
military  movements  and  actions  depend. 

New  Materials  Enter  Scene 

Radio  equipment  of  the  early  days  made  use  of  es- 
sentially the  same  materials  as  its  older  brother,  the 
electrical  industry.  I  mean  the  use  of  conductors  —  ma- 
terials permitting  the  ready  movement  of  electrons  when 
under  the  proper  influence;  insulators  —  materials  where 
the  electrons  are  bound;  and  magnetic  materials.  From 
almost  the  beginning,  however,  a  new  class  of  materials 
entered  the  radio  scene.  These  were  neither  conductors 
nor  insulators  in  the  usual  sense  and  they  did  not  obey 
Ohm's  law.  I  refer  to  the  loosely  packed  particles  of  the 
coherer  and  the  crystal  with  its  point  contacts.  These 
were  the  detectors  of  radio  waves.  While  the  perform- 
ance of  such  units  could  be  measured,  the  basis  of  the 
performance  was  little  understood.  Except  for  such 
specialty  applications  these  semi-conductors  were  the 
discards  of  the  electric  and  radio  arts.  They  served  well 
I  Continued  on  Page  26) 

The  tiny  transistor  (left)  is  compared  here  with  a  minia- 
ture vacuum  tube   which    it   may   eventually   replace    in 
radio  sets  and  other  electronic  apparatus. 


?4  RADIO  AGE 


TELEVISION  IN   1955 

Prospects  oi  Video  Industry  Outlined  by  NIK!   President   in   ^'ear-end  Statement 
which  also  Analyzes  Trends  of  Viewing  Audience,  Thearre  Television 

and    Sponsor    Participation 


By  Joseph   H.  McConnell 

President, 
National  Broadcasiing  Co. 


A 


itLt\isioN  viewing  auditnce  of  84.000,000 
people,  more  than  half  the  total  national  population  is 
envisaged  for  1955  in  a  year-end  statement  by  Joseph 
H.  McConnell,  President,  National  Broadcasting  Com- 
pany. "By  that  time,"  he  said,  "we  will  think  of  tele- 
vision as  we  think  of  radio  today;  not  in  regional  terms 
but  as  an  instrument  of  mass  communications  for  all  of 
America." 

Mr.  McConnell  expressed  his  opinion  that  theatre 
television  will  keep  abreast  of  home  viewing.  "I  antici- 
pate that  -4,100  theatres  will  be  television  equipped  on 
our  target  date  (1955).  Each  will  accommodate  an 
average  audience  of  1,000  bringing  the  theatre  total  to 
4,100,000  viewers. 

"The  economic  graph  for  television  will  climb  with 
.ill  the  speed  of  audience  growth,"  he  continued.  "We 
now  count  television  billings  in  the  tens  of  millions;  but 
1955  should  put  us  in  figures  several  times  as  great. 

"Total  national  expenditures  for  advertising  in  1951 
were  $1,''^ 5, 000,000.  With  an  expanding  economy,  with 
television  vaulting  toward  maturity,  with  growing  busi- 
ness awareness  of  the  importance  of  all  advertising  media. 


1  anticipate  that  the  total  annual  income  from  all  ad- 
vertising sources  in  1955  will  reach  $8,000,000,000. 

"Considering  the  present  leaping  demand  for  tele- 
vision network  time,  it  is  probable  that  television  in 
1955  will  achieve  billings  of  $1,000,000,000;  or  one 
out  of  every  eight  dollars  spent  by  American  advertisers 
in  all  media. 

"At  first  glance,  this  sounds  fantastic:  one  communi- 
cations medium,  in  three  additional  years,  to  achieve  a 
gross  income  that  represents  more  than  50  per  cent  of 
today's  total  advertising  budget.  But  that  is  typical  of 
television's  history.  A  billion  dollar  industry  has  been 
created  almost  overnight.  Hundreds  of  millions  are 
being  spent  on  new  equipment,  on  scientific  research,  on 
programming  and  talent  and  on  network  expansion. 

"Despite  the  vast  increases  in  revenue,  tlie  major 
networks  will  not  record  large  profits.  Income  will  be 
plowed  into  growth.  It  is  possible,  even  probable,  that 
networks  will  continue  to  show  losses  in  this  period  of 
feverish  expansion. 

"We  who  are  custodians  of  the  airwaves  have  an 
obligation  to  the  American  people  to  use  this  new 
medium  for  the  benefit  of  all.  We  intend  to  fulfill  it. 
By  1955.  I  expect  to  see  television  well  entrenched  as 
our  foremost  cultural  instrument.  Not  since  the  printing 
press  has  any  invention  offered  such  opportunities  for 
the  enlightenment  of  everyone." 

David  S.  Rau  Promorcd 

Election  of  David  S.  Rau  as  Vice  President  and 
Chief  Engineer  of  RCA  Cominunications,  Inc.,  was  an- 
nounced by  H.  C.  Ingles,  President  on  January  4.  C.  W. 
Latimer,  formerly  Vice  President  in  Charge  of  Engineer- 
ing, was  appointed  Vice  President  and  Chief  Technical 
Consultant  of  RCA  Communications. 

Mr.  Rau,  who  joined  RCA  as  a  student  engineer 
upon  his  graduation  in  1922  from  the  United  States 
Naval  Academy  at  Annapolis,  has  served  since  1950  as 
Assistant  Vice  President  and  Chief  Engineer. 

Mr.  Latimer  has  been  with  RCA  since  its  formation 
in  1919,  having  begun  his  engineering  career  three  years 
earlier  with  its  predecessor,  the  Marconi  Telegraph  Com- 
pany of  America. 

RADIO  AGE   J  5 


Hwwr 


Microwaves  Protect  Motorists 

on  Ne^v  Jersey  s  New  Turnpike 


M. 


-OTORISTS  travelling  the  118  miles  of  the  recently 
opened  New  Jersey  Turnpike  extending  from  the  New 
Delaware  Memorial  Bridge  at  Pennsville  to  the  George 
Washington  Bridge  will  be  safeguarded  throughout  their 
journey  by  a  comprehensive  seven-station  microwave 
radio  relay  system. 

This  modern  highway  communication  control  net- 
work was  created  through  the  joint  efforts  of  the  Paul 
Godley  Company  of  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey, 
which  formulated  the  broad  engineering  requirements, 
and  the  RCA  Engineering  Products  Department,  which 
designed  the  radio  equipment  and  worked  out  the  de- 
tails of  the  system.  The  Godley  Company  also  developed 
the  VHF  antennas  used  in  the  two-way  mobile  radio 
system  installed  as  an  adjunct  of  the  highway  communi- 
cation system.  Installation  of  the  system  was  carried  out 
by  the  RCA  Service  Company. 

The  seven-station  hook-up,  operating  at  a  frequency 
of  960  megacycles,  provides  a  voice  channel  for  monitor- 
ing the  entire  system,  another  for  dial-phone  admin- 
istrative calls,  two  voice  channels  for  communication 
with  state  police  cars  and  maintenance  trucks  fitted  with 
two-way  mobile  radio  equipment,  and  one  parryline 
teletype.  At  five  of  the  microwave  towers  there  are 
VHF  base  stations  which  furnish  two-way  radio  cover- 
age for  the  length  of  the  turnpike. 

The  new  microwave  relay  installation  obviates  the 
need  for  underground  cables  or  overhead  pole-and-wire 
lines  as  a  means  of  communication.  It  also  assures  con- 
tinuous functioning  through  sleet,  snow,  and  windstorms. 
Calls  are  made  and  received  over  the  microwave  system 

16  RADIO  AGE 


in  a  manner  similar  to  ordinary  telephone  procedure, 
but  between  sending  and  receiving  points,  there  is  a 
difference.  Voice  sounds  are  converted  into  microwave 
radio  signals  and  sent  to  a  transmitting  antenna.  The 
antenna  focuses  the  microwave  signals  in  a  narrow  beam 
which  is  then  directed  through  space  to  a  relay  station 
from  25  to  40  miles  away.  The  relay  station  antennas 
are  located  on  towers,  erected  on  the  highest  ele\ations 
available  along  the  turnpike.  The  first  relay  station  picks 
up  the  signals,  amplifies  them,  and  beams  them  on  to 
the  next  station.  This  process  is  repeated  at  successive 
stations.  At  the  receiving  point,  the  signals  are  recon- 
verted to  voice  sounds. 

Workmen    hoist    a    parabolic    microwave    antenna    into 
place  on  one  of  the  turnpike's  relay  towers. 


The  system  is  also  capable  of  sending  coJe  signals 
such  as  those  used  in  teletype  Furthermore,  the  system 
can,  when  desired,  carr)'  a  number  of  conversations  at 
the  same  time  and  unscr.imble  them  at  the  receiving 
point. 

The  new  microwave  facilities  provide  the  Turnpike 
Adininistration  at  New  Brunswick  with  a  means  of  in- 
stantaneous communication  with  all  state  troopers,  m.iin- 
tenance  trucks,  and  toll  gates  along  the  road.  The  dial 
phones  and  teletype  link  the  police  divisions  along  the 
turnpike  with  one  another  and  with  the  State  Police 
Headquarters  at  Trenton. 

Each  pohce  car  is  furnished  with  dual-frequency  two- 
way  radio  equipment  operating  in  the  152  to  174  mega- 
cycle band.  The  cars  transmit  on  one  of  their  two 
frequencies  and  receive  on  the  other.  The  ver)'  high  fre- 
quency b.ise  stations  at  the  microwave  towers  operate 
on  the  same  frequencies  as  the  cars,  reversed  as  to  send- 
ing and  receiving.  That  is,  they  receive  on  the  frequency 
on  which  the  cars  send,  and  transmit  on  the  other  fre- 
quency. Hence,  the  normal  path  for  a  message  trans- 
mitted from  a  car  is  to  the  nearest  base  station,  from 
which  it  is  retransmitted  to  other  cars  in  the  vicinity  and 
to  toll  gates.  At  the  same  time,  the  VHF  receiver  at  the 
base  station  feeds  the  message  into  the  microwave  sys- 
tem, where  it  is  relayed  to  all  other  base  stations  and 
retransmitted  by  them. 

System  Has  Extra  Features 

Several  unusual  "extra-feature"  provisions  make  the 
system  one  of  the  most  flexible  and  foolproof  ever 
installed. 

In  most  cases,  two  base  stations  will  be  able  to  re- 
ceive a  direct  transmission  from  a  single  car.  A  special 
"sensing"  and  lock-out  device  has  been  provided,  there- 
fore, to  select  the  base  station  receiving  the  strongest 
signal  as  the  one  to  feed  the  microwave  system  at  the 
same  time  locking  out  the  other  station.  The  rejected 
station,  as  well  as  the  other  remaining  base  stations,  re- 
ceive the  message  through  the  microwave  system. 

If  an  officer  in  one  police  car  wishes  to  talk  directly 
to  one  in  a  nearby  police  car  without  entering  the  micro- 
wave system,  he  may  do  so  by  throwing  a  .switch  which 
changes  his  transmitter  to  the  receiver  frequencies.  This 
feature  prevents  local  communications  from  tying  up 
the  entire  turnpike  communication  system. 

Base  station  antennas  are  two-element  arrays  de- 
signed to  concentrate  a  high  proportion  of  the  radiated 
signal  along  the  turnpike.  This  insures  a  strong  signal 
on  the  highway  with  a  minimum  {xjssibility  of  interfer- 
ence to  and  from  adjacent  communities. 

The  radiations  from  two  consecutive  base  stations 

RADIO  AGE  U 


necessarily  overlap,  and  there  is  an  area  where  signals 
from  both  stations  are  of  approximately  equal  strength 
and  reception  would  normally  be  distorted.  To  prevent 
this,  dual  antennas  are  mounted  on  the  roofs  of  the 
police  cars.  A  switch  selects  directional  reception  char- 
acteristic favoring  the  chosen  base  station. 

At  the  New  Brunswick  Turnpike  headquarters,  a 
switching  arrangement  permits  separation  of  the  system 
into  two,  three,  or  four  sections.  This  arrangement  in- 
creases both  the  flexibility  and  the  message  capacity  of 
the  system.  When  tied  end-to-end,  the  system  is  essen- 
tially one  large  parry  line.  If  serious  vehicle  traflic  de- 
velops in  any  one  region,  the  New  Brunswick  head- 
quarters can  isolate  that  section  of  the  communication 
system,  leaving  it  free  to  handle  its  local  affairs  without 
tying  up  calls  for  the  rest  of  the  turnpike.  However, 
headquarters  is  still  in  a  position  to  monitor  messages 
exchanged  in  the  area,  and  can,  by  a  throw  of  the 
switch,  bring  it  back  into  the  overall  system. 

More  than  $100,000  has  been  spent  on  the  new  com- 
munications facilities.  Towers  up  to  150  feet  in  height 
have  been  erected  in  or  near  Swedesboro,  Moorestown, 
Bordentown,  Trenton,  New  Brunswick,  and  Newark, 
with  two  near  the  latter  city.  The  base  stations  employ 
60-watt  RCA  radio  transmitter-receiver  units.  In  addi- 
tion, 15-watt  fixed  station  transmitters  are  located  at 
interchanges,  maintenance  buildings,  and  other  points. 
More  than  50  police  and  maintenance  vehicles  have  been 
equipped  with  15-watt  RCA  Carfone  mobile  units.  The 
microwave  relay  equipment  is  RCA's  latest  Type  CW-5B 
960-megacycle  equipment. 

Microwave  relay  station  near  Bordentown,  N.  J. 


Workmen  assemble  walls,  balustrade  and  doorways  to 
form  an   interior  scene  for  a  television  production. 


Wizardry    of    scene    painters    creates   an    illusion    which 
the   television   camera   cannot    penetrate. 


Diary  of  a  TV  Set  Designer 


By  Tom  Jewett 
"Television  Playhouse"  Designer, 
National  Broadcasting  Company 


A 


SET  DESIGNER  for  an  hour-long  weekly  television 
program  such  as  NBC's  "Television  Playhouse"  has 
everything  at  his  command  except  a  14-day  week. 
Tools  are  there  in  abundance,  talent  is  always  available 
but  time  is  a  relentless  taskmaster.  This  unusual  situa- 
tion is  created  by  the  fact  that  while  the  designer  is 
creating  15  or  20  sets  for  one  show  he  is  currently 
planning  a  similar  volume  of  scenery  for  the  program 
that  is  scheduled  a  week  later. 

For  purposes  of  illustration  let  us  use  the  Decem- 
ber 23  production  of  the  Vogeler  story  "I  Was  Stalin's 
Prisoner".  In  diary  form,  this  is  the  procedure  that 
was  followed  by  the  writer  during  the  seven  days  pre- 
ceding the  actual  broadcast. 

Monday:  Worked  all  morning  on  paint  shop  eleva- 
tion and  detailed  plans  which  included  specifications  of 
colors  to  be  used  in  all  sets.  In  the  afternoon,  accom- 
panied a  camera  crew  to  a  rural  area  near  New  York 
to  film  outdoor  scenes  which  would  be  inserted  in  the 
program. 

Tuesday:  After  a  production  meeting  in  the  morning 
hours  were  devoted  to  the  selection  of  furniture,  pictures 
and  lamps  for  the  indoor  sets.  Came  evening,  and  a 
conference  called  by  the  producer  to  make  last  minute 
changes  in  settings. 

Wednesday:  This  was  the  day  set  aside  for  the 
designer's  weekly  visit  to  the  property  shop  in  the  base- 
ment of  NBC's  huge  storage  warehouse  and  production 


plant  on  West  56th  Street.  Stored  there  are  more  than 
1250  pieces  of  furniture  and  miscellaneous  "props"  that 
may  number  2,500  or  more.  To  sort  over  and  inspect 
this  mass  of  material  takes  time.  Some  of  the  items 
sought  may  come  from  shelves  of  imitation  breakfast 
foods  or  from  the  stalls  where  old  taxicabs  and  horse- 
drawn  shays  are  stored.  Whatever  is  chosen,  it  must  be 
in  precise  keeping  with  the  period  and  locale  of  the 
drama.  Errors  here  are  quickly  detected  by  astute  view- 
ers. On  Wednesday  afternoon  plans  were  begun  at  a 
production  meeting  for  the  program  of  December  30. 
At  this  conference,  the  designer  was  expected  to  come 
through  with  a  rough  floor-plan  of  the  stage  settings. 
This  he  did,  and  then  returned  to  the  warehouse  to 
continue  his  selection  of  props  for  the  show  of  the  23rd. 

Thursday:  Morning  hours  devoted  to  the  making  ot 
drawings  for  the  second  production  after  which  attention 
was  turned  again  to  supervising  the  construction  and 
painting  of  the  scenery  for  the  Vogeler  story,  then  only 
three  days  away.  In  the  construction  shop,  the  designer 
showed  his  blue  print  specifications  to  the  foreman  and 
then  selected  additional  pieces  of  stock  scenery  from  a 
photographic  catalogue.  The  twelve  experienced  stage 
carpenters  employed  here  can  build  almost  any  object 
from  a  "flat"  to  a  castle.  The  many  out-of-the-ordinary 
requirements  placed  upon  these  artisans  have  taught 
them  that  nothing  is  impossible  to  simulate.  In  the  past 
they  have  reproduced  rocks,  a  Gothic  cornice  and  a 
Victorian  gingerbread  porch. 

It  is  in  this  stage  of  set  production  that  ingenuity 
comes  to  the  fore.  Both  time  and  money  must  be  saved, 
wherever  possible.  One  way  of  doing  this  is  to  design 
sets  that  are  flexible.    It  is  not  unusual  to  make  two 


18  RADIO  AGE 


stage  settings  Jo  the  work  of  four  or  five.  The  dressing 
can  be  altered,  tapestries  can  be  rolled  down  like  maps, 
pictures  shifted  and  furniture  changed. 

There  are  numerous  other  money  saving  "kinks." 
A  cellar  window  can  be  produced  by  turning  a  fireplace 
wing  upside  down  and  topping  it  off  with  an  inexpen- 
sive mullion.  Doors  and  windows  are  constructed  so 
that  they  may  be  used  front  and  back,  and  even  an 
elaborate  cave  can  be  built  out  of  heavy  wrapping  paper, 
staples  and  paint. 

Friilj):  Now  with  only  two  days  to  go,  the  tempo 
increased.  First  came  a  rehearsal  of  the  Vogeler  drama, 
then  more  time  across  town  in  the  paint  shop.  Dinner 
over,  back  to  NBC  studio  8G  in  Radio  City  to  supervise 
the  erection  of  "fiats. "  Flats  are  the  vertical  surfaces 
which  comprise  the  walls  of  a  set.  After  being  com- 
pleted at  the  production  shop  these  flats,  together  with 
furniture,  draperies,  etc.,  had  been  trucked  to  a  receiving 
platform  ^4  feet  under  ground  below  the  RCA  building 
and  brought  to  studio  level  on  a  freight  elevator. 

Satiirda):  Beginning  at  8  a.m.,  the  set  designer, 
together  with  the  "dressing  crew",  went  to  work  in  8G 
putting  drapes  and  furniture  in  their  prescribed  places 
and  touching  up  paint  jobs  where  necessary.  Then  back 
to  the  designer's  drawing  board  for  more  work  on  the 
following  show  which  already  was  creeping  up. 

Sniuia):  The  Day!  The  set  designer  moved  back 
and   forth  between   the  studio  stages   and   the   control 


r<K)m.  At  a  time  like  this,  u  is  always  amazing  what 
the  camera  will  reveal.  For  instance,  at  one  point  the 
producer  decided  on  a  higher  camera  shot  than  had  been 
specified  originally.  The  producer  was  satisfied  by  having 
one  flat  mounted  above  the  other,  bolted  on  and  then 
painted  to  corresjxjnd  with  the  color  already  applied. 
A  chair  which,  on  the  monitor  screen,  didn't  seem  quite 
authentic  enough  was  removed  and  a  replacement 
located  by  making  a  fast  taxi  tour  of  theatrical  rental 
firms  and  antique  shops.  Of  course,  the  correct  chair 
was  found  eventually,  and  placed  on  the  stage.  But  just 
as  the  designer  was  about  to  put  his  O.K.  on  the  setting, 
he  realized  that  one  picture  was  so  brilliant  that  its 
reflection  bhickened  the  face  of  an  actor  standing  beside 
it.  A  spray  gun  solved  this  problem,  but  immediately 
the  control  room  reported  that  a  coflee  pot  was  casting 
a  bad  reflection.  This  time  a  coating  of  wax  deadened 
the  glare. 

And  so  it  went  on,  right  up  to  the  minute  when  the 
little  buttons  on  the  front  of  the  television  cameras 
glowed  red  to  warn  the  performers  that  they  were  "on 
the  air."  Then  and  only  then  could  the  set  designer 
sit  back  and  relax.  There  was  nothing  more  that  could 
be  done  for  the  Vogeler  story,  but,  facing  him  like  another 
necessary  spectre  was  the  show  of  the  30th.  On  Monday, 
the  hectic  pace  would  be  picked  up  again. 

Truly,  fourteen  days  in  a  week  would  be  a  solution — 
after  a  fashion. 


Dress  rehearsals  give  the  set  designer  his  final  chance  to  moke  the  changes  in  scenery  and  "props"  that  wil 

add  reality  to  the  drama. 


ROBERT  L.  WERNER 


ERNEST  B.  GORJN 


DK.  IRVING  WULFh 


R, 


Werner,  Gorin  and  Wolff  Promoted 


-OBERT  L.  Werner  and  Ernest  B.  Gorin  were  elected 
Vice  Presidents  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  by 
the  RCA  Board  of  Directors  on  December  7. 

Mr.  Werner,  who  has  been  General  Attorney  of  RCA 
since  April  6,  1951,  was  elected  Vice  President  and 
General  Attorney.  He  joined  RCA  in  1947  as  First 
Assistant  Attorney  in  the  Law  Department.  He  was 
graduated  from  Yale  in  1933,  and  received  an  LL.B. 
degree  from  Harvard  Law  School  in  1936. 

Mr.  Gorin  was  elected  Vice  President  and  Treasurer 
of  RCA,  having  served  as  Treasurer  since  September  2, 
1949.  He  became  associated  with  RCA  in  June,  1944, 
as  Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  in 
Charge  of  the  RCA  Victor  Division,  and  subsequently 
was  named  Budget  Director  of  that  Division.  In  April, 
1949,  he  became  Budget  Director  of  RCA. 

Dr.  Irving  Wolff,  formerly  Director  of  Radio  Tube 
Research  for  the  RCA  Laboratories  Division,  and  a 
specialist  in  ultra-high  frequencies,  was  named  Director 
of  Research  for  the  Division  on  November  26.  Head- 
quarters of  the  Division  are  at  the  David  Sarnoff  Re- 
search Center,  Princeton,  N.J. 

Dr.  Wolff  joined  the  RCA  research  staff  in  1928.  He 
concentrated  on  research  in  the  audio  field,  developing 
one  of  the  most-used  loudspeakers  of  the  '30s.  He  later 
shifted  his  field  of  interest  to  the  development  of  equip- 
ment for  the  generation  of  microwaves.  In  1934,  he  be- 
gan experiments  in  radio  reflection  work  —  much  of 
which  proved  basic  to  the  development  of  radar. 

Dr.  D.  H.  Ewing  was  appointed  Director  of  Re- 
search Services,  RCA  Laboratories  Division,  in  Novem- 
ber.   Dr.  Ewing,  formerly  Director  of  Development  for 


the  Air  Navigation  Board  of  the  U.  S.  Government,  was 
previously  manager  of  advanced  development  for  the 
Engineering  Products  Department  of  the  RCA  Victor 
Division. 

To  recommend  and  make  plans  for  long-range  re- 
search projects.  Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom,  Vice  President  in 
Charge  of  RCA  Laboratories  Division,  announced  in 
November  the  formation  of  a  Research  Planning  Com- 
mittee composed  of  Dr.  V.  K.  Zworykin,  Vice  President 
and  Technical  Consultant,  Chairman,  Dr.  Wolff,  L.  P. 
Smith,  Consultant.  Physical  Research  Laboratory;  C.  D. 
Tuska,  Director  of  Patent  Department:  and  Dr.  Ewing. 

At  the  same  time.  Dr.  Engstrom  also  made  the  fol- 
lowing promotions  in  the  Laboratories  staff:  E.  W. 
Herold,  Director  of  Radio  Tube  Research  Laboratory; 
G.  H.  Brown,  Director  of  Systems  Research  Laboratory; 
R.  S.  Holmes,  Director  of  Contract  Research  Laboratory. 

RCA  Radiophone  Only  Link 
With  "Flying  Enterprise"  Hero 

The  radiotelephone  which  served  as  the  only  form 
of  communications  between  Capt.  Henrik  Carlsen,  mas- 
ter of  the  ill-fated  "Flying  Enterprise",  and  the  ships 
standing  by  to  rescue  him,  was  a  small  20-pound  ship-to- 
shore  unit  designed  by  Radiomarine  Corporation  of 
America  for  use  aboard  small  pleasure  boats. 

According  to  a  statement  from  Radiomarine,  the 
captain  bought  the  equipment  just  before  sailing  on  the 
freighter's  last  trip,  and  carried  it  along  to  test  its  opera- 
tion on  the  high  seas. 

A  model  of  the  compact  radiophone  was  one  of  the 
feature  exhibits  at  the  recent  Motor  Boat  Show  in  New 
York. 


20  RADIO  AGE 


Nostalgia  and  Old  Records 


By  George  R.  Marek, 

Director,  Artists  and  Repertoire, 
RCA  Victor  Record  Department 

T 

JL  HE  experienced  people  in  tlie  record  business  say 
that  an  artist's  records  stop  selling  when  the  artist  stops 
concertizing,  when  he  is  no  longer  in  the  limelight.  In 
general,  that  is  true.  In  particular,  it  is  not.  RCA  Victor 
has  one  artist  on  its  roster  who  has  actually  earned  mure 
money  after  his  death  than  during  his  lifetime.  Granted, 
he  is  a  unique  artist;  he  is  Enrico  Caruso.  Caruso's  total 
income  from  record  royalties  amounts  to  about  $3,000,- 
000.  About  Sl.'^OO.OOO  of  this  was  earned  after  his  death 
in  1921.  Caruso  is  the  most  financially  solvent  memory 
you  are  ever  likely  to  meet.  His  continued  popularity  is 
not  only  an  expression  of  Caruso's  pre-eminent  position 
in  the  operatic  world,  his  matchless  quality  as  a  singer, 
but  also  of  the  fact  that  there  exists  a  lively  interest  in 
the  recordings  of  a  past  age. 

Caruso  is  a  favorite  of  thousands  of  people  who  have 
never  seen  him.  He  is  known  to  thousands  who  probably 
have  never  been  inside  an  opera  house.  They  want  to 
hear  not  only  what  he  sounds  like,  but  also  what  his 
companions  in  greatness  sound  like.  The  phonograph 
has  given  them  this  opportunity. 

Henry  Ir%'ing  once  said  that  an  actor  is  a  sculptor  in 
snow.  This  is  true  as  well  of  the  singer  or  the  musician. 
Rather,  it  was  true  before  the  phonograph.  As  soon  as 
the  voice  was  mute,  as  soon  as  the  last  echo  of  the  piano 
tone  had  died  away,  the  singer  or  the  musician  became 
but  a  memory,  often  a  highly  inaccurate  memory.  In  a 
double  sense  of  the  word,  no  record  of  his  art  survived. 
Until  recordings  came  along! 

Many  of  the  early  phonograph  records  are  still  prized 
by  connoisseurs,  and  some  early  issues  bring  high  prices. 
But  their  general  circulation  is  necessarily  limited  to  the 
"collectors. "  The  old  recordings  are  no  longer  good 
technically  —  and  panicularly  unsuitable  for  the  new 
speeds  which,  being  more  sensitive,  show  up  the  flaws 
more  clearly.  The  untramed  musician  is,  quite  naturally, 
bothered  by  their  raspy  sound.  Gradually  they  are  disap- 
pearing from  the  dealers'  shelves.  Still,  the  interest  in  the 
old  singers,  the  great  pianists  of  the  past,  etc.,  remained 
alive.  This  interest  increases  as  distance  lends  enchant- 
ment and  as  we.  living  in  the  frightening  fifties,  look 
back  with  fairy-tale  fondness  to  the  early  part  of  the 
century. 


Caruso's    recordings    hove    totalled    nearly    two    million 
dollars   in   royalties   since    his   death    in    1921. 

In  March  1930,  RCA  Victor  embarked  on  the  project 
of  rehabilitating  the  masters  of  the  old  records  and  trans- 
ferring them  to  the  new  speeds.  It  was  quite  a  project! 
In  the  first  place,  some  2,000  masters  were  examined. 
From  them  were  chosen  300  recordings  which  seemed 
most  valuable  artistically.  Then  these  old  nnstcrs  were 
subjected  to  the  most  painstaking  and  meticulous  repair 
work.  Ticks,  pops  and  other  extraneous  noises  were  re- 
moved, as  far  as  possible.  They  were  then  transferred 
to  tape,  first  selecting  a  pickup  that  would  give  the 
highest  fidelity  and  lowest  surface  noise.  It  was  during 
this  operation  that  all  the  devices  known  to  the  art, 
such  as  filters,  compensators  and  transfer  turntables, 
were  brought  into  play  in  order  to  improve  the  quality 
of  the  musical  content,  reduce  distortion,  etc.  In  a  num- 
ber of  the  recordings,  excerpts  from  several  parts  were 
pieced  together  in  order  to  assemble  one  side  that  was 
good  overall. 

The  acclaim  which  the  "Treasur)-  of  Immortal  Per- 
formances"  received  from  dealers  and  public  proved  that 
this  care  was  well  applied.    More  than  a  quarter  of  a 


RADIO  AGE  21 


million  albums  of  the  first  edition  of  the  Treasur)'  were 
sold. 

During  this  month,  the  second  Treasur)\  consisting 
of  seven  volumes  of  classical  music  and  twelve  volumes 
of  popular  music  is  being  published.  Among  the  classi- 
cal albums  there  will  be,  of  course,  another  Caruso  album. 
For  rhe  first  time,  both  John  McCormack  and  Rosa 
Ponselle  will  be  featured  in  individual  albums.  The 
other  albums  are  Famous  D//ets.  Pianists  of  the  Past 
Play  Chopin,  Stars  of  the  Golden  Age,  and  a  new  idea, 
Aida  of  Yesterday,  a  presentation  of  excerpts  from  the 
world's  most  popular  opera  sung  by  Caruso,  Homer, 
Martinelli,  Ponselle,  Gadski,  Amato,  Pinza,  Rethberg 
and  Gigli.  Among  the  artists  represented  in  the  popular 
series  are  Benny  Goodman,  Sidney  Bechet,  Jelly  Roll 
Morton,  Lionel  Hampton,  Earl  Hines  and  Billy  Eckstine. 

Several  curiosities  are  featured  among  these  records. 
In  the  McCormack  album  there  is  one  record  in  which 
the  great  John  sings  an  excerpt  from  Tristan  and  Isolde. 
He  never  sang  Tristan  in  any  opera  house.  In  fact,  he 
made  this  record  merely  as  an  experiment  and  for  his 
own  amusement.  No  master  of  it  could  be  found  for  a 
long  time.  We  appealed  to  Mrs.  McCormack.  who 
started  a  search  in  her  home  in  Ireland  and  after  some 
time  disclosed  a  test  pressing.  This  rarity,  now  published 
for  the  first  time,  makes  it  possible  for  the  public  to 
listen  to  McCormack's  art  in  all  of  its  facets,  from  Irish 


Lucrecia    Bori    and    the    late   John    McCormack    as    they 
appeared   for   a    broadcast   in   the   early   Twenties. 

songs  such  as  /  Hear  You  Calling  Me  to  Adeste  Videles. 
and  to  arias  from  Lucia  to  the  Tristan  excerpt. 

In  the  Caruso  album  will  be  found  the  last  record 
that  he  made.  It  was  recorded  in  Camden  on  September 
16,  1920,  less  than  a  year  before  his  death.  Appropri- 
ately enough  it  is  a  church  aria,  the  Domine  Deus  from 
Rossini's  Mass.  But  the  album  also  contains  an  aria 
from  La  Boheme  —  not  Puccini's  famous  La  Boheme 
but  Leoncavallo's  forgotten  opera,  an  opera  which 
Leoncavallo  wrote  to  spite  Puccini.  Caruso  scored  one 
of  his  early  great  successes  in  the  Leoncavallo  Boheme. 


Realism  Enhanced  by  New  Theatre  Screen 


A 


NEW  and  radically  diflFerent  motion  picture  pro- 
lection  screen,  hailed  as  the  first  major  improvement  in 
film  projection  in  25  years,  has  been  placed  on  the 
market  by  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America.  The  first 
installation  was  made  in  the  Plaza  Theatre,  New  York. 

Designed  by  theatre  architect  Ben  Schlanger  and 
his  associate,  William  Hoffterg,  the  screen  features  side 
wings  and  a  top  panel  which  together  pick  up  and 
reflect  diffused  light  from  the  picture.  When  color 
pictures  are  shown,  reflected  hues  appear  on  the  wings 
and  panel.  This  effect  gives  a  dramatic  sense  of  realism 
by  making  the  screen  action  appear  to  occupy  a  larger 
portion  of  the  viewer's  field  of  vision.  The  screen  is 
made  of  RCA  Snowhite  screen  material,  a  heavyweight 
Firestone  "Velon"  plastic. 

Because  the  projecting  wings  are  not  directly  lighted, 
but  pick  up  only  the  illumination  from  the  screen,  the 
intensity  of  light  and  the  predominant  color  reflected 
by  these  panels  vary  in  proportion  to  these  same  factors 
present  in  the  screen  picture.  The  optical  impression  is 
that  of  viewing  a  "live"  scene,  where  vision  is  concen- 


trated on  a  particular  object  or  in  a  certain  direction, 
but  the  viewer  is  conscious  of  the  surrounding  area  at 
which  he  is  not  looking  directly.  The  new  RCA  screen 
allows  for  this  peripheral  vision,  or  "seeing  out  of  the 
corner  of  the  eye,"  in  contrast  to  the  sharp  cut-off 
necessary  in  the  conventional  screen,  which  gives  a  pic- 
ture sharply  outlined  against  a  black  background. 

The  RCA  wide-vision  screen  consists  of  the  image 
screen  on  which  the  picture  is  actually  projected,  narrow 
(9-inch)  flanges  set  at  a  relatively  acute  angle  to  the 
screen,  and  wings  projecting  from  the  flanges  at  the 
sides  and  from  the  top  of  the  projection  screen.  The  pic- 
ture image  is  actually  "framed"  on  the  screen  by  the 
flanges,  which  perform  the  same  function  as  the  usual 
black  masking  to  eliminate  fuzzy  edges,  but  diffused 
light  and  color  from  the  projected  picture  are  picked  up 
by  the  wings  at  sides  and  top  of  the  screen.  Reflection 
of  light  on  these  wings  eliminates  the  sharp,  contrasting 
outline  of  the  screen  image  and  makes  it  appear  to 
taper  off  in  the  outer  portions  of  the  spectator's  field  of 
vision. 


22  RADIO  AGE 


Patent  Granted  Sarnoff  on  Radar  System 
For  Detecting  Planes  and  Missiles 


JL  HE  Official  Gaieitc  of  the  U.  S.  Patent  Office  pub- 
lished in  its  October,  1951  issue  a  description  of  an 
invention  made  by  Brig.  General  David  SarnoflF,  Chair- 
man of  the  Board  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America, 
of  an  automatic  early  warning  system.  The  U.S.  Patent 
Office  has  granted  him  Patent  No.  2571386,  which  he 
assigned  to  the  RCA. 

The  invention  relates  to  an  automatic  early  warn- 
ing system  which  combines  the  principles  of  television, 
radar,  microwave  relay  and  the  latest  methods  of  de- 
tection and  direaion-finding.  The  new  system  can  uti- 
lize equipment  already  developed  and  in  use. 

In  describing  the  principles  of  the  system  disclosed 
m  this  patent.  Dr.  Elmer  W.  Engstrom,  Vice  President 
in  Charge  of  RCA  Laboratories  Division  with  head- 
quarters at  the  David  SarnofF  Research  Center,  Prince- 
ton, N.  J.,  said: 

"General  Samoff's  patent  discloses  a  method  and 
means  for  sur\'eillance  of  a  string  of  areas  oflF-shore,  or 
remote  from  the  borders  of  a  countr)',  for  detection  of 
planes,  guided  missiles,  enemy  vessels,  or  other  targets 
in  those  areas.  It  provides  for  instantaneous  communi- 
cation of  running  target  positions  to  a  central  intel- 
ligence station  or  command  post  within  the  country. 

"The  patent  describes  a  method  and  means  for  dis- 
patching fighter  aircraft  and  directing  them  to  the  enemy 
planes,  guided  missiles,  or  the  like  that  have  been  de- 
tected. 

"It  also  describes  means  for  early  interception  of 
report  and  control  signals  sent  from  and  to  a  guided 
missile,  and  the  radiating  of  identical  signals  for  jam- 
ming of  the  channel,  or  counter-controlling  of  the 
missile. 

"The  system  proposed  by  General  Sarnoff  would  en- 
able detection  at  much  greater  distances  than  is  now 
feasible.  At  the  same  time  it  would  transmit  the  in- 
formation to  a  Control  Center  that  could  act  immedi- 
ately. By  this  new  method,  countermeasures  will  have 
a  greater  opponunity  to  deal  with  enemy  planes  or 
guided  missiles  that  might  be  carrying  atomic  bombs 
and  to  destroy  them  at  sea  before  they  can  re.ich  their 
targets  on  land. 

"A  further  object  of  this  invention  is  to  provide  an 
improved  radar  fence  with  a  greater  depth  of  protected 
area. 

"The  patent  specification  includes  information  about 


an  airborne  radar  net  for  national  defense  in  which  a 
succession  of  planes  leaving  shore  on  a  predetermined 
course,  search  the  specified  area  with  radar  equipment. 
The  information  thus  compiled,  is  then  relayed  auto- 
matically from  the  lead  plane  successively  through  the 
trailing  planes  and  finally  to  the  Control  Center  on  the 
home  b.ise.  In  this  way,  the  radar  net  is  moved  con- 
tinuously across  vast  distances  covering  possible  enemy 
invasion  routes. 

"By  adding  a  television  camera  to  the  plane's  equip- 
ment, as  e.xplained  in  the  patent  specification,  the  radar 
information,  together  with  dial  readings  indicating  air- 
speed, compass  bearing,  altitude  of  the  craft  and 
any  other  needed  facts,  can  be  relayed  to  the  Control 
Center  in  the  form  of  a  continuously  changing  television 
picture. 

'General  SarnoflF's  patent  also  describes  means  for 
mtercepting  the  control  and  position  signals  trans- 
mitted by  an  enemy  to  and  from  a  guided  missile  and 
the  immediate  radiation  of  identical  signals  for  the  pur- 
pose of  eliminating  enemy  control  over  the  winged 
weapon.  In  this  way,  the  missile  could  be  directed  on 
a  new  path  which  would  be  continued  until  its  fuel 
is  exhausted  and  it  falls  harmlessly  into  the  sea  or  on 
an  uninhabited  land  are.i. 

"In  a  variation  of  the  same  military  application,  the 
patent  specification  describes  an  arrangement  for  the 
early  detection  of  enemy  planes  or  long-range  radio- 
controlled  missiles,  and  describes  a  method  for  dispatch- 
( Continued  on  Page  25) 

In  General  SarnofF's  proposed  system,  properly  spaced 

planes  would    provide  a   rador  "fence"  giving   greater 

depth  of  protected  area. 


RADIO  AGE  23 


A, 


Tozzis  4^  Rinp  Brinps  Him  National  Recognition 


;NGELO  M.  TOZZI,  president  of  the  Tozzi  Manu- 
facturing Company,  a  small  metal  parts  business  in 
Bayonne,  N.  J.,  vaulted  into  national  prominence  as  the 
result  of  an  RCA  institutional  advertisement. 

Mr.  Tozzi  was  cited  for  his  contribution  to  the  de- 
fense effort  in  the  advertisement,  which  was  headed 
"America's  Secret  Weapon  and  Angelo  Tozzi's  4f  Ring." 
It  told  how  he  had  provided  a  finely-tooled  aluminum 
ring  for  the  new  aircraft  interphone  system  developed 
by  RCA  for  the  Air  Force.  This  ring,  which  he  pro- 
duced for  only  4  cents,  resulted  in  a  large  saving,  which 
RCA  was  able  to  pass  on  to  the  Air  Force. 

The  advertisement  singled  out  Mr.  Tozzi,  who  has 
never  employed  more  than  50  people,  as  one  of  the  thou- 
sands of  small  businessmen  who  are  contributing  to  the 
defense  effort.  It  said  that  America's  real  secret  weapon 
was  the  ability  of  all  our  industry  —  big  and  little  — 
to  work  together  as  a  team. 

After  the  full-page  advertisement  appeared  in  several 
leading  newspapers,  Frank  M.  Folsom.  president  of  RCA, 
received  over  300  letters  praising  Mr.  Tozzi  as  typical 
of  America's  ingenious  small  businessmen,  and  endorsing 
this  campaign  to  promote  better  understanding  of  the 
importance  of  industrial  teamwork.  The  letters  came 
from  members  of  the  President's  cabinet,  his  top  pro- 
duction officials.  Congressional  leaders,  corporation  ex- 
ecutives, financiers,  labor  leaders,  educators  and  promi- 
nent clergymen. 

Mr.  Tozzi,  too,  received  bagfuls  of  congratulatory 
mail  at  his  Bayonne  plant.  His  telephone  buzzed  steadily 
for  several  days.  He  was  invited  to  Washington  to  be 
guest  of  honor  at  a  luncheon  attended  by  two  dozen  of 
the  nation's  top  newspapermen.  His  opinions  were 
quoted  in  a  nationally  syndicated  column. 

The  editors  of  Reader's  Digest  reprinted  the  adver- 
tisements as  a  full  page  feature  and  hailed  it  as  an 
example  of  "Advertising  cum  laude." 

Business  Week  magazine  devoted  four  columns  to 
a  picture  of  Mr.  Tozzi  and  to  a  report  on  the  advertise- 
ment and  the  importance  of  the  Bayonne  businessman 
to  the  defense  effort. 

"Nationwide  fame  touched  Angelo  Tozzi  one  day 
early  in  October,"  the  article  said,  "when  RCA  ran  a 
full-page  ad  in  the  newspapers  headlined  "America's 
Secret  Weapon  and  Angelo  Tozzi's  A^  Ring.'  .  .  . 

"Tozzi  has  no  patience  with  the  moaners  who  cry 
that  changing  times  have  stifled  the  chances  of  the  small 
businessmen.  'Why  should  it?'  he  says.  'With  all  the 
technical  advances  in  this  field  just  since  I've  been  in  it, 
there  are  all  kinds  of  opportunity  for  a  man  to  start  out 
by  himself.' " 


Angelo  M.  Tozzi  (right)  receives  scroll  of  commendofion 

from   Earl    Bunting,   managing  director  of  the    National 

Association    of    Manufacturers,    for    his    contribution    to 

the  Nation's  defense 


The  Business  Week  article  completed  the  story  be- 
gun in  the  RCA  advertisement.  It  told  of  his  early 
career,  his  start  in  business,  and  of  the  inventiveness 
which  led  to  the  4^  ring  and  other  articles  of  value  to 
defense. 

As  a  final  honor,  Mr.  Tozzi  was  invited  to  the  annual 
convention  of  the  National  Association  of  Manufacturers. 
Earl  Bunting,  managing  director  of  the  NAM,  presented 
Mr.  Tozzi  with  a  scroll  of  commendation  for  his  typically 
small-business  contribution  to  defense. 

RCA  Television  Transmitter 
Sold  to  Dominican  Firm 

A  5-kilowatt  television  transmitter,  the  ninth  to  be 
sold  by  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  in  Latin 
America,  has  been  purchased  by  Director  Colonel  J. 
Arismendi  Trujillo  Molina,  President,  Treasurer  and 
founder  of  radio  station  La  Voz  Dominicana  at  Ciudad 
Trujillo.  In  making  the  announcement,  Meade  Brunet, 
a  Vice  President  of  RCA  and  Managing  Director  of  the 
RCA  International  Division,  said  that  the  new  station 
unit  is  the  first  one  for  use  in  the  Dominican  Republic. 

The  antenna  of  the  new  station  will  be  located  atop 
the  Palacio  Radial,  modern  Palace  of  Radio,  in  the 
capital  city  of  Ciudad  Trujillo.  Facilities  of  the  Palacio 
Radial  are  now  being  enlarged  to  accommodate  the 
television  transmitter  and  studio  equipment. 


24  RADIO  AGE 


New  Line  of  All"  Conditioners  liurodiiccd  b\   RC/\ 


Details  and  prices  of  three  models  of  home  air- 
conditioners,  the  first  to  be  offered  by  RCA,  were  an- 
nounced on  December  27.  Designed  for  rot)ms  with 
floor  areas  up  to  485  square  feet,  the  new  units  range 
in  price  from  $2l9.')0  to  $399.50. 

Initial  shipments  of  the  models  will  be  made  during 
January  to  distributors  in  all  major  market  areas,  Robert 
A.  Seidel,  Vice  President  of  RCA  Victor  Division,  dis- 
closed. Technicians  of  the  RCA  Service  Company  will 
install  and  service  the  air-conditioners. 

Suitable  for  any  room  decor,  the  models  are  designed 
with  simple  lines  and  finished  in  two  colors  —  the 
cabmets  in  "polar  beige"  and  the  grilles  in  "arctic  tan." 

To  assure  quiet,  trouble  free  operation,  compressors 
of  the  units  are  hermetically  sealed  and  spring-mounted. 
Adjustable  grilles  on  ail  models  make  possible  the  easy 
control  of  air  flow  and  draft-free  operation. 

RCA's  entrance  into  the  air-conditioning  industry 
marks  the  company's  first  step  beyond  radio,  television 
and  phonograph  instruments  in  the  appliance  field,  Mr. 
Seidel  pointed  out.  The  decision  to  handle  air-condi- 
tioners was  made  after  a  detailed  survey  of  market  con- 
ditions and  a  study  of  competitive  products  in  the  field, 
he  said. 

"The  home  air-conditioning  market  has  scarcely  been 
tapped,"  Mr.  Seidel  declared.  "According  to  reliable 
surveys,  the  industry  has  achieved  less  than  '  2  of  one 
per  cent  of  its  potential. 

"One  of  the  principal  obstacles  in  increasing  home 
air-conditioner  sales  has  been  the  lack  of  adequate  in- 
stallation and  service  facilities.  While  some  air-condi- 
tioner manufacturers  and  distributors  have  maintained 
service  organizations  in  some  cities,  there  has  been  no 


Patent  Granted  on  Radar  System 

I  Continued  from  Pitge  23) 

ing  fighter  aircraft  to  meet  and  destroy  them  long  before 
they  are  able  to  reach  their  objective. 

"This  could  be  accomplished  by  launching  parasitic 
planes  from  the  aircraft  on  radar  patrol.  These  parasite 
planes,  equipped  with  radar  and  radio  would  send  back 
to  the  nearest  group  of  defensive  fighter  planes  a  con- 
tinuous flow  of  signals  giving  the  position,  speed  and 
direction  of  flight  of  the  enemy  plane  or  missile.  Sup- 
plied with  this  information,  the  fighter  planes,  taking  off 
from  land  base  or  carrier,  would  be  able  to  set  their 
course  accurately  to  intercept  their  target. 

"As  a  peacetime  service,  the  disclosed  system  would 
apply  also  to  a  similar  chain  of  spaced  planes  extend- 


ji'.iim  iliiliUll 

This  model    RCA   Air   Conditioner   is  suitable   for   rooms 
up  to  485  square  feet. 

nation-wide  organization  offering  efficient,  direct-to-the- 
consumer  sers'ice. 

"With  the  facilities  of  the  RCA  Service  Company 
to  draw  upon,  and  with  its  thousands  of  highly  skilled 
technicians  stationed  throughout  the  country,  ready  to 
install  and  service  air-conditioners,  RCA  is  in  a  very 
favorable  position  to  expand  the  distribution  of  air- 
conditioners  and  assume  an  important  role  in  the  field." 


ing  from  shore  to  shore  which  could  be  utilized  to  relay 
television  programs  to  and  from  Europe  and  other  for- 
eign countries.  Such  a  relay  system,  according  to  tlie 
patent  specification  could  also  carry  high  speed  ultrafax 
communications. 

"Because  of  the  proposed  use  of  lightweight,  low- 
power  microwave  relay  apparatus,  General  SarnotT's  plan 
could  be  adopted  for  both  military  and  non-  military  pur- 
poses without  materially  affecting  the  freight  and  pas- 
senger carrying  capacity  of  the  planes." 

In  1948,  General  Sarnoff  was  awarded  Patent  No. 
2,455.443,  which  he  also  assigned  to  the  RCA.  It 
covered  a  secret  signalling  system  by  which  ordinary 
messages  are  convened  to  a  succession  of  arbitrary  sym- 
bols and  transmitted  by  facsimile  or  television  to  a  re- 
ceiving and  decoding  terminal. 


RADIO  AGE  25 


m^ 


Radio  and  Electronics— Their  Status  and  Promise 


{Continued  from  Page  14) 
during  the  early  radio  days  but  passed  from  the  scene 
when  the  electron  tube  emerged.  Like  actors  in  a  play, 
a  place  was  reserved  for  them  in  a  later  scene.  We  shall 
come  to  that  soon  but  first,  we  need  to  examine  the 
electron  tube. 

The  electron  tube  is  the  lever-arm  of  radio  and 
elearonics.  It  is  the  foundation  stone  or  the  keystone  of 
all  apparatus  and  techniques  upon  which  the  present 
ever-expanding  industry  depends. 

Industry  Built  on  Electron  Tube 

In  its  simple  form,  an  electron  tube  is  a  device  — 
a  vessel  devoid  of  air  —  m  which  electrons  are  boiled 
out  from  a  metal  or  cathode  material.  When  freed  in 
the  vacuum  space,  they  are  subjected  to  the  desired 
action  by  a  control  influence.  Through  the  effect  of  a 
small  control  influence,  a  larger  output  effect  is  pro- 
duced on  the  electrons.  This  output  effect  is  trans- 
formed in  a  work  circuit  so  as  to  do  what  the  designer 
seeks  to  achieve.  From  this  simple  form  we  have  pro- 
gressed to  a  myriad  of  electron  tube  types.  We  have 
transducers  of  voltage,  current,  light,  and  other  mani- 
festations of  energy.  Upon  this  versatile  instrument  we 
have  built  an  industry  of  first  magnitude.  It  is  truly  a 
modern  version  of  Aladdin's  Lamp. 

While  we  have  progressed  far,  and  while  we  are 
still  expanding  the  versatility  and  usefulness  of  electron 
tubes,  attention  again  has  been  directed  to  the  discard 
materials,  the  semi-conductors.  As  is  so  often  the  case, 
we  find  in  the  discard,  the  real  gem  itself.  But  this 
time  the  approach  was  not  through  empirical  experi- 
mentation but  by  painstaking  research  with  understand- 
ing of  each  step.  Also  it  was  not  a  single  approach  but 
one  which  has  taken  many  routes  with  many  evidences 
of  current  and  potential  results.  This  has  been  termed 
the  electronics  of  the  solid  state.  The  electron  tube 
might  be  similarly  termed  electronics  in  vacuum. 

The  first  broad  uses  of  these  new  materials  came 
from  their  non-linear  and  unilateral  propenies  which 
were  those  of  importance  for  radio-frequency  detectors 
of  the  early  days.  Then  we  moved  into  small  powet 
applications  as  well.  As  understanding  grew,  we  learned 
that  conductivity  could  be  influenced  by  radiant  energy 
(photoconductivity),  by  electron  bombardment  (bom- 
bardment induced  conductivity),  and  by  applied  voltage 
(transistors),  Just  as  is  the  case  for  the  electron  tube. 
Here,  however,  we  are  working  with  the  controlled 
action  of  electrons  in  solid  materials. 

Why  is  this  important.'  It  is  important  because 
we  have  a  new  tool,  a  new  instrumentality.    It  promises 


to  augment  and  to  supplement  the  electron  tube.  It 
means  new  freedoms  in  the  future  in  the  designs  of 
equipment.  It  means  wider  and  added  services  and  uses. 
It  provides  a  new  dimension. 

In  radio  and  electronics  we  view  the  scene  on  an 
approximate  sixtieth  anniversary  and  we  see  a  vast 
panorama  of  what  has  been  created.  These  are  the  cre- 
ations of  scientific  and  applied  research  with  the  dress 
of  ingenious  engineering.  We  see  a  view  which  has 
radiated  outward  in  an  ever-expanding  fashion.  Now  as 
we  move  to  the  present  and  look  to  the  future,  we  do 
so  with  new  instrumentalities  in  hand.  We  do  so  with 
a  sound  established  framework  of  research  and  engineer- 
ing. We  see  service  for  which  our  measuring  tapes  are 
too  short.   The  horizon  is  boimdless. 

NEW  TUBE  FOR  UHF 


A  new  tube  m  the  "pencil-type"  series  which  is 
capable  of  producing  an  output  of  1,000  watts  in  cer- 
tain types  of  specialized  service,  at  frequencies  up  to 
3,300  megacycles,  has  been  announced  by  the  RCA  Tube 
Department. 

The  tube,  a  triode,  is  distinguished  by  its  small  size, 
light  weight  and  stability.  It  was  specifically  designed 
for  service  in  transponders,  navigation  beams,  telemeters 
and  pulse  altimeters,  and  for  use  in  signal  generators  and 
mobile  transmitters  operating  in  the  UHF  region.  All 
metal  parts  of  the  tube's  envelope,  with  one  exception, 
are  made  of  silver-plated  steel. 


26  RADIO  AGE 


UHF  TclcNisioii  Dcinonsrrarcd 
At  NBC  Con\  cut  lull 

Radio  station  representatives  wlio  were  guests  of 
the  N.ition.ii  Uroadcastint;  Company  at  the  network's 
Fifth  Annual  convention  at  Boca  Raton,  Florida  in 
November,  witnessed  tfie  first  demonstration  of  a  new 
portable  ultra-hii;h-frequency  television  transmitter  m 
actual  operation.  The  purpose  of  the  experiment  was 
to  illustrate  the  simplicity  and  practicability  of  ct)nvert- 
ing  present  very-high-frequency  ( VHFi  receivers  to  re- 
ceive high  quality  pictures  from  ultra-higli-frequencv 
(UHF)  transmissions.  The  simple  steps  that  must  be 
taken  to  convert  from  VHF  to  UHF  were  illustrated 
through  the  use  of  UHF  antennas  and  converters. 

For  the  demonstration  a  specially  built  portable 
transmitter  was  designed  by  the  David  Sirnotf  Research 
Laboratories  of  RCA  in  Princeton,  N.  J.  UHF  directional 
antennas,  looking  like  step  ladders,  also  were  built  for 
the  Boca  Raton  project.  A  number  of  21 -inch  RCA 
Victor  television  receivers  were  shipped  from  Camden. 

The  UHF  pictures  were  transmitted  from  the  Lions' 
CMub  in  Boca  Raton  Hills,  one  and  a  half  miles  from 
the  hotel.  The  receivers  and  their  converters  were  placed 
throughout  the  hotel. 

The  NBC  television  camera,  placed  in  the  hotel 
grounds,  picked  up  scenes  which  were  fed  by  micro- 
wave radio  relay  to  the  transmitter.  At  the  Lions'  Club 
the  camera  signals  were  transferred  to  the  UHF  trans- 
mitter which  then  beamed  the  signal  to  a  series  of  UHF 
.mtenn.is  at  the  hotel. 

In  addition  to  the  live  action  scenes  picked  up  by 
the  outdoor  camera,  a  complete  film  chain  transmitted 
newsreels  recordings  and  motion  picture  film  over  the 
system. 

Each  UHF  antenna  was  i8  feet  long,  suspended  50 
feet  from  the  ground.  The  UHF  station  used  the  fre- 
quency band  of  524-530  megacycles,  with  radiated 
power  of  (S  kilowatts  for  the  picture  and  >  kilowatts 
for  the  sound. 

Engineers  and  technicians  of  RCA  and  NBC  worked 
more  than  six  weeks  to  make  the  experiment  possible 

High  Placement  Record 

Of  the  794  students  graduated  from  RCA  Institutes 
during  the  1950-51  school  year,  98.5  per  cent  have  been 
employed  in  various  branches  of  the  radio-television  and 
electronics  industry.  The  Institutes'  Placement  Service 
has  reported  that  graduates  were  employed  as  follows: 
222  television  installation  men,  169  laboratory  tethni- 
cians,  11.1  transmitter  engineers,  71  radio  technicians 
and  25  junior  engineers. 


Brig.  General  David  SornofF  sending  the  letter  "S"  in 
Morse  Code  around  the  world,  as  I.  E.  Showerman, 
President  of  the  Radio  Executives  Club  (left)  and  Harry 
C.  Ingles,  President,  RCA  Communications,  Inc.,  look  on. 


Radio  l:.\ccuri\cs  Pav 
Tnburc  ro  Marconi 

The  vast  progress  which  radio  communications  has 
made  since  Marconi  succeeded  in  transmitting  the  three 
dots  of  the  letter  "S"  in  Morse  code  across  the  Atlantic 
in  1901  was  demonstrated  on  December  20.  1951  during 
.1  luncheon  of  the  Radio  Executives  Club  commemo- 
rating the  50th  anniversary  of  the  Italian  inventor's 
.iLComplishment  in  communications. 

At  the  meeting,  which  was  held  at  the  Waldorf- 
Astoria  Hotel  in  New  York,  Brig.  General  David  SarnofT 
transmitted  the  same  letter  around  the  world  over  the 
facilities  of  RCA  Communications,  Inc.  Members  and 
guests  of  the  Club  heard  the  returning  signal  as  it  com- 
pleted its  globe-circling  path  in  one-eighth  of  a  second, 
.ifter  travelling  via  Tangier,  Manila  and  San  Francisco. 
This  distance  was  approximately  ten  times  that  covered 
by  Marconi  when  he  spanned  the  ocean  between  Corn- 
wall, England,  and  St.  John's,  Newfoundland.  Later, 
General  SarnofT  held  a  two-way  radiophone  conversation 
with  Marchcsa  Marconi  and  her  daughter  Elettra,  who 
were  in  the  radio  studio  of  Italcable  in  Rome. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  demonstration.  General 
Sarnoff  related  incidents  in  his  long  association  with 
Marconi,  and  described  some  of  the  technological  ad- 
vances that  might  be  expected  in  the  communications 
field  in  future  generations. 


RADIO  AGE  27 


Network  Affiliates  Hear  NBC  Officials 
Outline  Plans  for  Radio  and  TV 


M< 


-ORE  than  500  broadcasters  joined  executives  of 
NBC  in  the  network's  fifth  annual  convention  in  Boca 
Raton,  Florida,  from  November  28  through  November 
30.  The  guests,  who  included  a  record  number  of  officials 
of  radio  and  television  stations  affiliated  with  the  Na- 
tional Broadcasting  Company,  listened  to  NBC  speakers 
as  long  range  plans  for  the  orderly  advancement  of  both 
radio  and  television  were  outlined. 

In  welcoming  the  conventioners,  Niles  Trammell, 
NBC  chairman  of  the  board,  urged  them  to  devote 
themselves  to  more  solid  planning,  more  intelligent  study 
and  more  self-analysis  to  insure  an  expanded  future  for 
both  media. 

"Broadcasting,  since  its  inception,"  Mr.  Trammell 
said,  "has  been  subject  to  constant  change  and  requires 
constant  planning  for  the  future.  Your  network,  with  the 
counsel  of  its  partners,  the  affiliated  stations,  has  always 
taken  a  position  of  leadership  in  anticipating  change 
and  meeting  the  challenge  of  the  future." 

Mr.  Trammell  said  he  was  convinced  that  the  meas- 
ures recommended  in  NBC's  Basic  Economic  Study  were 
absolutely  essential  to  a  sound  future  in  broadcasting  and 
predicted  that  they  will  set  a  pattern  that  will  strengthen 
and  stabilize  radio. 

VHF  Stations  Advocated 

Joseph  H.  McConnell,  President  of  NBC,  delivered 
the  convention's  keynote  address.  He  emphasized  that 
NBC  radio  sales,  programming  and  merchandising  will 
be  greater  than  ever  in  the  coming  year.  He  also  urged 
radio  station  operators  to  consider  the  opportunities  for 
the  establishment  of  hundreds  of  new  television  stations 
with  the  opening  of  the  ultra-high-frequency  band. 

"I  have  more  optimism  and  confidence  in  the  future 
of  network  radio  than  I  have  ever  had  before,"  Mr. 
McConnell  told  the  meeting.  "I  think  we,  at  NBC,  are 
coming  to  grips  with  our  main  problems  and  are  devel- 
oping patterns  that  will  keep  radio  strong  for  the  future. 

"We're  finally  selling  radio  on  its  solid  advertising 
values  in  moving  merchandise,  instead  of  on  a  show- 
business  basis  alone,"  he  continued.  Mr.  McConnell 
added  that,  program-wise,  "NBC  is  enlarging  its  news 
service,  strengthening  its  musical  lineup  and  planning  to 
bring  to  the  network  an  array  of  talent  that  would  do 


radio  proud  in  its  greatest  days,  and  to  do  this  at  reason- 
able prices." 

Mr.  McConnell  also  read  to  the  convention  a  message 
of  greeting  from  President  Truman,  felicitating  NBC  on 
its  25th  anniversary  this  year. 

Future  of  Network  Radio 

The  future  of  network  radio  was  discussed  by  Charles 
R.  Denny,  NBC  executive  vice  president.  After  outlining 
a  plan  for  further  strengthening  the  NBC  radio  net- 
work, he  said: 

"At  NBC,  we  have  great  confidence  in  network  radio 
both  for  the  present  and  for  the  long-range  future.  It 
is  because  we  have  this  confidence  that  we  have  under- 
taken a  specific  program  of  action  with  our  eyes  fixed 
to  the  future.  We  are  proud  that  our  network  has  taken 
the  leadership  in  rolling  up  its  sleeves  and  tackling  these 
basic  problems." 

Among  the  other  speakers  at  the  session  devoted  to 
radio  were  Charles  C.  Barr}',  vice  president  in  charge  of 
network  programs;  Henry  Cassidy,  director  of  news, 
special  events  and  public  affairs;  John  K.  Herbert,  vice 
president  and  general  sales  manager  of  the  radio  net- 
work, and  Fred  N.  Dodge,  merchandising  director. 

Power  of  Television  Emphasized 

In  his  keynote  address  opening  a  full  day  session 
devoted  to  television,  Sylvester  L.  Weaver,  Jr.,  NBC  vice 
president  in  charge  of  television,  told  the  broadcasters 
that  no  other  group  in  the  world  today  has  the  power 
they  hold;  that  by  design.  NBC  Television  can  create 
an  aroused,  alert,  knowledgeable,  balanced,  mature  public 
opinion,  and  that  public  opinion  will  force  a  drastic 
upgrading  of  all  activities  for  social  good. 

"This,"  he  predicted,  "will  form  a  vigilant,  calm, 
resourceful  people  who  will  go  into  a  tremendously 
brilliant  future  with  resolution  and  integrity.  Coopera- 
tion between  the  network  and  the  affiliates  can  bring  this 
about. 

"If  we  go  forward  with  your  help  in  making  NBC- 
T'V  what  we  plan, "  he  continued,  "then  the  future  will 
mean  that  your  children  in  five  years  can  tell  you  every 
statesman's  name  on  sicln,  what  countr\'  he  comes  from. 


28  RADIO  AGE 


what  he  does,  what  he's  like,  and  then  tell  you  about 
his  country,  its  people  and  their  customs,  dress  and 
geography. 

"They  will  know  the  physical  universe  around  them 
because  they  will  have  seen  it.  They  will  have  gone  into 
outer  space  from  Mt.  Palomar,  and  into  sub-microscopic 
worlds  through  the  electronic  microscope.  They  will 
have  seen  American  history  sweep  across  the  tube  with 
an  impact  hitherto  undreamed  of. 

"They  will  know,"  he  continued,  "artists  and  music, 
as  well  as  current  events  and  how  to  interpret  them  in 
the  larger  pattern  of  life  today. ' 

TV  More  Influential  than  Print 

Weaver  said  television  must  do  all  this  to  meet  the 
responsibility  "that  comes  from  the  stewardship  of  the 
greatest  mechanism  to  influence  men,  mores  and  sur\-ival, 
that  has  ever  happened.  Yes,  a  stronger  influence  than 
was  the  discovery  of  print,  the  only  invention  comparable 
in  potential. 

"The  public  will  look  to  NBC  and  its  affiliates  to 
sers'e  them,"  he  said,  "because  wc  use  their  air  and  we 
will  ser\e  them  well,  and  nobly." 

He  told  the  affiliates  they  "are  playing  a  role  given 
to  few  men  throughout  history,"  adding:  "You  are  a 
major  part  of  an  organization  that  can  prove  decisive 
in  letting  our  people  freely  and  with  full  information 
choose  their  own  destiny." 

Weaver  predicted  that  the  public  will  determine  in 
large  part  what  of  the  old  is  to  be  carried  on  to  the  new. 

"Here,"  he  states,  "is  where  television  can  perform  a 
revolutionary  service.  For  the  first  time  in  a  great  world 
crisis,  the  people  can  know  the  alternatives,  can  be  given 
an  understandable  pattern  of  what  is  happening  and  why 
it  is  happening  and  what  the  choices  are  for  them. 

"Television  can  clarify  the  great  issues  of  our  times, 
and  be  a  force  for  good,  a  force  for  broad  public  action, 
unique  in  world  history.  NBC  television,  by  itself,  and 
I  exaggerate  only  slightly,  can  be  the  most  important 
single  influence  for  a  better  adjusted,  more  mature,  more 
stable,  more  enlightened,  more  peaceful  world.  And 
accomplish  its  mission  before  this  decade  is  out." 

Color  Television  Discussed 

In  a  discussion  of  color  television,  Joseph  V.  HefTer- 
nan,  NBC  financial  vice  president,  declared  that  NBC  is 
determined  to  bring  programs  in  color  to  the  homes  of 
the  public.  He  said  that  NBC.  which  pioneered  in  the 
development  of  color  TV.  believes  that  it  will  be  the 
most  effective  medium  yet  known  to  convey  information, 
entertainment  and  sales  appeal. 


Announcement  of  the  expansion  of  NBC -TV's  broad- 
cast operations  into  the  morning  hours  with  the  addition 
to  the  present  schedule  of  25  program  hours  a  week,  was 
made  by  Frederic  W.  Wile,  Jr.,  vice  president  in  charge 
of  Television  Production. 

NBC's  plans  for  maintaining  undisputed  leadership 
in  television  programming  through  the  acquisition  of 
more  marquee  names  were  outlined  by  Robert  W. 
Sarnoff,  vice  president  in  charge  of  Television  Unit 
Productions.  In  addition  to  acquiring  other  established 
box-office  names  for  NBC-TV,  he  said,  the  network  will 
expand  its  efforts  to  develop  new,  young  talent  as  tomor- 
row's television  stars. 

Advertisers  to  Spend  $30, 000, 000 

Advertisers  will  spend  about  $30,000,000  during  the 
next  12  months  on  NBC's  own  package  programs,  Rud- 
dick  C.  Lawrence,  director  of  Television  Sales  Develop- 
ment, revealed  to  the  broadcasters.  He  pointed  out  that 
two  out  of  every  three  hours  of  sponsored  NBC  time  are 
devoted  to  shows  packaged  by  the  network,  accounting 
for  78<7^  of  NBC's  advertisers.  Lawrence  compared 
NBC's  .33' ^i  hours  of  sponsored  network-controlled  pro- 
grams with  the  second  network's  19. 

A  glimp.se  of  television's  fantastic  future  was  given 
to  conventioners  by  Robert  E.  Shelby,  director  of  TV 
Technical  Operations,  who  announced  that  the  network 
is  constructing  a  disaster  mobile  unit — a  complete  broad- 
casting and  film  processing  plant  entirely  independent  of 
external  wire  connections — which  will  bring  to  TV 
homes  on-the-spot  views  of  any  great  catastrophes  the 
future  may  bring. 

/Marvels  on  Planning  Boards 

Also  on  the  NBC  planning  boards.  Shelby  revealed, 
are  such  marvels  as  air-borne  TV  from  helicopters,  a 
flying  box-car  capable  of  transporting  a  small  mobile 
broadcasting  unit  to  the  site  of  any  event  of  public 
interest,  and  a  remote  control  camera  operated  like  a 
robot  plane. 

A  film  titled  "Illusions  Unlimited"  was  shown  to  the 
affiliates  by  Fred  Shawn.  NBC  Director  of  Television 
Production  Ser\'ices.  It  outlined  the  new  techniques 
devised  by  the  network  for  providing  startling  and  un- 
usual illusions  in  TV  production. 

Completing  the  roster  of  speakers  at  the  television 
meeting  were  Mr.  Connell,  who  spoke  of  the  economics 
of  network  television:  Edward  D.  Madden,  vice  president 
in  charge  of  TV  Operations  and  Sales,  who  examined 
television  as  an  advertising  medium;  George  H.  Frey, 
vice  president  in  charge  of  TV  Sales,  and  Brig.  Gen. 
E.  Lyman  Munson.  director  of  TV  Operations. 


RADIO   AGE  29 


NBC  Announces  Plans  for  Political  Conventions 


lyOMPLETE  television  and  radio  coverage  of  the 
Democratic  and  Republican  conventions  next  July  will 
be  supplied  by  NBC's  combined  radio  and  television 
networks,  with  Philco  Corporation  as  the  sponsor.  The 
announcement  was  made  jointly  on  January  2  by  Joseph 
H.  McConnell,  president  of  the  National  Broadcasting 
Company,  and  James  H.  Carmine,  executive  vice  presi- 
dent of  the  Philco  Corporation.  NBC  predicts  the  largest 
lineup  of  stations  ever  assembled  by  a  single  network  to 
carry  the  more  than  60  hours  of  convention  activities. 

The  Republican  convention  is  scheduled  to  begin  in 
Chicago  on  July  7  and  the  Democratic  convention  fol- 
lows two  weeks  later,  beginning  July  21. 

NBC  has  assigned  its  combined  radio  and  television 
stafis  of  more  than  100  nationally  known  news  reporters, 
commentators,  analysts  and  writers  to  the  two  conven- 
tions. They  will  be  supplemented  by  200  technical  staff 
members. 

Television's  newest  marvel,  the  "walkie-talkie-lookie," 
a  portable  television  camera,  developed  at  the  David 
Sarnoff  Research  Center,  will  be  used  for  the  first  time 
at  the  two  conventions.  The  "walkie-talkie-lookie  "  will 
bring  home-viewers  within  elbow  reach  of  delegates  and 
other  convention  and  platform  notables,  as  well  as  im- 
portant leaders  in  hotel  rooms  and  corridors  and  other 
locations  where  news  is  breaking. 

NBC  television   is  constructing  two  complete   tele- 


vision studios  in  the  International  Amphitheatre,  site  of 
both  conventions,  and  another  studio  is  being  constructed 
for  NBC  radio.  Two  additional  studios,  one  for  radio 
and  one  for  television,  are  to  be  constructed  in  the  Hotel 
Conrad  Hilton,  headquarters  for  both  parties. 

NBC's  television  coverage  of  the  conventions  will 
be  directed  by  William  R.  McAndrew,  currently  NBC- 
TV's  director  of  Public  Affairs  and  a  veteran  of  six 
political  conventions  since  1940.  Radio  coverage  will 
be  under  the  direction  of  Henry  C.  Cassidy,  NBC's  di- 
rector of  News  and  Special  Events  for  radio. 

Supervising  the  convention  coverage  will  be  William 
F.  Brooks,  NBC's  vice  president  in  charge  of  Public 
Relations;  Davidson  Taylor,  general  production  executive 
for  NBC-TV,  and  A.  A.  Schechter,  general  executive  for 
NBC-TV.  All  three  are  nationally  known  figures  in  the 
field  of  convention  coverage  and  have  had  extensive 
experience  in  such  coverage  in  the  past. 

Bill  Henry  of  NBC's  Washington  staff  will  report 
the  running  story  of  both  conventions  on  both  radio  and 
television.  Other  well-known  NBC  news  figures  who 
will  report  the  convention  include  John  Cameron  Swayze, 
Dave  Garroway,  H.  V.  Kaltenborn,  W.  W.  Chaplin, 
Leon  Pearson,  George  Hicks,  Ben  Grauer,  Robert 
McCormick,  Morgan  Beatty,  Earl  Godwin,  Richard  Hark- 
ness,  David  Brinkley,  Leif  Eid,  Ned  Brooks,  Ray  Henle, 
Albert  Warner,  Clifton  Utley,  Alex  Dreier.  Bob  Letts 
and  Elmer  Peterson. 


RCA  Opens  Direct  Radio  Circuits 
To  Three  More  Countries 

Three  new  direct  radio  circuits  linking  the  United 
States  with  Syria,  Thailand  and  the  island  of  Guam  have 
been  opened  by  RCA  Communications,  Inc.  The  Guam 
circuit  also  provides  direct  radiotelegraph  service  with 
the  Philippines. 

In  announcing  the  opening  of  the  first  direct  radio- 
telegraph service  with  Syria,  it  was  reported  that  the 
Syrian  Government  has  recently  completed  the  construc- 
tion of  new  transmitters  and  receivers  near  Damascus. 
The  government  has  also  modernized  operations  by  in- 
stalling high-speed  teleprinter  equipment. 

The  new  radio  channel  linking  Bangkok  and  San 
Francisco  establishes,  for  the  first  time,  direct  radio- 
telegraph contact  between  the  United  States  and  Thai- 
land. Previously,  communications  between  the  two  coun- 
tries were  handled  via  Manila. 


World's  Loftiest  TV  Station 
Is  Planned  by  Mexican  Firm 

The  loftiest  TV  station  in  the  world,  and  Mexico's 
latest  addition  to  its  telecasting  facilities,  will  be  located 
at  Cortes  Pass,  12,500  feet  above  sea  level. 

The  new  station  will  be  operated  by  Television  de 
Mexico  S.  A.,  an  enterprise  of  Romulo  O'Farrill,  Sr., 
who  also  owns  television  station  XHTV,  radio  station 
XEX,  and  publishes  the  newspaper  "Novedades." 

The  2,500-watt  transmitter,  purchased  from  the  RCA 
International  Division,  will  be  operated  as  a  satellite  of 
station  XHTV  Mexico  City,  to  cover  the  Valley  of 
Mexico,  the  Valley  of  Puebla,  and  other  areas  where 
reception  from  XHTV  is  blocked  by  mountains.  Cortes 
Pass  is  located  about  65  miles  from  Mexico  City  and 
40  miles  from  Pueblo,  between  Mexico's  two  famous 
volcanos,  Popocatepetl  and  Ixtlacihuatl. 


30  RADIO  AGE 


Maioi"  IvilIio— TV  AchicNcincnrs  in  19)1 


Ten  ()ut.st.iiKling  achievements  in  radio  and  television 
during  lyil  were  listed  by  Dr.  C.  B.  Jolliffc,  Vice  Presi- 
dent and  Technical  Director  of  RCA.  in  a  year-end 
summary  issued  at  Radio  City,  New  York.  Dr.  |olliffe"s 
selections  follow: 

1.  Field  testing  the  RCA  compatible,  all-electronic 
color  television  system  under  regular  broadcasting  con- 
ditions, showing  the  public  and  industry  its  potentialities 
for  service.  Tests  included  outdoor  and  studio  pickups, 
transmissions  by  radio  relay  and  co,ixial  cable  from  New 
\'<)rk  to  Washington,  D.  C,  reception  on  experimental 
home  type  receivers,  featuring  the  RCA  tri-color  picture 
tube,  and  showings  on  a  9-  by  12-foot  screen  in  a  Broad- 
way theatre. 

On  October  \f>.  17  and  18,  1951,  a  test  program  of 
the  RCA  compatible  color  system  was  transmitted  across 
the  Nation.  It  was  received  in  San  Francisco  and  Los 
.Angeles  and  relayed  back  to  New  York,  where  it  was 
also  received.  In  all,  these  color  signals  travelled  nearly 
8,000  miles. 

2.  Adoption  by  the  National  Television  System 
Committee  of  field-test  standards  for  a  compatible  color 
TV  system,  which  were  incorporated  in  the  RCA-NBC 
equipment,  and  field  tests  started.  Other  companies  also 
began  testing  these  standards. 

5.  Emergence  of  the  practicality  of  the  UHF  (  ultra 
high  frequency)  fwrtion  of  the  broadcast  spectrum  for 
television's  expansion  into  70  new  channels  that  can 
provide  for  more  than  2,000  UHF  stations  and  bring 
TV  coverage  within  range  of  nearly  every  American 
community.  Major  contributions  toward  this  goal  re- 
sulted from  operation  by  RCA-NBC  of  America's  first 
UHF  experimental  station  on  regular  schedule,  at  Bridge- 
pon.  Conn.,  which  has  become  the  testing  ground  for 
the  receiving-set  industry. 

4.  Inauguration  of  coast-to-coast  television  service 
employing  microwave  radio  relays. 

5.  Start  of  pilot  production  of  the  transistor,  a  tiny 
device  which  will  eventually  replace  certain  types  of 
elearon  tubes  and  play  an  important  role  in  communi- 
cations of  the  future. 

6.  Development  of  new  .md  improved  electronic 
equipment  for  the  Armed  Forces.  An  important  example 
is  "miniaturization,"  or  the  diminishing  of  the  size  of 
electronic  instruments  through  development  of  smaller 
components:  also,  the  development  of  special  electron 
tubes  to  meet  the  exacting  demands  of  military  appli- 
cations. 

7.  Super-electronic   computer  —  known   as   "Project 


Typhotm"  —  designed  .md  built  by  R(  A  scientists  in 
cooperation  with  the  U.  S.  Navy.  The  unit  has  been  used 
in  1,000  test  runs  of  proposed  guided  tnissiles  at  an  enor- 
mous saving  to  the  government  in  expended  materials. 

8.  Theatre  television,  which,  as  a  new  industry  and 
service,  spreads  across  the  country  for  independent  opera- 
tion and  in  networks  linked  by  radio  relays  or  coaxial 
cable. 

9.  Multiple  tr,msmitting  antenna,  developed  by 
RCA,  which  made  possible  simultaneous  broadcasts  by 
five  TV  stations  and  three  FM  stations  from  the  tower 
atop  the  Empire  State  Building  in  New  York. 

10.  Extension  of  the  usefulness  of  industrial  TV, 
one  of  the  most  significant  being  the  television-micro- 
scope, which  extends  the  range  and  versatility  of  the 
light  microscope. 


TV  Opera  Acclaimed 

(Continued  from  Page  9 ) 

Allen,  who  played  the  title  role,  were  given  high  praise, 
and  Allen  has  since  received  offers  of  movie  contracts. 

The  production  given  by  NBC  to  "Amahl  and  the 
Night  Visitors"  was  impressive  in  all  respects.  Eugene 
Berman,  one  of  the  most  distinguished  artists  in  the 
theater,  was  engaged  to  design  the  settings  and  costumes. 
No  expense  was  spared  and  the  results  were  acclaimed 
by  the  critics.  The  21 -year-old  conductor,  Thomas 
Schippers,  too,  was  singled  out  for  his  sensitive  inter- 
pretation of  the  Menotti  score. 

At  the  opening  of  the  Opera,  Menotti  appeared 
briefly  to  introduce  his  new  work.  His  own  personal 
charm  and  wit  captivated  the  television  audience  even 
before  the  opera  itself  was  unfolded. 

The  great  success  of  the  opera  was  immediately  fol- 
lowed by  a  recording  session  of  the  work  by  RCA  Victor. 
The  records  probably  will  be  relea.scd  sometime  this 
Spring. 

An  avalanche  of  requests  from  listeners  and  from 
the  press  for  a  repeat  performance  were  seriously  con- 
sidered by  NBC.  It  was  impossible  to  repeat  the  opera 
immediately  because  several  of  the  singers  and  the  con- 
ductor had  commitments  abroad.  However,  NBC  is 
considering  the  possibility  of  producing  the  opera  again 
in  April  as  an  Easter  ofTering.  Undoubtedly,  "Amahl  and 
the  Night  Visitors"  is  the  most  outstanding  success  in 
opera  on  television  to  date. 


RADIO  AGE  3J 


■UtfV,!!.!.! 


HADKOMARtNM  stands  watch 


-Tor  a  quarter  of  a  century  Radiomarine  has  been  designing, 
manufacturing  and  servicing  radio  communications  equipment 
and  electronic  navigational  aids.  Radiomarine's  leadership  in 
the  development  of  radio-electronic  equipment  for  the  marine 
field  is  world  known.  Its  products  are  recognized  as  outstanding 
for  durability,  dependability  and  performance. 

It  is  the  mission  of  Radiomarine  to  advance  the  art  of  radio 
and  electronics  on  vessels  of  all  kinds— on  the  high  seas,  in 
harbors  and  on  inland  waterways  ...  to  co-operate  with  the 
military  services  of  the  United  States  for  National  Defense. 

The  entire  facilities  of  Radiomarine  Corporation  of  America: 
personnel,  technical  knowledge,  research  and  production  capac- 
ity are  "standing  watch"  ready  to  serve  America's  maritime 
and  military  needs. 

For  information  on  how  Radiomarine  can  be  of  service  to 
you,  write  to:  Radiomarine  (Corporation  of  America.  Depart- 
ment    U  ,  73  Varick  St.,  New  York  13,  N.  Y. 


Radiomarine  Products  and  Services 

Communications  Equipment  —  Radiotelephone 
and  Radioielegraph  Transmiiters  and  Re- 
ceivers. Lifeboat  Hmergency  Equipment, 
AutonLitic  Alarms. 

Navigational  Aids— Radar,  Loran,  Radio  Direc- 
tion Finders. 

Special  Equipment — ('ustom-desipned  and  man- 
iif.ictiired  for  all  (jo\ernment  a>;encies. 

Shore  Service  Stations  —  Speedy,  reliable  in- 
spection and  ntaintenance  on  all  t>pes  of 
radio-electronic  equipment.  29  service 
depots  in  principal  I'.  S.  ports.  World-wide 
service  facilities  through  foreign  associates. 

Coastal  Radio  Stations—  1  3  coastal  stations  pro- 
vide radio  communication  s\-stem  for  con- 
tact with  vessels  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 

Training  School — Theoretical  and  operational 
instruction  in  radio  aids  to  navigation. 


RADIOMARINE  CORPORATION  <4  AMERICA,  75   Varick  St..  Neu-  York   I  i.  S.  Y. 
Offices,  Coriini/micilioijs  iiiid  Seriice  Stations  in  principal  ports. 

RA  DtOMARtME   CORPORA  TtOM  of  A MERiCA 

A  SERVICE  OF  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 


RADIO  AGE 

RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


PRIL 


52 


4lelp  h  Engineers 

iMfho  are  concerned 

vfith  the  future  of  their  careers 


Are  vou  in  a  "Dead  end'  job  with  no 

chance  to  move  forward? 

Would  you  like  work  that  challenges 
your  creative  thinking  and  skills? 

Is  your  present  position  limiting  your 
opportunity  for  the  complete  expression 
of  your  talents  in  electronics? 

Do  you  and  your  family  worry  about 
your  career,  or  where  you  live  now,  or 
about  security  and  your  future? 


If  the  answer  is  "yes"  to  one  or  more 
of  these  questions — then  you  should  send 
for  a  /ree  copy  of  RCA's  new  booklet 
CHALLENGE  AND  OPPORTUNITY,  T/)e 
Role  oj  the  Fiigirieer  hi  KCA. 

This  3<S-page.  illustrated  booklet,  just 
off  the  press,  will  show  you  the  splendid 
opportunities  offered  by  KC^A  to  put  your 
career  on  the  upswing.  See  how,  as  part 
of  the  RCA  team,  dailv  contact  with  the 


best  minds  in  various  fields  of  electronics, 
and  with  world-renowned  specialists  will 
stimulate  your  creative  thinking. 

For  graduate  engineers  who  can  see 
the  challenge  of  the  future,  RCA  offers 
opportunities  for  achievement  and  ad- 
vancement that  are  legion.  Send  for  a 
copy  of  CHALLENCiE  AND  OPPORTU- 
NITY', The  Role  oj  the  Engineer  in  RCA. 
It  is  youTS /ree  for  the  asking. 


ards  .  .  .  Special  Recognition 
.  Retirement  Plon  .  .  .  Insurance 
Protection  Program 


How  RCA  Serves  the  Government, 
Science  and  Industry 


RCA  Engineering  Activities 
and  Policies 


Pleasant  Communities  in 
Which  to  Live  and  Work 


Facilities  to  Support  Fully 
Every  Requirement 


Opportunities  for  Progressive 
Growth  and  Advancement 


RCA  Tubes  .  .  .  Pace  Setters  foi 
Our  Electronixed  Civilisation 


To  Qualified  Engineers: 

If  you  qualify  for  any  of  the  positions 
listed  below,  write  us  for  a  personal 
Interview — include  a  complete  re- 
sume of  your  education  and  expert* 
ence.  Write  to  address  in  coupon. 


RADIO    CORPORATION  of  AMERICA 


MAIL  COUPON  NOW! 


POSITIONS  OPEN   IN  THE   FOLLOWING   FIELDS: 

•  lele'vis'ton  Development 

•  Electron  Tube  Development 

•  Transformer  and  Coil  Design 

•  Communications 

•  Radar — Missile  Guidance 

•  Computer  Development  and  Design 

•  Navigational  Aids 
i>   Technical  Sales 

•  Electronic  Equipment  Field  Service 


MR.  ROBERT  E.  McQUISTON.  Manager 
Specialized  Emplovnunc  Di\ision,  Dept.    119C 
Radio  Corporation  of  America 
30  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York  20,  N.  Y. 

\\  itlK>ut  obligation  on  my  part,  please  send  me 
a  free  copy  of  CHALLENGE  AND  OPPORTUNITY 


Name_ 


Address. 
City 


_Siate_ 


List  degree  or  degrees. 


VOLUME  11     NUMBER  3 


I  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS 
BROADCASTING -TELEVISION 


APRIL  1952 


Jit-)-    ■      -.^lijjjyiMijj^MHiiii  mil  »*>»*>*  ><4 

f TTTTi  m  U  n  \  x  \  i#,r;> 

-•■■■■y«i»iim<*4iJwi«»i««,« 


COVER 

Frank  M.  Folsom,  RCA  Presi- 
dent (right)  and  Donald 
Mossman,  Jr.,  examine  the 
"push-button"  switch  and  its 
889  ports  which  brought  na- 
tionwide acclaim  to  the  Joliet, 
III.,  businessman.  (Story  on 
page  6.) 


CONTENTS 

Page 

TV  and  Radio  Plan  Convention  Coverage 3 

by  W///(om  R.  McAndrew 

American  "Small  Businessman"  Cited  for  Contributions  to  Defense     .  6 

Transistors — Modern    Miracle    of    Electronics 8 

New  TV   Station   in   Cuba '" 

Stockholders  "Tour"  Their  Plont  Through  Eyes  of  TV  Cameras      .      .  11 

First  Floating  Broadcaster  to  Hurl  "Voice"  Over  Iron  Curtain      ...  13 

America  Moves  Steadily  Toward  Goal  of  Equal  Opportunity  for  All  15 

Metal  Shell  Kinescopes  Gain  in  Favor 16 

fay  Lorry  S.  Thees 

Plastic  "Props"  for  Television  Shows 17 

Complete    Chain    of    Television    Equipment    Ready    for    Opening    of 

UHF    Band         18 

Industrial   Television   Expands 20 

Home-Built  Yacht  Carries  RCA  Radio  Equipment 22 

Air  Conditioners  and  Dehumidifiers  Marketed  by  RCA 23 

Selecting   Mood    Music    for   TV    Programs 25 

Phonograph  Records  Make  Strong  Comeback  in  1951 26 

by  L.  W.  Konaga 

Fading  of  Radio  Signals  Minimized  by  New  Transmitter  System      .      .  27 

by  Gronf  E.  Hansetl 

NBC    Operates   One   of    World's    Biggest    Box-Offices 28 

by  Peter  M.  Jinfle 

Electronic  Device  Makes  Gun-Shots  Sound  Real 29 


NOTICE 

When  requcsiing  o  chonge  In  moiling 
oddrets  picose  include  the  code  letters 
and  numbers  which  appear  with  Ihe 
stencitlcd    oddrcis    on    rhc    envelope. 

Radio  Age  is  published  quorfer//  by 
the  Department  of  Information,  ftodio 
Corporation  of  Americo,  30  Rocke- 
feUer  Plaza,  New  York   20,  N    Y. 


RADIO     CORPORATION     OF    AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  N.Y. 


DAVID  SARNOFF,  Chairman  of  (he  Boord 
LEWIS  MacCONNACH,  Secretary 


FRANK  M.  FOLSOM,  Preiident 
ERNEST  B.  GORIN,  Treaiurcr 


Services  of  RCA  are: 
RCA  Victor  Division  •  RCA  Service  Company,  Inc.  •  RCA  International  Division 
Nationol  Broadcasting  Compony,  Inc.  •  Radiomorine  Corporation  of  America 
RCA  Communicotions,  Inc.  •  RCA  Laboratories  Division  •  RCA  Institutes,  Inc. 


Printed  in  U.S.A. 


mmmi 


Antennas  for  five  TV   and   three   FM   stations    ore  supported   by  this  200-foot  mast  atop  the 
Empire  State  Building.    The  array  was  designed  by  RCA  engineers. 


TV  and  Radio 

Plan  ('onvcnrion  C^ovcniye 


t/iW 


By  William  R.  McAndrew 

Director  oj  Publk  Ajjuirs 

'Iflerision  Diiision.  NMinnal  Broadciisting  Co. 


T 


HIS  July  millions  of  Americans  will  have  a  time- 
honored  political  custom,  the  national  conventions,  laid 
bare  in  their  living  riwms.  Through  television  and  radio 
the  deliberations  and  sometimes  the  antics  of  these  great 
quadrennial  gatherings  will  be  seen  and  heard  coast-to- 
co.ist  for  the  first  time. 

The  effect  of  these  two  mediums  of  communications 
upon  the  electorate  and  the  traditional  system  of  political 
campaigns  is  unpredictable.  Such  a  widely  read  colum- 
nist as  Walter  l.ippmann  wonders  if  it  might  not  be  a 
change  in  the  whole  method  of  national  campaigns, 
l.ippmann  suggests  that  candidates  for  national  office 
may  have  to  confine  themselves  to  TV  campaigns  in  the 
last  few  days  or  weeks  before  election  rather  than  make 
frequent   nationwide  personal  appearances. 

Certainly,    the    preparations    going    into    television 


coverage  of  the  conventions  indicates  that  they  will  be 
the  best  covered  events  in  the  history  of  the  epoch- 
making  industry.  This  can  be  understood  when  some 
of  the  facts  and  figures  of  NBC  convention  coverage  are 
considered. 

NBC  will  move  more  than  two  hundred  people  to 
Chicago  for  a  period  of  two  to  four  weeks.  More  than 
$1,500,000  worth  of  equipment  will  be  utilized.  Miles 
of  cable  will  be  installed.  Two  television  studios, 
capable  of  holding  from  twenty-five  to  fifty  people  will 
be  built  in  the  Intcrn.itional  Amphitheatre,  on  Chicago's 
south  side,  the  site  of  both  conventions.  Teletype  print- 
ers of  the  three  major  press  associations  will  be  installed 
in  the  network's  combined  radio  and  TV  newsroom. 
Office  furniture,  typewriters,  paper,  pencils,  even  paper 
clips,  must  be  obtained  for  the  use  of  more  than  fifty 
comment.uors  and  reporters  who  will  cover  for  NBC. 
A  full-time  24-hour  news  desk  will  be  manned  to  service 
the  various  regular  news  programs,  which  will  originate 
from  the  convention  city.  A  complete  film  developing 
plant  will  be  leased.  Motorcycle  messengers  will  trans- 
port film  from  camera  to  developer  and  b-ick  to  the 
studios  for  projection.  Two  private  NBC  telephone 
switchboards  will  be  set  up.  Direct  telephone  lines  from 
the  convention  hall  back  to  New  York  must  be  installed 
for  instantaneous  communication  with  NBC  head- 
quarters in  Radio  City.  A  special  teletyp>e  circuit  will 
connect  all  television  stations  taking  NBC  service  to 
keep  them  informed  of  last  minute  changes  in  the  con- 


RCA's  TV  "Wolkie-Lookie,"  shown  in  action  at  left,  is  examined 

below   by   NBC's  William    F.    Brooks,    Bill    Henry,    O.    B.    Hanson 

and    William    McAndrew. 


wmm 


Through  a  control  room  such  as  this  will  pour  the  news 
and    pictures    supplied    by    scores    of    reporters,    com- 
mentators and  cameramen   working   inside   and   outside 
Chicago's  Amphitheatre. 


vention  schedules  and  the  scheduling  of  special  pro- 
grams that  cannot  be  predicted  more  than  minutes  in 
advance  of  their  taking  the  air. 

To  provide  roving  coverage  NBC  will  concentrate 
four  mobile  units  in  Chicago.  These  include  a  new 
"crash"  truck  which  is  completely  equipped  to  transmit 
live  TV  pictures  or  16  mm.  motion  pictures  direct  from 
the  35-foot  truck.  The  new  "crash"  truck,  to  be  used 
for  the  first  time  at  the  conventions,  was  built  to  NBC 
specifications  and  will  carry  three  RCA  television 
cameras  and  several  movie  cameras. 

The  mobile  units  will  serve  NBC's  specially  created 
"Human  Interest  Team",  which  will  provide  the  audi- 
ence with  feature  material  to  brighten  the  political  re- 
ports direct  from  the  floor  of  the  International  Amphi- 
theatre. This  team  will  consist  of  a  staff  of  directors, 
writers  and  reporters  whose  sole  job  in  Chicago  will  be 
to  ferret  out  the  side  stories  which  will  amuse  as  well 
as  inform  televiewers. 

This  staff  is  already  at  work  on  a  series  of  sixteen 
pre-convention  telecasts  which  will  give  NBC  viewers 
latest  reports  on  the  race  for  the  Presidential  nomination 
prior  to  the  actual  balloting  in  Chicago  as  well  as  a 
picture  history  of  past  political  conventions. 

Meanwhile,  NBC  engineers  have  blue-printed  the 
7,500  square  feet  NBC  convention  headquarters  in  the 
North  Wing  of  the  Amphitheatre.    The  headquarters 


One  of  the  mobile  units,  carrying  TV  cameras  and  film 

equipment,  which  will  increase  the  political  convention 

coverage    that    radio    and    television    will    provide    the 

American  people. 

4  RADIO  AGE 


will  be  completely  air-conditioned  and  will  contain  two 
large  television  studios  and  three  radio  studios  specially 
constructed  by  NBC  for  the  conventions.  A  newsroom 
housing  teletypes,  switchboards,  operations  desks  for 
both  television  and  radio,  and  NBC's  central  news  desk, 
will  occupy  1,200  square  feet.  To  the  central  desk  will 
pour  news  from  more  than  fifty  reporters  and  commen- 
tators which  then  will  be  funneled  to  both  radio  and 
TV  networks. 

NBC  headquarters  also  will  include  dark  rooms  for 
movie  and  still  picture  developing,  make-up  rooms, 
staging  facilities,  dressing  rooms,  tape  recording  rooms, 
studios  for  NBC  affiliate  stations  and  an  office  for  the 
sponsors  of  NBC's  conventions  coverage. 

Convention  TV  to  be  Sponsored 

Another  "first"  for  the  1952  conventions  is  sponsor- 
ship. Negotiations  were  opened  with  the  two  national 
committees  in  August  of  1951  for  permission  to  sell 
NBC  coverage  to  a  commercial  sponsor  in  order  to  help 
defray  the  huge  expense.  On  January  2nd  of  this  year, 
executive  vice  president  James  H.  Carmine  of  the  Philco 
Corp.  and  president  Joseph  H.  McConnell  of  NBC 
agreed  on  preliminary  details  for  sponsorship  of  NBC 
radio  and  TV  coverage  of  the  conventions. 

The  convention  hall  was  chosen  by  the  national  com- 
mittees this  year  to  provide  better  facilities  for  television. 
However,  even  this  decision  will  not  make  available 
enough  space  inside  the  hall  itself  for  each  network  to 
install  its  own  cameras.  Therefore,  the  proceedings  from 
the  convention  sessions  will  be  "pooled"  and  fed  to  all 
networks.   Each  network  will  have  its  own  commentator 


Artist's  interpretation  of  NBC's  extensive  TV  and  radio  operations  planned  for  the  two 
political  conventions  which  are  to  be  held   in  Chicago  in  July. 


describing  what  the  viewer  sees  on  his  screen.  For  NBC, 
Bill  Henry,  long-time  newspaperman  and  radio  com- 
mentator and  now  a  featured  jserformer  on  "Who  Said 
That?"  and  on  NBC  news  programs,  will  do  the  "run- 
ning" stor)-  of  the  convention.  Among  other  famous 
NBC  "names"  who  will  be  seen  and  heard  during  the 
convention  are  John  Cameron  Swayze,  Ben  Grauer,  H. 
V.  Kaltcnborn.  Morgan  Bcatty,  Earl  Godwin,  and  others. 
The  pooled"  scenes  of  the  convention  sessions  will 
be  fed  to  the  more  than  two  score  stations  taking  the 
NBC-Philco  coverage.  The  "pooled"  picture  will  actu- 
ally go  from  coast  to  coast  but  different  commentators 
will  be  heard  in  the  e.ist  and  middle  west  and  the  west 
coast.  Only  one  television  facility'  is  now  in  operation 
from  Omaha  west  to  the  Pacific  coast.  To  provide 
sponsor  identification  for  Philco  Corp.,  commercial  mes- 
sages will  have  to  be  inserted,  on  a  regional  or  local 


basis,  by  west  coast  stations.  Thus,  in  effect,  two  net- 
works carrying  the  same  picture  but  different  commen- 
tators will  be  operated  from  Chicago  by  NBC. 

The  1952  conventions  will  bring  to  bear  more  man- 
power and  technical  equipment  than  ever  before  used 
in  covering  one  event  in  the  history  of  network  radio 
and  television.  Until  the  gavel  raps  at  Chicago  the 
afternoon  of  July  7th,  the  1949  Inaugural  of  President 
Harry  Truman  will  stand  as  the  record  breaker  for  TV 
coverage.  But  once  the  1952  convention  coverage  be- 
gins, this  record  will  be  surpassed. 

The  Republican  convention  is  scheduled  to  begin 
in  Chicago  on  July  7th  and  the  Democratic  convention 
follows  two  weeks  later,  beginning  July  21st. 

NBC  television  will  broadcast  a  minimum  of  sixty 
hours  coverage  of  the  two  conventions.  NBC  radio  will 
provide  full  and  comprehensive  coverage  of  the  sessions. 


RADIO  AGE  5 


American  "Small  Businessman"  is  Cited 
for  Contributions  to  Defense 


Dc 


'ONALD  P.  MOSSMAN,  JR.,  an  American  small 
businessman  of  Joliet,  111.,  came  into  prominence  re- 
cently when  political,  industrial  and  business  leaders 
cited  him  for  outstanding  contributions  to  the  defense 
effort.  The  starting  point  of  these  activities  was  a  full- 
page  RCA  institutional  advertisement  which  appeared 
in  newspapers  in  New  York.  Washington,  Illinois  and 
Connecticut. 

Mr.  Mossman  is  one  of  121  manufacturers  who 
worked  with  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  on  a 
new  "push  button"  master  communications  console  that 
is  capable  of  instantaneously  flashing  vital  battle  infor- 
mation between  warships.  The  console,  a  basic  part  of 
the  Combat  Information  Center  on  major  warships,  was 
developed  and  built  by  RCA  at  the  request  of  the  Navy. 

Mr.  Mossman  was  honored  by  Frank  M.  Folsom, 
president  of  RCA,  Governor  Adlai  Stevenson  of  Illinois, 
and  the  Illinois  Manufacturers'  Association.  In  addition, 
he  will  be  commended  by  the  Navy,  which  is  planning 
a  ceremony  in  his  honor  at  the  Great  Lakes  Naval  Base 
in  Illinois. 

Mr.  Folsom  called  Mr.  Mossman,  whose  firm  em- 
ploys 45  people,  "a  typical  member  of  the  Ail-American 
industrial  team." 

Telling  of  the  Joliet  manufacturer's  relations  witli 
RCA,  Mr.  Folsom  said: 

"When  RCA  needed  a  complicated  and  non-existent 
push-button  switch  to  complete  the  Navy's  contract  for 
the  communications  console,  Mr.  Mossman  took  on  the 
job  after  many  other  switch  manufacturers  said  it  was 
too  complicated  to  make.  He  made  up  a  rough  sample, 
based  on  an  RCA  sketch,  and  our  engineers  saw  at  once 
that  he  was  at  least  a  year  ahead  of  the  only  other 
company  willing  to  try. 

Switch  Recjuired  SS9  Parts 

"Mr.  Mossman  visited  RCA  headquarters  at  least 
once  a  week  for  three  months  to  coordinate  development 
work  on  the  switch  which  required  up  to  889  different 
parts  compressed  into  the  size  of  a  cigar  box.  To  speed 
the  work  and  get  closer  to  RCA,  he  went  to  Danbury, 
Conn.,  and  made  arrangements  with  the  Capitol  Machine 
Company  of  that  city  because  they  had  exactly  the  right 
kind  of  tools  and  skilled  craftsmen  needed  to  build  the 
parts  for  the  switch. 


"After  four  weeks  of  intensive  effort,  the  first  eng.- 
neering  model  of  the  switch  was  completed,  and  with 
Navy  approval,  production  of  the  new  Combat  Infor- 
mation Center  console  was  started. 

"The  combined  effort  of  Mossman  and  Clapitol  and 
RCA,  in  Joliet  and  Danbury  and  Camden,  made  the 
switch  that  had  to  be  made." 

For  two  days  following  publication  of  the  advertise- 
ment in  Chicago,  Mr.  Mossman  was  occupied  with  a 
strenuous  schedule  of  radio  and  television  appearances. 
He  was  a  guest  on  the  Garroway  show  "Today, '  and  on 
several  television  news  inter\'iew  programs.  Later,  he 
appeared  on  the  "American  Farmer  Hour,"  a  full  na- 
tional network  program  originating  in  Chicago. 

The  ceremony  in  the  headquarters  of  the  Illinois 
Manufacturers"  Association,  at  which  Mr.  Mossman  was 
cited  as  the  "Small  Businessman  of  1952"  in  the  presence 
of  fome  of  the  nation's  leading  industrialists,  was  tape- 
recorded  by  NBC's  Chicago  outlet  and  broadcast  on 
the  dty  the  advertisement  appeared. 

Moisnnm   Praised   by    Illinois   Governor 

Governor  Adlai  Stevenson  went  to  Chicago  from  his 
executive  offices  in  Springfield  to  honor  Mr.  Mossman 
as  the  "American  Small  Businessman  of  1952."  In 
ceremonies  at  his  Chicago  office,  covered  by  NBC  tele- 
vision newsreel,  he  made  a  speech  on  the  importance  of 
big  and  little  business  and  on  Mr.  Mossman's  contribu- 
tion to  the  defense  effort. 

The  text  of  the  Governor's  address  follows: 

"Mr.  Mossm.m,  1  wine  to  congratulate  you.  on 
be!ialf  of  the  people  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  for  an 
outstanding  contribution  to  the  Nation's  defense 
effort.  Tlie  work  you  have  done  in  the  design  and 
production  of  this  very  complex  switch  symbolizes  the 
activity  of  thousands  of  small  businessmen  throughout 
the  Nation  on  behalf  of  our  Armed  Services. 

"It  is  my  understanding  that  this  switch  had  to 
be  invented  in  order  for  our  naval  task  forces  to 
obtain  new  communications  centers  operating  with 
push  button  speed.  The  fact  that  you  accepted  the 
challenge  of  designing  a  non-existent  switch,  that  you 
risked  your  own  funds  in  its  development,  that  you 
worked  lon^^  hours  to  meet  the  Navy's  time  .scliedule. 


6  RADIO  AGE 


entitles  you  to  the  commendation  of  every  Aniericin 
citizen. 

"It  is  interesting  to  note  that  121  companies  from 
every  section  of  the  United  States  worked  on  this 
master  communications  center  which  the  Radio  Cor- 
pt)ration  of  America  priKJuced  for  the  Navy.  The 
large  majority  of  them,  like  Mr.  Mossman's  firm  in 
Joliet,  were  small  businesses.  Without  them,  and 
without  the  teamwork  of  large  and  small  businesses, 
the  job  couldn't  h.ive  been  dt>nc. 

"This,  I  think,  is  the  real  secret  of  our  strength. 
When  American  industries  of  all  sizes  and  from  all 
regions  work  together  as  members  of  the  same  team, 
they  give  us  a  defensive  power  that  no  aggressor  can 
ever  crumble. 

"I  am  indeed  pleased  that  a  small  manufacturer 
from  this  State  has  made  such  an  important  contribu- 
tion to  the  security  of  our  task  forces  around  the 
world  and  to  the  sailors  who  man  them.  1  think  you 
typify,  Mr.  Mossman,  the  American  Small  Business- 
man of  1952. 

"My  warmest  congratulations  to  you." 

Sniiill  Business  Esseiiliiil  to  Defense  Effort 

In  ceremonies  at  the  headquarters  of  the  Illinois 
Manufacturers'  Association,  some  of  the  state's  leading 
industrialists  gathered  to  present  Mr.  Mossman  with  an 
engraved  citation  for  his  "outstanding  contribution"  to 
the  defense  effort  and  for  symbolizing  the  American 
small  manufacturer  of  1952.  James  L.  Donnelly,  execu- 
tive vice  president  of  the  I.M.A.,  who  made  the  presen- 
tation, told  Mr.  Mossman  that  his  switch  represented 
"dramatic  proof  of  the  importance  of  small  business  to 
the  defense  eflForr." 

The  citation  said  in  part: 

"The  accomplishments  of  Don  Mossman  and  his 
associates  exemplify  the  teamwork  typical  of  Amer- 
ican industry  —  large,  small  or  middle-sized  —  which 
has  made  America  strong  and  presents  an  unanswer- 
able challenge  to  those  who  would  destroy  the  Amer- 
ican system  of  free,  competitive  enterprise. " 

In  all  of  his  radio  and  television  appearances,  and 
in  his  responses  to  the  awards  given  him,  Mr.  Mossman 
emphasized  that  his  experience  with  RCA  proved  how 
big  and  little  business  could  work  together  effectively 
under  the  traditional  American  system  of  free  enterprise. 

F.xpressing  his  gratitude  to  Governor  Stevenson. 
Mossman  said  he  accepted  the  citation  on  behalf  of  all 
the  members  of  "our  team"  —  the  121  companies  that 
worked  with  RCA  on  the  Navy  contract. 

"I  really  interpret  your  recognition.  Governor,  as  a 


Donald   Mossman   (right)   accepts   citation   for    his   "out- 
standing contributions  to  the  defense  effort"  from  J.  L. 
Donnelly  of  the  Illinois  Manufacturers  Association. 

testimonial  to  the  results  that  can  be  obtained,"  Moss- 
man said,  "from  the  teamwork  of  small,  medium  and 
large  organizations  operating  all  across  the  country 
within  the  framework  of  our  free  economy." 

Enlarging  on  this  theme,  Mr.  Folsom  pointed  out, 
in  the  announcement  that  RCA  was  producing  the  Navy 
console,  that  5,000  suppliers  in  every  section  of  the 
country  worked  with  RCA.  Seventy  per  cent  are  classi- 
fied as  small  businesses  and  about  half  employ  less  than 
100  men  and  women. 

Programs  on   NBC-TV   Win   Awards 

Two  NBC  Television  network  series  took  first  awards 
in  the  recent  annual  review  of  educational  radio  and 
T'V  programs  at  the  22nd  Institute  for  Education  by 
Radio  at  Ohio  State  University. 

First  prize  for  TV  network  programs  devoted  to 
systematic  instruction  went  to  ""American  Inventory,""  a 
weekly  experimental  adult  education  series  produced  by 
NBC  in  cooperation  with  the  Alfred  P.  Sloan  Founda- 
tion. It  was  honored  ""for  effective  visual  development 
through  mature  dramatization  of  a  wide  variety  of  theme-, 
basic  to  understanding  of  American  democracy. 

First  award  for  network  cultural  TV  programs  — 
which  included  drama,  music,  literature,  science  and  art 
—  went  to  "Zoo  Parade,"  a  weekly  series  presented  by 
NBC  from  Chicago's  Lincoln  Park  2^oo  and  featuring 
R.  M.irlin  Perkins,  the  Zoos  director. 


RAD\0  AGE  7 


wm 


Transistors  -  -Modern  Miracle  of  Electronics 


Development  of  Tiny  Electronic  Device 
Goes  Forward  Rapidly  in  Broad  Program 
Initiated  by  RCA  Scientists  and  Engineers. 


Ni 


EW  possibilities  for  extending  the  usefulness  of 
the  transistor  —  tiny  electronic  device  which  functions 
like  certain  types  of  vacuum  tubes  —  have  been  dis- 
closed by  research  scientists  and  engineers  of  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America. 

Development  of  the  RCA  transistor,  noted  for  its 
reliability  and  ruggedness,  emerged  from  a  broad  pro- 
gram initiated  at  the  David  Sarnoff  Research  Center  of 
RCA,  Princeton,  N.  J.,  and  carried  forward  into  prac- 
tical applications  at  the  RCA  plants  in  Harrison  and 
Camden,  N.  J.  In  addition,  these  activities  are  providing 
valuable  information  on  new  electronic  circuits  that 
will  be  necessary  before  transistors  can  be  utilized,  ac- 
cording to  Dr.  E.  W.  Engstrom,  Vice  President  in  Charge 
of  the  RCA  Laboratories  Division. 

"As  the  vacuum  tube  made  possible  the  modern 
miracles  of  radio,  television  and  radar,"  says  Dr.  Eng- 
strom, "so  will  the  transistor  become  a  tool  with  which 
to  open  vast  new  horizons  in  the  electronic  art.  How- 
ever, RCA  does  not  expect  the  transistor  to  supplant 
the  electron  tube  any  more  than  radio  replaced  tlie 
phonograph.  In  fact,  the  market  for  electron  tubes  is 
almost  certain  to  increase  under  the  full  impact  of 
commercial  transistors. 

"This  is  because  the  transistor  permits  development 
of  electronic  instruments  and  apparatus  undreamed  of 
at  the  present  time.  Many  of  these  devices  will  still 
require  electron  tubes.  Thus,  as  transistors  begin  to  take 
the  place  of  certain  rubes,  the  displaced  tubes  will  find 
new  jobs  in  new  electronic  gear." 

Operates  at  Low  Tenipciatines 

A  paper  on  the  improved  RCA  transistor  in  tlie 
December,  1951  issue  of  RCA  Review,  prepared  by 
B.  N.  Slade,  of  the  RCA  Tube  Department,  describes 
it  as  shock  resistant,  unaffected  by  dampness  and  able 
to  operate  at  temperatures  as  low  as  liquid  air  (minus 
180  degrees  Centigrade).  These  characteristics  have 
been  achieved  by  embedding  the  elements  of  the  tran- 
sistor in  thermosetting  resin  to  provide  the  finished 
product  with  an  almost   indestructible   protective  case. 

In  appearance  and  size,  the  RCA  transistor  resembles 

8  RADIO  AGE 


Although  only  the  size  of  o  kernel  of  corn,  the  transistoJ 
performs  the  functions  of  certain  types  of  vacuum  fubea^ 


a  small  kernel  of  corn,  with  three  needle-like  terminals 
protruding  from  the  end.  Its  principal  embedded  ele- 
ment is  a  quantity  of  single-crystal  germanium  about  the 
size  of  a  pinhead.  Overall,  the  transistor  measures 
6   10"  by  3    10"  by  2  TO". 

One  of  the  world's  few  setups  for  producing  single- 
crystal  germanium  needed  for  transistors  was  on  public 
view  in  New  York  during  March  3-6  at  the  Institute 
of  Radio  Engineers  exhibit  in  Grand  Central  Palace. 
Refinement  of  this  rare  element  w-as  accomplished  with 
professional  efficiency  through  the  use  of  a  small  electric 
furnace  operated  by  RCA  engineers. 

The  germanium  furnace,  part  of  a  display  showing 
research  into  electronically  active  solids,  transformed  the 
germanium  into  the  desired  single-crystal  form.  To  ob- 
tain the  processed  germanium  crystals  RCA  engineers 
"tiraw"  —   instead  of  cast  —  a   thin,  pencil-like   ingot 


from  a  crucible  of  molten  germanium.  This  action  takes 
place  inside  of  a  quartz  tube. 

The  main  advantages  of  transistors  are:  long  life, 
small  size,  resistance  to  shock,  low  power  requirements, 
and  no  "warm-up"  period.  When  properly  made  and 
not  abused,  a  transistor  should  almost  never  wear  out. 

A  transistor  diflers  basically  from  an  electron  tube 
in  that  it  has  no  heated  filament  operating  in  a  vacuum. 
In  an  electron  tube  this  filament,  when  heated  by  electric 
power,  "boils  off"  the  needed  electrons  in  the  vacuum. 
In  the  transistor,  the  electrons  are  harnessed  in  a  piece 
of  solid  matter.  They  are  controlled  as  they  move  about 
within  this  solid. 

Gernianiiini  is  a  Semi-Condtictor 

The  solid  material  currently  used  is  germanium  of 
the  type  described  —  an  element  which  physicists  call 
a  semi-conductor.  Tliat  is,  it  docs  not  conduct  electrical 
energy  nearly  as  well  as  copper;  but  neither  is  it  an 
insulator.  A  semi-conductor  can  be  made  to  conduct 
current  well  in  one  direction,  and  poorly  in  the  opposite, 
a  phenomenon  which  does  not  occur  in  the  metals 
normally  used  for  conducting  electricity. 

The  point-contact  transistor  developed  by  RCA  con- 
sists simply  of  the  tiny  speck  of  germanium  touched  by 
two  closely  spaced,  fine  wires.  These  wires  correspond 
to  the  terminals  in  a  vacuum  tube. 

In  their  present  stage  of  development,  transistors 
have  a  few  drawbacks.  They  are  sensitive  to  tempera- 
ture change,  and  have  frequency  limitations  that  further 


research  and  development  are  expected  to  eliminate  or 
minimize. 

Among  the  devices  which  RCA  engineers  predict 
will  be  p<issible  with  fully  refined  transistors  are: 

Compacl,  portable  electronic  computers.  In  the  last 
ten  years,  specialized  electronic  devices  have  become 
more  and  more  complex,  Dr.  Engstrom  pointed  out.  In 
one  electronic  computer  alone,  such  as  "Typhoon"  built 
for  the  U.  S.  Navy  by  RCA,  more  than  •4,000  electron 
tubes  are  used.  Engineers  have  made  great  strides  in 
decreasing  the  bulkiness  of  equipment  by  using  minia- 
ture and  sub-miniature  tubes.  But  the  problem  of  heat 
has  remained.  By  using  transistors,  excessive  bulk  and 
heat  should  virtually  disappear. 

Smaller  personal  type  portable  receivers,  with  more 
economical  battery  life  will  be  developed  around  the 
transistor  in  the  future. 

In  .iddition  to  simplicity  and  small  size,  elimination 
of  delay  in  warming  up  may  be  regarded  as  a  major 
feature.  Electrons  within  the  transistor  are  lying  ready 
for  action.  Transistor  equipment  comes  to  full  strength 
the  instant  it  is  switched  on;  long  distance  telephone 
amplifiers,  marine  radios,  and  other  devices  which  must 
be  ready  tt)  operate  on  demand  will  not  need  to  be  kept 
turned  on  continuously. 

'I'rausistors   Have   Long   Life 

Respecting  the  longevity  of  the  transistor  it  is  gen- 
erally agreed  that  it  may  be  in  the  vicinity  of  100,000 
hours,  since  there  is  no  filament  or  heating  element  to 
burn  out. 

Perhaps  the  most  striking  advantage  of  the  transistor 
is  the  modesty  of  its  power  requirements.  In  the  vacuum 
tube,  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  power  goes  to  heat 
the  filament;  only  a  small  part  reappears  as  output 
signal.  Since  it  needs  no  energy  to  set  electrons  free 
the  transistor  needs  only  the  power  necessary  for  the 
desired  signal.  A  millionth  of  a  watt  is  sufficient  to 
operate  it  and  it  can  then  generate  signals  of  the  same 
order  of  power. 

This  fact  coupled  with  the  transistor's  freedom  from 
heat  appears  to  make  it  ideal  for  use  in  many  of  the 
complicated  electronic  instruments  such  as  calculators 
and  control  systems  which  at  the  present  time  employ 


Liquid  resin  is  dropped  into  a  transistor  shell  to  cement 

the  components  in  place  and  protect  them  from  moisture 

and  other  elements  in  the  atmosphere. 

RADIO   AGE  9 


mrmmmmmwm 


thousands  of  electron  tubes  and  which  are  ofttimes  cur- 
tailed in  effectiveness  by  the  excessive  heat  generated. 

While  emphasizing  that  the  art  of  tlie  transistor  is 
still  in  its  infancy.  Dr.  Engstrom  said  that  its  develop- 
ment was  made  possible  by  a  research  program  of  the 
broadest  dimensions  in  the  field  of  electrons  and  solids. 
He  revealed  that  some  of  RCA's  top  scientists  have  been 
working  on  this  problem  —  which  involves  the  basic 
fundamentals  of  matter  —  for  many  years. 

One  group  of  RCA  scientists  has  been  concentrating 
on  photoconductive  materials  —  materials  which  are 
sensitive  to  light.  Out  of  this  research  came  the  small 
television  pickup  tube  known  as  the  "vidicon." 

Still  another  group  of  RCA  scientists  has  conducted 
pioneering  research  into  luminescent  materials  —  sub- 
stances which  glow  when  struck  by  electron  beams  in  a 
vacuum.  Some  of  these  materials,  called  phosphors,  coat 
the  inside  of  every  home  television  picture  tube,  he 
pointed  out;  others  are  used  in  fluorescent  lights. 

"The  transistor,  first  developed  and  announced  by 
Bell  Telephone  Laboratories  in  1948,  is  a  special  form 
of  device  making  use  of  the  knowledge  of  electronically 
active  solids,"  Dr.  Engstrom  said. 

"Out  of  all  this  theoretical,  fundamental,  and  applied 
research,"  Dr.  Engstrom  said,  "we  are  assembling  a  fund 
of  know-how  which  will  permit  us  to  develop  electronic 
devices  which  were  undreamed  of  fifty  years  ago." 


New  T\^  Sranon  in  Cuba 

One  of  the  foremost  newspapers  of  Latin  America 
—  El  M/inclo  of  Havana,  Cuba  —  has  completed  plans 
for  participation  in  the  building  and  operation  of  a 
powerful  television  station  in  the  Cuban  capital,  with 
microwave  relays  extending  TV  program  service  to 
three  additional  provinces  on  the  island,  according  to  an 
announcement  by  the  RCA  International  Division.  This 
is  believed  to  be  the  first  microwave  system  for  tele- 
vision scheduled  for  operation  ouside  of  the  United 
States. 

Studios  and  operation  headquarters  are  situated  in 
Havana's  three-million-dollar  Ambar  Motors  Building, 
near  the  fashionable  Vedado  residential  section.  Trans- 
mission will  be  on  Channel  2. 

Cuba's  radio  pioneer.  Angel  Cambo,  co-founder  of 
the  CMQ  radio  network,  is  president  of  the  new  station. 
His  re-entry  into  broadcasting  followed  two  years  of 
observing  television  operations  in  the  United  States. 

Associated  with  Mr.  Cambo  are  Julian  Lastra  and 
Miguel  Humara,  of  the  firm  of  Humara  y  Lastra,  RCA 
distributors  in  Cuba  for  many  years. 

In  addition  to  covering  Havana,  service  of  the  new 
station  will  be  expanded  by  microwave  relays  south  to 
Pinar  del  Rio  Province,  and  eastward  to  the  provinces 
of  Matanzas  and  Las  'Villas. 


Shadowing  Device  Speeds  Electron  Microscope  Analysis 


Shadowing  unit  introduced  by 
RCA,  is  used  for  the  rapid 
preparation  of  specimens  for 
the  electron  microscope  shown 
in  the  rear. 


70  RAD/O   AGE 


MFBIIl  T 


A   TV    camera   and    commentator    go    into   the    plant    of 

Foote   Mineral   Company   to   explain    factory   operations 

to  o   meeting   of   the  firm's   stockholders. 


From    this    monitor    room,    set    up   at    the    Foote   Mineral 
factory,  program  directors  control  the  TV  camera  pick- 
ups and  the  film  sequences. 


Stockholders  "Tour  ^  Their  Plant 


Through  Eyes 


J 


\~J  iriTlNG  up  and  running  a  10-ring  circus  for  a 
one-day  stand  in  a  busy  industrial  plant  might  seem  to 
enjoy  top  rating  as  the  neatest  trick  of  the  year.  But 
those  who  watched  the  preparation  and  production  of 
the  first  televised  plant  tour  for  a  stockholders'  meeting, 
staged  February  2  1  at  the  Exton,  Pa.,  plant  of  the  Foote 
Mineral  Co.,  would  have  the  facts  to  argue  any  such 
contention. 

Robert  D.  Drake,  Foote's  advertising  manager,  con- 
ceived the  ide.i  of  the  unusual  telecast  when  he  saw  an 
RCA  Victor  TV  demonstration  last  fall  at  the  Exposition 
of  the  Chemical  Industries  in  New  York.  He  explored 
the  idea  with  Richard  H.  Htxiper.  manager  of  the  RCA 
Victor  Shows  and  Exhibits  Division,  and  detailed  plans, 
charts,  and  script  were  then  worked  out.  Arrangements 
were  coordinated  for  Ftxite  by  Otto  W.  Renner.  Jr.,  of 
Renner  Advertisers,  Philadelphia. 

In  undertaking  the  job,  RCA  Victor's  globe-trotting 
TV  production  crew,  despite  a  wide  and  varied  experi- 
ence, was  stepping  off  on  new  ground.  But  the  field  was 
recognized  as  one  of  substantial  promise,  and  that  prom- 
ise has  certainly  been  expanded  by  the  success  of  this 
debut  performance. 

The   closed-circuit    ( wired )    telecast    enabled    more 


of  TV  Cameras 


than  250  stockholders  to  see  new  facilities  and  watch 
key  operations  at  widely  separated  locations  on  the  81- 
acre  Foote  property  without  leaving  their  seats  in  the 
plant  cafeteria,  where  the  meeting  was  held.  One  se- 
quence of  the  show,  made  possible  by  televised  film, 
brought  the  stockholders  a  glimpse  of  activities  at  Foote's 
new  Kings  Mountain  holdings,  near  Charlotte,  N.  C, 
where  the  company  "bought  a  mountain"  containing  the 
nation's  largest  known  source  of  spodumene,  an  ore  from 
which  litliiiitn  is  extracted. 

To  stage  this  initial  stockholders'  TV  tour,  RCA 
Victor  installed  and  operated  the  largest  closed-circuit 
system  yet  etnployed  for  a  service  of  this  type.  The 
equipment,  valued  at  more  than  580,000,  included  four 
image  orthicon  field  cameras.  1800  feet  of  camera  cable, 
1200  feet  of  microphone  line,  a  TV  film  camera  chain, 
twelve  17-inch  home  TV  receivers,  and  all  the  auxiliary 
equipment  needed  for  a  complete  control  and  monitoring 
station. 

lour  Cameras  Covered  Seven  Locations 

The  cameras  were  initially  set  up  in  four  strategic 

locations,  and  some  were  swiftly  moved  when  the  script 

permitted,  according  to  a  time  schedule  carefully  worked 

out  in  advance,  to  permit  coverage  of  a  total  of  seven 


RU0\O   AGE    n 


■mmm 


An   RCA  TV  camera  makes  it   possible  for  stockholders 

to  witness  the  complex  processing  of  rare  elements  at 

the  Foote  Chemical    plant. 

plant  locations  without  breaking  the  program's  con- 
tinuity. 

L.  G.  Bliss,  vice  president  in  charge  of  sales  of  the 
Foote  company,  furnished  the  commentary  from  a  nar- 
rator's desk,  covered  by  one  of  the  field  cameras,  in  a 
plant  building  near  the  cafeteria.  Also  located  in  this 
building  were  the  control  station  and  the  TV  film  camera 
chain. 

One  objective  at  the  outset  was  to  eliminate  the 
confusion  and  inconvenience  which  would  be  unavoid- 
able if  the  stockholders  were  guided  physically  through 
the  far-flung  plant  from  one  installation  to  another.  An- 
other was  to  give  the  stockholders  a  more  concise  and 
understandable  view  of  the  company's  aaivities  than 
they  could  hope  to  get  by  actually  touring  the  area.  Both 
aims  were  accomplished. 

The  equipment  was  installed  and  the  show  was  staged 
by  a  crew  of  eight,  including  six  RCA  Service  Company 
engineers  and  two  members  of  the  RCA  Victor  shows 
and  exhibits  group. 

Half-mile  of  Cable  Required 

Although  members  of  this  group  have  demonstrated 
television  and  pioneered  new  applications  of  the  medium 
throughout  the  United  States  and  in  many  foreign  coun- 
tries, they  were  confronted  by  several  unusual  challenges 
to  their  ingenuity  in  carrying  out  the  Exton  program. 
One  was  the  necessity  for  stringing  a  total  of  approxi- 
mately 3000  feet  of  cable  and  "mike"  line,  most  of  it 
overhead.  Another  was  split-second  timing  of  camera 
movements,  which  meant  shutting  down  a  camera,  mov- 
ing it  to  a  new  location,  and  putting  it  back  in  operation 
without  the  usual  time  for  warming  up  the  tubes.  Par- 
ticularly difficult  were  the  quick  shifts  from  indoor  to 
outdoor  light  levels,  and  vice  versa. 


To  speed  up  camera  movements,  the  crew  used  a 
special  truck  with  a  hydraulic  lift  on  the  rear  end.  'When 
a  camera  completed  one  sequence  and  a  camera  in  an- 
other location  took  over,  the  first  camera  would  be  rolled 
onto  the  lowered  lift  of  the  waiting  truck,  tripod  and  all, 
without  dismantling.  It  would  then  be  hoisted  to  the 
truck  floor  and  hauled  to  the  next  location.  There,  the 
lift  would  be  lowered  and  the  camera  rolled  into  position. 
The  longest  distance  covered  by  such  a  shift  was  about 
450  feet. 

The  equipment — five  tons  of  it — hauled  by  truck 
from  RCA  Victor  headquarters  in  Camden,  N.  J.,  was 
packed  in  38  large  wooden  boxes.  Uncrating  and  setting 
it  up  took  only  four  hours,  but  stringing  the  half-mile 
of  cable  consumed  eight  hours. 

To  avoid  blocking  plant  streets  and  drives  and  to 
eliminate  the  risk  of  damage  to  the  cable  by  passing 
vehicles,  most  of  the  line  had  to  be  run  overhead.  This 
also  obviated  possible  damage  to  insulation  from  puddles 
and  wet  ground,  in  many  cases  bearing  lithium  salts  and 
other  chemicals.  At  one  point,  the  line  crossed  a  spur 
of  railroad  track,  and  the  railroad  stipulated  that  it  must 
be  hung  at  least  eight  feet  above  the  tops  of  freight  cars. 

But  all  these  problems  had  been  solved  when  the  hour 
arrived  for  the  show  to  go  on. 

On  the  receiver  screens  in  the  cafeteria,  the  stock- 
holders saw  first  the  processing  of  lepidolite  ores  from 
Africa  to  obtain  lithium  products  used  for  many  indus- 
trial purposes,  including  the  preparation  of  special  types 
of  glass  for  TV  picture  tubes.  Other  important  uses  are 
found  in  the  manufacture  of  lubricants,  ceramics,  and 
air-conditioning  systems. 

Man\  Chemical  Processes  Observed 

Next,  by  means  of  the  televised  film,  they  were  shown 
the  quarrying  and  processing  of  spodumene,  a  source  of 
lithium  salts,  at  Kings  Mountain.  Returned  to  the  Exton 
plant  by  the  flip  of  a  control  switch,  they  saw  more 
lithium  processing  operations  and  the  activities  in  prog- 
ress in  a  pilot  plant  where  a  new  process  is  being 
evaluated. 

This  was  followed  by  detailed  close-up  action  views 
of  complex  operations  and  equipment  used  in  processing 
zirconium,  used  for  its  high  corrosion  resistance  and 
high  strength-to-weight  ratio  in  radar,  television,  and  jet 
engines,  for  its  low  neutron-absorption  characteristics  in 
atomic  reactors,  and  for  its  high  gas-absorption  factor  as 
a  means  of  increasing  vacuum  in  vacuum  tubes.  The 
tour  closed  with  a  visit  to  the  plant  area  where  various 
minerals  are  processed  to  produce  welding  electrode 
coating  materials. 

Commenting  on  Foote's  introduction  of  this  new  use 
(Continued  on  page  21) 


12  RADIO  AGE 


First  Floating  Broadcaster  to  Hurl 


a 


Voice    Over  Iron  Curtain 


W,- 


SS  Courier  Carries  Powerful  Transmirter  Designed  bv  RCA 


1 1  HIN  a  short  time,  the  U.  S.  S.  Courier,  a  5,800 
ton  Cu.isi  Guard  cutter  will  have  completed  her  shake- 
down runs  somewhere  in  the  Atlantic  and  will  set  out 
on  her  first  assignment  as  a  floating  broadcaster  especially 
equipped  to  carry  the  "Voice  of  America"  to  the  people 
behind  the  Iron  Cunain. 

In  his  speech  dedicating  the  ship  on  March  4,  Presi- 
dent Truman  s;iid: 

"This  ship  is  named  the  Courier.  It  is  well  named, 
for  it  will  be  carrying  a  message.  It  will  be  carrying  a 
message  of  hope  and  friendship  to  all  those  who  are 
oppressed  by  tyranny;  it  will  be  carrying  a  message  of 
truth  and  light  to  those  who  are  confused  by  the  storm 
of  falsehood  that  the  Communists  have  loosed  upon  the 
world. 


"The  Courier  is  a  small  ship  —  it  is  not  as  big  as  a 
destroyer  —  but  it  is  of  tremendous  significance.  Its 
significance  lies  in  the  fact  that  it  will  carry  on  the 
fight  for  freedom  in  the  field  where  the  ultimate  victory 
has  to  be  won  —  that  is  in  the  minds  of  men." 

RCA  engineers  and  designers  played  an  important 
role  in  supplying  the  equipment  which  fills  the  major 
part  of  the  Courier's  cargo  holds.  Included  are  a  150,000 
watt  medium  wave  RCA  transmitter,  an  assortment  of 
antennas,  tape  recorders,  receivers  and  a  large  quantity 
of  helium  that  will  be  used  to  inflate  dirigible  balkwns 
to  support  the  antenna.  With  the  latter  lifted  1,000  feet, 
signals  from  the  RCA  transmitter  are  expected  to  reach 
out  with  a  range  of  1,000  miles  or  more.  According  to 
engineers  of  the  "Voice  of  America"  staff,  this  seaborne 
voice  is  more  powerful  than  any  operating  in  the  United 
States. 


Captain    Oscar    Wev,    commanding    officer    of    the    S.S. 

Courier,  and  a  technician  inspect  one  of  the  power  units 

aboard  the  floating  broadcasting  station. 


The  Courier,  world's  first  sea-going  radio-broadcast  sta- 
tion during  commissioning  ceremonies. 


■▼ 


The  large  RCA  transmitter  is  mounted  on  an  eight- 
inch  platform  of  concrete  which  "floats"  on  slabs  of  cork 
three  inches  thick.  This  cushion  protects  apparatus  from 
the  ship's  vibrations.  Two  other  smaller  transmitters  for 
general  communications  purposes  radiate  their  signals 
from  fixed  triangular  antennas  on  the  flight  deck. 

In  another  cargo  hold  are  the  Diesel  engines  which 
are  capable  of  generating  1,500,000  watts  of  electric 
power  for  all  the  transmitters  aboard  the  Courier. 

The  floating  broadcaster  will  pick  up  programs  from 
land-based  transmitters  of  the  "Voice  of  America"  and 


President  Truman  inspects  some  of  the  extensive   radio 
equipment  aboard  the  Courier. 

One    of    the    helium-filled    balloons    is    inflated    on    the 

flight  deck  of  the  Courier  during  a  test  of  the  vessel's 

150  k.w.  transmitter,  supplied  by  RCA. 


retransmit  them,  either  directly  or  by  the  intermediary 
means  of  tape  recorders,  into  the  desired  areas. 

The  Coast  Guard  crew  of  SO,  many  of  them  highly 
trained  radio  technicians,  is  commanded  by  Captain  Oscar 
Wev,  a  transport  commander  in  the  Pacific  during  World 
War  II. 

Color  T\'  in  Biology  Research 

A  new  use  for  color  television  which  adds  another 
dimension  to  biological  research  was  described  to 
the  Institute  of  Radio  Engineers  on  March  4,  by  Dr. 
V.  K.  Zworykin,  L.  E.  Flory  and  R.  E.  Shrader,  of  the 
David  SarnofI  Research  Center  at  Princeton,  N.  J.  In 
a  paper  prepared  jointly  by  the  three  scientists,  they 
said  that  the  use  of  color  television  will  enable  the 
biologist  to  obtain  more  information  about  microscopic 
specimens  than  with  present  methods. 

The  development  was  made  possible  by  hooking  up 
an  RCA  tricolor  picture  rube  to  a  sensitive  new  ultra- 
violet vidicon  camera  which  is  mounted  over  a  micro- 
scope trained  on  the  specimen.  The  absorption  of 
ultraviolet  light  by  the  tissues  of  the  specimen  differs 
among  them.  By  arbitrarily  assigning  different  colors 
to  the  tissues,  the  biologist  can  make  them  emerge  with 
individual  clarity.  This  method  supplants  the  old  system 
of  staining  the  tissues. 

The  new  technique  adds  color  artificially  to  cells  or 
tissues  by  translating  different  wave  lengths  of  invisible 
light  into  electronic  energy.  This  energy  is  then  trans- 
lated into  rhe  three  different  primary  colors  on  a  color 
television  picture  tube. 

A  specimen  or  thin  slice  of  tissue  which,  to  the 
human  eye,  appears  colorless  and  flat  through  a  micro- 
scope can  then  be  viewed  on  a  television  screen  as  a 
dynamic  picture  in  color. 

Some  of  the  electron  tubes  which  supply  energy  for  the 
powerful  broadcasting  transmitters  on  the  Courier. 


America  Moxcs  Steadily  Toward 

J 

Equal  Opportunity  for  All,  Says  Bucl 


RCA   \'kU)r    I  lead   Tells   CinciniicUi   Audience 
This   Nanon    Excels   All   Orher.s   iii    Progress 


A 


MERICA  has  the  only  form  of  government  in  tlic 
world  today  that  provides  the  opportunity  for  bringing 
the  good  things  of  hfe  to  everyone,  down  to  the  last 
m.m  and  woman,  Walter  A.  Buck,  vice  persident  and 
general  manager  of  the  RCA  Victor  Division  said  in  an 
address  at  the  interracial  dinner  and  annual  meeting  of 
the  Urban  League  of  Greater  Cincinnati  on  March  26. 

The  fact  that  we  still  have  "a  considerable  distance 
to  go,"  he  said,  "is  less  important  than  the  fact  that  we 
are  moving  more  steadily  toward  that  goal  than  any 
other  nation. 

"Under  the  American  system,"  he  said,  "our  only 
problem  is  to  extend  its  benefits  still  further  —  and  to 
extend  with  them  the  basic  freedoms  and  good  will  to 
all  men  which  spring  from  the  same  Constitutional 
source.  If  this  seems  like  a  big  order,  consider  the 
infinitely  greater  problems  inherent  in  a  system  which 
transfers  the  responsibility  for  man's  welfare  to  the 
state,  and  in  the  process  destroys  the  freedom  of  all 
individual  action  and  enterprise." 

Hailing  the  Urban  League  for  its  early  recognition 
of  the  importance  of  equal  opportunity  to  the  great 
future  of  American  industry  and  the  nation  as  a  whole, 
Mr.  Buck  said  its  vision  and  conhdence  in  the  destiny 
of  America  was  "born  of  the  same  quality  that  has  in- 
spired the  leaders  of  industry  to  push  this  nation  to  the 
forefront  of  the  civilized  world." 

"Business  prosperity  has  made  our  national  prosper- 
ity," he  said.  "The  principles  of  free  enterprise  are  s«i 
closely  identified  with  American  political  principles  that 
it  is  virtually  impossible  to  speak  of  one  without  the 
other.  They  were  made  for  each  other,  and  together 
have  produced  American  civilization  as  we  know  it." 
He  defined  American  civilization  as  "our  particular 
blend  of  political,  economic,  and  social  ideals,  all  stem- 
ming from  a  central  principle." 

Tlie  great  contributions  of  business  to  American 
civilization,  he  said,  have  been  mass  production,  mass 
distribution,  vision,  research,  and  merchandising.  These 
things,  he  pointed  out,  have  made  goods  available  to 
all  of  our  people,  brought  prices  down  to  levels  at  which 


Wolter  A.   Buck,  addressing  the   Urban   League  of 
Greater   Cincinnati. 


most  people  can  afford  them,  and  created  new  products 
and  services  which  mean  better  living  for  all  people. 

Mr.  Buck  asserted  that  we  live  in  "the  one  country 
where  the  full  freedom  and  rights  of  the  individual  are 
written  out  for  all  to  see,"  and  predicted  that  research, 
supported  by  industry,  will  bring  a  future  even  brighter 
than  the  present,  "if  granted  reasonable  freedom  from 
future  restraints." 

"American  industry  needs  the  best  people,  the  best 
brains,  the  best  skills  available,"  he  continued.  "No 
manufacturer,  in  my  opinion,  can  in  the  years  to  come 
afford  the  luxury  of  petty  prejudices,  of  differentiating 
between  competent  people  because  of  the  color  of  their 
skins. 

"I  have  faith  that  in  a  country  built  on  the  rock  of 
individual  freedom,  progress  in  the  brotherhood  of  man 
cannot  help  but  continue  until  equal  opportunities, 
equal  acceptance,  are  enjoyed  by  all." 


RADfO  AGE   15 


Rapid  public  acceptance  of  metal-shell  kinescope  picture  tubes 
keeps  production  lines  busy  at  RCA  plant,  Marion,  Ind. 


Metal-Shell  Kinescopes  Gain  in  Favor 


Use  of  Steel  Gives  Larger  Tubes 
Greater  Strength  and  Lighter  Weight 


By  Larry  S.  Thees 
General  Sales  Alunager 
RCA  Tube  Department 


M. 


-ETAL-SHELL  television  picture  tubes,  introduced 
commercially  less  than  four  years  ago,  have  already  won 
such  rapid  acceptance  among  the  industry's  receiver  man- 
ufacturers that  they  currently  account  for  nearly  30  per 
cent  of  total  kinescope  sales.  In  the  21 -inch  size,  they  are 
actually  outselling  comparable  all-glass  types  by  a  wide 
margin. 

The  television  industry's  trend  toward  larger  picture 
tubes  of  metal-shell  construction  developed  and  intro- 
duced commercially  by  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 
in  1948,  shows  that  time  and  usage  have  confirmed  the 
metal  tube's  special  advantages  to  electron  tube  pro- 
ducers, TV  receiver  manufacturers,  and  home  set  owners. 

According  to  available  statistics,  the  industry's  major 
tube  producers  during  1950  sold  approximately  eight 
million  kinescopes  of  all  types,  of  which  approximately 


two  million  were  of  the  metal  variety.  During  the  first 
nine  months  of  1951,  the  same  producers  sold  more  than 
tliree-and-a-half  million  kinescopes,  of  which  more  than 
a  million  were  metal  types. 

The  RCA  Tube  Department,  the  industry's  largest 
producer  of  kinescopes  since  1938,  currently  uses  metal- 
shell  construction  in  approximately  two-thirds  of  all  the 
kinescopes  it  produces.  It  can  be  anticipated  that  the 
company  will  develop  and  produce  more  and  larger 
metal  types,  when  and  if  required  by  consumer  demand. 

Although  all-glass  tubes  will  remain  an  important 
item  in  the  industr)',  there  is  every  indication  that  for 
larger  tubes,  from  the  21 -inch  size  up,  the  metal-shell 
construction  will  be  favored.  This  prediction  is  based 
primarily  on  the  metal  tube's  established  advantages  for 
the  set  manufacturers — advantages  which  provide  su- 
perior picture  quality,  permit  streamlined  receiver  pro- 
duction, and  resolve  problems  of  handling,  assembly,  and 
breakage  loss. 

The  metal  tube's  inherent  characteristics  emphasize 
the  following  features: 

( 1 )  The  faceplate,  unlike  that  of  the  all-glass 
envelope,  is  produced  as  an  independent  unit,  facilitating 

(Continued  on  page  29) 


J6  RADIO  AGE 


Plastic  "Props"  for  Television  Shows 


A 


NF.W  concept  of  television  staging  through  the 
use  of  plastics,  the  result  of  six  months  of  experimenta- 
tion in  collaboration  with  the  Studio  Alliance,  has  been 
put  into  active  use  by  the  National  Bro.idcasting  Com- 
pany in  its  New  York  studios. 

The  project,  developed  by  Studio  Alliance,  was 
brought  to  NBC  in  its  early  stages  and  the  company 
then  joined  forces  with  the  studio  in  its  development. 
Some  of  the  qualities  of  the  plastic  which  make  it  superior 
to  other  materials  previously  used  for  sets,  props  and 
even  costume  .iccessories  are: 

It  is  waterprix)f,  fire-proof,  shatter-proof  and  warp- 
priHjf. 

It  can  be  repainted  repeatedly  for  use  in  different 
colors.  Tlie  phistic,  while  tougher  and  lighter  than  wood, 
has  wood's  desirable  qualities  in  that  bolts  and  screws 
cin  be  inserted  easily  and  it  can  be  cut.  planed  and 
sanded.    Some  of  it  is  flexible. 

Some  items  are  translucent,  with  the  apfjearance  and 
texture  of  marble.  Color  can  be  impregnated  into  such 
forms  as  desired. 

The  newest  thing  is  the  perfection  of  a  transparent 
plastic  for  use  in  making  "crystal"  chandeliers  and  the 
like. 

Items  with  joints  or  seams,  once  a  problem,  now  are 
being  made  in  one  piece,  with  a  consequent  increase  in 
strength  and  durability. 

Many  units  are  m-ide  in  sections  so  that  any  one 
segment  or  combination  of  segments  or  the  entire  unit 
may  be  used  as  needed. 

Museum  pieces,  which  sometimes  can  be  rented  ai 
relatively  fabulous  rates  and  which  carry  heavy  insurance 
for  dam.ige  risks  because  of  their  extreme  fragility,  can 
be  duplicated  in  plastic  to  become  part  of  the  permanent 
property  stock.  An  antique  pottery  vase,  for  instance, 
which  is  delicate  and  heavy,  can  be  made  in  sturdy 
pl.istic  which  will  weigh  one  fourth  of  the  original. 

Another  example  in  this  category  is  an  antique, 
cars'ed  wooden  picture  frame  from  Italy.  A  replica  in 
wood  and  plaster  would  cost  about  $125  and  would  re- 
quire careful  handling  because  of  its  tendency  to  break 
apart.  Reprcxluced  in  strong  plastic,  it  would  cost  only 
half  as  much  and  would  last  indefinitely.  It  could  be 
painted  in  any  color,  washed  off  and  repainted  as  often 
as  desired. 

Window  draperies  can  be  made  in  three  sections  so 
that  one,  two  or  all  three  may  be  used,  as  required.  They 
need  no  fire-proofing,  dry-cleaning,  mending  or  special 


Plastic  stage  "props"  look  like  the  original  articles  but 
weigh  only  one  fourth  as  much. 

handling.  Like  the  other  items,  they  can  be  repainted 
with  ease  and  repeatedly. 

Experimentation  with  flexible  plastic  has  produced 
authentic  reproductions  of  ornamental  gold  braid  and 
similar  items  for  uniforms  and  other  costuming,  which 
can  be  sewed  and  handled  in  the  same  manner  as  fabric 
but  never  tarnishes  or  requires  repairs. 

Through  the  use  of  plastics,  a  standard  stage  wing  has 
been  reduced  in  thickness  by  one  third,  thus  making  it 
easier  to  handle  and  less  bulky  for  storage.  A  100-pound 
wing  can  be  prepared  in  plastic  at  57  pounds. 

TV  and  Radio  Expand 
In  Dominican  Republic 

The  first  phase  of  extensive  plans  of  the  Dominican 
Republic  to  modernize  and  expand  its  communications 
.services  has  been  completed  with  the  opening  of  a 
country-wide  radio  broadcasting  network.  In  making 
the  announcement,  Meade  Brunet,  a  Vice  President  of 
the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  and  Managing  Direc- 
tor of  the  RCA  International  Division,  said  that  the  new- 
radio  network,  equipped  throughout  by  RCA  with  the 
latest  types  of  broadcasting  apparatus,  links  Ciudad  Tru- 
jillo,  the  capital,  with  Santiago,  the  nation's  second  city, 
by  means  of  automatic  repeater  stations  at  La  Cumbre 
and   Santo  Cerro.  operating   at   very   high    frequencies. 


RADIO  AGE    17 


Complete  Chain  of  Television  Equipment 
Ready  for  Opening  of  UHF  Band 


JL  ORGING  of  the  final  link  in  the  electronic  chain 
that  makes  ultra-high  frequency  television  a  practicable, 
commercial  possibility,  was  disclosed  by  RCA  last 
February  at  a  seminar  in  Washington.  DC.  At  tliat 
time,  the  company  revealed  a  complete  line  of  UHF 
selectors,  antennas,  transmitters,  and  associated  equip- 
ment—  everything  needed  for  transmission  and  home 
reception  of  UHF  television  —  would  be  available  as 
soon  as  broadcasting  is  begun  in  the  upper  reaches  of 
the  radio  spectrum. 

The  chain  had  taken  20  years  to  forge.  Earlier  links 
were  labelled  research,  development,  experimental  broad- 
casts, and  field  testing.  It  had  been  a  vast  and  difficult 
undertaking  — ■  charting  the  ultra-high-frequencies  for 
television  was  comparable  to  the  geographical  explora- 
tion of  a  continent.  But  with  RCA's  announcement  in 
the  nation's  capital,  the  development  phase  of  UHF-TV 
ended,  and  the  commercial  about  to  begin. 

Two  hundred  of  the  country's  leading  television 
engineers,  consultants,  and  attorneys,  plus  representa- 
tives of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission,  at- 
tended the  RCA  seminar  and  applauded  the  company's 
report. 

They  heard  representatives  of  the  RCA  Victor  Divi- 
sion describe  a  multi-channel  selector  designed  to  receive 


programs  on  .ill  channels  in  the  UHF  band,  housed  in 
its  own  attractive  cabinet  and  equipped  with  its  own 
on-ofF  and  tuning  knobs. 

Also  announced  were  simple,  inexpensive  one- 
channel  and  two-channel  selectors,  for  use  with  present 
VHF  receivers  in  areas  where  only  one  or  two  UHF 
stations  go  on  the  air. 

All  three  selectors,  it  was  noted,  are  easy  to  install 
.ind  will  function  with  any  make  of  television  set. 

In  addition,  participants  in  the  seminar  learned,  RCA 
Victor  will  produce  a  complete  line  of  combination 
receivers,  providing  reception  in  a  single  instrument 
for  both  UHF  and  VHF. 

Tiie  RCA  Service  Company  reported  that  new  UHF 
receiving  antennas  are  available  in  various  styles  to  meet 
specified  reception  needs.  They  differ  radically  in  design 
from  the  now-familiar  VHF  antennas.  The  new  an- 
tennas, designed  to  meet  special  requirements  of  UHF 
transmission,  have  been  evaluated  and  classified  by  RCA 
Service  Company  engineers  on  the  basis  of  extensive 
field  tests. 

At  other  sessions,  engineers  of  the  RCA  Victor 
Division  unfolded  the  company's  plans  to  meet  antici- 
pated broadcast  needs  during  the  next  few  years,  and 
gave  a  preview  of  new  products  and  developments. 


^'6-. 


.^ 


Left:    Compact  all-channel   UHF  selector,   designed   by   RCA  for  use   with   existing 

television  receivers  to  bring  in  all  UHF  programs  in  any  area.    Below:  Some  of  the 

types  of  development  UHF  antennas  designed  by  RCA  engineers. 


1 

I: 

''*'■, 

'•-!*.. 

18  RADIO 

AGE 

1 

Improved  model  RCA  Image  Orlhicon  camera  which  pro- 
vides brighter,  sharper  TV  picture  reception  in  the  home. 

Among  the  more  important  disclosures  were  new 
l-kw  and  10-kw  UHF  transmitters,  high-grain  antennas, 
and  associated  equipment  capable  of  providing  up  to 
200-kw  of  effective  radiated  power  in  the  470-890 
megacycle  frequencies.  Engineers  of  the  RCA  Engineer- 
ing Products  Department  described  design  features  of 
the  equipment,  including  new  developmental  UHF  tubes 
of  several  type,  special  low-loss  UHF  long-shoulder 
transmission  line  with  inner  conductor  bullets,  in  several 
diameters,  and  constructional  details  of  the  company's 
new  slotted  UHF  antennas. 

The  conference  was  the  latest  in  a  series  of  meetings 
and  demonstrations  undertaken  by  the  Radio  Corpora- 
tion of  America  to  aid  broadcasters  in  laying  plans  for 
UHF  television  operation. 

At  the  annual  convention  of  the  Institute  of  Radio 
Engineers  in  New  York,  two  weeks  after  the  Washing- 
ton seminar,  initial  models  of  the  new  selectors  and 
receiving  antennas  were  given  their  6rst  public  showing. 
The  solid  proof  of  accomplishment  w.is  there  for  all 
to  see. 

Final  Equipment  Details  Added 
Early  this  month,  RCA  filled  in  the  final  details  of 
the  TV  equipment  picture.  During  the  annual  exposi- 
tion of  the  National  Association  of  Radio  and  Television 
Broadc.tsters,  in  Chicago,  the  company  unveiled  initial 
models  of  its  complete  line  of  UHF  transmitters,  studio 
equipment,  antennas,  and  home  selectors,  as  well  as  new 
VHF  equipment  and  a  dramatically  advanced  new  image 
orthicon  T\'  camera. 


A  UHF  antenna  which  helps  in  eliminating  reflections  in 
cities  and  improves  picture  quality  in  fringe  areas. 

The  new  transmitters,  which  are  capable  ot  piittmg 
stronger  signals  on  the  air,  will  result  in  pictures  of 
greatly  increased  brightness  and  contrast. 

The  UHF  equipment  developed  by  RCA  is  the 
result  of  more  than  two  decades  of  studies,  field  tests, 
and  experimentation,  climaxed  by  work  at  the  company's 
experimental  UHF  station  at  Stratford,  near  Bridgeport, 
Connecticut.  Built  by  RCA  and  operated  by  NBC,  this 
is  the  first  and  only  such  station  to  transmit  daily  pro- 
grams. 

Other  television  manufacturers  have  brought  their 
equipment  to  Stratford  and,  in  cooperation  with  RCA, 
tested  and  perfected  products  for  the  new  service.  Repre- 
sentatives of  the  FCC  have  journeyed  there  to  study  the 
latest  developments.  This  quiet  corner  of  New  England 
has  grown  into  the  engineering  capital  of  UHF  tele- 
vision. 

The  location  where  RCiA  built  the  station  is  known 
in  the  community  as  Success  Hill.  The  work  accom- 
plished there  will  eventually  enrich  the  lives  of  millions. 

Tests  at  Stratford  and  elsewhere  have  proved  that, 
contrary  to  earlier  expectations  of  some  elements  of  the 
industry,  UHF  television  brings  clear,  sharp,  dependable 
pictures,  comparable  in  quality  to  VHF  reception. 

Television's  conquest  of  the  ultra-high  frequencies 
iTieans  the  medium  can  now  extend  its  ser\'ice  to  virtu- 
ally every  corner  of  the  land.  More  than  1 ,000  new  sta- 
tions are  expected  to  share  the  UHF  channels,  and  they 
will  bring  pictorial  reports  of  world  affairs  and  some  of 
the  finest  entertainment  available  to  towns  and  villages 
throughout  America. 


RADIO  AGE   19 


Industrial  Television  Expands 


Video  Equipment  Used  in 
and  in  Numerous 

ANDUSTRIAI,  television,  another  precocious  offspring 
of  the  video  art.  has  been  available  to  industry  for 
less  than  ten  years,  yet  in  that  relatively  short  time,  it 
has  created  an  increasingly  important  role  for  itself  in 
many  unrelated  fields.  New  uses  for  ITV,  as  it  is 
labelled  for  brevity,  are  being  developed  constantly  by 
RCA  engineers  and  its  adherents  are  convinced  that  there 
are  no  reasonable  limits  to  its  applications. 

In  1950,  RCA  Victor  marketed  its  pilot-model. 
Today,  two  years  later,  RCA  is  assembly-line  producing 
a  new  two-unit  chain  with  only  21  tubes,  half  the  num- 
ber required  in  the  first  model.  Cost  of  the  basic  chain 
is  approximately  S5500. 

In  February  of  this  year,  the  RCA  Service  Company 
installed  its  most  advanced  ITV  chain  at  Farrand  Optical 
Company,  New  York,  for  government  work.  Jack 
Greene,  coordinator  of  industrial  television  service,  was 
cold  no  more  about  the  job  than  the  necessary  light 
sensitivity  and  the  field  to  be  picked  up.  The  U.  S.  A. 
is  RCA's  biggest  ITV  customer  to  date. 


Factories.  Banks,  and  Libraries 
Government  Projects 


An  industrial  TV  system  at  Picatinny  Aresenal, 
Dover,  N.  J.,  was  the  next  installation.  Others  are 
scheduled  at  Bausch  «Sc  Lomb,  Rochester,  N.  Y.;  and  the 
Library  of  Congress,  Washington.  Ac  the  latter  location, 
the  unit  will  be  used  to  check  documents  in  distant  parts 
of  the  librar)',  thereby  saving  much  foot-travel  from  one 
part  of  the  building  to  another. 

The  Atomic  Energy  Commission,  Signal  Corps,  Navy, 
General  Motors,  among  many  others,  are  putting  ITV 
to  work.  At  GM,  a  man  is  hired  to  look  at  television 
all  day  long.  From  his  observation  post  he  operates  con- 
trols which  drop  bales  of  scrap  into  a  gondola  on  a 
siding  outside  the  plant,  a  considerable  distance  away. 

Electric  utilities,  leaders  among  civilian  users  of  the 
system  rely  on  ITV  units  for  the  viewing  of  water  level, 
furnace  flame,  stack  smoke,  even  to  scan  visitors  apply- 
ing for  entrance  at  gates. 

In  arsenals,  the  physical  handling  of  explosives  can 
be  reduced  to  a  minimum  since  ITV  makes  it  possible 
to  study  their  action  close  up.    Guided  missile  perform- 


Bank  employees  use  an  RCA  Industrial  Television  System  to  compare  signa- 
tures on  checks  and  other  documents. 


Monitor  screen  (left)  shows  magnified   images  of   living 

organisms  picked  up  by  combination  of  light  microscope 

and  sensitive  Vidicon  tube  at  right. 


ance  also  is  known  to  be  obser%'ed  by  this  means.  Class- 
room teaching  is  frequently  made  more  effective  via  TV. 
Other  fields  for  which   the  system   is  suitable   and 
either  in  operation  or  considered  for  the  near  future  are: 

Commerce  and  Banking  —  meetings  (sales,  stock- 
holder); shows,  exhibits  and  demonstrations;  office 
intercom;  transmission  of  signatures,  balances,  records. 

Industrial  Control  and  Testing  —  wind  tunnel  tests, 
[imc  study,  oven  and  furnace  operation,  smoke  control, 
life  tests,  remote  telemetering,  inspection  (processes, 
machines,  gauges,  etc.);  plant  intercom,  transmission  of 
prints,  photos,  drawings;  foundry-  and  rolling  mill  opera- 
tions, training,  materi.Us  handling. 

Medical  —  surgery.  X-ray  transmission,  training. 

Military  —  handling  of  explosives,  rocket  and  guided 
missile  performance,  view  of  range  finding,  training. 

Security  and  Law  Enforcement  —  patrolling,  guard- 
ing, fingerprint  transmission. 

Specialized  Application  —  under-water  work,  TV 
rehearsals,  fire  control,  forestry  conservation,  rescue  work, 
radiation  and  nuclear  research. 

Traffic  Control  —  streets,  railway  yards,  bus  and 
tnick  terminals,  ships  and  docks. 

In  other  words,  wherever  it  is  desirable  to  view  at 
a  distance  a  clear,  exact,  instantaneous  picture  under 
conditions  where  direct  observation  is  too  dangerous, 
or  the  arena  of  action  too  inaccessible,  too  inconvenient 
or  too  expensive,  industrial  TV  is  the  solution. 

Design  of  RCA's  ITV  system  centers  around  a  new 
camera  rube,  the  Vidicon.  It  is  two-thirds  as  sensitive 
as  the  srudio-t}-pe  image  orthicon,  costs  only  one-third 
as  much. 


The  ch.un  consists  of  a  miniature  camera,  about  die 
size  of  a  16  mm.  movie  camera,  and  a  conip.ict  control 
monitor  connected  by  500  feet  of  18-conductor  camera 
cable,  .625  inches  in  diameter. 

The  connecting  cable  transmits  the  picture  picked 
up  by  the  camera  to  the  control  monitors  10-inch  view- 
ing screen.  The  complete  chain  operates  from  ordinary 
115-volt,  6Q-c7cle  power  (50-c7cle  equipment  is  .ilso 
available),  and  is  entirely  self-contained.  Power  con- 
sumption is  only  230  watts. 

The  RCA  industrial  television  camera  is  as  easy  to 
handle  as  the  average  16  mm.  movie  camera.  It  contains 
only  three  tubes,  one  of  which  is  the  Vidicon.  The  small 
size  explains  why  the  camera  can  be  placed  in  spots 
inaccessible  to  humans. 

The  monitor,  together  with  its  own  power  supply 
.ind  control  panel,  is  housed  in  a  metal  case  smaller  than 
the  average  table-model  TV  set  (20"  deep,  15"  high, 
13"  across).  The  optical-focus  control  operates  a  small 
reversible  motor,  which  changes  lens  focus. 

Interlocking  safet)'  switches  and  a  complete  shielding 
unit  permit  [>eople  to  work  on  the  equipment  in  abso- 
lute safety.  Though  a  standard  set  is  supplied  with  50 
feet  of  camera  cable,  the  monitor  may  be  located  at  any 
point  within  500  feet  of  the  camera  by  the  addition  of 
extra  cable,  supplied  on  special  order. 

For  applications  requiring  more  than  one  viewer, 
or  where  the  distance  from  the  camera  must  be  greater 
than  500  feet,  the  control  monitor  has  been  equipped 
with  provisions  for  plugging  in  additional  receivers. 

Where  distances  between  monitor  and  auxiliary 
viewers  are  extreme,  the  RCA  system  is  so  designed  that 
it  can  be  operated  with  microwave  transmission  or  by 
means  of  coaxial  cable. 

Scockholdcrs    Tour"  Plant 

(Continued  jrom  page  12) 

of  television.  Bliss  predicted  that  TV  will  become  a 
valued  tool  of  business  and  industry  for  such  purposes. 

"It  provides  a  unique  means  of  showing  stockholders 
what  is  being  done  with  their  money  and  how  their 
investments  are  being  protcaed  and  enhanced,"  he  said, 
"without  wasting  their  valuable  time  and  energies  and 
those  of  company  officials  in  traveling  from  point  to 
point. 

"Further,  it  makes  it  possible  to  present  a  dramatic 
vignette  of  highlights  in  a  company's  operations  that  is 
more  impressive  and  understandable  than  a  physical  tour 
of  the  plant.  It  presents  the  company's  story  with  more 
realism  and  conviction  than  film  can  .ichievc,  since  it  is 
recognized  that  there  is  no  window  dressing  in  a  TV 
presentation — no  opportunity  for  nitting  and  editing." 


RAD\0  ACE  2J 


Home -Built  Yacht  Carries 
RCA  Radio  Equipment 

A 

-tJL  LIFETIME  ambition  to  own  a  self-built  yacht 
completely  equipped  with  the  finest  radio  and  naviga- 
tional instruments  has  finally  been  realized  by  Walter  F. 
Carey  of  Detroit,  Michigan.  While  he  was  constructing 
his  63-foot,  70-ton  yacht  in  the  back  yard  of  his  farm  at 
Birmingham,  Michigan,  Mr.  Carey  was  giving  serious 
thought  to  the  radar  and  radio  units  that  he  would  need 
After  an  extensive  study  of  the  field  he  concentrated  on 
RCA  equipment,  on  the  basis  of  its  efficiency,  accuracy 
and  economy.  Included  in  his  final  selection  were  Radio- 
marine's  Model  CR-103  small-craft  radar.  Model  ET- 
8012-HF  radiotelephone  and  Model  AR-S709B  radio 
direction  finder. 

The  75-watt  radiotelephone  is  installed  in  a  special 
compartment  underneath  the  enclosed  flying  bridge  of 
the  Seaquester  with  a  remote  control  unit  located  on  the 
bridge  itself.  This  set  provides  7  channels  in  the  2000- 
3000  kilocycle  band  and  3  channels  in  the  4,  6  and  8 
megacycle  band  for  Inland  Waterways  and  Great  Lakes 
use. 

The  CR-103  radar  weighs  only  400  pounds  installed 
and  features  compact  design  to  comply  with  space  limita- 
tions on  small  vessels.  It  has  the  power  ( 30  kw )  and 
sensitivity  to  pick  up  objects  as  close  as  75  yards  and  as 
distant  as  20  miles. 

The  radio  direction  finder  is  especially  designed  for 
ceiling  suspension  on  boats  where  space  is  at  a  premium. 

The  Seaquester  has  put  more  than  7,500  miles  under 
her  keel  during  the  past  year,  her  most  recent  voyage 
being  a  trip  to  the  Caribbean.   Leaving  her  anchorage  at 


Radiomarine  direction  finder  installed  in  the  wheel-house 
of  the  yacht  Seaques/er. 

the  Grosse  Pointe  Yacht  Club  in  Michigan,  she  traveled 
to  Chicago  via  Georgian  Bay,  thence  south  to  New 
Orleans,  Miami,  the  Bahamas  and  Haiti. 

Discussing  the  recent  trip,  Mr.  Carey  said  that  his 
radar  nearly  became  the  most  important  piece  of  equip- 
ment on  his  boat.  "Once,  southeast  of  Nassau,"  he  re- 
called, "some  of  the  amateur  navigators  in  the  family  got 
us  effectively  lost  during  the  night.  It  was  only  the  radar 
picture,  showing  us  the  outline  of  the  different  islands 
that  enabled  us  to  ascertain  definitely  our  correct 
position." 

"Several  days  later."  he  continued,  "we  were  ap- 
proaching Haiti  in  the  middle  of  the  night.  I  think  one 
of  the  biggest  thrills  in  my  boating  experience  was  to 
make  landfall  via  radar,  using  the  20-mile  range,  just 
when  1  estimated  we  should.  This  was  particularly  im- 
portant because  of  the  low  power  and  short  visual  range 
of  the  beacon  light  on  the  northwest  end  of  the  island." 


Graduates  of  RCA  Institutes  meet  in   New  York  to    form    on    Alumni   Association    to   "further   common 

interests  in  education  and  technical  recognition." 


Air  Conditioners  and  Dchuniidihcrs 
Marketed  b\'  RCA 


iNcw    Products    Inrroduccd    tor    Home     Use 
will    be    Ser\ie-cd    by    Companv    Technicians 


.)ME  air  conditioners  and  electric  dehumidifiers. 
the  first  ever  marketed  by  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  are  being  placed  on  display  in  retail  stores  all 
over  the  country.  Judging  by  initial  reports  from  dis- 
tributors and  dealers,  the  new  products  are  being  well 
received  by  the  public. 

RCA's  decision  to  enter  the  home  air-conditioner 
industry  was  reached  only  after  considerable  study  and 
analysis.  The  company  made  exhaustive  surveys  on  mar- 
ket conditions,  and  on  the  actual  contributions  these 
appliances  can  make  toward  a  pleasanter,  healthier  family 
life. 

Approximately  80  per  cent  of  the  room  air  condi- 
tioners that  were  manufactured  prior  to  1952  were 
commercial  installations  in  small  shops,  private  offices, 
hospitals,  and  similar  places. 

Only  20  per  cent  had  been  sold  for  home  installa- 
tion. In  other  words,  of  the  .i9,000,000  electrified  homes 
in  this  country,  less  than  one-half  of  one  per  cent  had 


New  RCA  air  conditioner  especially  adapted  for  small 
to  moderate-sized  rooms. 


room  air  conditioners — which  meant  the  appliances  had 
an  immense  sales  potential. 

Further  investigation  convinced  us  that  rcKim  air 
conditioners  can  add  so  much  to  the  comfort  and  pleasure 
of  life  that  they  are  destined  to  become  as  integral  a 
part  of  the  American  domestic  scene  as  central  heating. 

Contrary  to  the  common  belief,  an  air  conditioner 
dt^es  much  more  than  supply  cool  air  to  counteract  sum- 
mer heat.  A  quality  appliance  will  also  dehumidify  the 
air,  wringing  out  excess  moisture  up  to  30  quarts  in  24 
hours.  Humidity  accounts  for  as  much  summer  discom- 
fort as  high  temperatures.  Furthermore,  a  true  air  condi- 
tioner will  exhaust  stale  air,  kitchen  odors,  and  tobacco 
smoke,  removing  up  to  80  cubic  feet  per  minute  of  un- 
palatable air. 

And,  of  particular  interest  to  hay  fever  sufferers,  these 
appliances  filter  the  air  by  drawing  it  through  layer  after 
layer  of  specially  treated  spun  glass,  which  catches  the 
din,  lint,  and  pollen. 

In  addition  to  weighing  the  sales  potential  of  air 
conditioners  and  their  ability  to  better  American  home 
life,  we  considered  our  company's  accumulated  exp)eri- 
cnce  in  marketing  and  advertising,  and  our  ready-made, 
nation-wide  dealer-distributor  organization  which  would 
welcome  the  opp>ortunity  to  merchandise  RCA  air  con- 
ditioners. 

To  this  we  added  the  plus  factor  available  in  the 
RCA  Service  Company  with  its  trained  technicians  and 
Its  service  centers  located  in  most  major  cities,  ready  to 
install  and  sers'ice  RCA  room  air  conditioners  anywhere. 
We  foresaw  that  through  the  cooperation  of  the  RCA 
Service  Company,  RCA  dealers  could  write  off  the  instal- 
lation and  maintenance  problem  which  has  plagued 
dealers  in  the  p.ist. 

We  also  took  note  of  the  fact  that  air  conditioners 
enjoy  their  greatest  sales  during  the  summer  when  televi- 
sion sales  tend  to  slacken  off. 

When  all  the  facts  were  in,  the  company's  decision 
W.IS  clear  and  inevitable.  And  last  October,  President 
Frank  M.  Folsom  issued  the  announcement  that  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  through  the  RCA  Victor 
Division,  was  entering  the  home  air  conditioner  field. 


RADIO  AGE  23 


During  the  six  months  since  Mr.  Folsom's  announce- 
ment, RCA  has  built  the  nucleus  of  an  organization  to 
merchandise  our  new  products.  As  sales  manager  for 
air  conditioners,  the  company  has  appointed  William  F. 
Carolan,  who  has  a  wide  and  diversified  background  in 
marketing  home  appliances.  S.  D.  Conley,  a  veteran  of 
more  than  25  years'  experience  in  RCA  Victor  sales  and 
engineering  activities,  is  merchandise  manager.  E.  Burt 
Close  is  in  charge  of  air  conditioner  advertising,  and 
Thomas  Ford  is  engineering  manager. 

Three  Cotiditiouer  Models  Available 

In  addition,  the  air  conditioner  department  has  six 
field  representatives,  and  63  distributors.  Dealers  in  all 
parts  of  the  country  will  sell  our  new  products. 

RCA  is  offering  three  models,  the  "Thirty-three, "  the 
"Fifty,"  and  the  "Seventy-five,"  of  one-third,  one-half, 
and  three-quarter  horsepower,  respectively.  In  perform- 
ance, they  equal  the  best  in  the  field;  in  appearance,  we 
feel  our  products  surpass  all  others. 

RCA  air  conditioners  are  made  to  the  company's 
own  designs  by  the  Fedders-Quigan  Corporation  of  Buf- 
falo, one  of  the  outstanding  companies  in  the  industry. 

A  diversified  advertising  and  promotion  campaign 
will  support  our  new  products,  leading  off  with  a  2-page 
color  spread  in  Life  magazine  on  May  26,  followed  by 
single  pages  in  Life  and  many  full-page  newspaper  ads. 


"Tune  m  perfect  weather  with  an  RCA  room  air 
conditioner"  is  to  be  the  theme  of  the  campaign.  The 
copy  will  be  partly  educational,  highlighting  the  whole 
range  of  services  performed  by  the  appliances. 

On  television,  the  air  conditioners  will  share  the 
commercial  time  on  the  "RCA  Victor  Show,"  a  Friday 
evening  feature  on  the  NBC-TV  network,  and  on  the 
popular  "Kukla,  Fran  and  OIlie"  program.  RCA  Victor 
radio  programs,  including  the  Sunday  evening  favorite, 
"Phil  Harris-Alice  Faye  Show,"  will  also  carry  air  con- 
ditioner commercials. 

The  RCA  dehumidifier  will  come  under  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  same  personnel  who  handle  the  company's 
room  air  conditioners.  The  colors  of  the  dehumidifier, 
a  combination  of  arctic  tan  and  polar  beige,  are  the  same 
as  the  RCA  room  air  conditioners. 

Designed  principally  for  home  use,  but  suitable  for 
many  commercial  establishments,  the  RCA  dehumidifier 
will  remove  up  to  12  quarts  of  moisture  from  the  air 
in  a  24-hour  period,  and  is  capable  of  controlling  humid- 
ity in  closed  areas  up  to  8,000  cubic  feet.  It  is  operated 
by  a  Vs-horse  power  compressor,  which  is  hermetically 
sealed,  permanently  lubricated,  and  quiet  in  operation. 

Experiments  have  proved  that  the  dehumidifier  will 
help  stop  mold  and  mildew  damage  to  fabrics  and  leather 
goods,  protect  furniture  and  woodwork  from  rot  and 
warp,  and  speed  up  clothes  drying  bv  400  per  cent. 


RCA's  electric  dehumidifier  removes   up  to    12   quarts  of   moisture   fron 
the   air   in   a   24-hour   period. 


24  RADIO  AGE 


With  stop-watch  and  script,  NBC's  Margaret  Snider  se- 
lects music  in  the  proper  mood  for  the  background  of 
a  television  drama. 


Selectino;  N4ood  Music  for  TV  Proo;rams 

-ZV  TELF,VIS10N  drama  without  background  musii., 
someone  has  said,  is  like  a  stage  setting  without  scener)', 
it's  bare,  empty  and  lacks  the  third  dimension  required 
to  round  out  the  mood  of  the  play.  How  pertinent  this 
observation  is  to  the  operations  of  NBC  television  pro- 
gramming is  evident  in  the  scope  of  activities  behind  the 
scenes  in  the  network's  music  department. 

Music  for  NBC's  television  dramas  is  carctLilly  se- 
lected by  a  stall  of  live  music  programmers,  all  of  whom 
have  had  a  formal  musical  education  and  all  of  whom 
have  remarkable  memories.  The  latter  attribute  is  essen- 
tial, because  the  catalogues  of  recorded  incidental  music 
— no  matter  how  descriptive — are  nor  adequate  guides 
to  the  approximately  10,000  selections  in  the  special 
library  and  to  the  100,000  records  in  NBC's  regul.ir 
record  library. 

Margaret  Snider,  who  heads  this  particular  operation, 
started  the  special  section  in  I9-l5  with  only  a  desk  and 
a  turn-table.  When  Miss  Snider  first  began  working  on 
background  music  for  television,  she  had  access  only  to 
the  standard  classical  record  library.  Today,  with  physi- 
cal facilities  commensurate  to  her  staff  of  assistants  (an 
office  and  four  "roomettes "  in  which  music  programmers 
and  directors  can  listen  to  the  music).  Miss  Snider  has 
amassed,  in  addition  to  two  libraries  of  specially  recorded 
music  on  16-inch  vinylite  discs,  seven  English  libraries 
of  special  background  music,  composed  originally  for 
film  use  and  now  used  extensively  in  television  and  radio, 
here  and  in  England. 

Catalogues  for  each  special  library  provide  the  pro- 
grammer with  clues  to  the  general  mood  of  e.ich  record. 
Under  the  heading  of  "Dramatic  Atmosphere,"  for  in- 
stance, there  are  records  titled  "Aftermath,"  "Deserted 
City,"  "Haunted  House,"  "Snow  Scene,"  "Motif  for 
Murder,"  and  "Stop  Press."  Under  "Fanfares,"  you'd  find 
such  titles  as  "Big  Moment"  and  "Majestic."  Under  the 
heading  of  Light  Atmosphere "  the  gamut  runs  from 
"All  Strings  and  Fancy  Free"  to  ""Exhilaration"  and 
"Shopping  Center.""  Other  general  headings  include 
"Marches, "  "Melodic,"  "National,"  ""Oriental,"  ""Sea,"  and 
"Storm,  Machines,  "War"  ( containing  "Engine  Room," 
"S.O.S."  and   "Shipwreck,"  in  that  pessimistic  order). 

Other  catalogues  may  be  a  bit  more  helpful.  "En- 
counter at  Dawn,"  for  instance,  is  described  as  ""very 
heavy  and  dramatic,  but  quick  moving,  then  becoming 
more  subdued,  but  still  with  a  dramatic  and  sinister 
atmosphere."' 

"Tlie  individual  compositions,"  Miss  Snider  said,  "can 
be  broken  down  into  several  moods  and  can  be-  used  in 


whole  or  in  part.  But  the  fact  that  the  library  is  so  much 
larger  and  so  much  more  varied  than  a  written  catalogue 
would  indicate  that  the  music  programmer  must  rely 
very  heavily  on  his  memory.  Besides,  he  should  keep  an 
open  mind,  since  one  piece  may  be  applied  to  many 
different  situations — one  week  tragedy,  another  mystery, 
another  comedy,  and  so  forth.  Since  catalogues  dont 
really  indicate  the  full  use  to  which  records  can  be  put, 
one  must  interpret  the  mood  of  the  script  and  paint  in 
the  background  from  knowledge  tucked  away  in  one"s 
own  mental  file."" 

Miss  Snider  and  her  st.iff — Marilynn  Kilgore,  Phebe 
Haas,  Lea  Karina  and  Harold  "Venho — select  music  for 
about  20  television  shows  a  week.  Within  the  last  two 
years  a  number  of  radio  shows  have  also  found  it  ex- 
pedient to  use  recorded  background  music.  A  half-dozen 
such  radio  shows  are  on  the  air  now,  with  the  number 
rising  to  twelve  or  fifteen  in  the  Summer  season. 

An  hour-long  TV  drama,  such  as  "Television  Play- 
house"" or  '"Robert  Montgomery  Presents,"  demands  a 
var)'ing  amount  of  time  for  music  selection,  depending 
on  the  individual  director  and  the  amount  of  music  to  be 
used.  Ten  to  sixteen  hours  for  a  single  script  is  average. 
A  period  piece  takes  longer,  because  the  selector  tries  first 
I  Continued  on  puse   ^Oi 


RADIO  AGE  25 


Phonograph   Records   Make 
Strong    Comeback    in    1931 


By  L.  W.  Kanaga 

Manager,  Commercial  Sales  and  Merchandise  Division. 

RCA  Victor  Record  Dcpurtinen! 


Th 


-HE  phonograpii  record  business — which  so.ired  to 
all-time  heights  in  1947  only  to  meet  a  declining  market 
the  following  year — has  made  a  strong  comeback. 

There  was  a  confusing  fog  for  a  while  created  by 
the  introduction  of  the  new-speed  records,  but  it  has 
cleared  away,  leaving  the  industry  healthier  than  evet 
before  in  its  history.  According  to  a  consensus  of  the 
best  available  industry  estimates,  dollar  sales,  which  were 
S23.1  million  in  1948  and  fell  to  S202  million  in  1949, 
rose  to  S284  million  in  1951. 

It  is  true  that  record  unit  sales  have  declined,  but  the 
amount  of  actual  music  sold  has  increased — the  difference 
being  that  more  music  is  contained  on  the  new-speed 
records.  A  symphony  which,  on  the  old  78-rpm  speed, 
would  occupy  an  album  of  four  or  five  records  today 
comes  complete  on  a  single  33'/3-rpm  record — usually 
at  lower  cost,  too.  So  the  rise  in  dollar  volume  means 
that  people  definitely  are  buying  more  music. 

It  must  be  explained  that  the  lack  of  a  central  data- 
gathering  organization  or  a  standard  method  of  reporting 
makes  it  difficult  to  determine  trends  in  the  record  indus- 
try. Most  figures  now  available  (from  musicians'  union 
fees,  excise  taxes,  etc. )  have  to  be  adjusted  and  coordi- 
nated and  often  must  be  projected  before  they  begin  to 
make  sense. 

hidi/stiy  Selling  More  M//sic 

But  one  fact  is  plain:  the  industry  is  selling  more 
and  more  music  and  is  bringing  in  more  and  more  dollars. 

Chief  factors  entering  into  the  firm  position  of  the 
phonograph  record  business  are: 

1.  The  "speed"  war  and  its  attendant  confusion— 
which  kept  many  from  buying  records — is  now  a  dead 
issue,  most  companies  agree.  The  major  record  makers 
now  produce  in  all  three  speeds.  The  78-rpm  records  are 
dying  out  and  the  new  speeds  are  contributing  the  largest 
share  of  the  total  volume.  Both  of  the  new  speeds  have 
their  champions  among  consumers.  While  it  is  true  that 
45-rpin  records  have  the  edge  in  popular  and  light  clas- 
sical works,  and  ^liVi's  sell  better  in  the  heavier  selec- 
tions, the  record  buyer's  choice  depends  mostly  upon 
which  system  he  owns. 

2.  Revivals  are  beginning  to  play  an  important  part 


Phonograph  record  sales  made  strong  come-back  in  1951. 

in  both  the  classical  and  popular  market.  Among  these, 
RCA  Victor's  "Treasury  of  Immortal  Performances" 
series  is  notable.  Caruso's  records  alone  sold  more  than 
a  half-million  last  year.  This  may  be  the  strongest  indi- 
cation that  the  industry  has  come  of  age — for  with  its 
earlier  products  having  a  permanent  demand  from  the 
older  generation,  there  is  a  constant  self-renewing  market 
in  collectors'  items. 

3.  A  basic  sales  factor  is  the  number  of  phonograph 
players  in  homes.  In  1941  there  were  only  3.3  million 
players  in  home  use.  During  the  following  decade  this 
sky-rocketed  to  21.97  million — a  solid  market  foundation. 

TV  has  increased  Record  Sales 

4.  Television  has  not  cut  into  record  sales  as  was 
widely  feared.  In  fact,  TV  has  increased  sales,  according 
to  recent  RCA  Victor  surveys  and  sales  figures.  They 
indicate  sales  are  best  in  television  areas  and  that  TV  set 
owners  themselves  buy  more  records  than  non-owners. 

There  are  several  theories  as  to  why  tliis  is  so.  One 
is  that  a  TV  set  in  the  house  keeps  people  home  more 
often,  and  while  they're  home  their  chance  of  playing 
records  is  increased.  Another  reason  might  be  the  fact 
that,  like  live  musical  performances,  television  "sells" 
people  on  music  and  makes  the  recording  artists  more 
familiar  to  them. 

5.  The  present  state  of  low  inventories  (compared 
to  1948  and  1949)  is  another  market  booster.  It  allows 
greater  facility  in  meeting  fast-changing  market  dem.inds. 

6.  The  growing  popularity  of  classical  music  is 
having  its  effect,  too.  Before  the  war  the  ratio  between 
pop  and  classical  record  sales  was  about  80  to  20.  Now 
it  is  estimated  at  approximately  70  to  30.   This  is  gen- 

(Continued  on  page  30) 


26  RADIO  AGE 


Fadino-  of  Radio  Sitinals  Minimized 


D 


t) 


by  New  Transniirrer  System 


By  Grant  E.  Honsell 

RCA  Liborjtorii's  Dit  isioii 
Riterhead,  N.  Y. 


jr.Kljng  of  radio  signals  has  been  a  problem  tor  die 
communications  engineer  since  he  first  attempted  to 
transmit  radio  messages  over  distances  of  100  miles  or 
more.  It  required  only  a  short  time  for  research  to  re- 
veal the  Cause;  the  Remedy  —  even  a  partial  one — is 
taking  a  great  deal  longer.  While  a  complete  mastery 
has  not  yet  been  reached,  one  of  the  most  recent  de- 
velopments, a  system  called  Transmitter  Diversity,  al- 
ready has  demonstrated  its  value  in  minimizing  the 
effects  of  fading  in  certain  types  of  communications. 

In  the  early  Twenties,  when  transoceanic  radio- 
telegraphy  was  coming  into  its  own  as  the  fastest  means 
of  intercontinental  communications,  fading  had  to  be 
taken  in  stride.  In  the  knowledge  of  its  cause  lay  a 
paradox.  Strangely  enough,  the  same  phenomenon  which 
made  long-distance  radio  possible  was  also  the  basic 
cause  of  fading  signals,  namely  the  so-called  Kennclly- 
Heaviside  Layer.  This  layer,  a  mass  of  ionized  particles 
high  in  the  atmosphere,  is  created  by  the  action  of  the 
sun's  rays  upon  molecules  of  gas  in  the  air.  The  parti- 
cles act  like  a  huge  mirror  reflecting  back  to  the  earth 
the  radio  signals  which  have  passed  beyond  the  horizon 
and  outward  into  space. 

Without  this  "ethereal  blanket"  long-distance  teleg- 
raphy, radiotelephony.  broadcasting,  and  radiophoto 
would  be  undependable,  if  not  impossible.  With  it 
there  is  almost  no  limit  to  the  travelling  span  of  a  radio 
signal,  provided  enough  power  is  available  at  the 
tr.msmitter. 

Early  research  on  fading  disclosed  that  a  transmitter 
signal  which  faded  at  one  location  was,  at  the  same  in- 
stant, at  its  maximum  strength  at  another  receiving 
point  some  distance  away.  Further  experiments  revealed 
that  it  was  possible  to  connect  the  outputs  of  two  re- 
ceivers, connected  to  spaced  antennas,  so  that  the 
stronger  signal,  or  a  combination  of  the  two  signals, 
could  be  selected  at  all  time;.  This  method,  called  Re- 
ceiver Diversity,  has  been  in  use  for  many  years  at  the 
large  radio  centers  operated  by  RCA  Communications. 
Inc.,  at  Riverhead,  N.  Y..  Point  Reyes,  California,  and 
m.inv  other  locations. 


From  the  foregoing  description  it  is  obvious  that 
Receiver  Diversity  requires  considerable  space  for  the 
location  of  the  two  receiving  antennas,  thus  limiting 
its  use  prmcipally  to  fixed  land  stations.  Reception  by 
this  method  on  planes,  ships  at  sea,  or  at  receiving  points 
in  congested  areas,  such  as  large  cities,  is  impractical. 

With  this  knowledge  RCA  engineers  began  work  on 
Transmitter  Diversity.  They  reasoned  that  duplicate 
transmitters  connected  to  spaced  antennas  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  receivers  in  the  earlier  method  would 
provide  a  single  distant  receiving  point  with  a  continu- 
ously usable  signal,  since  it  was  extremely  unlikely  that 
both  incoming  signals  would  fade  simultaneously. 

To  determine  the  soundness  of  this  theory,  RCA 
conducted  tests  from  Bolinas,  Calif.,  to  Riverhead,  N.  Y., 
and  later  from  Bolinas  to  receiving  points  in  lower  and 
midtown  Manhattan.  In  each  instance,  results  demon- 
strated the  effectiveness  of  Transmitter  Diversity,  par- 
ticularly in  urban  areas  where  man-made  radio  noise 
is  at  a  high  level. 

Transmitter  Diversity,  however,  is  not  expected  to 
replace  the  established  Receiver  Diversity  for  most 
point-to-point  circuits  but  it  does  offer  a  practical  solu- 
tion for  certain  types  of  important  message  services, 
including  shore-to-ship,  ground-to-plane,  and  fixed  base 
to  mobile  vehicles. 

From  an  economic  standpoint,  also,  Transmitter 
Diversity  has  an  advantage.  It  is  less  costly,  for  in- 
stance, to  improve  the  reception  of  a  signal  at  a  single 
receiver  by  adding  a  second  transmitter  than  to  increase 
the  power  of  the  single  transmitter  to  get  the  same 
results.  The  power  of  the  single  transmitter  would 
have  to  be  increased  from  16  to  1.000  times  that  needed 
by  each  of  the  dual  transmitters  to  give  the  same  re- 
sults at  the  receiver. 

New   Power  Tube  tor   LlIF 

A  new  power  tube,  expected  to  be  of  special  interest 
to  designers  of  UHF  transmitting  equipment  has  been 
announced  by  the  RCA  Tube  Department.  Intended 
for  UHF  service  in  television  and  continuous  wave  ap- 
plications, the  new  tube,  a  triode,  is  very  compact,  hiv- 
ing a  diameter  of  1  '4  inches  and  a  length  of  3'  4  inches. 
It  can  be  operated  at  maximum  ratings  at  frequencies 
up  to  900  megacycles  per  second. 


RADIO  AGE  27 


NBC  Operates  One  of  World's 
Biggest  Box -Offices 

More  than  Three  Million  Tickers 
for  Free  Programs  Issued  Yearly 


By  Peter  M.  Tintle 

/Manager.  Guest  Relatiom. 
National  Broadcasting  Co. 


T. 


HE  National  Broadcasting  Company  operates  one 
of  the  biggest  and  busiest  box-offices  in  the  world. 
The  Broadcast  Ticket  Division,  a  function  of  the  Guest 
Relations  Department,  prints  and  distributes  the  fan- 
tastic number  of  more  than  3,000,000  tickets  a  year. 
On  any  normal  day,  the  Division  handles  tickets  which 
involve  an  average  of  450  different  shows. 

The  unique  feature  of  NBC's  box-office  is  that  all 
of  its  tickets  are  free,  even  though  many  admit  their 
holders  to  productions,  symphonies,  etc.  that  may  have 
cost  up  to  S75,00()  to  produce.  Naturally,  with  the 
leading  entertainers  in  the  world  appearing  on  these 
free  shows,  a  greater  demand  is  created  for  tickets  than 
could  be  ordinarily  expected  of  paid  performances.  As 
a  result,  more  requests  for  tickets  to  a  popular  program 
are  received  in  one  week  than  could  possibly  be  filled 
in  an  entire  year.  And  since  demand  for  "hit "  shows  is 
constant,  it  is,  unfortunately,  impossible  to  fill  most  of 
the  requests. 

How  Tickets  lire  Distributed 

The  public  generally  has  little  idea  of  the  method 
and  scope  of  ticket  distribution.  The  broadcaster's  first 
obligation  is  to  the  advertiser  who  has  paid  for  the  show 
and  the  cost  of  air-time.  Consequently  the  advertiser 
obtains  a  goodly  supply  of  tickets.  In  most  cases  these 
tickets  are  used  for  dealer  promotion  or  for  other  pur- 
poses that  will  help  to  sell  the  product  advertised.  In 
some  instances,  many  of  these  tickets  will  eventually 
reach  the  public.  Depending  upon  the  popularity  of 
the  program,  it  is  customary  for  the  sponsor  or  his  ad- 
vertising agency  to  take  over  70  to  100  per  cent  of  a 
studio's  seating  capacity. 

With  the  first  obligation  to  the  advertiser,  the  broad- 
caster must  then  accept  the  responsibility  of  handling 
the  remaining  tickets  with  the  utmost  care  and  tact. 


For  example,  the  Press  Department  needs  tickets  for 
Its  magazine  and  newspaper  contacts,  all  of  whom  are 
in  a  position  to  help  NBC  with  favorable  comments  on 
programs.  The  Sales  Department  faces  a  demand  for 
tickets  from  clients  and  prospective  clients.  The  Station 
Relations  Department  must  have  its  supply  for  distribu- 
tion to  affiliated  station  owners  and  managers,  who  in 
turn  are  obligated  to  local  sponsors  and  advertisers. 

The  Broadcast  Ticket  Division  has  another  important 
activity.  It  receives  and  acknowledges  all  mail  received 
directly  from  the  general  public  concerning  broadcast 
tickets.  These  letters  total  about  1,200  daily  the  year 
around.  Because  he  is  an  "out-of-towner"  and  expects 
to  be  in  New  York  for  only  a  brief  visit,  the  average 
letter-writer  finds  it  difficult  to  understand,  for  instance, 
why  he  cannot  get  tickets  for  the  Sid  Caesar  program 
or  one  of  the  other  more  popular  shows.  The  one  thing 
he  does  not  realize  is  that  New  York  City  is  well- 
populated  with  out-of-towners  at  all  times. 

Listeners  Express  their  Preferences 

The  correspondence  section  of  the  Broadcast  Ticket 
Division  does  have  its  lighter  moments.  Many  of  the 
letters,  although  written  in  complete  sincerity,  are  sources 
of  amusement  to  the  staff.  Recently  a  letter  from  a  self- 
styled  music  lover  expressed  a  wish  to  attend  a  Toscanini 
Concert,  but  insisted  that  NBC  make  sure  that  the  pro- 
gram include  only  melodic  music.  He  added  that,  in  his 
opinion,  it  was  a  great  waste  for  a  tremendous  orchestra 
to  play  music  for  a  solid  hour  "going  diddle-de-dee  — 
starting  nowhere  and  ending  nowhere".  In  1947,  an 
elderly  lady  from  Georgia,  wrote  in  asking  for  two 
tickets  to  attend  a  program  which  since  has  gone  off  the 
air.  This  particular  program,  besides  featuring  honey- 
mooners,  also  presented  couples  who  were  celebrating 
wedding  anniversaries.  To  support  her  request,  the 
woman  enclosed  a  self-portrait  in  water  color,  and  ex- 
plained that  since  she  would  be  celebrating  her  50th 
wedding  anniversary  in  195.3  she  wanted  to  be  placed 
on  our  list  to  receive  tickets  on  that  anniversary  date, 
six  years  hence. 


28  RADIO  AGE 


R.  E.  Lafferty  (left)  and  J.  L.  Hathaway,  NBC  engineers, 

demonstrate  the  electronic  "gun-shot  reinforcer"  which 

they  developed  for  radio  and  TV  dramas. 

I  Lcrronic  Device  Makes  Gun -Shots 
Sound  Real  on  Dramaric  Programs 

An  electronic  device  that  produces  the  authentic 
sound  of  a  revolver  shot  has  been  added  to  NBC's  store- 
house of  Special  Effects.  The  "gun  shot  reinforcer,"  as 
it  is  called,  was  developed  by  the  network's  Engineering 
Development  Group. 

The  device,  which  operates  automatically,  is  housed 
in  a  rectangular  unit  the  size  of  a  typewriter  case.  It  is 
plugged  into  the  system  or  line  carrying  the  sound  por- 
tion of  the  TV  program.  When  the  script  calls  for  the 
firing  of  a  shot,  a  blank  pistol  is  discharged  in  the  studio 
.ind  the  sound  of  the  shot  triggers  a  circuit  in  the  "rein- 
forcer" which  instantaneously  produces  its  own  gun  shot. 

The  sound,  as  heard  on  nidio  or  television  at  home, 
is  a  combination  of  the  actual  pistol  shot  in  the  studio 
.md  the  electronic  gun  shot.  The  accumulative  effect  is 
a  "pixKiwww,"  or  a  perfect  sound  reproduction  of  a  gun 
shot. 

Only  the  sharp  crack  of  a  pistol  shot  can  set  off  the 
"gun  shot  reinforcer."  It  is  not  energized  by  studio  dia- 
logue, music,  cries,  yells,  or  any  such  noises. 

NBC  engineer  Raymond  E.  LafFerty  constructed  the 
device  ba.sed  on  an  electronic  principle  suggested  by 
J.  L  Hathaway,  assistant  manager  of  the  Development 
Group. 


Meral-Shcll  Kinescopes 

I  Continued  from  page  16 1 
the  nietting  of  critical  specifications.  This  feature  per- 
mits the  use  of  a  high-grade,  drawn,  sheet  glass  which  is 
optically  superior  to  and  considerably  more  uniform  in 
tiiickness  than  the  faceplate  molded  as  an  integral  part 
of  all-glass  kinescopes.  Further,  this  independent  produc- 
tion of  the  faceplate  insures  freedom  from  mold  marks, 
blisters,  and  other  imperfections  which  may  develop 
during  the  molding  of  glass  bulbs. 

( 2 )  The  metal  tube  has  a  weight  advantage  over 
comparable  ,ill-glass  types.  In  larger  sizes,  metal  tubes 
are  as  much  as  13  pounds  lighter,  a  factor  which  makes 
such  tubes  easier  to  handle  in  receiver  production  and 
assembly,  permits  the  use  of  lighter  and  less-expensive 
supporting  structures  in  the  chassis  and  receiver  cabinet, 
and  reduces  shipping  costs. 

( 3 )  The  metal  kinescope's  inherent  mechanical 
strength  reduces  breakage  and  permits  a  more  rapid  and 
flexible  handling  of  the  tube  during  its  assembly  and 
te^t  operations. 

(4)  Exclusive  characteristics  of  the  metal  tube  rep- 
resent sales  appeals  to  the  set  manufacturer's  customers. 
The  relatively  flat,  thin,  f.aceplate  of  uniform  thickness 
permits  wide-angle  viewing  and  less  picture  distortion 
than  the  all-glass  tube.  Further,  the  metal  tube's  face- 
plate is  specially  treated  to  eliminate  reflections  from  any 
angle  or  source.  These  features  add  up  to  a  larger,  clearer, 
superior  picture  for  the  manufacturer's  customers. 

At  the  present  time,  RCA  produces  metal-shell  kine- 
scopes at  its  tube  production  plants  in  Lancaster.  Pa.,  and 
Marion,  Indiana. 

Metal-shell  kinescopes  were  introduced  by  RCA  in 
1948,  after  more  than  13  years  of  research  and  develop- 
ment. Recognizing  that  picture  sizes  would  become 
larger,  and  that  production  problems  encountered  with 
all-glass  envelopes  would  be  magnified  in  the  larger  sizes, 
RCA  tube  engineers  in  1935  initiated  a  research  program 
to  develop  more  practical  and  suitable  production  ma- 
terials. 

After  exhaustive  tests,  a  high-chromium  steel  alloy 
w.is  selected  for  the  shell  section,  giving  the  tube  its 
unusual  combination  of  strength  and  light  weight. 

In  December,  1948,  the  company  made  commercially 
available  the  16AP4  kinescope,  the  television  industry's 
first  metal-shell  picture  tube.  This  first  metal  tube, 
pointed  the  way  to  low-cost,  mass-production  of  still 
larger  kinescope  sizes  such  as  RCA's  2IAP4,  introduced 
List  year,  which  continues  in  heavy  demand  by  set 
manufacturers. 


RADIO  AGE  29 


Phonograph  Records  Make  Comeback 

{Continued  frotn  page  26) 

erally  considered  to  mean  a  growth  in  serious  tastes  and 
not  a  reduction  of  the  popular  market. 

7.  Pop  sales  are  also  rising.  Earlier,  a  record  which 
sold  a  million  copies  was  unusual.  Now  it's  unusual  if 
there  aren't  many  of  these  million-sellers  each  year. 

These  high-sale  releases  are  absolutely  necessary  to 
the  larger  companies.  Classical,  children's,  country  and 
western  records  are  the  solid  base  of  the  industry,  but 
the  real  earnings  are  made  on  the  big,  low-cost-per-unit 
"hits."  The  importance  of  huge-sale  records  lies  also  in 
the  fact  that  they  get  more  people  into  the  record  stores 
— people  who  buy  other  record;  at  the  same  time.  Also, 
the  sUes  level  of  standard  pop  tune;  is  up. 

8.  A  widening  of  the  sales  outlet  b.ise  has  played 
an  important  part.  Chain  variety  and  department  stores 
that  never  handled  records  before  now  find  them  money- 
makers. People  who  might  not  bother  to  make  a  special 
trip  to  a  record  store  will  pick  up  a  record  or  two  when 
they  are  shopping  for  something  else  in  a  five  and  dime. 

9.  Children's  records,  like  revivals,  are  increasing 
their  share  of  the  market.  Large-scale  production  pl.m- 
ning  has  a  great  deal  to  do  with  their  increased  popu- 
larit)'.  RCA  "Victor,  for  example,  spent  about  $15,000 
recording  the  "Alice  in  Wonderland"  album.  This  is 
contrasted  with  the  early  days  when  one  man  on  a  banjo 
made  a  "kidisc"  as  they  are  called.  The  increase  goes  into 
better  storybook  material,  better  performers  and  a  more 
thorough  production. 

10.  The  most  important  factor  in  the  revival  of  the 
record  market  is  the  all-around  higher  quality  of  the 
product.  Slower  speeds  and  non-breakable  records  have 
reduced  two  of  the  manufacturers'  toughest  problems — 
the  reluctance  of  dealers  to  buy  large  amounts  of  space- 
taking,  fragile  records.  The  higher  fidelity  of  the  new 
records  gives  them  wider  acceptance  at  all  "ear"  levels. 

One  sign  of  the  phonograph  industry's  present  state 
of  optimism  is  the  current  number  of  re-recordings  of 
older  works  such  as  operas  which  require  tremendous 
investments.  Not  long  ago,  record  companies  would  not 
consider  such  an  expenditure,  but  in  the  last  18  months 
RCA  "Victor  alone  has  recorded  three  full-length  operas 
with  the  best  artists  available.  These  were  "Carmen, " 
"La  Traviata"  and  "Rigoletto."  "II  Trovatore"  is  now 
being  recorded  at  a  cost  of  about  550,000. 

There  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  the  record  industry 
will  not  continue  its  present  healtliy  growth.  There  is  a 
large  market  to  till  and  new  and  better  products  are 
available  to  offer  the  people  of  the  world. 


Selecting  Mood  Music 

(Continued  from  page  25) 

for  authenticity,  at  the  same  time  maintaining  the  mood 
and  keeping  the  music  unobtrusive  and  in  good  taste. 

"We  get  the  script  about  a  week  in  advance, "  Miss 
Snider  s  lid.  "The  music  programmer,  who  is  assigned  a 
specific  group  of  shows  permanently,  reads  the  script, 
gets  an  idea  of  the  type  of  music  needed.  Sometimes  the 
director  marks  the  places  where  he  wants  music  in  the 
script.  Then  the  programmer  selects  music — sometimes 
pulling  out  ten  times  the  amount  of  music  finally  needed. 
Helped  by  the  music  programmer,  tlie  director  makes 
the  final  choices." 

After  the  director  approves  the  selections,  the  music 
programmer  types  a  synopsis  of  the  visual  or  dialogue 
cues  for  the  turn-table  engineer,  and  indicates  the  record 
numbers,  starting  positions  (which  are  also  marked  on 
the  records  in  red  crayon)  and  other  details;  stacks  the 
records  in  the  proper  order  and  arranges  to  have  tiiem 
delivered  to  the  studio  in  time  for  rehearsal. 

The  selection  of  music  is  not  a  programmer's  only 
concern,  however.  She  is  responsible  for  seeing  that  the 
music  on  each  program  is  cleared  for  copyright,  kine- 
scope rights,  tape-recording  and  other  rights.  She  is  co.n- 
stantly  searching  for  new  material  and  replenishing  her 
stock. 

"We've  just  ordered  our  third  dozen  of  King  Palmer's 
"The  Film  Opens,'  "  Miss  Snider  said.  "This  is  the  popu- 
lar theme  of  WNBT's  'Eleventh  Hour  Theater,'  and  it's 
played  four  or  five  times  a  day — for  station-break  an- 
nouncements— besides  being  played  on  the  program. 

"Generally  we  can  make  better  use  of  unfamiliar 
music  for  backgrounds.  Many  well-known  classics  are 
specifically  identified  with  a  composer  or  a  drama.  Of 
course  there  are  exceptions.  We  made  wonderful  use  of 
Stravinsky's  'Rites  of  Spring'  in  an  Indian  battle  scene 
on  the  Gabby  Hayes  Show.  And  the  works  of  Howard 
Hanson,  Aaron  Copland  and  Prokofier  are  excellent 
standbys  for  various  kinds  of  backgrounds." 


II   KCA  Scholarships  Granted 

Eleven  university  students  from  eight  different  states 
have  been  awarded  RCA  scholarships  for  the  current 
academic  year.  These  undergraduate  students,  majoring 
in  various  fields  of  pure  science  or  in  branches  of  engi- 
neering, have  received  scholarship  grants  of  S600  each. 
Since  1945,  wiien  the  awards  were  inaugurated,  more 
tlian  a  hundred  RCA  scholarship  and  Fellowship  grants 
have  been  made. 


30  RADIO  AGE 


The  Mjslrrof  ESSCK  HA  I  lANOOGA. 
tieui  the  nope  oj  RjitiuDuriiiv  RjJjr. 


The  ESSO  CHATTANOOGA,  o„e  oJ  the  sixty  ESSO  leaels 
tt/uippiil  u  ilh  Kuitinniumu-  Rjiljr  Many  are  ulso  etiiiipped 
u  ith  Rjilionurine  Rtnliotelegrjph  ami  Rjiiio  Direction  Fiutl- 
/«i;  lii/uiprrjent. 


^A  RADIOMARINE  RADARS 

'^  for  Esso  vessels 

speed  oil  deliveries 


You  get  all  4  navigational  aids 
with  Radiomarine  3.2cm  Radar 


in  all  weathers 


P 1 1  o  t  ti  g  I? 


Locotion   Finding 


Anfi-Collision  Storm  Detection 


•  B\  thf  end  c)t  1952  nou'H  see  Radiomarine's  3.2cm,  4-purpose 
Radar  aboard  forty-seven  seagoing  tankers  of  the  fleets  of  Esso  Ship- 
pint;  Co.  and  other  Standard  Oil  Co.  (N.  J.)  afliliates.  In  addition, 
tiiere  are  thirteen  similar  units  aboard  vessels  ot  the  Esst)  Standard 
Oil  (,().  on  the  inlanti  waterways. 

In  all  kinds  of  weather  .  .  .  through  fog,  darkness  and  storm  ...  on 
the  high  seas  ...  in  and  out  of  heavily  trafficked  ports,  Radiomarine 
Radar  will  help  ESSO  vessels  operate  on  regular  schedules  .  .  .  make 
fast  and  safe  deliveries. 

Ship  operators  get  more  for  their  money  with  Radiomarine's  3.2cm 
Radar.  Its  t-purpose  application  is  the  answer  to  faster,  safer,  more 
dependable  navigation  at  sea,  in  harbors  or  on  inland  waters. 

For  complete  information  write:  Radiomarine  Corporation  of 
America,  Dept.  TL,  ""5  Varick  St..  New  "^'ork  13.  X.  Y. 


)IOMARINE  CORPORATION  of  AMERICA.  ''5   \jrici  St..  Sen    York  li.  S.  Y.  Sales  and  Service  Offices  in  principal  ports. 
Foreign  Diitrihiiiion  and  Sen  ice  —  RCA  Inlernalional  Diutsion.  )l)  Rocktjeller  Plaza,  Sew  York  }<>.  S.  Y. 


RADKOMARINE    CORPORA  TiOM  of  AMERiCA 

A  SERVICE  OF  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 

RADIO  AGE  31 


Amazing  New  Thread-Easy"  Projector 
Makes  Film  Showing  4  Way. 


No  more  lost  time  setting  up.  Vk'ith  the 
RCA  "-liOO."  you  can  put  picture  and 
sound  on  the  screen  in  only  2  niiiitttes. 
Or  let  a  youngster  do  it.  It's  that  easyl 


Q       Thread  film  in  30  seconds! 

Thanks  to  RCA's  new  "Thread-Easy" 
design,  you  can  thread  it  while  you're 
lecturing  .  .  .  thread  it  with  one  hand 
.  .  .  thread  it  in  the  dark. 


^        Pack  up  In  3   minutes! 


No  more  packin.i;-up  troubles.  You  can 
button  up  the  complete  RC.\  "400" 
projector  and  speaker  in  only  5  min- 
utes. Or  let  a  child  do  it.  It's  so  simpief 


^^       Carry  like  an  overnight  bogl 

Single-case  Junior  weighs  only  .^3'^ 
lbs.  Women  appreciate  its  lightweight, 
rounded  corners,  proper  balance.  No 
chafing  your  leg  as  you  walk. 


Easiest  Projector  to  Use! 

Imagine  showing  movies  with  a  projector 
so  simple  you  can  set  it  up  in  2  minutes, 
thread  film  in  30  seconds,  pack  up  in  3  min- 
utes, and  carry  lightly  as  an  overnight  bag! 

Now  .  .  .  thanks  to  RCA's  new  "400" 
Junior  projertor,  you  can  show  16mm 
movies /<zr  more  easily  than  ever  bejore!  New 
RCA  "Thread-Easy"  design  is  so  simple 
you  can  let  a  12-year-old  child  run  the  pro- 
jector. They're  top-quality  movies,  too.  Both 
picture  atid  sound  far  exceed  recommended 
standards  oj  *SMPTE  .  .  .  hy  actual  tests. 

No  More  Torn  Film! 

Your  precious  film  literally  "floats"  through 
this  new  "400"  projector.  "Thread-Easy" 
design  is  so  amazingly  effective,  even  minor 
errors  in  threading  will  not  damage  film. 


VJ'ith  projector  running,  you  can  open  and 
clean  picture  gate  or  sound  optics  .  .  .  uith- 
out  damage  to  film.  And  you  can  project  the 
same  film  50  or  500  or  i.OOO  times  .  .  .  with- 
out appreciable  wear  or  damage  to  film! 

No  More  Last-Minute  Failures! 

It's  ultra-dependable,  too.  Built  for  the  hard 
knocks  of  school  and  commercial  use.  You 
can  easily  replace  projection  lamp  in  45 
seconds,  exciter  lamp  in  20  seconds.  Re- 
wind 10-minute  film  in  66  seconds,  without 
changing  belts,  pulleys,  or  reels.  It's  the  only 
projector  powered  by  a  big  A-C  motor, 
500%  oiersize  for  better  sound  stability.  Big 
motor  takes  it  easy,  stays  cool,  liies  longer. 
And  it's  quiet.  Operating  noise  only  58.5 
decibels.  Quieter  than  recommended  by 
*SM  PTE  .  ,  .  quieter  than  other  projectors  by 
actual  tests. 


In  Competitive  Tests,  RCA  400's  Win  Out! 

In  a  single  purchase,  Pennsylvania  schooll 
bought  572  RCA  "400's."  Baltimore  schools 
bought  1 56.  Washington,  D.  C.  schoob 
bought  8  1 .  Already  many  thousands  of  RCA 
"400's"  are  out  on  the  job  .  .  .  giving  4-wa} 
help  .  .  .  maiing  things  easier  .  .  .  for  busy 
people  just  like  you. 

Operate  It!  Convince  Yourself! 

If  you  use  16mm  film  in  your  teaching  or 
selling  (and  who  doesn't?),  you  owe  it  It 
yourself  to  find  out  about  this  revolutionary 
new  easy-to-use  projector.  The  new  "Thread- 
Easy"  design  is  the  culmination  of  2  3  years 
of  RCA  research.  Send  coupon  for  demon- 
stration. Operate  it  yourself!  Lar^e  sales  per- 
mit surprisingly  low  price  for  this  top-quality 
equipment.  Underwriters'  Approved.  B.icke4 
up  by  RCA.  Nntion-wiJe  service  rivaib.blfiil 
So  mail  coupon  TODAY. 


RCA  "400"  Junior.  (Lmd- 
some  hluf-jirten  finish. 
Weishs  3.">  lbs.  -.wait 
amplifier.  S-inch  speaker. 
For  medium  to  large  rooms. 


*  SMPTE:  "Society  of  Motion  Picture  and 
Telexiston  Engineers."  leading  authority 
on  proifctor  standards.  SMPTE  recom- 
mends "unsteadiness  of  proiecred  picture 
less  than  .VIO  of  I  fc  of  picture  width." 

In  RC.\  V-*0*^  '  projector,  horizontal  un- 
steadiness is  1/10  of  I  ^   O  timil  i3S  good 


at  SMPTE  standards).  Vertical  unsteai 
ness  is  I/"  of  I  c^  (2  times  as  good 
SMPTE  standards). 

Sound  quality  is  also  better  than  SMPl^ 
standards  .  .  .  distortion  less  than  5*^- 

AU  tested  and  proved  by  RC-A.  foreml 
pioneer  in  K-mm  sound  projectors. 


FREE    BROCHURE— MAIL    COUPON— NOW! 


^ 


."^SS?   SrS¥i¥  : 


K¥   S^^v^^Y  Svi^^S  Y:-:v 


RCA  "400"  Senior.  Same 
as  "Junior"  cvci-pt  IO-wai( 
amplifier.  10-inth  speaker. 
Projector-amplifier  weifihs 
36'4  It^*-'.  speaker-accesso- 
ries, 26  lbs.  For  larger 
rooms,  audicoriums. 


\'isual  Products.  Dept.  92 \' 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  Camden,  N.  J. 
Please  send  me.  without  obligation,  full  stor>'  on  new  easy- 
to-use  RCA  "400"  16mm  projector  that  I  can  set  up  in  2 
minutes,  thread  in  30  seconds,  pack  up  in  3  minutes,  and 
carr>'  lightly  as  an  overnight  bag. 


'1 


Am  interested  in 


VISUAL  i»/roDucrs 


_  Junior  Model  for  classrooms 
□  Senior  Model  for  auditoriums 


f 

I 


RADIO  CORPORATION  of  AMERICA 

£MGIM££RING   RRODUCTS  DCRARTMEMT.  CAMDEM.  N.J. 

In   Conodo:   RCA   VICTOR   Compony   Limllcd,   Montr*ol 


Name_ 


Position. 
Address— 


RADIO  AGE 

RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


JULY 

1952 


iLklE-LOOklE" 
AT  THE 

•NVENTIONS 


^ 


The  U.S.C.G.  Cutter  Courier— armed  with  Tmth.  not  guns— will  use. its  KCA  transmitter  to  beam 
messages  of  hope  to  Iron  Curtain  countries,  and  will  also  be  a  good-will  ambassador  to  the  free  nations. 


S  clear  voice 


goes 


to  sea 


^^'hen  broadcasting  Freedom's  message  to  Iron  Cur- 
tain countries,  transmitters  must  contend  with  delib- 
erate ladio  interference,  created  to  "jam"  the  air. 
Aboard  the  Tiiith  Ship  Courier,  a  powerful  RCA 
transmitter  fills  most  of  one  cargo  hold,  while  a  sec- 
ontl  hold  contains  Diesel  generators  which  produce 
1,500,000  watts  of  electrical  power.  Amidship,  a  spe- 
cial deck  is  the  launching  platform  for  a  barrage  bal- 
loon which  carries  the  antenna  higl:^  aloft. 

In  operation,  the  Courier's  radio  voice  will  follow  regu- 
lar schedules,  so  that  listpners  — often  tuning  in  at  serious 
risk  — will  know  when  broadcasts  are  coming  through. 


These  people  are  seeking  to  learn  the  Truth,  and  want  to 
hear  it  despite  the  thousand  jamming  stations  built  in  an 
eflort  to  keep  Freedoms  messages  from  penetrating  the 
Iron  Curtain. 

Development  of  broadcast  eqiiipincnt  for  use  on  land  and  sea 
is  onK  one  example  of  HC.\  pioneering  in  research  and  engi- 
neering. It  is  your  assurance  ot  liner  pcrfonnance  in  all  prod- 
ucts and  .services  ot  HC.\  and  KC.V  N'ictor. 


.See  the  latest  in  radio,  television,  and  electronics  in  action 
(It  RCA  Exhibition  Hall,  36  West  49th  Street,  N.Y.  Admission 
is  free.  Radio  Corporation  of  America,  RCA  Building,  Radio 

Citii,\eurork2(),N.Y. 


Radio  Conron  atiox  of  America 

Ji'urld  leader  in  radio — Jirsl  in  lelex'ision 


-I 


Hadio 


VOLUME  11     NUMBER  4 


H  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS 
BROADCASTING 'TELEVISION 


JULY  1952 


COVER 

NBC's  Dove  Gorroway  dem- 
onstrates one  of  the  Wolkie- 
Lookies  developed  by  RCA 
and  used  for  the  first  time  at 
the  political  conventions  in 
Chicago.  (KodothTome 
courtesy  of  Popular  Science 
Monthly.) 


NOTICE 

When  requesting  a  change  in  mailing 
oddress  please  include  (he  code  lefters 
ond  numbers  which  appear  with  the 
stencilled    address    on    the    envelope. 

Radio  Age  is  publiihed  quarterly  bjr 
the  Department  of  Information,  Radio 
Corporation  of  America,  30  Rocke- 
re//er  Ptaza.  New  Yorfc   20,  N.  r. 


CONTENTS 

Page 

NBC    Covers    the   Conventions 

Iron  Curtain  is  Penetrated  by  Powerful  RCA  Transmitters    ....        5 

How  Small  Can  They  Get? ^ 

by  D.  F.  Schmif 
Legal  Profession   Urged  to  oppose  Curbs  on  TV's  Power 

to  present  Truth   

by  Joseph  H.  McConnell 

"Voice  of  America"  carried  to  Europe,  Africa  and 

South  America  by  NBC  Shortwave  Station 12 

RCA  Scholarship  Plan  Extended '^^ 

Three-Speed  Record  Player  announced  by  RCA  Victor 15 

How  RCA   Kinescopes  ore   mode 

Small  Businesses  Essential  to  Progress  of  American  Industry    ...      18 
by   Vincent  deP.   Goubeou 

Transistors  that  operate  on  225  Megacycles 20 

New  Electronic  Developments  revealed  at  Annual  Meeting 

of   Stockholders 

Sornoff  Receives  First  Honor  Medal  Awarded 

by  Radio-Television  Manufacturers 24 

Electronic  Device  simplifies  Studies  of   Blood   Clotting 25 

Bottling  Machine  speeds  handling  of  Milk  Containers 26 

Greater  Efforts  in  "Pure"  Research  urged  by  Dr.  JollifFe    ....     27 

Long-Life  Batteries  odd  to  Performance  of 

Improved    "Personal"    Receiver ^8 

New  Radar  has  200-Mile  Range  in  Mapping  Terrain 29 

John  Q.  Cannon  elected   Secretary  of  RCA 30 

Awarded  Patent  on  Improvements  in  RCA  Tri-Color  TV  Tube    ...  31 


RADIO     CORPORATION     OF    AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  NY. 


DAVID  SARNOFF,  Chairman  of  the  Board 
JOHN   Q.   CANNON.   Stcftary 


FRANK  M.  FOLSOM,  Preiidenf 
ERNEST  B.  GORIN,  Treojorer 


Services  of  RCA  are: 
RCA  Victor  Division  •  RCA  Service  Company,  Inc.  •  RCA  International  Division 
Notional  Broodcasling  Company,  Inc.  •  Radiomarine  Corporation  of  America 
RCA  Communications,  Inc.  •  RCA  Laboratories  Division  •  RCA  Institutes,  Inc. 


Printed  in  USA 


I 


NBC's  "TV   Newsroom   on  Wheels"   goes   into   action   against   a    background    of    Chicago's   skyline. 


NBC  Co\  crs  the  Conventions 


Sli'.ff  of  M)()  Tiihiiuiiins  jnJ  (oiniiniiliiloix  Aiilcil  h\  S2J)()0J)()()  of 

Eijiiipnunt,  Si't  iVnr  Rccoiil  oj  Conrii'^i-  in  Scnhc  lo 

T\^  iiiii/  Riiilio  Set  ()))ihr\  font  (.Oiisl  lo  C.OiisI 


T„ 


-Ht  view  and  sound  of  .»  gavel  wielded  by  the  party's 
national  Committee  chairman  signalized  the  opening  of 
the  1952  Republican  Convention  in  Chicago  on  July  7, 
and  set  in  motion  the  most  complete  and  complex  array 
of  television-radio  facilities  ever  assembled  at  one  time 
for  any  occasion.  It  brought  to  realization  the  exten- 
sive plans  over  which  scores  of  NBC  engineers  and 
programming  experts  had  pored  for  nearly  a  year. 

For  the  first  time  in  history  the  video  facilities, 
ranging  from  TV  cameras  on  the  Hoor  to  long  files  of 
microwave  relay  towers  and  miles  of  coaxial  cables  made 
it  possible  for  the  colorful  and  sometimes  frenzied 
scenes  of  a  national  political  convention  to  be  witnessed 
simultaneously  in  nearly  a  third  of  ail  homes  from 
coast  to  coast. 

Actually,  NBC's  convention  coverage  had  started  sev- 
eral days  earlier.  During  pre-convention  week  the  net- 
work presented  eight  hours  of  special  TV  programs. 
Included  were  sidelights  of  the  tense  battles  for  contested 
convention  seats  as  well  as  the  press  conferences  that 
were  held  by  candidates  for  the  presidential  nomination. 

Some  idea  of  the  extent  of  NBC's  participation  in 
the  convention  can  be  had  from  statistics  compiled 
by  the  network. 

To  report  and  observe  every  move  on  and  ofT  the 
convention  floor  at  the  Chicago  Amphitheatre,  at  the 
National  Committee  headquarters  in  the  Conrad  Hilton 
Hotel,  at  railroad  stations  and  other  focal  points,  NBC 
assembled  a  staff  of  .SOO.  Some  were  "borrowed "  from 
the  network's  owned  and  operated  stations,  including 
eleven  technicians  from   Hollywood. 

These  stafi  members  were  supplied  with  the  latest 
equipment  including  several  units  never  before  used 
in  the  coverage  of  national  events. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  of  these  accessories  was 
the  walkie-lookie,  a  portable  TV  camera-transmitter 
.iriginally  developed  through  research  at  the  David 
^.irnort  Research  Center.  Princeton,  N.  J.  The  hand 
Mzed  T\'  camera,  weighing  10  pounds,  together  with 
Its  5()-pound  back-pack  transmitter  made  it  fwssible  for 
commentators  and  observers  to  extend  the  scope  of  their 

RADIO  AGE   3 


coverage  into  areas  where  standard  cameras  ct)uld  not 
go.  The  walkie-lookie  transmitted  a  regular  TV  picture- 
plus-sound  from  the  scene  of  action  to  its  associated 
base  station  thence  through  the  network  to  home  view- 
ers tuned  to  NBC  stations. 

Another  equipment  newcomer,  unveiled  for  the  two 
conventions,  was  NBC's  super  mobile  unit,  rebuilt  from 
a  4-4-passenger  bus.  Variously  called  a  "disaster  unit", 
"crash  truck"  or  'TV  newsroom  on  wheels",  the  35-f{K)t 
truck  with  its  complement  of  television  cameras  and 
controls,  film  cameras  and  fast-developing  dark  rooms. 
Mini  projectors  and  microwave  transmitter  showed  its 
ability  at  Chicago  to  speed  to  any  point  of  interest  and 
to  record  and  transmit  the  action  for  immediate  re- 
transmission over  the  network  or  delayed  transmission 
from  developed  film  reels. 

The  truck's  film-developing  unit  is  a  radical  de- 
parture in  that  field.  The  apparatus  proved  that  it  could 
turn  out  300  feet  of  negative  16  mm.  film  in  15  min- 
utes, six  times  faster  than  ordinary  developing  machines. 

Few  home  viewers  of  the  convention  scenes  could 
realize  the  full  extent  of  preparations  and  materials 
involved  in  bringing  these  f>olitical  highlights  to  the 
American  people. 


Part    of    the    tons    of    radio-television    instruments    and 

equipment  shipped  to  Chicago  by  NBC  for  use  during 

the  political  conventions. 


i] 


Portable  walkie-lookie  unit  is  dwarfed  by  a  huge  para- 
bolic receiving  unit  used  to  pick  up  microwave  signals 
from  walkie-talkies  on  the  auditorium  floor. 

Television  and  radio  booths  are  located  high  above  the 

speaker's  platform  enabling  observers  to  watch  action 

in  oil  parts  of  the  Amphitheatre. 


Plans  developed  by  NBC  called  for  the  installation, 
solely  for  this  purpose,  of  52,000,000  of  equipment. 
Included  were  one  hundred  miles  of  wiring  and  ten 
tons  of  audio  or  voice  apparatus,  augmented  by  28 
electronic  cameras,  12  film  cameras  and  numerous  tape 
recorders. 

Each  Delegation  has  Microphone 

Although  all  networks  utilized  the  facilities,  NBC 
engineers  installed  and  operated  the  55  microphones  and 
loudspeaker  system  which  connected  the  speakers  plat- 
form and  all  state  delegations  seated  on  the  floor  of  the 
Amphitheatre. 

From  a  common  control  point  directly  beneath  the 
rostrum,  the  microphone-speaker  circuits  could  also  be 
connected  directly  with  newsreel  headquarters  and  other 
loudspeaker  outlets  both  inside  and  outside  the  audi- 
torium. 

To  simplify  communications  with  its  extensive  per- 
sonnel stationed  at  widespread  locations  in  the  Conven- 
tion city,  NBC  compiled  its  own  telephone  directory 
and  in  addition,  arranged  a  special  24-hour  teletype 
system  connecting  the  Amphitheatre  with  all  affiliated 
stations  on  radio  and  TV  networks. 

As  working  space  for  its  contingent  at  the  Amphi- 
theatre, NBC  constructed  three  TV  studios,  five  radio 
studios,  and  an  assortment  of  rooms  for  offices  and  as 
storage  space  for  the  large  stock  of  spare  parts,  test 
instruments  and  general  supplies. 

Telecasts  originated  by  NBC  at  the  Republican  Con- 
vention were  broadcast  in  47  key  market  areas  through- 
out the  nation,  surpassing  all  other  network  coverage 
by  more  than  35  per  cent.  Based  on  the  17,800,000 
television  sets  presently  in  use,  it  is  estimated  that 
70,000.000  viewers  were  in  range  of  the  convention 
scenes  transmitted  by  WNBT  and  affiliated  NBC  sta- 
tions. When  television  covered  the  1948  conventions 
in  Philadelphia,  distribution  of  the  featured  programs 
was  limited  to  5.000,000  persons  along  the  Eastern 
seaboard.  At  that  time,  stations  beyond  this  area  were 
forced  to  rely  on  kinescope  recordings  of  the  proceedings. 

In  addition  to  the  thorough  coverage  of  the  sched- 
uled sessions  of  the  Republican  Convention,  NBC  also 
originated  numerous  regular  TV  and  radio  programs 
from  Chicago.  Among  them  were  "Camel  News  Cara- 
van": "Meet  the  Press":  "We  the  People":  "American 
Forum  of  the  Air":  "Youth  Wants  To  Know":  "News 
of  the  World":  "Three  Star  Extra"  and  "H.  V.  K.ilten- 
born  and  the  News". 

All  facilities  used  during  the  G.O.P.  assembly  were 
duplicated  for  the  Democratic  conclave  which  opened 
July  21.  in  Chicago. 

4  RADIO  AGE 


LISBO 


Iron  Ciirrain  Is  Pcnerrarcd 

b\   i^owcrful  RCA  Tninsmitters 


W, 


ITH  a  giant  half-mile-long  antenna  pointing  the 
way  with  pin-point  accuracy  and  force,  the  four  RCA 
50-kw  high  frequency  transmitters  located  at  the  new 
Radio  Free  Europe  Station  at  Gloria,  Portugal,  arc  now 
hurling  daily  messages  to  vital  target  areas  behind  the 
Iron  Curtain. 

Features  of  the  RCA  50-kw  units  which  made  them 
particularly  acceptable  for  use  in  Portugal  include  an 
efficient  method  of  cooling  the  tubes  by  circulating  air; 
amplifiers  that  were  stable:  ability  to  shift  from  one  fre- 
quency CO  the  other  with  a  minimum  loss  of  time,  and 
their  compactness,  a  factor  which  reduced  installation 
and  building  construction  costs. 

The  station  at  Gloria  creates  no  programs,  but  for 
sixteen  hours  daily  it  re-transmits  Radio  Free  Europ)e 
broadcasts  to  Poland,  Hungary,  Rumania,  Bulgaria, 
Czechoslovakia,  Albania,  and  other  areas.  The  station 
is  operated  by  Sociedade  Anonima  de  Radio  Retrans- 
missao  (RARET),  a  joint  Portuguese-RFE  organization. 

Gloria  was  selected  as  the  site  of  the  transmitters 
because  of  its  proved  excellence  as  a  position  from  which 
messages  can  reach  Eastern  Europe. 

The  programs  that  are  broadcast  originate  in  Munich, 
Germany,  where  exiles  prepare  the  scripts  and  read  them 
into  microphones  for  transmission  by  relay  to  the  Gloria 
station.  The  relay  is  handled  by  two  10-kilowatt  trans- 
mitters installed  ten  miles  from  Gloria. 

With  the  Gloria  station  completed  and  in  op)eration. 
Radio  Free  Europe's  programs  can  be  broadcast  simul- 


i-rJL    nnfinnnnn 


From  this  short  wave  station  at  Gloria,  Portugal,  four 
powerful  RCA  transmitters  beam  Radio  Free  Europe 
messages  across  Europe  and  into  iron  Curtain  countries. 

taneously,  on  different  wave  lengths,  to  Eastern  Europe, 
using  the  facilities  of  six  stations  in  Munich  and  Frank- 
furt in  addition  to  those  in  Portugal.  By  transmitting 
over  several  frequencies.  RFE  is  able  to  reach  the  maxi- 
mum potential  audience  in  the  Soviet  captive  states  and 
thereby  counteract  attempts  of  the  communists  to  jam 
the  programs. 

"The  expansion  of  Radio  Free  Europe,  which  started 
broadcasting  on  July  4.  1950.  with  a  single  low-powered 
transmitter,  is  a  tremendous  achievement."  said  General 
Lucius  D.  Clay,  national  chairman  of  the  Crusade  for 
Freedom. 

"Much  of  the  credit  for  this  hard-hitting  campaign 
against  Communism  goes",  he  added,  "to  the  American 
people  who  have  given  so  generously  to  the  Crusade 
for  Freedom." 

General  Clay  also  praised  the  government  and  the 
people  of  Portugal  for  their  cooperation  in  making  the 
Radio  Free  Europ>e  installations  possible  and  completing 
their  construction  in  the  record  time  of  less  than  six 
months. 

RADIO  AGE  5 


^ 


HOW  SMALL    CAN  THEY  GET, 


Since    the    familiar   type    201    of    1920,    electron    tubes, 

like  many  radio  components,  have  become  progressively 

smaller  while  improving  in  performance.    Sub-miniature 

tube    of    1952    on    extreme    right. 


A 


QUIET  revolution  in  design  techniques  is  taking 
place  in  the  electronics  industry.  Representing  a  dra- 
matic expansion  of  a  trend  dating  back  to  the  late  1930s, 
it  has  begun  to  bear  fruit  in  smaller,  lighter,  more 
compact,  and  more  flexible  devices  and  equipment — 
and  some  challenging  possibilities  appear  on  the  horizon. 

Probably  the  most  notable  disclosure  of  progress  in 
this  program  to  date  came  with  RCA  Victor's  announce- 
ment of  the  half-size,  half-weight  walkie-talkie  produced 
for  the  U.  S.  Army  Signal  Corps.  Although  some  com- 
ponents were  so  reduced  in  size  that  the  use  of  magnify- 
ing lenses  was  required  for  certain  assembly  and  inspec- 
tion procedures,  the  instrument  offered  twice  the  range 
of  its  larger  predecessor,  and  greater  selectivity. 

This  wedding  of  smaller  size  with  better  perform- 
ance is  typical  of  results  being  achieved  in  this  program, 
known  to  electronics  engineers  today  as  "subminiaturi- 
zation."  An  extension  of  the  "miniaturization"  which 
preceded  it,  this  polysyllabic  title  means  simply  the 
reduction  of  electron  tubes,  parts,  and  circuits  to  the 
minimum  size  without  lowering  the  standard  of  per- 
formance. 

Subminiature  tubes  with  a  volimie  of  only  %  cubic 
inch,  for  instance,  are  being  made  to  do  the  work  for- 
merly allotted  to  miniature  tubes  with  a  volume  of 
3V2  cubic  inches.    Tuning  coils  smaller  than  a  dime  in 


By  D.  F.  Schmit 

Vice  President  and  Director  of  Engineering 
RCA  Victor  Division 


diameter  replace  coils  several  times  as  large.  Flat,  two- 
dimensional  printed  circuits  do  away  with  wiring 
problems  and  replace  bulky  assemblies.  A  whole  family 
of  Lilliputian  parts  has  replaced  the  familiar  capacitors, 
resistors,  transformers,  switches,  relays,  and  sockets  of 
yesterday. 

The  trend  to  miniaturization  began  shortly  before 
World  War  II,  but  it  was  the  wartime  military  need  for 
compact  units,  particularly  in  the  field  of  airborne  com- 
munications and  navigation  equipment,  that  sparked  the 
miniaturization  program.  The  engineer  who  has  worked 
on  Air  Force  contracts,  knowing  how  much  equipment 
of  all  kinds  must  go  into  an  airplane,  understands  that, 
ideally,  such  electronic  equipment  should  occupy  no 
space  and  have  zero  weight.  Weight  and  size  are  critical 
considerations.  Miniaturization  was  the  best  answer  to 
this  problem. 

The  history  of  miniaturization  dates  from  the  late 
'30s,  when  RCA  developed  and  produced  miniature 
coils,  a  2-by-3-inch  speaker,  and  four  miniature  tubes 
for  use  in  RCA  Victor's  BP-10  "personal"  portable  radio. 
These  four  small  tubes,  the  first  of  their  kind,  were  a 
major  factor  in  reducing  portable  radios  to  the  tiny 
"personal"  size.  They  were  also  the  forerunners  of  the 
whole  held  of  miniature-tube  types  which  have  since 
found  widespread  commercial  application. 

Advantages  of  Smaller  Tubes 

While  considerably  smaller  in  size  and  lighter  in 
weight  than  conventional  tj'pes,  these  miniature  tubes 
were  found  in  many  cases  to  be  superior  in  performance, 
especially  at  the  higher  frequencies.  They  also  have  the 
advantage  of  being  more  flexible  in  application,  and  less 
costly,  on  the  average,  than  larger  types. 

The  new  tubes  fitted  right  into  the  needs  of  the 
military  during  World  War  II.  As  a  result  of  military 
demands,  many  new  types  were  developed.  The  coming 
of  commercial  television  later  gave  miniatures  another 
tremendous  boost  in  commercial  application.  For  many 
functions,  miniatures  work  much  better  at  television's 
higher  frequencies  than  regular  tubes,  because  they  are 
more  compact  and  have  reduced  radio-frequency  losses. 
Today,  miniature  tubes  account  for  between  50  and  60 
per  cent  of  RCA's  receiving  tube  production. 


6  RADIO  AGE 


RCA's  new  program  of  subminiacurizacion  was  sig- 
naled by  the  introduction  of  our  battery-operated  types 
of  subtniniature  tubes  in  19-49.  Although  subininiatures 
have  now  been  on  the  market  for  some  time,  their  full 
advantages  in  size  and  weight  can  only  be  realized  when 
there  is  a  corresponding  miniaturization  of  associated 
components. 

The  miniaturization  of  component  parts  —  coils, 
transformers,  relays,  etc.  —  has  been  carried  out  in  the 
Parts  Section  of  the  RCA  Tube  Department. 

As  new  tubes  and  components  have  been  developed, 
the  market  for  miniaturized  components  has  steadily 
increased.  The  broad  possibilities  for  application  of 
these  developments  were  recognized  by  the  military. 
This  recognition  has  been  a  primary  factor  in  the  ac- 
celeration of  both  the  miniaturization  and  subminiaturi- 
zation  programs. 

How  Miniaturization  was  Accomplished 
Three  factors  helped  to  make  tlie  miniaturization  of 
component  parts  feasible.  One  was  the  development  of 
new  materials,  of  which  the  best  example  is  the  ferrite- 
core  materials,  used  in  deflecting  yokes  for  TV  picture 
tubes,  built-in  antennas  for  small  radios,  etc.  RCA  was 
among  the  first  to  make  use  of  ferrites  in  this  kind  of 
application.  Another  was  the  use  of  closed  powered-iron 
circuits  which  provide  higher  inductance  in  smaller 
spaces.  The  third  was  the  development  of  improved 
methods  of  humidity  protection,  employing  new  types 
of  plastic  and  casting  resins,  which  make  it  possible  to 
obtain  equivalent  performance  from  coils  one-third  the 
size  of  standard  types. 

RCA  has  been  producing  miniature  transformers  for 
.ibout  two  years.  Here,  again,  most  of  the  orders  have 
come  from  the  government,  and  units  have  been  manu- 
factured to  meet  military  specifications.  In  many  cases, 
these  orders  have  merely  specified  technical  requirements 


_  f!  .^^ 


aVktor 


for  a  unit  to  fit  an  assigned  space  in  some  military  equip- 
ment. It  has  been  the  problem  of  RCA  Victor  engineers 
to  put  together  a  transformer  that  will  meet  these 
requirements. 

Tlie  availability  and  continued  development  of  new 
materials  is  vital  to  the  miniaturization  of  transformers. 
Typical  materials  are  ferrites  and  new  types  of  magnetic 
materials  which  are  cheaper,  smaller,  lighter,  and  gen- 
erally superior  to  the  oriented  silicon-steel  materials 
which  they  have  replaced.  The  material  used  is  gen- 
erally dictated  by  the  technical  requirements  submitted 
by  the  customers. 

A  unique  achievement  of  RCA  Victor  in  the  minia- 
turization of  transformers  has  been  the  development  of 
a  process  for  encapsulating  (covering;  certain  types  of 
miniature  transformers  with  a  special  stypol  resin — one 
of  the  thermosetting  plastics.  This  material  eliminates 
the  conventional  protective  can,  reduces  the  weight  of 
the  transformer,  and  protects  it  against  both  heat  and 
moisture.  The  resin  is  applied  to  the  transformer  with 
a  v.icuum  impregnation  process. 

Another  RCA  Victor  achievement  in  the  miniaturi- 


se tiny  ore  many  radio  parts  today 

thot  they  must  be  assembled  under 

magnifying  lenses. 

Miniature  size  of  complete  receiver 

output  section  of  new  walkie-talkie 

is  compared  to  a  match  folder. 


RADIO  AGE  7 


zation  field  has  been  the  successful  development  of  a 
ver)'  lightweight  multi-circuit  relay  which  is  capable  of 
simultaneously  switching  six  different  2-ampere  circuits, 
but  weighs  only  about  three  ounces. 

Although  still  in  a  developmental  stage,  the  recently 
unveiled  RCA  point-contact  transistor — a  tiny  germa- 
nium crystal  amplifier  which  will  perform  the  functions 
of  vacuum  tubes  in  some  applications  —  promises 
astounding  developments  in  electronic  devices.  Its  long 
life,  small  size,  resistance  to  shock,  lower  power  require- 
ments, and  ability  to  function  without  a  "w-arm-up" 
period  make  it  one  of  the  most  challenging  devices  in 
any  miniaturization  program. 

A  comparison  of  sizes  is  revealing.  A  typical  minia- 
ture tube  averages  M  inch  in  diameter  and  2  inches  in 
length.  The  subminiature  tube  is  Ys  inch  in  diameter 
and  l^.j  inches  long.  The  point-contact  transistor  meas- 
ures only  6  10  by  3  TO  by  2  TO  of  an  inch.  It  consists 
essentially  of  a  tiny  speck  of  germanium  in  contact  with 
two  closely  spaced,  fine  wires.  The  wires  correspond  to 
the  terminals  in  a  vacuum  tube. 

One  of  the  major  probleins  in  any  miniaturization 
program  has  been  that  of  heat  dissipation.  Closely 
packed  circuits  and  components  give  off  large  amounts 
of  heat  that  must  be  carried  off  by  efficient  cooling. 
Usually,  air  cooling  by  means  of  fans  has  been  relied 
upon.  Since  the  transistor  has  no  heated  filament  oper- 
ating in  a  vacuum,  it  does  not  heat  up.  This  makes  it 
especially  desirable  for  use  in  subminiature  circuits. 

Getting  about  as  much  attention  as  transistors  in  the 

Tube-socket     combinations    from     old     (left)     and     new 
walkie-talkies    emphasize    the    rapid    progress    in    mini- 
aturization of  radio  components. 


miniaturization  program  of  RCA  Victor  is  the  use  of 
"printed  circuits."  Using  such  circuits,  engineers  elimi- 
nate bulky  wires,  coils,  and  other  parts  in  electronic 
equipment  by  "printing"  and  etching  their  functional 
equivalents  on  conductive  foil  on  an  insulated  base. 

Printed  circuits  have  been  under  study  by  the  U.  S. 
Bureau  of  Standards  for  some  years,  and  they  have 
been  used  in  many  of  RCA's  military'  equipments  dur- 
ing the  past  decade.  A  recent  survey  indicates  that 
important  military  devices  now  in  production  make 
extensive  use  of  printed  wiring,  while  numerous  in- 
dustrial applications  are  also  listed.  More  than  112 
printed  wiring  plates  are  required  in  the  government 
assemblies  scheduled  for  production. 

The  principal  physical  effect  of  printing  circuits  is 
the  reduction  of  electronic  circuit  wiring  essentially 
to  two  dimensions.  The  eflfect  is  enhanced  where  it  is 
possible  to  employ  subminiature  tubes  and  compact 
associated  components.  It  then  affords  a  degree  of 
miniaturization  unobtainable  by  other  means.  Just  how 
much  saving  may  be  realized  depends  on  the  application. 
Standard  electronic  components  are  now  available  in 
such  small  sizes  that  complete  amplifiers  may  be  built 
into  volumes  of  less  than  1  cubic  inch,  and  RCA  has 
designed  complete  plug-in  I-F  amplifier  units  employ- 
ing standard  components  that  resemble  miniature 
vacuum  tubes. 

The  printed  circuit  also  serves  as  an  aid  to  uni- 
formity of  production,  by  virtue  of  precise  repro- 
ducibility of  the  wiring  pattern,  as  well  as  reduction 
of  assembly  and  inspection  time  and  costs,  and  reduc- 
tion of  line  rejects.  These  factors,  together  with  "dip 
soldering,"  make  the  process  attractive,  even  in  appli- 
cations where  size  is  not  important.  While  not  all 
components  of  an  electronic  circuit  may  be  printed, 
the  practice  is  adaptable  to  conductors,  resistors,  capaci- 
tors, inductors,  shields,  and  antennas.  The  development 
of  truly  diminutive  electronic  devices  now  awaits  only 
the  availability  of  such  items  as  smaller  microphones, 
transformers,  speakers,  and  batteries. 

From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  apparent  that  minia- 
turization it  still  in  its  infancy.  But  its  impact  will 
shortly  be  felt  in  all  phases  of  the  electronics  industr)'. 
Design  engineers  had  scarcely  designed  miniature 
equipments  before  they  were  forced  to  turn  their  efforts 
to  subminiaturization.  The  constant  pressure  of  the 
military  for  smaller  and  smaller  equipment,  especially 
in  the  case  of  airborne  equipment,  is  still  receiving  the 
attention  of  nearly  every  available  design  engineer. 
Commercial  needs  for  lightweight  electronic  equip- 
ment, however,  are  beginning  to  be  felt,  and  the  coming 
year  may  see  an  ever-growing  number  of  such  develop- 
ments making  the  headlines. 

8  RADIO  AGE 


n,i|i|iii|i|i|i|i|i|i|imi|i|m|i|i|imi|i|i|i|i|ii 


Television  is  "the  instrument  of  reality,  putting  people  in  toucli  with  the  real  world." 

Legal  Profession  Urged  to  Oppose  Curbs 
on  TV  s  Power  to  Present  Truth 


The  following  text  is  taken  from  a  recent  address 
by  Joseph  H.  McConnell.  NBC  President,  before 
the  North  Carolina  Bar  Association. 


An  talking  to  you  about  television.  I  w.int  to  discuss 
its  tremendous  influence  in  strengthening  the  workings 
of  our  democratic  society.  I  want  particularly  to  em- 
phasize the  dangers  of  restricting  such  an  influence, 
^'ou  are  members  of  the  profession  of  JetTerson  and 
Madison  and  Adams  and  Marshall  and  Mordecai  — 
the  profession  which  did  the  most  to  establish  our 
liberties  in  the  early  days  of  the  Republic.  And  down 
to  the  present  day,  the  legal  profession  and  the  courts 
have  stood  in  the  forefront  of  the  battle  for  maintaining 
those  liberties. 

In  this  country,  people  have  freedom  to  choose 
among  competing  forms  of  entertainment  and  informa- 
tion. Tliey  have  voted  heavily  in  favor  of  television. 
The  American  public  is  responsible  for  television's 
growth  to  a  three  billion  dollar  industry  in  the  short 
space  of  five  years. 

The  power  of  television  will  not  be  contained  in 


the  United  States  alone.  In  our  lifetimes,  we  will  see 
intercontinental  television  bring  events  and  personali- 
ties from  overseas  into  our  living  rooms  at  home.  And 
it  will  ako  bring  into  the  homes  abroad  a  picture  of 
our  democracy  in  action,  and  a  better  understanding 
of  our  attitudes  and  traditions. 

Television  serves  many  ditTerent  publics  that  make 
up  the  diversity  and  strength  of  America.  Each  must 
recognize  the  varying  interests  of  the  others.  A  tele- 
vision service  that  did  not  provide  for  this  variety 
would  lose  its  vitality;  and  a  development  by  members 
of  the  audience  of  tolerance  for  the  tastes  of  others  is 
no  less  important  than  adherence  by  broadcasters  to 
sensible  standards  of  taste  for  all. 

Another  problem  which  the  industry  has  faced  is 

that  of  making  television  economically  available  on  the 
broadest  possible  base.  That  means  that  the  cost  of 
receivers  must  be  brought  within  reach  of  all  pocket- 
books,  and  this  is  being  done. 

There  are  other  practical  business  problems  in  tele- 
vision —  for  example,  the  development  of  patterns  to 
assure  the  complete  advertising  support  which  is  neces- 
sary under  the  American  system  of  broadcasting.    This 


RADIO  AGE  9 


system  has  been  built  on  the  principle  of  providing  a 
source  of  entertainment  and  information  without  charge 
to  the  public.  The  provision  of  this  service  is  costly 
and  we  have  had  to  work  out  new  and  ingenious  sales 
devices  in  order  to  take  in  the  money  to  support  it, 
and  to  insure  to  the  public  programs  of  high  quality 
and  wide  variety.  These  efforts  to  protect  the  public's 
stake  in  our  free  system  of  broadcasting  must  not  and 
will  never  cease. 

Values  of  Television 

All  of  these  technical  and  economic  problems  can 
and  will  be  solved.  We  have  in  television  a  medium 
whose  impact  on  people  and  influence  on  our  society 
will  be  unparalleled  in  the  history  of  communications. 
The  fundamental  question  we  must  face  is  how  we  can 
best  direct  this  power  so  that  it  will  reach  its  full 
potential  as  a  social  force  for  good  in  America. 

I  believe  broadcasters  have  accepted  this  challenge 
and  are  learning  step  by  step  how  to  meet  it.  I  do  not 
mean  to  pretend  that  we  have  found  complete  answers 
to  all  of  the  questions  presented  by  the  growth  of  an 
industry  so  young,  so  strong,  so  alive,  and  so  dynamic. 

But  one  thing  is  certain:  Television  is  not  simply  a 
living  room  toy  which  offers  amusement  to  people 
when  they  do  not  want  to  go  out.  Television  is  a 
medium  of  complete  and  instantaneous  communication 
for   the   whole   population. 

All  of  us  who  have  been  trained  in  the  discipline 
of  the  law  have  had  drilled  into  us,  ever  since  we 
started  to  study,  the  importance  of  the  facts.  We  have 
learned,  by  study  and  experience,  the  rule  that  the  facts 
come  first,  and  when  the  facts  are  established,  the 
judgments  and  interpretations  can  follow. 

'Television  should   be  a  free  ticket  of  admission  to  oil 
Americans,   wherever   a   single   spectator    is    permitted." 


Television  presents  the  facts.  It  presents  them  with 
complete  accuracy,  without  exaggeration,  without  re- 
striction, without  prejudice,  without  personal  views, 
and  with  complete  impartiality.  This  is  not  done  by 
words  which  reflect  someone  else's  eyes,  someone  else's 
ears,  someone  else's  opinion,  someone  else's  impres- 
sions, perhaps  someone  else's  background.  In  television, 
nothing  stands  between  the  event  and  the  viewer.  It 
is  the  instrument  of  reality,  putting  the  people  in  touch 
with  the  real  world. 

Those  of  us  who  have  regularly  experienced  tele- 
vision can  see  its  effects  in  our  own  homes.  My  children 
are  learning  science  from  such  programs  as  "Zoo 
Parade,"  "The  Nature  of  Things,"  and  "Mr.  Wizard"  — • 
and  they  are  enjoying  the  process. 

They  ate  seeing  American  history  dramatized.  They 
watched  the  signing  of  the  Japanese  peace  treaty  in 
San  Francisco.  They  are  becoming  familiar  with  grand 
opera  through  television.  They  have  seen  Toscanini 
conduct  the  NBC  Symphony  Orchestra,  and  they  have 
witnessed  one  of  the  great  musical  events  of  the  year 
—  "Amahl  and  the  Night  Visitors"  —  an  opera  about 
the  Nativity,  especially  commissioned  by  NBC  for 
television. 

They  have  watched  the  World  Series  from  their 
living  room,  and  they  have  sat  in  on  the  Notth  Carolina- 
Notre  Dame  football  game.  They  have  seen  the  political 
candidates  and  the  leaders  of  our  country. 

They  have  heard  great  poetry  and  seen  great  dramas 
enacted.  They  have  watched  current  issues  and  events 
unfold  on  the  screen  —  from  General  MacArthur's  re- 
turn, to  the  explosion  of  an  atomic  bomb  at  Yucca 
Flats.  They  have  seen  Milton  Berle  and  Bob  Hope  and 
Red  Skelton  and  Sid  Caesar  and  Jimmy  Durante  and 
Howdy  Doody.  Every  week,  they  have  at  their  finger- 
tips entertainment  which  kings  could  not  command 
even  twenty  years  ago. 

At  times,  they  have  also  seen  the  pursuit  of  crimi- 
nals, lady  wrestlers,  roller  derbies,  and  other  things  that 
are  as  real  a  part  of  our  life  as  the  political  conventions 
and  the  World  Series. 

Today,  television  is  bringing  to  our  children  in- 
formation and  culture  and  the  great  entertainment  our 
own  country  can  offer.  Tomorrow,  they  will  iiave  a 
window  on  the  whole  world.  They  will  see  the  great 
cathedrals  of  Europe  —  in  color  —  and  the  paintings 
in  the  museums  overseas.  They  will  become  familiar 
with  London,  Paris,  and  Rome  —  and  maybe  some  day 
with  Moscow.  They  will  know  the  statesmen,  the 
people,  and  the  customs  of  other  countries  —  because 
they  will  have  seen  them. 

10   RADIO   AGE 


We  are  all  aware  of  the  tremendous  part  television 
is  already  playing  in  the  political  life  of  our  country 
and  the  tremendous  inlluence  it  will  exert  as  it  grows 
in  years  to  come.  The  power  of  television  is  so  great 
that  it  has  frightened  some  people.  There  are,  for 
example,  those  who  have  suggested  that  its  intluenct 
on  politics  is  dangerous  .  .  .  that  it  can  elect  or  defeat 
.  .  .  that  it  can  be  used  by  a  demagogue  to  fool  the 
public.  But  the  American  public  is  not  easily  fooled 
once  it  has  the  facts.  The  dangers  in  our  system  lie  in 
the  opposite  direction  —  in  shutting  off  the  people 
from  the  facts  and  in  limiting  their  knowledge  of  the 
issues. 

Television  meets  this  danger.  In  bringing  the  candi- 
dates face  to  f.ice  with  the  people  ...  in  letting  these 
candidates  expound  their  views  directly  to  the  people 
...  in  showing  how  they  behave  in  action  and  debate, 
television  gives  the  citizens  the  truth  and  equips  them 
to  make  their  own  judgments. 

There  has  recently  arisen  a  small  minority  who 
would  seek  to  throttle  television  through  Government 
censorship  of  its  programs.  Any  such  idea  is  repugnant 
to  those  who  cherish  liberty.  Good  taste  cannot  be 
legislated.  No  government  authority  can  determine  that 
a  murder  in  Hamlet  is  good  while  a  murder  in  modern 
drama  is  b.id.  The  responsibility  is  on  the  individual 
broadcaster,  who,  in  turn,  must  be  sensitive  to  the  taste 
and  discrimination  of  the  audience  he  serves. 

Censorship    I ' ioLiWs   Priticil^les   of   Fretdom 

Moreover,  program  censorship  by  the  government 
would  violate  the  great  principles  of  freedom  of  speech 
and  of  the  press.  This  principle  is  covered  by  Consti- 
tutional guarantees.  It  applies  to  broadcasting  just  as 
it  applies  to  newspapers  and  magazines,  and  just  as  it 
has  recently  been  applied  by  the  Supreme  Court  to 
motion  pictures.  The  values  of  that  principle  are 
paramount.  Its  impairment  in  any  area  weakens  one 
of  the  basic  foundations  of  our  free  society. 

The  freedom  of  television  is  also  threatened  by 
proposals  for  barring  it  from  such  places  as  the  news 
conference,  the  Congressional  hearing,  and  the  floor  of 
the  House  and  the  Senate. 

I  rcc<ignizc  that  there  are  proceedings,  involving 
the  national  securir\-  or  personal  privacy,  w-here  publicity 
of  any  sort  should  be  avoided.  These  proceedings  should 
be  held  in  dosed  sessions  to  protect  the  national  interest 
and  private  rights.  But  where  the  public  is  physically 
admitted,  we  must  assume  that  public  attendance  is 
proper. 

The  freedom  to  see  what  goes  on  in  America  should 
not  be  restricted  to  those  who  can  be  accommodated  in 
such  places  as  the  hearing  room,  the  House  gallery  or 


Alaeslro  Ariiiro  Toscanini 


"Television  is  bringing  to  our  children   information  and 

culture,  and   the  great   entertainment   our   own   country 

can  offer." 


the  Senate  chamber.  It  should  not  be  limited  to  those 
who  happen  to  be  in  the  city  where  the  event  is 
happening  —  be  it  Washington  or  Raleigh;  or  who 
have  the  time  and  money  to  travel  to  it;  or  who  are 
lucky  or  influential  enough  to  gain  admission.  Tele- 
vision should  be  a  free  ticket  of  admission  to  all 
Americans,  wherever  a  single  spectator  is  permitted. 

I  know  that  many  of  my  respected  and  learned 
brethren  among  the  legal  profession  look  with  concern 
at  the  idea  of  having  the  television  camera  brought  into 
the  Congressional  hearing  and  into  other  public  pro- 
ceedings. I  recognize  the  integrity  and  good  intention 
of  this  attitude,  but  I  question  its  long-range  soundness. 

The  legislative  chamber  cannot  hold  all  mankind  — 
but  the  television  camera  opens  the  door  to  all  of  the 
people  who  are  interested.  Their  rights  to  attend  and 
to  view  are  equal  to  those  of  the  s{>ectators  who  are 
physically  present.  Similarly,  the  rights  of  television 
to  have  direct  access  to  the  news  are  equal  to  those  of 
other  news  gathering  media. 

In  our  system,  where  the  state  serves  the  people  and 
the  people  determine  their  own  destiny,  an  especial 
value  is  put  on  having  the  people  know  the  truth,  and 
all  of  the  truth.  Television  can  give  them  the  truth, 
because  television  is  truth. 


RADIO  AGE   U 


NBC's  East  Coast  transmitter  building  at  Bound  Brook,  N.  J.,  is  surrounded  by  a  forest  of 
poles  supporting   the  station's  array   of   shortwave   antennas. 

^^  Voice  of  America  ^^  Carried  to  Europe,  Africa 
and  South  America  by  NBC  Shortwave  Station 


-L  AK  better  known  to  radio  listeners  in  foreign  coun- 
tries than  to  radio  fans  in  America,  are  the  programs 
broadcast  from  the  NBC-operated  shortwave  station 
WRCA  at  Bound  Brook,  New  Jersey.  Each  day  this 
station  transmits  17  hours  of  information  programs  for 
the  Voice  of  America  to  peoples  in  Europe,  Africa, 
South  America  and  to  clandestine  listeners  behind  the 
Iron  Curtain. 

Although  today,  the  Bound  Brook  station  is  dedi- 
cated to  the  broadcasting  of  America's  message  of  free- 
dom in  many  languages,  its  history  dates  back  to  1925. 
In  that  year.  Station  WJZ,  then  owned  by  RCA,  trans- 
ferred operations  from  Aeolian  Hall  in  New  York  City 
to  its  present  site.  The  move  to  a  less  populated  area 
was  made  necessary  when  the  station  began  trans- 
missions on  high  power.  The  WJZ  transmitter  re- 
mained at  Bound  Brook  as  long  as  it  served  as  the  key 
station  of  the  NBC  Blue  Network.  After  this  network 
was  sold  to  the  American  Broadcasting  Company  in 
1943,  the  WJZ  equipment  was  moved  to  another  loca- 
tion. 

In  1930,  the  importance  of  Bound  Brook  increased 
when  it  was  chosen  as  the  location  for  experimental 
shortwave  broadcasting  by  NBC.    Under  the  call  letters 


W3XL  and  W3XAL,  regular  programs  of  the  Blue 
Network  were  sent  abroad  to  many  lands.  As  a  result 
of  the  foreign  audience  which  was  immediately  attracted 
to  these  broadcasts,  NBC  in  the  late  1930's  established 
its  International  Division,  a  unit  of  the  company  de- 
voted to  special  shortwave  programming.  The  major 
sponsor  was  the  United  Fruit  Company,  for  whose  pro- 
grams a  so-called  "banana"  antenna  was  later  erected 
to  improve  signals  beamed  at  South  America. 

With  the  outbreak  of  World  War  II,  NBC  turned 
over  its  Bound  Brook  shortwave  facilities  to  the  Office 
of  War  Information,  primarily  for  European  broadcasts. 
At  that  time,  NBC  built  a  new  50,000-watt  transmitter 
which  was  added  to  tlie  two  already  in  operation.  Seven 
new  directional  antennas  and  three  additional  RCA 
50,000-watt  shortwave  transmitters  were  then  installed 
by  the  OWI,  giving  the  station  the  present  complement 
of  six  transmitters. 

Because  of  the  government's  decision  to  provide 
international  shortwave  programming  via  the  'Voice  of 
America,  the  NBC  International  Division  was  not  re- 
established after  the  war.  Today,  while  NBC  continues 
as  owner,  the  property  and  the  services  of  NBC  per- 
sonnel  at   Bound   Brook    are   leased    to    the   Voice    of 


72  RAD\0  AGE 


America.  Programs  originating  in  the  New  York 
srudios  of  the  Voice  of  America  reach  the  station  over 
telephone  lines. 

The  exterior  of  Station  WRCA  resembles  a  well- 
kept  residential  home  with  its  trees,  gardens,  and  neatly 
trimmed  lawns.  In  this  setting,  the  transmitter  building 
and  the  graceful  double-spray  cooling  system  are  sur- 
rounded by  towers  and  antennas  of  varying  sizes,  scat- 
tered over  NBC's   lOO-acre  tract  of  l.md. 

The  building  is  divided  into  several  sections  which 
accommo<.late  the  station  engineer's  office,  transmitting 
rooms  and  master  control.  Around  the  corner  from  the 
office  is  a  long  room  which  houses  the  three  government- 
owned  transmitters.  In  the  center  is  a  transmitter  con- 
trol console,  manned  by  an  NBC  engineer.  By  Hipping 
a  switch  the  engineer  can  connect  a  monitor  speaker 
with  programs  in  French,  English  or  any  of  the  other 
languages  that  might  be  on  the  air.  The  program  may 
be  a  newscast,  music  or  even  an  afternoon  ball  game. 
Sports  events  are  sent  overseas  by  the  Armed  Forces 
Radio  Ser\'ice,  for  the  benefit  of  American  troops  as- 
signed to  foreign  camps. 

Technicians  Watch  Equipment  Constantly 
To  assure  continuous  satisfactory  performance  of 
the  transmitters,  technicians  devote  considerable  time 
to  the  equipment.  This  includes  continuous  routine 
maintenance,  replacement  of  parts  and  constant  pre- 
cautions to  prevent  the  tubes  from  overheating. 

From  the  room  which  houses  the  government  trans- 
mitters it  is  only  a  few  steps  to  the  compartment  con- 
taining the  three  NBC-owned  transmitters.  The  two 
original  shortwave  transmitters  with  their  old  fashioned 
dials,  knobs  and  large  manually-operated  switclies  pro- 


vide a  striking  contrast  to  the  more  modern  equipment. 
Nevertheless,  both  the  new  and  old  transmitters  work 
side  by  side  with  equal  efficiency  to  carry  broadcasts  of 
truth,  liberty  and  education  to  the  peoples  of  many 
nations. 

In  the  master  control  room,  all  programs  received 
on  the  telephone  lines  from  the  Voice  of  America 
studios  are  monitored  and  switched  to  the  assigned 
transmitters.  At  the  end  of  each  program  segment,  the 
engineer  on  durj'  gives  the  WRCA  station  identification. 
This  "break"  is  considerably  more  difficult  to  make 
than  at  a  standard  broadcast  station  since  a  separate 
switch  must  be  made  for  each  transmitter. 

The  operating  schedule  on  the  desk  of  the  master 
control  console  indicates  the  complexity  of  the  daily 
transmissions  from  Bound  Brook.  Programs  in  English, 
French,  Finnish,  Polish  and  other  languages  constitute 
a  typical  day.  These  are  sent  to  Europe  from  10  A.M. 
to  6  P.M.  and  from  10  P.M.  to  3:15  A.M.  The  6  to 
10  P.M.  hours  are  devoted  mainly  to  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  broadcasts  for  South  America. 

The  basement  of  the  Bound  Brook  station  houses 
pHJwer  transformers  and  associated  equipment.  From 
copper  tanks  located  there,  distilled  water  used  to  cool 
the  transmitter  tubes  is  fed  to  the  outside  pond  and 
then  back  to  the  tubes.  The  basement  also  contains  a 
maintenance  shop  for  repairs  and  numerous  bins  and 
shelves  filled  with  rcpLicement  parts  and  tubes. 

The  NBC  staff  at  Bound  Brook  consists  of  15  men 
who  perform  a  wide  variety  of  tasks  necessar)'  to  keep 
the  station  operating  at  peak  efficiency.  From  the  chief 
engineer  to  the  antenna  rigger,  skilled  team-work  pre- 
vails to  give  WRCA  an  important  role  in  telling  the 
American  Story  to  freedom  loving  people  everywhere. 


Operator  at  the  master  control  console  of  transmitters 
at  Bound  Brook. 


Three  RCA  transmitters  line  the  walls  of  the  main  floor 
of    NBC's    International    stotion. 


RCA  Scholarshw  Plan  Extended 


Dr.  F.  H.  Kirkpatrick,  RCA  Educational  Counselor  (right), 
reviewing  academic  progress  with  on  RCA  Fellow. 


t^OiRTEEN  post-graduate  fellowships  and  19  scholar- 
ships have  been  offered  by  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  for  the  1952-1953  academic  year  under  an 
expanded    and    revised    scholarship    program. 

Total  amount  of  the  awards,  according  to  Dr.  C.  B. 
Jolliffe,  Vice  President  and  Technical  Director  of  RCA, 
will  be  553,000,  a  substantial  increase  over  previous 
years.  This  amount  reflects  RCA's  expanded  program 
of  helping  young  engineers  and  scientists  by  means  of 
seven  new  scholarships  and  one  fellowship.  It  was  also 
pointed  our  tiiat  the  annual  stipends  for  RCA  Scholar- 
ships have  been  increased  from  S600  to  S800. 

Decision  to  expand  RCA's  Scholarship  Program, 
Dr.  Jolliffe  said,  is  the  result  of  recommendations  by 
the  RCA  Education  Committee  to  make  scholarships 
available  in  additional  geographical  area,<:  of  the  United 
States,  at  a  women's  college  and  in  university  centers 
where  RCA  manufacturing  plants  are  located. 

The  objective  of  RCA's  program  is  to  encourage  the 
training  of  new  .scientific  personnel  who  are  critically 
needed  to  meet  the  rapidly  growing  requirements  of  the 
electronics  industry.  This  is  in  keeping  with  industry's 
increasing  recognition  of  an  obligation  to  help  develop 
yoimg  men  and  women  of  genuine  ability  and  promise. 
In  1944,  Brigadier  General  David  Sarnoft',  RCA  Board 
Chairman,  created  the  RCA  Education  Committee  with 


the  late  Dr.  James  Rowland  Angell.  President  Emeritus 
of  Yale  University,  as  Chairman.  Within  the  following 
year  General  Sarnoft  recommended  the  RCA  Scholar- 
ship Plan  to  the  Board  of  Directors. 

During  1945,  first  year  of  the  awards,  RCA  Scholar- 
ships were  offered  to  undergraduates  in  only  eight 
colleges  and  universities.  In  1947.  post-graduate  fellow- 
ships were  offered  for  students  working  toward  advanced 
degrees  in  scientific  fields  related  to  electronics.  Since 
the  awards  were  established,  RCA  has  progressively 
increased  the  scope  of  the  original  Plan  until  today 
recipients  of  RCA  scholarships  and  fellowships  are 
carrying  on  their  studies  at  more  than  20  colleges  and 
universities. 

Significant  points  under  the  revised  program  are: 
! .  Award  of  the  David  Sarnoff  Fellowship,  estab- 
lished in  honor  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  RCA, 
for  predoctoral  students  of  electrical  engineering  at  New 
York  University.  Other  RCA  Fellowships  are  available 
for  graduate  students  at  California  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, Columbia  University,  Cornell  University,  Prince- 
ton University  and  the  University  of  Illinois.  An  annual 
grant  of  S2,700  is  made  to  each  university. 

2.  Award  of  the  Frank  M.  Folsom  Scholarship, 
established  in  honor  of  the  President  of  RCA.  at  the 
University  of  Notre  Dame,  and  the  Charles  B.  Jolliffe 
Scholarship  at  "West  "Virginia  University.  Five  additional 
new  RCA  Scholarships,  each  carrj'ing  grants  of  $800, 
have  been  established  at  the  University  of  Cincinnati, 
University  of  Florida,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College, 
Indiana  University  and  Wellesley  College. 

Other  RCA  Scholarships  are  available  at  the  Cali- 
fornia Institute  of  Technology,  Columbia  University, 
Harvard  University,  University  of  Minnesota,  Princeton 
University,  Purdue  University,  Rutgers  University,  Uni- 
versity of  Santa  Clara,  University  of  Washington,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin  and  Yale  University. 

3.  A  grant  is  made  available  to  the  National  Re- 
search Council  for  the  award  of  four  additional  fellow- 
ships to  students  working  on  scientific  problems  related 
to  electronics.  These  are  open  to  graduate  students  in 
any  university. 

4.  Four  fellowships  for  young  scientists  and  engi- 
neers employed  in  the  laboratories  and  operating  units 
of  RCA  which  each  prtivide  a  maximum  grant  of  S2,700. 

5.  Award  of  an  RCA  Scholarship  to  an  outstanding 
graduate  of  RCA  Institutes  who  wishes  to  continue  his 

(Continued  on  Page  32) 


14  RADIO  AGE 


Threc-Spccd  Record 
Phn  cr  Announced 
bx  RCA  \^icr()r 

jL\.  nlw  .mil  unproved  type  of  "Victrola"  three-speed 
record  player,  which  makes  it  possible,  with  a  single 
turntable  to  provide  qualirj'  reproduction  from  records 
of  all  three  established  revolving  speeds,  has  been  placed 
on  the  market  by  the  RCA  Victor  Division.  Under 
development  for  more  than  a  year,  the  new  instrument, 
available  in  four  mixiels,  marks  the  introduction  of 
RCA's  tirst  three-speed  record-playing  system. 

Heart  of  the  new  instrument  is  a  novel  slip-on  45-rpm 
spindle  which  houses  the  automatic  record-changing 
mechanism  of  the  45-rpm  system.  The  larger  slip-on 
spindle  fits  over  the  permanent  spindle  and  converts  the 
new  record  player  into  an  authentic  45-rpm  instrument, 
with  all  the  engineering  advantages  and  performance 
features  of  the  "45"  system.  With  the  slip-on  spindle 
removed,  the  instrument,  at  the  twist  of  a  selector  knob, 
will  play  either  78-rpm  or  33'3-rpm  discs. 

Completely  automatic,  the  new  record  player:  Plays 
up  to  14  45-rpm  records  at  one  loading;  plays  up  to 
ten  12-inch  or  twelve  10-inch  standard  or  long-playing 
discs  at  one  loading;  plays  up  to  ten  intermixed  sizes  of 
78-rpm,  or  the  same  number  of  33'3-rpm  records  of 
intermixed  sizes;  stops  automatically  after  playing  last 
record  of  any  of  the  three  speeds;  provides  two  separate 
pick-up  points  in  a  single  tone  arm,  one  for  playing 
78-rpm  discs  and  another  for  the  'l5-rpm  and  33'  vrpm 
records,  and  eliminates  the  need  for  record  inserts. 

The  new  all-speed  "Victrola"  instruments  include  a 
record-player  attachment  which  can  be  connected  to 
any  radio,  phonograph,  or  television  set.  Other  models 
are  a  self-contained  phonograph  with  a  built-in  speaker 
and  amplifying  system;  a  self-contained  ponable  unit 
housed  in  a  luggage-type  carrying  case,  and  a  three-speed 
table  model  "Victrola"  radio-phonograph. 

"Engineering  advances  now  make  it  possible  to  inte- 
grate '45'  facilities  in  an  all-speed  changer  that  provides 
reproduction  of  equally  high  quality  from  all  types  of 
records  and,  at  the  same  time,  retains  all  the  advantages 
found  only  in  45-rpm  instruments,"  said  H.  G.  Baker, 
vice  president  in  charge  of  the  company's  Home  Instru- 
ment Division. 

Reriecting  the  simplicit>'  of  45-rpm  engineering,  the 
new  all-speed  Victrola  instrument  features  a  single, 
lightweight  tone  arm  for  records  of  all  speeds;  a  twin- 
p<iint  stylus  which  is  quickly  rotated  for  playing  either 
~8-rpm  or  45-  and  33l<-rpm  records  by  turning  a  tiny 


Three-speed    record     ployer     installed     in     combination 
table-model   radio-phonograph. 

lever  mounted  on  the  tone  arm;  a  "guard  position" 
protects  the  stylus  when  not  in  use;  a  single  speed- 
selection  control  knob,  and  a  single  knob  fi)r  on-off- 
reject  control. 

For  45-rpm.  the  operator  need  only  turn  the  speed- 
selector  knob  to  the  proper  speed.  For  either  78-rpm  or 
33y3-rpm,  the  only  additional  step  required  is  to  lift  the 
large  spindle  off  the  permanent  spindle,  and  adjust 
speed-selector  knob  and  stylus.  Every  RCA  Victor  3- 
speed  record  player  has  a  specially  designed  receptacle 
to  conceal  the  45-rpm  spindle  when  not  in  use. 


Toscanini  to  Lead  NBC  Symphony 
In  1  i  Concerts  This  Season 

Maestro  Arturo  Toscanini  is  to  conduct  the  NBC 
Symphony  Orchestra  in  fourteen  concerts  during  the 
1952-1953  season,  beginning  November  1.  In  the  new 
series,  Toscaninis  sixteenth  successive  season  as  con- 
ductor, he  will  direct  two  more  concerts  than  in  the 
last  winter  season.  Guido  Cantelli,  who  starts  his 
fourth  season  as  a  guest  conductor  of  the  NBC  Sym- 
phony, will  direct  the  remaining  eight  concerts  of  the 
twenty-two  week  series. 

Toscanini  will  conduct  concerts  on  the  following 
dates:  November  1.  8,  15,  22  and  29;  January  3.  10, 
17,  24  and  31,  and  March  7,  14.  21  and  28.  Mr. 
Cantelli's  eight  dates  will  be  December  6,  13,  20  and 
27  and  February  7,  14,  21  and  28.  Conductors  of  the 
current  summer  series  of  the  NBC  Symphony  will  in- 
clude L.tszlo  Halasz,  Samuel  Antek,  Wilfred  Pelletier, 
Richard  Korn  and  Massino  Freccia. 

RADIO  AGE   15 


•i 


^ 


HOW 


KINESCOPES 
are  made 


Manufacturing  process  begins  with 
inspection  of  all  parts  comprising  tfie 
tube,  whether  glass  or  metal-shell  type. 


Metal  tubes  are  placed  on  a  crawling 

conveyor  belt  to  permit  the  phosphor 

to    settle   on   the   face-plate. 


At  the  end  of  the  settling  belt,  auto- 
matic   machinery    tips    the    tube    and 
decants    the    remaining    liquid. 


Kinescopes  are  baked    in   huge  ovei 

to  "boil"  out  impurities  and  to  dry  thi 

inside  graphite  coating. 


e|( 


As  a  tube  approaches  completion  it  is 

tested     for     picture     brightness    under 

home  lighting  conditions. 


Final    tests    are    made    to    insure    tha* 

the    tube    will    give    a    well-centered 

perfectly-focused  picture. 


After  the  tube  has  passed   all   tests  '\ 

is  given  its  final  washing  before  pain 

is  applied  to  the  outside. 


s  between  gloss  and  metal  parts 
checked  by  polarized  light,  and 
by   air   under   high   pressure. 


The  phosphor  solution   is   poured   into 

the  envelope  where   it  settles  to  form 

the    tube's    luminous    screen. 


Purity  of  the  phosphor  solution  is 
rigidly  inspected  to  prevent  the  en- 
trance   of    injurious    foreign    material. 


Iron  guns  ore  assembled  here 
microscopically  tested  to  watch- 
makers' rigid  specifications. 


In    this   rotary   machine   the    stem    sup- 
porting the  electron  gun  is  sealed  into 
the  neck  of  the  envelope. 


The    tubes    are    now    ready    for    the 

pumping  system  which  removes  all  air 

and  gases. 


kinescope  is  now  branded  with 
RCA  trademark,  which  is  a  war- 
nty  of  top-quality  picture  tubes. 


Having  received  the  stamp  of  approval, 

the   tube   is  given   a   final    polish    and 

placed    in    its   shipping    carton. 


The   RCA   kinescope   is   now   ready   to 

provide    the    customer    with    the    best 

picture  his  set  can  produce. 


Small  Businesses  Essential  to  Progress 
of  American  Industry 

RCA  Executive  Reveals  that  Approximately  Half  of  Aiiniul  Sales  Dollar 
Has    Gone   to    Outside   Alaiiiifictiirers   of  Materials   aiiJ    Components 


'I'he  following  text  is  taken  from  a  statement  by 
Vincent  deP.  Goubeau,  Vice  President  in  Charge  of 
Materials,  RCA  Victor  Division,  before  ti>e  U.  S. 
Senate  Small  Business  Committee  on  May  3,  1952. 


'4 


Wh 


E  are  proud  of  the  relationships  we,  at  RCA,  have 
built  up  with  our  suppliers.  We  like  to  think  of  them 
as  friends  as  well  as  business  associates.  Over  the  many 
years  that  we  have  been  in  business,  we  have  learned 
that  there  is  a  very  strong  inter-dependence  between  our 
company  and  the  many  organizations  with  which  we 
work  in  carrying  out  our  responsibilities  to  our  cus- 
tomers, our  employees,  and  our  stockholders.  This  ex- 
perience embraces  a  working  relationship  with  companies 
of  all  sizes,  from  the  smallest  to  the  largest. 

Over  the  years,  approximately  half  of  our  annual 
sales  dollar  has  been  spent  for  materials  and  components 
purchased  from  outside  organizations.  The  proportion 
purchased  is  fractionally  less  in  regard  to  equipment  for 
the  Armed  Services  because  of  the  large  amount  of 
engineering  development  involved.  And  yet,  in  review- 
ing our  records,  it  is  remarkable  to  note  how  closely 
this  over-all  figure  has  held  to  50  per  cent  —  in  peace,  in 
war,  or  —  as  at  present  —  in  time  of  semi-mobilization. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  1951,  RCA  spent 
50.3  cents  out  of  every  sales  dollar  for  materials  and 
services  bought  from  others. 

In  all,  there  are  roughly  5,000  suppliers  with  whom 
we  are  working  day  in  and  day  out  producing  for  both 
the  Armed  Forces  and  for  the  nation's  consumers. 

Our  suppliers  are  located  in  42  states. 

Out  of  this  total  of  5,000  suppliers,  approximately 
three-fourths  —  or  75  per  cent  —  are  small  business 
organizations  by  the  accepted  definition  of  "500  em- 
ployees or  less."  In  round  figures,  that  makes  3,750 
small  concerns  with  whom  we  do  business. 

Many  of  these  suppliers  are  very  small  companies. 
I  know  of  one  in  particular  that  is  making  for  us  a  vital 
part  of  an  electronic  system  being  manufactured  under 
Air  Force  contract.    This  company  has  a  total  employ- 

18  RADIO  AGE 


ment  of  six,  including  the  president. 

But  while  this  is  somewhat  unusual,  a  more  signifi- 
cant fact  is  that  of  all  3,750  small  businesses  contributing 
to  our  production,  about  half  employ  less  than  one  hun- 
dred people. 

It  is  pertinent  to  inquire  at  this  point  how  we  deter- 
mine the  amount  of  oiu"  business  to  be  subcontracted,  or 
indeed  why  we  subcontract  at  all.  Why,  for  example, 
does  a  large  company  like  RCA  not  manufacture  all  its 
needs? 

The  answer  begins  with  our  policy  that,  on  items 
with  large  volume  for  which  we  have  manufacturing 
facilities  and  know-how,  we  normally  divide  our  pro- 
curement between  our  plants  and  our  suppliers.  We  do 
this  in  order  to  have  more  than  one  source  of  supply  and 
to  insure  our  getting  the  best  price  for  the  items  that 
go  into  our  product. 

Considering  the  variety  and  volume  of  parts  entering 
into  our  product,  we  cannot  profitably  make  all  the  parts 
we  require  because  of  the  capital  outlay  required  to  pur- 


Walkie-Talkies  for  the  Armed   Forces  get  final  tests  at 

end  of  production  line  at  RCA  Victor  plant  in  Camden, 

New   Jersey. 


th.ise  the  cijuipmfnt  anJ  the  l.ick  of  volume  to  liquidate 
the  cost  of  the  facilities  in  a  reasonable  time. 

Many  small  businesses  serve  large  businesses  by  being 
specialists  in  one  or  more  fields  of  manufacture.  Small 
business  functions  effectively  when  it  is  able  to  serve 
several  other  businesses,  either  large  or  small,  because  it 
li.is  facilities  which  can  be  operated  economically  due  to 
the  combined  volume  of  its  customers.  Furthermore, 
their  business  is  flexible  and  can  be  readily  adapted  to 
the  changing  requirements  of  their  many  customers. 

In  addition  to  cost,  the  utilization  of  subcontractors 
frequently  speeds  delivery  of  completed  items.  By  work- 
mg  closely  with  his  subcontractor,  a  prime  manufacturer 
can  so  arrange  schedules  that  the  many  components  pro- 
duced by  outside  firms  will  arrive  at  production  lines  in 
time  to  permit  final  assembly  not  only  in  the  most  effi- 
cient and  least  costly  manner  but  also  in  time  to  meet 
specified  deadlines.  Prompt  delivery,  particularly  on  mili- 
tary contracts,  can  be  vital.  The  prime  contractor  who 
assumes  the  responsibility  for  such  delivery  to  the  mili- 
tary relieves  the  Government  of  the  hundreds  of  details 
involved  when  many  companies,  both  big  and  little,  are 
teamed  together  to  produce  weapons  and  related  devices 
under  military  contract.  More  often  than  not,  this  re- 
sponsibiliy  involves  far  more  than  mere  engineering 
assistance,  expediting  of  required  raw  materials,  and 
sometimes  financing  of  needed  materials. 

The  prime  contractor  also  supplements  the  work  of 
Government  inspectors  and  frequently  sees  to  it  that 
contracted  components  meet  Government  specifications. 
The  testing  and  inspection  facilities  required  for  many 
military  items  often  are  intricate  and  many  small  busi- 
ness firms  could  neither  equip,  staff,  nor  finance  them. 

Thus  it  is  true,  at  least  insofar  as  our  company  is 
concerned,  that  a  prime  contractor  contributes  far  more 
than  the  engineering  of  a  new  device  and  its  assembly 
and  production. 

W" alkie-Talkie  Cited  as  Typical 
I  would  like  to  mention  a  few  examples  to  illustrate 
our  work  with  subcontractors  on  defense  orders  gen- 
erally.  They  are  more  or  less  typical. 

One  of  a  great  many  devices  we  are  working  on  today 
is  the  walkie-talkie  for  the  Signal  Corps.  The  walkie- 
talkie  is  a  portable  radio  station  containing  its  own  trans- 
mitter, its  own  microphone  and  earphone  circuits,  and 
its  own  power  supply.  It  is  designed  to  be  carried  on  a 
soldier's  back  like  a  knaps.ick.  The  w.ilkie-talkie  being 
used  right  now  in  Korea  performs  the  same  general 
function  as  the  walkie-talkie  that  w.is  first  introduced 
and  used  in  World  War  II.  But  there  are  several  major 
differences. 

As  you  can  appreciate,  weight  is  of  major  impor- 


tance—  particularly  since  the  walkie-talkie  is  intended 
for  use  by  troops  in  battle  where  maneuverability  can 
frequently  mean  the  difference  between  life  and  death. 
The  old  walkie-talkie  weighed  50  pounds.  Our  new 
walkie-talkie  weighs  2-1  pounds  —  .1  rcdm  tion  In  wiiirlu 
of  over  bO^'c. 

In  addition,  the  new  walkie-talkie  has  a  range  that 
is  almost  double  that  of  the  earlier  model.  In  many 
other  ways  too  —  such  as  its  ability  to  withstand  pro- 
longed immersion  in  water  —  the  new  walkie-talkie  is  a 
much  more  effective  instrument. 

After  our  design  work  w,is  completed  and  accepted 
by  the  Signal  Corps,  we  established  our  production 
schedules.  To  help  with  this  important  task,  we  called 
on  1S5  suppliers  of  precision  parts.  Some  of  these  sup- 
pliers are  classified  by  the  Government  as  large  business 
firms.  But  most  of  them  are  small.  In  fact  IM  (or 
71 '7  )  of  the  185  companies  collaborating  with  us  on 
the  new  walkie-talkie  are  small  business  firms. 


61%  of  Dollar  Voliiine  to  Small  Business 

In  dollar  volume  the  amount  of  subcontracted  busi- 
ness to  large  business  is  39'^r  and  6K;  to  small  business. 

We  recently  completed  an  analysis  of  another  of  our 
military  contracts  —  this  one  covers  a  classified  elec- 
tronics system  being  made  for  the  Air  Force. 

Parts  and  supplies  for  this  contract  are  coming  to  us 
from  many  scattered  sections  of  the  country  —  from 
Lake  City,  Minn.;  Aurora,  HI.;  Muskegon,  Mich.;  Wyn- 
cote.  Pa.;  Waltham,  Mass.;  Davenport,  Iowa;  Dayton, 
Ohio;  and  even  Hollywood.  Calif. 

The  307  subcontractors  teamed  with  RCA  on  this 
contract  are  located  in  18  states.  We  sent  out  a  ques- 
tionnaire to  these  subcontr.ictors  to  find  out  where  they, 
in  turn,  were  purch.ising  their  raw  materials  and  com- 
ponents. Sixty  of  them  replied.  These  sixrj'  are  buying 
from  365  different  suppliers  located  in  25  states.  Of  the 
365  sub-subcontractors,  55  per  cent  are  large  concerns 
and  45  per  cent  are  "small  business."  It  is  natural  that 
the  percentage  here  is  slightly  in  favor  of  large  business 
because  our  sub-subcontractors  include  copper  and  brass 
manufacturers,  steel  concerns   and   chemical   producers. 

I  am  well  aware  of  the  fact  that  the  small  business 
man  today  is  f.iced  with  unusual  difficulties,  just  as  we 
are.  I  realize,  too.  that  the  necessary  procedures  for 
getting  into  defense  production  are  foreign  to  his  normal 
way  of  doing  business.  Tlie  point  to  emphasize,  how- 
ever, is  that  they  are  necessary.  If  the  small  business 
man  will  accept  these  conditions  and  adjust  his  way  of 
doing  business  to  the  economic  conditions  which  prevail. 
I  sincerely  feel  he  will  find  the  means  to  keep  his  busi- 
ness going. 


RADIO  AGE   19 


Transistors  that  Operate  on  225  Megacycles 
Result  from  RCA  Research 


A 


SIGNIFICANT  advance  in  transistor  research  whicii 
for  the  first  time  points  the  way  to  very-high-frequency 
applications  in  television,  FM  radio  and  point-to-point 
radio  communications  has  been  made  by  the  Radio 
Corporation  of  America. 

Several  developmental  point-contact  transistors  have 
been  made  to  oscillate  at  frequencies  well  up  in  the 
lOO-to-200  megacycle  band  and  one  reached  a  record 
high  frequency  of  225  megaq'cles  per  second,  according 
to  Dr.  Charles  B.  JoUiffe.  Vice  President  and  Technical 
Director  of  RCA.  Such  frequencies  include  the  range 
in  which  FM  radio  and  television  signals  are  broadcast. 
The  highest  frequency  value  previously  achieved  by 
transistors,  according  to  published  reports,  has  been  50 
megacycles  per  second. 

The  transistor,  still  in  the  developmental  stage,  con- 
sists of  a  speck  of  germanium  crystal  and  fine  contact 
wires  and  is  no  greater  in  size  than  a  kernel  of  corn. 
It  can  perform  many  of  the  functions  of  electron  tubes. 

Prior  to  recent  RCA  experiments,  transistors  have 
been  regarded  as  limited  to  relatively  low-frequency 
applications.  Dr.  Jolliffe  said.  The  new  development 
promises  to  extend  the  use  of  the  tiny  transistors  in 
high-frequency  devices  and  to  new  applications  in  televi- 
sion, FM  radio,  point-to-point  radio  communication  and 
other  electronic  equipment  for  military  and  civilian  use. 

The  successful  development  of  transistors  which 
oscillate  in  the  very-high-frequency  region  was  accom- 
plished by  B.  N.  Slade,  transistor  engineer  of  the  RCA 
Tube  Department,  RCA  Victor  Division,  Harrison,  N.  J. 
This  experimental  work  was  conducted  as  a  phase  of 
RCA's  transistor  research  program  which  is  coordinated 
at  the  David  SarnofF  Research  Center  of  RCA,  Princeton, 
N.J. 

Mr.  Slade  pointed  out  that  the  research  theory  which 
led  to  the  development  of  VHF  transistors  now  makes 
possible  the  design  of  transistors  which  incorporate  par- 
ticular operating  characteristics  for  a  given  application. 

Tests  conducted  at  the  RCA  Tube  Department's 
Harrison,  N.  J.,  transistor  laboratories  confirmed  a 
definite  correlation  between  the  spacing  of  a  transistor's 
contact  points  and  its  frequency  response.  Generally 
speaking,  Mr.  Slade  said,  the  closer  the  spacing,  the 
higher  the  frequency. 

Further  tests  established  that  a  transistor's  frequency 


Point-contact    transistors    developed    by    RCA    scientists. 

response   and  stability  are  also  determined   to  a   large 
degree  by  the  resistivity  of  its  germanium  crystal. 

RCA  transistor  engineers,  he  explained,  developed 
different  combinations  of  spacing  and  resistivity  values 
which  enable  them  to  design  experimental  transistors 
having  a  range  of  operational  characteristics.  One  such 
combination  of  values  also  resulted  in  a  transistor  which 
oscillated  with  good  stability  at  a  frequency  of  225 
megacycles  per  second. 

Andean  City  Installs 
Radio  Police  Department 

Modernization  of  the  State  Police  of  Tiichira, 
Venezuela,  with  a  Radio  Police  Department  has  been 
begun  by  Dr.  Antonio  Perez  Vivas,  governor  of  the 
Andean  state.  According  to  Meade  Brunet,  Vice  Presi- 
dent of  RCA  and  Managing  Director  of  the  RCA  Inter- 
national Division,  Dr.  Perez  Vivas  selected  RCA  equip- 
ment after  seeing  the  efficient  performance  of  the  system 
as  used  in  Washington,  D.C.,  where  over  100  RCA 
mobile  and  fixed  very-high-frequeno'  units  are  in 
operation. 

The  layout  at  the  beginning  will  comprise  a  250- 
watt  transmitter  and  associated  equipment  for  Tachira 
and  several  60-watt  units  to  be  installed  at  strategic 
locations.  Mobile  Fleetfone  units  will  complement  the 
system  in  the  city  and  surrounding  area. 


20  RADIO  AGE 


General   Sarnoff  addressing   stockholders   at   33rd   Annual   Meeting   in    New   York. 

New  Electronic  Developments  Revealed 
At  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders 


Chairman  of  RCA  Board  Foresees   International   Television  W^ithin 

Five  Years  —  New  Projects  that  Aid  Business,  Industry  and 

Communications  Include  Electronic  Process  to  Speed 

Production  of  Color  Plates  for  Printing 


N. 


-L  ^  EW  radio-electronic  developments  holding  "great 
promise  for  new  business  in  the  future"  were  revealed 
by  Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the  Board 
of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America,  at  the  3.ird  annual 
meeting  of  RCA  stockholders  which  was  held  in  a 
studio  of  the  National  Broadcasting  Company  in  Radio 
City,  New  York,  on  May  6. 

General  Sarnoff  listed  nine  new  projects  which  RCA 
scientists  and  engineers  arc  presently  developing  for 
business,  industry  and  communications: 

(  1 )  Automatic  elearonic  equipment  —  known  as 
a  Color  Corrector  —  which  reduces  by  at  least  50'~r  the 
time  required  to  make  color  plates  for  printing,  in  addi- 
tion to  improving  materially  the  fidelir\-  of  the  plates 
and  lowering  production  costs. 

(2)  An  electronic  inventor)'  control  system  to  facili- 
tate the  maintenance  of  military-  supplies.  This  system, 
developed  under  a  contract  with  the  military,  completes 
in  a  matter  of  days  an  operation  generally  requiring 


several  weeks.   Widespread  commercial  applications  are 
foreseen  for  business  and  industr)-. 

(3)  Electronic  inspection  apparatus  for  use  by  the 
pharmaceutical  industry  for  safeguarding  the  purity  of 
drug  products  such  as  medical  ampules  containing  vac- 
cines and  other  liquids. 

(4)  A  portable  one-man  television  station  called 
the  "Walkie-Lookie"  for  use  by  reporters  and  broad- 
casters covering  news  and  special  events  in  the  field. 
Tliis  visual  counterpart  of  the  wartime  "Walkie-Talkie" 
weighs  only  46  pounds. 

(  5 )  A  simple  magnetic  sound -recorder  projector  for 
use  by  home-movie  enthusiasts,  schools  and  advertising 
agencies  to  record  individual  commentar)'  or  musical 
b.ickgrounds  on  16  mm.  films. 

( 6 )  Two-way  microwave  radio  systems  for  com- 
munication along  highways,  railroads,  pipelines  and  other 
routes,  as  well  as  for  military  purposes.    Among  orders 


RADIO  AGE  2) 


RCA's  two-way   radio   equipment    is   the    modern    means 
of  communication  between  fixed  locations  and  vehicles. 

received  is  one  from  the  North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organ- 
ization  (NATO)    for  use  in  Europe. 

(7)  A  closed-circuit  type  of  industrial  television  for 
use  as  a  "remote  eye"  for  industry  through  hundreds  of 
applications  including  observation  of  dangerous  proc- 
esses, the  transmission  of  pictorial  information,  and  mass 
training  in  industry  and  the  milit.iry  services. 

(8)  Transistors  —  tiny  electronic  devices  which 
function  like  certain  types  of  electron  tubes  — •  are 
being  developed  by  RCA  for  mass  production  as  a  new 
key  that  opens  vast  possibilities  for  new  designs  of 
radio,  television  and  electronic  instruments  for  civilian 
and  military  use. 

(9)  International  television  as  a  regular  service  to 
be  realized  within  the  next  five  years. 

First  Quarter  Results 

General  Sarnoff  annoimced  that  net  earnings  of  RCA 
for  the  first  quarter  of  this  year  amounted  to  $7,076,520, 
as  compared  with  Si  1,901,542  for  tlie  first  quarter  of 
1951. 

After  providing  for  preferred  dividends,  earnings  per 
common  share  for  the  first  quarter  of  1952  were  45 
cents,  compared  with  80  cents  per  share  for  the  first 
quarter  last  year. 

Consolidated  gross  income  of  RCA  during  the  first 
quarter  of  1952  amounted  to  $163,871,331.  Profits,  be- 
fore Federal  income  taxes,  amounted  to  §14,841,520. 

A  dividend  of  50  cents  per  share  on  the  common 
stock  of  RCA  was  declared  by  the  Board  of  Directors 


on  April  4,  1952.  It  is  payable  on  May  29,  1952,  to 
holders  of  record  of  such  stock  at  the  close  of  business 
on  April  18,  1952. 

"Like  the  rest  of  the  industry,  RCA  was  affected  by 
a  decline  in  TV  set  sales  during  the  first  quarter  of  1952 
compared  with  the  first  quarter  of  last  year,"  said  Gen- 
eral Sarnoff.  "At  that  time  scare  buying  created  ab- 
normally high  demand  which  was  followed  by  a  slump 
in  TV  set  sales  and  increased  inventories  throughout 
the  trade. 

"In  the  first  quarter  of  1952,  however,  RCA  Victor 
manufactured  all  the  television  receivers  permitted  under 
government  allocation  of  materials.  We  sold  what  we 
produced  and  our  inventory  is  normal  at  this  time.  The 
prospects  for  increased  sales  during  the  balance  of  this 
year  appear  to  be  promising." 

In  1951,  RCA  paid  $62,389,000  in  taxes  to  Federal, 
State,  and  local  governments.  This  was  more  than 
double  the  net  profits  earned  for  the  year.  Taxes 
amounted  to  S4.49  on  each  share  of  common  stock. 

"This  means  that  for  every  2>V2  minutes  throughout 
1951,  RCA  paid  $1,000  in  taxes,"  General  Sarnoff  re- 
ported.   He  added: 

"In  the  past  ten  years,  RCA's  tax  payments  amounted 
to  352  million  dollars.  For  the  same  period,  profits  — 
after  taxes  —  totaled  197  inillion  dollars. 

"The  ten  year  ratio  of  tax  payments  to  dividends 
paid  on  the  common  stock,  is  approximately  6  to  1. 
That  is,  six  dollars  in  taxes  for  every  dollar  in  dividends. 

"And  even  this  does  not  tell  the  whole  story.  For 
in  addition  to  the  taxes  paid  by  the  Corporation,  there 
are  indirect  taxes  included  in  the  cost  of  materials  and 
services  we  bought  from  others." 

Government  Orders 

General  Sarnoff  said  defense  contracts  received  by 
the  RCA  Victor  Division  have  increased  rapidly  since 
the  outbreak  of  the  Korean  conflict,  and  reported  that 
the  backlog  of  military  orders  continues  to  be  sub- 
stantial. 

He  disclosed  that  in  April,  1952,  the  RCA  Victor 
Division  began  construction  of  an  engineering  and 
development  center  on  430  acres  near  Moorestown,  N.  J., 
as  a  new  "proving  ground"  for  electronics  connected  wiih 
defense  contracts  in  radar  and  related  projects. 

Television  Service  Extended 

General  Sarnoff  reported  to  stockholders  that  tele- 
vision broadcasting  continued  to  operate  at  profitable 
levels,  as  it  did  for  the  first  time  in  1951.  He  cited  the 
fact  that  television  had  accounted  for  a  sales  increase  of 
48%  over  the  preceeding  year  in  the  National  Broad- 
casting Company,  and  added: 


22  RADIO  AGE 


Since  we  met  a  year  ayo,  television  service  has  been 
extended  by  use  of  radio  relay  stations  and  coaxial 
cables.  Television  networks  now  extend  from  the  At- 
lantic to  the  Pacific,  and  from  the  Gulf  to  the  Canadian 
border. 

"Today  there  are  about  17  million  television  sets  in 
the  United  States  and  by  Election  Day  in  November 
it  is  estimated  that  the  total  will  be  more  than  18 
million.  In  addition,  there  are  105  million  radios  in  this 
country,  including  25  million  sets  in  automobiles. 

"Elaborate  plans  for  radio  .md  television  broadcasting 
have  been  made  for  the  coming  political  conventions  in 
(Chicago.  Never  in  the  history  of  the  United  States  have 
political  conventions  been  within  the  visual  range  of  as 
many  people  as  they  will  be  this  year. 

"When  Marconi  sent  the  first  wireless  signals  in 
1896  the  total  population  of  the  United  States  was 
70,000,000.  We  estimate  that  the  potential  TV  audience 
for  the  convention  telecasts  from  Chicago  in  July,  1952, 
will  be  70,000,000  persons.  By  die  time  another  presi- 
dential campaign  year  arrives,  four  years  hence,  prac- 
tically all  the  voters  in  the  country  will  be  within  TV 
range." 

Declaring  that  the  recent  lifting  of  the  television 
station  "freeze"  will  give  tremendous  impetus  to  the 
expansion  of  television  throughout  the  country,  he  said 
that,  socially,  economically  and  educationally,  television 
can  now  attain  its  full  stature  as  an  industry  in  broad- 
casting service. 

Respecting  international  television,  he  reported  that 
its  possibilities  present  a  stimulating  challenge,  and 
continued: 

"But  there  are  technical,  economic  and  political  prob- 
lems that  must  be  solved  before  international  television 
can  be  established  as  a  regular  service.  The  pioneering 
work  of  RCA  that  led  to  the  establishment  of  inter- 
national radiotelegraphy  as  well  as  international  radio- 
telephony,  radiophotos  and  radio  broadcasting  on  a 
world-wide  scale,  has  enabled  our  experts  in  the  field  of 
global  communications  to  bring  the  day  of  international 
television  nearer  to  realization. 

"Despite  the  formidable  problems  which  still  re- 
main to  be  solved  in  this  field,  it  is  my  present  belief 
that  international  television  as  a  regular  service  will  be 
realized  within  the  next  five  years. 

"International  television  can  become  a  powerful  aid 
socially,  educationally  and  politically.  It  will  cultivate 
better  understanding  among  nations,  and  help  to  reduce 
tensions  born  of  misunderstanding.  The  Voice  and 
Vision  of  America'  can  contribute  substantially  toward 
achieving  the  goal  of  universal  peace." 

General  Sarnotl  said  that  the  dramatic  role  of  theatre 
television  in   1951   brought  it  to  the  status  of  a  mass- 

RADIO  AGE  23 


audience  entertainment  medium.  Public  response  to  a 
series  of  special  sports  telecasts  in  principal  cities,  he 
reported,  resulted  in  a  strong  trade  demand,  with  the 
result  that  approximately  60  of  tlie  Nation's  key  theatres 
are  now  equipped  with  RCA  theatre  television  installa- 
tions. He  revealed  that  RCA  has  underway  an  experi- 
ment.il  program  to  provide  for  conversion  of  this 
equipment  in  the  theatres  to  color  television. 

He  disclosed  further  that  RCA  scientists  and  engi- 
neers have  continued  to  make  improvements  in  the 
RCA  compatible,  all-electronic  color  television  system, 
including  the  RCA  tricolor  picture  tube.  He  declared: 
"We  are  convinced  more  than  ever  that  the  compatible, 
all-electronic  system  is  scientifically  correct  and  practical 
and  that  it  will  best  serve  the  public  interest." 

Recorded  Music 

Reviewing  business  in  the  phonograph  record  field, 
he  revealed  that  during  the  first  quarter  of  1952  sales 
of  RCA  Victor  45  and  33'i-rpm  records  substantially 
surpassed  the  sales  of  records  using  the  older  speed  of 
78-rpm. 

"We  believe  that  the  -iS-rpm  system,  introduced  by 
RCA  in  1949,  will  continue  to  lead  in  record  sales,"  he 
affirmed.  "Its  popularity  is  attested  to  by  the  large 
(Continued  on  Page  30) 

A  commentafor  using  RCA's  new  sound  projector  records 
voice  to  accompany  o  film  on  surgical  training. 


Sarnoff  Receives  First  Honor  Medal  Award 
from  Radio  Television  Manufacturers 


JJrig.  General  David  Sarnoff,  Chairman  of  the 
Board  of  RCA,  has  received  the  "Medal  of  Honor," 
awarded  by  the  Radio  Television  Manufacturers  Asso- 
ciation for  his  outstanding  contributions  to  the  advance- 
ment of  the  radio,  television  and  electronics  industry. 

The  citation  accompanying  the  award  read:  "The 
First  Annual  Industry  Award  is  made  to  David  Sarnoff 
in  recognition  of  his  courage,  vision,  judgment  and 
outstanding  contributions  to  the  progress  and  develop- 
ment of  the  radio-television  industry." 

General  Sarnoff  was  presented  the  medal  by  Robert 
C.  Sprague,  Chairman  of  the  RTMA  Board,  at  a  dinner 
climaxing  the  28th  Annual  Convention  of  the  Associa- 
tion at  Chicago,  on  June  26. 

"Throughout  his  career  General  Sarnoff  has  received 
many  awards,  both  domestic  and  foreign,"  said  Mr. 
Sprague,  "and  has  found  time  in  his  busy  schedule  to 
serve  his  country  and  his  fellows  in  many  fields  in  war 
and  peace.  For  this  he  has  had  the  thanks  of  Presidents 
of  the  United  States  and  commendations  of  many  or- 
ganizations and  men  of  distinction. 

"We  present  the  Medal  of  Honor  as  a  tribute  from 
his  colleagues,  a  commendation  from  the  men  who  have 
worked  with  him  to  make  our  country  great. 

"In  literary  circles,  the  writers'  writer  is  the  one 
from  whom  many  learn  new  techniques  in  writing. 
General  Sarnoff  is  the  industrialists'  industrialist  in  the 
radio-television  industry." 

Chairman  Sprague  told  General  Sarnoff  that  the 
award  was  presented  to  him  as  a  "small  token  of  the 
esteem  in  which  you  are  held  by  your  fellows  and  in 
recognition  of  your  many  notable  achievements  toward 
the  development  and  progress  of  the  radio-television 
industry.  To  your  colleagues  in  the  industry  you  are 
best  known  for  the  vision  and  courage  with  which  you 
pioneered  in  the  industrial  development  of  radio  and 
television  over  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century.  It 
suffices  to  say  that  the  industry  would  not  be  so  big 
and  so  far  advanced  as  it  is  today  had  it  not  been  for 
David  Sarnoff." 

The  "Honor  Medal,"  authorized  by  the  RTMA 
Board  in  February,  is  to  be  awarded  annually  to  the 
person,  company  or  organization  which  the  RTMA 
Directors  believe  has  performed  a  distinctive  service 
for  the  industry. 


Brig.  General  David  Sarnoff  (left)  receives  RTMA  "Medal 

of  Honor"  from  Robert  C.  Sprague,   Board  Choirman  of 

the   Radio-Television  Manufacturers'   Association. 

Two  Honorary  Degrees 
Presented  to  General  Sarnoff 

Two  honorary  degrees  have  been  presented  to  Gen- 
eral Sarnoff  from  educational  institutions  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. On  June  1 8,  the  honorary  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Science  was  conferred  upon  him  by  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  Another  Doctor  of  Science  degree  was 
awarded  to  him  on  June  10  by  Pennsylvania  Military- 
College  at  Chester,  Pa. 

Speaking  at  the  commencement  exercises  of  the  131- 
year-old  military  college,  General  Sarnoff  warned  that 
no  nation  will  remain  strong  if  it  relinquishes  its  in- 
terest in  science.  He  urged  the  graduating  class  to  be 
alert  to  everything  science  has  to  offer,  no  matter  how 
fantastic  an  idea  may  appear  in  its  initial  stages. 

"Be  prepared,  for  when  war  comes,  time  is  of  the 
essence,"  General  Sarnoff  said.  "It  becomes  a  race  of 
science  against  time,  and  America  must  be  strong  and 
"at  the  ready.'  Our  lead  in  science  and  technology  must 
not  be  allowed  to  pass  into  the  hands  of  a  potential 
enemy  who  is  striving  mightily  to  catch  up  and  then 
to  overtake  us." 


24  RAD/O  AGE 


Electronic  Device  Simplifies  Studies 

of  Blood  Clotting 

Vibrating'  Plate  Visc()ni(.tt.r  was  Developed  b\   RCA  Scientist 


Dr.    J.    G.    Woodward    of    RCA    Laboratories    Division 
demonstrates   vibrating    plate  viscometer. 


A 


NEW  electronic  instrument  which  simplifies  many 
previously  difficult  or  impossible  measurements  of  the 
viscosity  of  liquids  was  exhibited  by  research  investiga- 
tors of  Creedmoor  State  Hospital.  Queens  Village,  N.Y., 
in  an  exhibit  at  the  annual  convention  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  the  State  of  New  York,  held  at  the  Hotel 
Statler  during  the  week  of  May   14. 

C.iiled  a  vibrating-plate  viscometer,  the  device,  devel- 
oped by  an  RCA  scientist,  has  been  used  in  studies  of 
human  blood  clotting  rates  by  Drs.  Arthur  M.  Sackler. 
Mortimer  D.  Sackler,  Raymond  R.  S.ickler,  Co  Tui,  and 
Harry  A.  La  Burt,  of  the  Creedmoor  Institute  for  Psycho- 
biologic  Studies,  who  have  found  that  instruments  such 
as  this  can  open  new  fields  of  medical  and  biological 
study.  Their  tests  have  indicated  so  far,  they  report, 
that  such  measurement  of  changes  in  certain  physical 
ch.-iracteristics  of  blood  as  it  clots  may  ser\-e  to  differen- 
tiate between  psychotic  and  non-psychotic   individuals. 


Viscosity  —  the  degree  to  which  a  liquid  resists 
change  in  shape  —  h.is  been  in  miny  scientific  and 
industrial  fields  a  troublesome  thing  to  measure.  In 
general,  accurate  measurements  are  long  and  tedious; 
whereas  quick  measurements  are  usually  very  rough  and 
depend  largely  on  human  sight  and  touch.  This  has 
nude  difficult  a  continuous  and  significantly  accurate 
measurement  of  a  liquid  in  the  process  of  thickening. 

The  new  RCA  viscometer,  a  developmental  model, 
can  record  at  any  range  from  low  viscosity  alcohol  to 
high  viscosity  cold  molasses.  Its  measurements  are 
virtually  instantaneous  and  they  can  be  recorded  over  an 
indefinite  period  of  time  on  a  moving  paper  chart.  The 
instrument  can  take  measurements  of  a  liquid  whether 
it  is  in  a  huge  vat  or  in  a  tiny  container  holding  a 
quarter  of  a  thimble  full. 

Designed  by  Dr.  J.  G.  Woodward,  of  the  RCA 
L.iboratories  Division,  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  the 
vibrating-plate  viscometer  consists  of  a  thin  metal  disc, 
.2  inches  in  diameter,  at  the  end  of  a  metal  reed  less 
than  an  inch  long.  An  electrom.ignetic  motor  causes 
the  disc  to  cut  back  and  forth  through  the  liquid  at 
.ipproximately  800  cycles  per  second. 

The  plate  makes  its  widest  swing  when  oscillating 
in  air  but  when  dipped  in  a  liquid  the  swing  is  re- 
stricted by  the  viscosity.  Mounted  on  each  side  of  the 
reed  are  piezoelectric  blocks,  which  generate  a  voltage 
when  stress  is  applied  to  them  through  the  bending  of 
the  reed.  An  alternating  voltage  is  thus  generated  which 
is  proportional  to  the  swing,  or  amplitude,  of  the  plate. 
The  more  viscous  the  fluid,  the  more  restricted  the 
plate's  vibrations  are.  The  resulting  voltages  are  readily 
determined  on  a  vacuum  tube  voltmeter  and  simply 
converted  to  viscosity  values. 

Besides  its  use  in  blood  clotting  studies,  the  device 
has  been  used  experimentally  by  technicians  of  the 
United  Clay  Mines  Corporation  of  Trenton,  New  Jersey, 
in  charting  the  rates  at  which  clay  preparations  harden 
in  their  molds,  a  new  and  valuable  type  of  measurement 
in  the  ceramics  industry.  Many  other  possible  applica- 
tions can  be  anticipated  for  such  apparatus  in  the 
petroleum,  plastics,  paint,  textiles,  printing,  dye  and 
other  industries  where  precise  knowledge  of  viscosity 
and  viscosity  changes  is  desirable. 


RADIO  AGE  25 


I 


Bottling  Machine  Speeds  Handling 
of  Milk  Containers 


A 


BOTTLING  plant  machine  that  speeds  the  un- 
casing and  washing  of  milk  bottles  was  demonstrated 
recently  by  RCA  at  The  Borden  Company's  Hamilton 
Park  plant,  in  Chicago. 

Leaders  in  the  bottling  industry  saw  the  new  device 
automatically  remove  milk  bottles  from  the  cases  and 
feed  them  to  a  large  washer  under  modern  dairy  con- 
ditions. It  is  capable  of  feeding  at  rates  of  up  to  576 
bottles  a  minute.  The  machine  —  known  as  the  RCA 
Full-Depth  Uncaser  and  Washer-Loader  —  eliminates 
one  of  the  last  steps  in  the  bottling  cycle  now  performed 
by  laborious  manual  methods. 

The  machine  is  expected  to  revolutionize  container 
handling,  not  only  in  dairies,  but  also  in  beer,  beverage, 
and  other  industrial  bottling  plants,  according  to  M.  S. 
Klinedinst,  manager  of  industrial  products  of  the  RCA 
Victor  Division. 

"The  new  equipment  is  simple  in  principle  and 
construction, "  he  said,  "and  is  easy  to  operate.  Adjust- 
ments make  it  possible  to  assure  a  continuous  flow  of 
cases  and  bottles  of  various  sizes  and  shapes  to  the 
washing  equipment  —  and  at  substantial  savings." 

W.  W.  Waterstreet,  President  of  the  Chicago  Milk 
Division  of  The  Borden  Company,  said  his  company 
expects  that  the  new  machine  will  speed  up  its  opera- 
tions, be  more  efficient,  and  result  in  a  reduction  of  total 
costs. 

"We  are  proud  to  be  the  first  dairy  to  install  the  RCA 
uncaser  and  washer-loader,"  he  said.    "In  these  days  of 


26  RADIO  AGE 


rapidly  climbing  prices,  it  is  more  important  than  ever 
to  find  more  efficient  ways  of  conducting  our  business." 

The  machine  can  be  made  to  handle  wooden,  metal,  I 
or  cardboard  cases,  or  cartons  and  a  wide  range  of  types 
and  sizes  of  bottles.  The  cases  are  fed  from  the  plant 
case-conveyor  directly  into  the  uncaser.  Entering  the 
lower  portion  of  the  machine,  they  are  carried  upward 
and  inverted,  with  the  bottles  held  in  place. 

As'  the  cases  continue  through  the  machine,  they  reach 
points  at  which  first  the  inner  rows  of  bottles  and  then 
the  outer  rows  are  gently  lowered  into  large  revolving 
transfer  wheels  with  pliable  rubber  gripping  surfaces. 
The  surfaces  of  the  first  wheels  firmly  grip  the  bottles 
in  the  center  rows  as  they  are  released,  and  those  in  the 
second  set  of  wheels  grip  bottles  in  the  outer  rows.  As 
they  revolve,  the  two  wheels  deposit  the  bottles  on 
conveyor  belts  which  deliver  them  to  the  washer-loader. 
Meanw-hile,  the  cases  are  set  right-side-up  and  delivered 
to  a  conveyer  or  to  the  right  or  left  or  to  the  rear  of 
the  machine.  In  the  washer-loader  machine,  the  bottles 
are  spread  to  the  full  width  of  the  automatic  washing 
equipment,  and  then  are  guided  into  as  many  channels 
as  required  by  the  washer. 

During  the  demonstrations,  it  was  shown  that  the 
new  machine  will  automatically  stop  and  ring  a  signal 
bell  if  faulty  cases  or  improperly  positioned  bottles  are 
fed  in.  The  machine  incorporates  a  bottle-supply  control 
which  automatically  keeps  an  adequate  supply  of  bottles 
ready  to  enter  the  washer. 


In  this  machine,  bottles  are  re- 
moved automatically  from  their 
cases  and  placed  on  conveyors 
leading  to  the  washer-loader 
unit  at  the  left. 


Greater  Efforts  in  "Pure"  Research 


Urged  by  Dr.  Jolliffe 

RCA  Sciiiitisl  Xiys  Iziiropu 


:iii  iWilioiis  Lxul  in  thiy  IhU 


M 


ANKIND  is  on  the  verge  of  an  era  in  wliicli  new 
sciencitic  knowledge  can  provide  the  basis  for  substantial 
advances  in  human  heaitli  and  happiness,  Dr.  Charles 
B.  Jollirte,  Vice  President  and  Technical  Director  of  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America,  declared  in  an  address 
before  the  National  Conference  on  Airborne  Electronics 
in  Dayton,  Ohio,  on  May  13.  In  his  speech.  Dr.  Jollitfe 
emphasized  the  urgency  of  replenishing  science's  store- 
house of  fundamental  information  and  decried  the 
secrecy  imposed  on  researchers  because  of  the  unsettled 
international  situation. 

"In  recent  years  our  scientific  emphasis  has  been 
heavily  concentrated  in  applied  research  and  engineer- 
ing," he  said.  "I  do  not  believe  that  enough  attention 
has  been  given  to  pure,  or  fundamental,  research.  As  a 
consequence,  we  are,  in  a  number  of  important  areas, 
short  of  the  basic  knowledge  that  is  the  raw  material 
for  engineering  developments. 

"'Historically,  Europeans  —  especially  the  Germans 
and  the  British  —  have  done  the  most  in  advancing 
pure  science.  In  the  United  States,  our  greatest  accom- 
plishments have  been  in  engineering.  Now,  the  United 
Stares  must  take  the  leadership  in  developing  funda- 
mental knowledge  —  Americans  should  be  the  'Pioneers 
of  Science'  of  the  future.  Our  continuing  safety  and 
progress  depend  upon  it. 

Russia,  we  may  be  sure,  is  not  neglecting  this  all- 
important  field;  in  fact,  reports  from  behind  the  Iron 
Cunain  indicate  that  Soviet  scientists  are  given  every 
incentive  to  move  ahead  as  rapidly  as  they  can  in  pure 
research." 

Describing  the  difficulties  involved  in  obtaining  ap- 
propriate backing  and  public  acknowledgment  for 
explorations  in  "pure"  science  that  must  of  necessity 
lack  definite  goals,  Dr.  JolliflFe  urged  the  cultivation  in 
America  of  "science  appreciation"  on  a  par  with  "music 
appreciation." 

He  said  the  task  of  advancing  the  cause  of  pure 
science  is  made  more  difficult  by  world  conditions,  and 
added : 

"The  barriers  of  secrecy  at  horne  and  abroad  are 
serious  deterrents  to  scientific  progress.  Unquestionably, 
the  world  of  science  has  suffered  much  because  of  the 


Scientists  at  David  SarnofF  Research  Center  use  high 
vacuum  system  In  preparing  samples  of  semi-conductors. 

ideological  conflict  between  Russia  and  her  communist- 
dominated  satellites  on  the  one  hand  and  the  free  nations 
of  the  world  on  the  other. 

"Basic  to  the  advance  of  science  is  a  free  and  un- 
limited exchange  of  information.  In  the  growth  of 
fundamental  knowledge  over  the  centuries,  it  often  has 
been  true  that  the  report  of  a  scientific  discovery  made 
in  one  part  of  the  world  stimulated  important  advances 
along  the  same  line  in  other  sections  of  the  world. 
There  has  been  no  such  chain  reaction  in  numerous  vital 
areas  of  science  for  many  years." 

Dr.  Jolliffe  said  that  because  of  the  danger  of  un- 
warranted secrecy  damaging  the  advance  of  science  it 
beh(X)ved  government  as  well  as  scientific  leaders  to 
subject  research  controls  to  careful  review  and  reevalua- 
tion  with  increasing  frequency. 

"Discoveries  of  supreme  importance  to  such  sciences 
as  physics,  chemistry,  and  biology  will  come  from  studies 
of  the  atom,"  he  asserted.  "In  fact,  mankind  is  on  the 
(Continued  on  Page  32) 


RADIO  AGE  27 


Lon2-Life  Batteries  Add  to  Performance 


of  Improved  "Personal"  Receiver 


N. 


E\V  "A"  and  "B"  radio  batteries  of  advanced  con- 
struction, so  outstanding  in  their  performance  as  to  be 
termed  revolutionary,  and  a  new  attractively  styled 
"Personal"  receiver  designed  to  utilize  to  the  full  the 
impressive  operating  characteristics  of  the  batteries,  have 
been  introduced  by  the  RCA  Victor  Division. 

The  new  "B"  battery,  designated  the  VS216,  is  of 
the  alkaline  dry-cell  type,  with  a  voltage  rating  of  GlVl- 
It  is  the  first  radio  battery  to  employ  the  type  of  alkaline 
cells  formerly  restricted  to  wet-type,  non-portable  bat- 
teries. It  is  22  per  cent  smaller  than  present  comparable 
batteries,  and  has  an  increased  playing  time  capacity  of 
100  per  cent,  when  used  in  "Personal"  portable  receivers. 
The  new  "A"  is  a  redesigned  version  of  the  "sealed-in- 
steel"  type,  and  gives  four  times  the  playing  hours  of 
the  latter. 

The  alkaline  dry-cells  utilize  zinc,  manganese  dioxide, 
and  an  alkaline  electrolyte.  The  original  alkaline  cell, 
conceived  years  ago,  was  a  wet-cell  which  was  non- 
portable and  had  to  be  kept  in  an  upright  position.  After 
years  of  research,  the  undesirable  features  of  the  original 
wet-cells  have  been  eliminated  with  the  development  of 
the  new  alkaline  "crown"-type  construction. 

The  "crown"-type  cell  is  a  self-contained  unit  which 
delivers  more  useful  energy  per  unit  of  volume  than  do 


conventional  types  of  cells  and  can  be  used  in  any  posi- 
tion. Each  battery  is  actually  composed  of  two  compact 
stacks  of  these  exclusive  "crown'-type  cells  combined  to 
give  the  correct  voltage  output. 

After  manufacture,  the  individual  cells  are  stored  for 
two  weeks  before  being  tested.  This  storage  period 
allows  the  cells  to  stabilize  and,  at  the  same  time,  per- 
mits the  detection  of  potentially  weak  cells.  After  ac- 
ceptable cells  have  been  stacked  and  assembled  into 
batteries,  the  latter  are  tested  and  again  placed  in  stor- 
age, this  time  for  one  week.  Following  the  second 
storage  period,  the  completed  batteries  are  re-tested. 
This  double-aging,  triple-testing  procedure,  assures  bat- 
teries of  high  quality. 

Both  "A"  and  "B"  batteries  are  encased  in  steel  to 
prevent  swelling  and  wedging  in  the  radio. 

Two  of  the  "A"  batteries  connected  in  parallel  in  a 
"personal"  radio  will  have  a  life  equal  to  one  of  the 
new  "B '  batteries,  thereby  giving  owners  a  playing  time 
that  compares  favorably  with  that  of  most  medium-size 
portables.  In  accomplishing  these  advantages,  total  bat- 
tery space  requirement  is  increased  by  only  30  per  cent. 

The  "B"  battery  was  developed  through  continuous 
research  over  a  three-year  period  at  a  cost  of  over  a 
{Continued  on  Page  30) 


RCA's   new  "Personal"   receiver   is   available   in   various 

colors.    Left:  Improved  "B"  battery  is  22  per  cent  smaller 

than  older  types  and  has  100  per  cent  longer  life. 

28  RADIO  AGE 


New  Radar  has  200-Mile  Ranse 


tD 


in  Mapping  Terrain 


\^  ICCESSFL'L  field  operation  of  a  new  lightweight  radar 
set  that  "maps"  detail  of  terrain  and  weather  obstacles 
up  to  200  miles  in  front  of  an  aircraft  was  announced 
jointly  by  the  U.  S.  Navy  and  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  on  May  II. 

This  advance  radar  unit  is  now  in  production  for 
the  Air  Force  and  Navy  and  already  has  been  installed 
on  President  Truman's  plane,  the  Independence,  and 
on  various  military  air  transports.  According  to  W.  W. 
VC'atts,  vice  president  of  the  RCA  Victor  Division,  the 
instrument  is  also  suitable  for  commercial  aircraft. 

At  the  present  time,  the  equipment  is  being  pro- 
duced under  Navy  contract  for  military  use  only,  and 
is  scheduled  for  production  under  an  Air  Force  contract. 

Specifications  for  the  new  transport  radar  were  pre- 
pared by  the  Navy  Bureau  of  Aeronautics  and  coordi- 
nated with  the  Air  Force  to  include  recommendations 
reflecting  its  experience  with  radiir. 

According  to  Watts,  the  new  unit  permits  the  pilot 
to  see  a  close-up  of  a  selected  area  as  if  he  were  using 
a  powerful  telescope  that  could  penetrate  through  dark- 
ness and  clouds,  and  can  be  used  for  these  four  general 
types  of  operation: 

1.  As  a  means  of  collision  warning.  It  will  show 
mountains  or  other  aircraft  in  the  vicinity. 

2.  As  an  accurate  indicator  of  weather  conditions. 
It  will  show  the  position  of  thunderheads  and  other 
cloud  formations,  and  will  enable  the  pilot  to  avoid 
turbulent  weather  or  select  the  safest  course  through  it. 

.1.  As  a  means  of  position  location  when  standard 
landmarks  are  not  visible.  It  can  pick  up  the  signal  of 
ground  based  radar  range  units. 

4.  As  a  means  of  mapping  terrain.  Through  a  spe- 
cial discrimination  circuit,  it  shows  the  pilot  the  salient 
characteristics  of  the  land  over  which  he  is  flying. 

Pilot  Can  Select  Range 

The  range  of  the  system  can  be  selected  by  the  pilot 
for  distances  up  to  200  miles  from  the  plane.  A 
selector  switch  permits  the  pilot  to  bring  into  view 
all  obstacles  and  terrain  within  5,  10,  30,  100  and  200 
nautical  miles  of  his  airplane.  On  a  recent  flight  from 
Westover  Air  Force  Base,  Mass.,  to  Frankfurt,  Germany, 
in  a  military  C-97  equipped  with  the  new  radar,  the 


W.  B.  Kirkpafrick,  manager  of  RCA  Victor's  Government 

Radar  Unit,  and  Commander  M.  A.  Mason,  head  of  the 

Navy    Bureau    of    Aeronautics    Radar    Section,    examine 

transmitter-receiver  unit  of  new  radar. 

first  islands  of  the  Azores  were  observed  at  a  distance 
of  195  miles  from  an  altitude  of  17,000  feet.  Watts 
said.  An  RCA  technician  aboard  the  flight  stated  that 
"the  entire  chain  of  islands  was  mapped  with  excellent 
definition,  and  navigation  to  Lages  by  radar  wms  easily 
accomplished. 

"On  the  same  flight  the  landing  approach  at  Frank- 
furt was  made  by  means  of  the  radar,  with  the  runway 
clearly  defined." 

Watts  revealed  that  reports  from  military  oflicials 
have  been  very  enthusiastic  about  the  new  equipment. 
Rear  Admiral  Thomas  S.  Combs,  USN,  Chief  of  the 
Navy  Bureau  of  Aeronautics,  Watts  said,  labels  its  per- 
formance as  "exceptional"  and  reports  the  Navy  is  very 
pleased  that  size  and  weight  were  kept  to  a  minimum, 
as  per  the  Nav7's  specifications,  without  sacrificing  the 
effectiveness  of  the  radar. 

The  device,  designed  solely  for  navigation  and 
obstacle  and  weather  detection,  weighs  a  total  of  173 
(Continued  on  Page  32) 


RADIO  AGE  29 


JOHN  Q.  CANNON  ELECTED  SECRETARY  OF  RCA 


John  Q.  Cannon  was  elected  Secretary  of  tlie  Radio 
Corporation  of  America  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  on  May  9. 

Mr.  Cannon  joined  RCA  in  1945  as  an  attorney  with 
the  RCA  Victor  Division  and  has  served  as  Assistant 
Secretary  of  the  Corporation  since  May  4,  1951. 

A  native  of  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  he  attended  the 
University  of  Utah  and  was  graduated  from  George 
Washington  University  in  Washington,  D.  C,  in  1928, 
with  a  Bachelor  of  Law  Degree. 

Following  his  graduation,  he  was  associated  w-ith 
several  government  agencies  including  the  Public 
Buildings  Commission  as  Assistant  Secretary;  the  U.  S. 
Bureau  of  Standards  as  Business  Specialist;  with  the 
Civil  Service  Commission  successively  as  Legal  Examiner, 
Legal  Adviser  and  Chief  Law  Officer;  Administrative 
Assistant  to  the  U.  S.  Attorney  General;  and  with  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  Director  of 
Personnel. 

Mr.  Cannon  succeeds  Lewis  MacConnach  who  re- 
tired after  29  years  as  Secretary  of  the  Radio  Corpora- 


John  Q.   Cannon 

tion   of   America.     He    joined    the    American    Marconi 
Company,  predecessor  of  RCA,  in  1915. 


New  Electronic  Developmenrs 

(Continued  from   Page   23) 

number  of  companies  now  producing  45-rpm  records. 
Conversion  of  coin  boxes  and  radio  stations  to  45-rpm 
facilities  further  indicates  its  popular  acceptance." 

A  new  and  simple  automatic  three-speed  record 
player,  designed  for  45,  33 '/3  and  7S-rpm  records,  has 
been  introduced  by  RCA  Victor  and  will  be  on  the 
market  this  month,  he  said. 

General  Sarnoff  told  the  RCA  stockholders  that 
"today  our  foremost  responsibility  is  to  serve  the  Nation 
by  providing  the  Armed  Forces  with  radio,  television 
and  electronic  apparatus  vital  to  the  success  of  their 
operations." 

"Production  of  civilian  and  other  commercial  prod- 
ucts is  determined  not  only  by  demand,"  he  continued, 
"but  by  government  control  of  materials  and  by  the 
availability  of  engineering  personnel. 

"While  uncertain  factors  in  the  current  world  situa- 
tion obscure  the  general  outlook,  there  are  certain  factors 
within  our  own  field  of  operations  that  are  clearer.  For 
example,  productive  capacity  is  the  greatest  in  our 
history.  Television  is  expanding  its  services.  New 
markets  for  television  transmitters  and  receivers  are 
being  opened,  and  the  outlook  for  sales  is  brightening. 
We  expect  that  our  business  for  the  last  half  of  1952 
will  show  an  improvement  over  the  first  half." 


New  Long-Life  Radio  Barrcncs 

(Continued  from   Page   28 1 

million  dollars,  it  was  disclosed  by  L.  S.  Thees,  general 
sales  manager,  RCA  Tube  Department.  When  it  is  used 
with  two  of  the  newly  designed  "A"  batteries,  Mr.  Thees 
explained,  the  balanced  power  supply  makes  possible  up 
to  10  times  longer  performance  without  change  of 
batteries.  He  added  that  with  the  previous  conventional 
"personal"  portable  batteries,  two  "B"  and  10  to  12  "A" 
batteries  were  required  in  order  to  run  a  set  for  ap- 
proximately 100  hours. 

About  the  size  of  tiie  average  book,  RCA's  new 
"personal"  receiver  weighs  only  3^^.'i  pounds  with  bat- 
teries. It  is  6  inches  in  height;  9  inches  in  width,  and 
214  inches  deep. 

Features  embodied  in  the  new  instrument  are  1  )  an 
automatic  volume  control  to  eliminate  alternate  fading 
and  blasting;  2 )  easily  removable  back-cover  for  ready 
access  to  batteries  and  tubes;  3 )  instant  play  —  no 
warm-up  necessary;  4)  new  easy-to-read,  combined  "on- 
ofF"  and  volume  control  switch;  5)  completely  built-in 
antenna  —  no  lids  to  open  or  flaps  to  lift;  and  6)  a 
"battery  life-saver  switch"  which  helps  to  increase  the 
life  of  the  batteries  up  to  30  per  cent.  The  "life-saver" 
switch,  for  use  in  strong  reception  areas,  enables  part  of 
the  batteries  to  "loaf,"  delivering  the  minimum  amount 
of  power  needed  at  the  time. 


30  RADIO  AGE 


Awarded  Parent  on  Improvements 
in  RCA  Tricolor  TV  Tube 


J-  HE  basic  improvements  in  tricolor  television  pic- 
ture tubes,  which  made  possible  the  RCA  tricolor  tube, 
so  imp>ortant  in  the  all-electronic  color  television  sys- 
tem, have  been  made  by  Alfred  C.  Schroeder,  37-year- 
oid  eltxtrical  engineer  of  the  RCA  Laboratories  Division. 

A  patent.  No.  2,595,548,  covering  Mr.  Schroeder's 
improvements  was  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Patent  Office  on 
May  6,  1952. 

One  of  the  disadvantages  in  earlier  color  tubes,  prior 
to  the  RCA  tricolor  tube,  it  was  pointed  out,  has  been 
the  fact  that  sources  of  elearon  beams  usually  have  been 
located  at  fairly  widely  divergent  positions  within  the 
tube's  structure  making  necessary  a  number  of  beam- 
deflection  systems.  Such  an  arrangement  of  electron 
guns  requires  a  tube  with  three  necks. 

Through  Mr.  Schroeder's  invention,  the  guns  are 
placed  close  together  in  a  single  neck  tube,  an  arrange- 
ment permitting  a  single  beam  deflection  system.  This 
permits  the  use  of  a  tube  envelope  and  deflection  system 
similar  to  those  used  in  black-and-white  television. 

Since  Mr.  Schroeder's  invention,  teams  of  RCA  scien- 
tists and  engineers  have  integrated  the  improved  tube 
into  RCA's  all-electronic  system  of  color  television. 

A  resident  of  Huntingdon  Valley.  Pa..  Mr.  Schroeder 
is  on  the  research  staff  of  the  David  Sarnoff  Research 
Center  of  RCA,  Princeton,  N.  J.  He  received  his  Master 
of  Science  Degree  in  electrical  engineering  at  the  Massa- 


Alfred   C.    Schroeder   and   one   of   the   RCA   tricolor   TV 
tubes   which    utilize   his   invention. 

chusetts  Institute  of  Technology  in  1937  and  joined 
RCA  the  same  year.  Since  then,  he  has  devoted  a  large 
part  of  his  work  to  the  development  of  color  television. 


1  -inch  Mctal-Shcll  T\'  Picriirc  TiiL^c 
Dcx'clopcd  bv  RCA 


D. 


1  VELOPMENT  of  a  high  quality  27-inch  metal  shell 
television  picture  tube  which  is  already  being  sampled 
to  the  television  industry  set  manufacturers  was  disclosed 
early  in  June  by  L  S.  Thees,  general  sales  manager  of  the 
Tube  Department  of  RCA  Victor  Division. 

The  new  tube  will  be  a  high  quality  product  de- 
signed for  top  priced,  deluxe  models,  and  will  be  made 
available  to  TV  manufacturers  in  time  for  them  to 
incorporate  it  into  their  plans  for  1953  designs. 

The  tube  incorporates  a  "scalloped "  glass-to-metal 
Mai  which  makes  possible  a  spherical  faceplate  with 
superior   deflection   linearity.     The   new    RCA    27-inch 


kinescope  is  slightly  shorter  than  the  21-inch  metal  shell 
kinescope.  It  has  a  frosted  filterglass  faceplate  with 
aluminized  b.icking,  which  insures  pictures  having  ex- 
cellent brilliance  and  contrast  completely  free  of  annoy- 
ing reflection. 

According  to  RCA  engineers,  the  metal  shell  con- 
struction contributes  to  the  tube's  inherent  mechanical 
strength,  practically  eliminates  the  possibility  of  im- 
plosion, and  results  in  a  much  lighter  kinescope,  weigh- 
ing only  about  29  pounds,  as  compared  to  a  reported  41 
pounds  in  an  equivalent  glass  tube.  Specially  designed 
deflection  components  have  been  developed  for  proper 
operation  of  the  tube. 

Facilities  for  the  manufacture  of  the  new  27-inch 
kinescope  are  being  provided  at  the  RCA  plant  in 
Lancaster,  Pa. 


RADIO  AGE  31 


Urges  Greater  Efforts 
In  "Pure"  Research 

(Continued  from   Page   27) 

verge  of  an  era  in  which  new  scientific  knowledge  can 
provide  the  basis  for  substantial  advances  in  human 
health  and  happiness. " 

Based  on  progress  being  made  in  what  he  termed 
electronics  of  solids  as  contrasted  to  electrons  in  a 
vacuum,  Dr.  Jollifle  said  that  this  new  science  already 
has  produced  the  transistor,  a  tiny  germanium  device 
capable  of  performing  many  functions  of  an  electron 
tube. 

Dr.  Jollifi'e  said  that  one  of  the  intriguing  aspects 
about  the  development  of  the  transistor  is  the  little- 
realized  fact  that  this  new  wonder  device  will,  of  itself, 
help  materially  in  the  advance  of  fundamental  knowl- 
edge. 

He  pointed  out  that,  so  far,  the  design  of  electronic 
computers  has  required  rather  large  and  bulky  equip- 


ment, some  employing  thousands  of  electron  tubes  which 
need  to  be  frequently  and  carefully  checked  to  guard 
against  error.  Space  and  iicat  are  also  serious  considera- 
tions, he  noted,  adding: 

"It  is  easy  to  see,  then,  the  really  magnificent  con- 
tribution the  transistor  is  destined  to  make  in  the  future 
simplification  and  refinement  of  electronic  computers." 

Dr.  JoUiffe  stated  that,  in  creating  wider  horizons 
for  the  electronics  art,  the  transistor  does  not  necessarily 
supplant  the  electron  vacuum  tube.  On  the  contrary,  he 
said,  the  new  applications  made  possible  by  transistors 
may  actually  increase  the  use  of  electron  tubes. 

"With  greater  development  of  transistors,  smaller, 
lighter,  more  rugged,  and  more  efficient  electronic  con- 
trols will  be  developed  for  airplanes  and  missiles.  It 
may  even  make  new  weapons  possible.  New,  better, 
and  smaller  control  equipment  may  well  result  in  new 
types  of  planes. 

"Here,  indeed,  is  an  outstanding  example  of  how  an 
advance  in  the  fundamental  knowledge  of  one  field  can 
be  of  inestimable  value  in  another." 


Radar  Has  200-Mile  Range 

(Continued  fro7?i  Page  29) 

pounds  before  installation,  and  is  pressurized  to  operate 
at  altitudes  up  to  50,000  feet.  Ic  is  the  first  system  of 
its  kind  to  go  into  production  that  has  both  military 
and  commercial  application. 

Operation  testing  of  the  set  has  been  done  in  both 
Navy  and  Air  Force  planes.  It  already  has  prevented 
one  serious  Navy  crash.  A  passenger  packed  transport 
had  just  taken  off  in  foggy  weather  when  the  control 
tower  erroneously  instnicted  the  pilot  to  make  a  right 
turn  which  would  have  taken  him  into  the  side  of  a 
hill.  Fortunately,  the  pilot  noticed  the  obstacle  on  his 
radar  scope  and  made  the  correct  turn. 


Scholarship  Plan  Extended 

(Continued  from  Page  14) 

education  at  an  engineering  school.  This  scholarship 
and  stipend  of  S800  is  continued  for  four  years  or  until 
the  student  receives  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

More  than  100  young  men,  who  have  completed 
their  education  with  the  aid  of  RCA  Scholarships  and 
Fellowships,  are  today  at  work  as  scientists  and  engineers 
in  industrial  organizations,  research  laboratories  and 
scientific  institutions.  In  addition,  32  students  in  25 
colleges  and  universities  throughout  the  United  States 
are  studying  under  RCA  Scholarships  and  Fellowships. 


Frank  M.  Folsom  (left).  President.  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  and  Henry  D.  Mercer  (center),  President,  States 
Marine  Corporation,  listen  as  Admiral  Thomas  P. 
Wynkoop,  President,  Radiomarine  Corporation  of 
America,  explains  the  operation  of  Radiomarine's  2,000tii 
Radar    installed    recently    aboard    the    Lone    S/or    Siaie. 


32  RAD/O  AGE 


Wvance  ffofesslonallu  FASfj^ 


In  Career-Building  Posifions  at  RCA 


^areer- minded  cnjjincers  have 
uund  the  way  lo  more  rapid  ad- 
ancfmcni  and  professional  de- 
tlopmeni  throuj;h  challenging 
ssignments  at  RCA,  on  long-range 
military  iitiil  commercial   projects. 

tCA  IS  A  GOOD  PLACE  TO  WORK 

U  K(,A  \ou  receive  recognition  lor 
our  accomplishments.  You  work 
n  close  collaboration  with  distin- 
;uished  scientists  and  engineers. 
I'ou  enjoy  highest  professional 
ecognit  ion  among  your  col  leagues, 
fou  have  unexcelled  facilities  for 
reative  work.  The  surroundings  in 
ihich  you  work  are  pleasant  and 
timulating.  ^'ou  and  your  famiU  en- 
r>y  outstanding  employee  benefits. 
Opportunities  are  excellent  for  ad- 
ancement  in  position  and  income. 


DIVERSIFIED  LONG-TERM 
PROGRAM 

Positions  open  are  career  oppor- 
tunities ol  a  lifetime.  1  hev  are  not 
"emergency"  jobs.  Thev  ofler  lije- 
long  employment  opportunities  to 
men  who  expect  more  from  their 
work  than  is  provided  bv  an  tjrdi- 
nary  engineering  assignment.  The\ 
cover  not  only  revolutionary  new 
military  projects,  but  also  trail- 
bla/ing  commercial  projects  for  im- 
portant electronic  advances  of  the 
future.  Such  diversification  of  prod- 
ucts and  markets  represent  long- 
term  employment  opportunities  in- 
dependent of  wars  or  depressions. 

If  you  aspire  to  a  career-building 
luture,  investigate  the  posit  ions  now- 
open  at  RC;A. 


MAIL  RESUME 

Ij you  desire  lo  consider  any  of  tlje  posilinus  listed, 

urile  us  jor  a  personal  iutertieu— include  a  complete  resume 

oj  your  education  and  experience.  Send  resume  lo: 

MR.  ROBERT   E.  McQUISTON,  Manager 
Specialized  Employment  Division,  Dept.  95 
Radio  Corporation  of  America 
30  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York  20,  N.  Y. 

RADIO  CORPORATION  of  AMERICA' 

I 


CHOOSE  YOUR  FIELD  OF 
SPECIALIZATION     _ 


tltgUlCCrS  —  electronic  . 

COMMUNICATION  .  ELECTRICAL  . 
MECHANICAL   .   DIGITAL   COMPUTER 
and  PHYSICISTS 

Research  •  Development  •  Design  •Application 
TELEVISION   DEVELOPMENT  — 

Roccivcrs,  TransmiHors  and  Studio  Equipment. 

ELECTRON   TUBE   DEVELOPMENT— 

Receiving,  Transmitting,  Cathode-Roy,  Photo- 
tubes and  Magnetrons. 

COMMUNICATIONS  — 

Microwave,  Mobile  Avlotion  and  Specialized 
Military  Systems. 

RADAR— 

Circuitry,  Antenna  Design,  Computer,  Servo- 
Systems,  and  Information  Display  Systems. 

SYSTEMS   PLANNING  and  DESIGN  — 
Missile  Guidance,  Radar  and  Fire  Control. 

SERVO   MECHANISMS  — 

Instrument     and     Power     Servos,     Feedback 

Amplifiers  and  Power  Supplies. 

MECHANISMS  — 

Precision  Power  Gcor  Drives,  Precision  Instru- 
ment Geor  Drives,  Lightweight  Shock  ond 
Vibration  Structures  lo  House  Electronic  Equi|>- 
ment,  and   Antenna  Structures. 

COMPUTER  DEVELOPMENT  and  DESIGN 
Digital  and  Analog  Computers,  Mognetic 
Recording,  Pulse  Circuitry,  Storage  Compo- 
nents, and  Systems  Design. 

TRANSFORMER   and   COIL   DESIGN 

NAVIGATIONAL    AIDS 

TECHNICAL    SALES 

ELECTRONIC  EQUIPMENT  FIELD  SERVICE 


RADIOMARINE  provides 

world's  most  modern  liner  with  i 

world's  finest  radio  communications  system 


rvadiomarine  is  proud  to  announce  that  it  has 
supplied  to  the  s.s.  United  States  all  radio- 
telephone, all  radiotelegraph,  all  high,  interme- 
diate and  low  frequency  transmitters  and  receiv- 
ers, in  addition  to  position-finding  loran,  radio- 
direction  finder,  and  distress  alarm. 

Radio  communications  — the  life  line  of  any  ves- 
sel—must be  of  the  highest  ciuality.  A  vessel  the  size 
and  importance  of  the  new  s.s.  United  States 
demands  the  highest  quality  for  its  system  of 
radio  communications.  And  from  bridge  to  life- 
boats the  new  supcrliner  — the  s.s.  United  States  — 


b^ 


is  equipped  with  the  world's  most  modern  systei 
of  radio  communications,  designed  and  built  b' 
Radiomarine. 

Dependability,  power  and  quality  characterize 
this  Radiomarine  installation.  As  in  all  Radiomarine 
equipment,  the  highest,  most  rigid  standards  were 
met  — the  same  Radiomarine  workmanship  and  de- 
pendability you  will  find  in  products  tor  passenger 
and  cargo  ships,  river  craft,  ore  carriers  and  other 
vessels. 

Write  for  complete  information  on  Radiomarine 
equipment  now! 


V 


radiomarine  corporation  o/  AMERICA,  75  Varict  St..  New  Yori  13,  N.  Y.  Offices  and  Sertice  Sialiom  in  all  principal  pons. 
Foreign  Dislribulion  an  J  Sen  ice— RCA  International  Dithion,  SO  Rockefeller  Plaza,  New  York  20,  jV.  Y. 


RADtOMARtME   CORPORA  TtOM  of  AMERICA 

A  SERVICE  OF  RADIO  CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA 


RADIO  AGE 

RESEARCH  •  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS  •  BROADCASTING  •  TELEVISION 


ITOBER 
1952 


are  headed  for  a  better  future 
—when  you  €ome  to  RCA 


If  you  want  to  work  where  you  enjoy  the 
highest  prolbssional  recognition  among 
your  colleagues,  come  to  RCA.  Here 
your  accomplishments  are  recognized 
and  rewarded.  Here  your  future  is  bright- 
er, through  challenging  assignments  that 
lead  to  belter  opportunities,  better  posi- 
tions. Here  you  set  goals  for  future  at- 
tainment at  advanced  levels. 

If  your  talent  and  skill  are  not  being 
used  in  a  way  for  which  your  education 
and  experience  has  equipped  you.  come 
to  RCA.  Here  you  will  find  unusual  op- 
portunities to  work  in  close  association 
with  distinguished  scientists  and  engi- 
neers in  research  .  .  .  development  .  .  . 


design  .  .  .  and  application  of  specialized 
electronic  equipment  for  military  proj- 
ects as  well  as  for  an  ever-increasing  line 
of  diversified  commercial  products. 

Positions  open  are  lifelong  curccr  op- 
portunities. They  are  not  '"temporary" 
jobs.  Unlike  "'feast  or  famine"  industries. 


RCA  has  forged  ahead  regardless  of  war 
or  depression,  ^'ou  can  continue  ad- 
vanced study  at  recognized  universities 
under  RCA's  modern  tuition  refund  plan. 
You  and  your  family  enjoy  outstanding 
Company  benefits.  Yes,  your  future  is 
better  at  RCA. 


LIFETIME  OPPORTUNITIES   FOR 

ENGINEERS  —  Electronic  .  .  .  Electrical  .  .  .  Communication  .  .  . 
Mechanical  .  .  .  Computer  .  .  .  METALLURGISTS  and  PHYSICISTS 

In  Research — Development — Design — Application:  in  the  following  fields: 

RADAR   •  MISSILE   GUIDANCE  •  SERVO  MECHANISMS  •   COMPUTERS   •  TRANSFORMERS  AND 
COILS     •     NAVIGATION    AIDS     •     TELEVISION     •      ELECTRON   TUBES     •     COMMUNICATIONS 
TECHNICAL   SALES    •   ELECTRONIC   EQUIPMENT   FIELD   SERVICE 


Send  a  complete  r6$um6  of 
your  education  and  experience. 


Persono/  interviews 
arranged  in  your  city. 


RADIO    CORPORATION  of  AMERICA 


VOLUME  11     NUMBER  5 


•  MANUFACTURING  •  COMMUNICATIONS 
BROADCASTING  ♦TELEVISION 


iH^ 


OCTOBER  1952 


^J\ 


COVER 

iCA  television  cameras  are 
noking  it  possible  for  millions 
)f  football  fans  to  watch  the 
lotion's  leading  teams  fight 
t  out  on  college  gridirons  this 
all.  The  NBC  network  will 
:arry   1 1    of  the  contests. 


NOTICE 

When  requesting  a  change  in  moiling 
oddrest  pleose  include  the  code  letfert 
and  numbers  which  appear  with  the 
stencilled    oddress    on    the    envelope. 

Radio  Age  is  puhlithed  qtjartefl/  by 
the  Deparfmenf  of  /nformofion.  Radio 
Corporation  of  America,  30  Rocke- 
feller Pioza.  New  York   20,  N    Y. 

Printed  m  USA. 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Operation    Election    Night 3 

Progress   in    Electronics 5 

by  Brig.  Genera/  Dovid  Sarnoff 

Status   of  the  Transistor 7 

by   M.   E.   Korns 

KPTV  —  First  Commercial  UHF  Television  Station  on  Air    ...     .  9 

Antenaplex  Brings  TV  Programs  to  New  Hampshire  City    ....  10 

NBC's  New  TV  Center  on  West  Coast 11 

It  Isn't  Always  as  You  See  It  —  on  TV 13 

by  James  Glenn 

NBC  Opera  Telecosts  Scheduled 15 

Watchdogs    of    Quality 16 

by  William  J.  Zaun 

American  Invenfory  —  Experiment  in  Adult  Education  by  TV    .  18 

"Victory  at  Sea"  —  New  Historical  Series 19 

Night  Driving  Made  Safer  by   Electronic  "Eye" 20 

Television  in  Canada 21 

by  F.  R.  Deakins 

Tactful   Technicians 24 

Color   Book   for  TV   Scenery   Designers 25 

By  Albert  W.  Profzman 

TV  Demonstrates  Usefulness  in  Railroad  Field 26 

Two-Woy  Radio  System  Speeds  Flow  of  Materials  in  Steel  Plant    .  27 

Radio  Workshop  Ends  Tenth  Year 29 

by  Thomos  C.  McCray 


RADIO     CORPORATION     OF    AMERICA 

RCA  Building,  New  York  20,  N.Y. 


DAVID  SARNOFF,  Chairman  of  (he  Board 
JOHN    Q.    CANNON,    Secretory 


FRANK  M.  FOLSOM,  President 
ERNEST  B.  GORIN,  Treojorer 


Services  of  HCA  are: 
RCA  Victor  Division  •  RCA  Service  Company,  Inc.  •  RCA  International  Division 
Notional  Broadcasting  Compony,  Inc.  •  Rodiomorine  Corporotion  of  America 
RCA  Communications,  Inc.  •  RCA  Laboratories  Division  •  RCA  Institutes,  Inc. 


RCA-designed  superturnstile  antennas  have  been  installed   in  more  thon  75  television  stations. 


This  scene  in  NBC's  studio  8H  on  election  night  in  1948  will  be  re-enacted  this  year  on  the  evening  of  November  4. 


Op, 


e  rat  ion  Election  Night 


A  Sratt  of  More  rhan  1.500.  Aided  bv  Newly  Developed  Computing 

Machines,  will  supply  NBC's  Radio-TV  Audiences  wirh  Fasresr. 

Most  Complete  News  Coverage  of  Balloting  on  November  4th 


W,-, 


ITU  batteries  of  television  cameras,  an  augmented 
corps  of  radio  and  television  commentators  and  eight 
almost-human  computing  cash-register-like  machines 
developed  especially  for  the  occasion,  ready  to  go,  the 
National  Broadcasting  Company  has  completed  its  plans 
for  the  most  elaborate  radio  and  television  news  cover- 
ing of  any  national  election  returns  in  the  history  of 
broadcasting.  Ftxal  point  of  activities  on  the  night  of 
November  4  will  be  8-H,  NBC's  largest  studio  in  Radio 
City,  New  York. 

Continuous  around-the-clock  reporting  of  the  re- 
turns will  begin  when  polls  close  in  the  E.ist  on  Election 
Day  and  will  continue  until  most  of  the  returns  are  in, 
12  to  15  hours  later.  William  R.  McAndrew,  director 
of  NBC's  radio  and  television  coverage  of  both  p<ilitic.d 
conventions  this  year,  will  be  in  charge  of  the  election 
night  news  center. 

Under  McAndrew  will  be  a  500-man  staff,  includ- 
mg  the  roster  of  25  politically  experienced  newsmen 
who  supplied  the  nation  with  its  most  complete  story 
of  the  Chicago  conventions.  More  than  1,000  addition.il 
newsmen  located  at  NBC  affiliated  stations  throughout 
the  country  will  be  on  the  job  to  report  the  latest  ballot 


counts  in  their  respective  areas.  They  will  also  con- 
tribute human  interest  sidelights  and  comment  on  voting 
trends  as  local  returns  are  made  available  to  them. 

NBC  is  relying  on  its  new  computing  machines  to 
speed  up  and  extend  the  scope  of  televised  results. 
These  machines  had  their  genesis  only  a  few  weeks  ago 
when  Charles  H.  Coiiedge,  NBC  public  affairs  opera- 
tions manager,  discussed  the  network's  election-night 
problems  with  Charles  L.  Keenoy,  who  heads  the  product 
development  department  of  the  National  Cash  Register 
Company,  Dayton,  Ohio. 

Machines   Completed  hi    I  cti   Days 

"VC'hat  we  need,"  Coiiedge  told  Keenoy,  "is  a  fast, 
visual  means  of  presenting  the  tallies  to  the  television 
audience.  We  want  to  show,  as  simply  as  possible  and 
as  quickly  as  possible,  who's  winning — in  the  presi- 
dential race,  and  also  in  the  contests  for  congressional 
seats  and  governorships." 

Within  less  than  ten  days,  Keenoy  came  up  with 
plans  for  eight  super-sized  cash  register  machines.  Each 
machine  is  capable  of  performing  27  different  functions. 

This  is  their  role  in  the  night's  operations:    Two  of 

RAD/G  AGE  3 


•'''  '""^ 


Four  years  ago,  street  crowds  gathered  in  Radio  City  to 
watch  election  returns  as  they  were  projected  onto  a 
large  screen  from  RCA's  theatre-type  television  projector. 


Machines  similar  to  those  shown  above  will  speed  up 
the  tabulation  of  balloting  for  NBC's  television  audience. 

the  machines,  with  24  states  on  each,  will  be  assigned 
each  presidential  candidate;  each  machine  will  recotd 
the  percentage  of  election  districts  reporting,  the  current 
popular-vote  tally  by  states,  and  the  name  of  the  state. 
The  next  two  machines,  one  per  candidate,  will  add  up 
the  national  totals  as  taken  from  the  two  machines 
which  record  by  individual  states;  and  machines  7  and  8 


will  totalize  the  individual  races  for  Congressional  seats. 

The  first  six  machines  will  be  so  constructed  that 
the  TV  camera  can  pick  up  the  image  directly.  The 
last  two,  developed  for  the  Democratic  convention  in 
Chicago,  work  by  means  of  mirrors.  In  all  cases,  only 
the  figures  will  be  visible  —  the  machines  being  blacked 
out.  The  figures  will  be  superimposed  against  a  graphic 
background  —  possibly  against  a  map  of  the  United 
States  distorted  to  conform  to  the  number  of  electoral 
votes  of  each  state. 

To  coordinate  election  results  and  bulletin  news  for 
broadcast,  NBC  will  make  use  of  its  combined  radio-TV 
news-desk  system  which  it  pioneered  with  great  effec- 
tiveness in  Chicago.  The  joint  desk  will  be  the  nerve 
center  for  disseminating  all  the  latest  information  to 
radio  and  television  reporters. 

NBC  will  assign  commentators  to  report  and  analyze 
the  presidential  voting,  while  others  will  report  from 
a  special  newsdesk,  concentrating  on  the  important  Sen- 
atorial contests,  such  as  that  in  Wisconsin.  A  third 
combined  newsdesk  will  report  gubernatorial  contests  in 
Illinois,  Massachusetts,  Michigan,  Ohio,  Texas,  Indiana 
and  Arizona.  A  fourth  radio-TV  group  in  NBC's 
election-night  headquarters  will  cover  state-by-state 
voting  for  hotly  contested  seats  in  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives. 

Alongside  the  editor  and  reporter  at  each  of  the 
combined  radio-TV  newsdesks  will  be  a  team  of  tabula- 
tors who  will  break  down  the  results  as  they  appear  on 
the  face  of  the  National  Cash  Register  Company  ma- 
chines and  post  them  on  a  huge  blackboard  that  will 
cover  the  length  of  studio  8-H. 

Camerai   to    Cover   Party    U(.  ad  quarters. 

NBC  will  station  TV  camera  crews,  newsmen  with 
tape-recording  equipment,  and  commentators  at  the 
various  candidates'  headquarters  in  New  York  and  at 
both  Democratic  and  Republican  National  Committee 
offices  in  Washington. 

Several  temporary  TV  settings  and  radio  studios  will 
be  constructed  adjacent  to  the  newsdesks  to  provide 
facilities  for  interviews  with  top  political  figures,  com- 
mentary and  programs  on  the  margin  of  the  election 
reports.  Most  of  NBC's  Washington  staff  and  com- 
mentators from  other  key  cities  will  be  concentrated  in 
New  York  for  election  night. 

Current  plans  call  for  continuous  network  program- 
mining  on  both  NBC  radio  and  television  beginning 
about  8:00  p.m.,  EST.,  with  tliree  to  five  minutes  allotted 
to  local  stations  at  stated  intervals  for  broadcasting  local 
results. 


A  RADIO  AGE 


Progress  in  Electronics 


The  jollouing  text  is  taken  jrom  tin  tuUress 
by  Brig.  General  David  Sartioff,  Chairman  of 
the  Board  of  RCA,  at  the  Weizmann  Institute 
of  Science,  Rehototh,  Israel.  }i4ly  27,  1952. 


Th 


-HE  spearhead  of  pioneering  and  the  gateway  to 
progress  is  research.  From  it  stem  new  knowledge,  new 
inventions,  new  priKlucts,  new  services.  It  brings  re- 
newed vitality  to  business,  increases  opportunities  for 
employment  and  provides  higher  standards  of  living  for 
the  people.  Research  is  a  creative  effort  that  enlarges 
man's  horizons  and  thus  leads  him  onward  toward  new 
achievements. 

In  a  sense,  the  pattern  of  modern  life  is  largely  the 
product  of  scientific  research  and  technological  develop- 
ment. The  wonderful  thing  about  research  is  the  more 
of  it  you  do,  the  more  of  it  there  is  left  to  do.  Each  piece 
of  research  opens  new  fields  for  further  exploration. 

More  I'nndatnenlal  Knowledge  Needed 

In  the  words  of  Dr.  Samuel  Johnson,  "The  future 
is  purchased  by  the  present."  And  1  know  of  no  better 
way  for  industry,  whether  in  America  or  in  Isr.iel,  to 
assure  its  future  than  to  join  wholeheartedly  in  the  full 
utilization  of  scientific  research  for  the  common  good. 

In  recent  years  our  scientific  emphasis  has  been 
heavily  concentrated  in  applied  research,  in  engineering, 
and  not  enough  attention  has  been  devoted  to  pure,  or 
basic  research.  As  a  consequence,  there  is,  in  a  number 
of  important  areas,  a  shortage  of  the  fundamental  knowl- 
edge that  is  the  raw  material  for  engineering  develop- 
ments. Therefore,  we  must  develop  more  fundamental 
knosv ledge.  The  saferv-  and  progress  of  the  free  countries 
of  the  world  depend  upon  it. 

The  scientist  bent  on  basic  research  is  usually  given 
little  credit  and,  frequently,  lacks  the  money  and  tools 
to  continue  his  search  of  the  unknown.  It  is  not  easy  in 
industry  nor  in  Government,  to  justify  appropriations 
for  pure  research.  It  is  hard  to  answer  the  question,  "Of 
what  value  is  a  program  of  abstnict  science  without  a 
definite  goal/"  It  is  important,  therefore,  that  we  culti- 
vate "science  appreciation"  much  as  we  do  "music 
appreciation." 

The  task  of  advancing  the  cause  of  pure  science  is 
made  more  difficult  by  world  conditions.  The  barriers 
of  secrecy  are  serious  deterrents  to  scientific  progress. 
Unquestionably,  the  world  of  science  has  suffered  much 

RADIO  AGE  5 


because  the  requirements  of  national  security  necessarily 
rcNtrict  the  free  (low  of  scientific  information. 

B,isic  to  the  advance  of  science  is  a  free  and  un- 
limited exchange  of  information.  In  the  growth  of 
fundamental  knowledge  over  the  centuries,  it  often  has 
been  true  that  the  report  of  a  scientific  discovery  made 
in  one  part  of  the  world  stimulated  important  advances 
along  the  same  line  in  other  sections  of  the  world. 

There  has  been  no  such  chain  reaction  in  numerous 
vit.il  areas  of  science  for  many  years.  The  more  basic 
facts  and  fundamental  knowledge  we  uncover,  the 
greater  and  the  sooner  will  be  our  progress  through 
applied  research.  Indeed,  it  is  fundamental  research  that 
uncovers  new  phenomena  and  opens  new  vistas  that  are 
far-reaching  in  their  applications.  For  example,  recent 
studies  in  electronics  of  solids,  as  contrasted  to  elec- 
tronics in  a  vacuum,  are  making  possible  an  entirely  new 
device — the  transistor — a  tiny  electronic  device  made  of 
single-crystal  germanium.  As  an  instrument  capable  of 
performing  many  of  the  functions  of  an  electron  tube, 
the  transistor  promises  to  open  a  new  era  of  development 
which  bids  fair  to  surpass  electronics  achievements  of 
the  past. 

Transistor  .M</i    Increase   Use  of  Tubes 

In  creating  wider  horizons  for  the  electronics  art,  the 
transistor  does  not  necessarily  supplant  the  electron 
vacuum  tube.  On  the  contrary,  the  new  applications 
made  possible  by  transistors  may  actually  increase  the 
use  of  electron  nibes. 


Apparatus  used  in  research  at  Weizmann  Institute. 


One    of    the    buildings    of    the    Weizmann    Institute    of 
Science  at  Rehovoth,  Israel. 


Today,  we  are  likely  to  think  of  television  substan- 
tially from  an  entertainment  viewpoint.  This,  of  course, 
is  natural  since  television  is  an  electronic  brother  of 
radio  broadcasting.  Nevertheless,  television  has  many 
applications  outside  the  realm  of  broadcasting. 

In  the  field  of  education  .ind  instruction,  the  possi- 
bilities of  television  are  unlimited.  Teachers  in  the 
classroom  and  the  lecture  hall,  in  medical  centers  and 
surgical  operating  rooms,  will  be  able  to  add  the  power 
of  demonstration  to  the  effort  of  description. 

Television  Only  in  Us  Infancy 

Television  in  the  United  States  has  grown  in  the 
period  of  only  five  years  from  practically  nothing  to  an 
industry  whose  volume  of  business  last  year  amounted 
to  three  billion  dollars.  Including  radio,  the  industry'  as 
a  whole  is  now  running  at  a  rate  of  about  five  billion 
dollars  a  year.  Yet  television  is  only  in  its  infancy. 
Before  many  years  have  passed,  its  black-and-white 
images  also  will  be  seen  in  color. 

Today  there  are  about  18  million  television  sets  in 
American  homes.  There  are  108  television  broadcasting 
stations  serving  a  potential  viewing  audience  of  more 
than  70  million  persons. 

Within  the  next  five  years  there  will  probably  be 
50  million  television  receiving  sets  in  the  United  States 
and  about  1,500  television  broadcasting  stations  with  a 
potential  viewing  audience  of  150  million  persons. 
Every  home  in  the  land  equipped  with  a  television  set 
will  be  within  range  of  television  programs. 

We  have  a  striking  example  of  how  success  is  being 
made  toward  this  goal.  Never  in  the  history  of  the 
United  States  were  the  national  political  conventions 
within  range  of  so  many  people  as  they  were  in  July 


of  this  year.  Indeed,  Americans  had  one  of  the  greatest 
lessons  in  civics  ever  put  before  them  on  a  nationwide 
scale.  Television  has  revealed  itself  as  one  of  the  most 
powerful  and  effective  forces  that  ever  came  into  the 
political  arena.  It  promises  to  be  a  decisive  factor  in 
the  election  results  in  November. 

International  Television  a  Prospect 

Within  the  next  five  years  we  may  expect  to  see 
television  established  on  an  international  basis.  Inter- 
national television  will  become  a  powerful  aid  socially, 
educationally,  and  politically.  If  properly  used,  it  can 
cultivate  better  understanding  among  nations  and  help 
to  reduce  the  tensions  born  of  misunderstanding.  Tele- 
vision's performance  vividly  illustrates  the  old  saying 
that  "Seeing  is  Believing." 

I  firmly  believe  that  before  too  many  years  pass.  New 
York,  Chicago,  San  Francisco,  in  fact  all  the  cities  and 
towns  of  the  United  States  will  be  able  to  tune  in  the 
panorama  that  television  will  present  of  Israel  and  the 
rest  of  the  Mediterranean  world.  Similarly,  you  will  be 
able  to  view  America  as  the  electronic  cameras  swing 
from  nation  to  nation. 

Industrial  TV  has  Hundreds  of  Applications 

This  is  still  another  type  of  service  known  as  closed- 
circuit,  or  industrial  television,  also  made  possible  largely 
by  the  vidicon  tube  and  a  7-pound  miniature  camera 
which  can  be  mounted  in  normally  inaccessible  locations. 
Industrial  TV  is,  in  effect,  a  remote  eye  for  industry. 
Its  hundreds  of  applications  include  the  observation  of 
dangerous  processes  as  well  as  transmission  of  informa- 
tion such  as  signatures,  maps  and  files.  It  has  a  variety 
of  uses  in  mass  training,  in  industry  and  in  the  military 
services.  Industrial  television  can  add  immeasurably  to 
the  safety  and  to  the  efficiency  of  workers  in  business. 

In  still  another  direction,  several  years  ago  our  engi- 
neers entered  into  a  development  program  for  the  elec- 
tronic inspection  of  medical  ampules  containing  vaccines 
and  other  liquids.  This  work  was  undertaken  to  improve 
inspection  methods  for  insuring  the  highest  degree  of 
purity  in  drugs. 

We  have  also  developed  and  demonstrated  to  the 
dair)'  industry  a  portable  inspection  machine  which 
makes  certain  that  empty  bottles  are  clear  of  contamina- 
tion before  they  are  filled  with  milk.  These,  and  other 
electronic  developments,  are  adding  importantly  to  the 
possibilities  of  improvement  in  health. 

Now  let  us  look  across  another  horizon  of  electronics. 
Through  man's  inventive  and  engineering  ingenuity, 
electronic  computers  have  been  made  to  add,  subtract, 
(Continued  on  page  31 ) 


6  RADIO  AGt 


I^ccMLise  of  rhc  porcnri.ilirics  of  rhis  .niKi/ing 
dcNclopiiKiu,  ilic  ckxtrt)nics  \n  oriel  is  inrcrcsrcd  in 

The  Stcitus  of  the  Transistor 


By  M.    E.    Karns 

Manager.  Technical  Services, 

Commercial  Dept.. 

Radio  Corp.  of  America. 

JL_/iMiTED  use  of  semiconduccor  elements  and  devices 
is  as  old  as  radio.  The  original  crystal  detector  was  a 
semiconductor  device.  Until  recently,  however,  there 
had  been  little  technical  progress  in  this  art.  Within  the 
last  few  years  interest  in  semiconductors,  including 
transistors,  has  become  very  great,  particularly  in  the 
electronics  industry. 

The  first  transistor  was  announced  only  four  years 
.igo.  During  this  short  period  the  acceleration  of  engi- 
neering effort  has  been  unusual.  Important  progress  has 
been  made  in  learning  the  fundamental  theory  of  opera- 
tion of  transistor  devices  and  in  establishing  control  of 
their  operating  characteristics  and  construction  processes. 

Experimental  results  already  obtained  in  the  labora- 
tories indicate  the  practicability  and  usefulness  of  tran- 
sistors. There  appear  to  be  a  number  of  fields  in  which 
transistors  will  be  used  widely  and  to  great  advantage. 

The  development  of  the  transistor  will  make  possible 
new  types  of  electronic  equipment  which  will  use  not 
only  transistors,  but  also  electron  rubes  and  other  elec- 
tronic components  in  increasing  quantities.  The  com- 
mercial application  of  transistors  appears  to  be  not  tix> 
distant,  although  a  considerable  time  is  probably  required 
before  these  units  become  commercially  available  on 
.my  sizable  scale  at  low  cost. 

The  intense  interest  in  the  transistor  may  be  attrib- 
uted to  the  fact  that  it  performs  functions  similar  to 
those  of  electron  tubes.    The  transistor  is  of  particular 


interest  to  equipment  designers  who  sec  many  circuit 
possibilities  in  its  characteristics.  It  is  small  in  size  and 
the  power  requirements  for  its  operation  are  extremely 
low.  When  suitable  circuits  are  developed,  space  and 
power  requirements  for  complex  electronic  equipment 
may  be  simplified  to  a  large  degree  by  the  use  of  tran- 
sistors. Another  promising  feature  is  that  the  operating 
life  of  certain  types  of  transistors  shows  indications  of 
being  very  long,  thus  minimizing  replacement  problems. 
The  physical  ruggedness  of  the  transistor  offers  other 
obvious  advantages.  In  addition,  the  transistor  requires 
no  "warm  up"  time  but  will  operate  instantaneously 
upon  application  of  voltage  to  its  electrodes. 

It  is  anticipated  that  transistors  will  be  improved  in 
many  other  respects. 

At  present,  transistors  will  operate  at  frequencies 
up  to  a  few  hundred  megacycles,  but  the  noise  at  low 
frequencies  is  greater  than  that  of  electron  tubes. 
Besides,  the  power  output  is  relatively  low.  Never- 
theless, when  the  favorable  characteristics  of  the  tran- 
sistor are  weighed  against  its  limitations,  it  appears 
that  this  device,  even  in  its  present  developmental 
stage,  is  destined  for  many  applications.  The  anticipated 
improvements  in  characteristics  undoubtedly  will  create 
new  and  expanding  fields  of  use.  At  the  same  time, 
the  principles  of  semiconduction  in  solids  may  be  ex- 
pected to  play  an  increasing  part  in  the  development 
of  many  new  electronic  devices,  of  which  the  present 
transistor  is  but  the  first. 

There  are  two  types  of  transistors  of  major  interest 
at  this  time — the  point-contact  type  and  the  junction 
type.  The  point-contact  transistor  was  developed  first 
and    has   performed    at   higher    frequencies.    In    many 


Part  of  a  single  germanium  crystal 
"grown"  from  a  crystal  seed.  As 
many  as  7,000  transistors  con  be 
obtained    from    the    crystal    shown. 


RADIO  AGE  7 


Developmental  junction-type  transistor  before  and  after 
embedment    in    plastic    container,    shown    here    in    com- 
parison with  pencil  point. 


applications,  however,  the  junction  transistor  promises 
to  be  as  important  as  the  point-contact  type.  In  com- 
parison with  point-contact  transistors,  the  junction  types 
have  lower  noise,  liigher  power  gain,  greater  efficiency, 
and  higher  power-handling  capabilities,  but  presently 
are  more  limited  in  frequency  re.sponse. 

At  first,  the  frequency  response  of  the  point-contact 
transistor  appeared  to  be  limited  to  frequencies  in  the 
neighborhood  of  4  or  5  megacycles.  Recently  such 
transistors  have  been  made  to  oscillate  as  high  as  300 
megacycles.  Currently,  the  simple  junction  transistor  has 
been  made  to  amplify  up  to  several  megacycles  and  the 
limits  are  being  rapidly  raised. 

The  power  capabilities  of  either  the  point-cont.ict 
or  the  junction  transistors  depend  largely  on  the  rate 
at  which  heat  can  be  removed  from  the  active  portion. 
There  are  no  basic  limitations  imposed  by  the  electronic 
principles  of  transistor  devices  which  will  prevent  the 
attainment  of  high  powers.  With  relatively  simple 
special  cooling  means,  particularly  with  the  junction 
types,  it  is  possible  to  design  units  with  outputs  up  to 
a  watt  or  more. 

The  life  expectancy  of  transistors  is  largely  dependent 
on  electrical  and  physical  considerations.  Realization 
of  tens  of  thousands  of  hours  does  not  .seem  unlikely  in 
normal  operation.  Transistors  can  be  physically  rugged. 
They  can  be  made  practically  impervious  to  moisture 
and  the  elements.  Resin-embedded  units  have  withstood 
impact  acceleration  of  1,900  times  gravity  and  centrif- 
ugal acceleration  of  31,000   times  gravity.    Transistors 


have  been  immersed  in  water  for  several  months,  with 
practically  no  effect  on  their  characteristics. 

Although  high  ambient  temperature  is  now  a  limita- 
tion, developments  indicate  progress  in  lowering  this 
barrier.  No  damage  occurs  to  the  transistor  during 
storage  from  minus  94°  F  to  212°  F.  Operation  over 
the  wide  ambient  range  of  minus  94°  F  to  122°  F  is 
practical  and  higher  ambient  temperatures  will  be 
feasible  if  proper  attention  is  given  to  heat  dissipation. 

Vnijortnity  of  Characteristics 

Uniformity  of  characteristics  comparable  to  that 
of  the  electron  tube  seems  possible.  The  art  of  crystal 
growing  is  rapidly  progressing  and  the  uniformity  of 
germanium  has  progressed  to  the  point  where  various 
transistor  characteristics  such  as  current  amplification, 
power  gain,  feedback  resistance,  and  input  and  output 
resistance  have  been  controlled  within   ±   25^7-. 

At  present,  the  characteristics  of  high  gain,  low 
noise,  greater  stability,  higher  efficiency  and  higher 
power  capabilities  indicate  that  the  junction  transistor 
will  be  used  principally  as  oscillators  and  amplifiers  at 
lower  frequencies.  Another  feature  of  the  junction 
transistor  is  its  ability  to  oscillate  with  power  inputs 
around  a  millionth  of  a  watt.  It  is  anticipated  that 
further  development  will  increase  the  frequency  limits 
and  broaden  circuit  usefulness. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  point-contact  transistot  may 
be  applied  to  very-high-frequency  ciraiits  wherever 
noise  is  not  a  limiting  factor.  Another  feature  of 
the  point-contact  transistor  is  the  negative  resistance 
properties  which  are  especially  useful  in  counter  and 
similar  circuits.  Negative  resistance  means  that  an 
increase  in  current  flow  decreases  rather  than  increases 
the  drop  in  voltage. 

Coiiniiercial  Use  Appears  Near 

Estimates  of  the  time  when  transistors  will  be  avail- 
able in  quantity  for  production  of  salable  products  must 
be  somewhat  speculative. 

Engineering  of  some  types  of  transistors  has  reached 
an  advanced  stage.  The  problem  of  providing  adequate 
supplies  of  processed  germanium  with  proper  char- 
acteristics at  reasonable  costs  remains  to  be  worked  out. 
Also,  quantity  manufacturing  processes,  machinerj'  and 
other  facilities  are  yet  to  be  developed. 

Limited  application  in  special  devices  where  cost 
.ind  quantity  are  not  major  factors  is  close  at  hand. 
Wider  use  in  quantity  production,  such  as  consumer 
home  instruments,  is  dependent  on  the  availability  of 
processed  germanium   and   production   facilities. 


8  RADIO  AGE 


I 


KPTV,  Portland,  First  Commercial 
UHF  Television  Station  on  Air 

Tnuisniilhr  tl.\it  ALui-  Tihrisioii  I hslur\  .it  BriJofpoit  Conn., 
Usui  in  Onoon  to  SpuJ  TV 


N  .1  surprise  move  made  possible  by  round-the-clock 
labors  of  engineers  and  construction  crews,  station 
KFrV,  pioneer  commercial  UHF  station,  went  on  the 
air  in  Portland,  Oregon,  at  midnight  on  September  18. 
Since  that  time,  an  increasing  (low  of  TV  receivers  and 
L'HF  Selectors  into  the  Oregon  city  has  made  it  possible 
for  the  station's  images  to  be  viewed  by  thousands  of 
residents.  Reports  of  reception  have  been  enthusiastic 
m  their  appraisal  of  the  picture  clarity  and  signal  strength 
throughout  the  city  and  in  some  instances  as  far  as 
40  miles  from  the  transmitter  site  on  Council  Crest,  a 
1,000  fotit  hill  near  Portland.  The  speed  with  which 
KPTV  was  put  into  operation  brought  praise  from  a 
large  segment  of  the  industry  and  from  the  citizens  of 
Portland. 

Regular  programming  by  the  station  began  on 
October  1  with  a  special  pick-up  from  New  York  dur- 
ing which  FCC  Commissioner  Paul  A.  Walker  and  Brig. 
General  David  SarnofF  extended  their  congratulations  to 
the  station  and  its  owner. 

Speaking  from  Washington,  D.  C,  Chairman  Walker 
referred  to  KPTV  as  the  "harbinger"  of  a  new  era  of 
expansion  for  American  television.  He  commented 
upon  the  speed  with  which  the  station  was  installed  at 
Portland  by  its  owner,  Herbert  Mayer,  President  of  The 
limpire  Coil  Company,  Inc. 

Upon  completion  of  Commissioner  Walker's  re- 
marks, the  program  switched  to  New  York  where  Miss 
Sandra  Mayer,  on  behalf  of  her  father,  presented  to 
Cieneral  Sarnoff  a  citation  in  appreciative  recognition  of 
tlic  manifold  benefits  which  the  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  has  contributed  to  the  development  and  growtli 
of  television  as  well  as  to  the  planning  and  research 
that  made  it  possible  for  KPTV  to  begin  broadcasting 
at  that  time  on  UHF. 

"In  bringing  television  to  Portland,  Nfr.  Mayer  and 
his  associates  have  acted  in  the  traditional  pioneering 
spirit  of  the  great  Northwest,"  General  SarnofT  said. 
"They  are  blazing  a  new  trail  which  leads  to  and  from 
all  parts  of  the  country. 

"As  a  triumph  in  radio  exploration,"  he  said,  "the 
opening  of  the  UHF  spectrum  may  well  be  compared 
with  the  historic  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition  that  opened 


Pro^rjni.s  to  ihc  Norlhnrst 

up  tlic  nortliwcst  wilderness  and  made  valuable  scientific 
collections  and  observations.  As  those  famous  explorers 
pushed  westward  overland  through  forests,  over  rivers 
and  mountains,  so  RCA  research  scientists  and  engineers 
for  more  than  25  years  have  conducted  an  expedition  in 
the  wilderness  of  space.  To  reach  the  goal  of  UHF  they 
had  to  develop  new  electronic  tools,  new  types  of  elec- 
tron tubes  and  other  equipment.  .  .  .  Indeed,  it  may 
be  said  of  UHF,  as  it  was  said  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark 
expedition,  'Few  feats  of  exploration  excel  this  in 
romantic  interest.' 

"These  ultra-high  frequencies  are  of  great  signific- 
ance to  the  future  of  television, "  General  SarnofF  said. 
"Hundreds  of  new  channels  bring  additional  millions  of 
Americans  into  range  of  television  programs,  not  only 
for  entertainment  and  news  but  for  education. 

"Chairman  Walker  and  his  associates  on  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission  are  to  be  highly  com- 
mended for  their  great  interest  in  bringing  the  new 
trails  of  UHF  into  service.  By  licensing  new  stations 
they  now  encourage  the  television  broadcasters  to  make 
{Continued  on  page  30) 


Engineers  in  control  room  of  KPTV  making  final  adjust- 
ments as  station   prepared   to  go  on   air. 


RADIO  AGE  9 


Coaxial     transmission     lines     lead     from     central     television     receiving 

antenna  on  Mt.  Belknap  to  Laconic,  six  miles  away.    At  right:  Close-up 

of    Antenaplex   tower    on    2,400-foot    mountain. 


Rt 


Antenaplex  Brings  TV  Programs 
to  New  Hampshire  City 


-ESIDENTS  of  the  industrial  and  resort  city  of  Laconia, 
New  Hampshire,  who  have  been  denied  dependable 
television  reception  are  now  able  to  enjoy  TV  programs 
through  the  medium  of  an  RCA  Community  Antenaplex 
system,  the  first  to  be  installed  in  New  England.  Located 
85  miles  from  Boston,  I.aconia's  nearest  source  of  TV 
programs,  this  community  of  15,000  has  been  balked 
in  its  attempts  to  pick  up  the  signals  of  station  WBZ-TV 
in  the  Massachusetts  capital  because  of  the  ranges  of 
mountains  and  hills  that  rise  between  the  two  points. 

To  bring  the  signals  over  the  mountains,  RCA  engi- 
neers, after  a  survey  of  the  terrain,  selected  a  site  for  the 
antenna  on  2,400-foot  Mt.  Belknap,  six  miles  from 
the  center  of  Laconia.  From  a  40-foot  tower  erected  on 
the  peak,  cable  was  laid  down  the  mountainside  to  a 
distributing  network  installed  throughout  the  residential 
section  of  the  city.  Residents  who  contract  for  service 
tap  into  the  system  through  a  TV  baseboard  outlet  in 
their  homes  and  are  able  to  receive  all  available  stations 
without  individual  rooftop  antennas. 

Some  of  the  problems  encountered  in  installing  the 
system  were  described  by  speakers  at  the  gala  opening 
of  Laconia's  Antenaplex  service  on  June  25. 

As  the  principal  speaker  at  the  ceremonies,  Governor 
Sherman  Adams  of  New  Hampshire  told  how  workmen 
had  struggled  through  the  snow  and  rainstorms  of  last 
winter  to  bring  television  to  the  community. 


"There  was  no  road  for  the  last  half  mile,"  he  pointed 
out,  "and  hundreds  of  pounds  of  equipment  had  to  be 
carried  up  that  slope.  I  think  it  was  a  real  demonstration 
of  Yankee  grit. 

"Today,"  he  added,  "we  see  the  results  of  that  tre- 
mendous effort  —  television  reception  that  compares 
favorably  with  the  best  anywhere." 

Robert  M.  Macrae,  RCA  Regional  Manager  for  the 
Northeastern  Region,  told  the  gathering  that  the  Laconia 
installation  would  provide  a  pattern  for  the  entire  region. 

He  said,  "I  expect  soon  to  see  scores  of  other  moun- 
tain-locked towns  in  this  area  enjoying  good  television. 
With  community  Antenaplex,  there  is  no  reason  why 
TV  reception  in  all  New  England  can't  compare  favor- 
ably with  that  enjoyed  in  any  other  section  of  the  nation." 


10  RADIO  AGE  Workmen  drew  hundreds  of  pounds 
of  TV  equipment  up  last  half-mile 
of  roadless,  snow-covered  mountain. 


-t=^- 


NBCs  New  TV  Center  on  West  Coast 
Finished  in  Record  Time 


O 


Roomy  StiiJios  jiui Scrricc  Oiurhrs  IziiihJy 
Ldti'st  AJyjiius  III  DiSioii  JiiJ  Construction 


NLY  a  few  weeks  ago  rwo  huge  slabs  of  concrete 
rising  like  monoliths  amidst  piles  of  lumber,  a  con- 
tractor's hut,  scattered  building  materials  and  debris, 
dominated  a  -i8-acre  site  at  the  busy  intersection  of 
Alameda  and  Olive  Streets  in  Burbank,  California. 
Today,  passing  motorists  see  in  the  same  spot  two  large 
television  studios  and  a  vast  service  building  operating 
at  high  speed.  This  is  the  first  unit  of  NBC's  new  West 
Coast  TV  headquarters. 

Unlike  the  usu.il  motion  picture  theatre  with  its 
small  stage  and  maximum  seating  capacity,  the  NBC 
studios  have  been  designed  in  reverse.  While  the  stages 
are  large,  each  auditorium  has  seats  for  only  500.  The 
remainder  of  the  90-  by  140-foot  studios  h.as  been  set 
aside  fur  scener)',  .icting,  an  operating  area  for  cameras, 
booms  and  associated  equipment. 

As  the  result  of  a  suggestion  by  NBC  star  Red 
Skelton,  arrangement  of  the  seating  area  varies  slightly 
from  the  normal.  Skelton  suggested  that  seats  in  the 
west  studio  start  from  seven  feet  above  floor  level,  so 
that  cameramen  could  move  farther  back  underneath  the 
seats  for  long  shots. 

In  addition  to  the  production  space,  the  first  floor  of 
each  studio  includes  a  foyer,  a  conference  room,  prop- 
erties room,  producers'  offices,  an  echo  chamber,  lens 
storage  closet,  lighting  and  technical  equipment  storage 
rtxjms,  and  a  sound  effects  room. 

Spacious  Facilities  for  Stars 

Other  facilities  will  mclude  five  dressing  rooms  for 
stars,  equipped  with  showers,  three  makeup  rooms, 
two  quick-change  rooms,  one  large  wardrobe  room,  a 
steam  rcKim,  a  rubdown  nwm  with  showers,  and  rest 
r(.K>ms  at  each  end  of  the  main  corridor.  The  dressing 
room  section  occupies  a  space  3.^  feet  by  140  feet. 

A  second  fliwr  has  seven  additional  dressing  rooms, 
the  control  r(X)ms,  equipment  ro<ims,  engineers'  lounge 
and  more  rest  rooms.  Another  10  dressing  rooms — four 
for  choruses,  which  also  can  be  used  as  rehearsal  halls — 
.1  makeup  stor.ige  room  and  telephone  equipment  area 
•ire  housed  in  the  basement  between  the  adjoining 
buildings. 

The  one-ston'  service  buildins;.  140  feet  bv  180  feet. 


contains  two  large  rehearsal  halls,  a  carpentry  shop, 
paint  shop  and  large  storage  areas  for  scenery  and  other 
materials.  The  overall  dimensions  of  the  TV  Head- 
quarters are  305  feet  by  210  feet. 

Shows  televised  in  the  new  Burbank  studios  normally 
will  go  onto  the  coaxial  cable  through  NBC's  "Radio 
City"  at  Sunset  and  'Vine  in  Hollywood.  If  normal  relay 
facilities  should  fail,  however.  Burbank  will  be  able  to 
beam  its  programs  direct  to  the  NBC  transmitter  atop 
Mt.  Wilson,  northeast  of  Los  Angeles,  for  telecasting. 
Large  dish-type  transmitting  antennas  are  being  installed 
on  the  Toai  of  the  studio  building  to  provide  this  safety 
factor.  A  hve-mile  extension  to  the  transcontinental 
video  cable  has  been  installed  along  the  Cahuenga  free- 
way through  the  Hollywood  mountains,  connecting 
NBC-Burbank  with  NBC-Hollj'wood. 

Concrete  W  alls  liuilt  on  Groinul 

Structural  innovations  speeded  up  the  construction 
work.  For  example,  instead  of  erecting  lofty  wooden 
forms  for  walls  and  columns,  the  reinforced  concrete 
panels  —  a  total  of  nearly  150  units  —  were  poured  in 
advance  on  the  ground  and  lifted  into  place  by  giant 
cranes,  a  feat  in  itself.  Erecting  the  panels — each 
weighing  16  tons — one  on  top  the  other,  required  in- 
genuity. This  was  accomplished  by  lifting  one  panel, 
or  half-wall,  turning  it  sideways,  inserting  it  between 
the  columns,  then  turning  it  b.ick  and  bringing  it  into 
position. 

To  Gordon  Strang  goes  much  of  the  credit  for  com- 
pleting the  job  on  schedule,  according  to  John  K.  West, 
vice  president  in  charge  of  NBC's  Western  Division. 
Strang  joined  NBC  in  1927,  soon  after  he  had  visited 
WEAF.  NBC's  original  New  York  outlet,  to  install 
telegraph  facilities  for  handling  election  returns.  He 
liked  what  he  saw  of  the  company,  applied  for  a  job  and 
a  few  weeks  later,  much  to  his  surprise,  was  invited  to 
join  the  network,  then  only  one  year  old.  Since  then,  he 
has  participated  in  setting  up  most  of  NBC's  owned- 
and-of>erated  radio  stations  outside  of  New  York.  In 
recent  years  he  has  been  concerned  with  the  construction 
of  NBC  television  plants  in  Washington,  New  York, 
Chicago  and  Hollywood. 


ill 


RAD\0  AGE  n 


O.  B.  Hanson,  NBC  vice  president  and  chief  engineer 
checks  a  line  on  the  Burbank  site.  With  him  are  Roy 
Ward,  engineer-builder;  William  Hamby,  design  con- 
sultant,  and   Sol    Kornberg,    NBC    production   executive. 


One  of  the  two  main  studios  at  Burbank  as   it  neared 
completion.    Elevated  control  room  is  at  the  right. 

Before  Strang's  arriwil  in  liurb.mk,  the  project  al- 
ready had  been  launched  by  joe  Arnone  as  supervisor 
of  construction,  working  under  O.  B.  Hanson,  NBC  Vice 
President  and  Chief  Engineer.  Earl  Rettig,  chief  of  TV 
operations  for  the  Western  Division,  and  Ed  Sobol, 
production  executive,  contributed  ideas  on  the  recjuired 
staging  facilities  and  on  the  layout  of  the  service  build- 
ing. Howard  Johnson,  TV  production  facilities  super- 
visor in  Hollywood,  and  his  assistants,  Joe  Tichener, 
cliief  scenic  artist,  and  Brice  Reid.  c.irpentry  chief,  were 
consulted  on  makeup  rooms,  wardrobe  quarters  and  the 
arrangement  of  shop  facilities.  Control  rooms,  technical 
equipment  and  lighting  came  under  the  supervision  of 
Bob  Clark,  chief  video  engineer  for  the  Western  Divi- 
sion; Paul  Gale,  head  of  station  relations  and  tratfic, 
handled  details  on  wire  and  telephone  facilities. 

The  new  TV  Headquarters,  which  is  expected  to 
expand  through  the  years,  is  the  result  of  a  decision 
NBC  executives  made  in  1951  to  go  ahead  with  its  own 
television  center  rather  than  continue  to  invest  increas- 
ingly more  in  leasing  and  buying  theatres  for  its  ex- 
panding video  network.  Property  was  purchased  from 
nearby  Warner  Bros.  Studios  and  the  City  of  Burbank. 
In  February,  1952,  pencil  was  first  put  to  paper  but  it 
was  not  until  last  April  that  ground  actually  was  broken 
and  plans  made  to  complete  the  project  this  Fall. 

J  2  RADIO  AGE 


A  huge  crane  swings  a  16-ton  concrete  panel  into  place 
as  part  of  the  studio's  outer  wall. 


Rain  ond  snow  ore  two  of  the  numerous  visual  effects  made  to  order  for  the  producers  of  NBC  television  dromas. 

It  Isn't  Always  as  You  See  It— on  TV 


Thcrcs  Air  and  Magic  in  Piockking  Visual  Effccrs  rh. 

ill.  ' 


Icighrcn 


Drama  of  Television  Programs 


By  James  Glenn 


Manager.  Singing  Services. 
National  Broadcasting  Company 


w. 


E — in  Special  Effects — are  known,  among  other 
things,  as  the  "meteorologists"  of  television.  We  are 
responsible  for  simulating  such  natural  phenomena  as 
rain,  fog,  fire,  smoke,  snow  and  wind;  such  supernatural 
phenomena  as  multiple  images  and  distorted  scenes;  and 
such  visual  gags  of  the  Ed  VCynn  type  as  exploding  hats 
and  collapsing  cameras.  When  a  TV  script  calls  for  a 
special  effect,  it  is  up  to  us  to  produce  it.  And  so  far, 
our  batting  average  is  close  to  1000. 

NBC's  rain  comes  in  three  sizes:  small,  synthetic 
and  wet.  In  that  order,  ( 1  )  a  common,  garden-type 
watering  can  may  be  emptied  just  in  front  of  a  camera; 

(2)  synthetic  rain  is  made  by  glamme,  a  cellophane- 
like  plastic  woven  into  cloth,  the  strip  of  which  is 
attached  to  a  drum  and  rapidly  revolved.  One  camera 
shoots  the  actual  scene,  the  other  shoots  the  revolving 
glamme  —  and  the  superimposed  images  make  it  rain; 

(3)  wet  rain,  on  a  12-  by  2i-foot  scale,  is  produced  by 
a  sprayer  system  installed  above  the  scene  to  be  televised. 
The  water  falls  into  a  tank  which  is  under  the  floor 
boards  on  which  the  actor  stands  and  is  re-circulated  by 
an  acoustically  treated  pumping  unit.  The  tank  is  treated 
with  excelsior  or  glass  wool  to  avoid  noisy  "plops"  which 
would   rob   the  scene  of  conviction.     It  goes   without 


saying  that  this  is  the  most  effective  of  all  rains. 

We  also  have  several  ways  to  make  snow.  Falling 
snow  can  be  produced  by  a  plastic  spray;  bleached  corn- 
flakes (a  Hollywood  standby  that  is  a  little  noisy  for 
television;;  confetti  (very  convincing  except  that  it 
doesn't  melt  indoors),  and  a  powdered  ice  (it  melts, 
but  the  mechanical  system  needed  is  too  noisy).  We 
are  currently  working  on  a  device  that  will  create  a 
synthetic  snowfall  a  viewer  won't  be  able  to  tell  from 
the  real  thing. 

For  a  dressing  of  snow,  we  find  that  powdered 
gypsum,  marble  dust  and  dairy  salt  are  all  good.  For 
snow  banks  or  window  ledges,  dairy  salt  is  first  piled  to 
the  desired  form,  then  lightly  sprayed  with  water  to  give 
it  a  crusty,  frozen  look.  Real  open  fires  are  stringently 
limited  in  NBC  television  productions  by  the  fact  that 
film  is  stored  both  in  the  RCA  building  and  at  NBC's 
1 06th  Street  studio  building.  Where  actual  flames  are 
unavoidable  for  close-ups  of  fire-places,  we  have  evolved 
"logs"  made  of  stovepipes  covered  with  plaster  and 
asbestos.  Shredded  waste  asbestos  is  soaked  with  wood 
alcohol  and  tucked  in  among  the  logs.  Chunks  of 
"frozen"  alcohol,  resting  in  trays  under  the  logs,  are 
ignited,  couching  off  the  alcohol-soaked  asbestos,  and 
creating  a  controllable  flame.  For  best  photographic 
effect  the  flame  is  colored  by  the  use  of  various  chemical 
formulae. 

Synthetic  fires,  fine  for  long  shots,  are  produced  by 
lightweight  silk  or  nylon  gauze  cut  into  flame  shapes 


RADIO  AGE   f3 


A  bird's-eye  view  of  a  city  serves  as  a  back-drop  to 
create  a  realistic  impression  of  height  for  a  TV  "thriller". 

and  attached  to  a  diffusion  chamber  which  contains 
lights  and  a  connection  with  a  blower  system.  Even 
candle  flames  can  be  simulated  in  this  manner  with 
miniature  mechanisms,  driven  by  tlashliglu  batteries, 
concealed  in  the  candlestick. 

Smoke  is  made  by  special  pellets  dropped  on  electric 
hot  plates  or  by  igniting  tobacco  in  a  tube  to  which  a 
hand  syringe,  acting  as  a  pump,  is  attached.  Occasion- 
ally, for  smoky  explosions,  magician's  cotton  or  flash 
powder  is  set  off  by  an  electric  charge. 

"Martin  Kane,  Private  Eye,"  gets  hit  on  the  head  at 
least  once  a  week.  Until  recently,  the  cameraman  put 
tlic  TV  audience  in  Kane's  predicament  by  throwing 
the  camera  in  and  out  of  focus.  This  is  a  relatively  slow 
method.  About  to  be  used — for  this  and  other  super- 
natural effects — is  a  distortion  lens,  which,  when  rotated, 
gives  a  dreamlike,  out-of-this-world  image.  Prismatic 
lenses,  which  turn  images  upside  down  or  multiply  them 
eightfold,  can  be  rotated  by  a  crank  to  create  all  kinds 
of  weird  impressions. 

The  "Flexitron,"  an  electronic  device,  distorts  an 
image  under  controlled  conditions  and  is  used  not  only 
for  such  supernatural  effects  as  were  created  during  the 
three-part  "Peer  Gynt"  production  but  also  to  give  mo- 
tion to  the  titles  at  the  beginning  of  TV  dramas. 

On  a  recent  "RCA  Victor  Show "  on  NBC,  Harpo 
Marx  was  rebuked  by  a  headwaiter  for  an  untidy  dining 
table — dirty  dishes,  overturned  glasses,  empty  bottles, 
empty  bottles,  full  ashtrays.  One  second  later  an  abused 
Harpo  pointed  to  the  table  and  revealed  an  impeccable 
setting  with  clean  dishes,  sparkling  glassware,  full  wine 
bottles,  flowers  arranged  artistically  in  the  center.  On 
the  same  show  the  wretched  Harpo  fed  nickels  continu- 
ously to  a  parking  meter,  which  registered  a  violation 
each  time  he  turned  his  back. 

All  this  was  done  without  trick  photography.  For 
instance,  the  table  was  a  two-sided  affair,  pivoted  in  the 


center,  the  top  cut  out  along  the  pattern  of  the  table 
cloth.  Dishes,  glassware  and  silverware  were  screwed 
down.  Harpo  had  only  to  push  down  on  one  end  of  the 
table  and  the  top  Hipped  over  revealing  the  other  setting. 
The  dummy  parking  meter  registered  a  violation  every 
time  a  stage-hand  off-camera,  pulled  a  string  releasing 
a  pin  that  held  down  the  indicating  sign. 

One  of  the  department's  proudest  accomplishments 
is  the  fog-making  machine.  With  it  we  can  produce 
realistic  fog  that  will  swirl,  hang  and  allow  the  actors 
to  walk  through  it.  Prior  to  the  development  of  the 
machine,  TV  fog  had  been  produced  by  smoke  candles, 
which  give  off  an  acrid  vapor  irritating  to  nose  and 
throat.  Smoke-candle  fog  was  neither  predictable,  con- 
sistent nor  realistic.  It  looked  like  what  it  was:  smoke 
not  fog. 

Another  fog-making  method  was  to  blow  steam  on 
dry  ice.  This  method  is  still  used  in  smaller  studios 
where  it  is  necessary  to  get  rid  of  the  fog  quickly,  but 
it  is  not  desirable  for  a  full-scale,  sustaining  fog.  Still 
another  method  was  to  shoot  the  scene  through  a  smoke- 
filled  glass  chamber,  a  procedure  which  tends  to  drop 
a  veil — both  physically  and  psychologically — between 
the  viewer  and  the  actor. 

The  new  machine,  an  electric  Rube  Goldberg-type 
marvel,  atomizes  a  special  oil,  which  is  then  vaporized 
by  being  sprayed  on  a  hot  plate.  In  other  words,  it 
becomes  smoke  and  no  longer  globules  of  oil.  The  vapor 
is  blown  through  an  acoustically  treated  compartment, 
passed  through  dry  ice,  and  exuded  under  low  air  pres- 
sure. Two  of  these  machines  can  fill  a  vast  studio  like 
NBC's  huge  8-H  in  less  than  three  minutes.  Moreover 
the  devices  are  so  well  muffled  that  they  can  be  operated 
noiselessly  within  four  feet  of  a  microphone. 


A  few  drops  of  chemical  squeezed  into  a  liquid  produces 
a  cloud  of  vapor  that  can  be  photographed  for  television. 


U  RADIO  AGE 


NBC  Opera  Telecasts  Scheduled 

Eighr  Works  IncliieliULi  Two  PrciiiKTcs  aiul  .1  Kcpc.u  IViformancc  of 
"Amahl  and  rhc  Nighr  X'lsirors"  in  Fall-Winrcr  Scries 


E„ 


/IGHT  opera  presenc.uions,  includini;  the  American 
premiere  of  Benjamin  Britten's  "Billy  Budd "  and  the 
first  professional  jserformance  of  Leonard  Bernstein's 
"Trouble  in  Tahiti,"  are  to  be  given  in  the  1952-33 
season  of  the  NBC  Television  Opera  Theatre.  The  an- 
nouncement was  made  by  Samuel  ChotzinoflP,  NBC 
ijeneral  music  director.  As  in  previous  years,  the  series 
will  be  under  the  musical  and  artistic  direction  of  Peter 
Herman  Adier,  with  Chotzinoff  as  producer. 

The  se.ison  also  will  include  a  virtually  complete 
version  of  Richard  Strauss'  "Der  Rosenkavalier, "  to  be 
given  in  two  segments.  Puccini's  "Suor  Angelica,"  the 
second  of  his  triptych  of  one-act  operas,  also  will  appear 
in  the  schedule.  Gian  Carlo  Menotti's  "Amahl  and  the 
Night  Visitors,"  first  telecast  on  Christmas  Eve,  1951, 
will  be  reflated  this  season. 

Eight  of  the  television  presentations  will  be  offered 
monthly  on  Sundays.  The  opening  opera  was  "Billy 
Budd"  on  October  19.  The  performance  ran  an  hour 
and  a  half,  starting  at  2:30  p.m.  Theodor  Uppmann, 
baritone,  who  created  the  title  role  in  London  and  Paris, 
was  seen  again  in  this  pare. 

Leonard  Bernstein's  "Trouble  in  Tahiti,"  revised 
since  its  presentations  at  Brandeis  University  and  Tangle- 
wood,  will  be  given  as  the  second  opera  in  the  schedule 
on  Nov.  16  at  3:00  p.m.  This  opera  runs  about  40  min- 
utes. The  remaining  time  in  the  one-hour  telecast  will  be 
devoted  to  a  ballet  presentation  with  music  by  Bernstein. 

Gian  Carlo  Menotti's  phenomenally  successful 
"Amahl  and  the  Night  Visitors"  will  be  repeated  in 
I3ecember,  probably  near  Christmas  time.  Menotti  again 
will  stage  the  work,  with  Thomas  Schippers  as  con- 
ductor. The  same  sets  and  costumes  of  Eugene  Berman 
will  be  used.  Menotti  is  searching  for  another  Amahl 
since  13-year-old  Chet  Allen,  who  sang  the  role  twice 
on  NBC  last  season,  is  no  longer  a  soprano. 

Op>eras  for  January  and  February  have  not  yet  been 
scheduled,  but  probably  will  be  selected  from  the  stand- 
ird  opera  repertoire. 

In  March,  "Suor  Angelica"  will  be  given.  This 
opera  has  an  all  female  cast  and  is  set  in  a  convent.  NBC 
Opera  last  season  presented  the  other  two  of  this  triprj'ch 
of  one-act  operas,  "Gianni  Schicchi'"  and  "II  Tabarro."" 

RAD/O  AGE   75 


In  April  no  ofKrra  is  scheduled,  because  "Der  Rosen- 
kavalier" will  be  given  in  two  sessions,  both  in  May. 

The  staff  of  the  NBC  Television  Opera  Theatre  will 
be  largely  the  same  as  last  year,  with  Charles  Polachcck 
as  associate  producer  to  Chotzinoff,  and  Kirk  Browning 
as  television  director. 

All  presentations  of  the  NBC  Television  Op)era 
Theatre  are  given  in  English. 


Scene  from   NBC's  TV  production  of  "Gianni  Schicchi", 
one-act   opera    by   Giacomo   Puccini. 


Robert  Weede  and  Elaine  Malbin  in  last  season's  tele- 
cast of  Puccini's    "The  Cloak". 


Watchdogs  of  Quality 

Expert  Technicians   at   RCA's  Testing   Laboratory   Check   the 
Company  s  Products  Before  They  Reach  the  Customer 


By  William  J.  Zaun, 

Manager,  Quality  Conlrol, 

RCA  Service  Co.,  Inc. 


o, 


'ff  the  beaten  track,  in  the  pine  woods  at  Browns 
Mills,  N.  J.,  30  miles  due  east  from  Camden,  is  the  one 
RCA  showroom  that  the  public  never  sees. 

There,  in  a  two-story  brick  building,  a  visitor  would 
see  long  rows  of  the  latest  TV  sets,  blocks  of  45-rpm 
record  players,  lines  of  air-conditioners,  parades  of  table 
radios,  all  hard  at  work,  24  hours  a  day.  The  television 
screens  are  alive  with  pictures;  the  45's  are  spinning; 
the  air-conditioners  are  extracting  degrees  Fahrenheit 
from  the  atmosphere,  and  the  forest-green  radios  have 
their  dials  alight.  Antennas  of  ever)'  description,  includ- 
ing of  course,  the  RCA  Antenaplex,  sprout  from  the 
roof  top.  Outside  the  building  stands  a  station-wagon, 
rigged  with  three  mobile-radio  systems,  one  RCA  and 
two  of  competitive  makes.  This  is  the  company's  Field 
Quality  Testing  Laboratory.  From  its  operations  come 
information  which  contributes  substantially  to  the 
"priceless  reputation  of  RCA. " 

The  Laboratory,  operated  by  RCA  Service  Company, 
bulges  with  products  assembled  for  inspection  under 
the  searching  eyes  of  ten  technician-judges.  Products 
for  the  tests  are  arriving  constantly  from  the  various 
manufacturing  plants  throughout  the  country.  In  one 
shipment  from  Indiana,  for  instance,  there  will  be  more 
than  100  new  models  of  TV  consoles.  At  the  same 
time,  a  smaller  quantity  of  competitors'  receivers  will 
show  up  to  be  put  through  the  same  rigorous  inspection. 

All  instruments  are  tested  at  once — two  and  three- 
quarters  of  an  hour  "ON",  one-quarter  hour  "OFF" — 
24  hours  a  day — until  each  has  been  in  operation  for 
100  hours,  a  period  approximating  the  set's  first-month 
service  in  the  average  home. 

These  speeded-up  tests  are  conducted  to  learn  if 
tirst-run  instruments  from  the  production  line  meet 
specific  standards  of  RCA  quality.  Other  checks  are 
made  to  determine  the  margin  of  superiority  over  com- 
petitive products.  Competing  sets  are  placed  side  by 
side  with  those  manufactured  by  RCA,  and  examined 
by  technicians  for  such  characteristics  as  bandwidth, 
overall  gain,  synchronizing  action,  as  well  as  picture 
definition.    When   special   tests   are   desirable   on   new 

76  RADIO  AGE 


products,  they  may  continue  for  1,000  hours  or  more. 
L'pon  the  completion  of  the  test  period  on  television 
sets,  three  types  of  reports  are  sent  out: 

( 1 )  A  daily  teletype  report  is  dispatched  to  the 
quality  manager  of  the  plant  which  made  the 
models  under  observation;  a  duplicate  goes  to 
the  engineering  department.  These  messages 
relate  what  was  found  wrong  or  report  "no 
fault."  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  failure 
of  parts  and  tubes,  cabinet  defects  and  fringe 
reception  that   falls  below  standard. 

(2)  At  the  end  of  each  100-hour  test,  a  summarized 
report  is  compiled,  based  on  the  sample  lot 
tested.   This  is  inclusive,  including  model,  line 


Thirty-tv'o    automatic    record    players,    selected    at    ran- 
dom from  production  lines,  undergo  life-tests. 

The  finest  and  most  accurate  instruments  are  available 
for  the  many  tests  carried  out  at  the  Field   Laboratory. 


m 


9   ^ 


Rows  of  table  model  radio  sets  (above)  and  new  televi- 
sion receivers  (below)  are  subjected  to  on-and-ofF  tests 
for  100  hours  or  more  while  technicians  watch  for  any 
deviations    from    RCA    standard    of    quality. 


and  the  identity  of  the  plant  which  turned  out 
any  defective  pans. 
(  3 )  An  overall  or  "management"  document  is  com- 
piled, according  to  originating  plants.  This  part 
of  the  program  is  carried  out  only  after  several 
sample  lots  have  been  inspected. 

If  trouble  reaches  high  percentages,  the  information 
is  rushed  to  Production  or  Engineering  Departments 
or  both,  in  order  that  necessary  changes  may  be  made 
immediately.  Before  these  fcKilproof  checks  were  started 
in  1951,  Production  and  Engineering  had  to  wait,  some- 
times for  as  long  as  25  weeks  for  reports  from  the  field. 

For  the  testing  of  TV  sets.  Browns  Mills  is  an  excel- 
lent location.  Signals  are  received  there  from  Philadel- 
phia, Wilmington  and  New  York.  The  last — 60  miles 
away — provides  fringe-type  reception  conditions.  Tele- 
vision signals  are  brought  in  on  both  independent  and 
multi-antennas. 

However,  the  success  of  the  Quality  program  would 
not  be  assured  by  the  simple  collection,  analyzation, 
and  reporting  of  data.  Coordination  and  team-work  with 
Quality  Control  Managers,  Manufacturing  Supervisors, 
and  supervisor)'  Engineering  personnel  of  the  various 
Instrument.  Tube  and  Components'  Plants  play  an  im- 
portant part  in  the  program.  A  plant-wide  quality 
committee,  consisting  of  representatives  from  the  manu- 
facturing plants,  engineering,  merchandising  and  serv- 
ice, meeting  regularly,  review  the  overall  RCA  Victor 
Quality  level  and  its  trends,  and  institute  the  necessary 
action  to  assure  unrelenting  adherence  to  high  standards. 

RADIO   AGE    17 


mmamm. 


"^'''' 


Benjamin  Franklin  was  the  central  figure  in  an  historical 
program  of  the  "American  Inventory"  series. 


"Importance  of  child  core"  was  one  of  the  educational 
offerings  in  NBC's  experimental  telecasts. 


American  Inventory  —  a  Successful 
Experiment  in  Adult  Education  by  TV 


An  JULY  1951,  NBC  in  cooperation  with  the  Alfred 
P.  Sloan  Foundation  undertook  a  major  television  ex- 
periment in  adult  education.  The  chief  objective  was 
to  present  a  series  of  educational  and  culniral  "for  in- 
stance" telecasts  to  determine  the  most  effective  tech- 
niques which  TV  might  employ  for  the  advancement  of 
public  information  and  enlightenment.  Since  that  time, 
more  than  50  programs,  mainly  on  economics  and  the 
social  sciences,  have  been  telecast,  bringing  high  praise 
from  educators,  the  public  and  the  nations  press. 

Because  the  program  series  was  first  considered  as 
an  experiment,  it  was  believed  that  there  should  be  no 
set  pattern.  Instead,  it  was  decided  that  the  word 
"experiment"  should  be  taken  in  the  full  scope  of  its 
meaning:  anything  and  everything  should  be  tried. 
This  would  include  living  newspaper  techniques,  drama 
documentaries,  panels  with  a  difference,  films,  cartoons, 
puppets,  individually  and  in  combinations. 

Although  a  majority  of  programs  so  far  have  been 
presented  in  "live"  form,  a  more  extensive  use  of  film 
is  considered  for  the  remaining  shows  in  the  current 
series. 

This  change  in  emphasis  was  revealed  in  an  an- 
nouncement of  plans  for  the  coming  year  by  William 
Hodapp,  the  program's  executive  producer.  Stock  films, 
Hodapp  said,  will  be  out,  and  "live"  shows  will  be  rela- 
tively few. 

There  are  two  reasons  for  the  change,  Hodapp  ex- 
plained.   "We  want  to  go  out  more  and  more  on  loca- 


tion throughout  the  country  to  tell  the  story  of  what 
is  at  stake  in  America;  we  want  to  capture  the  person- 
ality of  particular  American  institutions  and  communi- 
ties; we  want  to  show  what  communities  can  do. 

"And,  also,  we'd  like  'American  Inventory'  to  have 
uses  beyond  the  original  TV  screening.  If  we  make  our 
own  films,  they  can  be  made  available  to  classrooms, 
and  we'd  like  what  we've  learned  to  be  sent  out  to 
groups.    This  would  not  be  possible  otherwise." 

Another  innovation  for  the  coming  year  will  be 
a  greater  emphasis  on  star  personalities.  "We  want  to 
go  after  big  film  stars  and  directors,"  Hodapp  said, 
"especially  for  films  on  economic  subjects. " 

A  third  new  trend  will  find  more  interpretation  of 
industry's  function  in  the  American  way  of  life.  "We 
want  to  try  a  new  approach  to  industrial  films,"  Hodapp 
said.  "Not  a  straight  documentary,  but  something  with 
a  human  interest  story  grafted  on." 

Some  of  the  subjects  scheduled  for  Fall  presentation 
are: 

"Social  Security,"  a  "Kukla.  Fran  and  OUie"  pro- 
gram, their  second  for  this  series. 

"Why  Wait  for  a  Million?"  an  on-location  film 
story  of  Thayer  Hospital  in  Water\-ille,  Me.,  a  small 
hospital  that  has  attracted  increasing  attention  for  its 
successful   hospital-community   relations. 

"Foreign  Students  in  the  U.  S.,"  an  account,  filmed 
at  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  of  this  coun- 
try's foreign  student  program. 


?8  RADIO  AGE 


\tnr  Historiuil  Series  on  T^^— 


''Victory  at  Sea" 


c 

V_-/LIM AXING  more  than  12  months  of  intense  research 
in  lilm  libraries  and  governmental  archives,  NBC's  long- 
awaited  public  ser\ice  program  series.  "Victor)'  at  Sea" 
will  make  its  debut  on  October  26  at  3:00  pjn.,  EST. 
Thereafter,  it  will  be  viewed  at  the  same  time  on  alter- 
nate VC'ednesdays  until  the  26-parr  video  storv'  of  war- 
time naval  operations  has  been  completed. 

To  insure  the  most  accurate  visual  reporting  of  the 
war  at  sea",  NBC  engaged  the  ser\ices  of  outstanding 
authorities  who  virtually  searched  the  world  for  film 
strips.  The  original  musical  score  for  the  program  was 
written  by  the  distinguished  American  comp>oser, 
Richard  Rogers.  Robert  Russell  Bennett  arranged  the 
music  which  was  recorded  by  the  famed  NBC  Symphony 
Orchestra  under  his  direction.  The  entire  score  for  "Vic- 
tory at  Sea"  will  comprise  almost  13  hours  of  music, 
the  longest  symphonic  work  ever  written. 

The  program  was  produced  through  the  establish- 
ment of  a  special  NBC  unit,  statfed  by  experts  and 
organized  to  the  last  detail.  Robert  W.  Sarnoff,  then 
director  of  NBC  unit  productions  and  now  Vice  Presi- 
dent in  charge  of  NBC-T\"s  newly  created  Film  Divi- 
sion, immediately  envisaged  the  %'ast  potentialities  of  a 
public-sers'ice  dramatic-documentary  when   he  was  ap- 


proached two  years  ago  with  the  idea  for  "Victor)'  at 
Sea"  by  Henry  Salomon,  naval  historian.  Sarnoff.  whose 
responsibilities  then  included  "The  Comedy  Hour," 
"\'our  Show  of  Shows,"  "All  Star  Revue"  and  "The 
Kate  Smith  Hour,"  set  machinery  in  motion  that  resulted 
in  "Victory  at  Sea."  He  helped  arrange  for  complete 
cooperation  berween  the  network  and  the  Navy,  organ- 
ized a  production  unit  to  create  the  program,  and  made 
S,ilomon  producer.  He  has  served  throughout  the  prepa- 
ration of  the  series  as  its  executive  producer  and  co- 
ordinator. 

"Viaory  at  Sea"  was  assembled  from  more  than 
60.000,000  feet  of  film  obtained  from  the  files  of  10 
different  governments  and  26  different  .igencies.  Much 
of  the  him.  including  captured  German  and  Japanese 
footage,  will  be  seen  for  the  first  time.  The  attack  on 
Pearl  Harbor,  for  instance,  is  seen  largely  through  the 
eyes  of  the  Japanese.  Submarine  warfare  in  the  Atlantic 
is  pictured  to  a  considerable  extent  from  films  exposed 
by  U-boat  crews. 

Neither  cost  nor  effort  was  spared  by  NBC  in 
searching  for  the  exact  sequences  needed  to  depict 
specific  phases  of  the  war.  For  instance,  the  editors 
(Continued  on  page  32) 


Left:     Some  of  the  millions  of  feet  of  film   from   which 

editors    selected    sequences    for    the    "Victory    ot    Sea" 

series.     Below:    One   of   the   exciting    scenes   from    films 

made  available  to  NBC  by  the  U.  S.  Navy. 


//.«s«r; 


RADIO  AGE   19 


Night  Driving  Made  Safer 
Electronic  ''Eye'' 


J_/YE-BLINDING  headlight  glare,  bane  of  night  drivers 
and  one  of  the  hazards  of  after-dark  travel,  has  suc- 
cumbed to  the  wizardry  of  a  small  tube  developed  by 
RCA.  The  tube — a  multiplier  phototube — is  the  essen- 
tial component  in  the  "Autronic  Eye",  an  automatic 
headlight  beam  control  developed  by  the  Guide  Lamp 
Division  of  General  Motors  Corporation. 

Mounted  behind  the  windshield  of  an  automobile, 
the  "Eye"  sees  what  the  driver  sees  and  electronically 
selects  the  safest  headlight  beam  to  suit  approaching 
road  conditions.  The  "Eye"  relieves  the  driver  from  the 
responsibility  of  constantly  operating  the  conventional 
foot-switch  to  dim  when  approaching  other  cars  or 
entering  well-lighted  or  dark  streets  and  highways. 

The  phototube  is  extremely  sensitive  to  light.  When 
it  picks  up  light  from  approaching  traffic,  it  triggers  a 
control  circuit  which  dims  the  headlights  of  the  car  on 
which  it  is  installed,  and  keeps  them  dim  until  the  other 
vehicle  or  vehicles  have  passed.  Similarly,  it  dims  the 
headlights  when  the  car  enters  well-lighted  streets,  and 
brightens  them  when  the  car  enters  darkened  avenues. 


Autronic    Eye,   containing    small    light-sensitive  tube   (in- 
sert), electronic  relay  and  control  circuits,  automatically 
depresses  bright  beam  when  one  or  more  cars  approach 
and  raises  beam  when  traffic  has  passed. 


The  device  is  available  on  several  1952  model  auto- 
mobiles and  in  due  time  may  become  standard  equip- 
ment on  all  vehicles  because  of  the  greater  highway 
safety  and  drivins;  comfort  it  affords. 


HOW   THE   AUTRONIC-EYE 
WORKS 

1 ,  Autronic-Eye  keeps  headlights  bright 
as  long  as  approaching  headlights 
are  beyond  the  glaring  range. 


2.  Eye  automatically  shifts  headlights 
from  upper  to  lower  beam  when 
oncoming   car   approaches. 


3.  Maintains  lower  beam — even  though 
oncoming  lights  ore  depressed — un- 
til nearest  car  and  others  behind  it 
have   passed. 


Automatically  returns  headlights  to 
upper  beam  when  all  oncoming 
cars  have   passed. 


20  rad;o  age 


Tchrisioji  in  Canada 


By  F.  R.  Deakins 
PrisiiUiil, 

RCA  Victor  Compiiuy.  Ltd. 
Montreal.  Camulii. 


\^^ANAi)iANS,  more  tli.in  100,000  of  whom  have  been 
watching  television  from  American  border  stations  for 
four  years,  have,  since  the  second  week  in  September. 
been  able  to  see  regular  scheduled  programs  originating 
in  their  own  country.  In  the  Montreal  area,  where  a 
small  number  of  set  owners  picked  up  distant  American 
stations  on  a  haphazard  basis,  unscheduled  experimental 
programs  went  on  the  air  in  June  and  the  first  regular 
telec.isting  in  Canada  began  on  September  6. 

Television  as  a  Canadian  activity  is  so  new  that  it 
is  still  viewed  more  as  a  technical  marvel  than  simply 
as  entertainment.  The  public  in  both  Toronto  and 
Montreal,  the  only  two  cities  presently  having  television 
transmitters,  is  buying  receiving  sets  enthusiastically, 
and  Canadian  homes  in  these  areas  are  going  through 
the  same  e-arly  stages  of  the  new  adventure  experienced 
by  American  TV  audiences  three  or  four  years  ago. 
Just  as  Americans  were  doing  in  the  years  immediately 
following  the  war,  Canadians  are  adjusting  themselves 
to  this  medium  of  entertainment  and  education. 

Canada's  approach  to  the  miracle  of  the  second  half 
of  the  twentieth  century  has  been  more  cautious  and 
more  gradual  than  was  that  of  the  United  States.  For 
the  time  being  at  least,  telecasting  in  Canada  is  restricted 
to  stations  built  and  operated  by  the  Canadian  Broad- 
casting Corporation,  a  government-owned  btxiy  which 
also  operates  the  only  radio  networks  in  Canada.  Later, 
at  a  time  still  to  be  decided,  private  stations  will  enter 
the  television  field  and  supplement  the  services  of  the 
government-owned  system,  giving  variety  and  more 
intense  local  coverage  to  a  medium  which  will  probably 
continue  to  be  dominated  on  a  national  basis  by  the 
CBC. 

The  delay  in  introducing  television  to  Canada  has 
been  due  to  two  factors:  first,  the  extremely  high  cost 
of  attempting  to  provide  television  coverage  in  a  coun- 
try which  is  spre.id  .across  -1,000  miles  and  has  a  popula- 
tion approximating  that  of  the  State  of  New  York;  and 
second,  the  desire  on  the  part  of  Canadian  authorities 
to  benefit  from  technical  and  programming  experience 
in  the  United  States  before  making  extensive  expendi- 
tures in  Canada.   As  a  result,  the  equipment  being  used 


by  the  first  two  CBC  television  stations  is  of  the  highest 
standard  and  based  on  that  developed  for  the  best  televi- 
sion stations  in  the  United  States. 

Canadian  television  has  been  in  the  planning  stage 
since  1947  when  the  first  Canadian  engineers  and  pro- 
gram staffs  were  assigned  to  study  television  as  it  then 
existed  in  the  United  States,  Great  Britain  and  France. 
Teams  of  prcxlucers  and  engineers  visited  stations  in 
New  York,  Chicago  and  the  midwest  and  then  continued 
to  London  and  Paris,  reaping  the  benefits  of  knowledge 
accumulated  in  those  centres.  On  the  basis  of  their 
studies,  television  in  Canada  was  organized  and  the 
fruits  of  their  labor  were  made  available  to  Canadians 
this  year  when  the  first  programs  went  out  over  the 
transmitters  in  Montreal  and  Toronto. 

Proi^rann    lelecast  hi  I'.ui^lish  ami  Vrciich 

In  the  two  cities,  specially  designed  five-story  struc- 
tures are  the  operating  headquarters  of  Canadian  televi- 
sion. Programs  are  on  the  air  daily  for  an  average  of 
three  hours.  In  the  afternoon  a  half  hour  is  directed  to 
children,  and  two  and  a  half  hours  in  the  evening  for 
adults.  Programs  are  a  mixture  of  live  and  film  presen- 
tations. In  Montreal,  half  of  the  programs  are  in  the 
French  language,  the  other  half  in  English.  Approxi- 
mately 70  per  cent  of  the  citizens  of  Montreal  speak 
French. 

Montreal's  CBFT,  with  its  RCA  5-kilowatt  trans- 
mitter located  on  top  of  Mount  Royal,  the  mountain 
park  in  the  heart  of  the  city,  enjoys  the  distinction  of 
having  been  the  first  station  to  telecast  in  Canada.  Early 
last  June,  several  weeks  ahead  of  schedule,  it  was  on  the 
air  with  test  patterns,  and  in  the  last  week  in  July  was 
telecasting  International  League  baseball  games.  To  the 
great  satisfaction  of  Montrealers  who  carr)'  on  year- 
round  competition  with  Toronto  in  everything  from 
sports  to  science,  CBFT  continued  its  priority  and  was 
on  the  air  two  days  ahead  of  Toronto  with  regular 
programming  in  September. 

Part  of  the  credit  for  Montreal's  performance  belongs 
to  RCA  Victor  engineers  who  installed  the  transmitter 
and  temporary  antenna  on  Mount  Royal.  Long  before 
any  actual  construction  work  began  groups  of  CBC 
technicians  were  taken  to  Camden  and  to  the  David 
Sarnoff  Research  Center  of  RCA  in  Princeton,  N.  J.,  to 
see  RCA  equipment.  These  trips  were  followed  by 
visits  to  NBC  where  similar  equipment  could  be  seen 
in  operation. 


RADIO  AGE  21 


In  1950,  an  order  was  received  for  a  TT5A  standard 
5  k\v  transmitter,  the  maximum  power  available  at 
that  time,  and  for  a  three  section  siiperturnstile  antenna 
designed  for  Channel  2.  For  approximately  a  year  the 
CBC  was  negotiating  with  the  city  of  Montreal  to  secure 
a  transmitter  site  on  the  moimtain  top.  When  these 
negotiations  were  successfully  completed,  the  transmitter 
was  brought  to  Montreal  and  instructions  were  received 
to  go  ahead  with  the  necessary  engineering  plans  and 
drawings  for  installation. 

Meanwhile,  CBC  proceeded  with  construction  of  its 
building,  allowing  space  for  a  20-kw  amplifier  and  an 
additional  transmitter  which  will  be  installed  later  when 
French  and  English  programs  are  telecast  simultaneously 
on  different  channels.  As  the  work  proceeded,  public 
interest  increased  and  CBC,  which  was  more  or  less 
committed  to  go  on  the  air  by  the  fall  of  1952,  was 
anxious  to  be  telecasting  experimentally  before  that. 
Then  the  steel  shortage  intervened  and  it  appeared  that 
completion  of  the  tower  in  time  might  be  impossible. 

RCA  Victor  engineers  were  informed  of  CBC's 
problem  and  offered  their  assistance  in  overcoming  it. 
A  temporary  antenna  seemed  to  be  the  only  solution. 
Our  engineers  told  CBC:  "We  will  design  one  for  you 
from  scratch  and  have  it  ready  in  time".  The  offer  was 
accepted.  An  order  for  the  temporary  antenna  was 
received  on  February  21;  on  May  29  it  was  completed 


and  on  June  3  it  was  installed,  tested  and  was  operating 
under  its  full  power. 

Installation  of  the  transmitter  commenced  April  7 
and  was  completed  on  June  19.  After  going  through  its 
performance  test  and  following  minor  adjustments  which 
are  always  necessary  on  new  installations,  it  was  ac- 
cepted by  CBC  on  June  23.  RCA  Victor  engineers  in 
the  Montreal  plant  designed  the  complete  transmitter 
installation  and  supervised  all  preliminary  telecasts. 
Bruce  MacKimmie,  antenna  specialist;  Bob  Nonon, 
transmitter  engineer,  and  John  Jackson,  supervisor,  all 
of  the  Montreal  RCA  Victor  plant,  handled  the  installa- 
tion under  the  direction  of  H.  B.  Seabrook,  chief  of  the 
Engineering  Products  division  of  the  Canadian  com- 
pany. For  the  final  check  on  performance,  Ray  Colvin. 
service  engineer,  was  brought  from  Camden  in  order 
that  CBC  might  have  the  advantage  of  his  experience 
on  many  similar  jobs  in  the  United  States. 

Full  cooperation  from  the  CBC  technical  staff, 
thoroughly  designed  equipment  from  RCA  Victor's 
plant,  and  competent  engineering  combined  to  make 
possible  Canada's  first  telecasting  well  ahead  of  schediJe. 
A  three-section  superturnstile  antenna  and  two  FM 
antennae  are  still  to  go  up  and,  eventually,  that  second 
TV  transmitter  to  take  care  of  the  second  language 
programs.  In  the  meantime  CBFT  is  on  the  air  and  is 
being  received  in  points  as  far  away  as  eighty  miles, 
with  clear  reproduction. 


Station    CBFT's    antenna    on    Mount    Royal    looks   down    on    this   view    of    Montreal's    business    section. 


mr--* 


'''^^ 


^*     >:Wi 


Workmen  rig  a  temporary  television  antenna   atop  the 
transmitter   building   of  CBFT,   Montreal. 


Montreal  and  Toronto,  of  course,  are  only  the 
beginning.  While  each  city  has  a  potential  television 
audience  of  more  than  2,000,000  people,  another  ten 
million  people  across  Canada  are  impatiently  await- 
ing the  day  when  they  will  get  in  on  Canad.i's  biggest 
show.  Toronto  is  now  linked  with  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  by 
microwave  and  can  handle  live  programs  from  there, 
but  for  some  months  to  come  Montreal  will  view  only 
shows  originating  outside  the  city  on  kinescope  record- 
ings. The  Bell  Telephone  Company  is  installing  a 
series  of  12  microwave  relay  stations  between  Toronto 
and  Montreal  via  Ottawa,  and  this  first  television  net- 
work in  Canada  is  scheduled  to  open  in  June  193.r  It 
estimated  that  a  similar  network,  coast-to-coast,  will 
cost  at  least  $50,000,000. 

Television  on  a  semi-national  basis  will  be  established 
in  what  CBC  refers  to  as  its  second  stage.  Transmitters 
are  planned  for  Quebec  City.  Ottawa,Windsor.  Hamilton, 
London,  ^X'innipeg  and  Vancouver,  with  only  the  Ottawa 
transmitter  now  having  reached  the  blueprint  stage. 
Ottawa,  it  is  expected,  will  be  on  the  air  with  programs 
fed  mainly  from  Toronto  and  Montreal,  by  mid-1953. 
Other  cities  in  stage  two  will  probably  have  to  wait 
another  two  years  with  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coast  cities 
scheduled  for  about  five  years  from  now. 


Test    pattern    shows   up   on    RCA   Victor    control    console 
installed   at  CBFT  transmitter. 


Canadian  and  U.  S.  television  representatives  ot  ofTiciol 
opening  of  CBFT.  Left  to  right:  C.  B.  Denny,  NBC  vice 
president,  and  Mrs.  Denny;  Donald  Monson,  CBC  Gen- 
eral Manager;  Paul  A.  Walker,  FCC  Chairman;  Thomson 
A.  Moore,  assistant  to  President  of  RCA  Victor,  Ltd.,  and 
Andre  Quimet,  CBC  assistant  co-ordinator  of  television. 


When  the  network  as  envisioned  by  CBC  is  com- 
pleted, private  stations  will  be  invited  to  join.  Only 
then  will  television  coverage  in  Canada  approach  that 
now  available  in  radio,  and  when  that  status  is  reached, 
Canada  will  then  be  able  to  see  itself  on  the  television 
screen  from  coast  to  coast. 


RADIO  AGE  23 


Tactful  Technicians 

The  RCA  nun  who  srn'icrs  your  I  V 
set  iiiiis!  jolhnr  iiioir  thdti  40  rules 
of  Couducl  Courtesy  JiiJ  Diplonidcy 

I  I  E  won't  take  refreshments  in  your  home,  even  if 
you  urge  him.  And  he  won't  smoke  unless  he's  specifi- 
cally invited  to  do  so.  He  may  not  like  having  you,  your 
children,  and  your  Great  Dane  looking  over  his  shoulder 
while  he's  working,  but  he's  tactful  enough  not  to  show 
his  annoyance.  There  are  more  than  40  other  rules  that 
govern  his  conduct  while  he's  in  your  home. 

This  polite,  patient  man  is  a  carefully  trained  installa- 
tion and  service  technician  from  the  RCA  Service  Com- 
pany. Technical  ability  isn't  enough  to  qualify  these 
men  for  their  jobs.  Their  training  also  includes  a  firm 
grounding  in  courtesy  and  diplomacy. 

"The  best  T\'  technician  in  the  world  doesn't  meet 
our  requirements  unless  he  practices  unfailing  courtesy 
and  tact  in  his  dealings  with  our  customers,"  E.  C. 
Cahill,  president  of  the  Service  Company,  states  em- 
phatically. "Good  customer  relations  means  bread  and 
butter  to  us.    It's  as  simple  as  that." 

The  company  goes  to  great  lengths  to  insure  customer 
satisfaction  through  courteous  treatment  and  prompt, 
efficient  service.  And  that  goal  is  achieved  by  a  con- 
tinuing program  carried  out  in  all  of  the  service  branches 
the  company  maintains  throughout  the  country. 

A  big  feature  of  this  program  is  the  President's  Cup 
campaign,  inaugurated  last  spring  by  Frank  M.  Folsom, 


A    new    owner    of    RCA    television    receives    operating 
instructions  from    a   service  technician. 


president  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America. 
Launched  on  the  theme,  "Fix  It  for  Sure;  Fix  It  for 
Keeps,"  the  drive  was  designed  to  stimulate  inter-branch 
competition  in  efforts  to  achieve  exceptional  perform- 
ance in  maintaining  customer  satisfaction. 

The  contest  proved  successful,  and  another  phase, 
keynoted  by  the  slogan,  "Counesy  Counts,  'Workman- 
ship Wins,"  was  launched  last  fall.  The  third  phase, 
which  ended  in  June,  stressed  prompt  service  with  the 
theme,    "TNT  —  Today,  Not  Tommorrow." 

After  each  phase  of  the  contest  is  completed,  winning 
TV  service  branches  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  those 
receiving  the  fewest  customer  complaints.  Managers 
of  winning  branches  are  invited  to  a  ceremony  in  New 
York,  at  which  they  are  personally  presented  w'ith  the 
President's  Cup  by  Mr.  Folsom.  Each  victorious  man- 
ager, on  his  return,  is  host  to  employees  of  his  branch 
and  their  families  at  a  dinner  held  in  recognition  of 
this  achievement. 

Does  this  emphasis  on  courteous  service  pay  oflF? 
Hundreds  of  unsolicited  letters  from  customers  says  it 
does.  Complaints  have  been  reduced  as  a  result  of  the 
program.  And  some  of  the  complimentary  letters  would 
warm  the  cockles  of  an  advertising  man's  heart. 

"Just  a  word  to  congratulate  you  on  the  caliber  of 
your  local  organization.  .  .  ." 

RCA  Service  Company  manuals,  such  as  the  tech- 
nicians' handbook,  "The  Care  and  Treatment  of  Tele- 
(Contintied  on  page  30) 


Three   of   the    manuals    prepared    for   the    guidance    of 
RCA   Service   personnel. 


24  RADIO  AGE 


Color  Book  jor  TV  Scenery  Designer 


By  Albert  W.  Protzman, 

Technical  Pruduction  Director. 
Niitiomil  Brotulcastitig  Co. 


I 


MAGiNE  a  television  stage  scene  as  it  would  be 
viewed  from  the  TV  studio:  The  set  designer  has  ex- 
ecuted the  background  in  the  soft  tones  of  grayed  gold; 
the  star  is  wearing  a  gown  of  ultramarine  blue;  the 
leading  man  is  clad  in  a  suit  of  medium  gray,  and  the 
dominating  piece  of  stage  property  is  a  divan  covered 
in  a  brocade  of  warm  green. 

To  the  studio  audience,  the  visual  picture  in  color 
is  a  satisfying  one,  impressive  and  in  the  proper  mood 
of  the  play.  But  strangely,  the  thousands  who  are  watch- 
ing the  same  scene  on  their  home  TV  receivers  in 
monochrome  are  left  cold,  unresponsive,  unimpressed. 
To  them,  the  video  screen  picture  —  in  sharp  distinc- 
tion to  the  scene  viewed  by  the  studio  audience  — 
appears  flat  with  an  almost  complete  absence  of  tonal 
contr.ist  between  the  costumes  of  the  cast  and  the  stage 
properties  and  scenery.  In  this  imagined  scene,  some 
vital  change  has  taken  place  between  camera  and  re- 
ceiver screen  to  nullify  the  best  work  of  designers,  pro- 
ducers and  cameramen. 

Unfonunate  situations  similar  to  this  one  have  not 
been  uncommon  in  television.  The  basic  cause  was  the 
inability  of  the  TV  camera  to  convert  the  different 
colors  of  the  scene  into  correspondingly  contrasting 
shades  of  black  and  white.  In  the  particular  setting  just 
described,  the  grayed  gold,  ultramarine  blue,  gray  and 
green  would  have  appeared  on  viewers'  screens  as  a 
monotonously  uniform  tone  of  slate  gray. 

But  NBC  has  taken  positive  steps  to  see  that  such 
incongruities  won't  happen  again  on  its  network.  After 
months  of  methodical  labor,  the  author  and  Cliff  Stiegel- 
bauer.  NBC  Supervisor  of  Design,  have  completed 
preparation  of  a  reference  book  which  removes  all 
element  of  chance  in  selecting  colors  and  color  com- 
binations for  the  most  effective  black-and-white  TV 
presentations. 

Preparation  of  a  reference  book  of  this  kind  would 
have  been  useles  in  the  early  days  of  television  when 
the  iconoscope  was  the  standard  camera  tube,  because 
the  "ike"  was  not  stable  in  its  color  response."  Different 
tubes  responded  in  different  ways.  But  the  RCA  image 
orthicon  —  the  present  standardized  camera  tube  —  is 
being  mass-produced  with  a  dependable  and  specific 
spectral  response.  This  response  was  used  as  the  start- 
ing ptiint  for  the  NBC  color  charts. 


T 


When  the  study  of  color  versus  bl.ick  and  white 
w.is  begun,  it  was  essential  first  to  establish  a  workable 
range  in  the  gray  scale,  that  is,  from  light  gray  to  near 
black.  As  a  basic  source  of  comparison  it  was  decided 
to  utilize  the  accurate  and  standard  Munsell  Gray  Scale. 
The  Munsell  system  grades  tones  from  black  to  white 
and  arbitrarily  numbers  them  from  1  to  9.5,  but  be- 
cause the  television  system  cannot  successfully  tolerate 
this  wide  contrast,  it  was  necessary  to  confine  the  range 
between  ii2  black  to  i±8.5  white.  Munsell  #2  black 
reflects  only  ?i^l  of  the  light  striking  it  while  the 
#8.5  hue,  called  "television  white,"  reflects  63.5%  of 
incident  light. 

By  actual  tests  it  was  found  that  a  video  picture  could 
be  more  accurately  reproduced  if  tlic-  reflectance  of 
scener)',  whether  in  color  or  in  monochrome,  were  held 
within  this  restricted  contrast  range. 

Preparation  of  the  NBC  Color  Book  was  a  long, 
tedious  job.  There  were  192  colors  to  test  and  each 
color  was  broken  down  into  four  tints  and  three  shades. 

In  its  final  form,  the  NBC  book  —  which   is  not 
available  for  general  distribution  —  consists  of  14  pages, 
iCnntiniicJ  on  pai^c  32) 


The  author  (left)  measures  the  temperoture  of  the  studio 
illumination  as  ClifF  Stiegelbouer  holds  a  red-orange 
cord  against  a  gray  scale.  The  comparison  shows  that 
this  particular  hue  will  be  reproduced  on  TV  screens 
as  Munsell    =7  gray. 


RADIO  AGE  25 


An  RCA  industrial  TV  camera  scans 
passing  freight  cars  and  transmits  the 
moving  images  to  a  recorder  who 
notes  the  car  numbers  and  other 
essential  data. 


TV  Demonstrates  Usefulness 
in  Railroad  Field 


E\v  uses  of  television  in  railroading  which  may 
save  time,  money,  and  wear-and-tear  on  both  rolling 
stock  and  personnel  have  been  explored  in  tests  con- 
ducted recently  by  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad  and 
RCA  at  the  railroad's  Barr  Yard  in  Chicago. 

At  demonstrations  attended  by  the  press  and  officials 
of  the  B.  &  O.  and  28  other  railroads,  RCA  used  three 
of  its  newly  developed  "pint-size"  Vidicon  industrial  TV 
systems  to  enable  personnel  in  sheltered  fixed  locations 
to  perform  functions  normally  requiring  both  extra 
movement  of  freight  cars  and  walking  by  employes  over 
considerable  distances. 

Instead  of  walking  among  trains  and  over  tracks  to 
list  car  numbers  on  an  incoming  train,  for  use  in  switch- 
ing to  make  up  trains  destined  for  various  sections  of 
the  country,  a  checker  sat  before  a  television  screen  and 
listed  the  numbers  as  cars  passed  before  a  small  un- 
attended camera.  Similarly,  supervisors  in  a  single  loca- 
tion were  enabled  to  observe  on  the  screens  of  two  TV 
receivers,  for  the  purpose  of  coordinating  various  activi- 
ties, the  disposition  and  movement  of  all  cars  and 
switching  engines  in  the  big  classification  yard.  These 
views  were  picked  up  by  two  of  the  new  small  TV 
cameras,  mounted  atop  the  yardmaster's  tower  on  bases 
that  could  be  rotated  at  will  by  means  of  controls  at 
the  receiver  location. 

At  a  luncheon  at  the  Union  League  Club  preceding 
the  special  press  demonstration  this  afternoon,  W.  C. 
Baker,  B.  &  O.  vice  president  in  charge  of  operation  and 
maintenance,  envisioned  numerous  other  railroad  appli- 


cations of  television  and  said  that  the  medium  may  play 
an  important  role  in  the  railroading  of  the  future. 

Speaking  for  RCA  Victor,  W.  W.  Watts,  vice  presi- 
dent in  charge  of  the  RCA  Engineering  Products  De- 
partment, reported  that  railroading  is  the  newest  and 
one  of  the  most  challenging  of  a  growing  list  of  indus- 
trial and  scientific  fields  in  which  television  promises 
increased  efficiency,  improved  products  and  services,  and 
elimination  of  risks  and  hardships  for  human  observers. 
He  said  that  the  use  of  television  in  such  places  as 
factories,  mines,  laboratories,  and  railroad  y,ards  may 
some  day  be  as  common  and  as  significant  as  its  use 
today  for  home  entertainment. 

Object  of  the  Chicago  experiment,  Mr.  Baker  said, 
was  "to  determine  whether  industrial  television  will  be 
able  to  contribute  to  greater  efficiency  in  the  operations 
of  a  railroad  classification  yard." 

Other  possible  uses  have  been  suggested.  For  ex- 
ample, industrial  television  may  prove  to  be  useful  at 
large  railroad-marine  terminals,  such  as  the  B.  &  O. 
operates  in  Baltimore.  There,  television  might  be  used 
to  help  supervise  the  loading  of  ore  at  the  import  ore 
pier.  Or,  at  the  tipples  of  coal  mines,  television  cameras 
might  be  adjusted  to  enable  a  clerk  in  a  distant  office 
to  rcct)rd  the  serial  numbers  of  cars  which  are  being 
loaded.  Another  possible  application,  it  was  pointed 
out,  would  be  in  the  inspection  of  car  gear.  Industrial 
TV  cameras  operated  from  pits  beneath  the  track  or 
suspended  from  above  the  cars  would  permit  an  in- 
{ Continued  on  page  28) 


I 


26  RADIO  AGE 


Two-way  Radio  System  Speeds  Flow 
of  Materials  in  Steel  Plant 


T. 


-Hi;  problem  of  maint.iinini;  the  orderly  movement 
of  millions  of  steel  parts  as  they  are  transferred  from 
one  manufacturing  process  to  another  has  been  solved 
by  a  Pennsylvania  company  throuj;li  the  use  of  an  RCA 
two-way  radio  communications  system. 

The  Standard  Pressed  Steel  Company  of  Jenkintown, 
Pa.,  nine  miles  north  of  Philadclpliia,  is  the  world's 
largest  producer  of  socket  screws  and  fabricator  of  huge 
numbers  of  other  metal  products.  Ever)'  day  the  plant 
converts  SO  tons  of  steel  into  metal  fasteners  and  shop 
equipment,  for  industry  and  the  armed  forces.  Among 
these  items  are  bolts  for  aircraft,  and  parts  for  jet,  Diesel 
and  reciprocating  engines. 

To  transfer  the  parts  from  one  station  in  the  pro- 
duction lines  to  another.  Standard  relies  on  a  fleet  of 
small,  electrically-operated  vehicles  called  fork  lifts, 
which  cruise  over  the  company's  15-acre  plant  and  into 
its  yards.  Before  radio  entered  the  picture,  contact  with 
drivers  of  these  lifts  was  maintained,  after  a  fashion,  by 
phone  calls,  messengers,  public  address  systems  and 
signal  lights.    All  methods  were  either  time-consuming 


or  provided  only  one-way  contact.  Radio  eliminated 
these  drawbacks.  Today,  witii  e.ich  truck  equipped  with 
an  RCA  Carfone  unit,  a  driver  can  be  directed  instantly 
to  needed  spots,  or  if  he  is  on  an  assignment  at  the 
time,  can  so  inform  the  dispatcher. 

Radio  Gives  More  Output  \rom  'irucks 

Reuben  Whittaker,  Standard's  Chief  Expediter,  has 
summed  up  advantages  of  the  RCA  two-way  communi- 
cations system  in  this  manner: 

"We  used  to  make  dozens  of  phone  calls  and  run  our 
legs  ofT  getting  fork  trucks  to  needed  spots  but  now  all 
we  do  is  call  over  our  radio  system  and  we  get  immediate 
results.  We  can  now  get  a  truck  in  five  minutes  whereas 
formerly  it  took  half  an  hour.  As  a  result  we  get  more 
output  from  each  truck." 

Then,  there  was  the  matter  of  employee  morale.  De- 
fore  the  radio  system  was  in  operation,  departments 
often  disagreed  over  the  urgency  of  their  respective 
truckage  needs.  Now,  that  doesn't  happen.  When  a 
department  needs  a  truck,  Production  Control  reaches  a 


Dispatcher    (left)    at    Standard    Pressed    Steel    plant    in 

Jenkintown,   Pa.,   is  able  to  reach  the  operator  of  any 

lift    truck    (below)    in    factory    or    yards,    over    the    RCA 

two-way  radio  system. 


RAD/O  AGE  27 


Huge  machines  and  stockpiles  of  metal  do  not  affect  the 

operation  of  the  interplant  radio  communications  system 

designed    by   RCA  for   the   Standard    plant. 

driver  at  once  and  the  lift  arrives  within  a  few  minutes. 
As  a  result,  everyone  in  the  Standard  plant  is  happier, 
particularly  the  truck  drivers.  They  have  definite  assign- 
ments and  no  longer  can  be  blamed  for  delays  for  which 
they  are  not  responsible.  Moreover,  with  radio,  the 
drivers  are  protected  from  false  accusations  of  loafing 
on  the  job.  When  they  leave  their  vehicles,  they  notify 
the  dispatcher  who  thus  knows  where  they  are  and  where 
they  can  be  reached  at  all  times. 

When  RCA  communications  engineers  first  studied 
the  installation  plans  at  Standard,  there  was  some  doubt 
as  to  the  efficiency  of  mobile  radio  in  the  plant.  This 
doubt  arose  because  of  the  huge  piles  of  steel  stock  and 
the  niunbcr  of  steel  machines  throughout  the  buildings. 
Then  there  was  the  deafening  din  created  by  the  galaxy 
of  thundering  machinery.  But  tests  carried  out  by  RCA 
proved  the  doubts  unfounded. 

Communications  on  the  very-high  frequencies  (152- 
174  megacycles)  assigned  by  the  FCC  to  "mobile  indus- 
trial radio"  applications,  was  found  to  be  unaffected  by 
the  steel  stockpiles  and  the  steel-reinforced  walls  of 
the  building.  The  background  noise,  however,  was  a 
tougher  problem.  With  normal  conversation  in  the 
plants  almost  impossible,  it  seemed  unlikely  that  the 
driver  of  a  fork  lift  could  hear  his  loudspeaker  above 
the  cacophony  of  sounds.  Nor  could  the  dispatcher  hear 
the  driver's  voice  as  the  latter's  words  entered  his  micro- 
phone along  with  the  factory  din.  Again  RCA  found 
the  solutions. 

On  trucks  operating  in  the  noisiest  areas,  the  conven- 
tional loudspeakers  were  replaced  with  directional  re- 
entrant   horns.     These    horns    beamed    the    dispatcher's 


Headsets  for  the  fork  lifts  are  placed  at  the  left  of  the 

operator   with   the  transmitter-receiver    installed    behind 

the  seat  (extreme  right). 

orders  direct  to  the  drivers  and  excluded  confusing 
sound.  Next,  the  regular  microphones  were  replaced  by 
noise-cancelling  microphones  which  eliminated  most  of 
the  background  noise. 

The  completed  RCA  installation  at  the  Standard 
Pressed  Steel  plant  now  consists  of  six  radio  units.  One 
semi-portable  Carfone  is  located  on  the  dispatcher's  desk 
and  five  mobile  Carfone  units  are  on  the  fork  lifts, 
operated  from  the  trucks'  storage  batteries. 

Television  in  Railroading 

I  Contiittied  from  page  26) 
spector,  sitting  before  a  television  screen   in  his  yard 
office,  to  examine  the  condition  of  equipment  as  each 
car  passed  the  inspection  point. 

"Someone  once  said,"  Mr.  Baker  added,  "that  a  rail- 
road is  no  better  than  its  communications.  And,  the 
better  its  communications,  the  better  the  railroad.  If 
this  is  true,  then  the  great  new  communications  medium 
of  television  should  have  an  important  role  to  plav  in 
the  railroading  of  tomorrow." 

The  new  RCA  'Vidicon  equipment  is  designed  to 
afford  maximum  simplicity,  compactness,  and  ease  of 
operation;  good  picture  quality;  low-cost  operation.  The 
system  consists  of  only  two  units:  a  small,  light-weight 
camera,  about  the  size  of  a  1 6mm  home  movie  camera, 
and  a  combination  monitor-power  supply-control  unit 
housed  in  a  luggage-type  case  smaller  than  a  home  table 
model  TV  set. 

The  equipment  is  designed  around  a  new-  RCA 
camera  tube,  the  Vidicon,  which  is  only  one  inch  in 
diameter  and  six  inches  long,  yet  is  almost  as  sensitive 
as  the  much  larger  studio-type  image  orthicon  tube. 


28  RADIO  AGE 


Radio  Workshop  Ends  Tendi  Year 

Almosr  Unknow  n  Amid  Hollvwoods  Glamour.  Summer  School 

Sponsored  bv  NBC  and  U.CX.A.,  i.s  SucccsstuI  hxampk 

of  Public  Service  in  Fducarion 


By  Thomas  C.  McCray 

Director,  Radio  Network  Operations. 
NBC  W'es/ern  Ditision 


J /mn-:    known    and    little    publicized    amid    all    die 

glamour  of  big  names  and  big  shows  at  NBC  in  Holly- 
wood are  the  activities  of  the  U.C.LA.-NBC  Summer 
Radio  Workshop. 

While  Bob  Hope,  Eddie  Cantor  and  Red  Skelton  get 
the  headlines,  the  Workshop  has  gone  quietly  about 
its  business  and  has  amassed  an  impressive  record  of 
accomplishment.  Almost  1,000  men  and  women  have 
attended  the  summer  sessions;  an  estimated  40  per 
cent  have  found  {permanent  careers  in  radio. 

The  aims  of  the  Workshop  are  two-fold:  (1)  to 
give  university  students  and  teachers  who  have  some 
background  and  knowledge  of  radio  an  advanced  course 
in  the  practical  workings  of  the  industry;  and  (2)  to 
give  people  already  in  radio  a  greater  knowledge  of 
their  own  business. 

The  course  was  known  as  the  U.C.LA.-NBC  Radio 
Institute  when  it  began  in  1943.  and  its  six  weeks  of 
d.iily  sessions  were  held  at  Hollywood  Radio  City,  the 
NBC  building  at  Sunset  Boulevard  and  Vine  Street. 
NBC  executives  and  department  heads  conducted  the 
cl.isses,  for  which  students  received  no  credit.  There 
were  seven  courses  that  first  year:  control  room  opera- 
tion, radio  acting,  radio  writing,  radio  production,  an- 
nouncing, radio  news  editing,  and  a  survey  course.  The 
curriculum  remained  the  same  until  1948  when  a  course 
in  radio  education  was  added.  In  1949  radio  sales  was 
added. 

Over  the  years,  as  the  Institute  continued,  a  gradual 
metamorphosis  took  place.  Until  1950,  an  enrollment 
of  100  students  was  admitted.  Now  qualifications  for 
admission  have  been  raised,  and  this  year  only  30  stu- 
dents were  admitted  to  the  Workshop. 

The  Institute  began  under  the  Department  of  English 
at  U.C.L.A.  In  1947  it  was  transferred  to  the  Universit)- 
Extension.    It   was    in    1951,   however,   that   the   most 

RADIO  AGE  29 


drastic  change  took  place.  In  that  year,  tiic  Institute 
became  the  Workshop;  the  scene  of  its  activities  was 
moved  from  NBC  to  the  Westwood  campus  of  the 
University;  it  w.-is  made  a  part  of  the  Theatre  Arts 
department;  and,  with  the  university  faculty  working 
with  NBC  executives  and  department  heads,  it  offered 
full  college  credits  to  students  wlio  took  part  in  it. 
Now,  after  a  preliminary  course  of  lectures  on  thc- 
'  Continued  on  page  32 1 


Pat    Kelley,    NBC    supervisor    of    announcers,    explains 

microphone   technique  to  students   in  the   NBC-Barnard 

College    Summer    Workshop. 

Workshop  students  attend   a    lecture  on   the   mechanics 
of  news-gathering  in  NBC's  Radio  City  newsroom. 


I 


KPTV— First  Commercial 
UHF  Srarion  on  Air 

(Continued  from  page  9) 

use  of  these  new  pathways  throu^li  the  .lir  by  fiUing 
them  with  program  traffic. 

"We  are  happy  to  have  had  a  part  in  blazing  this 
trail  across  the  continent,  and  are  pleased  to  have  KPTV 
affiliated  with  the  National  Broadcasting  Company's  TV 
network.  1  know  NBC  will  do  its  best  to  bring  you 
entertainment,  news,  education  and  sports  from  all  parts 
of  our  great  country,  and  from  places  beyond  its  borders. 
And  we  look  forward  to  seeing  programs  and  events 
from  Oregon  which  you  will  send  to  us. " 

The  construction  permit  for  the  station  was  received 
by  The  Empire  Coil  Company  on  July  11,  1952,  soon 
after  the  lifting  of  the  FCC  "freeze."  Then,  the  firm 
bought  the  transmitter  and  associated  equipment  which 
had  been  operating  for  more  than  two  years  in  the  RCA- 
NBC  experimental  UHF  station,  KC2XAK,  near  Bridge- 
port, Conn.  This  station  had  provided  the  industry 
with  the  opportunity  to  unravel  the  secrets  of  UHF 
broadcasting,  and  manufacturers  with  the  means  for 
developing  and  testing  UHF  receiving  equipment.  Dur- 
ing this  same  period  the  RCA  Service  Company  con- 
ducted field  tests  with  various  types  of  receiving  an- 
tennas, transmission  lines,  UHF  tuners,  and  selectors  for 
TV  sets. 

On  August  25,  engineers  from  NBC,  RCA,  Adler 
Communication  Laboratory,  and  Empire  Coil  Company 
began  dismantling  the  1-kw  station  for  shipment,  via 
truck  and  fast  freight,  to  Portland.  Some  of  the  NBC 
engineering  staff  went  along  to  help  KPTV  engineers 
assemble  and  install  it  in  its  new  location. 

On  September  9,  construction  was  started  on  a  250- 
foot  tower  atop  Council  Crest.  A  special  RCA  broadcast 
antenna,  which  left  Camden  by  express  on  September  6. 
arrived  in  Portland  September  11,  and  was  installed  the 
same  day  on  the  tower,  which  had  already  been  com- 
pleted. 

By  that  same  date,  all  the  transmitting  and  related 
equipment  had  arrived  from  Bridgeport,  and  engineers 
and  technicians  were  working  around  the  clock  to  re- 
assemble it. 

Two  and  one-half  days  later,  a  cinder-block  building 
had  been  completed  to  house  the  transmitter,  which  was 
then  ready  for  operation. 

The  high  quality  of  the  initial  test  pattern  on 
September  18  was  matched  in  subsequent  tests.  The 
newspapers  carried  test  pattern  pictures  on  page  one, 
congratulating  KPTV  on   their  clarity.    The  excellence 


of  the  reception  made  it  abundantly  clear  that  although 
the  engineers  and  technicians  had  worked  long,  hard, 
and  fast  to  put  KPTV  on  the  air,  there  had  been  no 
compromise  with  engineering  standards.  The  station 
stood  securely  on  its  performance. 

At  4:30  P.M.  on  Saturady,  September  20 — only  two 
days  after  the  initial  test — the  station  offered  its  first 
commercial  program.  It  was  a  televised  showing  of  a 
film,  sponsored  by  RCA  Victor,  depicting  the  growth 
and  development  of  UHF  television,  and  was  titled 
"Succe.ss  Hill."  Commercial  UHF  television  was  a 
reality.  This  was  followed  by  "live"  programs  picked 
up  from  the  NBC  network. 

In  the  incredibly  short  space  of  three  weeks,  the 
country's  first  UHF  station  had  been  constructed  and 
put  on  the  air  with  sponsored  programs. 

The  station  is  spreading  a  strong  signal  over  the  city 
of  Portland  with  its  present  1-kw  transmitter,  and  14- 
section  antenna,  providing  effective  radiated  power  of 
17.6  kw.  It  is  aLso  putting  a  Grade  A  signal  into  the 
adjacent  cities  of  Vancouver,  Wash.,  and  St.  Helens  and 
Oregon  City,  Ore.  One  of  the  first  to  report  on  the 
test  pattern  was  a  dealer  in  Salem,  Ore.,  42  air  miles 
from  Portland,  who  described  the  picture  as  "very  good." 

KPTV  eventually  will  operate  with  a  5-kw  trans- 
mitter, providing  effective  radiated  power  of  87.9  kw. 
For  the  present,  the  station  will  air  network  programs 
and  local  film  shows  only,  but  when  studios  in  down- 
town Portland  are  completed,  it  will  be  able  to  originate 
"live"  programs  locally. 


Tacrful  Technicians 

(Cotitinited  from  page  24) 

vision  Customers,"  are  playing  a  large  part  in  bringing 
about  the  sort  of  service  RCA  Victor  television  owners 
appreciate.  This  insistence  on  maintaining  good  cus- 
tomer relations  is  not  limited  to  installation  and  service 
technicians.  Even  the  telephone  girls  have  a  28-page 
manual  telling  them  the  proper  way  to  deal  with  callers. 
An  excerpt  from  this  manual  sums  up  the  company's 
attitude  toward  service.    It  reads: 

Be  cheerful.    Remember  —  Service  is  our  business. 

Be  courteous,  sympathetic,  and  interested. 

Convince  the  customer  that  you  want  to  be  of  service 
—  that  you  represent  a  company  that  is  vitally  inter- 
ested in  providing  the  best  possible  service  at  all  times. 

Always  keep  a  smile  in  your  voice. 

Answer  promptly.    Be  attentive. 

Always  set  a  good  example.  Be  understanding  and 
friendly. 


30  RADIO  AGE 


Progress  in  Electronics 

{Continued  from  page  6) 
multiply  and  divide.  Besides,  they  can  memorize  the 
results  of  these  operations  in  such  a  manner  that  they 
are  immediately  available  for  another  operation.  There 
is  every  promise  that  these  electronic  systems  can  grad- 
uate from  high-speed  simple  .irirhmetic  to  high-speed 
reading  and  writing  too. 

These  modern  robots  promise  to  revolutionize  and 
simplify  the  clerical  operations  of  insurance  companies, 
banks,  tax  bureaus,  stock  exchanges,  and  business  in 
general.  For  example,  in  merchandising  organizations, 
a  single  electronic  computer  can  do  the  combined  ac- 
counting of  receivables,  payables,  purchases  and  stock 
control. 

These  possibilities  and  applications  arc  by  no  means 
in  the  dream  st.ige.  During  and  after  World  >X'ar  11, 
great  impetus  was  given  to  these  "super-brain  machines" 
for  use  in  the  fields  of  aerodynamics,  guided  missiles  and 
ballistics. 

Future  Possibilities  of  Electronics 

We  know  that  the  electron  has  tremendous  poten- 
tialities for  development  of  new  devices  in  the  home 
appliance  field.  We  already  have  electronic  stoves  and 
cookers,  and  we  may  have  electronic  air  conditioners, 
refrigerators  and  many  other  useful  .appliances.  The 
home  of  the  future  may  be  electronically  heated  or 
cooled,  and  life  everywhere  made  more  comfortable. 

Already  the  power  of  electronics  is  being  felt  by 
motion  pictures,  the  theatre  and  aviation.  It  is  perform- 
ing important  tasks  for  the  printing  industry,  and  holds 
great  promise  for  future  developments  in  this  field.  For 
example,  RCA  engineers,  in  cooperation  with  the  Inter- 
chemical  Corpioration  have  developed  automatic  elec- 
tronic equipment  which  reduces  by  at  le.ist  50  per  cent 
the  time  required  to  make  color  plates  for  printing.  And 
the  fidelity  of  the  plates  is  materially  improved. 

This  new  process  so  speeds  the  manufacture  of  color 
plates  that  we  may  look  forward  to  the  time  when  daily 
newspapers  will  be  able  to  print  pictures  of  the  day's 
events  in  color.  It  will  be  possible  for  weekly  magazines 
greatly  to  increase  their  use  of  color  pictures,  and  some 
of  them  eventually  may  be  printed  entirely  in  color. 

Finally,  let  me  refer  to  a  question  that  is  frequently 
asked  by  anxious  people  who  watch  the  march  of  science. 
They  ask:  "Will  the  scientific  machines  make  this  a 
better  world  in  which  to  live?" 

Each  man  must  himself  give  the  answer  to  this  vital 
question.  For  the  answer  depends  upon  man  himself 
and  not  upon  machines,  for  machines  are  not  endowed 
by  the  Creator  with  minds  and  hearts  and  souls. 


Science  alone  cannot  guarantee  security  for  civiliza- 
tion. Yet  the  problems  facing  man  cannot  be  solved 
without  science.  Sometimes  it  seems  as  if  the  Lord 
challenges  man  to  use  his  intelligence.  He  makes  some 
lands  fertile,  others  arid.  He  hides  coal  and  oil  in  the 
rocks  and  fish  in  the  seas.  He  makes  the  electron  and 
the  atom  infinitesimal  and  the  radio  waves  invisible. 
But  man  has  proved  that  he  can  harness  these  forces  for 
useful  purposes. 

Mini  is  I  irt'it  h]   His   Toil 

Man  has  been  on  earth  a  long  time;  he  has  had  to 
toil  by  the  sweat  of  his  brow  and  he  is  tired  by  that  toil. 
He  has  had  to  go  into  the  mines  and  into  the  forests  for 
fuel;  he  has  had  to  go  into  the  fields  to  cultivate  the  soil 
and  to  depend  upon  the  elements  for  his  harvest.  Much 
of  his  work  is  unproductive,  for  even  in  converting 
energy  into  electric  light,  most  of  the  energy  is  lost  in 
useless  heat.  Man  cannot  survive  without  food,  shelter 
and  clothing;  yet,  all  people  on  this  earth  do  not  share 
equally  in  these  basic  needs  of  life.  And  this  inequ.ility 
breeds  discontent,  hostility  and  w-ar. 

It  is  man's  excuse  that  he  has  too  little  opportunity 
for  spiritual  development  because  so  much  of  his  time 
is  devoted  to  work  and  to  sleep,  to  combating  disease 
and  to  fighting  wars.  But  has  he  not  learned  a  lesson 
from  the  horror  of  this  latest  war?  And  has  he  not  been 
given  a  new  opportunity  which  may  lighten  his  burdens? 
Is  it  not  conceivable  that  in  unlocking  the  secrets  of  the 
atom,  science  offers  man  a  natural  power  to  meet  his 
basic  needs  with  less  drudgery  and  without  conflict? 
May  not  the  new  mechanical  slaves  at  his  disposal  give 
man  the  means  and  the  time  to  obtain  and  to  enjoy 
more  of  the  spiritual  and  cultural  values  of  life? 
Through  atomic  fission,  it  may  become  possible  to  facili- 
tate the  creation  of  raw  materials  .so  that  all  people  will 
enjoy  an  abundance  of  natural  wealth,  and  thus  remove 
one  of  the  age-old  irritations  that  lead  to  war.  Should  all 
of  these  possibilities  become  realities,  they,  plus  the  great 
potentialities  of  the  electron,  will  contribute  greatly  to 
the  advancement  of  civilization. 

Indeed,  today  man  faces  a  thrilling  opportunity  as 
well  as  a  great  threat.  The  potentialities  of  science 
enable  him  to  look  bravely  at  the  stars  and  to  seek  a 
finer  destiny.  He  needs  most  the  faith  and  the  spiritual 
guidance  that  would  lead  him  to  apply  his  new  knowl- 
edge to  peaceful  pursuits.  For  the  hope  of  peace  that  is 
lasting  and  a  world  that  is  free,  lies  within  the  soul,  the 
heart  and  the  mind  of  man. 

If  man  will  exercise  his  imagination  and  work  hard 
in  the  arts  of  cooperation,  good  will  and  peace,  as  he 
does  in  the  field  of  physical  science,  he  will  find  that  the 
road  ahead  is  one  of  progress. 


I 


RADIO  AGE  31 


"Victory  at  Sea" 

(Continued  from  page  1 9) 

needed  700  feet  of  35  mm  fine-grain  film  which,  they 
had  learned,  was  in  the  possession  of  the  Indian  Navy. 
At  NBC's  request,  the  Indian  government  airmailed  the 
required  footage  but  it  arrived  in  the  form  of  a  16  mm 
negative.  The  shipment  reached  Radio  City  from  New 
Delhi  via  the  Indian  Embassy  in  Washington.  NBC's 
editors  noted  the  desired  scenes  and  then  returned  the 
entire  strip  by  diplomatic  pouch  to  Bombay.  Govern- 
ment officials  there  went  to  work  tracing  down  the 
original  35  mm  negative.  It  was  discovered  in  various 
parts  of  the  country,  some  in  spots  as  distant  as  Simla 
in  the  Himalayas.  From  these  negatives,  the  Indian 
government  printed  the  700  specified  feet  and  for- 
warded the  prints  to  New  York. 

The  U.  S.  Navy  gave  the  undertaking  its  full  and 
official  cooperation,  both  in  supplying  actual  combat  film 
and  in  providing  technical  assistance.  Captain  Walter 
Karig,  Special  Deputy  to  the  Chief  of  Information,  De- 
partment of  the  Navy,  was  assigned  to  the  project  as 
technical  advisor.  He  brought  to  the  task  long  ex- 
perience as  a  writer  of  history,  fiction,  and  non-fiction. 
During  his  naval  service  he  wrote  and  edited  the 
epochal  "Battle  Report",  a  five-volume  series  which 
comprises  a  narrative-history  of  the  Navy  in  World 
War  II. 

Mr.  Salomon,  who  is  acting  as  producer  of  pro- 
grams, served  six  years  in  the  Navy,  beginning  as  a 
seaman  and  eventually  retiring  from  active  duty  as  a 
Lieutenant  Commander.  During  his  service  he  was 
assigned  to  the  office  of  the  Secretary  and  served  in  the 
Pacific  for  three  years.  After  the  Japanese  surrender 
he  was  sent  to  Tokyo  as  personal  representative  of 
Secretary  Forrestal  and  the  Chief  of  Naval  Intelligence. 
He  collaborated  with  Rear  Admiral  Samuel  Eliot  Mori- 
son,  in  writing  the  14-volume,  Bancroft  prize-winning 
"History  of  the  United  States'  Naval  Operations  in 
World  War  II." 

Direction  of  the  series  will  be  in  charge  of  M. 
Clay  Adams,  who  came  to  NBC  after  many  years  in 
Hollywood  and  in  producing  films  for  the  Armed  Forces. 
Isaac  Klcinerman,  veteran  motion  picture  director  and 
editor,  edited  the  film. 

Officials  of  the  U.  S.  Navy.  Radio  Corporation  of 
America  and  the  National  Broadcasting  Company  at- 
tended a  preview  of  two  episodes  of  "Victory  at  Sea" 
at  the  U.  S.  Naval  Air  Station  in  Anacostia,  D.  C,  on 
October  15.  The  special  showing  was  arranged  for 
Admiral  William  M.  Fechteler,  Chief  of  Naval  Opera- 
tions.   Heading  the   visiting   RCA-NBC   officials   were 


Brig.  General  David  SarnofI,  Chairman  of  the  Board  of 
RCA,  and  Joseph  H.  McConnell,  President  of  NBC. 

In  introducing  the  two  episodes.  "Design  for  War" 
and  'The  Pacific  Boils  Over, "  Robert  Sarnotf  described 
■"Victory  at  Sea "  as  the  most  complete  picture  of  sea 
power  ever  presented. 

"In  the  26  years  of  its  existence,"  he  said,  "the 
National  Broadcasting  Company  has  had  no  more  chal- 
lenging task  than  the  production  of  these  26  half-hour 
programs  —  portraying  the  stor)'  of  sea  power  during 
World  War  II  —  which  constitute  "Victory  at  Sea." 
Without  the  assistance  and  splendid  cooperation  of  the 
United  States  Navy,  this  story  could  never  have  been 
made  available  to  television." 

The  series,  it  was  announced,  will  also  be  telecast 
by  the  British  Broadcasting  Corporation  beginning 
October  27. 

Radio  Workshop 

(Continued  from  page  29) 

university  campus,  the  students  do  field  work  at  NBC, 
where,  in  small  groups  of  three  or  four,  they  work  in 
various  departments  of  the  network,  not  only  observing 
what  goes  on  but  actually  taking  part  in  the  day-to-day 
activities  of  the  news  room,  the  program  department, 
the  publicity  department  and  the  rest. 

Each  week  on  Friday  the  students  of  the  Workshop 
present  a  mock  broadcast  in  the  studios  of  KCLA,  the 
university's  radio  station.  This  program  is  heard  only 
over  a  closed  circuit,  but  it  gives  the  students  an 
opportunity  to  put  into  practice  the  things  they  have 
learned  in  the  classrooms  and  at  NBC. 

Color  Book 

(Contititied  from  page  25 ) 

ten  of  which  carry  inch-square  chips  of  graded  color 
ranging  from  violet-blue-violet  to  liglit  yellow.  On 
each  page,  beside  the  related  group  of  color  swatches, 
is  a  MunscU  chip  embodying  the  shade  of  gray  equivalent 
to  the  shade  that  will  be  reproduced  at  the  black-and- 
white  receiver  when  any  hue  or  tint  of  the  color  group 
is  televised. 

As  a  reply  to  the  obvious  suggestion  that  scenery 
could  be  painted  in  the  desired  grays  and  costumes 
chosen  in  the  same  manner,  rather  than  bother  with 
colors,  it  should  be  pointed  out  here  that  the  visual 
effects  achieved  by  the  use  of  color  instead  of  gray 
do  a  lot  to  brighten  the  spirits  of  performers.  Video 
directors  have  learned  that  actors  are  more  at  ease 
and  happier   in  surroundings  of  norm.U   colors. 


32  RADIO  AGE 


A  iifctttre  and  dtrmoiLnrmion  in  pinsUs 


EXPERIENCED  ENGINEERS  give 
authoritative  technical  courses  at  RCA  Institutes 


RCA  Institutes  >tarlciJ  its  tirst  small  classes 
rn  IW9  lo  train  "wireless"  operators  for 
the  only  radio  service  then  known  marine 
communication.  As  the  art  developed 
through  the  years  into  the  "electronic  age." 
RCA  Institutes  developed  with  it.  The 
school  now  trains  large  numbers  of  develop- 
ment laboratory  technicians,  servicemen, 
and  station  engineers  -as  well  as  a  few  radio 
telegraph  operators. 

SCHOLASTIC   RECOGNITION 

RC  A  ln^lllutc^  l^  .  -  .  liccMveil  hv  (4ie 
University  of  the  State  of  New  York  .  .  . 
an  atViliatc  member  of  the  .American  Society 
for  Engineering  Education  ...  an  affiliate 
member  of  the  Greater  New  York  Council 
for  Foreign  Students  .  .  .  approved  by  the 
Veterans  .'\dministration.  The  .Advanced 
Technology  Course  is  approved  by  the  Engi- 
neers" Council  for  Professional  Development 

ADVANCED   TECHNOLOGY   COURSE 

The  Advanced  lechnology  Course  consists 
of  2610  hours  of  cla.ssroom  and  laboratory 
work.  It  requires  two  and  a  quarter  years 
(50  weeks  per  year)  in  the  day  school,  or  six 
and  three  quarter  years  in  the  evening  school. 
Subject  treatment  is  at  professional  level; 
the  textbooks  are  standard  college  and  en- 
gineering texts.  This  course  covets  such 
subjects  as  .  .  .  college  physics  .  .  .  advanced 
mathematics  and  its  application  to  electrical 
and  communication  problems  .  .  .  English 
in  industry  .  .  .  drafting  and  shop  work  .  .  . 


vacuum  tubes  and  their  associated  circuits 
.  .  .  circuit  design  for  receivers  and  trans- 
mitters .  .  .  audio  frequency  circuits  and 
practice  .  .  .  circuit  design  for  television  re- 
ceivers, transmitters  and  studio  equipment. 
The  course  omits  purely  academic  and  cul- 
tural subjects  so  that  competent  technologists 
may  be  trained  in  the  shortest  possible  time. 
The  Advanced  Technology  Course  is  spe- 
cially attractive  to  . .  .  high  school  graduates 
.  .  .  engineering  school  graduates  wishing  a 
more  specialized  knowledge  of  the  radio- 
television  tield  .  .  .  junior  college  graduates 
seeking  a  superior  technical-school  prepara- 
tion for  entrance  into  the  radio-television 
industry. 

VOCATIONAL   COURSES 

RCA  Institutes  aUo  olfeis  ^lunler.  sjiecial- 
i/ed  courses  in  .  .  .  Television  and  Radio 
Broadcasting  ( 1  '/i  years,  days:  or  V/i  years. 
evenings) . . .  Television  and  Radio  Servicing 
(9  months,  days:  or  27  months,  evenings) .  . . 
Radio  Telegraph  Operating  (9  months,  days: 
or  27  months,  evenings).  .A  correspondence 
course  in  Television  Servicing  is  available. 


EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES 

Graduates  of  the  Advanced  Technology 
Course  are  readily  placed  in  leading  radio- 
lelevision-electronic  manufacturing  com- 
panies, development  laboratories,  broadcast 
stations,  and  many  U.  .S.  and  foreign  govern- 
ment agencies.  Graduates  are  employed  in 
such  positions  as  .  .  .  cnginc-ering  aide  .  .  . 
instructor . . .  laboratory  technician  . . .  trans- 
mitter engineer  .  .  .  intelligence  officer  .  .  . 
electronic  technician  .  .  .  tield  engineer  .  .  . 
technical  writer  .  .  .  announcer-engineer. 
Graduates  of  the  vocational  courses  arc  in 
great  demand  in  the  fields  indicated  by  the 
course  titles.  Many  companies  interview 
graduating  students  at  the  school  by  arrange- 
ment with  Ilic  Pl.iccnicnt  Director. 

GENERAL   INFORMATION 

New  classes  in  all  courses  are  started  four 
times  each  year.  Day  cla.sscs  meet  Monday 
through  Iriday:  evening  classes  meet  on 
alternate  evenings.  Prospective  students  and 
employers  are  invited  to  visit  classrooms 
and  laboratories  of  the  school,  or  to  write 
for  a  descriptive  catalog  of  courses. 


RCA  INSTITUTES,  INC. 

A  SBRVICS  OF  RADIO  CORPORATION  of  AMERICA 
250  WtST  FOURTH  STRiET,  NEW  YORK  14,  N.  Y. 

Tel:  WAtkins  4-7845 


The  wings  of  a  huiiiiiiingbird 
beat  80  tiiiifs  a  second.  Transis- 
tors, developed  experimentally 
h\  HCA,  oscillate  electrically 
3U()  iiiiUioii  limes  a  second. 


300  million  times  a  second  ! 


[Now  science  has  disco\eii'd  a  new 
and  magic  tool  — a  major  ad\ance  in 
electronic  research  — //«'  tninaistor. 
Tiny  as  a  kernel  of  corn,  a  speck  of 
germaninm  crystal  embedded  with 
wires  in  plastic  can  perform  many  of 
the  functions  of  the  electron  tube. 

Because  it  has  no  heated  filament,  no 
\  ac\nim,  re(iuircs  no  warm-up  and  little 
power,  the  transistor  is  a  cle\iee  which 
has  long  heen  needed  in  electronics. 
It  is  also  rugged,  shock-resistant,  un- 


affected  hy    dampness   and  — properly 
made  — it  \\'ill  serve  for  many  years. 

Despite  these  advantages,  tlie  transistor, 
until  receiitl\.  «;is  limited  to  a  Irequency 
region  Iielo\\  .50  million  oscillations  a  sec- 
ond. E\periinentall\  R("A  lias  now  in- 
creased tills  to  VX)  mi'/ioii  limes  a  second 
and  even  higher  goals  are  sought  — to  in- 
crease the  transistor's  u.ses. 

Higher  fretiuencies  for  transistors 
point  the  way  to  their  use  in  television, 
radio,  communications  and  more 
efficient    electronic    controls    lor    air- 


planes and  guided  missiles.  The  small 
size,  long  lile,  and  low  power  require- 
ments ol  transistors  suggest  entirely 
new  electronic  dc\  ices  — as  well  as  use 
of  transistors  as  working  partners  with 
electron  tubes. 

*  *  • 

Expanding  ihc  researcli  in  cicclronics  of 
solids,  and  the  possiliilities  of  Iransislors. 
is  another  example  of  RCA  pioneering  at 
icork  for  <iour  benefit.  This  h'adcrship 
means  finer  performance  from  am/  proiluct 
or  service  of  liCA  and  HCA  Victor. 


Radio  (onromr/ox  or  Amijuca 

Uorli/  Iciidcr  ill  niilio — jirst  in  Icla-isioii 


•I! 


( 


wuax^m^ 


(